-ocr page 1-

-----^..iijL.

m

-ocr page 2-

Geographi et Itineracores
Quarto nquot;, 15. 7

II

J

-ocr page 3-

mmÊ

Ff ï

-

U

-ocr page 4-

---

as.

\'gt; -à

. \\

J

[

■ •gt; quot; ( \' gt; ■

-ocr page 5-

\\ ■ n-

-ocr page 6-

li

»

% - «t^

-TH\'

-ocr page 7-

THE

HISTORY OF JAVA.

VOLUME IL

-ocr page 8-

El

-ocr page 9-

■tt\'f-

-ocr page 10-
-ocr page 11-

HISTORY

OF

JAVA.

by

THOMAS STAMFORD RAFFLES, Esq.

Late Lieut.\'Governor of that Island and its Dependencies,
F.R.S. and A. S.

Member of the Asiatic Society at Calcutta, Honorary Member of the Literary Society at Bombay,
and late President of the Society of Arts and Sciences at Batavia.

IN TWO VOLUMES.

WITB A MAP AND PLATES.

VOL. n.

LONDON:

PRINTED FOR BLACK, PARBURY, AND ALLEN, BOOKSELLERS TO THE HON. EAST-INDIA
COMPANY, LEADENHALL STREET; AND JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET.

1817.

-ocr page 12-

(s; ii t i .1 i i\'- . • A ( (. - i

-f;

Printed by Cox and Baylis,
Greai »iueen Street, Lincoln\'s Inn Fields.

RIJKSUNIVERSITEIT UTRECFit

1081 8965

-ocr page 13-

CONTENTS

OF

VOLUME 11.

Page

CHAPTER IX.

Relifi^ion.—Introduction of Mahometanism.—How far its Tenets and Doctrines are
observed.—Priests.—How provided for.—How far the ancient Institutions of the
Country are superseded.—Antiquities.—Edifices.—The Temples of Barabanan.
Boro Bodo.—Gunung Prahu.—Kediri.—Sing\'a Sari, Suku, amp;c.—Sculpture.—
Images in Stone.—Casts in Metal.—Inscriptions on Stone and Copper.—Coins.
—Ruins of the ancient Capitals at Medang KamMan, Majapahit, Pajajaran, amp;c.
—Island of Bali.—Conclusion.......................................... 1

-^CHAPTER X.

The History of Java from the earliest Traditions till the Establishment of Maho-
metanism ............................................................ 65

CHAPTER XI.

History of Java from the Establishment of Mahometanism (A. J. 1400), till the
Arrival of the British Forces in A.D. 1811. (A. J. 1738)...................
1S5

Line of Mahometan Sovereigns of Java ..................................S31

Chronological Table of Events............................................ 231

Account of the several principal Divisions of Java and Madura ........................241

APPENDIX.

A. Unhealthiuess of Batavia............................................ j

fi- Account of the Japan Trade.......................................... xv

-ocr page 14-

CONTENTS.

Page

Translation of a modern Version of the SAria Alem.........

Proclamation of the Governor General and Regulation passed by the
Hon. the Lieutenant Governor in Council for the more effectual Ad-
ministration of J ustice in the Provincial Courts of Java •;nbsp;^
A comparative Vocabulary of the Malaju, Jävan, Madurese, Bali, and
Lampung Languages...........................................

Extract from the Dasa Näma ........ ...................................................

Comparative Vocabulary of the Sanskrit, Kawi, and Pali ...... ... ■ clxvu

Vocabulary of Kawi Words, with the Meaning attached to Ihera by the

Panambahan of Sumenap ............-............... \'J\'11\'I quot;

Specimen of the mystical Meaning attached to the Letters of the Alpha-

bet, amp;c. according to the Interpretation of the Panambahan of Sumenap ^ dxxv

Account of the Island of Celebes .................. • • • - • - • • •\' •; quot; quot; ^

Comparative Vocabulary of the Bugis, Makasar, Mandbar, Buton, Sasak,

Bima, Sembawa, Tembora, and Ende Languages..........■ \' y

Comparative Vocabulary of the Gunung Talu, Menadu, Ternati, Sang i,

Sirang or Ceram, and Saparna Languages................................................cc

Numerals according to the Chandra Sangkala........................ ecu

Translation of the Mänek Maya .................................

Translations of Inscriptions in the ancient Javan or Kawi Character---- ccxxx

Account ofthe Island of Balinbsp;..........................;;..... ccxx^ix

Proclamation declaring the Principles of the intended Change of System ccxli

• ccxliv
Revenue Instructions ..........................................

Memorandum respecting Weights, Measures, amp;c.................. ccxlviu

C.

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

L
K
L.

M.

-ocr page 15-

LIST OF PLATES IN VOLUME II.

Bitara Gana, or Ganesa..............................To face the Titk-pagef^^^

Temple at Kulasan .................................................... 2

From Subjects in Stone found in the Central Districts of Java ...............................12

One of the smaller Temples at Brambanan in its present state ................................ig

The same Temple restored to its original state ........................................................18

The large Temple at Brambanan ........................................ .

The same Temple restored to its original state................................

One of the Temples on the Mountain Dieng or Prahu ............................................$2

One of the same Temples restored to its original state........................ .

From Subjects in Stone found near Singa Sdri ....................... ^ ^ ^

From Subjects in Stone..................................................^^

From the Ruins at Suku near the Mountain Lawu.............................45

From Subjects in Stone found on the Mountain Ungarang, and a Stone Pillar

called Tugu ..................................

........................................

iTom a Subject in Stone near Singa Sari, amp;c............................... .

From Subjects in Stone found near Brambanan and Singa Sari ................

From Subjects in Stone collected in different parts of Java................ quot;_

From Subjects in Stone collected in a Chinese Temple near Batavia____—

^\'rom Subjects in Stone found in the vicinity of Boro Bodo in Kedu ........................—

From Casts in Metal found near Brambanan................................

From Casts in Copper, amp;c. found in the District of Kedu........................................__

From Casts in Metal found in Kedu.................................... quot;quot;

^\'rom .... ditto .... found near the Ruins at Brambanan and on the Mountain
Dieng or Prahu .......................................................................................... _

From----ditto.... found in Kedd and near the Ruins of Brambanan and on the

Mountain Dieng or Prahu ......................................................................__

From Casts in Copper found in the Vicinity of the Mountain Dieng or Prahu ....nbsp;—

^ rom Casts in Metal found in the Vicinity of the Mountain Dieng or Prahu............_

A similar Plate ..............

5:^odiacal Cup in Copper^ amp;c. 1.1...............!..........................~~

-ocr page 16-

list of plates.

Vlll

Page

Fac Simile of an Inscription on Stone found in Pakalongan ................ • • __

Specimen of the Kawi Character, .............. . .....................................^^ _

Fac Simile (reduced) of an ancient Inscription at Suku .......................^^

Ancient Coins with their supposed Dates ............ • • • ^

Ugi or Mengkasar Alphabet.........................Vnbsp;.......

4 Papuan or Native of New Guinea ------..... • • • ...........

A

-ocr page 17-

m^gßmmn^

rsj

ÏV.--

m

il

■ri.

-fFS

-ocr page 18- -ocr page 19-

Meligton.—Introduction of Mahometanism.—-How far its Tenets and Doctrines
are observed,-—Priests.—How provided for.—How far the ancient Institu-
tions of the Country are superseded.—Antiquities.—Edifices.—The Temples
at Brambdnan.—Boro Bodo.—Gunung Prdhu.—Kediri, Sing\'a Sari, Sülm,
^c.—Sculpture.—Images in Stone.—Casts in Metal.—Inscriptions on Stone
and Copper.—Coins.—Ruins of the ancient Capitals at Medang Kamülan,
Majapdhit, Pajajäran, ^c.—Island of Bdli.-^Conclusion.

It has already been stated, that the established religion of the country is
that of Mahomet. The earliest allusion to this faith made in the Javan
annals is in the twelfth century of the Javan era (A. D. 1250), when an un-
successful attempt appears to have been made to convert some of the
Sünda
princes.* Towards the close of the fourteenth century, several missionaries
established themselves in the eastern provinces ; and according to the Javan
annals, and the universal tradition ofthe country, it was in the first year of the
fifteenth century of the Javan era, or about the year of our Lord 1475, that the
VOL. II.nbsp;Bnbsp;Hindu

* See Chapters on History.

Religion.

-ocr page 20-

Hindu empire of Majapdhit, then supreme on the Island, was overthrown, and
the Mahometan religion became the established faith of the country. When
the Portuguese first visited Java in 1511, they found a Hindu king in Ban-
tam j and subsequently, they are said to have lost their footing in that pro-
vince, in consequence of the arrival and establishment of a Mahometan
prince there j but with the exception of an inconsiderable number in some
of the interior and mountainous tracts, the whole island appears to have
been converted to Mahometanisra in the course of the sixteenth cen-
tury, or at least at the period of the estabhshment of the Dutch at Batavia
in 1620.

The natives are still devotedly attached to their ancient institutions, and
though they have long ceased to respect the temples and idols of a former
worship, they still retain a high respect for the laws, usages, and national
observances which prevailed before the introduction of Mahometanism.
And although some few individuals among them may aspire to a higher
sanctity and closer conformity to Mahometanism than others, it may be
iairly stated, that the Javans in general, while they believe in one su-
preme God, and th^t Mahomet was his Prophet, and observe some of the
outward forms of kie v/orship and observances, are little acquainted with
tlie doctrines of that religion and are the least bigoted of its followers.
Few of the chiefs decline the use of wine, and if the common people abstain
from inebriating liquors, it is not from any religious motive. Mahometan
institutions, however, are still gaining ground, and with a free trade a great
accession of Arab teachers might be expected to arrive. Property usually
descends according to the Mahometan law but in other cases, the Maho-
metan code, as adopted by the Javans, is strangely blended with the more
ancient institutions of the country.*

Pilgrimages

* quot; The religion of the Javans is in general Mahometan, but mingled with many supersti-
tious doctrines derived from the ancient Pagan worship. The Javans, however, are far
quot; from bigots to their religion, as other Mahonietans generally are. They are mild and
tractable by nature, and although they do not easily forget or forgive an injury, they
would
quot; be a quiet well disposed people under good laws and a mild government. The murders,
\'\' and other crimes,
which are now committed in some places, are to be attributed more to the
quot; present faulty administration, than to any bad dispositions in the people. The same may be
quot; remarked of the indolence and indilFerence which now characterize them. Property in the
quot; land, with personal and commercial freedom and security, would soon render them indus-
lv\'iomquot;—^Hogendorp s Memoir on Jata, 1800.

-ocr page 21-

Pilgrimages to Mecca are common. When the Dutch first established
themselves on Java, it was not unusual for the chiefs of the highest rank to
undertake the voyage, as will be seen in the course of the native history.
As soon, however, as the Dutch obtained a supremacy, they did all they
could to check this practice, as well as the admission of Arab missionaries,
and by the operation of the system of commercial monopoly which they
adopted, succeeded pretty effectually. It does not, however, appear that this
arose from any desire to check the progress of Mahometanism on
Java, or that
it was with
any view to introduce the doctrines of Christianity, that they wished
to cut off the communication with Mecca; their sole objects
appear to have
been the safety of their own power and tlie tranquillity of the country.
Every Arab from Mecca, as well as every Javan who had returned from a
pilgrimage thither, assumed on Java the character of a saint, and the
credulity of the common people was such, that they too often attributed to
such persons supernatural powers. Thus respected, it was not difficult for
them to rouse
the country to rebellion, and they became the most dangerous
instruments in the hands of
the native authorities opposed to the Dutch
interests.
The Mahometan priests have almost invariably been found most
active in every case of insurrection. Numbers of them, generally a mixed
breed between the Arabs and the islanders, go about from state to state in
the Eastern Islands, and it is generally by their intrigues and exhortations
that the native chiefs are stirred up to attack or massacre the Europeans, as
infidels and intruders.

The commercial monopoly of the Dutch, however injurious to the
country in other respects, was in this highly advantageous to the character
of the Javans, as it preserved them from the reception of many of the
more intolerable and deteriorating tenets of the
Kbrmi.

I have already mentioned, that every village has its priest, and that in
every village of importance there is a mosque or building set apart adapted
to religious worship. The usual Mahometan service is performed ; and the
Pangkulu, or priest, is consulted, and decides in all cases of marriage,
divorce, and inheritance. He is bound also to remind the villagers of the
proper season for the cultivation of the lands.
He is remunerated by a
tithe of the produce of the land, certain fees which
are paid on circum-
cisions, marriages, divorces, and funerals,
and presents which are usual at
particular seasons and on particular occasions.

B gnbsp;In

-ocr page 22-

In every chief town there is a high priest, who with the assistance of
several inferior priests, holds an ecclesiastical court, and superintends the
priests who are appointed in the subordinate districts and villages. His
emoluments consist of a share, which varies in different districts, of the
zahat levied by the village priests, of fees of court, presents, amp;c. These
chief priests are usually either Arabs, or descendants of Arabs by women of
the islands. Their number in some of the large towns is considerable ; at
Pahalimgan and Grésik they have amounted to some hundreds. The village
priests are mostly Javans. On entering the profession, they adopt a dress
different from that of the Javans in general, wearing a turban and long gown
after the manner of the Arabs, and encouraging, as much as possible, the
growth of a few hairs on the chin, as a beard. It is probable, that the
total number of priests is not less than fifty thousand, which forms a ninetieth
part of the whole population of the island.

In common with other Mahometans, the Javans observe the ceremony of
circumcision (sonat), which is performed at about eight years of age, and
in a manner somewhat differing from that usual in other countries. The
ceremony is usually attended with a feast and rejoicing. Girls, at the same
age, suffer a slight operation, intended to be analogous, and called by the
same name.

In their processions and rejoicings on religious festivals and other occa-
sions, the Javans are free from that noisy clamour and uproar, which is
usual with the Mahometans of continental India. The ceremony of
Msen
hdsen,
which on the continent excites such a general noise throughout the
country, here passes by almost without notice, and the processions of the
Sepoys on this occasion, during the period of the British government on
Java, excited the utmost astonishment among them, on account of their
novelty, noise, and gaudy effect ; but nobody seemed inclined to join in,
or to imitate them : indeed, the Javans have too chaste an ear to bear with
pleasure the dissonant sounds and unharmonious uproar of the Indians.*

The Mahometan religion, as it at present exists on Java, seems only to
have penetrated the surface, and to have taken but little root in the heart
of the Javans. Some there are who are enthusiastic, and all consider it a

point

* The Javans observe of the Mahometans of continental India, that they would rather
drink wine than eat pork ; while the Javans, on the contrary, would rather eat pork than drink
ivine.

-ocr page 23-

point of honour to support and respect its doctrines : but as a nation, the
Javans by no means feel hatred towards Europeans as
infidels; and this
perhaps may be given as the best proof that they are very imperfect Maho-
metans. As another example of the very slight hold which Mahometanism
has of them, may be adduced the conduct of the reigning prince (the
Susunan) in the recent conspiracy among the Sepoys serving on Java. The
intimacy between this prince and the Sepoys first commenced from his
attending the ceremonies of their religious worship, which was Hindu, and
assisting them with sevezal idols of that worship which had been preserved
in his family. The conspirators avaihng themselves of this predilection of
the prince foe the religion of his ancestors, flattered him by addressing him
as a descendant of the great
Rama, and a deliberate plan was formed, the
object of which was to place the European provinces once more under a
Hindu power. Had this plan been attended with success, it would proba-
bly have been followed by the almost immediate and general re-conversion
of the Javans themselves to the Hindu faith.*

Whatever of their more ancient faith may remain in the institutions. Antiquities,
habits, and affections of the Javans, the island abounds in less perishable
memorials of it. The antiquities of Java consist of ruins of edifices, and
in particular of temples sacred to the former worship ; images of deities
found within them and scattered throughout the country, either sculptured
in stone or cast in metal j inscriptions on stone and copper in ancient cha-
racters, and ancient coins.

The antiquities of Java have not, till lately, excited much notice ; nor
have they yet been sufficiently explored. The narrow policy of the Dutch
denied to other nations facilities of research; and their own devotion
to the pursuits of commerce was too exclusive to allow of their being much

interested

* In the account which has been given of the literature of the Javans, the most esteemed
compositions connected with their ancient faith have been referred to; but as most of these,
such as the
Rama, Brdta Yudha, Niti Sdstra, and others, are in many respects similar to
corresponding works on the continent of India, It may not be uninteresting, while treating of
the religion of the country, to give some account of the
Mdnek Maya, a composition m prose,
which in its origin and story appears to be perfectly local, and which contains many of the
peculiar notions still entertained by the people of the beginning of the
world, amp;c. It is a
work in high estimation among the modern Javans, and continually referred to. The copy in the
Javan language from which the annexed translation was extracted, was procured as an especial
favour from the present
Susunan. It has obviously been compiled since the establishment of
Mahometanism, but neither the time at which it was written, nor its author, is known.

-ocr page 24-

interested by the subject. The numerous and interesting remains of
former art and grandeur, which exist in the ruins of temples and other
edifices j the abundant treasures of sculpture and statuary with which
some parts of the island are covered ; and the evidences of a former state
of religious belief and national improvement, which are presented in images,
devices, and inscriptions, either lay entirely buried under rubbish, or were
but partially examined. Nothing, therefore, of the ancient history of the
people, of their institutions prior to the introduction of Mahometanism, of
their magnificence and power before the distraction of internal war and the
division of the country into petty contending sovereignties, or of their
relations either to adjacent or distant tribes, in their origin, language, and
religion, could be accurately known or fully relied on. The grandeur of
their ancestors sounds like a fable in the mouth of the degenerate Javan ;
and it is only when it can be traced in monuments, which cannot be falsi-
fied, that we are led to give credit to their traditions concerning it. Of
these monuments, existing in great profusion in several places, and forming,
if I may so express myself, the most interesting part of the annals of the
people, none are so striking as those found at
Brambdnan in the district of
Matdrem, near the middle of the island, at Boro Bodo in Kedu, on Gii-
nung Frdhu
and its vicinity, in Kediri, and at Sing\'a Sdri in the district
of
Mdlang, in the eastern part of the island.

In addition to their claims on the consideration of the antiquarian, the
ruins at two of these places,
Brambdnan and Boro Bodo, are admirable as
majestic works of art. The great extent of the masses of building covered
in some parts with the luxuriant vegetation of the climate, the beauty
and delicate execution of the separate portions, the symmetry and regu-
larity of the whole, the great number and interesting character of the
statues and bas-reliefs, with which they are ornamented, excite our
wonder that they were not earlier examined, sketched, and described.

With respect to the ruins at Brambdnan, we find, upon the authority of
a Dutch engineer, who in 1797 went to construct a fort at
Kldten, on the
highway between the two native capitals, and not far from the site of the
temples, that no description of its antiquities existed at that period. He
found great difficulty in clearing away the rubbish and plants, so as to
obtain a view of the ruins and to be enabled to sketch them. The indiffer-
ence of the natives had been as great as that of their conquerors, and had
led them to neglect the works of their ancestors which they could not

imitate.

-ocr page 25-

imitate. They bad allowed a powerful vegetation, not only to cover the
surflice of the buildings, but to dislocate and almost to overthrow them.
They still viewed with veneration, how^ever, the most conspicuous statue in
the ruins, and in spite of their Mahometan principles, addressed it with super-
stitious reverence. The temples themselves they conceived to have been the
Work of a divinity, and to have been constructed in one night j but unfor-
tunately this belief did not restrain the neighbouring peasants from carrying
off the stones of which they were constructed, and applying them to their
own purposes. Enough;,
however, still remains, to shew the style of archi-
tecture that was followed in their construction, the state of sculpture at
the period of their erection, and the nature of the religion which then
prevailed.

In the beginning of the year 1812, Colonel Colin Mackenzie,* so well
acquainted with the antiquities of Western India, visited
Brambdnan,
took an accurate survey of the ruins, and sketched the fragments of
the building, the architectural ornaments, and the statues found there.
His journal, accompanied with much ingenious and interesting speculation
on the nature and origin of the worship indicated by them, he kindly per-
ttiitted me to publish in the seventh volume of the Transactions of the
Batavian Society.

Considering it as a matter of importance, that a more extensive and
detailed survey should be made while we had the best opportunity of doing
so, I availed myself of the services of Captain George Baker, of the Bengal
establishment, employed in the provinces of the native princes, to survey,
iTieasure, and take draughts of all the buildings, images, and inscriptions
which this magnificent mass of ruins presented. The following is an abstract
of his report on the subject.

quot; In the province of Matdrem, and between the native capitals of Siira herta BramMnan.
and Yugya kerta, lies the village of Brambdnan, and at a distance of a mile
from the high road, there are hills which run east and west, for about anbsp;^

«lile and a half. On one of these, within about one hundred yards to the
south-east of the
Bandar^s* house, stands

THE

* Now Surveyor-General of India.

t Bandar is the term given to the Chinese farmer of the toll ports or transit duties; whence
ianddran, the place or residence of the handar.

-ocr page 26-

ANTIQUITIES,nbsp;f^ii

THE CHANDI KOBON DALAM,

but so covered with trees and shrubs, that it is not visible till you are within
two or three hundred yards of it. I could find no remains of the ancient
enclosure, but the fields for some distance round have been enclosed in
later days with the stones which have fallen from the temple. About forty
yards westward of the temple, formerly stood two colossal images or rechas^^
both now overthrown, and one broken in two : these evidently faced each
other inwards, as if to guard the approach. Each of these, including the
pedestal, is of a single block, seven feet high j the head is two feet high;
the square of the pedestal about three feet, and its height thirteen inches
and a half: the stone block coarse grained, and apparently the same as the
outer coating of the temple. The door-way is three feet and a half wide,
and now ten feet long, so that allowing two feet for dilapidation, the thick-
ness of the walls must have been more than twelve feet. This leads directly
to an apartment twenty feet square, the terrace of which, or original floor,
is now covered to an unknown depth with masses of stone fallen from the
walls and roof. The present height of the interior of the building is
about twenty-eight feet.

The roof is a square pyramid about fourteen feet high, formed of stones
which overhang each other like inverted steps. The stone composing the
interior of the apartment is whitish and close grained, and breaks in flakes
something like flint. The whole is uniformly cut and neatly morticed
together without cement. The interior is perfectly plain, the exterior
could never have possessed more than the simplest architectural embellish-
ment.

Excepting the two rechas, or porters, I saw no remains of statuary;
but it is probable that images of Hindu deities lie buried in the rubbish.
These porters or giants seem to have been posted as if to guard the
approach to the sanctuaries of the gods. The hair of each is plaited and
wound round his head, after the fashion of the mendicant priests of India.
He wears large cylindrical earrings, like those of the Javan women, brace-
lets and necklace of beads. His waistband, which is very bulky and
reaches almost to his knees, is confined by a chain of square links, and
receives on the right side a small square-hilted dagger. Between his legs

and

* Recha is the term given by the Javans to all the remains of antiquity generally, b,iil
p9.rticularly to the images of their former worship.

8

-ocr page 27-

and under the waistband there passes a lungofa or kopina, the ends
of which hang down before and behind. In his right hand he hold
an octagonal club ; in his left a snake, coiled and darting its tongue
along the breast: small twisted snakes also form his armlets Ld
one passes over his left shoulder diagonally across the body, the\' head
and tail forcing a kind of knot. His head is broad, his forehead
and chm short but widej his eyes quite round, large, prominent, and
staring; his lips thick; his mouth open, and shewing two very large do^
teeth and four others of the upper jaw. Singular as the countenance is it
has generally an open good humoured expression. The sepoy who attended
me, and who had resided two years among the Bramins at Benares, and of
a corps of upwards of eight hundred sepoys, was acknowledged to be the
best acquainted with such subjects, informed me that similar figures were
common guardians of the entrance to the temples of India, and seemed
perfectly well acquainted with their history, purpose, and distinctive accom-
panimentsj but he was lost in surprise at the number, magnitude, and
superior execution of those at
Brambdnan, to which he said that India could
in no respect furnish a parallel. Every thing here, he said, was manifestly
the work of the gods, as no human power could have effected such thin J
Ihe temples at
Bmmbdnan are entirely composed of plain hewn stone
without the least mixture of brick, mortar, or rubbish of any kind, even in

h WestTr T ^^nbsp;andbase\'men s f

he largest s ructures. Large trees have made their way through many of
them, and give an air of high antiquity.nbsp;^ ^

Close by the road side at Brambdnan, and in front of the bdndar\'s house
here are several pieces of sculpture deserving of notice. One is a vLy wS

IkhTn r^^joon two small stones, of about eighteen inches by five,
within the
bandar s hampung : it represents elephants completely caparisoned
in the Hindu fashion. Another is a piece of sculpture representing thP
wide-extended mouth and erect curled proboscis of the elephant havin. I
figure (I bdieve af a ^ or inferior deity or demi-god) seated i; an erfct
posture on the animal\'s tongue, surrounded with a formidable array of teeth.
ƒ his IS found on either side of the top or bottom of flights of steps, grand
entrances, or portals of all the
Brambdnan buildings. There is also a more
finished specimen of the same kind as the last, but having instead of a
Gopm a hon, decorated with a necklace, to whose head descends from the

lotos flowers which crown the elevated proboscis of the elephant ^ JZ
yoh. II.nbsp;rquot;nbsp;^ i very

Cnbsp;. ,

rich

-ocr page 28-

^tp

rich cluster of beads. Two stones are sculptured in relief with the figures of
seven apes traversing a wood: they are each about two feet six inches high
by two feet wide. These pieces are more damaged by time and weather than
any others I met with, and perhaps more ancient. They appear to be
entirely historical, and probably formed together the memorial of some
legendary event, which the learning of my Brahmin did not reach : he
seemed however positive that
Hanumdn was not of the number. The
shield occurs twice, a reptile of the lizard kind led by a string once, and
all the figures appear armed with sticks.

The only other piece of sculpture found here is of a headless naked
figure, sitting on a double throne, surrounded with foliage, opposite the
Banddran at the corner of a field. The journal of Colonel Mackenzie,
which had previously appeared in the Transactions of the Batavian Society,
had so fully persuaded me that all these rude figures in a sitting cross-
legged posture were
Jain or Budhist, that I by accident only asked my
companion if he knew what this was ? To my astonishment he replied, that
this, with all other similar images, were
tupis wurri, or Hindus in the
act of devotion, and that this figure was evidently a Brahmin (from the
sacrificial or sacred string over his left shoulder) employed in
tupisya, I
asked him whether it might be
Budh ? to which he replied. No 5 that
BudJi held a very low rank in the estimation of the Brahmins, who, in
consequence of the schism between Brahmins and Budhists, did not choose
to make
tupisya before him, or erect his likeness in their temples; and
that, as all the temples at
Brambdnan were entirely Braminical, or had
their origin from the same sect of which he himself was a member, it
was not likely that any images of
Budh should be found thereabouts.
When we afterwards came to examine the temples at
Loro Jongran and
other places, where the same figure complete appears seated in the small
temples, surrounding the great central one, I pointed out to him the
long-extended ears, short curled head of hair, and other marks, which I
had understood served to distinguish the
Jain or Budh images from all
others. He said he was only more convinced that they were all simple
Hindu devotees in the act of making
tupisya, in the presence of the prin-
cipal deity enthroned in the grand temple in the midst of them; that this
\\vas frequently the case in India, and wherever practicable the Brahmins
placed images of devotees, of exactly similar form and attitude, around
the fanes of Brahma and their inferior gods; that what I called curled

hair

-ocr page 29-

hair was nothing more than a peculiar kind of cap {topi he called it) worn
by devotees when in the most sacred acts of tujpisya, which caps are com-
mon, he said, throughout Bengal or Hindustan, and are made for the
purpose, by a particular class of people. I found the lower part of two
counterpart decorated stones, having the part of the body of
Ganisa in

the centre of each. They were extremely well executed and in good pre-
servation.

CHiNDl L(5R0 JONGRANG; or TEMPLES OF L(5R0 J(5NGRAN.

These lie directly in front (north) of the village oi Bramhdnan, and
about two hundred and fifty yards from the road, whence they are visi-
ble, in the form of large hillocks of fallen masses of stone, surmounted,
and in some instances covered, with a profusion of trees and herbage of
all descriptions. In the present dilapidated state of these venerable build-
ings, I found it very difficult to obtain a correct plan or description of
their original disposition, extent, or even of their number and figure.
Those that remain, with any degree of their primary form or elevation, are
ten, disposed in three lines, running north and south. Of those on the
western line, which are far the largest and most lofty, that in the centre
towers high above the rest, and its jutting fragments lie tumbled about
over a larger area. Nothing can exceed the air of desolation which this
spot presents ; and the feelings of every visitor are attuned, by the scene
ot surrounding devastation, to reflect, that while these noble monuments of
the ancient splendour of religion and the arts are submitting, with sullen
slowness to the destructive hand of time and nature, the art which
raised them has perished before them, and the faith which they were to
honour has
row no other honour in the land.

-ocr page 30-

After repeated visits to the place, I am perfectly clear, that the temples
of
Jongrdngan originally consisted of twenty separate buildings, besides
the enclosures and gateway j that of these, six large and two small temples
were within the second wall, and twelve small ones, exactly similar to each
other, formed a kind of square about the exterior of the inner wall. The
first temple that occurs on entering, is the small central one on the right
hand of the present pathway ; and though its roof is gone, a most beauti-
ful terrace appears, which supported the building, and measures twenty-three
feet six inches by twenty-two feet ten inches. At present the height of it
is barely three feet and a half. The lower part contains five small niches on
either side, profusely decorated and resting on small pilasters, each niche
occupied by a lion, seated exactly similar to those described in the ele-
phant\'s mouth. The intervals between the niches are very neatly filled with
diminutive pilasters and other ornaments, displaying real taste and skill,
which again support a double fillet projecting all round. One carved most
beautifully, with a running festooned beading, with intermediate knots and
pendents, each festoon filled with a lively representation of a perroquet
with expanded wings, the other fillet with a fancy pattern more simple.
On the opposite, or north side, was a building similar to this, but now a
mound of stone.

The largest temple, apparently about ninety feet in height, is at present a
mass of ruin, as well as the five others connected with it ; but ascending to
its northern fac^ over a vast heap of stones fallen from it and the third
temple, at the height of about thirty feet you reach the entrance : the
whole is of hewn stones, fitted and morticed into each other, without rub-
bish or cement of any kind. Directly in front of the door-way stands the
image of
Loro Jôngra7i.* I had previously found a very similar, and I
think a more beautiful representation of
Déù, as the Bramin called it, in
the village of
Ku^wtran, about fifteen miles north-east from Brambdnan,
The image of Loro Jmgran here has exactly the same attributes and
accompaniments as that found at
Kwwiran, but it is larger, not at all
damaged, perfectly smooth, and with a polished surface : the buffalo is en-
tirely recumbent ; the character of the countenance, general figure, and
attitudes are very different, and the shape, attitude, and visage of the
goddess far less elegant and feminine. The figure at
Brambdnan is six

■ feet

^ See plate of subjects in stone found in the central districts of Java, No. 6\'.

-ocr page 31-
-ocr page 32-

■m

-ocr page 33-

feet three inches by three feet one inch in the widest part at the pedestal;
that at
Kwwiran is three feet nine inches high by twenty inches. The
general description of this goddess, as read to me by the Bramin from a
Sanscrit paper he copied at Benares, will serve to illustrate both these
images, in the literal precise manner in which I took down his words. quot;
quot; Bhawdni, Devi, Soca, Juggudumha, Mahamya, Lutala, Phulmuttis, and
quot; Mata, are the designations of this powerful goddess, who resides 2ii Shasi
quot; or Basini (Benares), at an angle of the sacred Ganges. Her adoration
quot; is called
urchit with oblations of flowers, chundun, kundun, SlXiA mugt.
quot; In her hand she holds a tulwar, called hJiug : round her neck she has a
quot; mala of sumpurun, tooUi, or chundun. Her weight is very great, and
wherever her effig-y is placed the earth trembles and becomes much
quot; heavier. The name of her buffalo isnbsp;and the
Dewth who

quot; attempts to slay it is Ussoor. She sleeps upon a bed of flowers.\'\'

Thus much could I understand and repeat verbatim of this goddess\'s
power and attributes. For the rest, in her eight arms she holds, 1st. the
buffalo\'s tail; 2d. the sword called Mwr^-; 3d.
the bhullaov janclin ; 4th.
the
chukur or whut; 5th. the lune or conch shell; 6th. the dhat or shield ;
7th.
thejundah or flag ; and 8th. the hair of the Dewth Mahikusor, or per-
sonification of vice, who while attempting to slay her favourite
MaJiisa is
seized by the goddess in a rage. He raises a
dhat, or shield, in his defence,
and a sabre, or some offensive weapon, should be in his right hand.

J. he apartment in whicli this image and some other sculptured stones are
placed, rises pm-ifectly square and plain, to the height of ten feet, and there
occurs a richly carved cornice of four fillets, a single stone to each. From
this rises thereof in a square pyramid, perfectly plain or smooth, for ten
feet more.

Proceeding over the ruins round to the west face of this building, you
pass the intermediate angular projection, carved alternately in a running
flower or foliage, which Colonel Mackenzie has called ^raamp;e^^we, and with
small human figures of various form and attitude in compartments, above
representations of square pyramidal temples, exactly like those on so many
of the entablatures of
Boro Bbdo, and similar, I understand, to the Budh
temples of Ava, amp;c. amp;c., the whole extremely rich and minute beyond
description. The western doorway is equally plain with the former, and
the entrance is still lower. The apartment is ten feet two inches square,

apparently

-ocr page 34-

apparently more filled up (that is, the floor raised higher than the other),
but in all other respects exactly the same. In front is seated a complete
Ganisa* of smooth or polished stone, seated on a throne: the whole a
single block, five and a half feet high and three wide. In his hands
rie has a plantain, a circlet of beads, a flower, and a cup to which the end of
his proboscis is applied : a hooded snake encircles his body diagonally over
the left shoulder. His cap is high, with a death\'s head and horned moon
in front and as well as his necklaces, waistband, armlets, bracelets, anklets
and all his habiliments, is profusely decorated. The only damage he appears
to have sustained is in losing all but the roots of his tusks.nbsp;^

The Javans to this day continue to pay their devoirs to him and to Loro
Jdngran,
as they are constantly covered with turmerick, flowers, ochre,
amp;c They distinguish
GanSsa by the name of Raja Demdng, Singa Jaya,
or \'Gana Singa Jdya. Going still round over heaps of fallen stone to the
south face, you with some difficulty enter by the doorway (nearly closed up
by the ruin) into the third apartment, where there is scarce light enough to
see a prostrate
Sim with his feet broken off and lost. What remains is four
feet ten inches and a half long, and two feet two inches wide.t

The whole of the apartment on the east side has fallen in, or is closed up

by the dilapidation of that entire front.

From the elevated situation of the entrances to all the apartments first

described, it is evident that there must formerly have been flights of steps
to them. The plan of this temple, and as far as I could judge of the two
adjoining ones, north and south, was a perfect cross, each of the four
apartments first described occupying a limb or projection of the figure, and
the small intermediate protruding angles between these limbs of the cross
could only be to admit of a large apartment in the centre of the building, to
which however no opening was practicable or visible. Moreover, as all the
grand entrances to the interior of Hindu temples, where it is practicable,
face the rising sun, I could have wished to ascertain from this (the largest
and most important at
Jongrdngan) whether or not the main apartment was
in existence, as I had made up my mind that, were I possessed of the means
to clear away the stone, I should have found
Brahma himself in possession
of the place: the smaller rooms being occupied by such exalted deities as
Bhawani, Siva, and Ganesa, scarce any other, indeed, than Brahma could
be found presiding on the seat of honour and majesty.

* See plate from subjects in stone found in the central districts of Java, No. 2.

f See the same plate, No. i.

-ocr page 35-

The three large temples on the eastern line are in a state of utter ruin.
They appear to have been very large and lofty, and perfectly square. The
upper terraces, just under the supposed entrances, were visible in some
places, at the height of about sixty feet.

CHANDI Sl^WU, or THE THOUSAND TEMPLES.

In the whole course of my life I have never met with such stupendous
and finished specimens of human labour, and of the science and taste of
quot; ages long since forgot,quot; crowded together in so small a compass as in this
little spot; which, to use a military phrase, I deem to have been the head
quarters of Hinduism in Java. These ruins are situated exactly eight
hundred and thirty-five yards north-north-east from the northern extremity of
those of
Loro Jongran, and one thousand three hundred and forty-five yards
from the high road opposite the
bandar\'s house. Having had in view all the
way one lofty pyramidal or conical ruin, covered with foliage, and sur-
rounded by a multitude of much smaller ones, in every stage of humbled
majesty and decay, you find yourself, on reaching the southern face, very
suddenly between two gigantic figures in a kneeling posture, and of terrific
forms, appearing to threaten you with their uplifted clubs : their bulk is so.
great, that the stranger does not readily comprehend their figure.* These
gigantic janitors are represented kneeling on the left knee, with a small
cushion under the right ham, the left resting on the retired foot. The
height of the pedestal is fifteen inches, of the figure, seven feet nine inches
to the top of the curls; total, nine feet. The head twenty-six inches
long: width across the shoulders, three feet ten inches. The pedestal
just comprises the kneeling figure and no more.

The character and expression of the face I have never met with else-
where : it belongs neither to India nor to any of the eastern isles. The
countenance is full, round, and expressive of good humour. The eyes are
large, prominent, and circular ; the nose is prominent and wide, and in
profile seems pointed ; the upper lip is covered with tremendous mustaches j
the mouth is large and open, with a risible character, snewing two very
large dog-teeth ; the under lip thin, and the chin very
strait and short; fore-
head the same ; no neck visible ; the breast broad and full, with a very
prominent round belly ; the lower limbs, as well as the arms, extremely
short and stout. But the most extraordinary appendage of these porters,

is

* See plate of subjects-in stone found in the central districts, No. 7.

-ocr page 36-

is a very large full-bottomed wig, in full curl all over, which, however, the
Bramin assured me (and I really believe) is intended to represent the usual
mode in which the
Moonis are supposed to dress their natural hair j these
gigantic genii, whose duty it is to guard the sanctuaries of the gods, requir-
ing as formidable an appearance as possible. In other respects the images are
in the Hindu costume. The
lungota passes between the legs, the ends of it
decorated, hanging down before and behind, over the waistband, and
a curious square-linked chain, which encircles the waist. A snake en-
twines the body diagonally over the left shoulder, the tail and head twisted
on the left breast. A small ornamented dagger is stuck in the girdle on
the right loins. A pointed club of an octagonal form is held up in the
right hand, and rests on the knee; the left hand, dropped down his side,
grasps a circled snake, which seems to bite the fore part of the left arm.
The necklace is of fillagree-work (such as is called
star J 5 and the ears,
which are large and long, are decorated with the immense ornamented cy-
lindrical ear-rings worn by the Javan women of the present day. Round
the two arms are twisted snakes, and round the wrist bracelets of beads.
The waistband extends nearly to the knees. From the waist upwards the
figure is naked.

The same description is applicable to the eight other pair of images,
which guard the other approaches of
Chdndi Sewu, at twenty feet distance
from the exterior line of temples, and facing inwards to each other about
twelve feet apart. Each of these statues and its pedestal is of one piece of
a species of pudding stone, which must have required great care in working.

-ocr page 37-

Lm.Jm .AM,M \'Jlhu-hM,,,-, fc ^ttm. ZcM,M S„ ,!v

-ocr page 38-

y

-ocr page 39-

The whole site or ground-plan of these temples forms a quadrangle of
five hundred and forty feet by five hundred and ten, exactly facing the
cardinal points. The greater extent is on the eastern and western sides, as
there allowance has been made for wider avenues leading up to the grand
central temples situated within, while on the north and south sides the
spaces between the small exterior temples are all alike. There is no vestige
of an exterior boundary wall of any kind. The outer quadrangle, which is
the limit of the whole and which encloses four others, consists of eightv-
four small temples, twenty-two on each face : the second consists of seventy-
six ; the third of sixty-four; the fourth of forty-four j and the fifth, or
inner parallelogram, of twenty-eight; in all two hundred and ninety-six
small temples, disposed in five regular parallelograms. The whole of these
are upon a uniform plan,1 eleven feet and a half square on the outside,
quot;«^ith a small vestibule or porch, six feet two inches long, by four feet and a
half externally. Within is an apartment exactly six feet square, with a
doorway five feet nine inches high, by three feet four inches wide, directly
opposite to which stands the seat or throne of the statue which occupied
the temple. The walls inside rise square to the height of seven feet ten
inches, and quite plain; thence the roof rises about five feet more in a plain
pyramid, and above that a perpendicular square rises two feet more, where
the roof is closed by a single stone. The interior dimensions of the porch
or^ vestibule in front were three feet and a half by two and a half. The
thickness of wall to each temple was about two feet nine inches, and of the
vestibule one foot four inches. The exterior elevation of each must have
been about eighteen feet, rising square to the cornices about eight or nine
ïeet, according to the irregularities of ground, and the rest a fanciful super-
structure of various forms, diminishing in size to the summit, which was
crowned with a very massive
circular stone, surmounted with another
cylindrical one rounded off at the top. The whole of each superstructure
thus formed a kind of irregular pyramid, composed of five or six retiring
steps or parts, of which the three lowest appeared to me of the figure of a
cross, with intermediate projecting angles to the two lower, and retired ones
to the upper step, which varied in position also from the lower ones. Above

Dnbsp;that

* See plates. One of the smaller temples at BramUnan, and one of the smaller temples at
Bramhdnan restored to its original state ; the first of these was taken in the year 1807 bj Mr.
Cornells, when the temples would appear to have been in
a much more perfect State than at
present. For then* present appearance see vignette.

-ocr page 40-

that the summit appeared to rise in an octangular form, diminishing gra-
dually to the stones above described, The same kind of stone appears also
to have been placed on the four projecting angles of at least the lower part
of the elevation above the body of the building. I saw none that were
complete ; but from the detached views I had of all, I think either nine
or thirteen similar ones were disposed at the various points of the roof.
Besides these, the roofs had little in the way of decorations to attract
notice, beyond a profusion of plain cornices, bands, fillets, or ribbands,
forming a kind of capital to the crest of each stage of the superstructure,
and on one of them small square pilasters cut in bas-relievo at intervals.

I have already stated, that the small temples appeared to be all upon one
uniform plan, differing however according to their situation. The deco-
rations, internal and external, are alike in all, except that the exterior
niches are all variously filled with the endless variety of Hindu mythology.

Proceeding inwards from the southern récha, and reckoning from their
centre, the distances are as follow: to the exterior line of the outer qua-
drangle twenty feet ; depth of these temples, including porch, sixteen feet ;
space from thence to the next line of temples eleven feet j depth of the
second quadrangle sixteen feet j thence to the third quadrangle thirty feet ;
supposed depth of this line sixteen feet ; thence to the fourth quadrangle
thirty feet ; depth of the fourth quadrangle sixteen feet ; thence to the
fifth or inner quadrangle thirty feet} depth of the inner quadrangle sixteen
feet ; thence to the bottom of the flight of steps leading up to the grand
temple fourteen feet j in all two hundred and fifteen feet from the centre of
• the porters to the bottom of the steps. The spaces between all the temples
on the same line are about twelve feet and a quarter, but on-the east and
west sides the central avenue is larger. Between the inner quadrangle and
the central temple, at a distance of five feet from the bottom step of it,
runs a line of stone fourteen inches high, and two feet four inches wide.

We now come to the great temple.^ You ascend from each of the car-
dinal points by a flight of fourteen stone steps, all rough hewn, and now
mostly disjointed or displaced. The length of each flight was about sixteen
feet to the edge of the upper step, the breadth eight over all, and ths
height about ten feet, that being the elevation of the terrace of the tem-
ple.

-ocr page 41-

mmm

i A

g.

v:

V

«

snbsp;10nbsp;ILnbsp;.11

5

--------1- -

I_____________i

\' I--------- — ^--------^..........iU\'e-et.

\' (y.

lo\'id^n.^uh/u-h.\'/^ }gt;y ^liick \'farlmry kylJlcnXeade^iJuill .directzB-i-j..

-ocr page 42-

\'.■M

H-:,

- \'

:,Jf

-ocr page 43-

^û\'mJiù\'
7

—.

-ocr page 44-

■\'• ■v.. - . -\'-\'^\'.i-

-ocr page 45-
-ocr page 46- -ocr page 47-

pie. The walls of this elevated terrace projected on either side of the
steps, so as to form with the walls that received the steps three sides of
squares, which the Sepoy who was with me immediately said must have
been intended for small tanks, one at each side of every flight of steps,
for the devotees to purify themselves in before their appearance at the
shrine of the deity. On the third step from the bottom, on each side of it,
was a figure of
Hastu Singh (or the lion seated in the elephant^s mouth),
looking outwards and having a very fine e£Fect. The same figures, facing
outwards, supported each side of the four entrances to the vestibules. The
terrace has a breadth of three feet and a half, clear of the walls of the tem-
ple all round, and as far as I could discern in the ruin, following the angles
of the edifice.

The form of the building, like that at Loro Jongran, is a crosamp;gt;. with the
same intermediate angular projections, in order to afford room for the grand
central apartment. Entering from the east you pass through a portal, five
feet eight
inches in width by five feet nine inches in length (which is the
thickness of the walls), into an outer vestibule, twelve feet wide, by ten
deep. The walls of this vestibule are ornamented with three niches, a
large and two smaller ones, with pointed arches, and all the profuse deco-
ration of Hindu architectural sculpture. In most of these niches remained
the throne of the inferior deities, who the Sepoy said must have
originally occupied them : not one was now to be found. The throne was
generally a single stone, decorated in front with a vase and profusion of
flowers, filling the whole space in a natural easy manner. Leaving this
room you pass on through a doorway four feet five inches in width, and four
feet in depth (the thickness of the wall), but of uncertain height, to a
second vestibule,
fourteen feet nine inches wide, and four feet four inches
deep. At either end of this vestibule is a door, twenty-six inches wide in
the clear, four feet two inches deep in the passage or width of the wall,
and barely five feet and a half high, which communicates with the surround-
ing terrace. This vestibule is perfectly plain, with the exception of a raised
spiral fluting, which surrounds the large portal or gate leading into the
central apartment, and terminates near the bottom
steps in the represen-
tation ofthe
elephant\'s mouth and trunk, simply cut in relief on the wall,
with no other addition but several strings of beads descendmg from the top
of his proboscis. The roofs of the
vestibules or limbs of the building,
though entirely fallen, were originally shaped like the Syrian, that is pointed

and

D S

-ocr page 48-

and falling down to the upper cornice of the walls, with a gentle double
swell or curve. The northern limb is an entire mass of confusion and ruin;
but the description just given of the double vestibule on the east side ofthe
temple, answers with a very trifling variation of dimensions to those on the
south and west, but that instead of the large and spacious portal to be see n
on the east, theHB are five very lofty niches let into the main walls about a
foot, with pointed Indian arches, standing on square pilasters of the same
fashion, the capitals of each of which are supported by a small, squat,
doubled-up human figure, having its arms embowed over its head\' which
my Cicerone informed me was very common in the like situations in India,
He concluded also, that images of the gods had occupied the niches in front
against the main walls of the temple, on
the north, south, or west sides;
but we saw not one, and only the centre niches had even the thrones re\'
maining. The niches and pilasters are surmounted with a very deep
elaborate projecting cornice, crowned again with five representations of
small temples on each side, and immediately over these are seen the two
swells or curves ofthe original Syrian roof.

-ocr page 49-

So far we have gone on a level with the external terrace or platform
which surrounds the whole ; but on the east side you ascend by a flight of
eight steps, at least six feet high, through the spacious portal before men-
tioned, which is twelve feet high from the top of these stairs, and six
leet eight inches wide in the clear, formed entirely of massive blocks of
stones, well squared. The depth of the passage or thickness of the wall is
ten feet. The top of the portal, which is flat or square externally, sur-
inounted in the centre with a very large and terrible gorgon visage, changes
with the ascent of the stairs, in a very artful manner, to the pyramidal
form, internally, formed by the overhanging of the stones to resemble
inverted square steps closed at the top with a single stone. You thus find
yourself in the
sanctum sanctorum, the spot which has rewarded the toil and
zeal of many a weary pilgrim. My expectations were raised, and I ima-
I should find the great and all-powerful Brahma seated here, in
g ory and majesty proportionate to the surrounding splendour and magsi-
cence of his abode. Not a single vestige, however, remains of
Brahma,
or of any other deity. The apartment is a plain, unadorned square, of
tWenty-one by eighteen feet. Four feet from the eastern wall or door is a
raised platform, three feet and a half high, extending all across the room
(north and south), surmounted with a deep projecting capital or crest, to
ascend which are two small flights of six steps each, situated at the extre-
^i^ties on either hand. The walls of this sanctuary, to the height of about
orty feet, rise square and plain, and are composed of uniform blocks of
greyish stone, well squared, and fitting closely without cement, grooved
nto each other, according to the general manner of all the buildings at
Bramhdnan. Above this is a projected cornice of three or four stones,
rom which the roof assumes the pyramidal form of overhanging stones,
or inverted steps, to the height of ten feet nearly ; thence it rises per-
pendicular, plain and square, for about ten feet more, and hence to the
top in an octangular pyramid of overhanging stones, approachino- each
other gradually by tiers or layers for nearly fifteen feet more, where it
Closes finally with a stone about two and a half or three feet across,
sc ^^nbsp;of this great temple contains a great variety of ornamental

ju pture but no human or emblematical figures, or even niches in the
a ,s, as in all the small temples surrounding it. The capitals of the
Pi asters (as in the niches against the body of the temple) are indeed
PPorted by the very diminutive figures before mentioned j but nothing

further

-ocr page 50-

further appears in that way throughout the whole structure. The style,
taste, and manner of execution, are every where light, chaste, and beau-
tiful, evincing a fertile invention, most delicate workmanship, and expe-
rience in the art.
All the figures occupying the niches of the smaller
temples (and there were thirteen to each of the two hundred and ninety-
six) are a wonderful variety of mythological characters, which the Brah-
min said figured in the Hindu legends.

Of the small temples, at least two-thirds are strewed along the ground,
or are mere ruined heaps of stone, earth, and jungle. On the third qua-
drangle no more than six large heaps of dilapidation remain: fields of
palma christi, sugar-cane, and tobacco, occupy the place and many
detached spots on the site of the temples. Not one, in fact, is at all per-
fect : large trees and many kinds of herbage have shot up and split them
asunder. They are covered wnth the foliage which has hastened or pro-
duced their destruction, certainly prematurely; for the stone itself, even
externally, and where it would be most perceptible on the sculpture, exhi-
bits not the least token of decay. The whole devastation is caused by a
most luxuriant vegetation. Towering directly over the temples the
warin-
gin,
or stately banyan, is conspicuous, both for its appearance and the
extraordmary damage it has caused. In short, hardly twenty of the
temples give a satisfactory notion of their original form and structure.

Under such circumstances, it can hardly be supposed that I examined
the interior of many of them. Few could boast of the original four walls
alone; but within such as I did examine I found only five of the original
images occupying their places. As these five, however, were found in
points very remote
from, and bearing no relation to each other, and were
all
exactly counterparts in size, shape, character, and general appearance,
I may safely conclude, that each of the two hundred and ninety-six smaller
temples contained a similar image. Of these five, which are exactly the same
with those Colonel Mackenzie
calls Jam, only one was perfect the others
had lost their heads and received other damage in the fall of their habita-
tions • but all were manifestly intended to represent the same figure. The
Bramin maintained, that these were all
tupes^murri, or devotees, represented
by the
Braminical founder of these temples in the act of tupisya, around
the sanctuary of the divinity himself, situated in the centre of them., ,

.nbsp;, Returning

^ See plate of subjects in stone found in the c^tral districts, No. 1.

-ocr page 51-

Returning from Chdndi Sewu towards L6ro Jbngran^ about halfway on the
left of the road, two hundred yards distant, are the remains of a small
assemblage of temples, which on examination proved to consist originally of
a small square of fourteen temples, with a larger one in the centre. Five
temples were on the east and west faces, and four on the north and south,
including throughout those at the angles. The only difference, however,
between these temples and the small ones of
Chdndi Sewu was, that they
Were rather smaller and the elevated terraces raised much higher, those
of
Chdndi Sewu not being a foot above the ground, while these were raised
nearly four feet, and had a small flight of steps and a doorway inwards
towards the middle temple. The exterior of all these buildings was per-
fectly plain, excepting a very simple square pilaster and cornice surmount-
ing it. The central building alone possessed the very same kind of decora^
tive sculpture which is seen on those of
Chdndi Sewu, was about twice the
size of its neighbours, and about four feet larger either way than those of
Chdndi Sewu, from which it only further differed in having no porch. I
shall only add to this brief notice, that the whole site of this cluster seems
comprised in an area of eighty feet by sixty ; that the spaces between the
temples of this quadrangle are equal to the extent of each building ; that
only nine of the exterior temples, of which one is a mere heap of stones,
exist in any form indicating their primitive order or position ; and lastly,
that no statuary of any kind remains, to indicate the deity in whose honour
they were erected, except the relievos in the eleven niches round the
central building, which certainly seemed, as the Bramin asserted, to be of
the tribe of
Gopias, or demi gods and goddesses, which occupy the walls of
the two hundred and ninety-six temples of
Chdndi Sewu,

The only name the Javans could give this assemblage was the generic
term
chdndi or temples. The inclosures of the surrounding fields attest the
extent to which the farmers have turned to account the devastations raad@
by the
waringen trees.

REMAINS at DINANG-\'AN, or RANDU GUNTING.

Taking the road from Bramhdnan to Ydsya Iterta, a little beyond the Ruins at w-
seventh furlong, you arrive at an angle bearing nearly south-west. At this
angle, about sixty yards off the road to the left,
a very large statue is con-
spicuous, standing close to the corner of the village of
Dindngan, which is
behind

it. Searching about I found the broken scattered remains of five

other

-ocr page 52-

Other images exactly similar to it. Twenty yards in the rear of the erect
image, and just to the westward of the village, a very extensive heap of
blocks of hewn stone (particularly large hollow cylinders intended to hold
the water used in ablution in India) intermingled with earth, points out the
site of what must once have been a spacious temple, long since prostrate.
The principal image is called by the Javans
Bega Minda.

CHiNDI KALI SARI, or TEMPLE of KALI SAri.

Returning to the angle of the road which I had left to inspect Bega
Minda
and his maimed and headless brethren, and proceeding along the
high road, at a distance of little more than two furlongs further, I crossed
the small stream now called
Kali Bening, formerly Kali Buhus. A hundred
and twenty yards beyond this, having the village of
Kdli Sdri, which gives
its name to the temple, close to the right hand, you turn up a path between
two hedges in that direction, and at the south-western side of the village,
about two hundred yards off the road, you come upon the south-east angle
of a large and lofty quadrangular building, having much the appearance of
a two-story house or place of residence of a Hindu Raja. It resembles a
temple in no point of view even externally. It is an oblong square, regu-
larly divided into three floors, the ground-floor having in front a large door
between two windows, and on the sides two windows corresponding to the
others. The first
floor appears to have three windows in front, and two in
the depth, answering to the apertures below, and through the foliage which
decorates and destroys this monument of grandeur, may be seen several
small attic windows at intervals, seemingly on the slope of the roof: these,
however,
are false, as the structure has but the two floors and no other.

The external appearance of this edifice is really very striking and beau-
tiful. The composition and execution of its outer surface evinces infinite
taste and judgment, indefatigable patience and skill. Nothing can exceed
the correctness and minute beauties of the sculpture throughout, which is
not merely profuse, but laboured and worked up to a pitch of peculiar
excellence, scarcely suitable to the exterior of any building, and hardly to be
expected in much smaller subjects in the interior of the cabinet. It originally
stood upon an elevated terrace of from four to six feet in height, of solid stone.
The exterior dimensions of this building are fifty-seven feet and a half by
thirty-three and a half, measured along the walls just above the terrace or
line of the original basement, which is divided obviously enough into three

partSj

Cltóndi Kali
Sari.

-ocr page 53-

parts, by the centre projecting nearly a foot, and the general correspondent
composition or arrangement observable in each. The door in the centre is
four feet eight inches and a half wide, surmounted with the wide-gaping,
monstrous visage, before described at
Chdndi Séwu, from which runs round
each side of the portal a spiral-fluted chord, ending near the bottom in a
large sweep or flourish, inclosing each a caparisoned\'elephant in a rising
posture ; the space left over its hinder quarters being filled with the face of a
munnook, or human being, all in the usual style of relief. At either side of
the door the original coat of stone has fallen, as far as the extremities of the
vestibule, which covered the whole central compartment of the east or front
of the building. In the middle of each of the other divisions is an aperture

window, nearly a square of eighteen inches, having a very deep and pro-
jected double resemblance of a cornice beneath, resting on the upper fillet
of the terrace, while the same single projection crowns the top of the
window, surmounted with a more lofty and elegant device of two elephants*
heads and trunks, embellished and joined in a most t^teful way, with a
profusion of other devices. On either side of the windows is a small double
pilaster, having a space between for the figure of a small
garûda, an efiSgy
Well known by the Hindus, which is human down to the waist, and has the
body, wings, and talons of an eagle. Beyond the second pilaster, on each
Side of the windows, is a large niche rising from the terrace to the cornice
or division between the upper and lower story. The niche is sunk in the
Wall about four inches, and is formed by the adjoining pilasters rising
straight to their capitals, whence the top of the niche is formed by a
Very beautiful series of curved lines, leaving the point clear in the centre,
Which I can hardly compare to any thing but rounded branches of laurel, or
some such foliage. This is crowned with a
square projecting fillet, which
reaches the central cornice dividing the two floors. Beyond the last pilaster
of the niches, a single stone brings you to the angle of the building, which
is covered from top to bottom with the running arabesque border, most deli-
cately executed. On entering the building, the mind of every one must be
fully satisfied that it was never constructed for, or dedicated to mere reli-
gious purposes. The arrangement is entirely adapted to the domestic resi-
dence of a great Hindu chieftain or Raja.

The whole building, within and without, was originally covered with a.
coat of very fine chunam, or lime, about
one-sixth of an inch thick, of
surprising tenacity.

VOL, II,nbsp;Pursuing

-ocr page 54-

CHxiNDI KALI BENING.

Pursuing the high road from the spot at which you leave it to visit the
palace of
Kali Sdri, at the distance of about three furlongs and a half, a lofty,
massy pile is seen, about one hundred yards offquot; the road to the left. This
ruin is of the same general form and appearance as the larger temples at
Chdndi Sewu and Loro JongraUy but on a closer examination is found to be
superior to the whole, in the delicate and minute correctness of execution of
all its decorative parts. It is a cross, with the intermediate angles projected
to give space to a large central apartment, which is entered from the eas-t
side only. The building is about seventy^two feet three inches in length,
and the same in breadth.
The walls are about thirty-five feet high ; and the
roof, which
appears to have fallen in to the extent of five feet, about thirty
more. Only one front or vestibule is perfect.

On the south face is seen a small door, five feet seven inches high, and
three feet five inches and a half wide, situated in a deep niche, which also
receives in the recess above the door a small figure of
Sita (as the Sepoy
called it) in a sitting posture. Beyond the door a small projection contains
probably more various elaborate specimens of the best sculpture, than were
to be found any where within a small compass, and on similar materials. A
yery large and well defined
monster\'s head projects over the door, surrounded
with innumerable devices of excellent workmanship. I know not how to
describe them, nor the niche beneath, containing
Sita, which amongst other
accompaniments is supported by two small pilasters, the capitals of which are
upheld by the small naked figures before described, under the generic term
munnooJe. The central compartment of this southem limb (whicli is formed
by the niche and door below and the gorgon head above) terminates at the
top in a point, by a gradual elliptical slope upwards on both sides. These
sides of the slope are filled, on either hand, with a succession of small naked
munnooh figures, all seated in various postures on the steps formed for
their reception, along the edges of this ellipse, and closed by a similar one
above.

On either side of the door-way is a small niche, three feet high and six
inches wide, supported by small pilasters, and filled with relievo figures of
the fraternity of
Gopias and their wives. That occupying the niche to the
right, my Cicerone recognized to be
Krhm. He was peculiarly happy to
find
Sita seated over the door, whiqh he declared to be a decisive proof of the

sense

Kali Beniug\'.

-ocr page 55-

sense and devotional excellence of the founders of this superb temple, which
he very justly extolled, as far excelling in sculptural beauty and decorations
any thing he had ever seen or heard of in India, or could possibly imagine
had existence any where. This surprise and admiration at the superiority of
the Javan architecture, sculpture, and statuary, over those of India, was
manifest in every Sepoy who saw them. Nothing could equal the astonish-
ment of the man who attended me throughout this survey at every thing he
saw ; nor did he fail to draw a very degrading and natural contrast between
the ancient
Javans, as Hindus and artists, and their degenerate sons, with
scarce a remnant of arts, science, or of any religion at all.

The arch of all the niches is surmounted with a very lofty and magnifi-
cent representation, in bas-relievo, of a grand pyramidal temple, on a small
scale, though superior in size, and far more so in execution, to those at
Loro Jongran or at Boro B6do. Beyond these niches to the angles of the
building are a series of pilasters, rising to the cornice, which surmounts
the whole face of each projecting vestibule. In the centre, just at the
point of each niche, is a gorgon head of the usual aspect, which is sur-
rounded by the lofty temples just described.

The exterior sides of the vestibules occupy an extent of eleven feet and
a half, in the centre of which is a niche, much larger and deeper than those
in the front, being about six feet high and two wide, and one deep in the
clear, supported on either side by a real Hindu pilaster already described,
and the top of the niche surmounted with the gorgon head and pyrymidal
temple, equally well known by description. Each of these niches was
formerly occupied with solid statues, I imagine, of
Gopia. On either side
of these single niches are the same series of terminating pilasters (three in
number), which occur also on the fronts of the vestibules, of which the
centre one is a very magnificent running arabesque, from top to bottom ;
the two others are plain, without any variation.

A very fine coat of stucco, of excellent quality, covers the whole exterior
surface of the ternple, and is made so to follow the most minute and laboured
strokes of skill on the stone underneath it, as even considerably to add to
their efiect, particularly in concealing the junction of the stones. The
Walls are surmounted with a deep projecting double cornice. No principal
image was found in the temple or vestibules.

E 2nbsp;REMAINS

-ocr page 56-

REMAINS\'OF AN ANCiENT HALL OF AUDIENCE, amp;c. AT KALI

BENING.

The temple which I have just described stands close to the north side of
the village of
Kdli Bening, east of which is the river of that name ; and as
I had never before heard of any thing further in this quarter, I fancied my
work was over. I was, however, most agreeably surprised, on being told
by my Javan guides that there was something more to be seen directly south
of the village behind us. We accordingly passed through it, and barely-
one hundred and fifty yards from the temple, in a high sugar-cane and
palma christi plantation, we came suddenly on two pair of very magnifi-
cent gigantic porters, all facing eastwards, each having stood about twelve
feet from the others. The pedestals of all these statues are nearly covered,
or rather entirely sunk into the ground. The height of each figure, from
the top of the pedestal, is five feet one inch and a half, and breadth at the
shoulders three feet six inches. They are generally much better executed,
defined, and consequently more marked and striking in their appearance,
than those I had seen.* The countenance is much more marked and
expressive, the nose more prominent and pointed, the eyebrows meeting in
a formidable frown. The hair flows all round and down the back in large
ringlets and curls, and on the ankles, instead of beads, are the small cir-
cular bells common in India, under the name of
googoor. These figures
are called
Gopolo. Behind the second pair of porters, or west of them, is
a heap of ruins of brick and mortar, which proved on examination to be
the remains of an ancient hall of audience or state, originally standing on
fourteen pillars, witb a verandah all
round it standing on twenty-two pillars.
The porters guarded this building exactly in the centre of its eastern front:
the nearest pair scarcely thirty feet distant from it. The greatest length of
the building was east and west. The inner apartment over all gave forty-
seven feet in length, including the pillars : the width of the hall was twent)\'-
eight feet and a half in the same way. A verandah, of twelve feet and a
half wide all round over the pillars, surrounded the hall.

It struck me forcibly, that the house at Kdli Sdri was formerly the resi-
dence of some great Hindu Raja of Java; the superb temple at
Kdli
Bening,
the place of his devotions and prayers; this hall, a little south of
it, that of state or audience, perhaps also of recreation after his devotions.

Other

* See plate from subjects in stone found in central districts, No. 5.

-ocr page 57-

Other ruins of brick-work, without any mixture of stone, were close by,
and perhaps served as out-houses.

BÖ^I^O BODO.

In the district of Boro, in the province of Kedü, and near to the conflu- BóroBódo.
ence of the rivers
Elo and Prdga, crowning a small hill, stands the temple
of
Boro Bódo,quot;^ supposed by some to have been built in the sixth, and by
others in the tenth century of the Javan era. It is a square stone building
consisting of seven ranges of walls, each range decreasing as you ascend,
till the building terminates in a kind of dome. It occupies the whole of
the upper part of a conical hill, which appears to have been cut away so as
to receive the walls and to accommodate itself to the figure of the whole
structure. At the centre, resting on the very apex of the hill, is the dome
before mentioned, of about fifty feet diameter; and in its present ruinous
state, the upper part having fallen in, only about twenty feet high. This
IS surrounded by a triple circle of towers, in number seventy-two, each
occupied by an image looking outwards, and all connected by a stone casing
of the hilljwhich externally has the appearance of a roof.

Descending from thence, you pass on each side of the building by steps
through five handsome gateways, conducting to five successive terraces,
which surround the hill on every side. The walls which support these ter-
races are covered with the richest sculpture on both sides, but more par-
ticularly on the side which forms an interior wall to the terrace below,
and are raised so as to form a parapet on the other side. In the exterior
of these parapets, at equal distances, are niches, each containing a naked
figure sitting cross-legged, and considerably larger than life ;t the total
number of which is not far short of four hundred. Above each niche is
a little
spire, another above each of the sides of the niche, and another
upon the parapet between the sides of the neighbouring niches. The
design is regular j the architectural and sculptural ornaments are profuse.
The bas-reliefs represent a variety of scenes, apparently
mythological, and
executed with considerable taste and skill. The whole area occupied by
this noble building is about six hundred and twenty feet either way.

The

* So termed by the people of the neighbouring villages, B6ro is the name of the district
means ancient.nbsp;\'

t These figures measure above three feet in height in a sitting posture and with the images
tound in the towers exactly resemble those in the small temples at
Chandi Smiu See plate
quot;om subjects in stone found in the central districts, No. 1.

-ocr page 58-

The exterior line of the ground plan, though apparently a perfect square
when viewed at a distance, is not exactly of that form, as the centre of each
face, to a considerable extent, projects many feet, and so as to cover as
much ground as the conical shape of the hill will admit: the same form is
observed in each of the terraces.

The whole has the appearance of one solid building, and is about a
hundred feet high, independently of the central spire of about twenty
feet, which has fallen in. The interior consists almost entirely of the hill
itself.*

Near the site of this majestic edifice was found a mutilated stone image
of Brahma^-f and at no great distance, situated within a few yards of the
confluence of the rivers
Elo and Prdga, are the remains of several very
beautifully executed and interesting temples, in form and design corres-
ponding with those in the neighbourhood of
Brambdnan. In niches and on
the walls of these are designed in relief numerous figures with many arms,
evidently of the Braminical order, most of them having their several attri-
butes perfect. It is remarkable that at
Boro Bodo no figures of this des-
cription occur.

The image of the harpy (No. 1 of the annexed plate) was taken from the
temple at
Boro Bodo and brought to England : it is of stone, in length
about twenty inches, and exceedingly well executed. The other subjects
in this plate were not found in this neighbourhood. No. 2 is a stone
box about a foot square, containing a small golden
lingam : it was recently
dug up near
Mdlang by a peasant, who was levelling the ground for a cook-
ing place. No.
3 and 4 are representations of ornamented stone water-
spouts, collected
in the vicinity of JPaltalung\'an. No. 5 is an ornamental
corner stone, now lying among the ruins of
Majapdhit, the figure carved
upon which is nearly as large as life.

DiengorPrihu. Next to Bovo Bodo iu importance, and perhaps still more interesting, are
the extensive ruins which are found on
Gunimg Dieng, the supposed resi-
dence of the gods and demigods of antiquity.^ This mountain, from its

resemblance

* Drawings of the present and former state of this edifice, and illustrative of the sculptu-
ral ornaments by which it is distinguished, have been made, and have been long in the hands of
the engraver.

t See Plate.

J Here, according to the tradition of the Javans, are to be found the ruins of the dwelling
of
Arjuna, Gatut Kdcha, Bima, Derma Kasuma, Sa Dewa, and other characters who figured
in the
Brdta Yudha, or war of the Pdndus.

-ocr page 59-

resemblance to the hull of a vessel, is also called Gunung Prahu. It is
situated northward and westward of the mountain
Sindoro, which forms the-
boundary between
Kedu and Bdnyumas, and terminates a range of hills
running east from the mountain of
Tegdl. There are no less than twenty-
nine different peaks of this mountain, or rather cluster of mountains, each
of which has its pecuUar name, and is remarkable for some pecuHar produc-
tion or natural phgenomanon.

On a table-land about six hundred feet higher than the surrounding
country, which is some thousand feet above the level of the sea, are found
the remains of various temples, idols, and other sculpture, too numerous
to be described in this place. A subject in stone having three faces, and
another with four arms, having a ball or globe in one hand and a thunder-
bolt in another, were the most conspicuous.^

The ascent from the country below to the table-land on which these tem-
ples stood is by four flights of stone steps, on four different sides of the hill,
consisting of not less than one thousand steps each. The ascent from the
southern side is now in many parts steep and rocky, and in some places
almost inaccessible, but the traveller is much assisted by the dilapidated
remains of the stone steps, which appear to be of the greatest antiquity.
Time alone, indeed, cannot have so completely demolished a work, of which
the materials were so durable and the construction so solid. The greatest
part of this wonderful memorial of human industry lies buried under huge
masses of rock and lava ; and innumerable proofs are afforded of the
mountain having, at some period since the formation of the steps, been in
a state of violent eruption. Near the summit of one of the hüls there is a
crater of about half a mile diameter.

At no great distance from this crater, in a north-west direction, is situated
a plain or table-land,
surrounded on all sides but one by a ridge of moun-
tains about a thousand feet above it. At some very remote period it was
perhaps itself the crater of a vast volcano. On its border are the remains of
four temples of stone, greatly dilapidated, but manifestly by the effect of
some violent shock or concussion of the earth. The largest of them is
about forty feet square : the walls are ten feet thick, and the height about
thirty-five feet. The only apartment which it contains is not more than
twenty feet square, and has only one entrance. The roof is arched to a

point

* See plate from subjects in stone found near B6fO Bodo in Kedu,

-ocr page 60-

point in the centre, about twenty feet high above the walls, so that the
whole building was almost one solid mass of masonry, composed of the
most durable cut stone, in blocks of from one to two feet long and about
nine inches square. Yet these walls, so constructed, are rent to the bottom.
It was particularly observable, that little or no injury had been done by vege-
tation, the climate being unfavourable to the
waringen, whose roots are so
destructive to the buildings of the
lower regions. The entablatures of these
buildings still exhibit specimens of delicate and very elegant sculpture.
Several deep excavations are observed in the neighbourhood. These, it is
said, were made by the natives, in search of gold utensils, images, and
coins, many of which have, from time to time, been dug up here.

The whole of the plain is covered with scattered ruins and large fragments
of
hewn stone to a considerable distance. In the centre are four more
temples, nearly similar to those before-mentioned, but in a much better
state of preservation, the sculpture being in many places quite perfect.
Numerous images of deities are scattered about.

On a more minute examination of this plain, traces of the site of nearly
four hundred temples were discovered, having broad and extensive streets
or roads running between them at right angles. The ground plan of these,
as far as it could be ascertained, with sketches of the different images,
ornaments, and temples, which distinguish this classic ground, have been
made by Captain Baker, who devoted three weeks to the accomplishment of
this interesting object. At present I have it only in my power to exhibit a
drawing of one of the temples, in the state in which it was found in 1815,
with the same temple restored to what it originally was.*

The whole of the country lying between Gunung Dieng and Brambdnafi,
in a line nearly crossing the central part of the island, abounds with ruins
of temples, dilapidated images, and traces of Hinduism. Many of the
villagers between
BUdran and Jetis, in the road from Bdnyumas through
Kedd, have availed themselves of the extensive remains to form the walls
of their buildings. In the enclosures to several of the villages (which are
here frequently walled in) are discovered large stones, some representing
gorgon heads, others beautifully executed in relief, which had formed the
frizes and cornices of temples, all regularly cut so as to be morticed toge-
ther, but now heaped one upon another in the utmost confusion and dis-
order.

Along

* See Plates.

m

-ocr page 61-

J.t\'iiJoil.P,Mis/i,;l h- JiUxrk M.urv kjtlcn Xe.utcnhult Slm-t ,lby..

-ocr page 62-

„kV-

\'t

quot; quot; à-:-\'

\' ^nbsp;- - ■ • ......: ^^V

■ïom-...nbsp;imiLnbsp;, \'-ä«-: - ■nbsp;- ; ;nbsp;■■ ■nbsp;-nbsp;^

-ocr page 63-
-ocr page 64- -ocr page 65-

Along the fields, and by the road side, between Jétîs and MàgeUn, are
seen m ditches or elsewhere, many beautiful remains of sculpture, and among
them many
yonis and lingams, where they seem not only to be entirely
disregarded by the natives but thrown on one side as if in the way.

The following is the account given by Dr. Horsfield of the ruins founa
in the Eastern Provinces of the native princes, in the year 1815.

KEDIRI, amp;c.

quot; In the districts oï Jagardga, Ch^ruban, Rdma, Kaldngbret, Trengdli, Kediri amp;c
^ranardga, and Magetdn, these antiquities are dispersed solitary -at occa-
sional points,, and consist principally of images or
réchas. The remains of
buildings, and of towns and cities, generally distinguished by the name
^UCàta-bedâh, are also noticed j but Mddion, Kértasdna, Kediri, ^nàSreng^dt
contain very important and interesting antiquities.

In regarding them, the vicinity of the former capital of the princes of
the house of
Majapdhit strikingly offers itself for consideration ; and a
raveller perceives them to increase in number, as he proceeds from the
^\'estern to the eastern districts.

Commencing my notices from the westward, I have to point out in
Mddion four monuments, or stones covered with inscriptions: these,
.^ith several pedestals and other remains of ancient buildings, have
een collected and employed at
Mauspdti, the capital of Mddion, lately
^stabhshed by
Rdden Rdng^ga, the well known rebel of the Yûgya-kerta
ourt. On the largest of these monuments the characters of the inscrip-
tion are
stdl m a great degree distinguishable, and these I have carefully
taken off ; on the others, which are smaller, the characters, although com-
pletely perceivable, are too much obliterated by the decomposition and
lt;iecay of the substance of the stone to afford a copy.
Besides these in-
scriptions ; remains of buildings, pedestals, and
réchas of different sizes
^ave also been collected from various parts of this province, and employed
to decorate a well and bath near the capital. After a considerable inter-
^nption, which contains no remains at present,
I discovered, in a direction
^ most due east from
Mauspdti, in the district of Anjog, a monument with
inscription in a more perfect state.
In form this, as well as the others,
resembles the common tomb-stones of our burial grounds, exceeding them
y in size : its dimensions have been carefully taken. Four sides are

^OI\'. II.nbsp;T?

^nbsp;covered

-ocr page 66-

covered with characters ; two of these were in a state sufficiently preserved
to be copied with only occasional deficiencies. This stone w^as placed near
a
cMndi, of which the ruins only remain. It was two stories high, built
of elegant bricks, according to the usual plan and distribution. In size,
it nearly agrees with that of
Jdhung, near Probolmgo. It is obvious, that
both the dimensions and the general plan of the numerous
chdndis found
in these eastern districts, built of these materials, are similar; at least they
do not exhibit that variety, both in size and distribution, that is observed
among the larger edifices built of stone.

Aryog is connected in the east to Kertasdna. In this province I found
two monuments covered with inscriptions, a
kbta heddh, or destroyed capital,
and various
rechas. The district of Brebeg has lately been separated from
Kirtasdna. The newly-appointed Tumungquot;gung, in clearing and levelling
the ground for a dwelHng and for a new capital, on the site of the village
Brebeg, discovered, by following the indication of water oozing from the
surface, in a slight concavity covered by a wild vegetation, the remains of
a bath, constructed with neatness, and not without taste and art. The
principal excavation, which appears to have been employed as a bath, is
oblong, and about ten feet in lengths Six small outlets or fountains pour
the water into it, which was conducted from a rivulet flowing at some
distance, by small canals cut of stone, but bedded in a foundation of brick.
The fountains discharging the water are covered with sculpture in relief,
tolerably executed : one of these is a female figure pouring small streams
from the breasts. Adjoining to this bath are several other reservoirs of
water, included in the same square, and receiving the supply by the same
channels. Every thing is constructed massy of regular and elegant bricks.
The present
Tumiing^gung has collected, near this bath, many rechas and
lt;Aher antiquities from various parts of the district: among these was found
one small inscription. Towards the foot of mount
Wilis, in a southern
direction from
Breheg, I visited, at the village Ng^etos, d, chdndi constructed
of brick and still entire, with only partial dilapidation of the ornamental
\'Jgt;arts. It is on the whole very similar to the appearance exhibited by the
remains of the
chdndi at Anjbg, and to the others constructed of bricks in
the eastern districts above mentioned. Near this is a smaller
chdndi, of
the same construction, in ruins, with various other remains of anti-
quity.

The

-ocr page 67-

The environs of the capital of Kediri abound with antiquities of every
kind J but it is evident that here, more than at other places, great expense
atod labour has been bestowed to demolish the buildings and to mutilate the
images. In all parts of the site of the present capital I noticed fragments
covered with sculpture in relief, broken
réchas, and regularly chiselled oblong
stones, of that kind which was employed in the construction of the
chdndis,
besides very extensive foundations, in brick, of walls, buildings, amp;c. I am
further led to suppose, from the regularity and elegance of the materials
employed, that a Mahometan temple and grave have been constructed almost
entirely from an antient building demolished for the purpose, at the period
of the introduction of the Mahometan religion. This temple is called
Astdna Gedmg, but none of the present inhabitants can give any information
as to the period of its construction. As it is of Mahometan origin I took
only a very slight view if it, to avoid the disagreeable gesticulations which
the natives always exhibited on the approach of one of their sanctuaries; and
it is a very comfortable circumstance that a traveller is freely permitted to
examine undisturbed, all those antiquities which are unequivocally derived
from a period preceding the introduction of Mahometanism, or from what
the natives call quot;
xaong küna, kapir, or huda^

I shall shortly enumerate the principal antiquities of Kediri which I
visited, and only mention the names of those villages where the greatest
number of
réchas are dispersed. These are Pdpar, Keho-gddungy Gadüngmii
and Fdgot.

The cave of Séla-mdngleng is situated about two miles in a western direc-
tion from the capital, at the foot of the hill
Klbtok, an appendage to the
large mountain of
Wilis : it consists of four small apartments cut into the
solid rock composing the hill, on a very gentle erninence. The apartments
are adjoining to each other, forming a regular series, which stretches from
north to south. The two middle apartments, which are the largest, have
each an entrance from without, while those at the extremity communicate
by an interior door, each with the apartment next to it. They differ but little
p size. Their form is square or oblong; the largest is less than twenty feet
in length. The walls of the two principal apartments are covered with
sculpture, and various platforms and projections indicate the places of
devotion or penance. Several
réchas now arranged in the avenue leading to
the cave, as well as the sculpture covering the walls of the apartments
within, are handsomely worked j but the external sculpture of the rock
is

F 3nbsp;coarse,

-ocr page 68-

antiquities.

coarse, and the steps by which one ascends, which are cut out of the same
general mass of rock, appear to have been made intentionally rude. Several
niches for
rechas, lamps, amp;c. are cut in various parts of the walls j a lingam,
several reservoirs of water, and other figures, are arranged on the vestibule.
Of an inscription on the external rock, one regular line, stretching from the
door ofthe outer apartments to the northern extremity of the rock, is still
discernible, but many of the characters are probably too much effaced to
afford an explanation.

In an eastern direction from the capital of Kediri, the antiquities of
Sentul and of Pr-ddung are the most remarkable. Sentul is situated near
the district of
Tiga^wdngi, in a forest, the condition of which indicates an
undisturbed vegetation for many successive ages. The dimensions of the
principal edifice, now remaining nearly entire, are comparatively inconsider-
able, but the workmanship is executed in a style of elegance, equal to that
of any antiquity found on the island. By the present inhabitants the building
is denominated a
chiinkup, v^hich. word, in as far as it admits of a precise
translation, denotes a place of burial or a repository of the dead. It appears
to resemble, in its general scheme, several of the other principal antiquities
of Java, being a solid massy structure, without any internal apartment or
chamber, as a
chdndi, but affording, on the summit, an extensive platform
or place of devotion, to which one of the sides is appropriated to furnish an
ascent, while the others are perpendicular. The access to the chMup was
from the west. Not only the sides of the stairs, but the perpendicular walls
of the building, are ornamented by entablatures, the internal divisions of
which are covered by elegant sculpture, while the projections are carved
into a great variety of forms, which can only be represented clearly by a
drawing. A few images, removed from their original situation, are dispersed
through different parts of the surrounding area, displaying an exquisite
workmanship. On the summit remains an highly elegant reservoir of water
of
uncommon dimensions. The plan of this building is a nearly regular
square, the sides of which have about thirty-six feet in length.

It contains in its foundation a subterraneous cell, to which the descent is
by very narrow steps, leading from the south : this consists of three com-
partments, gradually decreasing in dimensions as they extend into the body
of the building. The height of the cell does not permit a person to stand
erect, and no vestiges indicate its former appropriation, whether as a place

of

36

-ocr page 69-

m

of devotion or penance, or for the reception of the remains of the person
to whose memory devotion was paid on the summit.

Near this chunhup is a smaller building of the same kind, equally ornamen-
ted by handsome sculpture. The
remaining bases of numerous walls shew
the division of the surrounding court into many compartments, and the
whole adjoining territory was included within a wall constructed of brick,
of which I found the vestiges in various points, and numerous separate
foundations and detached fragments of chiseled stone remain within the
exterior wall in the confines of the
chunhup.

In proceeding from Sentul, in an eastern direction, to the extremity of
the province of
Kediri, solitary remains of antiquity are occasionally found ;
and it is probable that these extend, without considerable interruption,
towards the celebrated antiquities of
Mdlang. Among these, iugus or
landmarks are also observed,

Tao. chdndi of Prudung is situated about eight miles south-west of Sentul.
Though constructed entirely of brick, this edifice deserves particular notice.
It exceeds in its dimensions and importance all other edifices built of the
same materials lhat 1 have seen. Besides a principal apartment, the
entrance to which is from the west, it contains in the east, the north, and
the south, smaller apartments on the same floor, whose entrance corresponds
to the niches usually observed in the walls. The projecting base containing
the stairs has been destroyed, and one ascends at present to view the interior
of the
chdndi by a ladder, the height of about twenty feet. The dimensions
of the ornaments and figures on the sides correspond to the size of the
building, and the sculpture is executed in a superior style. Following a
southern direction,
rechas, reservoirs of water, mortars, fragments of buil-
dings and ornaments, are found at almost every village. Near the boundary,
but within the province of
Srengdt, a chdndi of brick, of the usual size, still
remains entire near the village
Genengan.

The rechas which have been accumulated at the capital of Sre7ig^dt ^tom
the vicinity, indicate the condition of the antient establishments, as the
general review of the antiquities found in this province, strongly points out
that its former culture was very different from its present
rudeness. Places
Which are now covered with almost impenetrable forests, like those surround-
ing the
chunimp of Sentid, the first appearance of which would indicate an
undisturbed growth from the origin of vegetation, are found to conceal the
i^iost stupendous monuments of human art and labour. During various

botanical

-ocr page 70-

botanical excursions which I made through this province, I discovered
(or rather was led to them by the natives) the
chdndi of Gedbg, the antiqui-
ties at
Penatdran, and various monuments covered with inscriptions, which
I shall separately enumerate below.

The chdndi of Gedog is a structure in the usual style of brick, but execu-
ted with superior excellence, while much of the ornamental work is supplied
of stone. Several of the sides are still entire, but the base of the entrance
or steps has gradually separated.
Gedog is situated near Blitar, formerly a
capital, but now reduced to a simple village. Here, also, interesting anti-
quities are found, among which the site of a deserted capital, with its walls
and many stone pedestals, attract the notice of the traveller.

Proceeding in a nearly north-east direction, I visited the antiquities at
Penatdran. These, if not of the first rank, must doubtless be considered
as belonging to those of second importance and interest, both on account of
extent and execution j but a complete and accurate description would
require a detail too extensive for my present purpose. The greatest part of
these antiquities is now in ruins. Their general plan indicates an appropria-
tion both to purposes of devotion and habitation. They comprize an exten-
sive area of an oblong form, which was surrounded by an external wall of
which the foundations can be traced throughout, and the whole was divided
into three compartments. The principal edifice is situated in the eastern
compartment, and was only accessible after passing three separate gates,
which are all discernible, although much decayed* They are individually
guarded, as at
Chdndi sewu and Singasdri, by porters resting on their hams,
while a knee is drawn up to support the hand clasping a club of proportionate
size. The principal gate, in antient times probably the only entrance, is of
huge dimensions and guarded by
porters of gigantic size. This led to the
first subdivision of the whole area, in which two elevated plains, of an
oblong form, confined by walls rising above the surrounding territory, and
in all probability the floors of former places of dwelUng, are the most inte-
resting objects that now remain.

One of these plains extends to the north-east extremity, having been in
contact with the external wall, as appears from its relative situation to the
gate, and to the foundations that still exist j this is of great dimensions: the
other inclines more to the middle of this compartment, and is somewhat less
in extent. Both exhibit the appearance of having supported a building, and
are elevated at present about three feet above the level of the surrounding

forest,

-ocr page 71-

forest, while the same depth is concealed by a layer of vegetable mould,
accumulated during many successive ages. The sides of the smaller plain
are covered with elegant sculpture in relief, the detail of the design of which
Would alone require a considerable time. Four entrances are indicated by
as many flights of steps, the sides of which are elegantly decorated, and the
pedestals stili remaining at regular intervals along the confines, having the
form of truncated pyramids, appear to shew that it was covered by a roof
supported by wooden pillars, somewhat in the style of the
pasebans of the
present Javans. Similar pedestals are likewise placed in regular order along
the sides of the large plain, which has the same number of entrances as the
smaller, of which those in the north and south are guarded by porters of com-
paratively small stature.

The second compartment is less extensive than the western : a small
chdndi of excellent workmanship, built of stone, here attracts particular no-
tice. The remains of various buildings, pedestals, and broken ornaments, are
also observed, and it is probable that others are concealed by the foreamp;tand
mould, which covers this compartment, which must be considered as the
vestibule to the third or eastern division, containing the principal edifice:
this of the various remains of the whole area deserves the most attention. It
is indeed a surprising and a wonderful work: both the labour required in the
construction and the art displayed in the decoration are incalculable. The
general base is a large square, but each of the sides has a particular projec-
tion in the middle, the largest being in the west where the ascents are placed,
by which the
outline exhibits twelve angles. It belongs to the same class of
buildings as that at
Sentul, containing no chamber or vacancy within, but
exhibiting a solid mass, highly decorated at the sides, and affording exter-
nally places of devotion. It consists of three different
compartments, suc-
cessively of
smaller dimensions. Two pair of steps, one to the north, the
other to the south of the most projecting part of the western side, lead to the
area
furnished by the lower compartment, the form of which agrees with the
general base. From the middle of the most projecting part of the western
side of this area, a single flight of steps conducts to the
second, and is
immediately continued to the third area on the summit of the whole building.
The second compartment does not agree in form with the general base, but
by means of the diverging of the sides in a
direction opposite to the most
projecting parts of the lower area, it furnishes in the west a plain before the
steps, and in the north, the south, and the east, extensive areas or squares,

which

-ocr page 72-

,whic}i were probably destined for particular worship. By the form of the
second compartment the second area is likewise modified ; but to demon-
strate this a plan would be required ; and I shall only add, that the upper
area was a regular square, but as appears from the remains of various foun-
dations, subdivided into partitions.

Here the figure of Brdma (the recha with four faces) is placed alone, of a
workmanship and finish superlatively excellent. It i^ to be remarked in this
place, that besides this, only one image is found on this structure, attached
to the walls of the second compartment, facing the smaller area on the base,
from which it appears to have been worshipped. I shall not enter into a
detail of the sculpture which covers all the sides of the three compartments :
its diversity far exceeds the bounds of my examination or description. In
the
intelligent visitor it excites astonishment, and displays a degree of art and
of taste, equal, as far as my opportunities for observation have extended, to
that of any of the other remains of antiquity found on Java.

In clearing up part of the rubbish that surrounded the southern sides of
this edifice, I was fortunate enough to discover a monument covered with an
inscription of the usual size and form ; but the characters have suffered much
from time.

Of other antiquities which fell under my observation in the province of
, Sreng\'dt, I shall only mention those at Semdnding and Sangrdhan. These,
from their semblance to the edifice at
Seniul, appear to have contained
the remains of the dead, and to have been employed to celebrate their
memory. They are considered as
chunhips by the natives. Each has
something particular in its structure and appropriation; but I shall not
extend these details. Various spots were mentioned by the inhabitants,
which are now covered with a close forest, in which less considerable remains,
rechas, amp;c. are found, and others are probably concealed or unknown. They
existed also on the south side of the large river flowing from the east, a
branch of the river of
Kediri and Surahdya, in the tract of iMddya, cele-
brated at present only on account of the wildness of the territory. Among
these I visited a monument covered with inscriptions in a highly preserved
condition. In my botanical excursions through this and the neighbouring
districts, I also met with various caverns and other remains, the retreat of
fakirs, hermits, amp;c. to which the approach is difficult or painful: they are
distinguished by the denomination of
Ber-tdpa.

I have

-ocr page 73-

■ Proceeding further east, the ruins in the district of Mdlang next attract
«ur attention. These
I visited in 1815.

RUINS at SINGA SARI, amp;c. in the DISTRICT of MALANG.

We first proceeded from Pastiruan to Ldwang, mounting our horses at the
ruins of a fort, which for some time withstood the Dutch arms on their
first taking possession of these districts. Further on, between
Ldwang and
Mdlang, the scene of a famous battle fought at that time was pointed out
to us. The family of the present regent were first appointed to the office
for services rendered on quot;that occasion. The road from
Pastiruan to irf-
quot;mng lay principally through forests, in which we observed the waringen to
predominate.

On the next morning we visited the ruins of Singa Sdri, which are situ-
ated a few paces within the entrance of a teak forest, about four miles from
Ldwang, and to the right of the high road leading to Mdlang.

The first object which attracted our attention was the ruins of a chdndi or
temple. It is a square building, having the entrance on the western side :
its present height may be about thirty feet. Over the entrance is an enor-
mous gorgon head, and a similar ornament appears originally to have been
placed on each of the other sides of the building, over the niches, which
correspond with the entrance on the western side. In one of these niches
We observed an image lying flat on the ground, with its head off j in ano-
ther, the pedestal of an image, which we were informed had been taken
away by
Mr. Engelhard and where the traces of a third niche appeared,
the stones had been removed, and a deep hole dug, so as to disfigure, and
in a great measure demolish, this part of the building. This was also
attributed to Mr. Engelhard\'s agents.

On entering the chdndi, to which we ascended by stones which had evi-
dently been once placed as steps, we observed a very deep excavation, and
a large square stone upset and thrown on one side. We ordered it to be
filled up and the large stone replaced. There was a round hole passing com-
pletely through the centre of this stone, which, whether it had been an altar,
the pedestal to some image, or a
ymi, we could not ascertain.

Without the building, on part of the ruins which appeared to have been
the lower terrace, we noticed two porters, with
clubs in their hands, resting
on the shoulder. The features were entirely
defaced, and the images rude ;

VOL. 11.nbsp;,nbsp;Gnbsp;but

-ocr page 74-

but we easily recognized their similarity to the porters at Brambdnan. They
were, however, not above three feet high.

The devices, ornaments, and general style of this temple are not very
different from those of the great temple at
Brambdnan: the cornices and
mouldings are no less rich and well executed. The external form of the
building may differ, but the recess, or chamber within, seems on the same
principle. There is no inlet for the light from above.

Proceeding a short distance further into the forest, we found several
images of the Hindu mythology, in excellent preservation, and more highly
executed than any we had previously seen in the island. In the centre,
without protection from the weather, was the bull
Ndndi, quite perfect!
with the exception of the horns, one of which was lying by the side of it\'.
This image is
above five feet and a half long, in high preservation, and of
excellent proportion and workmanship.*

Near the bull, and placed against a tree, is a magnificent Brahma.f

The four heads are perfect, except that there is a mutilation about the

nose. The figure is highly ornamented, and more richly dressed than is
usual.

Not far off we noticed Ma}mdewa,t known by his trident. On the stone
from which this is cut in relief are several
Devandgari characters.

Another stone, with a figure nearly similar, stood by it. A Hindu sepoy,
who accompanied us, asserted that it represented a Bramin, but it was too
mutilated for us to ascertain the point.

A car or chariot of Suria, or the sun, with seven horses, of which the
heads were wanting, was the only other object of antiquity in this groupe.
The horses are at full speed, with extended tails, and the square of the
chariot seems to have once formed the pedestal of an image.

At the distance of about a hundred yards from this spot, we were con-
ducted to a magnificent
Ganha of a colossal size,§ most beautifully executed,
and in high preservation. The pedestal is surrounded by skulls, and skulls
seem used not only as ear-rings, but as the decoration of every part to
which they can be apphed. The head and trunk are very correct imitations
of nature. The figure appears to have stood on a platform of stone; and

from

* See plate from subjects in stone found near Singa Sari, No. 5.

t See the same plate, No. 1.nbsp;J See the same plate, No. 2.

§ See plate— the frontispiece to this volume.

-ocr page 75-

TmAmSuilLked tj yiitM„Saiiiry blllai XaJe,a,aa. Slrect^ij.y.

-ocr page 76-

■ f;

-liiK.

üll

t

m

^Sss

-ocr page 77-

from the number of stones scattered, it is not improbable it may have been

inclosed in a niche or temple.

Still further in the wood, at a short distance, we found another
colossal statue, of the same stamp as the porters at Brambdnan. This
statue was lying on its face at the entrance of an elevated stone terrace :
but the people having excavated and cleared the earth around, we were
enabled distinctly to examine the face and front. It measures in length
about twelve feet, breadth between the shoulders nine feet and a half, and
at the base nine feet by five, and is cut from one solid stone. The figure
is
represented as sitting on its hams, with the hand resting on each knee,

but no club, although it is not impossible it may have been broken off.
The
countenance is well expressed and the nose prominent; but this fea-
ture, as well as the mouth and chin, have suffered injury from partial
mutilation.

The statue seems evidently to have fallen from the adjacent elevated ter-
race, which is about eighteen feet high
in its present dilapidated state, and
is built of stones, the upper
ones being immense slabs of five feet by four, and
three feet thick. A second figure of the same dimensions was afterwards
found in the vicinity ; these were no doubt porters who guarded the entrance
to these temples.

Having visited all that could be traced in the vicinity of Singa Sari, we
proceeded on to
Mdlang, distant thirteen palls from Ldwang, and in the
evening we visited the ruins of
Supit-iirang, usually called Kotah Bedah, or
demolished fort, the site of the last establishment of the refugees from
MqjapdMt.

The wall of this fortification is of brick, and the foundation is traced with-
out difficulty. We rode round it within side, and as far as we could calcu-
late it could not measure less than two miles round.
It is of an irregular
figure but in a position rendered remarkably strong by two rivers, which
run their course round three-fourths of the wall, and then unite. The
depth from the wall to the rivers is from fifty to a hundred feet, and m
some places still more; in many parts the descent is nearly perpendicular.
Where the rivers do not encircle the walls, a deep moat is cut from one river
to the other, which is easily flooded by stopping the course of either river.
It is about seventy-five feet wide and not less than fifty deep, even m its
present state, filled up no doubt considerably, and in many parts cultivat-

G 2

-ocr page 78-

antiquities.

ed. There appear to be several dwellings, if not villages, within the walls,
and a good deal of cultivation, principally of tobacco.

The next morning we proceeded to visit the ruins at KM and Jdgu, the
former about seven miles, the latter nearly four from
Mdlang, in a^ south-
easterly direction.

At Kedal are the remains of a very beautiful temple of stone: its present
height about thirty-five feet. The building is supported by a lion at each of
the four cornices, and one on each side of the steps of the entrance. In the
centre of each of the lower departments, between the lions, are figures in
relief upon the wall. The mouldings and sculpture on this temple are
in the same style as those of
Brambdnan and Boro Bodo, but of still greater
beauty. The building is surrounded by a square wall, and in the front is a
raised terrace. The chamber appears to be of the same form as most of the
temples in Java. Over the entrance is an immense gorgon head, and in the
chamber itself a deep hole.

There are no Hindu images or other traces of Hindu mythology, except
what may be afforded by the lions, and the
figures in relief above mention-
ed. These represent the same principal figure, but with different attributes.
On one side three immense serpents entwine over the head, the tail of one of
them evidently held in the right hand; on another a water-pot, with a
serpent\'s head attached to it, is on the head of
the figure ; and on the other
there is a female figure with a serpent, the female reclining over the head.

This temple is just within the skirts of a forest.

At Jdgu, also, we found the ruins a few yards within a forest, but these
appeared to have been more extensive than the preceding.

The base of the principal building is much larger than any of the tern-
pies we visited in the eastern part of the island, and there appeared to have
been originally two or three terraces rising one above the other to the
height of thirty feet. The form of the entrance still appears, but the roof,
sides, and back part of the building, have entirely given way. Behind the
ruin, and apparently in the same spot on which it originally fell, lies a
dilapidated image of a Hindu deity.* The pedestal of this image is perfect,
and lies near it. The head had been carried to
Mdlang some years ago by a
Dutchman.! On the back stone we observed an inscription, evidently in the
Damp;vandgari character, and which the Sepoy who accompanied us declared

to

* See plate from subjects in stone found near Singa Sari, No. 3.nbsp;f Diito, No. 4,

44

-ocr page 79-

y\'// \'//I-

r/\'

h\'/i J.\'iiHù-/h\\l fy J^ldcA-.I\'nr-I\'Hry kAlien J^eai^c/ûi\'xâ Svc-ft-jM-j-T.

-ocr page 80-
-ocr page 81-

to he Sanscrit. The characters on each side were extremely distinct, but
those at the back of the head of the figure were defaced.

This building is most richly ornamented with carved work, and various
devices in relief are cut in the first, second, and third stories. One of these
relievos represents a battle between an army of apparently polished people
and an army of
Ramksa. The figures are very rudely carved and dispropor-
tioned, but in general richness of effect may be compared to the style of the
ornaments at
Boro Bodo. There are a variety of processions and achieve-
ments represented in different parts, but no where could we observe any
image or particular object of devotion. Along the cornices, which are most
splendidly rich, we noticed birds and beasts of various descriptions interwo-
ven. In one part a palm tree between two lambs approaching each other,
in another a perfect boar, apparently led to the sacrifice.

At a short distance from this principal building, say fifty yards, stands the
remains of what would appear to have been
an elevated terrace of about
twelve feet high. The ascent is on one side, by regular stone steps, still
perfect.

Previously to leaving Mdlang we took sketches of two images brought
in from the fort, and also of the image of a man, peculiar from the manner in
which the hair was tied. At
Mdlang, also, I received from the Tumiing\'gung
a small square stone box, containing a golden lingam j this had been discovered
three months before, about a cubit under ground, by a peasant, while digging
for stones to build his cooking place. The
lingam had originally two very
small red stones within it, something like rubies : one of them was lost before
It was delivered to me, the other by the party examining it,*

TEMPLES AT StJKU.

The remains of antiquity still existing at Suku, though not to be com-
pared with those at
Brambdnan and Boro Bodo in extent and magnificence,
seem to claim a peculiar interest, on account of the indication they afiEbrd
of a different form of worship. These ruins were not known to Europeans
^^ntil a short time previous to my visit to the central districts, in May 1815.
Vhen I visited them, the native inhabitants of
Sura-kerta were also igno-
lant of their existence, and we are indebted for the discovery to the British
resident at that court. Major Martin Johnson.

They

* See plate from subjects in stone, No. 2,

-ocr page 82-

They lie in an eastern direction from Sura-herta, and are distant from
that capital about twenty-six English miles, being situated on the summit
of one of the smaller hills to be found on the base of the mountain
Ld\'wu.
From Sura-Tcerta our road was a continued ascent, which increased as we
approached the hills : the country most highly cultivated, and in the imme-
diate vicinity of the hills, where the dry cultivation predominated, beau-
tiful beyond description.

Suku is the name of the village to which the lands in the neighbourhood
of these ruins are annexed ; and we were not able to ascertain that they
were designated by any other name, or that the term
Suku had any imme-
diate reference or application to the buildings.

The principal structure is a truncated pyramid, situated on the most
elevated of three
successive terraces.* The ruins of two obelisks, having
the form of the section of a pyramid, are also observable in the vicinity of
the principal building:, and on each side of the western front appear several
piles of ruinous buildings and
scnlptnrp. The length of the terraces is
about one hundred and fifty-seven feet 5 the depth of the first, eighty feet;
of the second, thirty j and of the highest, one hundred and thirty feet.

The approach is from the west, through three porches or gateways, of
which the outermost alone is now standing j but enough remains of the
second and third to indicate a similarity of construction. This porch is a
building of about sixteen feet high, in tolerable preservation, of a pyra-
midal form. The entrance is seven feet and a half high, and about three
feet wide ; a gorgon head forms the key-stone of the arch. The ascent is
first by seven, and shortly after by three steps ; and in relief, on the centre
of the flooring under the porch, is a representation of the male and female
pudenda.

On the outer face of the porch several figures are sculptured in relief.t
On the right side, the principal figure is that of a man of monstrous appear-
ance devouring a child : to his right a dog sitting, the head wanting, and a
bird of the stork kind near the root of a tree, on one of the branches of which
a bird not unlike a dove or pigeon is perched; over the figure is a bird on the
wing, either the hawk or eagle. Above the figure of a man with the tail of
a writhing snake in his mouth, is another which appeared to us to be that
of a sphynx ; it is however represented as floating in the air, with the legs,
arms, and tail extended. The tail is similar to that of the lizard species,

and

* See vignette, page 1.nbsp;f See annexed plate, No 2.

-ocr page 83-

7/nbsp;.yMz^m/a/n^^Mmz/y.

ZiVLionM/ühedlyXiick.Tartiay Schillen

-ocr page 84-

t

-ocr page 85-

and the hands appear to be webbed claws, but the body, Hmbs, and face,
are human: the breasts distinguish it as female. Over this again is a small
curhng reptile, like a worm or small snake, reminding us of the asp.

On the north and on the south face of the gateway there is a colossal
eagle with extended wings, holding in its talons an immense serpent, plaited
in three folds, its head turned towards the eagle and ornamented with a
coronet.

It was impossible to reflect on the design of these sculptures, without
being forcibly struck with their reference to the ancient worship of Egypt.
The form of the gateway itself, and of all the ruins within our view, was
pyramidal. In the monster devouring the child we were reminded of
Typhon j
in the dog, of Anouhis; in the stork, of the Ihis: the tree, too, seemed to
be the palm, by which the Egyptians designated the year ; the pigeon, the
hawk, the immense serpents, were all symbols of Egyptian worship.

Lying on the first terrace we observed several scattered stones, having
various devices sculptured on them, some of human figures, one of a tiger
wanting the head, which had been broken off, and several of elephants and
oxen. On one we noticed the representation of a man on horseback, fol-
lowed by five spearmen and a
pdyong bearer. We then ascended by five
steps to the second terrace, on which were also some scattered ruins of
buildings and sculpture. Ascending again three steps we came to the third
terrace, when the principal building appeared in front, at the distance of
about ninety feet. The ruins of several other temples and buildings also
appeared in irregular heaps on each side of its front.

This building is\'on the centre of the terrace. Its base is a perfect square,
of forty-three feet and a half to the side, decreasing in size at each succes-
sive layer of stones, so as to form steps to the height of nineteen feet: above
this is a sort of cornice, four feet nine inches high. The roof is
twenty-one
feet two inches from north to south, and nineteen feet nine inches from
east to west. In the centre of it we observed a part raised, of about a
foot square, pierced by a small round hole. It had the appearance of being
intended as a pedestal, or step, to some object which had been removed.

The sides of the pyramid face the cardinal points. The western side
contains a flight of narrow steps. At the top, in the front of the building,
We noticed two serpents, which appear to have been used for water-pipes 5
^ith this exception, the whole building was plain and unornamented by
sacred emblems. The sides of the staircase are faced with flat stones.

The

-ocr page 86-

The upper story or Gornice is constructed with greater delicacy than the
building generally. We were not able to ascertain whether there was any
chamber within, and the point cannot be decided without material injury to
the edifice. The eastern side seems to have suffered most from the effects of
time.

Upon the ground on each side of the ascent is a large stone, in the shape
of a tortoise, measuring not less than eight feet in length; the back flat,
but the head well executed. A little advanced in front there is a third of
the same description.

Near these, on the south side of the entrance, stand the remains of two
temples, in one of which we discovered-the ashes of fire recently kindled.
The natives who attended informed us that the peasantry of the neighbour-
ing villages were still in the habit of burning incense and kindling fire in
this temple, and that when they suffered under or dreaded any misfortune,
they made an offering of this nature in the hope of averting it. The
building is about seven feet square, and on all sides various images are
sculptured on it.

The other building, which is still further south, has a terrace in the
centre, the steps ascending to which are still perfect. The building
appears to retain nothing of its original pyramidal form, except at the south-
east corner.

On different sides of this pile of building we noticed two inscriptions,
each consisting of four characters. As they both agreed with various other
inscriptions in this neighbourhood, except in the last character, which was
different in all, we concluded that they were dates. To the north of the
principal building, and almost contiguous to it, is an oblong structure,
running east and west. On this there has evidently been a low terrace
with a raised wall at the back. On the upper part of this terrace, and near
the principal building, is a raised platform, from which rises an obelisk,
somewhat similar to that noticed in the south, but of a much larger
base, and ornamented with various devices on all sides. The spiral top is
incomplete. Resting inclined upon the west front of the obelisk, is a statue,
about four feet high and three feet broad.*

On each side of the terrace, which is narrow and long, we observed, both
above and below, various devices cut in relief j also a stone vase for con-
taining water, respecting which a tradition runs, that it could never be

empty.

* See No. 7 of the plate, from the ruins of S]uku.\'

-ocr page 87-

empty. We also raised from the ground and took sketches of several slabs
and stones in the vicinity, which had been thrown down on their faces.
Of these one represents a horned boar.t On another is an elephant, tole-
rably well executed. In another the chief figure is represented striking off
human heads.t On another there is a dog standing erect, and dressed like
a man, with some buildings remarkable for the correctness of the perspec-
tive. On another is a representation of the monkey flag, § the standard of
Arjuna, and even used at the present day by the Glddak |1 establishment at
Sura-Mrta.

We discovered, nearly buried in the ground, two gigantic statues with
human bodies and limbs, but winged from the arms like bats, and with spurs
above the heel like those of a cock.f This figure occurs frequently in relief
with some variation : sometimes with a fan tail, and its wings extended, so
as almost to form a circle in another the face appears devoid of flesh,
and the figure is standing with one foot on an elephant and the other on a
tortoise.tt

On the lappet of the waistband of one of these colossal statues vi\'e noticed
an inscription of several lines; but the most interesting and perfect was
discovered on the back of the other, after we had with much difficulty raised
it to an erect posture. This last inscription is in excellent preservation, and
consists of lines, in each of which there are characters. The perfect state
of this part of the stone must be attributed to its having been protected from
the weather by its position along the ground. This inscription, as well as
all the others which we discovered, are raised from the stone in relief, in
the same character as that first noticed, which differs from most which had
previously been discovered on the island.tt

We noticed particularly, as forming an exception to the sculptures in
general, another figure with four hands. It has a coronet on the head and
earrings, and from the back of the ear on each side appear to spring wings,
■^hich are half expanded over the back of each shoulder. The arms and
hands were too mutilated to enable us to distinguish the attributes.
VOL. II.nbsp;Hnbsp;A

t See No. 11, same plate. t See No. 1, same plate. § See No. 5, same plate.
il An establishment consisting of a certain number of men and horses always kept in readiness
for the public service.

f See No. 4, same plate, « See No. 6, same plate. ft See No. 8, same plate,
it For a fac simile of one of these, see plate; others of the same kind were subsequently
discovered at Kediri and farther east.

-ocr page 88-

antiquities.

A little nearer to the north of the tortoises, in front of the principal
building, stands a large erect statue,* apparently in its original position;
at the back of which, on a scroll hanging from the waistband, is an inscrip-
tion of several lines; a figure holding a double-headed trident in each hand
and having three spikes on each elbow, rudely executed, and elsewhere a
phallus, upwards of six feet long and not less than five in circumference.
It had been broken in halves, but the two parts were easily brought to-
gether : round the upper part are four large balls of equal dimensions:
along the urethra is an inscription in two lines, the letters being one above
the other, and on the upper part of one of these lines is the representation
of a
Icris blade, and two squares crossing each other just above the point,
with a circle and other ornaments in the centre, so as to represent the sun ;
to the
right of this is a representation of the moon in the first quarter;
and further again to the right a small circle, representing a star: the whole
in relief, very
correctly executed, and in good preservation.

On one of the temples adjacent there are representations of a similar

symbol cut in relief.

We observed several monstrous figures with clubs of different sizes. One
in particular fronting the principal building, grinning most horribly, and
two near the steps leading to the upper terrace from the south side.

Below the upper terrace, on the south side, we noticed the foundation of
a building of an oblong shape, with three large slabs, on which were
sculptured several objects which appeared much to interest the Javans. On
one we observed a manufacturer of
his blades in the act of striking the
steel. Above him are placed, as in his workshop, among several blades of
different forms, a trident, a water-pot, a pair of shears, and something not
very unlike Mercury\'s wand. On another stone is seen a man with the
proboscis of
an elephant, and in his hand a dog: on the third is a man
blowing a Javan bellows.

The natives informed us, that the country people were in the habit of
making offerings to these sculptures, which they highly esteemed, from a
tradition that they represented the original Javan
tuhang besi, or workman in
iron and steel.

The workmanship is ruder than that in the temples at Bramhdnany Boro
Bodo,
or Mdlangy and the worship must have been different.

Most

* See No. 10 of the same plate.

50

-ocr page 89-

Most of the images which are not in relief have been decapitated, and
the heads are not to be found ; but there still remains enough to enable a
person well acquainted with heathen mythology, to decide on the classes
to which they may generally be referred.

I could find no traditions regarding these temples 5 but subsequent exa-
mination has enabled us to decide that the character found in the inscrip-
tions is an ancient form of the Javan, and that the dates are, on one of the
stones, 1361, and on the larger phallus, 1362.

Besides the ruins of temples in brick noticed by Dr. Horsfield in the temples in

„ ,nbsp;.nbsp;.nbsp;t -1 T.nbsp;I ^quot;ck alJabang,

eastern provinces of the native prmces, numerous buildmgs, constructed amp;c.
of similar materials, are found extending from the site of
Mqyapdhit east-
Ward as far as
Probolmgo, near which, a few yards off the high road, are
Situated two temples in brick represented in the vignettes. The larger
temple may be about sixty feet high.

All the temples of this class (that is to say, constructed in brick, for they
vary in their style) were probably built during the latter years of the
Hindu religion. Those constructed of stone must be referred to a much
earlier period.

^^ear Buitenzorg, and also at Recha Domas, a few miles further inland, Antiquities
quot;tu places adjacent to the site of the ancient capital of
Pcyqjdran, are
found several rude images in stone, and among them a figure with three
^ces
{trimurti). Images of the same kind, as well as casts in metal, *are

also

i:?i4rayed evJ^Mi^n.

-ocr page 90-

also found in Cheribon. The latter are particularly prized by the chiefs \'of
Teldga, who are descended from the princes of Pajajdran, and consider
these relics as
representations of their forefathers. In the possession of the
present
Tumung\'gung of TeUga is an ancient manuscript written on Javan
paper, and folded up in the manner of the manuscripts of Ava. The cha-
racters appear to be ancient Javan or
Kdwi, but ill written. This manu-
script contains drawings of deities, of the signs of the Zodiac, and
numerous other
astronomical, or perhaps rather astrological devices.* Of
the history of the manuscript nothing is known, further than that the
Tum{ing^gung2.ud. his family believe it to have come with the relics before-
mentioned from
Pajajdran. A copy of it has been brought to England.

Ruins at Ung. Besides the extensive remains of temples and other edifices already
mentioned in the districts east of
Cheribon, where alone the antiquities
deserve attention as works of art, there are to be found on the mountain
of
Ung\'drang the ruins of several very beautifully executed temples in stone,
with numerous dilapidated figures, and among them several chariots of
Suria, or the sun. Most of them are sadly mutilated, but enough was left

to authorize a sketch of their original design.t

The Chdndi BanyuUning (yellow water), which are so called from their
vicinity to the village of that name, are situated within a few yards of a
small volcanic crater, which at the time I visited them was in many parts
too hot to be trodden with safety. They appear to have been built on
extensive terraces cut out of the mountain, and rising one above another at
intervals of some hundred yards. The natives assert, that the temples were
formerly far more extensive, and that near the summit of several of the
adioining peaks other temples are to be found. But here, as in most parts
of Java, the mountains for a considerable way below the summit have been
covered, for ages, with an almost impenetrable forest: and where this is
not the case, the mountains have either been rent near their summit, or are
covered with lava or ashes from volcanic eruptions, so that whatever may
have formerly been the extent and grandeur of the edifices which once
crowned these towering heights, they are at present either concealed or
more frequently destroyed. Notwithstanding the diligent search made by
the British during the short period of their stay on Java, there are
doubt-
less many very interesting discoveries to be made.nbsp;^^

» For the signs of the Zodiac and extracts from this manuscript see Astronomy, vol.i.

t See plate.

-ocr page 91-

Zi\'ndcn. .Tuôùjh^d h ■ jßLic^ .7f,ü-hiry Men XeAdenliäll Jh^rt -±81^.

-ocr page 92-

■w

m

-ocr page 93-

In Banyuwdngi, the most eastern province of the island, besides figures J-^^-^an-
of Hindu deities, several others are to be found of extraordinary and
grotesque appearance, which appear to represent the local deities of the
island, and corresponding with those which are still worshipped on
Bdli.
But whether they are to be considered as the deities of the Javans or Balians
is doubtful, as the Balians long had possession of this province ; and it is
remarkable, that no such figures are to be found in the provinces further

westward.nbsp;.

The traditions of the country concerning the former seats of government,nbsp;capi-

enable us to trace at this day the site of Medang KamMan, Jang\'gdla,
Gegelang
or Shiga Sdri, Dahd or Kediri, Pajajdran, and Majapdhit, exist-
ing in remains of immense tanks, heaps of building materials, and other
unequivocal vestiges of former cities.

Medang KamUlan* was situated in the district of Wirasdba, where in
the centre of an extensive forest is pointed out the site of the
Setingel,
distinguished by heaps of stones and bricks; and at no great distance
from it are the wa\\ls and excavation of an extensive tank, several hundred
feet in length and breadth. These ruins, of which little more can be said
than that they are clearly discernible, are situated between
Penwadddos and
the most eastern of the volcanic wells alluded to in a former part of this
work. The natives have a superstition, that the site of this ancient capital
cannot be visited without some misfortune attaching to the party who under-
took the visit. Those whom
I had, with some difficulty, induced to accom-
pany me to the spot, did not fail to assure me that
I should lose my govern-
ment within the year. As the event justified the prediction, it is probable
that the superstition has rather gained ground than otherwise. Many Javans
maintain, that
Brambdnan was the original of Medang Kamulan ; it is at least
highly probable that it was once the seat of empire.

The site of Jang\'gdla is still pointed out in the district of that name in
the division of
Surabaya, and the country around is strewed with antiqui-
ties. The same may be said of
Sing\'a Sdri and Kediri. At Pajajdran, a
heap of stones is pointed out as the ruin of the Setingel, and numerous lines
crossing the country between rivers, attest the care with which this position
was entrenched. They may be seen close by the road side, at a few hundred
yards from the governor-general\'s country residence, and in many places
they have been cut through to make a passage for the high road.

At

* See chapter on History,.

-ocr page 94-

Slajiipahit. At Majapdhit, in the district of Wirasdba, the marks of former grandeur
are more manifest. Here the walls of the tank, upwards of a thousand feet
in length and not less than six hundred in breadth, are quite perfect. They
are of burnt brick and about twelve feet high. The whole area of the tank,
when I visited it, was one sheet of beautiful rice cultivation, and almost
surrounded by a noble forest of teak.

A village adjacent is called Tra Wulan, or Trdng WMan (the light of the
moon): here we found the tomb of
PM Champa. Proceeding through
three regular squares, each enclosed with a wall, and in each of which were
erected several
penddpas or sheds, we came to the interior on ascending
a few steps. On the right side of this enclosure, and elevated a few feet,
was the tomb of the princess and her nurse ; the tomb being in the Maho-
metan style, and having upon it, in ancient Javan characters, the date 1S20,
perfectly distinct and in relief. On the other side are the tombs of
Kidi
Tumung\'gung Jdya Bdya, Dm Mas,
and nine other chiefs whose names
are mentioned. The tomb is religious!/ guarded by several priests.

The ruins of the palace and several gateways of burnt brick are to be
seen; but the whole country, for many miles, is thickly covered with a
stately teak forest, which appears to have been the growth of ages, so that
it is difficult to trace the outline of this former capital. Ruins of temples,
mostly executed in brick, are scattered about the country for many miles,
and attest the extent and grandeur of this quot; pride of Java.quot;

-ocr page 95-

BITRG-A,

^y /y

F?rmi a Suh/ect in Stone brought firmi Brambmuin.

U-\'vdon. TiddiiUd. hv Black Farhun, x QlUn,. Leadmhall Sb-eftJSgt;7.

-ocr page 96-

ïî I

m.-

----. • . V.

A. ••

M

• Aï

■ TV . ,

-ocr page 97-

i Frmi a, Suiject in Scone .iyimd. ruw Sinç\'a,. Sari,nbsp;z Ûtw of 1^-16. heaJj drmyhc itoîii xho Xi^nplo af Bàfo Bóio.

ioid, h-aut/kt to linçla?zti. \' .nbsp;3 3vfile of arwrh^cr iraw7ct fràni ihaice.

-ocr page 98-

... -if • .

i;

S.;

quot; -k -

m.

myt^Ê.^^ ■ ......

-ocr page 99-

d\'fUt c-M/ZU/M-yfUl\'U\'.

IcTuïon .Iiil\'l/s?it\\i ly Shick.Xai-hay l-^-ÏHen .Zfaulen?!aü .\'gt;/1\'t-cjAi-;.

-ocr page 100-

-nbsp;quot;jTJiWilliJt

- •■p.- -nbsp;r N . ■

-\'v-T

\'^m^MMm^M...

-ocr page 101- -ocr page 102- -ocr page 103-

Uruloilnbsp;h M\'i^kM^hin/ t-^ men

. À/Jm. \'

-ocr page 104-

t. „

-ocr page 105-

Y/ y

yùTly

Zlt;77ul.\'nly 3lamp;ch.Tarif(uynbsp;.Z-eadeft/taä. \'Szrficty.âzf.

-ocr page 106-

gïfs-f\'t

1: ^

» V

Jf -

^ gt; gt;

■ P V

-ocr page 107-

I observed near the former site of Majapdhit two images of Ganesa, and
some other mutilated deities of the Hindu mythology. Near the tank was the
figure represented in one of the plates,1 partly human and partly of the form
of a bird, and a distorted figure, which the Javans called
Menak Jtng\'ga ;
but in general the vicinity of Majapdhit is remarkable for the absence of any
I\'epresentations ofthe Hindu deities. The temples are beautifully decorated
with representations of flowers, and other peculiar ornaments, which it
^ould be difficult to describe.

The only collection which appears to have been made by Europeans of SljSSr^
these interesting remains of antiquity, previously to the establishment of
t
^e British government in 1811, was by Mr. Engelhard, formerly governor
of
Semdrang. In the garden of the residency at that station, several very
beautiful subjects in stone were arranged, brought in from different parts of
tbe country. Of them, and of several others, which appear to have been
brought into some of the native villages from the vicinity of the different
temples, drawings have been taken, and the representations of
Ganesa\\ and
I
^drgaX (called Lora Jongran), both from subjects as large as life, wrought
in close grained stone, will serve to convey some notion of the beauty and
delicacy with which they are executed.

I shall conclude this very general and imperfect account of the remains
®f sculpture on Java, by referring the reader to the annexed plate, con-
taining representations of several subjects in stone, collected and arranged
in the Chinese temple of worship in the neighbourhood of Batavia. The
period at which they were collected is not known, and the subjects in
pneral are not so well executed as those found in the eastern parts of the
island; but it is
remarkable, that the Chinese, whose form of worship
is at present so different from that of the Hindus (however similar it may
have been formerly) should in a foreign land thus prize and appreciate the
idols of a people whom they affect to hold in contempt. §

Another plate annexed exhibits several subjects in stone, collected from the
vicinity of
Boro Bodo in Kedu. The originals are as large as life, and the
sculpture and ornaments are executed with great skill. No. 2 is an image
^ith three heads (or
trimurti), similar to one on Gunung Dieng. No. 3 is a

inutilated image of Brahma, having four faces: this was found in a field,

within

1nbsp; See plate from subjects in stone, No. 5. f See frontispiece to the second volume,
t See plate from a subject in stone brought from Brambanan.nbsp;§ See plate.

-ocr page 108-

within a few hundred yards of the great temple of Boro Bodo, The image^
No. 4 also occurs on
Gunung Prdhu.

Casts in metal. The casts in metal which have been discovered in the central districts of
Java are numerous. The subjects represented in the plates annexed, were
selected from a collection of about a hundred brought by me to this coun-
try, They had most of them been found at different times near the ruins
of the temples, and preserved in the families of the petty chiefs. I am
indebted to Mr. Lawrence, the resident of
Kedil, for many of them, which
were brought in to him by
the natives, on its being generally known that
subjects of the kind were interesting to the British authorities.

These casts are generally of copper, sometimes of brass, and rarely of
silver. The majority and best executed were found in the vicinity of
Gunung Dieng j and it is asserted that formerly many gold casts, of a simi-
lar description, were discovered, which have been melted down. The
village of
Kdli Beber, situated at the foot of the mountain, is said from
time immemorial to have paid its annual rent, amounting to upwards
of a thousand dollars, in gold, procured by melting down the relics of
antiquity discovered in the vicinity j but for some years past, no more
golden images being found, the rents are paid in the coin of the country.

Among the casts which are now exhibited, will be observed two images of
Brahma; one with eight arms, standing upon a male and female figure ;
the other with four, on a pedestal surmounted by the lotus, having a frag-
ment of the goose in front. The former, in particular, is most beautifully
executed.

The casts vary from three to six inches in height, and abound in a
variety of delicate ornaments, which it has not been attempted to represent
in the plates.

Zodiacal cups. Several copper cups, varying from three to five inches in diameter, and
having the signs of the zodiac and other designs represented upon them in
relief, have likewise been discovered in different parts of the island. A fac
simile (reduced) of them is given in the annexed plate.

As the Javans of the present day attach no particular designation to the
different deities, except that of
Gdna and other terms to Ganesa, and that
of
Loro Jbngran to Durga, I have not thought it necessary to attach to all
the representations the names which some of them may bear in the Hindu
mythology of continental India. Many of them do not occur in Moor\'s

Pantheon :

J

-ocr page 109-

h ji:,uw.r,u-f!„rr;;;« jn-.irr.i/i,.-y jtmryA

-ocr page 110-

Vquot;

/

-ocr page 111-

.\'I--
\\

J.cTuiiin .Fal/ù\'shed. Irv .Black.^urbury k^iEc/i. .Zcai^üujJL S-ùr/\'Xzâif.

-ocr page 112-

• ■ \'--A^W\'-

- K ■

igt;i
1

1quot;.

\'f:

hsik

W

t

-ocr page 113-

Zmdlt;77i£ièiùheâ by IBllt;ugt;k .Ikrhiry h-^RenZealerJiaiï. Sve^x

-ocr page 114-

if

^ i ■

fi

- -i

...... .. ____________ , .

-ocr page 115-

■\'/Jquot;//O i ■//M\':)\' /(^ùa/Uy /vr/z/i/jy -riea/r yf/7€/u/./^/îj

a//////\'//-\' y^^y^-M.^/y/iZ/ii\'T/y\'i:^\'

Zùn^i.Tuolùhe.Z h\'ZlaJcZii/ho-y ês-ifSlt^n .ZctuknÀdH StreetnSx-j.

ÛT^-J.

-ocr page 116-

-t

f \' ,

- \'S

ffe-

Lî^.:

t W-i?

ƒ

-ocr page 117-

ZK\'!tdori.\'£uhU^-hed ly Jilack.Taj-lrury ScAîïcn JlcadcnhaU S-tJ\'eet lî^i^j.

(y/

-ocr page 118-
-ocr page 119-
-ocr page 120-

J .-

Ar \'

■■ gt; \' ■

t .

I

ï

l-K\'

!

-ocr page 121-

Xlt;.vi3a7i^uèlis7nf.d by £l(tc7c,IP(u^\'y ^Allen .Ze^dc^ûioM- S-ü\'eefxamp;ii

-ocr page 122-

isquot;?\'-\',-\'-:

a,

-

Ci

-ocr page 123-
-ocr page 124-

Il,

I-

• ,r- s.nbsp;■■ . \'

-ocr page 125-

1\' 2

7 Zodla^^ (hp 7/1 Copper .
z T/ic ^/^ures ?\\fn-e.s-mtal ?-oiuid ft.
...f (\'ofifvr dip.

Tfw ^^resnbsp;rou/id it.

S\'-ft. Jhme /ffuml i/t JSiiUri..
6\' huai/rtion upon ity! .J.j_zzo.

-ocr page 126-

- • ƒ,

■fl

-gt;f

I- \'

î

f

-ocr page 127- -ocr page 128- -ocr page 129-

Pantheon : some are decidedly Braminical, others Budh, and some it is
difficult to class under either head.

A variety of bells, tripods, and ornaments of various descriptions, occur
^^ casts of metal, and form part of the collection brought to England.
These are of a small size, seldom exceeding a few inches in length, although
^ells sometimes occur much larger j several of them are represented in one
j^f the annexed plates.

The inscriptions engraved on stone, and in characters no longer under-
stood by the people of the country, are innumerable: similar inscriptions
engraved on copper have also been found in particular districts. The whole
^^y be classed under the following heads:

Inscriptions in the ancient De\'vandgari character of continental India.

Inscriptions in characters which appear to have some connection with
the modern Javan, and were probably the characters used by the people of
^^nda.

Inscriptions in various characters, not appearing to have any immediat©
^onnection with either the
Devandgari or the Javan characters, and which
^^ has not been practicable to decypher.

Inscriptions in t\\\\Q Kdwi or ancient Javan character.
Of these the first seem to lay claim to the highest antiquity. The prin-
^^pal inscription of this kind, and indeed the only one of any length, is
^t found at
Bramhdnan, and noticed by Colonel Mackenzie in his inte-
resting account of the ruins of
Bramhdnan, as a real Hindu Sassanum. The
stone, which is now broken into six parts, was originally six feet nine inches
and three feet six wide, in the shape of a tomb-stone, and the whole
of one face is covered with
characters, which appear to have been very well

-^\'\'fecuted.

J\'ac-similes of this inscription having been brought to Europe, the cha-
\'^^cters were immediately recognised by Mr. Wilkins as an ancient form of
e
Igt;e\'vandgari, in use upon the continent of India probably about eight or
^^ne centuries since. It is to be regretted, that from the constant exposure
® the stone, and the fractures which it has received, the characters are in
Jnany effaced, so as to render it almost impossible to connect the
^^ntences. No date can be discovered, nor any name whieh might afl^brd
^ ue to the object or origin of the inscription. From such detached parts
^^ are legible, it appears to be a record of some grant of honour or riches
^ ^he party whose praises it records. A specimen of a sentence from this

Inbsp;inscription,

-ocr page 130-

inscription, of the same size as the original, with the corresponding cha-
racters in the modern
Devanagari*, appears in the chapter on Language and
Literature.

Similar characters, though apparently somewhat more modern, are found
on several images at
Singa Sdri, transcripts of some of which will be seen
in the plates to this work.

Of the second class are the inscriptions on the Bdtu tulis, or engraved
stone, standing near the ruins of the ancient capital of
Fajajdran, and those
found at
Kwdli, in the province of Chérilon, to which place it is related
that some of the princes of
Bajajdran fled on the overthrow of that capital
by the Mahometans. The characters on these inscriptions appear very
nearly to resemble each other. The stone at
Pqjajdran, as far as I
could
decypher it, with the assistance of the Panambdhan of Sumenap,
appears to be a record in praise of a certain Maharaja, whose name is not
mentioned. One of these
Kwdli, a fac-simile of which is exhibited in
the annexed plate, we were enabled to translate as follows.

quot; The Pandita is able to check the evil course of men, by washing away
quot; their evil inclinations, and he can shew them the right way, and prevent
quot; covetousness and slander by his good advice. 1363.quot;

At JTk;«/« there are several other inscriptions in the same character, but
in common with the whole of this class very rudely executed. Several of
the characters and signs were found, on strict examination, to be on the
same principle as the Javan.

Of the third class the reader will find a fac simile on a reduced scale.t
But the inscriptions of the last of these classes are the most numerous,
the best executed,
in the highest state of preservation, and as they admit
of translation, are of perhaps higher interest than the others. Of these
some have been already noticed in Dr. Horsfield\'s account of the remains
of antiquity in the vicinity of
Kediri (formerly called Dahd) ; many have
been found in the vicinity of the supposed site of the ancient capital of
Jang^gdla, in the division of the modern Surabaya, and some at Batu, near
Singa Sdri. These are invariably engraved on large flat stones, in the shape
of tomb-stones, resting upon a kind of throne of lotus leaves.if:
Fac-similes
of the whole of these have been brought to England, and several have been
translated into EngHsh.

In

* See plate, quot;Volume I.-—Language.
t See plate of an inscription in the district of
Pakdlongan
t See plate.

-ocr page 131-

0 c^»

0

(

\'nbsp;ynbsp;^nbsp;Onbsp;A^

(b.n^ lUMi^/ya^j ^O vj^J/ gt; ] 07/2/^

0 c^co\'^i^.SGgt;

____( /-N -Vnbsp;\\nbsp;^

J. Swaine So.

Ael

-ocr page 132-

. r

- \\

- \\

M

M-

: ■ »V; ■

-ocr page 133- -ocr page 134-

- \\

\'i ï

4

\'\'-\'\'quot;J. ■ ^

i

i

li

■ f
i - f

■ t

l f
li

mäsi

-ocr page 135-

0

jL/wjynbsp;n^^QJU \'J^^^^ t/c^ßo/^tL

O O Onbsp;X u C)nbsp;o^L^-n^

^ ; ƒ ^ c^ ^nbsp;v njnbsp;/ yj

\'main.e- St.

-ocr page 136-

\' C

: quot; gt;

i ■
\'
4

ly.

X

^ ;

■ j-j

-ocr page 137-

o;»onbsp;^ ^ e?nbsp;clT ^

C^nbsp;vi/3nbsp;^ Ci/

w T^quot;*1ST ?5 a ?? Sp m amp; »s-sf p? «o^

fesiEïi sctr s cî^ lÈît/il ÎS3 tJ^s^n\'S tu B ws^ amp; nj)

vj) amp; rv

nn et; Jl S^UJnbsp;quot;î î Sî 5 î t/J t? S S tS ïrp s

y î^rnj y y ? j S\'Tîcj quot;quot; Çînbsp;7 j rr ç? rr 53 2J n B ^
sSquot; r aw îj t^t rn--

/. 5wamc Sc..

tnnbsp;lt;) çJT) cJ

r //fj/z^m\'ur/\' r/if./^r a/\'m-ity/Zw-^■/.-i\'ti/n/\'^i^e^^/r p^ÛÛ.

-ocr page 138-

ii: i

■.f; ;

■\'m

M : \' ■

■ - ^

.-.•s -nbsp;,nbsp;\'.i

... r

m

m

-ocr page 139- -ocr page 140-

»s

te

-ocr page 141-

In the collection of inscriptions Surabaya, the following dates appear:

On a stone found near Jang\'gdla.^--------863.

On another found near the same

On another from the Kendang hills-------

Several prior dates, as 116, 363, 647, 773, are mentioned in the body of
these inscriptions,
which seem to refer to historical events of preceding
centuries j but the dates above-mentioned, with
some others, appear in the
usual place to shew the actual date of the inscription itself.

The date of a similar inscription found in Kedu is 505, and of another
stone found in the central districts 506 ; but it has not yet been ascertained
what particular events these inscriptions record. The annexed translations
from three of the stones collected at
Surabaya, were made by Captain
Davey at my request, with the assistance of the
Panambdhan of Sumenap.^

Inscriptions in the same character have likewise been found on copper,
very beautifully executed and in a high state of preservation. The date on
one of these has been ascertained to be 735, and on another 865. I found
several collected in the Museum of the Society of Arts and Sciences at
Batavia.f

The Panambdhan of Sumenap was able to read the latter without difficulty j
but finding them to be filled with terms of praise and devotion which he
could not comprehend, it was not attempted to render a literal translation.
One of the plates (No. 3), to which at my request he devoted particular
attention, contains an invocation to
Sang yang Brdma to favour and pros-
per the country of
Gegelang (Singa Sdri), and to give assistance, by means
of
Jdya Kdtsang, in repelling all evils and attacks, so that the country may
become celebrated and flourishing.

The country of Gegelang (Singa Sdri) flourished in time of Pdnji.

Another of these plates (No. 9.) contains an invocation of a similar na-
ture, in favour of the country of
Dahd (KediriJ, which flourished at the
same time.

In some of the eastern districts of the Native Provinces and at SiiJcu, near
the mountain
Ldwu, inscriptions on stone occur in relief. Some of them occu-
py stones several feet high, and are written in well executed letters, above an
inch square. The date of one of these is 1363. A fac simile of another
of the same kind reduced, is given in the annexed plate.

12.nbsp;The

* See Appendix I.

t See a fac-simile of one of them in the annexed plate.

t See plate of an ancient inscription at Suku.

-ocr page 142-

The following is a translation of this inscription, as far as it could be
rendered into modern Javan by the
Panambdhan of Siimenap.

quot; This is an advice to mankind, whose ignorance arises out of a covetous
quot; desire to obtain more than they possess. If mankind were not by their
quot; disposition inclined to be covetous of what others possess, and to scandal-
quot; ize each other, where would be the use of advice j when they are receiving
quot; advice, they have a
confidence in doing what is right, but afterwards they
quot; follow their natural inclinations. Therefore, oh ye men of the city, be
quot; advised by this, not to follow such dispositions, but to do what is required
quot; of you by the times and the customs of the country, and be not singular.quot;

In the present burial place at Gresik are the tombs of several of the early
Mahometan missionaries, most of them of stone, bearing inscriptions with
dates. That of
Sheik Muldna Ibrahim is in marble, and in good preserva-
tion, having the date 1334 (409 years since). Here is also the tomb of
Muldna Mach^ribi, who was antecedent to Ibrahim. This has however falle^L
to decay, and has no legible inscription.

The entrance to the cemetery is through several squares enclosed by walls
and gateways, some of them very ancient, and in the same style of archi-
tecture as distinguishes those of
Majapdhit. On the side of the gateway
leading to the division in which are the most ancient tombs, is a small stone
pillar with the date 1340 upon it in relief. Passing on to the division in
which the family of the regents is interred, are also to be noticed many relics
in stone, brought from some of the Hindu ruins. Among these is a gigan-
tic toad or frog, and an oblong vessel of three feet long, having in relief the
date 1246. On the side of the tomb of the great grandfather of the present
regent, is a
Yoni, said to have been brought from Majapdhity and in this
Mahometan sanctuary serving as a kneeling or resting place to the tomb.
Similar relics are to be found in other burial places in the eastern part of
the island, most of the chiefs priding themselves upon having some remnant
of
Mcyapdhit. At the residence of the regent of Surabdya are also collec-
ted several curious remains j and in particular a large bath, excavated from
a solid stone about six feet long.

Aneieat coins. In the central and eastern districts of Java, in the vicinity of the dilapi-
dated temples, are found numerous ancient coins in brass and copper, exhi-
biting various subjects in relief, and invariably with a hole in the middle foi\'
the convenienc3 of stringing them. Those which are represented in the

annexed

-ocr page 143-

hT\'hick.Tarhu-y kAÜCfi J.euxddithaÜ Siri\'irtiÔX\'].

/ZfUelJ

-ocr page 144-

^

-ocr page 145-

antiquities.

annexed plate* are taken indiscriminately from a collection of upwards of a
hundred brought to England, the dates annexed to each being determined
hy the
Chandra Sangkdla, as explained for each particular coin by the Kidi
Adipdti
of DemdJu Thus the last, which has the date 1568, is explained as
follows :

Naganbsp;ftobanbsp;wisayanbsp;jalma

Stiakeanbsp;movenbsp;worknbsp;men

8nbsp;6nbsp;5nbsp;1

That is to say,quot; isnakes are moving while men are working alluding to the
two snakes which appear entwining together between and above the two men
who are mastering an animal. The coin with the date 1489 bears a Javan
inscription of
F anger an Rdtu, the title by which a prince of Bantam, who
reigned in that year, is recognized by the Javans.

The mode of determining these dates by the Chdndra Sangkdla appears
however so uncertain and ill understood, that perhaps but little reliance is to
be placed on it. I have, nevertheless, given them, in order to shew the notion
of the Javans on the subject, and as it is not improbable they may be found
useful in illustrating the early history of the country. Many of the coins not
European or Indian, found in the Archipelago,
as well as in China and
Japan, have a hole in the centre. These coins seem to have been of
home manufacture: the execution is rude ; but the figures, such as they
are, in general well defined and clearly expressed. In the vicinity of the
principal temples have been found small silver coins, about the size of a
Madras pagoda, bearing the impression of a small cross and of some rude
and unintelligible characters.

But perhaps the most striking and interesting vestige of antiquity which island of Ban.
is to be found in the
Eastern Seas, is the actual state of society in the island
of
Bali, whither the persecuted Hindus took refuge on the destruction of
Mqjapdhit, and where the Hindu religion is still the established worship of
the country. This interesting island has hitherto been but little explored
by Europeans, and what we know of it is only sufficient to make us anxious
to know more. I visited the island in 1815, and such particulars concern-
ing it as the limits of the present work admit of, will be found in Appen-
dix K.

In the course of the present work it has been my object to convey to the Conclusion,
public, in as compressed a form as my time permitted, and without bias
quot;from previously conceived opinions or new theories, the information which

I possessed.

^ See plate, Ancient Coins, with their supposed dates.

61

-ocr page 146-

I possessed. The antiquities of Java, however, afford such an ample and
interesting subject for speculation, that I shall presume on the reader\'s
desire for some opinion concerning their origin and purpose.

With respect to the remains of architectural grandeur and sculptural
beauty which have been noticed, I shall simply observe, that it seems to be
the general opinion of those most versed in Indian antiquities, that the large
temple of
Boro Bodo (a corruption perhaps of the Bdra Budha, or the Great
Budh), and several others, were sacred to the worship of
Budh. The style and
ornament of this temple are found much to resemble those of the great
Budh
temple at Gai-ya, on the continent of India; and it is probable that it may
have been constructed by the same people, perhaps even by the same artists.
The
DemnAgari characters on the inscription found at Brambdnan are re«
cognized by Mr. Wilkins to be such as were in use on continental India
eight or nine hundred years ago. The date of several inscriptions in the
ancient
Javan characters, found in the central part of Java, is in the sixth
century, supposed to be of the present Javan era, and the traditions of the;
Javans concerning the arrival of enlightened strangers, and an intimate con-
nexion between Java and continental India, for the most part refer this
Intercourse to the sixth and three following centuries; that is to say, to the
period of the empires of
Medang Kamulan and Jdng\'gala.

Mahometanism having become the established religion in the year 1400
(A. D. 1475), all the great works of a pagan character must, of course,
be referred to an earlier period.

The ruins at Majapdhit and its vicinity are distinguished by being prin-
cipally, if not entirely, of burnt bricks, a circumstance which justifies us
in assigning an anterior date to most of the edifices constructed of a different
material. The date found on the ruins at
Suhu, and some few other places,
may be an exception to this rule; but the sculpture of these is coarse and
rude, compared to the magnificent remains in stone found elsewhere. On
this account it is reasonable to conclude, that the arts at that period had
considerably declined. The edifices and sculptures at
Singa Sdri were pro.
bably executed in the eighth or ninth century, that being the period of the
greatest splendour of this state ; and as the style
and decorations of the
buildings, as well as the execution of the
sculpture, appear very nearly to
resemble those of
Brambdnan, Boro Bodo, amp;c. it is probable that the
whole were constructed about the same period, or within the same century,
or at any rate between the sixth and ninth century of the Christian era.

From

-ocr page 147-

From the extensive variety of temples and sculpture, as well as from
that of the characters found in the ancient inscriptions, it is probable that
Java has been colonized from different parts of the continent of Asia.

The Budhist religion is by many deemed of higher antiquity than what is
now called the Braminical; and it seems generally admitted, that the fol-
lowers of
Budh were driven by the Bramins to the extremes of Asia and
the islands adjacent. The Jains and Budhists had probably the same worship
originally, from which the Bramins or priests may have separated, after the
manner in which it has been said the Jesuits of Europe once aimed at
universal
empire; and when we consider that the religion of Budh, or some
modification of it, is still the prevailing worship of Ceylon, Ava, Siam,
China, and Japan, we are not surprized to find indications of its former
establishment on Java.

To trace the coincidences of the arts, sciences, and letters of ancient
Java, and those of Egypt, Greece, and Persia, would require more time
and more learning than I can command. Such investigations I must leave
to the reader, deeming myself fortunate, if in recording their vestiges in the
traces of a high state of civilization, to be found in the
ruins, languages^
poetry, history, and institutions of Java, I have succeeded in obtaining
any share of his interest and respect for a people whom I shall myself
«y.er consider with peculiar esteem and affection.

-ocr page 148-

In the archives of the princes of Java are deposited histories of their
country, extending from a remote antiquity to the latest date. It is prin-
cipally from abstracts of these, made at my request, in three different parts
of the country, by the
Panambdhan of Sumenap, the late Kidi Adipdti of
DemaJc, and the secretary of the Pangeran Adipdti of Sura-kerta, all dis-
tinguished among their countrymen for literary attainments, that the two
following chapters have been compiled. The abstract presented by the
Kidi Adipdti of Demdk being the most continuous, forms the main stream
of the narrative.

Copies, versions, and detached fragments of history, are found in the
possession of every family of distinction. Of these I have occasionally
availed myself.

So much of the native accounts as relates to the period anterior to the
establishment of the
empire of Jang\'gala, in the ninth century, is con-
fused, obscure, contradictory, and interpolated with the fabulous and
heroical histories of continental India 5 but from that epoch they correspond
essentially, and from the subversion of paganism (A.D. \\4rj5) they are
circumstantial, and claim attention, not only as
illustrative of the character
of the people, but as historical records of the transactions of the times.
Much abridgment has been requisite: the passages between inverted
commas are however literal translations from the native writings; and those
so distinguished, subsequent to the arrival of the Dutch, are from the
original histories. In the course of the narrative, a Dutch abstract of the
native history, by Mr. Middlecoop, has occasionally been consulted.

Besides these historical relations, called Bdbat, as Bdbat Jang*gala, Babat
Matdrem,
amp;c. the native princes and chiefs have been in the habit of
keeping a register of the principal events, in the form of a chronological
table. These are not very consistent in what regards events anterior to the
Mahometan conversion. From these tables is formed that which is annexed
to the following history. All that is subsequent to the establishment of
Matdrem is translated from the records of the court of Sura-ketia,

i\':

Pill

-ocr page 149-

CHAPTER X.

The History of Jam from the earliest Traditions till the Establishment of

Mahometanism.

Amongst the various traditions regarding the tnanner in which Java
and the Eastern Islands were originally peopled, and the source whence its
population proceeded, it has been related, that the first inhabitants came in
vessels from
the Red Sea (Lâut Mira), and that, in their passage, they
coasted along the shores of Hindustan; that peninsula then forming an
unbroken continent with the land in the Indian Archipelago, from which it
is now so widely separated, and which, according to the tradition, has
since been divided into
so many distinct islands, by some convulsions of
nature or
revolution of the elements.*

These people are supposed to have been banished from Egypt, and
to have consisted of individuals professing different religious persua-
sions, who carried along with them to the land of their exile, their different
modes of worship and articles of belief. Some are said to have adored the
sûn, others the moon j some the elements of fire or water, and others the
trees of the forest. Like all other uncivilized men, they were addicted to
the arts of divination, and particularly to the
practice of astrology. la
other respects, they are described as savages, living m hordes, without
fixed habitations, without the protection of regular government, or the
restraint of established law. Respect for age was the only substitute for
civil obedience. The oldest man of the horde was considered its chiefs
and regulated its simple movements, or prescribed its political duties.
When the crop was gathered and the accustomed devotions
performed, it
was he who appointed the mode and time of its departure from one place to
another. On these occasions, the horde, after offering their sacrifices and
feasting in an open plain, left the remains of their
repast to attract the
vol. 11»nbsp;Knbsp;bird

* Middlekoop\'s Collection,

-ocr page 150-

bird called lUunggdga and the young men shook the dngMmg,\'^ and set up
a shout in imitation of its cry. If the bird did not eat of the meal offered
to it, or if it afterwards remained hovering in the air, perched quietly on a
tree, or in its flight took a course opposite to that which the horde wished to
pursue, their departure was deferred, and their prayers and sacrifices renewed.1:
But when the bird, having eaten of its meal, flew in the direction of their
intended journey, the ceremony was concluded by slaying and burning a lamb,
a kid, or the young of some other animal, as an offering of gratitude to
the Deity; and for the favourable omen a second feast was enjoyed, which
ended with the most violent demonstrations of joy, the whole party dancing
a^id, springing to the music of the
dngklung. Every thing being arranged for
the
journey, the eldest of the hprde, with his wife and children, were either
pkcefil upon an elephant, or carried in a litter shaded by mats ; the rest
moved on foot, preceded by young men and boys, shaking the
dngklung
g,i;id shouting aloud, for tlje double purpose of doing homage to the chief
$nd of frightening away the wild beasts, which at that time abounded in the
island. §

;But it is only from the supposed arrival of Adi or Aji Sdka, that the
Javans, even in their traditions, enter with any confidence into details.
This eve;nt is generally referred to the first year of the Javan era, which

corresponds

* Supposed to have been a crow or raven.

-{• A rude instrument of music still in use, particularly in the Swida and mountainous dis-
tricts.

J The JDdyaa of Borneo still hold particular kinds of birds in high veneration,, and draw-
omens from their flight, and the sounds which they utter. One of the principal of these is a
species of white-headed kite, which preys on fish, snakes, and vermin. Before the
Ddyas,
enter .on a journey, or engage in any war, head-hunting, or indeed any matter of importance,,
tfiey endeavour tOfp^ocwe onaens from thes^ kites, and, for this purpose, invite their approach
by screaming songs, and scattering rice before them. If these birds take their flight in the
direction they wish to go, it is regarded as a favourable omen ; but if they take another direc-
tion, they consider it as unfavourable, and delay the business until the omens are more suit-
able to their wishes.—
of the Batavian Society, vol. vii.

§ The, m^mwm wbi.ch. the mountainee.r,s, of the Su/tda districts still spring and shout to the
sound of this rude^ instrument, as already described, corresponds with this account; and
on occasions of public rejoicings or ceremony, the native princes of the eastern part ofthe island
frequently introduce a party of wild men, with dishevelled hair, and covered with leaves,
shaking the
angUung, and shoutiiig, springing, and distorting their limbs in the rudest man-
ner : the object being to exhibit the original inliabitants, in contrast with what they have bee»
rendered by civilization.

-ocr page 151-

corresponds with the seventy-fifth of the Christian era, and in some accounts

is thus related.nbsp;r i •nbsp;/nbsp;i i

« Prdbu Jdya My a was a great and powerful prmce of Astma, and the

« fifth in descent from Arjuna, the son of Pdndu DSwa Ndta • after whom

-nbsp;had reigned successively, Bimdnyu, ParaJcisit, Vdaydna, and Gandra
« Ydna,
His Peng\'gdrva, or chief minister, being a man ot great enter-
« prize and ability, was sent to visit and civilize foreign countries. In the
« course of his travels, he landed on Java, then the abode of a race of
» Basdksa, and known by the name ofnbsp;Jl- happened nx
« the first year ofthe
Javan era, and is distingmshed in he CMndra S^

-nbsp;Mia by the words, nir, dbu, tdnpo, jdlar, meanmg hterally, \'nothing
« « dust, not any thing (but) man,\' and metaphorically the figures 0001.

« He here discovered the grain called jdwa-wut, at that time the princi-
quot; pal subsistence ofthe inhabitants ; and, in consequence of this discovery,
« he changed the name of the country from
Msa Kendang to Nusa Jdwa,
In his progress through the island he met with the dead bodies of two
« Basdksa, each holding a leaf with an inscription on it, one in p^ima

-nbsp;(ancient), the other in Siamese characters: these he united, and thus

« formed the Javan alphabet of twenty letters.

« He had several combats with the Basdksa, particularly with one
.. Dewdta Chengkar; and after fixing the date of his different discoveries, and

« leavino- mementos of his visit wherever he went, he finally returned to
« Astma, and delivered to his sovereign a written account of all he had seen

quot; and done.quot;nbsp;.

The accounts of the real character of AJi Sdka are various. Some repre-

tt^reiatt: r: saint and deity, and believe that on Ms vo,-

aseto Java he sailed over mountains, islands, and continents. Most, how^
ever ac^ree in attributing to him the first introduction of letters, govern-
ment and religion ; the only trace of anterior civilization being a tradition,
that before his time there existed
a judicial code, under the title of sun^and
moon, the punishments of which appear not to have been severe : a tmet
^vas bound to make restitution of the property stolen and to pay - ^^^
fine in cattle or produce
j and if the theft was considerable, he oecame

slave ofthe injured party or his relations, without, however, bemg trans-

gnbsp;leiable

-ocr page 152-

ferable to another master: murder was not punished by death, but by a
heavy fine, and perpetual servitude in the family of the deceased. This code
Aji Sdka is represented to have reformed ; and an abstract collection of
ordinances, said to have been made from his instructions, is believed to have
been in use as late as the time of
Janggdla (A.D. 900), and even of
Majapdhit ( A.\'D, 1300).

In the Sanscrit language Sdka means an era, and is applied to the founder
of an aera j and in the chronology of the Hindu princes of India
Sdka
is a name or title, which has so often been assumed, that it is sufficient to say
to whom it is most appropriately due. According to Sir William Jones,
Sdka is a name of Budha. In the chronology of the kings of Magddha,quot;^ by
Major Wilford, the Hindus are stated to have divided the
Kaliyuga into six
unequal portions, or subordinate periods,
cdXXeà Sdkas, because they derived
their origin from six
Sdkas, or mighty and glorious monarchs, of whom
three have already made their appearance and
three are Still expected. The
third
Sdka was Salavahana, who is believed to have lived at the same time
with our Saviour, and is represented to
have corresponded with him in some
of the principal features of his life. The era which bears his name com-
menced from his death (namely, seventy-eight years after the Christian era),
and is doubtless that adopted by the Javans, whicli corresponds with it
within about three years : and the slight difference between them may be
accounted for, by the introduction of the Mahometan mode of reckoning
during the last three centuries.

The same writer informs us, that the first Bala Rdja, a title peculiarly
given to the ancient sovereigns of
Guy rat, and who is supposed to have
lived in the seventh century of the Christian era, was called
Di Sdka, or.
BévaSdka
; which being also one of the titles oî Salivahana, might induce
an opinion that they were the same person, if, as Major Wilford acknow-
ledges, the confusion and uncertainty of the Hindu records did not almost
deter us from forming any fixed opinion whatever. According to the Japa-
nese historians,
Sdka lived a thousand years before our Saviour; and the
worship of that country is still denominated by them the rehgion of
Sdka or
Sidka,\\

According, however, to a prophetic chronology of the Javans, which
is now in the possession of the
SusiMnan, and is ascribed to the pen of the

Aji

* Asiatic Researches.nbsp;| Kempfer\'s Japan, vol. i, p. 148.

-ocr page 153-

HISïOEY qp JAVA.

AJi Jdya Bdya, but is doubtless of a more modern composition, the sup-
posed arrival of
Aji Sdka did not take placo till after the year 1000. In this
chronology, the author himself is described as sovereign of
Kedtri in the
year 800 of the Javan era.

quot; What was first known of Java,quot; says this account, quot; was a range of
quot; hills, called
Gunung Kendang, which extends along the north and south

coasts; it was then that the island first came into notice, and at that
period commenced t.hp,
Javan era.

quot; After this the Prince of Rom sent twenty thousand families to people
Java ; but all of them perished, except twenty famiHes, who returned to
Rom.

quot; In this year, twenty thousand families were sent to Java by the Prince
of
Kling (India). These people prospered and multiplied. They conti-
nued, however, in an uncivilized state till the year S89, when the
Almighty blessed them with a prince, named
Kdno, who reigned for one
quot; hundred years, at the end of which period he was succeeded by
Bdsu
quot; Keti.
The name of the sovereignty was called Wirdta. Bdsu Keti
quot; dying, he was succeeded by his son, Mdngsa Pdti. The father and son
quot; together reigned three hundred years.

quot; Another principaHty, named Astma, sprung up at this time, and was
quot; ruled by a prince, called
Pula Sara, who was succeeded by his son
^^ Ahidsa, who was again succeeded by his son Pdndu Dewa Ndtathe
quot; reigns of the last three priuces together amounting to one hundred
quot; years.

quot; Then succeeded Jdya Bdya himself, who removed the seat of govern-
quot; ment from
AsUna to Kediri.

« The kingdom of Kediri being dismembered on the death of its sove-
quot; reign, there arose out of its ruins two other kingdoms, the one called
« Brambdnan, of which the prince was called Bdka; the other Peng\'ging
quot; of which the prince\'s name was Angling Bria.

quot; These two princes having gone to war with each other, Bdha was killed
quot; in battle by
Ddmar Maya, the son-in-law of Angling Dria. On the death
quot; of
Bdka, the kingdom of Brambdnan was without a prince, and contmued
« so, till
Angling Dria dying a natural death, Ddmar Maya succeeded him
quot; and ruled the country.

quot; Ddmar May a dying, and the sovereignty becoming extinct, there arrived
quot; from a foreign country a person named
Aji Sdka, who established himself

quot; as

69

((

Anno 1.

u

— 10.

—nbsp;300.

—nbsp;400.

(t

700.

«00.

-ocr page 154-

as Prince of Méndang Kamülan, in tlie room of Bewdta Chénghar, whom
« he conquered.

In the year 1018 the Chdndi SéWu. (thousand temples) at Brambdnan
were completed.

^ \'\' The empire of Méndang Kdmulan and its race of princes becoming
quot; extinct, the kingdoms which rose
up and succeeded to it were :
quot; 1.
Jan^gdla,^^of which the prince WBS^Ami Luhur.

quot; Kediri,---------------——. Tjémbu Ami Jdyd.

quot;3. Ng\'ardwan,^..^^—^—----Lémbu Ami Sêsa.

quot; 4. Sing\'a Sdriy^^^___________________Lémbu Ami Lueh.

Anno 1082. «\' Thcse kingdoms were afterwards united under Pdrji Suria Ami Sésa,
** thé son of Ami Luhur.

quot; Pdiyi Suria dying, he was succeeded by his son, Pdnji LaUan, who
quot; removed the seat of government from
Jang\'gala to Pajajdran, This
1200, « took place in ISOO.-»quot;

In some accounts it is stated, that the religion and arts of India were
first introduced into Java by a Bramin named
Tritrésta, who with numerous
followers landed on Java about this period, and estabhshed the era, in
consequence of which he is considered the same with
Aji Sdka. The

descendants

* This history, which is written In the Mahometan style of inspiration and prophecy, com-
mences by a declaration on the part
oi Jdya Bdya, that it is clearly ascertained, the
island of Java will be annihilated in two thousand one hnndred years from the date of its first
existence; and after detailing every event, down to the Javan year 1743 (the present year, A.D.
1816), has the following extraordinary conclusion.

quot; The whole of the above chronological relation of events, from the first year to the present
quot; date, was written by the inspired
Aji Jdya Baya, who himself hved about the year SOO,
quot; What follows is a continuation of events which were foretold by him, and which are still to
quot; happen, viz.

quot; In the year 1801, Sura-herta being no more, the seat of government will be removed to
quot; Katamp;ngga, which being afterwards demolished, the seat of government will be removed in
quot; 1870 to
Kamp;rang Bay a.

quot; In 1950, the seat of government will be removed to Kediri, where it was of old. The
quot; Pringi people (Europeans) virill then come, and having conquered Java, will establish a govern-
quot; ment in the year 195S-
The Prince of Kling^ however, hearing of the Conquest and ruin
quot; of Java by the
Prmgis, will send a force which will defeat and drive them out of Java ;
quot; and having given up the island once more to its Javan government, will, in the year
i.960gt;
quot; return to his own country.

quot; On regaining possession of the country, the new Javan government will desert the former
quot; capital of jffiramg
Bdya, as being an unlucky site, and remove it to Warmgin Kubu, which is
quot; near the mountain
N\'gmdrta Ldya. This will take place in 2020.

By the year 2100 there will be an end of Java entirely.quot;

■i.v

-ocr page 155-

descendants of Tritresta are acccordingly said to have succeeded to the
government of the country ; and a list of eighteen princes is adduced, to
bring down the history to the ninth century, in -which the empire of
Jang\'gala was established. From these accounts, with some minute details
regarding the different adventurers, who are supposed to have arrived during
the three first centuries, it has been inferred, that these were probably
followers of the religion of
Budha, and that those who crowded to Java,
about the close of the fifth century, are to be considered as the first settlers
professing the Braminical faith j but whatever authority this inference may
derive from the knowledge we possess of the religious revolutions which
have taken place elsewhere, and however probable it may be, that
the followers of
Budha were at an early period established on Java, we
apprehend that the conclusion will derive but little support from a chrono-
logy which, on the slightest investigation, will be found borrowed from
continental India. Even the names^ of the principal characters, who are
thus represented as having ruled Java for a period of so many centuries,
will be readily traced in the accredited Hsts of Indian sovereigns 5* and when
it is considered, that the princes of Java pretend to deiive their descent fi-om
Parakisit, the descendant of Arjima, that the scene of the celebrated war
of the
Pa^iddwa, which forms the subject of the most popular poem in the
country, as well as that of the great Indian poem, callcd the
Mahahdrat, is
believed to have been laid on Java, and that not only the countries men-
tioned in that war, but the dwelhng places and temples ofthe different
heroes who distinguished themselves in it, are at the present day pointed out
on Java, it is easy to account for the indistinctness and
inaccuracy of the
line drawn between the princes of India and those who may have
actually
ruled on Java.

Without entering into the mythology of the ancient Javans, which has
been more particularly treated of in another place, it may be sufficient to
observe generally, that in some of the
co^iq^ of the Niti Sdstra Kdwi, a.
work of the highest antiquity and celebrity, the following is the\'duration
prescribed for the several ages of the world.

quot; The kertayoga was of one hundred thousand years duration ; the treta
quot; yoga
was of ten thousand years ; the duapdra\\N2iS of one thousand years 5

the sandinika (which began A.D. 7-8) i=s now in its course.quot;

The

Vide Asiatic Researches-

-ocr page 156-

The kêrta ybga is considered to have terminated with the expulsion of
Vishnu from Suraldya. The fréta ybga commences with his becoming incar-
nate in the person of
Jrjiina Wijdya, sovereign of Mauspati, and ends with
the death of
Rama, an event supposed to have taken place about the time of
Sdkri, in the following line of princes.

Mdnu Mandsa,

Tritrésta,

Parikéna,

Sutdpa,

Sapûtram,

Sdkri,

Pulasdra,

A bids a,

Pdndu Dewa Ndta,

Many of these princes, with their descendants, are in the traditionary
accounts of the country, believed to have established themselves on Java ;
and while we find
Tritrésta founding a colony in the first year of the
Javan era, or about seventeen hundred and forty years ago, it is the less
surprizing that the war of the
Pdndus should have been transferred from
the
duapdra ybga to the present age, and believed to have taken place in Java
about
twelve hundred years ago.

In the Javan, or modern version of the Niti Sdstra, the following periods
are assigned to the principal events of fabulous history. quot; In the beginning
quot; every thing was at rest and quiet. During the first years, kings began to
«lt; start up, and wars arose about a woman named
Déwi Darûki ; at this
quot; period writing was introduced. One thousand five hundred years after
quot; this, another war began, about a woman named
Dém Sinta. Two thou-
quot; sand years after this, a third war broke out about a woman named
Déwi
quot; Drupddi
; and two thousand five hundred years afterwards another war
quot; took place, about the daughter of a spiritual man, not named in
quot; history.quot;

The following account of princes, commencing with Tritrésta, who is
believed to have established his government at
Giling Wési, at the foot of
the mountain
Se Miru, with the dynasties which they severally established,
and the dates at which they respectively succeeded to the government,
while it shews the manner in which these islanders have interwoven their

fabulous

iB

-ocr page 157-

fabulous history with that of the continent, will prove how little credit is
due to those accounts,
which furnish local details during a period so remote

and obscure.nbsp;„ , i

This account is extracted from a collection of the legends of the country,

compiled by Ndta Kasiima, the present Panamhdkan of Sdmenap ; a man

who is not only distinguished among the Javans for his eminent erudmon and

information, but who, from the superior endowments of his mind, would

command a high degree of respect among the more civilized people of

^quot;Te\'fore there were any inhabitants on Java, m^nu (Vishnu) presided
quot; therein • but having offended
Sang ydng Guru, Tritresta, the son o^Jala
« Prdsi,
and grandson of Brdma, was sent to Java as sovereign of the
country. This prince was married, at ten years of age, to
Bramdni Kdli,
« of Kdmb^a, and with eight hundred families from the country of Kling,
« estabUshed the seat of his government at the foot of Gunung Semiru, the
« capital of which he called
Giling WSsL He had two sons, Mdnu Mandsa,
» and Mdnu Madewa, and his people increased to 20,000.

« In the country of Kling there was a man named J^^atu Gdnung son of
«nbsp;of
nbsp;SangMa, who heard of the fame of^m.. and ia.^ap, two

« beautiful women residing at Gkllng Wesu Wdtu Gunung went m search
« of them, and finding them under the protection of
Tritresta, attacked
« and defeated him.
Tritresta was slain, and Wdtu Giinung reigned as
« sovereign of
Giling Wesi for one hundred and forty years. Under his
« government the country became very flourishing. He adopted forty sons
quot; and as
many daughters ofthe princes ofthe country, and gave them
« the names of the deities of ^^rga (Swerga), for wMch,
and for other
^^ acts, he was in the end
punished with death by W^snu, m the year

quot; 240 1

« After this Batdra, Giiru sent Gutdka from the mountain Sm^la Chdla A«no240.
« in
Kling, to be sovereign of Giling West, where after a reign of fifty
f« years he died, and was succeeded by his son,
Rdden Sawela, in the year
quot; 290. This last prince reigned twenty years, and was succeeded by
Gutdma, who removed from Giling Wesi while yet unmarried, and went
« to a country
{Astma), which was possessed by an elephant that desired
vol.. II.nbsp;Lnbsp;Vnbsp;quot;the

1nbsp; See account of Wdtu Gunung in vol. i, Literature.

-ocr page 158-

quot; the princessnbsp;marriage. He fought and killed the elephant,

quot; and married the princess, and afterwards proceeded to Lagrestina.

quot; There was a Fandita of Gûnung Jdli in the country of Kling, who
had a son called
Rdden Ddsa Wiria, who when twelve years of age,
having obtained leave of his father to go to Java, took up his abode at
the foot of the mountain
Ldmu. His son. Dam Bdhw, when ten
quot; years of age, determined to make himself independent, and travelled
quot; with one hundred followers, until they smelt the dead elephant which
quot; had been killed by
Gutdma. There he established himself, calHng
his ciipital
Gdja-kuia or AsUnd Pûrà. This was in the year 310.

Ddsa jBa^«« was succeeded by his son Suantdna, who had wars with the
quot;quot; giant
Bûru Sdda. This prince had a son, named Dètsoa Brdta, whose
« mother died immediately after the birth of the child ; and the prince
« finding no one from whom the child would take milk, was obliged to
carry dt about in search of some one to whom it might take a liking.
quot; Of the descendants
o£ Tritrésta were first, Mdnu Mandsa ; second,
Sutdpa ; thxïà, Sapûtram ; fouxth, ^dJcm. The last begot Fula Sara
quot; who had a son namednbsp;It happened that Abidsa, when an infant,

^^ was borne in the arms of his mother Ambu Sam, at the time when
quot; Sudntdna -^as in search of a wet nurse ;fbr %is son. ^Hpon seeing her,
the infaiit
Dewa immediately cried out and wanted milk from her,
quot; which, however, she would not consent to ;give, until after much alter-
*\'^ \'éktion Suantdna SLgrmd to give his country in e-xchange-j so thsit Ambu
Sdri
reeeivéd the countiy of Astina for her son Abidsa, who when
« arrived at a proper age succeeded as sovereign, in the year
nbsp;J)éwa

Brdtamas made Erince of Kumhina.

Abidsa Was married to a woman advanced in years, by whom he had
three sons-:
Drésia Bdta, who was blind j FdnduDéwa Ndta, who was
«quot; very handsome.; and
Rdma Wtddra, who was lame. After twelve years he
quot; retired and transferred the government to his second son.

Pdndu Déwa Ndta, at the age of fourteen, then succeeded as sove-
reign of
Astina, and married Dew Kénti, daughter of Bdsu Kéti, Prince
« of
Mamp;dura, by whom he had three sons, Kûnta Déïva, Sèna, and

\'\' Jindha. Déwa Nâta also married .Mai^frm, daughter of the Prince of
quot; Mandaraga, and died, leaving her pregnant. She was delivered of two
quot; sons and died also j but
Dém Kûnti gave the -children milk, and called

quot;the

Ht

ts

Anno 310,

S4tS,

-ocr page 159-

m

«\'the one Sadewa and the other NaMla. At that time the children of
« Fdndu Dewa Ndta were very young ; Dm^a was therefore nomi»
« nated protector during their minority : but instead of resigning the
« kingdom to them, he gave it to his own son,
Suyuddna ; ^ho becoming
« sovereign of
Astma, the five children were sent by Abidsa, with a thousand
« families, to establish a new country, to which they gave th© Ba«ie of
quot; Amerta.

« Suyuddna married the daughter of the Prince of Manddraga, hf v^m
« he had a son, and the country became great, flourishing, and happy.
« There was none more powerful^ and the dependent chiefs were the
« Princes
Kerna of Amdng\'ga, Bisma, or Dewa Brdta of KumUna, Jdya
« Pdta
of Bah Sejdna, Jakap Sam of Madum^ and Sdlrn of Mandardga.
« But Punta Dewa and his brothers in the country of Amerta were not
quot; satisfied: they wished for their father\'s inheritance^ and sent their cousin,
« Kresna of Dlarawdt$y to confer with. Suyuddna and to demand thejr right-
quot; ful possessions. For the sake of peace with their cousin, they offered
« to accept of half; but
Suyuddna rejected their demand, and replied,,
« \' that without the decision of the sword, they should have none.^ Then
« began the war
called Brdta Yudha, because it was a contest for their just
« rights. The war lasted long, and during its continuance the sons and
« followers of both parties were nearly all killed: at last
Suyuddm himself

« fell, after a reign of fifty years.*

« Pdnta DSwa then became sovereign of Jstina, in the year 4915 but abao m,
after two years he transferred the government to PariMsity son of AU-
« mdnyu
and grandson of his brother Jendka. After defending the country
« successfully against the giant
Usi Aji of Surabdya, whom he slew, he
« was succeeded by his son
Udaydna, who. died after a reign of twenty.
« three years. His son
Jdya DSrma succeeded. This prince had two sons,
« n^^med Jdya Misdna^nd.Ang\'Ung Derma. The former succeeded his father
« after a reign of twenty-seven years, and died at the expiration of five
quot; years. During the reign of
Jdya Misdna there was a dreadful pesti-

quot; lence and a violent earthquake which destroyed the country, andhis soji
« removed to
Mildwa, where he became a tdpa.

quot; To this country Ang%ng Derma had already removed with Jthree thou-
« sand families, during the lifetime of his brother, andwas acknowledgeci

-ocr page 160-

as sovereign ot Mildwa Pdti, where he reigned in prosperity for ten
years. At the expiration of this period, it is related that his princess
burnt herself, in consequence of being refused the knowledge of a certain
prayer by which she might understand the languages of all animals. The
prince afterwards became insane, wandered about, and was transformed
into a white bird.

« The son of Jdya Misdna, Jdya Purusa, begat Puspa Jdya, who begat
Pikspa Wijdya, who hegd^t Kasuma ^^IcMra, who again begat Rdden Aji
Nirmdla,
who reigned for twenty years at Mildtva Pati, hnt in whose
days the country was greatly afflicted with pestilence. In consequence
of this, his son,
Biskra Champdka, departed with his followers, and pro-
ceeded to
Mendang Kamulan, where he abode as Paudita. He had,
however, a son, named
AngHing Derma, from whom descended Aji Jdya
Bdya,
who became sovereign of the country, and gave it the name of
Pzirwa CAiHto ; under his government the country greatly increased, he
acquired large possessions, and all under his administration was flourish-
ing and happy. It is related of him, that he dictated the poem ofthe
Brdta Yudha, hy onlev o£ Dewa Batdra Giiru, in the year 701. He
was succeeded by his son,
Saldpar Wdta, in 756, whose son, named
.^Tdwfi/awaw, afterwards came to the government, under the title
ot Jdya
Langkdra.
This last named prince had a sister, callamp;A. Chandra Sudra,
four sons, Suhrdta, Para Ydta, Jdta Wida, and Su Wida, and a daughter,
name
Pamhdyun. His Pdteh was named Jdya Singdra, and among his
dependents were
Gaja Ird^wan of Buddy a, Lembu S-dren Guna of
Jang\'gala, Wira Tikta of Kediri^ and the Arias of Sing\'a Sdri and
Ng\'rdwan.

quot; In course of time this prince became very wicked, and married his
sister,
Chandra Sudra. When his Pdteh, chiefs, and followers, heard of
it, they rose in arms, but feared to attack the prince, as it had been pre-
dicted that he could only be killed at the full of the moon. The p\'rince,
in the mean time, being informed of the conspiracy, immediately attack-
ed the party, and killing the
Pdteh, committed great slaughter among his
followers.

\'«When the battle was over, he assembled his sons, and after telling
them they were not ignorant of his deeds, and that it was his intention
to burn himself at the full of the moon, he desired that they would
thereupon remove from the place, and leave the country of
Mendang

quot; Kamdlan

(f
t(
ic
lt;(
((
((

((

u
«

«

((
((
(t
(C
((
((
((
((
((
(C

((
^^

(C
((
((

(lt;
(lt;
((
((

((
lt;lt;

lt;r
««

Anno 701.
756,

-ocr page 161-

quot; Kamdlan to become a wilderness. He then divided his possessions into
quot; four parts : to the eldest son,
Subrdta, he gave the country of Jang\'gala ;
quot; to his second son. Para Ydta, he gave Kediri; to his third, Jdta Wida,
\'\' he gave Sing\'a Sdri; and to his fourth son, Su Wida, he gave Ng\'ard-
quot; \'Wan: and these princes severally became independent chiefs of those
quot; kingdoms.

« When the full of the moon arrived, Sri Jaya Langkdra, with his wife
« and sister,
Chdndra Sudra, went to the Sdng\'gar of Déwa Pabayéstan,
quot; where they burnt themselves. The families of the Pdteh and the chiefs
quot; slain in the late
battle also accompanied him, and committed themselves
quot; to the flames.
Pembdyuji, his daughter, was not however permitted to
quot; sacrifice herself, in consequence of which she bore great ill will to her

father; and it is related, that she is the same person who afterwards went
quot; to
Jdng\'gdla, and abode at Wdna Kapuchdng\'an, where she assumed the
quot; name of
Kili Suchi, and went about from place to place, being much be-
quot; loved ; for she was very learned, and made inscriptions upon stones, one
quot; of which
h cdWedi Kdla Kérma.*

But

* To this popular account of the early and fabulous history of Java, it maybe interesting
to add the equally popular and generally received ancient history of
Madura, formerly called
Mandura, and in the basa, or court language, Mandurétna.

quot; Batara Rama Yana having completed the wars, and conquered Dasa MuJea, of the country
quot; 0Ï Alinlea, thought of making a new settlement from the wilderness. To this he gave the
quot; name of
Durjayapura ; and after a long reign, resigned the governrdent of it to his son,
quot; Butlavoa, ending his days in solitude. Butlaiva reigned for some years over the country of
quot; Durjayapura, and was succeeded by his son, Kunti Buja, who married thé daughter of his
quot; Fdteh, named JiTasa. This prince removed the seat of government, or rather changed the
\'\' name of it, to
Mandura Rdja, and was succeeded by his son, Basu Keti, who ascended the
« throne at nine years of age. During his reign there arrived a beautiful woman, named
De\'wi
\'\' Sani Gatra,
daughter of Bengawan Adi Rusa, who had fled from the Prince of Nusa Kam-
« bangan,
called Jura Mataraja. The prince married her, and was in consequence attacked
quot; by
Jura Mataraja ; but by the assistance of Puln Sara, the fatlier of Abiasa, who after-
quot; wards became sovereign of
Astina, he defeated him, and remained in quiet possession of
quot; his country. By the princess he had four children; three sons, named
Basu Dewa, Aria
quot; Prahu,
and Angrasana, and a daughter named Dewi Kunti. When Basu Dewa was fifteen
quot; years of age, his father wished him to marry a princess of the country, but the
youth having
quot; fixed his affections upon the daughter of
Raja Sirusonga, named Dewii Angsa Wati, refused
quot; compliance, and was in consequence dismissed the royal presence.

Basu Dewa, learning that the daughter of Sirwonga had been carried off by a giant into
quot; the woods, succeeded in overpowering the giant, and married
Dewi Angsa Wati; but intel-
\'\' ligence being given thereof to the chief, the prince of
Amhulutiga, a chief called Tiga

Warnck

-ocr page 162-

But other accounts, which attempt to draw a line between the Indian-
and Javan princes, date the commencement of the latter, five centuries

subsequently

quot; Warna (tri-coloured) was sent in pursuit of Basu Dema, whom he overtook on his return to
quot; Mandura Raja. Basu Deioa was vanquished and fell into a cave: the princess fell into
quot; the hands of
Tiga Warna.

quot; It was about this time that I\'ula Sara obtained the kingdom of Astina for his son Ahiasa;
quot; and was desirous of betrothing him to Dewa Ambalika of Astina; but the young prince
quot; would not consent; and one day, when he was wandering in the forests, he heard a voice
lt;lt; is®ie from a cave, and discovered;
Basu Devm, who related his case and entreated his aid
quot; in the recovery of his wife. The young princes then proceeded in search of
Tiga Warna, and
quot; having discovered him,
Basa Devoa discharged\' an arrow at him and killed him. Deioi Angsa
quot; Wati
was in consequence restored toi her husband.. Basa Detva and. Ahiasa then exchanged
quot; vows of perpetual friendship
between themselves and tiieir. descendants, invoking a curse
« upon whomsoever of them-should be guilty of breaking it.. After this,
Basu Devia returned
quot; to
Mandura Rajor^

quot; Baste Dewa at length succeeded his-father in the government ©f Mandur-a Raja and had
quot; several children; of whom one was^ white, named
Kahra Sana, the other black, named
quot; Kresna. He was succeeded by a son whotis he had exposed in the woods, but to whom he
quot; afterwa^rds became reconciled, named .Rcaien
Kangsa, to whom he gave the country.. At this
\'\' time
PanduDem Nata reigned over Ae kingdom of Astina. One night a voice said to him
quot; in a dreamy \' When you meet with chiMren of
Madura white or black, put them to death.\'
quot; His father, who» was still living, apprehensive for the fate of his favourite sons,
Kahra Sana
quot; and Kresnlt;t, sent them to Widara Kandang for concealment, with Angga Gopa. These two
quot; princes afterwards hearing o£ an exhibition of fighting men, proeeeded with their sister
Sambddra to the Alun alun,. where the combatants were assembled, and heee they met Raden
quot; Aria Jenaka and Sena,
sons of Pandu Detva Nata,. from Astina,, who when theis father died
heard of the fame of
Madura,, and eame in quest of tiie country.

« Raden Kangsa was seated in the pasehan, surrounded by his- chiefs, when his Pdteh in-
formed him that the proscribed children had at last appeared. The prince, delighted that those
whom he had so long sought in vain had now appeared of their ossn accord, ordered his
Pateh immediately to seize them ; but Kahra Sa^a fought with the Patek, and drove liimi
back upon the prince,, who^ then seized him hiinself^ and throwing him on. the ground with
« violence, blood gushed from his mouth;,
Kahra Sana then called for aissistaafie from Kresna,
quot; who with Raden Sena immediately came and overpowered Raden Kangsa. Upon this Kahra
quot; Sana
put him to death with his weaponnbsp;The Pateh, ignorant of the fate of his

« prince, rushed upon the parties, but was pierced with a spear by Kahra Sana, who imme-
\'\' diately exclaimed, \' I am
Resi Anapita of Repat Kapanasan i I am Resi di Jala data Bala\'
quot; \'nbsp;the son of Basu Detxia of MaduraJ

quot; Then his uncle,. Aria Prabu, spoke; and having embraced him, carried him to his fatlier,
quot; Basu Dewa, wbo\'conferred the country upon him. At night, however, Kahra Sana heard a
voice in his sleep, saying, \' to-morrow will I be revenged in the war
Brdta Yudha: there
quot; \' will be one of the country
Chawfala Raja, I am he..\' Kahra Sana replied, \' welL I dare
quot; ^ you.\'quot;\'

-ocr page 163-

subsequently to the first landing of Aji Sdica, and consider the kingdom of
Mendang Kamalan as the first regular establishment on Java. .As these, if
not the most consistent with the historical data which have been .admitted
on continental India, have the advantage of being the least confused, a
more particular account of the first establishments may be interesting. With
regard to the statements that commence with a
more remote antiquity, it
it may be sufiicient to shew, at one view, the hne of princes who are
represented to have ruled on Java, according to the two different .authori.
ties which have been referred to.

-ocr page 164-

LINE OF HINDU SOVEREIGNS

Who ruled on Jam, according to the Manuscript ascribed to Aji Jdya Baya, in the

Possession of the present Susuhman.

SEAT OF GOVERNMENT.

Date of Accession
Javan Year.

SOVEREIGNS.

Wirata

Kediri ....
Péng\'ging .
Brambanan

Méndang- Kamulan

Kediri ..........

Ngarawan........

Singa Sari........

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8
9

10

289

700

800

900-2

1002

1082-4

Jang\'gala ........

11

12
13
M

15

16
17

m

19

20

1200

1301

1381

Pajajaran

Majapahit

Basu Keti.
Mangsah Pati.
Pula Sara.
Abiasa.

Pandu Déwa Nata.
Aji Jaya Baya,
Angling Dria
Baka.

Damar Maya.
Aji Saka.
Lémbu Ami Jaja.
Lembu Ami Sésa.
Lembu Ami Lueh.
Lembu Ami Luhur.
Panji Suria Ami Sésa.
Laléan.
Banjaran Sari.
Méndang Wang\'i.
Jaka Sura, or
Browijaya 1st.
Browija^ya 2d
Browijaya 3d,
Browijaya 4th
Browijaya 5th

:f

-ocr page 165-

Who reigned on J am, according to the Manuscripts of the Eastern Parts of Jam, Sumemp,

n^r!nbsp;7.., \'KTAt^ TT^.c/i\'mfi ilip. ryresentnbsp;_____

Date of Accession\'
Javan Year,

SEAT OF GOVERNMENT,

SOVEREIGNS.

1

Giling Wési..........

1

Tritrésta.

140

2

Watu Gunung.

240

3

Gutaka.

290

4

Sawéla.

SIO

5

Gutama.

6

Dasa-bahu.

7

Sawantana.

415

8

Abiasa.

427

9

Pandu Déwa Nata.

480

10

Suyudana.

491

11

Pónto Déwa.

533

12

Parikisit.

575

13

Üdiana.

588

Mala wa Pâti..........

14

Ang\'ling Dérma.

598

15

Jaya Misana.

16

Puspa Jaya.

17

Puspa Wijaja.

18

Kasüma Wichitra.

638

....................

19

Aji Nirmala.

658

Méndang Kamùlaa ....

20

Bisura Charapaka.

671

21

Ang\'ling Dria.

701

22

Aji Jaya Baya.

756

23

Séla Prawata.

818

24

Kandiawan, or Jaya Langkara.

868

25

Subrata, or Déwa Kasüma.

927

26

Laléan.

27

Banjaran Sari.

28

Muda-ning-kung.

1084

29

Müda-sari.

Pajarâran ..........

30

Raden Pankas.

11^8

31

Siung Winara.

32

JakaSusüru, or Bra Wijaya.

33

Prabu Anom.

34

Uda ninkung.

35

Prabu Kanya, a Princess married

to Daraar Wdlan.

36

liémbu Ami Sani.

37

Brama Tünggung.

38

Raden Alit, or Browi]a va.

VOL. II.

M

-ocr page 166-

The following is the chronology of the Javan princes according to the
legends abstracted by
Kiai Adipdti Adi Mang\'gdla, formerly Regent of
■Demdlcy and in which the Javan princes commence in the sixth century.

Date of Accession,
Jayan Year.

SEAT OF GOVERNMENT.

SOVEREIGNS.

525

Mendang Kamulan ....

1

Savvéla Châla.

........ •

2

Ardi Kasuma.

3

Ardi Wijaya.

4

lîési Déndang Géndis.

846

5

Déwa Kasuma.

6

Lémbu Ami Lulmr. gt;*

7

Panji Kérta Pati. j

1000

Pânji Maisa Tandravnarij or

Laléan.

9

Mùnding Sâri.

10

Mùnding Wângi.

11

Chioiig or Siung Wanâra.

12

Tandùran,

13

Bro Kamâra.

14

Ardi VVijâya.

15

Mérta Wijâya.

16

Angka Wijâya.

quot; When Prdhu Jdya Bdya of AMim died, he was succeeded by his son
and descendants, named
Ami Jdya, Jdya Ami Sdna, Pdncka Dria, an^
Kasuma Chitra. During the reign of the last of these princes, either the
seat of government had been removed, or the country had changed its
name, for it was then called
Kuj\'ratov Guj\'rat ; and it having been fore-
told, that it would decay and go to ruin altogether, the prince resolved
to send his son* to
.Jdwa, and possessing the written account of Aji

Mka,

quot;* At this time there were also three other cotemporaiR|r kingdoms, Bdha, Singa Sari, and
■Ngaratvan.

t By these aceounts, Satvela Chdla is represented as the thirtieth in desceiit from ^urcUya,
-and the eleventh ?^om Arj{ina, according to the following line of Indian princes who ruled

at Astma-pura and Gujrat.

—Arjuna,

((

it

-ocr page 167-

Sdka, which had been preserved in his family, he gave it to his son, and
quot; embarked him with about five thousand followers for that island. Among
« these followers were
Jdlma-tdni, Jdlma-unddgi, Jdlma-éjam-dudukan,
« Jdlma-pangnidrik, Jdlma-prajürit; that is to say, people skilled in
« agriculture, artificers, men learned in medicine, able writers, and military

« They sailed in six large ships and upwards of a hundred small vessel^
« and after a voyage of four months reached what they
conceived to be the
« island ofnbsp;and many
landed; but as it did not accord with the

« account given by Aji Sdka, they re-embarked. In a few months, however,
they
came in sight of an island with a long range of mountains, and some
« of them, with the prince at their head, effected a landing at the western
quot; extremity, while a part were driven to the southward. They soon met
quot; with the grain
jdw-wut, as described by Aji Sdka, and ascertained that
« they had at last reached their destination: then opening the book of
« Aji Sdka, the days of the week and the panehaavdra* were named.
« The prince, however, did not long remain in this part of the island;

for on clearing the forest, a lingering sickness appeared among his
« followers, and many
died from drinking the water; so he moved to
« the
south and east, in quest of a more salubrious position, and with
the hope of falling in with their companions,. These they found at that
« part of the island now known by the name of
Matdrem, when the high
« priest opening the book of
Aji Sdka, and referring to the prophecy,
« that
Jdwa should become an inheritance to the descendants of Prdhu
« Jdya Bdya,
he summoned the whole party together, and formally pro^
^^ claimed the prince sovereign
of the country, under the title of Bro^.jdyanbsp;Ka-

.. Sawéla Chdla. The name of Méndang Kamulan was then given to thenbsp;^

« seat of government.

« The prince now found that men alone were wanting to render it a great
« and flourishing state, and he accordingly applied to
Guj-\'rat fox assistance.

M €nbsp;quot; The

— Afjuna,nbsp;6 Ami Ja^a,

1nbsp;Bimanyu,nbsp;7 Ami Sana,

2nbsp;Parihisit,nbsp;8 Ckitra Sama,

3nbsp;Udiana,nbsp;9 Pancha Dria,

4nbsp;Gandra Yana,nbsp;10 Kasuma Chifra,

5nbsp;Jay a Baya,nbsp;H Sawela Chala.

* For an explanation ofthe week of five (iays, so termed, see yol.i. Astronoiny.

-ocr page 168-

quot; The ambassadors whom he sent proceeded down the river and embarked
quot; at
GrésiJt, so called from Giri-sik, in consequence of the hills {Giri) run-
quot; ning in this part of the island close to the sea shore
{sik) ; and when they
quot; reached
Guj-rat, the father of Sawéla CJiala, delighted to hear of his suc-
quot; cess, immediately sent him a reinforcement of two thousand people. The
quot; kindred and friends of the new colonists were permitted to proceed in
quot; great numbers to Jdwa, where they established themselves principally in
** the southern and eastern provinces. The prince lost no time in improv-
quot; ing his capital, which became an extensive city in the year
50,5. From
this period
Jdwa was known and celebrated as a kingdom: an extensive
« commerce was carried on with
Gufrat and other countries, and the bay
of
Matdrem, then a safe place for shipping, was filled with adventurers
quot; from all
parts.quot;

In some of the accounts, the father of Sawéla Chdla is named Bdlia
Achar ;
and previously to the establishment of Méndang Kamidan, Sdwela
Chdla
himself is usually known by the name of Awap.

quot; Nothing, however is represented to have tended more to the prosperity
quot; of this estabhshment, than a supposed union which is said to have taken
place between the family of
Sawéla Chdla and that of Aru Bdndan, a
prince who had recently
arrived from the Moluccas and established him-
quot; self on
Balamhdngan. Hearing of the arrival of Saivéla Chdla, this
«« prince, with his followers, proceeded to Méndang Kamulan and submitted
« to his authority, on condition that the eastern provinces, including
Balamhdngan, should be confirmed to him and his descendants. Accord-
« ing to the tradition of the country, this prince was principally induced
quot; to submit, in consequence of the other party being able to explain
quot; the inscription and signs of
Aji Sdka, which he himself could not,
quot; and in consequence of the production of the writings, in which it was
quot; prophesied that the country should become the inheritance of the family
quot; of this prince.

« Sawéla Chdla, after a long and prosperous reign, was succeeded by his
« son,
Ardi Kaséma ; and he again, on his death, by his son, named Ardi
« Wijdya.

quot; During the sovereignty of these princes, the country advanced in fame
« and prosperity, and the city
oï Méndang Kamélan, since called Bramhdnan
or Frambdnan, increased in size and splendour. Artists, particularly in

quot; stone

Mendang
Kamulan,
ft.
J. 525,

Ardi Kasumar
Ardi Wijaya,

-ocr page 169-

» stone and metals, arrived from distant countries j the temples, of which
« the ruins are still extant, both at this place and at
B6ro Bodo in Kedu, are a. j. 525.
quot; stated to have been constructed during this period, by artists invited from
India; and the remains ofthe palace, situated on a range of low hills near
quot; the site of the thousand temples, still attest the existence of this first
quot; capital of Java.

« Ardi Wijdya had five sons, besides a numerous illegitimate offspring.
« The eldest was appointed chief ofthe class of cultivators, the second of
« the traders, the third to the
charge of the woods and forests, the fourth
« chief of the
manufacturers of oil, sugar, and spirits, and the fifth, named
quot; Resi Dendang Gendis, remained as assistant to his father.

« When this prince died, his youngest son. Bed Dendang Gendis, fomid
quot; himself in charge of the capital, and invested with the general administra-
« tion of the country ; but his brothers having formed independent govern-
« ments in other parts of the island, refused to acknowledge his supremacy.
« One of them was established at
Bdgalen, another at Jajpam, and a third at
« Koripan. He is said to have died of a broken heart, in consequence of
these secessions, leaving a numerous progeny, who established them-

« selves in different parts of the country.

quot; The next prince who,quot; according to these accounts, quot; appears to have ^ang\'gaia
quot; succeeded to the government of
Mendang Kamulan, was Dewa Kasuma, Dewakasuma.
quot; who being of an ambitious character, is said to have proceeded eastward,
« and established the kingdom of
Jang\'gdla, the capital of which, so called
\'\' from his attachment to the chace {jang\'gdla signifying « a dogquot; in the
Javan language) was built in the forest of
Jeng\'dwan, a few miles to the
« eastward of the modern
Surahdya, where its site, with many interesting
« remains of antiquity, is still pointed out. This event is supposed to have

« taken place about the year 846.quot;

Of the earlier history of Java it is probable, that each of these three
accounts contains some true particulars ; but without unnecessarily
discrediting the claims which that country asserts to a higher anti-
quity, we must confess
ourselves unable, in the present state of our
information, to separate truth from fable, till we arrive at a period
when its records are more consistent. Unconnected with the line of
princes whose names have been brought forward,
many small states, petty
dynasties, and separate interests, no doubt existed on Java in earlier times ;

of

-ocr page 170-

of which little mention k made by tradition, which seldom busies itself, ex-
cept with extensive and sanguinary wars, or great political changes. Among
these may have flourished the celebrated
Jdya Bdya, in whose reign the
Brdta Yûdha is said to have been composed by the Pandita Puséda. In the
account obtained from
SûraJérta, this prince, as we have seen, is related
to have reigned in the eighth century in the country of
Kediri.

The temples at Brambdnan (the extensive remains of which, with the
numerous casts in metal found in their vicinity, prove the high state which
the arts had attained in a remote age, and afford incontestible evidence of the
establishment of the Hindu worship in the earhest periods of Javan history),
are stated in some accounts to have been constructed in the year 59,5, and in
others in the year 1018 ; but
as far as the general tradition may be relied
on, it
seems most probable that they were the work of the sixth or seventh
centuries. This opinion derives confirmation from the fact, that during this
period idol worship increased in Japan. Abundance oF idols and idol
carvers, and priests, arrived
in that quarter from several countries beyond
sea ; and local traditions assert, that at that time similar emigrations first
took place to Java and the eastern islands.*

Déwa

* quot; King Me succeeded his brother (as Emperor of Japan) in the year of Synmu,oî Christ 54-0.
quot; He was a very religious prince, and very favourably inclined to the foreign pagan
Budsdo-
worship, which during his reign spread with great success in Japan, insomuch that the em-
peror himself caused several temples to be built to foreign idols, and ordered the idol of
quot; Buds, or Fotoge, to be carved in Fakkusai, that is in China.

quot; My Japanese author mentions what follows, as something very remarkable, and says, that
quot; it happened in the thirty-first year of his reign, and contributed very much to the advance-
quot; ment of the
Budsdo religion. About a thousand years ago, says my author, there was in
quot; Tsiutensiku (that is the middle Tensiku, whereby must be understood the countiy of the
quot; Malabarians and the coast of Coromandel in India) an eminent
fotoke called Mokuren, a
quot; disciple of
Siaha. About the same time the doctrine of Jambaden Gonna Niorai (that is,
quot; Amida the great god and patron of departed souls) was brought over into China, or Fakkusai,
and spread into the neighbouring countries. This doctrine, continues be, did now manifest
itself also in
Tsinokuni, or Japan, at a place called Nardwa, where the idol of Amida appeared
« at the entry of a pond, environed with golden rays, nobody knowing how it was conveyed
« thither. The pious emperor, in memory of this miraculous event, instituted the first
Nengo in
quot; Japan, and called it
Konquo. The idol itself was by Tondo Josijmitz, a prince of great courage
quot; and piety, carried into the country of
Sinanamp;f and placed in the temple of Sinquosi, where
quot; it afterwards, by the name of
Sinquosi Norai (that is the Norai or Amida of Sinquosi) wrought
many great miracles, which made that temple famous all over the empire. Thus far my
quot; Japanese author. He was succeeded by his son,
Fit Atzu, or Fint Atz, in the year of

quot; Synmu

Jaug\'gala.
A. J, 846.

-ocr page 171-

\' Dewa Kasuma is represented by the Javan writers to have been a prince of
great talent and enlarged views, and by his mild and benificent government
to have induced many
of his relations to submit to his authority,
which in a short time extended over all the provinces eastward of
Jaxvana. But the most interesting fact related of him is, that he sent
his children, consisting of four sons and a daughter, to India (KUng^^
in order that they might there be educated and instructed in the religion of
Brdma ; from whence the eldest son having married the daughter of one of
the greatest princes of the
country, returned to Java with three large ships,
laden with
longcloth and other valuable manufactures, and bringing with
him able artists of different professsions, and a thousand chosen troops pre-
sented

« Synmu 1232, of Christ 572. My author makes no mention of his age, but sets down the
quot; following remarkable events which happened during his reign. In the third year of his reign,
on the first day of the first month, was born at the emperor\'s court
Sotoktais, the great
quot; apostle of the Japanese. His birth was preceded and attended with several remarkable
quot; circumstances.

« The idol worship in general increased greatly in Japan during the emperor\'s reign.
« Abundance of idols,
and idol carvers, and priests, came from several countries beyond sea.

« In the eighth year of his reign the first image of Siaka was brought over from beyond sea,
quot; and carried to
Nara into the temple of Kobusi, where it is still kept in great veneration,
quot; possessed of the chief and most eminent place in that temple.

quot; In the fourteenth year of his reign one Moria, a great antagonist and professed enemy of
quot; Sotoktais, occasioned great troubles and religious dissensions in the empire. He bore a
quot; mortal hatred to all the
Fotoge or idols of the country, which he took out ofthe temples and
quot; burnt wherever he could come at them-: but within two years time his enemies got the better
quot; of him, for he was overcome, and paid with his life for his presumptuous enterprise. It is
quot; added, that having thrown the ashes of the ido]s, which he had
burnt, into a lake, there
\'\' arose suddenly a most dreadful storm of thunder, lightning,
and ram.

History oj Japan by Kempfer, vol. I. page 167.

It is remarkable, that a peculiar people seem to have traversed Mexico in the follow-
ing century, and according to Humboldt in like manner to have left behmd them traces
of cultivation and civilization. quot; The
Toultecs quot; says that eminent author, quot; appeared
quot; first in 648, the
CMchimecs in 1170, the Nahualtics in 1178, and the Aztecs in 1196.
quot; The
Toultecs introduced the cultivation of maize and cotton; they built cities, made
^ roads, and constructed those great pyramids which are yet admired, and of which the faces
« are very accurately laid out. They
knew the use of hieroglyphical paintings ; they could
found metals and cut the hardest stones, and they bad a solar year more perfect than that
quot; of the Greeks or Romans The form of their government indicated that they were the de-
quot; scendants of a people, who had experienced great vicissitudes in their social state.quot;
But where,quot; asks Humboldt, quot; is the source of
that cultivation ; where is the country from
which the
Toultecs and Mexicans issued T\'^Btunboms Political Essay on Nm S^ain,

.Jans\'gala.
A. J. 846.

-ocr page 172-

history of java,

sented to him hy his father-in-law as a body guard. How far this relation
is correct it may be difficult to determine; and a suspicion may even be
entertained, that it was a fiction invented by national vanity, for the
purpose of concealing from posterity the successful invasion of foreign
adventurers. What we know for certain is, that during the reign of the
reputed sons of this prince, the Hindu religion, institutions, and literature,
with the ornaments of continental India, were very generally introduced
and diffused ; and it is from this date that we may speak with some degree
of confidence as to history.

Déwa Kasüma, on the return of his children from India, divided his
kingdom among them. To the eldest.
Ami Luhur, he gave the succession
to
Jang\'gdla, with a jurisdiction of limited extent; to Ami Jdya he gave
the country of
Gegélang or Singa Sdri; to Lémbu Meng\'drang he gave
the country
N\'gardwan or Browémo, and to Lémbu Ami Luhér he gave
the country of
Dahd or Kediri; so that, when he died, the island of Java
became divided into four kingdoms. His daughter, who was the eldest of
his children, and named
Déwi Kili Suchi, remained unmarried, and per-
formed a conspicuous part in the transactions of those days. The temples
at
Singquot;a Sdri, the ruins of which still remain, are stated to have been
constructed by that
princess.

The reign of Ami Luhür is celebrated for the extensive intercourse
which at this period took place with foreign nations, and still more on
account of the exploits and adventures of his son,
Bdnji Ino Kérta Pdti
the issue of his marriage with the Indian princess, and who, under the
name of Pdnji, became the most renowned hero of Javan story. The
adventures of
Pdnji are described in numerous romances, which form the
subject of still more numerous dramatic exhibitions, and constitute a
principal portion of the polite literature, as well as of the popular
amusement
of Java. In these romances the hero is represented as devoted to love and
war. At an early age he marries
Angréné or Séhar\'tdji, the daughter of his
father^s^
Pepdti, to whom he is passionately attached. His father desirous
of uniting him with his cousin, the daughter of the chief of
Kediri, causes
the first object of his affections to be put to death. Pdnji on this embarks
with the dead body, and a storm arising, most of the vessels which accom-
panied him being lost, he is supposed to have perished. He, however,
reaches the island
Tandhang in safety, and after burning the body of his
lamented
Angréné, proceeds with all the followers he can muster to Bdlt,

where

88

Jang\'gala,
A.
J. 846,

Cotemporary
kingdoms of
Singa Sari, Ke-
diri and Bro-
werno.

Ami Luhar,

Panji.

-ocr page 173-

where he assumes the name of Kldna Jdyang SdrL Having obtained assis- Jang\'gsia.
tance from the prince of the island,
Anddya Prdna, and received in mar-
riage the princess his daughter, usually known under the name of the
Putri or princess of Bdli, he crosses to Balambdngan, the most eastern
province of Java, and also uniting in marriage with the princess of that
country, he obtains numerous auxiliaries, and moves westward to
Kediri,
in quest of the princess Chandra Kirdna, the fame of whose beauty and
accomplishments had been widely celebrated. Here, in consequence of
his change of name, and the general belief that he had perished in the
storm, he is considered as a
powerful Raja from Sdbrang, or the opposite
shore, and joining the chief of
Kediri, he secretly makes himself known to
his daughter and marries her.

According to some of these romances, a prince from Nusa Kdnchdna, or
the Golden Isle, with numerous followers, and accompanied by two prin-
cesses from
Nusa Retna, arrives at Jang\'gala about this period, and giving
himself out for the long-lost
Pdnji, imposes on the credulity of the father,
who receives him as his son. This prince is represented as the son of a
Bramdna possessing supernatural gifts, which enable him to succeed in the
deception, and is said to have been lord of many rajas, among whom were
Bdka, Morddda, and many others who are named. He is reported
to have had a sister, named
Angrena Sudra, excelling in beauty, and in
every respect resembling the princess
Angrene, who with her nurse accoin-
panied his four wives and numerous concubines to Java.

Kldna Jdyang Sdri now resuming his name as the real Pdiyi, his father»
the prince of
Jang\'gdla, proceeded to Kediri with the auxiliaries brought
over by the impostor, when a combat takes place between the two princes,
and the true
Pdnji becomes manifest.

According to other accounts, the storm in which Pdriji was supposed to
have perished, occurred when the princess
Angrene was living. She is
cast on the
Bdli shore, where assuming a male habit, and becoming a
favourite of the prince, she in time obtained the sovereignty of that island
under the title of
Jdya Angeling Bdra, Pdnji is thrown on the south shore
of Java, and afterwards sent by his father to reduce the refractory chief of
Bdli, in whom he recognizes Angrene. In another romance his second
wife,
Chdndra Kirdnay is represented as becoming chief of under the
title of
KMa Narawdng\'a.

VOL. II.nbsp;Nnbsp;It

A. J. 846.
Panji.

L

-ocr page 174-

It is also related, that, about this period the Prince of Scnga^sari being
attacked by the
Bdlians under Kldna Mn^ga Pdspita, and defeated in an
engagement near
Ardra Biddliy applied for assistance to Jang\'gdla and
Browérno. The forces sent as auxiliaries Ïïom Jang\'gdla were defeated,
and it was not until the arrival of a celebrated warrior from
Browérno, that
the
Bdlians were obliged to retreat. The river which flowed by the scene
of action still bears the name
Kdli Géti, from its stream having been con^

verted into blood on this occasion.

With regard to the Raja of Nésa Kanchdna, it is related that he possessed

verv extensive influence over all the islands of Sdbrang, He is sometimes
called
Kldna Tdnjung Péra, and said to have obtained his authority by
means of a Bramdna, named Kdnda or Sakéndo, and sometimes Satirtt,
who performed a severe penance on the island TamUna. His first esta-
blishment was at
Goa on Celebes; afterwards he attained supreme power :
every island which he visited submitted to his sway. He established himself
on Sumatra, in the country which has since been called
PaUmhang, whence
he waged war against Java, in order to obtain the celebrated princess of
Bdha in marriage. In other accounts, again, this prince is supposed to
have been the son of
the chief of Browérno on Java, carried off when an
infant by a
Bramdna, who left his own son in his place.

In the dramatic performances of the Bdlians, Kldna Tdnjung Pura is the
same with
Si Maldyu, which means a wanderer, and from which it has
been supposed probable that the
Maldyus have derived their name.

The poetical latitude given to the compositions which describe the life
and adventures of
Pdnji, leaves it doubtful whether he was in fact the real
son of a Javan prince, or sosne aspiring adventurer from India, whose
attachment the chief of
Jang\'gdla might have found it his interest to
secure. In
the dramatic exhibitions of the same subject, it is difficult to
decide
whether the heroes of the piece are intended to represent the real
personages whose
names appear in history, or whether they are merely
invested with historical titles, for
the purpose of giving dignity to fictitious
characters.

Some idea may be formed of the reverence in which Pdnjt is held by the
Javans, from their representing him as an incarnation of
Vishnu, and
his second wife,
Chdndra Kirdna, under the name of Déwi Gdlu, as an

incarnation of Sri-nbsp;.

This

Jang\'asJa.
A.S. 846.

Panji.

-ocr page 175-

This belief, together with the miraculous transformations and supernatural jang\'gaia
events attributed to the interference of the Hindu deities, while heightening
the colours of these comp\'ositions may have rendered
them more popular
subjects for dramatic exhibition, but it has deprived them of nearly all au-
thenticity and value as historical records. Perhaps the only inferences, with
respect to the hero of them, which we can
be justified in drawing, is that
the prowess, enterprizes, and accomplishments of this chieftain, who has
been termed the Charlemagne of the East, far excelled those of his cotem-
poraries, and that he visited
Bdli. It appears also, that during this period
some
government was established in the other islands of the Archipelago,
in which a similarity of religion, character, and usages prevailed. As de-
scriptive of the manners and customs of the country, and as affording
incontestable evidence, not only of the existence of the Hindu religion on
Java, but of its universal difilision as the prevailing worship of these islands
at this period of their history, these traditionary remains possess a high
value
J and with the traces of foreign influence still to be found in their
languages, and in the numerous monuments of the arts, will materially
contribute to the
development of their earlier history, while they throw-
light on the character of the people, and the progress that had been made in
civilization.

The krh is believed to have been first introduced into the Eastern Islands
by
Fdnji; and some go so far as to assert, that all the countries in which it
is now worn acknowledged his supremacy. The
gdmelan, or musical instru-
ments of the Javans, together with the various dramatic exhibitions which
still form so essential a part of the
popular amusement, and compose so dis-
tinguishing a characteristic of national literature, are all supposed to
have
been introduced by him.

The adventures of Patyi are related in the Malayan romances, where
that hero is represented under the appellation of
CheJcel Wdning Pdti (lite-
rally, « when young brave to death quot;), and in the Malayan annals a parti-
cular account is given of a chief of
Sdbrang, who, according to their story,
obtained the princess
Chandra Kirdna in marriage.^

N 2nbsp;About

* In these annals, the princess Chandra Kirana of Doha is represented as being demanded
in marriage by the son of the Mahometan
Raja of Malaca, and the story, in which an account
is evidently given of a visit to Java at a much later period of its history, blended with the
earlier romances of Java, after detailing the particulars by which the prince of
Tanjung-pura
became Raja of Majapdhit, is thus told :

quot; The

-ocr page 176-

About this period the first intercourse with China is beheved to have
taken place : a large Chinese
wdnglcang was wrecked on the north coast of
Java, and the crew landed, some near Japdra, others at Semdrang and
Tégal. The writer of the vessel is represented as bringing with him a
magical stone, by which he performed many wonderful effects, and by
means of which he ingratiated himself with the chief of
Tégal, who allow-
ed him to collect the remainder of his crew into a regular establishment,
and conferred upon them many privileges.

The accounts regarding the succession of Pdtiji to the throne of his
father are very discordant. In some he is reprèsented as having succeeded
on his death, and having continued to administer the government for several
years j in others, he is represented as dying prematurely, during the life-
time of his father:
Prdba Jdya Sa?igdra, chief of Madéra (then called
Nusa Antdra, or the island lying between), jealous of the power of Jang*-
gdla,
is said to have landed, and in a desperate action killed Pdnji with
an arrow from his own bow, in fulfilment of a prophecy which foretold that
he would be invulnerable, except to the iron staff of
Jdya Langkdra, of

which,

quot; The Batara had a daughter,: named Raden Galu Chandra Kirana, whose beauty was cele-
quot; brated far and wide, and many
Rajas sought her in marriage. Her fame reached Malaca,
quot; and Sultan Mansur became enamoured of her by description. He ordered PaduJca Raja,
quot; the Bendahara, to fit out a fleet of five hundred large prahus with innumerable small ones.
quot; At
Singapura were fitted out a hundred with three masts, and at Singi Raya as many more
quot; of the same sort.

quot; Then the prince selected forty nobles of the country, and forty virgins of noble family,
f He summoned
Maha Raja Merlang of Indragiri, and the Raja of Pdémhang, the Raja of
quot; Jambi, and the Raja of Linga, to attend him to Majapahit; all the young warriors at-
quot; tending the prince, and all the great men remaining for the government of the
quot; country.

quot; When they reached Majapahit, they were well received by the Batara. At this time the
quot; Rajas of Daha and Tanjungpura, the younger brothers of the prince, were present at
quot; Majapahit.

quot; Among the chieftains who accompanied the Raja of Malaca was the celebrated Hang
quot; Tuah
or Laxamana, who was highly admired and exhibited wonderful feats.

quot; The Batara gave his daughter, Chandra Ktrana, in marriage to the Raja of Malaca; and
quot; the Batara, delighted with his son-in-law, caused him to be placed on a seat of equal
quot; honour with himself, both on pubhc occasions and at meals.

quot; Then being about to depart, the Raja requested to be presented with the kingdom of
quot; Indra-giri, vs\'hich was accordingly given to him. He then bestowed Siantan on Laxamana,
quot; from which time the rulers of Siantan are descendants of Laxamana.

quot; By the princess he had a son, named Raden Galang^ who was killed one day by a man

running amok.quot;Malayan Annals,

Jang\'gala.
A. 3.846.

PanJi.

-ocr page 177-

which, it is added, this prince had manufactured his arrow. The account
of this affair, as related in the
Madûra traditions, is as follows.

quot; Then the prince of Nûsa Antdra, called Kldna Prdbu Jaya, consulted
quot; with
Gûru Bramdna Kdnda, and others of his council, on the probability
quot; of his being acknowledged as chief prince over the adjacent countries.
« Guru observed, that while Dêwa Kasûma lived he could not permit the
« attempt ; but the prince informing him that intelligence had been received
« of the death of that prince, then said, \'
Gûru, it is well; you are permitted
« «to effect
your object by force, if necessary, butin the first instance try
« \' négociation.\' A letter written on the leaf of a tree was then dispatched,
and when the messenger arrived at
Jang\'gdla, he found the prince
« Angrdma Wijdya seated on his setingel, attended by his patéhs, Kûda
quot; Nawdrsa
and Brdja Ndta. At that time they were discussing the prince\'s
« intention of transferring his title to his son,
Ino Kérta Pati* The ques-
quot; tion was not decided when the messenger appeared. The prince declined
« reading the letter himself, but desired his minister to do so. As soon as
« Brdja Ndta read the demand of the prince of Nusa Antdra to be acknow-
quot; ledged the superior, and the threat that he would lay waste the lands of
« Jav^a in case of
refusal, he became enraged to the highest degree, and
without communicating the contents tore the letter, and seizing the
quot; messenger by the neck, threw the pieces in his face, and desired him to
quot; return to his master. After his departure
Ino Kérta Pâti arrived, and
quot; being apprized of the circumstances, entreated his father to permit him
to go over in disguise to
Nusa Antdra.

quot; On the return of the messenger to Nusa Antdra, he reported the result
« of his mission, when preparations were immediately made for the attack
« upon
Jang\'gdla, and the chief, on this occasion, received the title of
quot; Jdya Sankdra. But before the troops had departed, Ino Kérta Pâti con-
« trived to carry off from the palace the wife of the prince, named
Dewi
lt;« sinawdti, which raised the enmity of the parties to the highest pitch.

quot; The prince of Jang\'gdla, when he was informed of these preparations,
quot; summoned his brothers from Ng\'ardwan and Singa Sdri, who resolved
quot; to unite with him against the expected attack. The three princes were in
« conversation, when information was brought them that the hostile troops
« had landed in great numbers. Then they drew out their people, and a
« battle ensued with the prince of
Nûsa Antdra, who lost many chiefs and

followers.

* Panji.

Jang\'gala.
A. J. 846.

Panji.

BP

-ocr page 178-

history of java.

« followers. This prince finding the battle going against him, recollected
quot; the advice of
Guru Bramdna Kdnda, the loss of his wife, and the many
quot; insults he had received from
Ino Kérta Bdti\\ then throwing off his
quot; princely attire, he disguised himself as a common man, and arming him-
quot; self with an arrow mixed with the people of
Jang\'gdla, and went in
quot; search of
Ino Kérta Pdti. He had no sooner found him, than he dis-
quot; charged his arrowy and
Ino Kérta Pdti fell dead, it having been foretold
quot; that this chief could not be killed except by the iron staflf\' of
Jdya
quot; Langkdra,
of which the prince of Nusa Antdra had made his arrow,
quot; kris, and knife.

quot; Brdja Ndta immediately acquainted his prince with the fall of Ino
quot; Kérta Pdti,
who thereupon rose and rushed into the thickest of the fight.
quot; The prince of Jang\'gdla attacked the prince of Nusa Antdra with his
« kris, and slew him. Guru Bramdna Kdnda seeing his prince slain
quot; wished to escape, but his supernatural power was no more ; and bein^
quot; seized by the prince of
Jang\'gdla, he was put to death, with all the
quot; people
0Î Nusa Antdra, who did not save themselves by flight. There-
« upon
Agrdma Wijdya assembled his council as before the war, and
quot; seated upon his
setmgel declared, that as Ino Kérta Pati was no more, it
quot; was his intention to nominate his grandson,
Mdisa Laléan, to succeed
quot; him.
Mdisa Laléan accordingly became chief of Jang\'gata in the year
«
m, and after a time made his uncle, Brdja Ndta, Tumûnggumr of
quot; Jang\'gala, and retired himself to the district of Kédu. He had a\'\'son
« named
Banjdran Sari, who succeeded him, after whom were Mudl
« ningkmg,
and Muda Sdri, who had a son Rdden Pdnkas, who suc-
quot; ceeded to the government of Java in the year 1084. This prince esta-
quot; Wished his capital at
Pajajdran.quot;

The fame of Pdnji naturally throws the other events of the day into the
back-ground, and whatever credit may be due to the earlier administration
of his successor, it is eclipsed by the brilliancy of his exploits. But it seems
agreed that ^M^öf
ov Mdisa Laléan, who is the next prince in the line of
succession of whom tradition makes mention, at an
early period of his reio-n
induced the separate authorities which had been established at
Browérno,
Singa Sdri,
and Kediri, to acknowledge the supremacy of Jang\'gdla.
Having, however, come to the throne at a tender age, and being under
the influence of a crafty and designing minister, named
Bdka, who with
one of the brothers of the prince entered into a league to deprive him of

his

94

Jang\'gala.
A.J. 846.

Panji.

A. J. 927.
Kada Laléan,

-ocr page 179-

his inheritance, he quitted his capital, and on the dismemberment of his Mendang Ka-
eastern kingdom became the founder of a new one in the west. The causes
which induced him to leave his capital are related to have been a dreadful
sickness, which at that period prevailed in the eastern districts of Java, and
the designs of his minister, who hoped to possess the means of aggrandizing
himself in the attempt to form a new establishment. The first eruption of
the mountain
Klüt, of which tradition makes mention, is recorded to have
taken place at this time, when the discharges from it are represented quot; to
** have been like thunder, and the ashes to have involved the country in

impenetrable darkness.quot; The sickness having continued to prevail after
the departure of the prince, the inhabitants who had remained at an early
period are said to have embarked in vessels and proceeded to sea, no one
knowing whither they went or hearing more of them.

Kuda Laléan, accompanied by his mother Chandra Kirdna, proceeded
west as far as
Blora, where he laid the foundation of a new capital, under
the designation of
Méndang Kamülan, the name of the ancient capital of
the island. From thence, however, owing to the treachery of his minister
Bdlca, who aspired to the sovereignty^ he was soon obh\'ged to äy, and to
take refuge with a devotee,
until the chief of Giling Wési, named Praic
Chdtor,
going to war with Balm, an opportunity was afforded him of
regaining his authority. Uniting with the forces of that chief, he succeeded
in overpowering
BdJm, and laying waste his capital, which he afterwards
burnt.

This Bahd is said to have had a criminal passion for his own daughter,
and in consequence of her refusing to gratify his desires, to have secreted
her in an adjoining forest. In his service was a man named
Bändung Pra-
Tcusa,
descended from Aru Bdndung of Balamhdngan, and also from Käran
Kdlang,
the last chief of Brambdnan. This man aspired to obtain the
daughter in marriage. The father consented to the match, on condition
that he would remove the temples from the old site to the new
Méndang
Kamulan.
Having made the usual offerings at the Sdng\'gar, and done
penance for forty days without sleeping, in the middle of the last night,
when his
tdpa was all but accomplished, it happened that a maiden rose in
her sleep, and without awaking, began to beat the rice block. On this
considering it day-light, he quitted his penance, and finding the stars still
bright, he called down a curse on the women of
Brambdnan, that they
should never be married till their hair was grey. This man is then said to

have

-ocr page 180-

have been transformed into a dog, or in other words, to have become a
wanderer as a dog in the forests, where he met with the daughter of
Bdka.
From their intercourse is born a son, who in time destroys his father and
marries his mother. From this union the people known at this day by the
tenn
Kdlang trace their descent, although it is more generally believed
that they are the real descendants of the first inhabitants of the island.

The brother of Kuda Laléan, Chitra Arung Bdya, also called Chamdra
Gdding,
being deceived hj Bdka, formed a party at Jung*gdla, and em-
barked from thence for the island of Celebes, where he established himself,
and is supposed to be the same with
Sawira Gdding, the first prince of
whom the
Bugis accounts make mention.

Kuda Laléan having been requested by the chiefs of Bdnyu Mas, Lé\'
rung Téng\'a, and Tégal, to render them assistance against the Chinese
who by their extortions and oppressions had thus early become troublesome
to the people of the country, attacked them, and killing their chief relieved
the inhabitants of these districts from their oppressions. From this period
the Chinese have been dispersed over the whole island.

Kuda Laléan with his followers then proceeded westward, as far as Giling
Wési,
which was situated in the southern provinces among the mountains of
CMddmar, a district of the modern province of Suhdpura, and in the fabu-
lous
and mythological accounts supposed to have been the ancient capital
of
Wdtu \'Génung. Finding two brass cannon in the neighbourhood, he
considered them as the signal for the foundation of his new capital, and
built a city and
krdton on the spot, to which he gave the name of Pajaja-
ran,
where assuming the sovereignty of the country he was acknowledged
under the title of
Bromjdya Mdisa Tandrdman.

This prince was a great promoter of agriculture, and encouraged the
common people in the labours of cultivation by his personal example. He
was the first who introduced the rice husbandry into the western provinces,
and trained the buffalo to the yoke, from which circumstance he is called
Maisa, and his descendants Ménding, both signifying a buffalo, the former
in the Javan and the latter in the
Sünda language. According to the tra-
dition of the
Siindas, the wild buffaloes came from the woods of their own
accord during the reign of this chief.

This prince had two sons, the elder of whom not contented to remain at
home, engaged in foreign commerce and went beyond sea j and the younger

succeeded

Pajajaran.
A.J. 1084.

Kuda Laléan,

-ocr page 181-

succeeded his father, in the year 1112, under the title of Prdbu Mdnding
Sdri.

It was seven years before he was enabled permanently to establish his
authority ; and soon after he had done so, his elder brother returned, who
having resided in India and having become a convert to the Mahometan
faith, is known by the title of
Hdji Puruoa. He was accompanied by an
Arab from the country of
Kouje, who was descended from Sdyed Abds, and
attempted in vain to convert his brother and family to the same faith. The
troubles which were occasioned by their intrigues, and the endeavours
which they used to effect their purpose, and which are allegorically des-
cribed by the rapid growth and destructive effects of the
lagondi plant,
were such as led to the removal of the capital further westward. In this
new site it still retained the name of
Pajajdran, being situated in the dis-
trict of
Bogor and in the vicinity of the modern Buitenzorg, the country
residence of the European governor of the colony.

Hdji Purwa being unsuccessful in his attempts, and fearing the rage of
the common people, quitted this part of the country, and is believed to have
found an asylum
in Cheribon, then an uninhabited wilderness.

This is the first mention of the Mahometan religion on Java.

The next chief of Pajajdran was Mdnding Wdng\'i, who succeeded to
the government about the year II79. He had four legitimate children;
the eldest a daughter, who refusing to be married was banished to the
southern coast, where her spirit is still invoked, under the title of
Ratu
Kidul\'y
the second, also a daughter, was born white and diseased, and was
in consequence sent to an island off
Jakatra (named from this circumstance
Pulu Putri), from whence she is said to have been carried away by the
white men, who according to the Javan writers traded to the country about
this period; the third a son, named
Aria Babdng\'a, who was appointed R^a
of Gdlu ƒ and the fourth Raden Tanduran, who was destined to be his
successor in the government. He had also a son by a concubine ; but
in consequence of the declaration of a devotee, who had been unjustly
executed by
Munding Wdng\'i, that his death would be avenged whenever
the prince should have a child so born, he was desirous of destroying him
in his infancy, but not being able, on account of the extreme beauty of the
child, to bring himself to kill it with his own hands, he
enclosed it in a box,
and caused it to be thrown by one of his
Mdntris into the river Krdwang,
VOL. n.nbsp;Onbsp;The

Pajajaran,
A. J. 1112,

Munding Sari.

A.J. 1179.

Munding
Wang\'i.

-ocr page 182-

98

ïajajaran. i^^e box being carried down the stream was discovered by a fisherman, who
brought up the child as his own, until he arrived at twelve years of age.
Finding him then to possess extraordinary abilities, he carried him to
Pqjajdran for further instruction, and placed him under the charge of his
brother, who was skilled in the working of iron and steel. To the boy he
gave the name of
Banidh Wédi.

The youth soon excelled in the manufacture of all kinds of iron-work,
and in the wild tradition of the country, he is said to have fashioned the
red hot iron with his fingers. In a short time he was made chief of the
Pdndi, or ironsmiths, and admitted to the familiar intercourse of his father,
Munding Wangi. Having constructed an iron chamber or cage, which
particularly
attracted the attention of the prince, he succeeded in persuading
him to
sleep in it, when closing the door, he according to some accounts
burned him alive, or according to others caused him to be thrown into
the South Sea at
Kdndang Wési, thus fulfilling the prophecy of the
devotee.

Chiongwanara. Bauidk Wédi now assumed the government, declaring who he was ; but
being opposed by his brother,
Tanduran, who had been destined to succeed
his father, it was some time before his authority was acknowledged. At
length defeating his brother in a general engagement, the latter escaped
with only three
followers, Banidk Wédi was declared sovereign, under
the title of
Browijdya Cliibng Wandra.

Rdden Tandùran arriving at the river Guntung, took refuge at the house
of a widow, and afterwards meeting with his sister, who was performing a
penance on the mountain
Chérmai (the mountain of Chéribpn), he was
encouraged by her to proceed further east, following the course of a
bird which she desired that he would let loose for the purpose, till he
reached the district of
Wirasdha. Here he observed a plant, called the
entwined round a tree. He wished to eat of the fruit, but finding it
extremely bitter threw it away, and asked one of his followers,
Kidi Wira,
thé reason of its bitterness. « I have heard,quot; replied Kidi Wira,
** that it was here your forefathers fought in the war Brdta Yûdha.\'\' On
which the prince said, quot; Then let us stop here and establish our kingdom,
« and let us call it
Majapdhit.quot; This was in the Javan year 1221.

A.3VI23Î. In the Javan language mdja^wà pdhit hoûx ûgnify « bitter;quot; but the
Tand«- ^^^ ^^ kingdom, also called Mauspdhit, is more probably derived

from

-ocr page 183-

from Maus Fdti, the anqient capital of Arjuna Wijdya, in whom the Javans
believe
Vishnu to have been incarnate.

Uaden Tanduran was first assisted by the people of Tühan, who hearing of
the arrival of a prince of royal descent, immediately flocked to his standard.
Afterwards
Aria Bahdng\'a, who had been driven from Gdlu by the forces of
Chiang Wandra, joined his younger brother, Bdden Tanduran, and was
appointed to the charge of the eastern districts along the
Solo river, under
the title of
Aria Panular, In a short time considerable emigrations took
place from
Pajajaran, in consequence of the heavy demands made upon the
people. Among others,
Brdma Beddli at the head of eighty Pdndi, or iron-
smiths, with their families, are said to have deserted their country. They
■lt;vere pursued as far as the river
Pamdli in Brébes, but effected their escape,
and were received with open arms at
Majapdhit.

Chiong Wandra, on demanding that the Pdtidi should be delivered up,
received a positive refusal, and in consequence declared war against his half
brother, whose authority by this time extended as far as
Bdtang. Both
princes, with their respective armies, moved towards the centre of the
island : the forces of
Majapdhit encamped at Ung\'drang, and those of
Pajajdran at Kaliwüngu. A general engagement now took place j which
proving
indecisive, a personal combat between the two chiefs was about to
occur, when it was mutually agreed, that from thenceforth the countries to
the west should be subject to
Pajajdran, and those to the east to Majapdhit,
a line being drawn due south from a stone column placed near the spot in
commemoration of the agreement. This column* is still to be seen at
Tugu,
a few miles west of Semardng. This treaty, supposed to have been made
in the Javan year 124^7,
does not appear to have lasted longer than the life
time of
Chiong Wandra ; for several of the finest provinces, and particularly
those to the east
of Chi Pamdli, had been laid waste, and the succeeding
chiefs
not being able to reduce the country to order and submission, appear
to have placed themselves under the immediate protection of
Majapdhit.
They accordingly delivered up the gun ng\'ai Storni, and several of smaller
calibre, which were considered as
thepusdka (inheritance or regalia) of Paja-
jdran,
and are still held sacred by the princes of Java. The gun stomt is
now in the possession of the
Susuhunan.

An ineffectual attempt was made by Rdtu Déwa, a native of Kuning\'an in
Chéribon, who, on the departure of Aria Babang\'a, had been entrusted with

02nbsp;the

* See plate, Antiquities.

Majapalut.
A.J.1221.

— 1247.

L

-ocr page 184-

history of java.

SSquot; administration of Gdlu, to maintain an authority independent of Maja.
pdhit\',
but he lost his life in the struggle, and his widow, TorUta, who
persevered, and was for a time successful, was at length overcome, and went
over to
MajapdhiL*

Adif-

* According to the traditions of the Sunda people, these two brothers, Chiong Wanara and
Raden Tanduran, were descended from a prince of Galu, and their empires were divided by the
river of
Breles, thence called Chi Pamali, or the River of Prohibition,

quot; Raja Galu, otherwise known by the name of Raja Pamakds, and whQse country was called
Bajong Galu, had two sons, named Raden Aria Bang\'a and Tanduran. There was a pestilence
in those days, which, carrying off great numbers of the inhabitants, caused the prince to be
much afflicted in his mind; whereupon, sending for his
pateh (or minister), he thus addressed
him : \' Go thou to
Bukit Padang, and call one there named Si Ajar, failing not to bring him
\' along with thee, as it may perhaps be in his power to administer relief to my distressed and
\' suffering subjects.\' The
patSh immediately took leave of his Sovereign, and repaired
forthwith to
BuUt Padang, to summon Si Ajar, who soon after appeared before the Raja
presenting him with some herbs which he had brought for that purpose. When Si Ajar had\'
seated himselfnbsp;anner before the monarch, the latter thus addressed him • \'A\'

« a great pestilence at present rages in the country, and makes great havock amongst my
\' subjects ; it is therefore that I have sent for thee, in hopes that thou mayest be able to put
\' a stop to the mortahty which now prevails.\'
Ajar immediately replied, \' O Raja, it is my
\' opinion, that he to whom the country belongs is the proper person to do what is requisite
\' for the good of it and its inhabitants.\' When the
Raja heard these words, he was exceedingly
wroth;nbsp;hat he was on the point of putting
jljar to instant death when the latter

thus addressed him ; \' Prince ! if you are determined to kill me, I resign my life, but depend
\' upon it you will be made to answer for it, and that by your own son.\'
Si ^r then returned
to
Buhit Padang, whereupon Raja Galu thus spoke to his paleh ; \' Repair instantly to BuMt
Padang,
and put Si Ajar to death; let him not longer live.\' The patih accordingly went, and
having executed the
Raja\'s orders, returned and reported the circumstance to his prince,
who felt much joy on the occasion. Shortly after this the
Raja\'s concubine became pregnant\',
and when her time was come she was delivered of a son, whose features were exquisitely
beautiful. When the prince was informed of this, he desired the child might be brought to
him. The prince no sooner cast his eyes upon it, than he thought of the words of
Si Ajar ;
upon which he administered a dose of poison to the child, which however did not cause its
death. He then told hispati^h to take the child, and having put it in a basket, to send it
floating down the river. The pat^h took the child, and having disposed of it as he was
ordered, returned and made his master very happy by the report of what he had done. The
basket in which the child was turned adrift on the river
Chitandui being stopped by some
stakes placed there by a fisherman, named
Ke Balangantrang, it was picked up and carried
home by hira. He was highly pleased with the child, and adopted it, and gave it the name
0? Ke Jakah, and cherished it till it arrived at the age of manhood. Ke Jakah then invited
his reputed father to accompany him to
Bajong Galu. They had nearly got half way, when
Ke Ja^aA looked up and saw a bird fly past. He asked Ke Balangantrang what might be the
name of that bird ? and was told
that it was called chiong (the black minor of India). Ke

quot; Jakah

IDO

-ocr page 185-

A different account of the first establishment of the Majapdhit empire is
given in a manuscript recently obtained from
Bdli, which may deserve

attention,

« Jakah then saw a form like that of a human being, and inquiring what it was, he was told that
quot; it was a
wanara (monkey). Ke Jakah then exclaimed, quot; if such is the case, then must my

quot; \' name be Chiong Wanara.\'

« After this the travellers prosecuted their journey, and in due time arrived at Bajong Galu,
quot; where they went to the house of a relation o£ Ke Balangantrang, named KeHaziali, the chief

quot; of all the blacksmiths. Chiong Wanara was then delivered over hy Ke Balangantrang to Ke Ha.

quot; ziali, who treated him as his own son, and instructed him in the art, in which he soon became

quot; eminent.nbsp;•nbsp;t,

quot; Chiong Wanara had not been long in this new situation, before Raja Galu, hearmg ot the

quot; circumstance, sent for and begged him of the head blacksmith. The Raja in time owned

him for his own son, and was so delighted when he first beheld him, that he sent for his

quot; son, Raden Aria Bang a, and desired him to take every care of his newly-found brother.

quot; A short time after this, Chiong Wanara went to his royal father, and asked him to give

quot; him some hereditary property. When the Raja heard this, he immediately addressed Chiong

quot; Wanara thus : —\' My son, the whole of my property I have bestowed on thy eldest brother,

quot; \' and nothing is left except the head blacksmith, whom thou hadst better accept of.\' Raden

quot; Chiong Wanara said he would take him with much pleasure.

Soon after the head blacksmith came into his possession, Raden Chiong Wanara went

quot; again to his father, and solicited permission (which was granted to him) to construct an iron

quot; cage of very great strength, and of the most exquisite workmanship. Chiong Wanara then

gave orders to his head blacksmith to have this cage made, and all the blacksmiths in the

quot; kingdom having been set about It, it was very soon finished, and had all the strength and

quot; beauty that was intended and wished for. Carpets and cushions, such as princes are accus-

quot; tomed to recline on, were spread within it. Chiong Wanara then went and acquainted

quot; Raja Galu that it was completed, When the Raja saw it, he was greatly pleased, and being

quot; entreated by Chiong Wanara to enter and examine whether or not there might be still

quot; something wanting to render it more complete; without suspecting any treachery, he did

quot; as he was requested. No sooner was he fairly in, than Chiong Wanara closed and locked

quot; the door, saying, at the same time to Raja Galu, \' Now is fulfilled the prediction of Ajar of

quot; \' BuJcit Padang, whom you caused to be unjustly put to death.\' The Raja answered from

within the cage, \' I submit to this just judgment.\'

When Raden Aria Bang a saw his father shut up in the cage, he could not contain his

quot; rage against Chiong Wanara, and a quarrel between the two brothers ensued.

quot; Raja Galu perceiving this, immediately exclaimed, \' For shame! that two brothers should

\'thus fight with each other; such conduct is strictly forbidden by the elders of the

quot; \' people.\'

quot; Without paying any regard to the words or admonition of Raja Galu, the two brothers
quot; engaged in single combat, stabbing, pushing, and striking each other in turn. Both parties
quot; being of equal strength, they continued fighting all the way from the place above described
until they got far to the eastward, when finding themselves fatigued, they suspended the
quot; conflict under a certain tree. Chiong Wanara forthwith asked his brother what the name of

quot; the

Majapahit.
A. J. 1247.

-ocr page 186-

history of java.

attention, in as far as it differs from the usually received opinion in Java.
This account is as follows.

« The

the tree was under which they were : Aria Bang\'a answered, it is called mâja. They then
took one of the fruit, and having split it in two, each took a part. That which
Aria Bang\'a
ate was sweet, but that which Chiang Wanara ate was on the contrary very bitter (paii) ; so
Chiang Wanara called the place Majapait, or as more generally pronounced, Majapdhit.
quot; The combat was then renewed with the same vigour as before, and they continued fighting
towards the westward, until they came to a row of trees
{Jajar), where they halted. On
being asked by his brother the name of those trees,
Chiang JVanara answered paku : Raden
Aria Bang\'a
then said, \' the name of the place must be Pakiian Va-jajar-an \'
quot; The two brothers then recommenced fighting, tillthey came to a river of Brehes, where
being both much fatigued, they rested by the side of it and drank of its water.
quot; Raden ^ria ^awg\'a then said : \' It was declared by our father to be wrong for brothers
\' to fight with each other, it is also contrary to ancient usage, let us therefore put an end
« to this forbidden contest, and let us call this river
Chi Pamali\' (that is to say, the river of
prohibition). The river
Brebes thus obtained the name of Chi Pamali.

quot; Raden Aria Bang\'a then said to his brother : \' do thou go to Pakuan Pajajaran while I go
^ to
Mojapahit: They accordingly separated, Raden Aria Bang\'a proceeding to Majapahit,
and ChimglVanara returning to Baj ong Galu, for. the purpose of visiting his father in the
cage.

« When Chiang Wanara arrived at Bajong Galu and found the cage empty, his astonishment
was very great. He then addressed himself to one of his people, named
Ke Jam-pang, and
asked what was become of
Raja Galu. Ke Jampang replied, \' he went out of the cage of
\' himself, without the assistance of any one, and has returned to his usual place of residence
« at
Surga Luka, where he now is, having assumed the name and title of Guru Putra Hinea
\' Baya.\'nbsp;^

quot; When Chiang Wanara heard all this, he thought he might as well throw away the
empty cage, which he accordingly did, on the beach of the south coast, from whence the
place is called
Tana Kandang Wesi, or the land of the Iron Cage.

quot; Chiong Wanara forthwith invited Ke Jampang to accompany him to Surga Luka, in search
of his father,
Guru Putra Hinga Buya.

« In a short time they arrived at Surga Luha, and Chiang Wanara surrendered himself,
entreating his father\'s forgiveness for what had passed.
Guru Putra then said : \' to a cer\'
\' tainty there must be two kingdoms on the island of Java, of which the (intermediate)
\' boundary will be the river
Pamali. The kingdom of Raden Tandùran will be to the east-
\' ward, and shall be called
Majapahit; that of CUong Wanara will be to the westward, and
lt; shall be called
Pakuan Pajajaran : the latter kingdom will cease first {tunda dahulu).
Whence the people under Chiang Wanara were called Orang Sunda, and their language
Sunda.

quot; Guru Putra then gave Chiang Wanara a black monkey skin jacket, which the latter forth-
with put on, and immediately became in appearance like that animal. He at the
same time
gave him the name of
Guru Minda-sida tanda Prahu lutung Kasarong, and furnished him with
some rice-seed, and appointed
Ke Jampang to be his follower.nbsp;quot;

102

Majapaliit.
\'A. J. 1247.

m

-ocr page 187-

« The history of the kingdom of Tumdpeh being an account of the
origin and rise of the kingdom of
Majapdhit, written on the day Respdti

quot; (Thursday),

« Guru Minda and Ke Jampang then took their departure; and when they came to a place
not far from
Bajong Gain, they set about sowing their rice-seed, distributing it among all
the poor people of the place for that purpose.

« Pandi Chacha Doma, and all the Peng\'gawas, as well as all the people ot Bojo.g Galu,
who were attached to Chmng Wanara at the time he went to see Guru Putra Hinga Baya
oiSurga Luka,
being without a sovereign, went all of them to the eastward, to reside m

the country ofnbsp;„ , . , , , .

When P.«^« Lungnbsp;orders for the sowing of the nee, he and h.

follower, Jampan,, proceeded to a place on the south sea coast callednbsp;Pondolc,

where Ke Jampanghelng left to settle, the place took its name from him, and was ever after
called
Cliutak Jampang.

quot; After Prahu Lutung Kasarong had left Ke Jampang at Kedu Pondolc, he went through the
woods, till coming near
Pakuan Pajajaran he found a very large tree, called pundi, situated
on the banks of the river Cmiwong. He remained under it to rest himself, and gave the
place the name of
Kampung Pundi.

quot; Kuwu Mangkuhiimbi, of Jamhadipa in the district of Jelehu^, had several children, all of
! them females. The youngest was called
Purba Sari, and was established in the interior,
\' near the tree called
gadug, from which the Jcampung so called, took its name.

-nbsp;Having placed his youngest daughter, Furha Sari, in the interior of the country, he was
■ desirous to send out people to shoot birds with a pellet, and accordingly created and appointed
= one a pellet-shooter, who went regularly every day to shoot, agreeably to the order^ of
\' Kwwu Mangkuhumi. One day the pellet-shooter came to the large pundi tree, and observing

on it what he supposed to be a large black monkey, he wished to shoot it; whereupon
Prahu Lutung Kasarong, whom he mistook for the monkey, thus addressed him: \'Don\'t
\' shoot at me ; you had better go home and tell your master to come here to me himself.\'
When the pellet-shooter perceived that the black monkey was gifted with speech, he stood
aghast and astonished beyond measure, and returned immediately to his master to acquaint

him with the circumstance.nbsp;. , t,nbsp;. ,.

-nbsp;KUU.U Manguhuni, together with the pellet-shooter, then repaired to the great pund^

tree. On his arrival there he called to Prabu Lutung Karasong who was upon it. No sooner
did the latter hear the summons, than he descended and talked with the
Kumi, who then took
him home with him, highly delighted at being possessed of so extraordinary and accomplished
a creature. In the course of a short time he wished to present him to his eldest daughter,
and on her refusing to accept of him he offered him to a younger one, but neither would

receive Prabu Lutung Kasarong.nbsp;_

quot; He then gave him to the youngest of all, named Nidi Purba Sari, who accepted nf him

with great pleasure.nbsp;„

Maiapaliit.
A. J. 1247.

\'\' In the course of time, NiaiPurha Sari built a house at Wangim, and the place was alter-
wards called
Kampung Wangun. He then planted some tagur trees, fvom which the place
received the name of
Kampung Tagur. After this, Prahu Lutung Kasarong caused mat Purba
Sari
to remove from the gaduga tree to Kampung Wangmi.

When

-ocr page 188-

« (Thursday), the 10th of the fifth season. Date ms%a rasa tola wanton

quot; (hterally 1465).

^^ When Mai Purba Sari became Prabu Lutung\'s wife, he laid aside the black monkey\'s
\' skm with which he was clothed, and immediately resumed his former and usual beautiful
quot; appearance.

quot; He afterwards received the name of Niang Galarang, and established himself at Pakuan
« Pajajaran,
where the Batutulis (inscribed stone) now is, and which was the seat of go-

vernment of the Maha liaja Pralu Niang Galarang. After this, his wife became pregnant,
quot; and
Prabu Niang Galarang left Pahuan Pajajaran to the care of his Peng\'ga-was, or minister!
quot; of state, and went to
Bulit Padang, where he became a Pandita.

« When the time was come, Niai Purba Sari brought forth a son of the most exquisitely
quot; beautiful features, to whom she gave the name
Silaivangi.

quot; When Silawang\'i s^e^ up, he removed from Pakuan Pajajaran to Sumedang Larang,
quot; where he was soon afterwards married; first to Niai Raden Raja Mlt;,ntu, and then to the
quot; daughter of the
Peng\'gawa of that place, so that he had many wives. He at the same time
quot; received the title of
Baginda Maha Raja Prabu Silaiuang\'i.

quot; Prabu Lutung Kasarong had afterwards two other sons, the elder named Ke Glap N
quot; the younger, Ke Kedang Panjang, both of whom were strong and well-made anr^Ten
quot; they grew up they went with their father to
Sumedang Larang, where they all remLed
quot; with
Pralu Silawang\'i.

« Prabu Silawang\'i, when he had got a number of wives and peng\'gawas, returned to Pakuan
quot; Pajajaran,
bringing them all with him, as also his two sons, and his man Ke Jampang who
quot; was then called Purwa Kala. In returning to Pakuan Pajajaran, Prahu Silawang\'i first went
quot; to a place on the south coast,
cs^WeA Nusa Kamhangdh, and there embarking in a vessel with
- all his family, he sailed westward, till they came to the anchoring place, to which was given
« the name of Palabuan Ratu (Wyn Coops Bay), and having disembarked, they all proceeded
quot; to Pahnan Pajajaran.

quot; On his arrival there,nbsp;established himself as and having assembled

quot; all the Mantris, Peng\'gawas, and other chiefs and officers, together with all the military
quot; forces, he caused great rejoicings to be made on the ocasion, and each day and night every
quot; kind of play was performed to amuse him,
Pakuan Pajajaran was crowded with the happy
quot; and delighted multitude, and so great and powerful did
Prahu Silawang\'i become at that
\'\' time, that all the princes from the river
Chi Pamali beyond Java Head (in Bantam) on the
quot; west, submitted to him and were subject to
Pakuan Pajajaran.

quot;Prahu Silawang\'i then built without the kraton (or palace) a hall of audience (P^sehan),

which was styled AWanbsp;or the hall of eight hundred pillars; and in the interior

of the kraton another, called Rarawis Kanchana (or that of golden flowers). This was where
quot; the
Batutulis now is.quot;

Tho tradition goes on to relate, that Prahu Silawang\'i had one hundred and fifty wives
and that his
sons-in-law, of whom there

were also one hundred and fifty, were made reat

public officers.

In the course of a little time one of his highness\'s wives, named Niai Mantri Manek Mayang
Sunda,
the sister of Ke Marugal Sang Mantri Ayung, became pregnant, and in due time
brought forth a beautiful boy, who was called by his father
Raden Guru Gatangan, and who

was

m

-ocr page 189-

« In the kingdom of Tumdpel there reigned a king, named and styled
quot; Rdtu Sri Jdya Furiisa, who on his demise was succeeded by his son
quot; known by the name and title of
Sri Ldksi Kirdna, who on dying left
quot; two sons, the elder named and styled
Sang Sri Shcabuda, who succeeded
quot; to the throne; the younger
Rdden Wijdya, Viho was remarkable for the
quot; beauty of his person.

quot; During the reign of Sang Sri Siwabuda the state had very much de-
dined. Every district was going to ruin, in consequence of which the
quot; pdteh, named Mdngku Rdja Ndta, addressed himself to the prince,
quot; reminding
him of the manner in which his forefathers used to treat the
quot; people, and
which the welfare of his kingdom required of him to follow.
« To this, however, the prince would not listen, and as a punishment to
quot; the
pdteh for his presumption, he immediately ordered him to quit
quot; Tumdpel.

quot; Sang Sri Siwabuda had a man in his service named Wira Rdja, whom
quot; in consideration of his useful services, he had made ruler over the eastern
quot; part of
Madura called Sumenap. On being informed that the king in-
** tended to accuse him of a crime of which he was innocent, and consider-
quot; ing himself in danger, sent a messenger to
Sri Jdya Kdtong, sovereign
« of
Kediri, to say \' that as the kingdom of Tumdpel was almost in a
« \' state of confusion, he might attack and conquer it without difficulty.*

quot; Sri Jdya Kdtong, on hearing the intelligence, was very much delighted,
quot; and accordingly he ordered his
pateh, Kebo Munddrang, to make prepa-
rations for the purpose of invading
Tumdpel.

quot; When every thing was ready, the king gave orders to his pateh that he
quot; should march with a considerable force to
Tumdpel, and attack the
quot; southern part of the kingdom, while himself and his followers began the
quot; attack on the west.

quot; Sri Siwabuda being informed that his kingdom was invaded by the
sovereign of
Kediri, appointed his younger brother, Rdden Wijdya, to
command the forces, and meet the enemy coming from the west. Instead
quot; of marching out himself to meet the attack from the south, he remained
VOL. ir.nbsp;Pnbsp;« in

was made Raja Muda of Pakuan Pajajaran, with the name and title of Prabu Guru

Gantangan.

Both father and son continued as Raja Tuah and Raja Muda to live in the kraton of Pakuan
Pajajaran,
happy and on good terms with each other; the management and direction of the
state being entirely vested in the hands of the Raja Muda.

Tand6ran.

k.

-ocr page 190-

« in his hadàtonmà amused himself with his concubines. This enjoyment^,
f however, was soon interrupted ; for
Mundarang having reached the
« Irnddtoiiy obliged him to come out and meet him, and on his making his
quot; appearance,
Munddrang and his followers lost no time in deciding his
quot; fate.
Sri Siwahuda was accordingly killed before the palace gate. Rdden
quot; Wijdyu
and Jdya Kdtong had by this time fought several battles, as
w^ell as skirmishes, in which a great number of men were killed on both
quot; sides.

quot; They continued to oppose each other, when Munddrang came up and
quot; attacked
Wijdya in the rear. This soon determined the victory in favour
quot; of
Kediri, and obliged Wijdya to fly to Sumenap for the safety of his
person, where he remained in the house of
Wira Raja, to whom he gave
quot; a full account of all the circumstances.

quot; Among the spoils which Munddrang had taken from the palace was the
quot; beautiful wife of
Wijdya, who was afterwards delivered to the sovereign
quot; of
Kediri. He was very much struck with her beauty and proposed to
quot; make her his lawful wife.

quot; This proposal was however refused, and the king, instead of being
« offended by the refusal, adopted her as his daughter.

quot; Rdden Wijdya had by this time remained a good while with Wira Rdja
quot; 2X Sumenap,
and was then advised by him to re^sàv to Kediri, that
quot; Kâtong might forgive him and employ him in some way or other. He
quot; accordingly went over to
Jdya Kdtong, who received him very kindly j
quot; and he had not remained long at
Ked!iri, when Jdya Kdtong granted
quot; him an extensive forest,_^ with which he might do as he liked.

quot; Wijdya, with the view of making a large town in the forest, sent a
quot; messenger to
Wira Rdja to get some assistance. Wira Rdja accordingly
quot; sent over a good many people to
Wijdya, who after procuring every
quot; thing necessary for such an undertaking, began to cut down the forest.
quot; While they were at work they found a large
mdja tree loaded with fruit,
but when they tasted the fruit they found it quite bitter ; whence the
t« place was called
mdja pa^Y (literally the bitter mdja).

quot; Rdden Wijdya, after making Majapdhit a very large town, assumed
quot; the title of
Bopdti Sang Browijdyd, having for his Pdteh a son of Wira
quot; Rdja,
whose name and title was Kiadi Fateh Rdng\'ga Ld^ώ.

quot; The population of Majapdhit increasing very rapidly, Browijdya
quot; thought that, with the aid of Wira Rdja, he should be able to invade

quot; Kediri.

Tandùran.

-ocr page 191-

Kediri. He accordingly sent a messenger to TVira Rdja to request some
assistance.
Wira Rdja willingly sent a considerable force to Browijaya,
and after the two armies had joined together Browijdya began his march
to
Kediri.

quot; Jdya Kdtong, on being informed that a considerable force from
Majdpdhit was coming to invade his kingdom, immediately sent out a
band of fighting men to meet the enemy. Several battles were fought
in which many fell on either side.

quot; Jdya Kdtong, previous to the invasion of Browijaya, had promised
his guest, the King of Tatar,* whose name and title was Sri Lahsemdna,
to give him his adopted daughter (wife to Bromjdya) in marriage. This
w^as however delayed. Several times didnbsp;press
Jdya Kdtong

to fulfil his promise, but he never received a positive\' ansM^er.
quot; LaJcsemdna therefore being informed that Browijaya of Majapahit had
attacked
Kediri, forthwith sent a letter to him, saying that he would
co-operate with the people of
Majapdhit, provided Brovoijdya would be
on good terms with him.

quot; Browijaya on receiving this intelligence was very much delighted, and
accordingly
returned a letter of approbation to Laksemdna.
quot; Laksemdna and his followers then joined Bromjdya, and fought several,
battles with
Jdya Kdtong, in which a great number of men, as well as
chiefs, were killed on both sides.

quot; In the heat of the action Jdya Kdtong and Laksemdna met, and a
fierce encounter took place between these chiefs.
Jdya Kdtong threw his
javelin at
Laksemdna, but missed him; and Laksemdna, in return,
struck him on the breast with his poisoned spear, and killed him on the
spot.

quot; Pdteh Munddrang and the whole force of Kediri perceiving that their
king was fallen immediately suiTendered.

« Bromjdya then eagerly went into the haddton, and was received by
his faithful wife. They embraced with tears of joy ; and
Browijdya was
so enraptured at recovering her, that without taking further notice ofthe
kaddton, he returned with his wife to Majapdhit. He invited the Kmg
of
Tatar to visit him. On his arrival Bromjdya received him with
ever)^ attention, and made him a present of a beautiful
virgin.

p 2nbsp;quot; Laksemdna

* The Javan traditions furnish no information respecting the locality of this State.

cc
((
((
((

it

a

e(

a
«

((

((
((

(■C

Tanduran.

ilt;
((

4(

(C

((

(i
((

(i
it

-ocr page 192-

« Laksemdna remained for some time at Majapdhit, during which
quot; Browijdya gave him two or three grand entertainments. He after-
wards embarked on board of his own vessel and returned to his kingdom
quot; of
Tdtar:*

The story concludes with stating that Brotvijdya, with his Pdteh, Rang\'ga
Lawe,
reigned at Majapdhit, and governed the whole island of Java, and
his people were very happy.*

Under

* Having thus detailed the traditions which exist among the Javans respecting the esta-
blishment of foreign colonies in the Eastern Archipelago, and brought down this part of the
history to the estabHshment of the kingdom of
Majapahit, it may not be amiss to transcribe
those which prevail among the
Malayus, who, it is well known, endeavour to trace their de-
scent from the Macedonian hero, Alexander the Great. The following account is taken from
the
S^ara Maldyu, or Malay annals, a work written in the year 1021 of Hejirat:

quot; It happened that Raja Sehander, the son of Raja Daruh of Rum, ofthe race of Maha duniah
quot; the name of whose empire was Zulkarneini, wished to see the rising ofthe sun, and for thquot;\'
quot; purpose came to the confines of the land of Hind. There was a Raja in Hindustan, named
\'\' Raja Kideh Hindi, who was very powerful, and whose empire extended over the half of ffiL
« dustan. Immediately on the approach of
Raja Sehander, Raja Kideh Hindi sent his prime
quot; minister to collect his forces, and marched out to meet him. The armies engaged, and a
\'\' battle ensued, as is fully recorded in the history of
Raja Sehander. Raja Kideh Hindi was
quot; defeated and taken prisoner, after which he was sent back to his own country. This
quot; Raja Kideh had a daughter : after sending his minister, Perdana Mantri, to consult with the
quot; minister of Raja Sehander, he gave her in marriage to Raja Sekander, on condition of receiv
quot; ing
three hundred thousand dinars of gold.

quot; Raja Sekander, after tavrjmg ten days in honour ofthe ceremony, pursued his journey
quot; towards the rising sun, attended by his bride. On their return, however, her father re^
« quested her to remain some time with him:
Raja Sekander consented and took his leave

quot; The princess was already pregnant by Raja Sekander, but he was unacquainted with this
quot; circumstance; nor was the princess herself aware of it, till a month after her return to her
quot; father. At the expiration of her time, the princess was safely delivered of a son,
whom
quot; Raja Kideh Hindi named Aristan Shah.nbsp;\'

quot; Raja Aristan Shah was in course of time married to the daughter of the Raja of Turkistan
quot; by whom he had a son, named Raja Aftus.nbsp;\'

quot; After an absence of forty-five years. Raja Sekander returned to Makaduniah, and Raja
- MM died, leavmgas his successor Raja Aristan Shah, who (or rather whose dynasty)
«« reigned three hundred and fifty years. After him reigned the following princes in succession^
« Raja Aftus,nbsp;who reigned one hundred and twenty years.

quot; Raja Askayinat, ........do.....three years.

quot; Raja Kasidas,..........do. .... twelve years.

quot; Raja Amastubiisu,........do.____thirteen years.

quot; Raja Zamzeius,..........do.....seven years.

Raja Khuras Khainat,. ,. do.....thirty years.

quot; Raja Ahat Sakayinat.

quot; Raja

Tandfiran.

-ocr page 193-

Under the second prince of Majapdhit, called Brokamdra or Brow\'ydya the Majapahit.
second, the manufacture of arms of various descriptions was brought to the

highest

Brokamara.

Raja Kuda Zuguhan, son of Amastuhusu.
Raja Nikabus,
who reigned forty years.

Raja Ardasir Migan, who married the daughter of Raja Nushirwan Adel, sovereign of the
quot; west, by whom he had a son, named
Raja Derm Nus,
Raja Tarsia Burdaras,
son of Raja Zamarut.

The last of these princes married the daughter of Raja Sulan of Amdan Nagara. This Raja

quot; Sulan was the mightiest prince of the land of Hind, and of all the Rajas under the wind.

« By the princess, his daughter, Raja Narsa, had three sons :

Raja Heiran, who reigned in the country of Hindustan ;

Raja Suren, whom Raja Sulan appointed in his own place; and

Raja Panden, who reigned in Turkestan.

quot; After a short time Raja Sulan died, and his grandson, Raja Suren, reigned in his place in
Amdan Nagara, with still greater authority than his predecessors, and all the lands of the
East and West, except China, acknowledged him.

quot; Then Raja Suren formed the design of subjugating China, and for this purpose marched
towards that country. Two months he marched on without any obstruction, and every
country submitted, till he approached the country of
Gang-ga Nagara, the Raja of which
was named
Gang\'gi Shah Juana. Here an engagement took place, in which Raja Suren
smote off the head of Raja Gang\'gi Shah Juana, whose subjects having lost their chief
submitted to
Raja Suren, who married Putri Gang\'ga, the sister of the deceased Raja,
From
Gang\'ga Nagara, Raja Suren advanced to the country of Klang Kins, which in former
times was a great country, possessing a fort of black stone (supposed to be up the river
Johor). The name of the Raja of this country was Oiulen, who was superior to all the Rajas
of the country lying under the wind. Here another desperate engagement took place, in
which
Raja Chulen also was killed, and the country submitted to Suren. Then Raja Suren
married the daughter of the deceased monarch, and advanced to Tamarak. He returned,
however, to the land of
Kling without proceeding on to China. On the return of Raja
Suren
he founded a city of great size, the fame of which became renowned, and the name
of which was
Bisnagur (a well known and celebrated city of the south of India), which even
at the present time is a great city in the land of
Kling.

quot; Raja Suren had by the daughter of Raja Chulen a daughter, named \'Chandu Wani IVaamp;ias,
and by IPutri Gang-ga he had three sons, one of them named Bichitram Shah, another
Palidutani, and the third Nilumanam.

quot; Palidutani succeeded to the government of Amden Nagara, and Nilumanam was ap-
pointed to the government of
Chandukani : but on the eldest son, Bichitram Shah, was only
conferred a territory of small extent, which so displeased the young prince, that
he re»
solved to abandon the country. He accordingly embarked with twenty vessels, fitted out
with all the appurtenances of war, determining to conquer all the
maritime countries ; but
his fleet was dispersed by a storm, and part of them returned to their
country.
quot; Bichitram Shah is then represented as arriving in the country now called Palemhang,
where Demang Lebar Daon, great grandson of Raja Chulen, was chief. Here marrying the

quot; daughter

-ocr page 194-

Majapahit. highest perfection ; and the first damaked krises were now made by thepdndi
A. J. 1247. ^g^-^j^s) from Pqjajdran, who became so distinguished that they were ap-
pointed to the charge of districts with a thousand
chdcha each. The kris,
which was afterwards placed on the tomb of Siisunan Giri, is said to have
been manufactured at this time from a piece of old iron found by the prince.

The

quot; daughter of the Raja, he assumed the government, under the title of Sang Sapurla Trimurti
quot; Trihuana,
and had by her four children ; two daughters, named Chandra Dewi and Putra
quot; Sri Dewi,
and two sons, named Sang Mutiaga and Sang Nila Uiama.

« After some years Sang Sapurla was seized with a desire to view the ocean, and went in
quot; search of a good situation for a new settlement, leaving the younger brother of
Demang
quot; Lelar Daon
in the government of Palemlang-, and the fleet being prepared, they set sail
« from the river of
Palemhang, and after steering six days and nights towards the south, arrived
quot; at
Tanfung pura, where Sang Sapurla was very honorably received by the Raja, and a thou-
quot; sand
chiefs introduced him into the country, seated him on the throne, and honoured him like
quot; a prince. As soon as the news of his arrival had reached
Majapahit, the Bitara, who was
very powerful, came to make him a visit.
Sang Sapurla received him very graciously, and
- gave him in marriage his daughter
Chandra Dewi. After this ceremony the Bitara of Maja-
quot; pMlveinvmA to his capital; and it is from this marriage (say the Malayan traditions) that
quot; the Rajas of
Majapahit are descended.

quot; After a long residence at Tanfung pura, Sang Sapurla set out again in search of some
« other country; but he first married his son,
Sang Mutiaga, to the daughter of the Raja
quot; Tanfung pura, and established him on the throne of that country, giving him a superb crown.
quot; After leaving
Tanj\'ung pura, he traversed the sea until he arrived in the strait of Samlor,
quot; in view of the hills of Ling\'ga (Lingen). The news quickly reached Benian, at this time
quot; under the sway of a queen, named
Pramisuja.ri Sehande.r Shah. Sang Nita Utama, the younger
son of
Sang Sapurla, was married to her daughter, named Wan Sri Bi?n, and afterwards
quot; became Raja of the country.

quot; Sang Sapurha then left Bentan, and having sailed for a day and a night arrived at Ruko,
\'\' whence he proceeded to the point of Balang, and ascended the river Buantan, where it was
quot; reported the country was extremely populous. When he had ascended far up the river he
quot; arrived at
Menanghahau. All the MenanJcabaus were surprized at his appearance and the
« splendour of his diadem, and they all came to inquire whence he came. As soon as they
quot; heard of his adventures, and that he was a descendant of Sultan
Sekander Zulkarneine, all
quot; the chief men of
Menanghahau consulted about appointing him Raja, since they had none ;
quot; and after he had, as a condition, succeeded in destroying an immense snake which harrassed
quot; the country, he was unanimously elected Raja by the people of
Buantan, and of him are
quot; descended all the generations of the Rajas of
Pagaruyang.

quot; Sang Nila Utama afterwards quitted Bentan, and founded the city of Singapura, situated
quot; on the southern extremity of the Malayan peninsula. This event is supposed to have taken
« place, A.D. 1160.

quot; The successesors of Sang Ntla Utama were Paduha Sri Wikrama, Sri Rama Wikrama,
quot; and Sekander Shah, who being driven out of Singa pura by the Majapahit forces, after-
quot; wards established the city of
Malaca, His successor, Mahomed Shah^ first embraced
quot; Mahometanism, in the year
1216,quot;—Malayan Annals.

Brokamira.

-ocr page 195-

The reign of the third prince of Majapdhit was of very short duration, and
he was succeeded by
Ardi Wijaya, who putting to death the prime minister,
eventually fell a sacrifice to the just revenge of the minister\'s son.

This prince, however, is distinguished by the extent of his conquests,
and for the victory he obtained over
Sri Sin Derga, King of Sing\'apura
on the Malayan peninsula, whose subjects lived by piracy, but by this event
became tributary to
Majapdhit.

To him succeeded the fifth prince of Majapdhit, named Merta Wijdya, Mertawijaya
whose minister, Guja Mada, became celebrated for his virtues and abilities,
and for the code of
regulations which at this day exists under his name. In
his reign the
conquest of Indragiri, or Sumatra, which had been begun by
his predecessor, w^as successfully completed.

Accounts differ regarding the successor of his prince, some considering
Rdden Alit, his brother, to have succeeded at an early age, and others that
Rdden Alit is the same with Angha Wijdya, the last sovereign of Majapdhit.
According to the latter accounts, many of the principal events reported to
have taken place in the reign of
Alit are brought under that of Merta
Wijdya.

One of the sovereigns of Majapdhit, according to the Malayan annals, had
two
sons by the daughter of the Raja of the mountain Sa Guntang ; the
eldest named
Rdden Ino Merta Wdngsa, and the younger Rdden Mas Pamdri.
The eldest succeeded to the government of Majapdhit, the authority of
which then extended over the whole of Java, and all the Rajas of
Nusa
Tamdra
(probably Bdli) likewise paid allegiance for half their lands. The
sovereign of
Majapdhit heard of the extensive country of Malaca which did
not owe him allegiance,
and sent a large fleet against it, under the command
of Demdng Wircja. The Javans, however, did not succeed : they were
forced to retreat to their
prdhus and to return to Majapdhit.

Through the wisdom of the minister, Gdja Mdda, who was continued in
office, and the prudent direction of
Alit Wijdya, the kingdom of Majapdhit
rose to the highest pitch of wealth and glory. Several nations on Sumatra,
and among them the people of
Palemhang, as well as the inhabitants of the
southern states of Borneo, who had no regular government at
that period,
obtained from him protection against the people of
Ldmpung, and in return
acknowledged the supremacy of
Majapdhit. The authority this empire
now extended eastward over
Balamhdngan and Bdli, and westward over
what was then termed the kingdom of
Sunda, which included the

western

Ardi Wijaya.

-ocr page 196-

history of java.

western districts of Java, part of Sumatra, and all the islands situated in
the straits. The inhabitants of the islands situated in the straits of
Sunda consisted for the most part of the dregs of all nations, who having
fled from the wars, or having been otherwise obliged to desert their own
country, had elected a chief, under whom they committed exten-
sive depredations by sea and land.

During the reign of AUt Wijdya, the pusdka kris, named jala semlang
jdndring,
was carried off by stealth, by emissaries employed by Menak Ddli
Futi,
prince of JBalamhdngan • but was recovered by the dexterity of a pdndi
(or smith) named Supa, who in reward for his services was made chief of
Madirdngin (now called Siddyu), and was the first distinguished by the title
of
Adipdti. This chief afterwards proceeded with a force to Balambdngan,
and an engagement took place near the river Kdli Tikus : Menak Ddli Puti
W\'^as defeated and put to death, and his family obliged to seek refuge with
the chief of
Bdli Klonkong. The enemy was pursued as far as his capital
Mdchang piiti, and the whole coast was divided into districts, under the
sovereignty of
Majapdhit.

The chief oiBdli Klimgkong sent an embassy to Majapdhit, and concluded
a treaty acknowledging its authority.

During this reign, a violent volcanic eruption took place from one of the
mountains in the western districts of
Balamhdngan.

Prabu Kauya. Merta, or according to others, Alit Wijdya, left two children, a daugh-
ter named
Kanchdna Wunga, and a son named Angka Wijdya, who ac-
cording to some accounts administered the government jointly. The prin-
cess, however, is better known as an independent sovereign, under the
title of
Prdhu Kdnya Kanchdna Wung\'u. It is related, that during this
reign the chief of
Balemhdngan, named Menak Jenggd, made a successful
attack on
Proholmg*go, and reduced under his authority all the countries
which had been dependent on
Majapdhit, as far west as Tuhan, so that
the capital was nearly surroundedquot; by enemies. In this state of affairs,
MenaJc Jing\'go offered terms, on condition of obtaining the hand of the
princess in marriage; but she, disgusted by the deformity of his person,
and a stench that exhaled from his body, not only rejected his suit, but
declared she would give her hand to the man who would destroy him.
Ddmar Wulan, the son of a tapa or devotee, named TJddra, and a descen-
dant of
Aria Babdng\'a, obtained a signal victory over the rebels at Probo.
Un^go^
and cut off the head of Menak Jeng\'ga : he was rewarded by the
hand of the princess, and all the provinces again fell under the authority of

Majapdhit

112

Merta Wijaya.

-ocr page 197-

Majapahit. According to some accounts, Ddmar Wulan had also been
successful in repelHng an invasion from
Kambqja.

Angka TVijdya having by this time attained a sufficient age, assumed the
chief authority ; the princess retiring with
Ddmar WMan, to whom was
entrusted the charge of
ProboUng\'go with the more eastern districts, and
of
Sumenap and Sdmparig on Madura.

The first attempts to introduce the Mahometan religion in the eastern introduction of

p the Mahometan

Drovinces of Java, appear to have been made at Grestk, about the close or religion in the

r^quot;nbsp;\' rvnbsp;. .nbsp;, . nnbsp;eastern prorin-

the thirteenth century of the Javan era. In the origin and rise of Grestk, ees.
they are thus related by the native writers :

quot; Muldna Ibrahim, a celebrated Pandita from Arabia, descended from
« Jenal Abidin, and cousin to the Raja of Chérmen (a country of Sdbrang),
« had established himself with other Mahometans at Désa Léran in Jang\'-
\'\' gdla,
when the Raja of Chérmen arrived at Java. This prince, who was
quot; a Mahometan, perceiving with regret that the inhabitants of the large
« and populous island of Java were still heathens, resolved to attempt the
« conversion of the King of
Majapdhit, Prabu Angka Wijaya, and with
« this view to present to him his
maiden daughter in marriage. Embark-
« ing with his
daughter, and all his relatives and followers of every des-
« cription, he reached Jang\'gdla in safety, and landing at the Désa Léran
« he immediately built a mosque there, and in a short time succeeded in

quot; obtaining many converts.

« The Raja of Chérmen having consulted with his relations whom he
« found at
Léran, deputed his son, Sidek Mahomed, to proceed to Majapd-
« hit,
and apprize the king of his intended visit. He afterwards set out
« himself with all his party, among
whom were forty holy men, his rela-

tions, who had come with him from Sdbrang,

« The King of Majapdhit came forth, and met Raja Chérmen at the con-
« fines, where they both remained under a
pasdng\'grahan, erected for their
« accommodation.
Angka Wijdya evinced the greatest respect for Raja
quot; Chérmen, and treated him with every mark of hospitality.

« The Raja of Chérmen now presented to the King of Majapdhit a^^ovae-
« granate in a basket, in order that, by his acceptance or rejection of it, he
quot; might ascertain whether or not he would become a convert. The king
« accepted of the present, but not without wondering how a Raja from
« Tdna Sdbrang could think of presenting him with such a fruit, as if it
quot; had been unknown on
Java. His thoughts, however, he kept to himself;

VOL. II.nbsp;Qnbsp;quot;tut

L.

-ocr page 198-

quot; but Raja CJiermen knew what was working in his mind, and soon after
« took his leave, and returned with his people to
heran. His nephew,
Muldna Mdhfar (son of Muldna Ibrahim) alone remained with Angha
« Wijdya.
Some time after this, the king having contracted a kind of gid-
quot; diness in the head, opened the pomegranate j when, instead of the usual
seeds, he found it filled with precious stones (rubies). Surprized at this,
quot; he observed
to his minister, that Raja Chermen m\\x%t indeed be a very
quot; superior kind of person, and sent
Muldna Mdhfar to request the Raja
« to return but the Raja refused to do so, and proceeded on.
quot; When
Raja Chermen had been four nights at heran, his people fell sick
and many died. Among them there were three out of five cousins, who
quot; had accompanied him from
Sdhrang, named Sdyed Jdfar, Sdyed Kdsem^.
« ^i-ixd. Sdyed Ghdrt, whose tombs are known by the name of Kuhur Panjang.^
** The princess also fell sick, when her father attended upon her himself,
« and besought the Almighty to spare her and restore her to health, that his
« intention of giving her to the Raja of
Majapdhit might be fulfilled : he
« prayed, however, at the same time, that if it was ordained that
Angka
^ Wijdya
was not to be converted, her days might be shortened. The
« princess shortly afterwards died, and was interred near the graves of her
« relations.t

quot; The usual tribute having been paid to the memory of the deceased, on,
« the different days appointed for the performance of the ceremony, and.
« Muldna Ibrahim having been appointed to look after and take care of the
« graves, the
Raja of Chermen, with all his people, set out to return home..

On his way Sdyed Jdfar died. He was sent on shore at Madura, and his
quot; remains were interred to the west of the village P/aMra.
Sayed Rqfidin^.
« the only remaining cousin of the Raja, died near Roman, and was buried
quot; on that island.

« Anglcw Wijdya, desirous of meeting again with Raja Chermen, arrived
at
heron three days after his departure, and hearing of the death of the
«« princess, observed, that he thought the religion of
Raja Chermen would
« have prevented such a calamity as the premature death of the
piitri
« (princess), that it would have enabled her to hold out against the sickness
of Java,
and that he must now think meanly of it: to which ÄMwa replied,-.
« that such ignorance was only the consequence of worshipping Dehrns

«£ ii

* The long graves which are still pointed out nearXerctMi
t Her tomb is still preserved,.

Majapahit,
A. J, 1300.

Angka Wijaya.

-ocr page 199-

«« instead of tlie true God, Angha Wijdya became higlily enraged at this
quot; retort ; but being pacified by his followers, returned to
Maja\'pdUt, without
taking any further notice of it. This happened in the year 1313.
quot; Mulana Ibrahim, who remained in charge of the tombs of the deceased,
quot; afterwards removed from
Léran to Grésik, which however had not become
\'\' a separate state. Here he died, twenty-one years after the departure of
the Raja of
Chérmen ; and here his tomb, which is known by the name
quot; of
Gapura Wéian, is still to be seengt; He died on Monday, the twelfth
quot; of
Rabiulawal, in the Javan year 1334.

quot; It is related, that about this period there was a woman of Kambbja,
« named Nidi Gédi Pindteh, the wife of the patéh, or minister of that
quot; country, who on account of her being a great sorceress was banished
quot; to Java, where on her arrival she went to the king of
Majapdhit and
quot; implored protection. The king taking pity upon her, the more so as she
was a woman of advanced age without any children, and had been
** removed from a situation where she had once been comfortable and happy,
provided for her by making her a kind of
shahdndar (chief of the port)
quot; at
Grésik, where there was already a mosque and a considerable population.
« Nidi Gédi afterwards became very religious and charitable, and was
quot; revered for becoming the foster mother of
Susunan Giri. Her death took
place forty-five years after that of
Mulana Ibrahim j being a short time
quot; previous to the destruction of
Majapdhit, and her tomb is still to be seen
« at
Gresik.quot;

To return, however, to the proceedings of the King oi Majapdhit, it appears
that early in his reign,
Angka Wijdya, hearing from the merchants who
resorted to Java of the beauty and accomphshments of a princess of
Chdmpa, sent an embassy to that country to demand her in marriage ;
and on her
arrival at Grésik, received her there in person, with great
attention and state. The princess, nevertheless, for a long time refused
to
cohabit with him, on account of the great number of his concubines,
and particularly on account of the powerful hold obtained over his affec-
tions by a Chinese of great beauty, who had been sent to him as a present
from one of the chiefs of China, at the request of the merchants and
with the consent of the emperor, with a view to obtain
greater privileges
for their trade with Java,

This princess is represented as the second daughter of the Raja of

Q 2nbsp;CJidmpa,

Angka Wijaya,
A.J. 1313.

1334.

-ocr page 200-

Majapahit. Chdm\'pa. Her name was Ddra Wdti, and her eldest sister had been mar-
a.^34. yigjj to an i\\rab, by whom she had a son, named
Rdchmat.

Angka Wijdya. Previous, however, to this marriage, AngM Wijdya is said to have
had an intrigue with a woman of whom there are various accounts, some
describing her as a witch, residing on the mountain
Ldwu, and others as
a
rasdksa. The fruit of this illicit connection was a son, called Aria Ddmar,
Unknown to his father, this youth distinguished himself at an early age,
by bringing together all the wild animals ofthe forest, as an amusement for
the prince and his family. In consequence of an exploit so hazardous, he
was first appointed chief of a province, and afterwards promoted to the com-
mand of an army proceeding against
Bdli, during a war in which the forces
of
M^\'a^a^if suffered great loss, but were ultimately successful.* The capital,
called
Klongkong, was surprised and carried, andthe chief himself, with the
whole of his family, except one sister, put to the sword. She being very
beautiful, was sent to
Majapdhit, The island of Bdli became tributary to
Majapdhit.

Aria Ddmar, on his return, presented the various arms which had been
taken as tokens of his success; and his conduct being highly approved of,
he was appointed
Adipdti, or chief, of PaUmhang on Sumatra.

The discontent of the Princess of Champa still continuing, the Prince
came
to the resolution of parting with bis Chinese consort, and gave her
to
Aria Ddmar, on condition that he would not cohabit with her until she

was

* The occasion of the war with Bdli is thus related At this period the royal fmily of
quot; Bali consisted of three brothers ; the eldest of whom was named Maya Dindixa; the second,
quot; Degt;wa Machuwel, who was the chief; and the youngest, Kahu Wihaha. Kahu Wihahais
said to have been of extraordinary size, and to have had a head like a hog, devouring the
quot; flesh of that animal in great quantity. He was moreover very wicked and destructive,
quot; regardless of the rights or property of any one. On this account the people became dissa-
quot; tisfied with, his sway, and his brothers, desirous of getting rid of him, advised him to
« proceed to Majapahit, in order to obtain in marriage Loro Jongrang, of the famdy of
« Browjxiya, a lady whom they represented as of a stature similar to his own. The Raja
« of Bdli, as a further inducement to him to go, sent an embassy to make the request; but
« Brmijaya, considering it as the forerunner of war, made his preparations accordingly.
quot; He sent for a celebrated painter, named Sung\'ing adi Warna, and putting down the dimen-
sions of a large woman, such as had been requested, desired him to paint the figure of a
quot; most beautiful woman of the same size, and when it was done dismissed the ambassadors,
- accompanied
hy Aria Damar, who had especial instructions to make observations of every
quot; thing in
Bdli, so that the way might be clear for hostilities, should the same become,
quot; necessary,quot;

-ocr page 201-

was delivered of the child, of which she was then pregnant, and that he
would afterwards rear up the child as his own.
Aria Ddmar then accompa-
nied by the princess and about three hundred chosen troops, given to him
by the prince of
Mqjapdhit, embarked for Palemhang, where he was well
received and immediately acknowledged as chief. He soon, however, became
involved in a war with the
Ldmpung states and the neighbouring isles of
Sunda, the inhabitants of which were continually committing depredations
in the territories of
Palemhang. He proceeded into the Ldmpimg country,
but before he could reduce it to subjection, internal commotions obliged him
to return to
Palemhang, where the Chinese princess was now delivered of a
son, to whom he gave the name of
Baden Pdtah. He had afterwards a son
by this princess, whom he named
Raden Husen; but observing that the
people of
Palemhang disliked the princess, on account of her Chinese extrac-
tion, he took from one of the first families of the place another wife, whose
son might become his successor, and resolved to send
Raden Pdtah and Raden
Hiisen
to Mqjapdhit.

After Aria Ddmar had resided about three years at Palemhang, Rdden
Rdchmat,
son of the Arab priest who had married one of the daughters of
the Raja of
Chdmpa, arrived there, being the bearer of letters and presents
for
Majapdhit. Rdchmat was then about twenty years of age, carefully
educated, and well instructed in the Mahometan religion. In a short time
Aria Ddmar felt inclined to embrace the faith, but on account of the attach-
ment of the people of
Palemhang to their ancient worship, he dared not openly
profess it.
Udchmal remained two months at Palemhang, and then proceeded
on his voyage to
Mqjapdhit, touching at Gresik on the way, where he visited
Sheik Muldna Jomadil Kobra, a devotee who had established himself on
Gunung Jdli, and who declared to him that his arrival at that particular
period had been predicted by the prophet; that the fall of paganism was at
hand, and that he was elected to preach the doctrine of Mahomet in the
eastern parts of Java, where a rich harvest of conversion awaited his apos-
tolic labours.

Arriving at Gresik he proceeded to Majapdhit, where he was kindly
received by the prince, and by his relative, the princess of
Champa. Angka
TVijdya,
notwithstanding he disapproved of his religious principles, and him»
self refused to become a convert to them, conceived such an attachment for
his person and such a respect for his character, that he assigned to him three
thousand families, and formed an establishment for him at
Ampel, situated in

the

-ocr page 202-

Majapahit. the Vicinity of SuraMya, where he allowed him the free exercise of his reli«
A. ^1334. g-Qj;,^ ^ith permission to make converts of those who were incUned. In a
Angka Wijäya. gj^^j.^nbsp;i^acÄwaf gained the affection of all those placed under him, and

most of them were by degrees converted to the faith, whence he acquired
the title
of Sunan, meaning, according to some, quot; messenger from God,\'\'
or he of whom requests are made, and which title, indifferently termed Sunan
or Susuhundn, the sovereigns of Java have since continued to assume.1 As
a further testimony of his regard for
RdcJmet, the prince of Majapdhit
gave to him in marriage the daughter of his first Kliwon, whose brother,
Wila Tilda, he had appointed chief of Tühan. By this wife JRdchmat had
three children, a daughter and two sons, who were afterwards appointed
Adipdtis of Bonang and Drcjat, now called Ldsem and Seddyu.

The next Arab missionary who arrived at Gresik was Muldna Ishak, the
father of the celebrated
Sunan Giri. The circumstances attending his
arrival, and the establishment of his son, are thus related.

quot; Muldna Ishak, otherwise called Muldna AM Islam of Pdsi Malaca^
« a celebrated Pandita, who had given himself up to penance and mortifica-
quot; tion, having heard that there was at
Ampel, on Java, a prince who was
quot; busily employed in propagating the Mahometan religion, and that many
quot; persons, through his means, had embraced the faith, went over and
quot; assisted Siinan Makdwm in the work of conversion 5 and having received
quot; his sanction to go to
Balambdngmi, for the purpose of teaching the Maho-
« metan religion, there embarked in a
prdhu, and set out on the sacred
quot; mission.

quot; It happened that at this time the chief of Balamhdngan was greatly
distressed on account of his daughter, who was very sick, and whose
malady would not yield to the power of medicine. One night a voice
from heaven told him, that if he would have his daughter speedily
recover, he must send her to
Günung Patukdng\'an, where there would
be found a
Pandita from Sdbrang, who would cure her, and afterwards
become her husband.

A storm arising, the prdhu in whichnbsp;ZsAaZ^ had embarked was

driven close to the foot of Gunung Patukdngquot;an, and he landed there,
when the chief having sent his daugher to the mountain,
directed that

« the

((
lt;c

lt;t
«

a
lt;f

*(
tlt;

1nbsp; S^nan in the Javan language means the ridge pole of the roof; and tiang the pillars or
•supports tjf a house. The former is the term adopted, by the sovereign; the latter is applied to
the common people or men in general.

-ocr page 203-

quot; the Pandita might be conveyed thither, in order that the prophecy
« might be fulfilled.
MaUna Ishah first objected to undertake the cure,
« on the plea that he was not skilled in medicine, but at last agreed to
« comply, on condition that the chief would embrace the Mahometan
« religion if he were successful. To this the latter consented, on which
« Ishak addressing the chief said, \' I am not a person skilled m medicine,
quot; * neither do I know how to administer it, but if your daughter would be
« « well she has now only to wish herself so.\' The princess immediately
« recovered.

quot; The prince afterwai-ds bestowed upon the Pandita his daughter ini
« marriage, and she soon acquired a thorough knowledge of the tenets of
« Mahometanism.

On one occasion, when the prince was sitting in the hall of audience
before all his people, the
Pandita went up to him and reminded him of
his promise to become a Mahometan, adding that he was ready to instruct
« him in the doctrine of that system. On this the prince became angry/
« and told him in haughty terms that he never would change his religion.
quot; No sooner had he spoken, than his
mouth was distorted. At this, how-
« ever, he only became more exasperated, and approaching the Pandita was
« going to
strike him, when his legs gave way under him and he fell to the
quot; ground.

quot; ThQ Pandita, returning to his wife, took leave of her, exhorting her to.
adhere to the religion he had taught her, and telling her that he must now
proceed upon the mission on which he had originally embarked. Though
quot; desirous of accompanying him he would not permit her. After he was.
« gone, the land was afflicted with a pestilence which carried off great nura-

« bers of the people.

« The prince, greatly vexed, and enraged at the havock thus made among
« his subjects, told his minister, that it must be in
consequence of his
daughter being pregnant by the
Pandita ; and that, as soon as the child
should be born, he was determined to make away with it.

The Almighty, however, took the child under his especial protection,
« and it was safely conveyed to Grésik in a trading vessel, where it was
« brought up by
Nidi Gedé PindteJi, until it was twelve years of age 5 when,
« turning out a promising boy, she resigned him to
pdden Rdckmat, then
called Sunan Ampeî, for the purpose of his receiving religious instruction.

quot; The

-ocr page 204-

« The Sûnan soon discovered the boy was of Arab descent, and gave him
the name of
Rdden Pdku, observing, that he would one day become the
Angka Wijâya. « ^epaZ^M ^^^^t is, the support-nuily or axle) of Javaj he subsequently
quot; gave him his daughter in marriage.

quot; Rdden Pdku afterwards, accompanied by Mdhdum Ibrahim, son of the
quot; Sûnan, proceeded on a pilgrimage to Mecca-, but touching at Pdsi Ma-
quot; laca,
they were there presented to the great and holy teacher, Muldna
quot; Alûl Islam,
who persuaded them, instead of prosecuting their voyage,
quot; to
return to their own country, in order to make converts and become
« great and glorious ; and giving to each of them an Arab turban and a
quot; long gown, at the same time conferred upon them the names of
Prdhu
quot; Suswdta
and Prdbu Anyak Kraswdti. He moreover told them, on their
quot; return to Grésik, to erect a mosque at Giri.

quot; On reaching Ampel, after their return to Java, the Sûnan informed
quot; Rdden Ptf/cw, that the holy man, to whom he had been presented at Pdsi
^ Malaca,
was his own father, and that by obeying his instructions in build-
quot; ing a mosque at
Giri, he would fulfil a prophecy, and he andhis compa-
nion become great princes in Java.

quot; Rdden Pdhu then went to Giri, and having cleared a spot, a mosque
quot; and dwelling were soon erected. Numerous proselytes being attracted
« thither, he was
called Prdhu Satmdta, and sometimes Susûnan Rdtu Ainul
« Ydkin, but more commonly Sûnan Giri, He was afterwards appointed by
«« the King of
Majapahit to be chief of the province of Grésik, in the same
« manner as
Susûsan Ampel had been previously appointed. He was born
quot; A. J. 1355.
Prdbu Anydk Kraswdti, his companion, afterwards assumed
quot; the title of
Susànan Bônang, under which name he was a distinguished
quot; character in subsequent transactions.quot;

In the western provinces the work of conversion was also advancing,
under the influence of
Sheik IW Muldna, who in A. J. 1334 had established
himself in
Chéribon, where he is better known as Susûnan Gûnung Jati, a
name given him on account of his fixing his abode on the hills so named.
A woman afflicted with the leprosy (a complaint which has been declared incu-
rable) was recovered by him, and thus procured for him the character of being
able to perform miracles. The number of people who in consequence of the
cure resorted to
Gûnung Jdti was so great, that the chiefs, in the first instance,
thought themselves bound to interfere, and did so with the hopes of success ;

but

-ocr page 205-

but finding afterwards that they could not resist the tide, many of them,
among whom were the chiefs of
Galu, Suhapura, and Limbangan, became
themselves converts to the faith.

When Lémbu Pétang, son of AngJta Wijdya by the Princess of Champa,
was appointed to the charge of the island of Madura, under the title of
Panambdhan, the Sunan Giri deputed Sheik Sdrif, commonly called Kalipha
Kusen,
to accompany him, in order to make converts on that island. This
missionary was buried at
Aros Bdya, where he had built a mosque, and is
generally known on
Madéra by the name of Pangéran Sdrif.

In the meantime the name of Majapdhit stood high among surrounding
nations j and at no time was the authority of that state more extensively
acknowledged. Some disturbances, however, had taken place on
Bdli,
promoted by chiefs of districts, who oppressed their subjects, and interfered
with the authority of each other. These commotions were so exasperated by
the difficulties which arose in collecting the tribute, that the prince was
obliged to send an army thither, under the command
of Addya Ningrat, the
Adipdti of Pdjang Peng\'ging, who soon restored order and tranquillity. In
return for this and other eminent services, he obtained in marriage
Rdtu
Timpo,
the legitimate daughter of Angka Wijdya. Déwa Agung Kdtut, a
natural son of the Prince by the Princess
of Bdli, being then appointed chief
of that island, proceeded thither with a select force, and continued tribu-
tary to
Mqjapdhi, until its downfall.

[The following account is given of the further success of the Majapdhit
arms in the Eastern Seas, under Anddya Ningrat, commonly known by the
title
of Rdtu Péng\'ging, and of the motives which induced the Prince of
Majapdhit ürst to give him his daughter in marriage, and afterwards to admit
him to a share in the government.]]

quot; Every time that the Prince of Majapdhit mctivedi accounts of the suc-
quot; cess
of Rdtu Péng\'ging, his alarm and uneasiness increased ; for in these
quot; accounts it was stated, that he wanted no further assistance, as he met
\'\' with but little opposition; all the rajas of
Sdbrang submitting to him,
quot; among whom were those of
Makdsar, Gba, Bdnda, Sembdwa, Endé, Timor,
« Terndté, Sülu, Stram, Manila, and Bürni,
in short, he and his followers
quot; conquered wherever he went, being themselves invulnerable.

\'\' At length the Prince of Majapdhit recollected that Palémbafig had not
quot; yet submitted, and in consequence sent a handsome present
to Ratu PéngK
quot; ging,
accompanied by a request to subdue PaUmbang without delay.

VOL. II.nbsp;Rnbsp;» Yjjg

Angka Wijaya.

-ocr page 206-

The Prince of Majapdhit then calling his minister, Gdja Mdda, in-
quired of him how it was that
Rdtu Feng\'ging met with such success,
quot; and was becoming so great that no country could withstand him, and
quot; told him, that his alarm was excited even for his own safety, least on
quot; his return to
Peng\'ging, the island of Java should become subject to two
quot; chiefs. To which
Gdja Mdda replied, \' he knew not how to account for
* it, or to
remove the uneasiness of the prince, but that he was always
« * ready to obey the orders of his prince : in the present case
Rdtu Peng-
quot; * \'ging
had been thrown into the greatest danger possible, and yet his life
« * was preserved j what more could be done ?\' The prince then said, \' let
quot; * let us both perform penance, and inquire of the Deity how to remove
lt;« «this
uneasiness.\' Gdja Mdda assenting to this proposal, they both kept
« themselves apart from the people of the court, and fasted for forty days
quot; and forty nights, at the expiration of which Batdra Nardda appeared to
« Gdja Mdda, saying, \' it is impossible for you to destroy or kill Rdtu
tt t Peng\'ging,
for he is a good man and favoured by the gods; but if the
Prince of
Majapdhit wishes to get rid of his uneasiness, he had better
make him his son-in-law, by giving him his eldest daughter,
Rdtu

Pambdyun, in marriage.\'
« The prince on hearing this became much astonished, adding that he
had received a similar communication from Sang yang Tung\'gal (the great

« and only one), and it was agreed to send for Rdtu Peng\'ging without
«delay.

quot; In a short time Rdtu Peng*ging reached Majapdhit, with numerous
quot; princes in his suite, in proof of what he had written, that all the Rajas
« of
Sdbrang had submitted, and were willing to obey the will of Maja-
« pdhit, Rdtu Peng\'ging
then informed the prince, that in the conquest
«« of
PaUmbang, the Raja of that country had been killed, and that he
quot; had himself appointed a person to administer the government pro-
« visionally, until the Prince of
Majapdhit should nominate a new
« Raja.

quot; The prince received him with great distinction, saying he knew not
„ bow to reward such eminent service, and offering to him his daughter in

marriage.

quot; After the marriage had taken place, the prince assembled all his
« chiefs,
nbsp;Rdtu Peng\'ging, now his son-in-law, onthe setingel,

quot; appointed

Angka Wijdya.

(( (

tt t

-ocr page 207-

« appointed him in their presence, under the title of Prâha Anrnn, to a
« joint administration of the country with himself,

quot; The prince, however, some time after, became jealous of the authority ^quot;^kaWijaya.
« of this chief, and removed him to
Pén^ging, afterwards called Pâjang,
quot; During the administration of Lénibu Pétang on Mddûra, Sûmanap with
the subordinate islands, became a separate province under
Jdran JPanu-
« Ian, a native of Pamakdsan, who by his skill and courage had raised him-
« self to the rank of commander of the
Majapdhit cavalry, and was mar-
quot; ried to an illegitimate daughter of the prince.

quot; About the year 1360 ambassadors arrived from J5a\';z/ar Mdsin, when a. f.mo.
the prince sent one of his sons, Kâda Banjaran Sdri, also called Chdkra
« Nagdra,
to be the chief of that country. He proceeded with many
quot; vessels and numerous followers and troops.

quot; The prince afterwards gave one of his daughters, the sister of Chdkra
quot; Nagdra,
in marriage to a celebrated commander, named Jdran J^inau,
quot; who was appointed Adipdti of Lokdno, and appointed Pdnji Diwirio chief
quot; of
Pranardga, with the title of Batdra Kdtong.

quot; The prince falling ill of a complaint, declared by the physicians to be
quot; incurable, was advised, as the only means of recovery, to cohabit with
« one of his female slaves, a woolly-haired girl. The fruit of this inter-
« course was a son, who on account of his birth was called
Bimdan Kqjdwan,
quot; This child, shortly after its birth, was delivered over to Kidi Géde Tdrup
quot; Siséla,
chief of the prince\'s or rice lands, with directions to bring it
quot; up as a foundling.quot;

Returning, however, to the progress of Mahometan conversion, which
was now more rapidly advancing, the history goes on to state, that the
of Aria Ddmar of PaUmbang, who were destined to take a most con-
spicuous part in succeeding events, came to
Grésik, the former at the age
of twenty, and the latter of eighteen.
Rdden Pdtah, aware of his extrac-
tion and of the treatment which his mother had received, would not pro-
ceed to
Majapdhit, but remained with the Susunan at Ampel for some
time.
Hûsen, however, went to Majapdhit, with injunctions not to say
anything of
Rdden Pdtah. He was well received there, and soon after
was appointed to the command of the troops, and to administer the district
of
Trong.

Rdden Pdtah afterwards marrying the grand-daughter of Sunan Ampel,
and leaving her during her pregnancy, proceeded to the westward, in

R 2nbsp;order

-ocr page 208-

order to form an establishment, which he was directed to fix at a place
where he should find the sweet-scented grass, called
hintara. This he dis-
covered in a place where there
were but few dry spots to be found, in an
extensive swamp, termed in Javannbsp;whence the contraction

Demdk, first called iJm^tim.

As soon as the Prince oï Majapdhit heard of this new establishment at
Bintara, he directed Hûsen to proceed thither and destroy it, unless the
chief was willing to acknowledge the authority of
Majapdhit. Hûsen in
consequence prevailed on
Rdden Pdtah to accompany him to Majapdhit,
where he was recognised by his likeness to the prince, and permitted to
return to
Bintdra with the title of Adipdti.

When Rdden Pdtah c^nïtteà Majapdhit, instead of returning tO Bintdra he
went to
Ampel, and communicated to him the shame and rage which he
felt on the discovery of his birth and a determination which he had made
to destroy
Majapdhit. The Sûnan, however, moderated his anger, by
telling him that while the prince was just and beloved, and he himself re-
ceived such benefits from him, his religion did not admit of his making
war against him, or in any way injuring him.

Rdden Pdtah ihen returned to Bintdra, taking with him his wife, but
leaving with thé
Sûnan his son, Rdden Ahdala. Bintdra now rose in con-
sequence and prosperity, proselytes became numerous, and the population
daily increased.nbsp;_

Shortly after the mosque had been commenced, intelligence was received
of the severe illness of the
Sûnan Ampel, in consequence of which Rdden
Pdtah,
together with all the chiefs and people who had embraced Maho-
metanism, proceeded to
Ampel, where, after they had attended him for a few
days, he died, previously delivering into the hands of the
Sûnan Giri a
pusdka kris, which had been given to him by the Prince of Majapdhit, and
which he required of him never to transfer into unhallowed hands.

The Prince of Majapdhit is represented as paying every honour to the
deceased, and as having provided the usual feast on . the occasion. After
this event,
Rdden Pdtah returned to Bintdra, whither eight missionaries,
who had assumed the title of Sûnan, viz. Sûnan Bónang of Tuban (son of
Sûnan AmpelJ, Sûnan TJndang of Kûdus, Sûiian G/n of Grésik, Sûnan
Agum {Muldna Jomadil Kohra
of Chéribon), Sunan Kdli Jenar, Sunan Kdli
Jdga, Sunan Tanggung
(of TegaT), and Siinan Drdja of Sidayu, now pro-
ceeded to assist in the completion of the mosque. This mosque is still

Standings

Angka Wijaya.

-ocr page 209-

standing, and is of a shape different from those construct^ at a later Ma^p^dt.
period, having,
as it is asserted, eight pillars, to commemorate the circum-
stance of the eight religious men engaged in its construction. This event

occurred in the year 1390.

It was now that Rdden Pdtah, finding advisers who were perhaps less
scrupulous than the revered
S^nan Ampel, gave vent to his deep-rooted
animosity against his father, and formed a league with the assembled, ngt;is.
sionaries to make war upon the pagan empire of
Majapdhit. In conse-
quence of this confederacy, which was joined by all
those who had em-
braced the Mahometan faith, with the exception of
Husen and his fol-
lowers, who remained true to the prince, a numerous army was soon
collected at
Demdic, where Rdden Pdtah openly declared war. \'

Sunan Undang of Kiidus wamp;s appointed to the chief command, and under
him the Mahometan army marched towards
Majapdhit ; but owing to the
dexterity of
Husen, who commanded the Majapdhit forces, a general
engagement was avoided, and for four years the hostile army was kept at
bay. The troops of
Majapdhit at last dissatisfied with this uncertain state of
affairs and constant harassing
called loudly for action, and in compliance with
their wishes a decisive
battle was fought near the Sidayu river, m which the
Mahometans were completely routed, and their chief,
S^nan Undang,.killed.
Husen
is accused of not having followed up this victory to the utmost of
his power, on account of his fraternal affection for
Rdden Pdtah. The remains
of Sunan Undang were interred in the north side of the temple at Demdh.

The Prince of Majapdhit, after this success, again endeavoured to reduce
Rdden Pdtah to obedience by amicable means, and for that purpose invited
him to
Majapdhit. Pdtah promised to comply as soon as he should recover
from a dis4mper
which then confined him. By this, and other excuses,
which were only urged to gain time, he contrived to deceive the prmce j
and
Bintdra, with the other provinces, continuing to pay the usual tribute,

his vengeance was disarmed.

Considerable depredations were now made by the Sunda people, who
landing on the north
coast proceeded by the river Losdri into the interior of
the country, ^^ f^^x Bdnyu mas md Ddyu Lihur, which probably attracted

the attention of Angka Wijdya, more than the immediate danger which

threatened his empire from the members of his own family-

Bdden Pdtah, in the meantime, was very active in making preparations

for a fresh attack, and sent to PaUmbang, for the double purpose of asking

assistance

-ocr page 210-

Majapahit. assistance from that state and of reconciling Aria Ddmar to the part which
■ J—quot;quot;\' he was now taking against
Husen.

Angka Wijaya.nbsp;partof the message Aria i)a»z«r replied, « that it was the

« will of God to extirpate paganism, and to establish the doctrine of
quot; Mahomet; that therefore, if HAsen, who was a Mahometan, still conti-
quot; nued to assist the infidels, he must abide by the consequences, and that
quot; he, as his father, would in such cast take no vengeance for the death of
quot; his son, should it ensue.*

The confederates gaining courage from this support, the several chiefs
sent numerous troops to
Demdk, and a second army was soon assembled.
The overthrow of the ancient kingdom, if we are to believe the Javans,
was not to be effected by
human means alone, and supernatural expedients
were resorted to. Aria Ddmar is said to have sent to Rdden Pdtah the box
which
had been given him by his mother before he quitted Java, directing
him to carry it to the wars.
Sunan Gunung Jdti sent him a hdju rdnte, or
chain jacket, with an injunction not to open it until the engagement was at its
height, when thousands of rats would issue from it, and assist in putting
an end to the struggle.
Sunan Giri contributed with the same instructions
the sacred
Jcris, from which a swarm of hornets was to issue; and Stinan
Bonang
sent a magical wand or cane, which in cases of extremity possessed
the power of
producing allies and warriors on all sides.

Thus provided, the Mahometan army took the field under Pangeran
Kudus,
son of the deceased Sunan, The progress of the confederates is
thus described.

quot; The army of the faithful, highly elated and determined upon the
quot; downfall of paganism, were met by the united forces of
Majapdhit, under
quot; Miisen, and a severe and desperate battle took place, which lasted for
quot; seven successive days. In this protracted engagement the former were
at first worsted j but the commander,
Pangeran KMus, availing himself
quot; of the enchanted box and miraculous weapons, at last succeeded in driving
« the enemy before him, and the city of
Majapdhit, surrounded on all
quot; sides, submitted to the hostile forces, the prince and his immediate followers
having previously quitted it in disorder and fled to the eastward.quot;
Thus in the year 1400 fell the great capital of Java, the boast and pride
of the Eastern Islands: thus did the sacred city of
Majapdhit, so long
celebrated for the splendour of its court and the glory of its arras, become a
wilderness. quot; Lost and gone is the pride of the land.quot;

The

-ocr page 211-

The main force of the allies remained at Majapdhit ; but Pangéran Kûdus ^Jf
proceeded to Trong, whither Hûsen had retreated, raising combatants, by
means of the magical wand of
Sûnan Bonang, as he advanced. Here he
attacked
Husen, who had entrenched himself in a strong position, and
soon carried his lines. That chief immediately acknowledging his defeat,
entered into terms, and accompanied the
Pangéran to Demak, taking with
him his principal followers and daughter, whom
Rdden Pdtah was allowed to
dispose of. He was well received, and his daughter given in marnage ta

Panfféran Aria of Tühan.

On their way Pangérdn Kûdus and Hûsen went to Majapahit, whence

the regalia had already been removed to Bemdk, and assisted in the further
removal of all property, public and private, of every description : so that
in the course of two years the country was entirely laid waste, 1402.
Kedélang strna quot;warndni nagdra
2nbsp;0nbsp;4nbsp;1

To be seen nought form city.*

Nothing

♦ The following account of this great capital, and of the country in general, is given by the
Chinte it was finished by Han-Cham-pit, a Chinese, whose family have for many generations
been sett\'led on Java, and translated into English by Mr.Crawfurd, whenResident of Surabaya.

« Extract from a Chinese booh called Bun-kyan-tong-ko, printed at Pekin one hundred and five
quot; years ago, in the reign ofthe Emperor
Bang-he, and compUed under the direction of his minis\'
« fersTyn-eng, Ong-un-Chin, Ong-Tam, Tyn-yong-twan, and others.

There is a country called Ja^-wa, formerly called Cha-po ; on the sea coast of it there is a
country called Po-^a-lung, by which is the entrance into the country.

, / •nbsp;V mner or Hut-pit\'ly at, ofthe famp;mily o{ Givan Jaw~wa, it was described

quot; Iquot; the reign of the ^^P ^nbsp;,, ^he east by ^o-.-gi«, to the west by 5a«.-.«-

quot; as bemg bounded m riie^lo^.^^ J ^^ ^^^ ^^^^^ ^^

quot; Sullect\' Tthis country of Cha-po are Sokit-tan, Ta-pan, Ta-Jcong, Te-but, and other
countries.

« In coming from Chwan-cha {Emwi) by sea one first makes Cham-Sya.
« The people of that country are of a strange appearance, and exceedingly ugly.
quot; In genius, habits, and language, they are entirely different from the Chinese.
quot; Jaw-wa became first known to the sovereigns of China in the reign of Saow-Gil-ymg, of
\'\' the dynasty
Song.* The intercourse was, however, afterwards interrupted.

- After this, in the reign of Tyo-kong-in, ofthe family of Tyo,-f the king of J««quot;»«^
n^me was
Bak-lo-cha, sent an embassy with gifts to the Emperor oîChîna.^ ^^ ^^^^ ^^^
quot; The intercourse was again renewed in the reign of
Tyo-kyat, of the same y,nbsp;.

« Javans sent a mission with gifts to China.nbsp;Afterwards,

, ...nbsp;„nbsp;. lt;« E«ht hundred and fifty-one years ago.quot;

# « Thirteen hundred and mnety-iour years ago.quot;nbsp;f snbsp;j j b

-ocr page 212-

Ac-
were
put

quot; Afterwards, in the reign of the Emperor Hut-pit-lyat, and in the thirteenth year of his reign,
quot; soldiers were sent from
China, but the Javan subjects were very numerous, and they could
quot; not succeed.*

quot; The water of that country is called pa\'chak-an. Here is the mouth of a river. This is
quot; the place to invade the country. It was here that
Su-pit and Rohin, the generals of Hut-
pit\'lyat,-
fought the people of the country.

quot; The country of Jaw-iu« is divided between two kings, one to the west and one to the east. In
quot; the reign of the Emperor
Chee-Te of the dynasty o? Beng, when that prince had sat five years
quot; on the throne, the western prince, whose name was
Fo-lt;wan~pan, made war on the prince of
quot; the eastern half of the island,
and overthrew his kingdom.

\'\' In the reign of the same Chinese prince, and in the sixteenth year of his reign, the western
quot; king of Ja-w-wa, whose name now
was Yang-ixi-see-sa, sent a mission to China, with a present of
quot; a white parrot.

quot; Half a day\'s journey to the south-west of the river is the king\'s palace, close to a tank.
quot; Within this are two or three hundred houses. Seven or eight persons wait on the king,
quot; clothed in silk of various colours.

quot; The king\'s palace is built of bricks. In height, the wall is thirty feet. Its circumference
« is about 30,000 paces. The hair on the king\'s head is in appearance like growing
quot;igrass.. He wears a cap ornamented at top with gold fashioned like leaves. Apiece of
silk is wrapped over his bosom; round his waist he has a piece of embroidered silk; he
quot; wears a short weapon ; his feet are bare. Sometimes he rides on an elephant, and sometimes on
a
bullock.

quot; With respect to the people, the hair of the men has the appearance of growing grass. The
quot; women tie it in a knot at the top of the head; they wear a coat and a long cloth. The men
quot; invariably wear a short weapon at the waist, which is of exquisite workmanship.

quot; Their laws never punish by corporal infliction. They take no account of the measure of a
quot; man\'s offences ; the criminal, in all cases, is secured with rattans, and then put to death by
« stabbing him.

quot; In their traffic they use the money of China, but of a coinage older than the present times.
quot; These coins bear a value double of what they do in China.

quot; The inhabitants of the country have names, but no surnames. They are of a quarrelsome
quot; disposition. In their persons they are ill-favored and filthy. Their color is a blueish black.

Their heads are like those of large monkies, and they go bare-legged. They believe in evil
« spirits. In sitting and sleeping they neither use chairs nor beds : in eating they use neither
sc gpoons nornbsp;With respect to food, they do not reject snakes, caterpillars, worms

quot; and insects. They do not scruple to eat and sleep with their dogs.

quot; In their marriage ceremonies it is the practice for the man to goto the house of the woman
« where he stays five days; at the end of this time the bride is received with music and noise at
« the house of the bridegroom. The bride wears no coat, her hair is loose, her feet are bare,

\'\' and

j^Qthing certain is known of the fate of the Prince of Majapdhit.
cording to some accounts, he, his family, and immediate adherents.

-ocr page 213-

put to death on the assault of the city ; according to others, he fled to
Malang and ultimately to Bdli. But the temporary establishment formed at
Mdlang, after the fall of MajapdMt, is ascribed by the tradition of that
district, not to the sovereign, but only to the
Jdipdti of Majapdhit, ^rohsLhly
one of the sons of Angka Wijdya, who had remained with his father, and
was indifferently termed
Depdti Gugur or Depati Majapdhit. The date at
which
Angka Wijdya ascended the throne scarcely allows us to believe that
he was living at the period of its final overthrow. This date may be deter-
mined from the inscriptions on several tombs still in a state of preservation.
The
year marked on the tomb of the princess of Champa (which is within
the ruins of
Majapdhit) is 1320 j that on the tomb of Mukina Ibrahim, who
died twenty-one years after the arrival of the
Baja Chérmen in 1313, is
1334 ; and as the princess of
Chdmpa must have been living at the period
of
Aria Ddmar\'s being sent to FaUmbang, when that prince had at least
attained the age of puberty, the accession of
Angka W\'jdya to the throne
of
Majapdhit must have been anterior to the year 1320, and a reign of
eighty years more than exceeds the limits of
probability. All the accounts
which are given of the fate of this prince and his family, agree
in stating
that the
princess of Chdmpa, who must, if living, have been nearly a hun-
dred years cf age, fell into the hands of the conquerors, and found an
asylum with the
Sunan Bónang of Tuban : but this statemenent is disproved by
the recent discovery at
Majapdhit of the tomb of this princess, who appears
to have been buried according to the Mahometan custom, and on whose
tomb-stone the date 1320 is found, in the old Javan characters, in the highest
state of preservation.

In those accounts which represent the prince as having retreated from
Majapahit the following particulars are related.

quot; About twelve months after the establishment of the supreme authority
« at
Bintdra or Demdk, the people of the more eastern provinces again
quot; reverted to the standard of
Bromjdya, who had received assistance from

VOL. II.nbsp;Snbsp;his

quot; and she wears a piece of silk round her bosom. Sometimes she wears ornaments of gold,

pearls, and precious stones.

quot; With respect to the dead, some are thrown into the water, some burnt, and some buried ;
« all this according to the will of the person expressed before his death. The exports of the
quot; country are gold, silver, pearls, rhinoceros\' horns, elephants\' teeth, tortoise-shell, beetle-
« nut, black pepper, sapan wood, garu wood, kanglong, cotton, Sundit birds, green pigeons
quot; and
doves of various colours, parrots of various colours, red, green, and white, with white
quot; deey and white monkeys.quot;

-ocr page 214-

« his son established on BM; upon which Pangeran Aria of Kudus and
quot; Husen were directed to proceed against them with a powerful army. A
desperate engagement took place near
Mdlang, in which the Pepdti Sindu
quot; Rdja
was killed. The Mahometan forces were however victorious, and
quot; following up their success they pursued the
Majapdhit people to Grojogan
quot; {Balamhdngan),
whence Browijdya and those of his followers who still
quot; adhered to his fortune took refuge in boats, and fled to
Bali. This event
quot; happened in the Javan year 1403.quot;

The following, however, is the traditionary account given by the people
of
Mdlang, of the party who retreated thither from Majapdhit.

quot; When the people of Majapdhit were defeated and obliged to fly their
quot; capital, the
Pdteh of Majapdhit took refuge at a place now called Sing-
quot; gdra,
to the south-west of Mdlang, where he met with protection from
quot; a devotee, named
Kidi Gede Seng\'gdra, who becoming attached to him
quot; gave him his daughter in marriage.

quot; After the death of the Pdteh of Majapdhit and of Kidi Gede Seng\'-
quot; gdra,
the son of the former disagreeing with his wife, quitted Seng\'gdra,
quot; and built a small village at Gedddang, where afterwards he constructed a
fort and assumed the name of
Rdng\'ga Permdna.

*\' In a short time this new country was known by the name of Supit-
quot; lirang. Its inhabitants commenced the manufacture of bricks, of which
quot; the walls of the town and ramparts were completed ; they then dug a
« moat or ditch round the whole, and rendered it a place of great strength.

The fame of this new establishment had no sooner reached the ears of
quot; the Mahometan chief of
Demdk, who had now assumed all the authority
« formerly possessed by
Majapdhit, than he sent his forces against it. The
quot; people of
Supit urang remaining however within their fortification, the
quot; besiegers continued a long time before the place without being able to
quot; make any impression upon it, and were about to retire, when it occurred
to them that a stratagem might be successful. This was to
catch ten
« doves or pigeons, which in the course of the
day might come from with-
quot; out the fortification in search of food, and after fastening to their tails
« lighted brands, to let them loose into the city. The project succeeded,
« for the birds flying towards their homes set fire to the buildings within
quot; Supit drang (which were constructed of light materials) and all was
quot; confusion. The conflagration becoming general, alarmed the people,
who fled in every direction; the prince proceeding eastward as far as

quot; Gunung

Demak.
A.J. 1400.

-ocr page 215-

« Gunung Buréng (a rising ground within sight of the town), where he is
supposed to have perished, as nothing was afterwards heard of him. The
quot; besiegers then took possession ofthe place, which since that period has
quot; been called
Kôîa Bedak (the deserted fort).quot;

All the chiefs and priests went to Gîri on their return from Seng\'gdra,
to offer up thanks for their victory. The Sunmi was much indisposed when
they arrived, and soon after died, at the age of sixty-three years. The tomb
of the
Sunan Girt is still kept in a state of preservation, and highly
revered. It is remarkable for still containing the
piisdka kris, which he
desired should be placed near his grave, and to which superstition has
attached many virtues.*

To return, however, to Bdden Pdtah. No sooner had this chief caused
the removal of the regalia from
Majapdhit to Demdk, than the Sunans, Giri,
Bonang,
and Kali Jdga, formally invested him with the government,
under the title of
Panambdhan Jimbun, and declared him the deliverer from
paganism and the head of the faithful. The manner in which
Rdden Pdtah
obtained the sovereignty is otherwise related in other accounts.

While these events were passing in the eastern and more populous districts
of Java, the
missionaries were not idle in the western districts. Sheik
Muldna,
of Chéribon, after effecting the conversion of the chiefs and
people in his neighbourhood, sent his son,
Muldna Hdsen-u-din, to Ban-
tam, where, in the vicinity of the mountain
Pulasdri, a body of eight
hundred recluses at once embraced the faith, and his disciples soon became
numerous.

Hdsen-u-din went afterwards with his father to Mecca. On their return they
visited the court
oî Menangkdhau on Sumatra, where they were received
with
great distinction by the Raja, who at their departure presented the
father with a celebrated kris. From Menangkdhau they proceeded to the
mountain Pulusdri in Bantam, whence the father returned to Chéribon,
leaving the Menangkdhau kris with his son. Hdsen-u-din shortly after went
to
Chéribon, to be married to a daughter of the Sunan Demdk {Rdden
Pdtah), and from thence to Demdk, where he found Rdden Pdtah engaged
in war with the Prince of Majapdhit. He there obtained his daughter in
marriage,
and assisted in bringing the war to a favourable conclusion, after
which he returned with his wife to Bantam. Bantam at this period was a
province dependent on
Pajajdran.

S 2nbsp;About

* Various stories are related of this kris.

-ocr page 216-

About twelve months after hi? return to Bantam, where he assumed the
chief authority,
Hdsen-u-din went over to the Lampung country in
Sumatra, accompanied by
Pangeran Bdlu, a chief of Tulangbdnsoang, and
proceeded as far as
Indrapdra, where he married the daughter of the
i^aja as his second wife. On this occasion it is said that the Bencoolen
river was fixed upon as the boundary of his possessions in that direction;
but it does not appear whether, by this new boundary, his possessions
became more extended or more circumscribed than before.

During the whole of his progress from Tulanghdxmng to Indrapura, it is
said that the sword was never out of the scabbard. It is therefore probable,
that his title to these more distant regions was founded upon some previous
claim, and either that the
Lampung country was transferred to his father.
Sheik Muldna, along with the Menangkdbau kris,* or that Palemhang and the
southern part of Sumatra might have devolved to Bantam, in consequence
of
Hdsen-u-din\'s marriage with the daughter of Rdden Pdtah, who had then
assumed the sovereignty of Java and its dependencies.

On Hdsen-u-din\'s return from Indrapdra, he assembled a large body of
men, principally from the southern districts of Sumatra, and marched
against
Pdkuan Pajajdran, the chief of which, with his followers, still
adhered to the ancient faith, and
attacking that capital at midnight com-
pletely annihilated its authority. On this occasion Krdwang is said to have
been fixed as the boundary between the possessions of
Sheik Muldna of
Cheribon and those of Bantam, there being at that time no intermediate
power.

The manner in which this ancient capital was annihilated, is described
with great minuteness in the different traditions of the
Sunda people, and
the descendants of those who escaped and continued to adhere to their
ancient faith, are to be traced in the districts of Bantam, where they still
continue distinguished from the rest of the population under the designation
of
Bedui.i

Among

* Known by the name of Kemdndang.

f The Bedui are to be found at three different places in Bantam. At Gu?iung Perahiang,
where the chief is called Girang PoJion, there are twelve families; at Gunung Pamngkujang,
where the chief\'s name is WanUang, there are forty men and women; and at Gunung Bung-
hang,
where the chief is called Kiang, there are twelve families. In the Ra^ayans, the name
given to the place in which they respectively reside, this exact number is constantly preserved,
by the removal of any increase that may occur, and by supplying any deficiency from those
without who have not embraced the Mahometan faith.

The

Pangeran
Jirabun.

-ocr page 217-

Among the articles removed from Majapdhit, and still preserved with
superstitious veneration, was the 2Jaseban, or hall of audience, a large

building.

The history of these people, who consider themselves as descendants of Prabu Seda, the
last chief of
Pajajaran, is intimately connected with the period of which we are now treating,
and with the establishment of Mahometism in the western districts. The origin of the
Bedut
is thus related.

quot; During the reign of PraiMnbsp;the last prince o? Pajajaran, he was informed that a

quot; certain recluse, named Seda Sakti, had an incesttious intercourse with his sister, and
quot; determined to punish him for thus bringing disgrace upon the country ; the man pleaded his
quot; innocence to no
purpose, and was put to death by being pressed between two large logs of
quot; wood, previously making a stipulation, which was deemed reasonable enough, and which
quot; obtained the concurrence of all present,
vk. that if he had actually been guilty of the
quot; crime laid to his charge, his descendants might lose their religion and live in the low lands ;
quot; if not, that
Prahu Seda, with his nobles and court, might lose their rehgion and place of
quot; residence, and become for ever slaves : and as a sign that this stipulation was approved and
quot; ratified from on high, immediately the sun was eclipsed, the rain descended in torrents,
quot; the thunder roared, the earth shook, and under the mountains were heard sounds like the
quot; discharge of great guns.

quot; Pachukaman, son of Prahu Seda, who resided with his people at Gunung Pulusari, »t the
quot; period when the Mahometan religion was about to be introduced, apprehended the conse-
quot; quences of the stipulation made with
Seda Saldi, and determining not to change his ancient
quot; faith on any account, he quitted the place in secret, leaving his people, of whom eight
quot; hundred, who were holy men, went in search of him in vain, and only returned to deplore
« his loss.quot;

Hasen-u-din subsequently fell in with these eight hundred recluses and convei-ted them. He
afterwards invaded
Pajajaran. On his return to Pulusari, he was accustomed to come down to
Sirang twice in seven days to sell fruit, and in the course of time he became acquainted with
every thing relative to the people of Bantam. He afterwards subdued
Garing, the ancient capi-
tal, situated a few miles inland of
Sirang, of which the ruins are still visible, more by means
of conversion than by arras, and when firmly established,
Prabu Seda and his children, who
refused to become converts, were there put to the sword.

The Bedui are the descendants of those who on the fall of Pajajaran escaped into the woods,
and who refused to change their religion, remaining firmly attached to that of
Prahu Seda. There
is a tomb of one of them which they hold sacred, and which they will not allow any one but them-
selves to approach, even to this day. In after times, when the
Bedui submitted to the Sultan of
Bantam, and shewed no disposition to oppose the Mahometans, they were exempted from the
necessity of becoming converts, upon the condition, at the time they yielded, that the number
in each
Ratuayan allowed to profess the ancient worship should be limited.*

When the Mahometan religion became more generally established, it was declared that all
those people who should not have embraced the faith before a certain day,
should, with their
descendants, be considered as outcasts or slaves. This is the origin of the people termed
Ahdi,
and who are quite distinct from the Bedui.

The name, however, given in the Sunda traditions to the last chief of Pajajaran, is Sila
JVangi ;
and it is from some of his original adherents, who became converts to Mahometanism,

that

* For a further account of these people, see vol. i, page 333.

Pangeran
Jimbon.

-ocr page 218-

building, supported by a double row of lofty pillars. This was placed in -
front of the mosque at Demdh where it is still to be seen. At Kûdus there
is a carved door belonging to the place of worship which
Bromjâya used
to attend j and in the burial places at
Tûban, and several of the eastern dis-
tricts, are still to be found relics of a similar kind, which are reverenced as

sacred.

On the destruction of Majapdhit, the numerous pdndi, or workers m
iron and steel, who were considered the strength of the empire, and who
in consequence enjoyed many privileges, were dispersed over the eastern
districts of Java, Madûra, and Bâli, forming separate establishments under
their respective chiefs. At this period the custom of wearing the
1ms is said
to have been
introduced among the common people.

that the present regents of the Sunda districts are descended. One of them, Guru Gantan-g\'an,
with many followers, is said to have retired to the forests on the mountain Gedé, since called
RéchaDomas (eight hundred images), where many rude idols are still to be found. There
it is said they afterwards became extinct, and according to the notion of the
Sundas, the
term Per-hian^\'an, still retained by the descendants from Nga-hiang, sigmfymg annihilated, is
derived from the fate of this people.

Demak.
A.J. 1400.

Pangeran
Jimbon.

-ocr page 219-

CHAPTER XI.

History of Jam^ from the Establishment of Mahometanism (A.J. 1400), till
the Arrival of the British Forces in A.D. 1811. (A.J. 1738).

About a year after the establishment of the chief authority at Demâh, the
Sultan, accompanied by the different heads of the Mahometan worship,
visited
Sheik Muldna Ibrahim at Chéribon. On this occasion, the chiefs
were distributed over different quarters appropriated for them, in the vicinity
of
Palimdnan, and the places where they resided still bear their respective
names.

Kdbu Kanigdra, the chief of Pdjang, second son of Anddya Ningrat
by one of the daughters of Browijaya and the princess of Chdmpa, was
put to death, although he had embraced the Mahometan religion, for
refusing to acknowledge the supremacy of Sultan
Demdk, by presenting
himself at court when required. The following is the account of this
transaction, as given by the native writers.

quot; The Pangéran Kudus then departed alone, and having entered the
« ddlam was observed by a female attendant of the chief, who demanded
his name and errand ; to which he replied, that he should have the
honour to make himself known to her master. The female observed
quot; that the
prince was ill, and in mourning for the death of one of his best
« friends,
Kidi Gédé Tingkir. Pangéran Kudus then desired her to tell her
quot; master that he was a messenger from the Almighty, who brought good
tidings. Having thus obtained admittance to the chief, he informed him
quot; that he ^Yas commissioned to require his immediate attendance at
Demdk,
« and in c^se of refusal to put him to death. But Kdbu Kanigdra still
persisted in his refusal, and delivered quot;his
kris into the hands ofthe Pan-
« géran,
who immediately wounded him in the arm, of which he shortly
quot; expired. He had
however previously stipulated, that as his wife was
pregnant, the circumstances of his death should be kept secret from

quot; hsr

Demak,
A.J. HO».

-ocr page 220-

quot; her, and that her life should be preserved. The widow shortly after
quot; quitted the
ddlam, and found an asylum with the widow of Kidi Gede
quot; TingUr,
where she was delivered of a son, destined to perform a
quot; conspicuous part in the transactions of those days.quot;

Panambdhan Jimbun reigned according to some twelve, and according to
others nine years after the fall of
Majapdhit. He had several children, one
Pangeran Sa- of whom, named Pangeran Sdbrang Lor, succeeded him as sultan of Demak:
a.^j\'T409. another, named Nidi Bintdra, was married to Muldna Ibrahim of Cheribon,
who was in consequence honoured with the title of Panambdhan Makdum
Jdti.

Panambdhan Jimbun is represented as having resided in a small unadorned
dwelling, while the
principal buildings at Demdk were constructed by
Pangeran Kudus, who had married the daughter of Husen, and being
entrusted with the highest offices, was considered as the second person in the
state.

Pangeran Sdbrang Lor, who succeeded his father in 1409, after a reign
of less than two years, died of an inflammation of the lungs, and was suc-
ceeded, in
1412, by his brother, named Pangeran Tranggdna, the third
sultan of
Demdk.

On the inauguration of Pangeran Tranggdna, he received the benediction
of
Panambdhan Mdkdum Jdti, and Pangeran Kudus was appointed high
priest. Two
hrises and a bddi bddi were made by the celebrated smith
named
Sura, from the iron wand which was supposed to have wrought
miracles in the
Majapdhit yvM. One of them was presented to the new
sultan, and became a
loyaX pusdka ; the other was delivered to the Pangeran
of Kudus, with the appointment of Susunan Panguhu, or high priest. The
bddi bddi was sent to Sunan Bonang.

Before the year 1421, the whole island of Java had submitted to the
authority of
Pangeran Tranggdna, the chiefs of the several provinces, from
Bantam to Balambdngan, presenting themselves at his court, and universal
tranquillity was restored. The Mahometan religion was now firmly esta-
blished throughout the island : the mosque was completed, and treaties of
amity and peace were concluded with the princes of Borneo,
Palembang,
Bdli, Singapura, Indragiri,
and other states of the Archipelago, which
had become independent of Javan authority after the fall of
Majapdhit.

This prince is represented to have been an intelligent, good, and virtuous
man, and to have enforced the strictest obedience to the laws. Under his

superintendence

Panjeran
Tianggana.
A.J. 1412.

1420.

— 1421.

-ocr page 221-

superintendence was composed a work, entitled Jdya Langhdra, in which the
principles of the Mahometan law and precepts were blended with the ancient
instructions of the country, and thus rendered agreeable to the people.

It is related, that on the occasion of the assemblage of the different chiefs
at the funeral of the deceased Sultan and the inauguration of
Fangeran
Tranggdna,
a dreadful storm arose, with much thunder and lightning, when
a youth,
named Jdka Sisela (the son of Brow^dya by B-ddan KajdwaUy who
had
been delivered over to the superintendent of his sdwak or rice fields)
going out of the mosque to observe the weather, saw a meteoric stone fall
on the ground beside
him, without doing him harm. This stone he carried
to the
Sdnan Kali Jdga, who declared it to be an omen prophetic of much
good to the youth. After thanks were returned to the Almighty for having
averted the danger from the mosque, a sketch was made of the stone,
which is still exhibited on the door facing the north. This youth
Sisela
failing in an endeavour to become chief of the sultanas guards, and after-
wards in an attempt upon the prince\'s life, was obliged to fly from the
capital.

It is necessary here to advert to Jdka Tingkir, the offspring of Kdbu
Kanigdra,
a chief who had been put to death by order of the first sultan of
Demdk. It having been foretold that he would one day become sovereign
of Java, he was taken by his mother to
Demdk in his eleventh year, where
he soon found means to ingratiate himself with the Sultan, who gave him
the name of
Pdnji Mas, and caused him to be instructed in the Mahometan
religion and in the precepts of
Jdya Langkdra, appointed him to the com-
mand of the body guard consisting of eight hundred men, and afterwards,
in the year
1449, gave him his daughter in marriage, with the administra-
tion of the province of Pdjang, where, with the permission of the Sultan,
he built a
krdton ; but afterwards having put to death a person who had
arrived from the
Kedu, applying for an appointment in the body guard, he
was banished to the forests. During his exile he visited a village named
BdnyU\'Uru, near the Solo river, where he was instructed by a Pandita how
to conduct himself for the future, the holy man predicting, at the same
time, that he would become sovereign of Java and hold his court at
Pdjang.

Several exploits against alligators are recorded of him ; and the opmion
that no descendant of the princes of
Pdjang need fear injury from these
animals is so prevalent, that it is not unusual for
a Javan of the present

VOL. II.nbsp;Tnbsp;day,

Pangeran
Tranggana.

— 1449.

-ocr page 222-

day, seeing himself in danger from one of them, to exclaim aloud that he
belongs to that family.

Dinsion of the Not long after the return of Pdnji Mas, the island of Java was again
formed into two separate and independent governments, corresponding with
the former limits of
Majapdhit and Pajajaran. The eastern provinces
remained subject to the Sultan of
Demdh, and the western were ceded in
perpetuity to Muldna Ibrahim, with the title of Sultan. To both sultans
was reserved the right of dividing their lands on their demise among their
children, as they might think proper. The
Sunan Kdli Jdga obtained as an
hereditary property, free from all kinds of requisitions, the small district of
Adildngu, in the province of DemdJc, where he was afterwards buried.

From this period until the death of the Sultan of Demdh, the eastern
provinces enjoyed the most undisturbed tranquillity j but the Sultan of
Chéribon found some difficulty in establishing his authority over the west-
tern people, and in converting them, particularly those of Bantam, to the
Mahometan fâith.

The Sultan of Demdh, besides several natural children, had two sons and
four daughters. Of these daughters one was married to a Madurese prince,
who resided at
Lampung ; another, Baliga, to a son of the Sultan of Ché-
ribon,
who was the chief of Bantam ; a third to Rdden Pdnji, who after the
return
of the Sultan from Chéribon was appointed chief of P^ang péng\'ging ;
and the fourth to the son of Pangéran Kediri, who was chief of Japdra.

Pangéran Tranggdna, the third Sultan of Demdh, died in the year 1461,
having previously made a division of his dominions among his children.

His eldest son. Aria Rdng\'ga, was appointed Sultan of Prawdta, to
which was annexed all the land to the eastward along the
Solo river, as far
OS Surabdya, together with Demdh and Semdrang. His son-in-law,
éran Hadiri, was made Sunan of the Kali Nidmat, and possessed all the dis-
tricts of
Japdra, Pdti, Rémbang, and Jawdna. The Adipdti of Pqjang
Péng\'ging {Rdden Pdnji)
received the title of Brébo Pdti of Pajang and of
Mutdrem, with the lands attached to it. His son, Mas Timor, was ap-
pointed
Adipdti, with the lands of Kedu and Bdgalen. His son-in-law, the
prince of
Madura, was made chief of Madura, Suménap, Seddyu, Grésik,
Surabdya,
and Pasuruan. His youngest son, Rdden Pandngsang, was ap-
pointed chief of
Jipang.

The Sultan of Chéribon, better known by the name of Sunan Gdnung
Jdti,
died in 1428, at an advanced age, leaving three sons by his wife, the

princess

Demak.
A.J. 1449.

empire.

1461.

A

-ocr page 223-

princess of Demâk, and one son and a daughter by a concubine. This i428.
eldest son,
Häsen, succeeded him as Sultan of Chéribon and of the provinces
lying between the
Chi-târum river and Tûgu, and stretching in a southern
direction to the
Kéndang hills, so as to include ail the Briâng\'en districts
and lands lying to the east of the
Chi-tdrum. From this prince are
descended the present Sultans of
Chéribon. To his second son, Baradin, he left
the kingdom of
Bantam, which extended westward from the river of TdngK
ran,
to\'quot; the south-east part of Sumatra, including all the islands in the
straits of
Sunda. From him are descended the present kings of Bantam.
His third son, named Chendmpui, died when young, and was buried at
Mdndu in Chéribon. To his natural son, Kdli Jdian, he assigned the lands
lying between the
Chitdram and Tang\'ran rivers, which had formerly
formed part of
Chéribon and Bantam. This prince assumed the title of
Raja of JoJcdrta or Jdhatra, fixing his capital near the kdmpung of that name,
where he and his descendants continued to reign, until they were expelled,
in the year 1619 of the Christian era, by the Dutch, who established on its
ruins the modern Batavia, the capital of their possessions in the East-
Indies.

The tomb of the Susûnan Gûnung Jdti, situated on the mount so called, at
a short distance from the present town of Chéribon, is still an object of the
highest veneration and respect.

Thus was the ancient empire of Java divided under no less than eight
separate and independent governments.
Bantam, Jokdrta, Chéribon, Pra^à-
ta, Kdlinidmat, Pajang Kedû,
and Madéra ; the several chiefs of which, in
general, either
assumed the title of Kidi Gédé or Sultan, or the more religious

distinction of Sunan.nbsp;^ ,nbsp;. xi,nbsp;4.

In about a year after the death of the Sultan Tranggana, the country of

Pdjang rose to considerable importance; its chief, on account of his pos-
sessing the regalia of state, being considered as the first in rank of the
several princes in the eastern districts. Hatred, envy, and ambition, how-
ever, soon inflamed the breasts of the different princes of Java. The most
ambitious among them, and the first who disturbed the peace of the
coun-
try, was the Adipdti of Jipang, Rdden Pandngang. The history proceeds
thus :

« The Adipdti of Jipang, by the advice of Sûnan Kûdus, dispatched one
« of his body-guard, named
Rdkut, to Sultan Prawdta, with orders to
quot; watch an opportunity and assassinate him. On the arrival of
Rdkut, it

TSnbsp;quot; happened

-ocr page 224-

A.j.a428. «happened\'that the Sultan was labouring under an indisposition; but
«« when he was sufficiently recovered, he went one evening after prayers,
and sat down at the second gate of the
ddlam, his wife standing behind
quot; and holding his head, accompanied only by some female attendants. At
quot; that moment,
Hdkut went up to him, and declared his commission; to
which the Sultan replied, \' I am aware that my time is come j execute
« « your orders, but do not hurt any one but me.\' Upon this,
Rdkut drew
quot; his
kris and stabbed him : after which, retreating a few steps, it occur-
quot; red to him that the chief might not be actually dead; and returning
quot; with an intention of completing his purpose, he missed his aim, and
quot; struck the wife. The prince observing this, immediately threw his
krh
quot; at the assassin, which, striking him in the leg, threw him to the ground,
where he was soon dispatched by the people, who were assembled by the
cries of the women.quot;

The prince and his wife soon after died of their wounds, and left their
dominions and property to their brother, the
Sdnan Kdli Nidmat, with
authority to administer the same until their son.
Aria Pangiri, should come
of age. Both the prince and his wife were interred in the burial place of
their ancestors at
Demdk ; and the provinces of Prawdta thus became in-
corporated with those of
Kdli Nidmat.

The Sunan Kdli Nidmat immediately went to KMus, and demanded that
justice
and condign punishment should be inflicted on the persons concerned
in this murder; and the
Sunan Kiidus, expressing great indignation at
the act, promised compliance; but
ih^ Sunan, while returning to Kdli
Nidmat,
was murdered on the road by persons in the pay of the Adipdti of
Jipang. This prince, having thus far succeeded in his designs, then plotted
the death of the chief of
Pctjang, hoping by that means to remove the
only obstacle to his obtaining the supreme authority in the eastern districts
of Java. The assassins, however, whom he employed for this latter pur-
pose were not equally successful. They found the prince at midnight in
an inner apartment, sleeping among his wives ; but while approaching him
to execute their design, one of them happened to tread upon a woman,
whose shriek awoke the prince. He demanded the reason of their visit,
and promised them pardon, on their confessing by whom they were em-
ployed : they disclosed the whole, and obtained pardon with their
dismissal.
Thus disappointed in his scheme, the Sdnan KMus invited the chief
of
^djang to visit Kudus, and assembled as many religious people as pos-

siblCj

-ocr page 225-

sible, in the hope that an opportunity might be afforded of assassinating him
when off his guard j but a letter arriving at this period from the Sultan of
Cheribon, upon whose protection the widow of the Sunan Kdli Nidmat had
thrown herself, in which the Sultan declared that he should hold the
Sunan
Kudus
responsible for the discovery of the murderers, the intended assassina-
tion was deferred.

The chief of P^ang having communicated with his sister, the widow of
Sunan Kdli Nidmat, who had made a vow never to rest or to leave her home
until the death of her husband, brother, and sister, should be avenged,
informed his
Panambdhan, that if they could find a suitable opportunity to
take
revenge on Rdden Pendnsang they had his full consent. The meeting
which took place between the parties is thus described.

quot; After having laid the troops in ambush, the chiefs of Pdjang crossed
quot; the river, and seizing one of the grass-cutters belonging to
Rdden Pendn-
quot; sang
they cut off a piece of his right ear, and told him to go to his master
with a letter, which they hung about his neck, containing a challenge
quot; from the prince of
Pdjang: they then returned to their own camp.
quot; In the meanwhile the grass-cutter
running with a great noise to the
quot; quarters
of Rdden Pendnsang, who happened to be at dinner, delivered the
message.

quot;At this summons the Rdden came forth in a great rage, and ordering
his horse and spear, galloped down to the river side, and called upon
the prince to come over to him ; but the chief of
Pdjang answered,
that if he was the man of courage he pretended to be, he would himself
cross to the side he occupied. The
Rdden, accompanied by two Panakd-
wans
only, then crosscd the river, and inquiring for his opponent, was in-
formed that he remained in his
pondok, and had sent hisson to fight in his
room, and would only appear in the event of his being conquered.
Rdden
Pendnsang
then said with a contemptuous smile, \' Is the Brebo Pateh
\' afraid, that he sends me a child with whom he knows I will not fight ?
« I will teach him something. Go, child, and call your father.\' He then
amused himself galloping about, until one of the chiefs of
Pdjang let
loose a number of mares, on which his horse became unmanageable, and
he was thrown and killed on the spot.
Tumping\'gung Matdok, his princi-
pal chief, now crossed the river with
all his followers j but they were soon,
overpowered, and the
Tumdng\'gung being slain, his bead was stuck upon
a pole by the river side.quot;

From

-ocr page 226-

From this period the provinces of Jipang became subject to the chief of
pdjang J and his sister at Kali Nidmat, being informed of this success by
panambdhan expressed her readiness to fulfil a promise which she had made,
of conferring upon him all her lands and property,
Panambdhan declined
accepting this offer, alleging that he had only obeyed the orders of his
sovereign. He however received from her, on this occasion, two
pusdim
rings, in one of which was set a large diamond, in the other a ruby,
which had formerly belonged to the house of
Majapdhit.

The spoil taken in the war was then divided according to usage, and to
Panambdhan was assigned a population of eighteen hundred working men
in the district of
Mentduk, afterwards called Matdrem. The lands of Kdli
Nidmat
were left in the possession of his sister, and those of Demdk
restored to his nephew. Aria Pangiri received the title of Sultan of
Demdk.

The province of Mentduk or Matdrem, at that period did not contain
more than three hundred villages, scattered in different parts of the
country. On the arrival of
Panambdhan near Brambdnan, he was received
by the
Sunan Adi Jâga, who would not allow him to perform the usual
ceremony of kissing his feet, thus by implication predicting the future
greatness of his descendants. At
Pdser Gêdé, then a wilderness, Panam-
bdhan
was duly installed, under the title of Kidi Gédé Matdrem.

When the government of Ktai Gédi Matdrem was fully establislied, he
was desirous of obtaining his son from the prince of Pdjang, who had
retained him as an adopted child, and feared to part with him, in conse-
quence of the prophecy of which he was aware, predicting the future
greatness of the descendants of
Jdka Sisila ; but on the entreaties of the
Sunan Kdli Jaga, he consented to part with him, under a stipulation, upon
oath, from
Panambdhan, that he would not undertake any thing prejudicial
to him during his lifetime.

In the year 1490, the chief of Pdjang, from religious motives, paid a
visit to
Sunan Giri, accompanied by Kidi Gédé Matdrem, and a numerous
retinue of chiefs and priests. He was mounted on an
elephant, and assumed
all the pomp which had been customary with the sultans of
Bintdra. On
this occasion he was formally installed as sultan, in the presence of the
chiefs of the eastern provinces. The
Sunan Giri, at the same time, noticing
Kidi Gédé Matdrem, and being informed of his descent, declared that his
family would one day rule all Java, and urged the Sultan of
Pdjang to
protect and befriend him.

It

— 1490,

-ocr page 227-

It was during this visit that the Sultan of Pdjang gave orders for digging
the extensive fish-ponds which are now preserved at
Grêsik for the IJcan
Bândang.

On the return of Kidi Gédé Matdrem to his capital, he called together his
relations, and recommended to their kindness the forty friends who had
accompanied him on his first coming to
Matdrem, and their descendants,
enjoining them, on no account whatever, to shed their blood, whatever
crime they might commit, but if necessary, to punish them in some other
way. To this they most solemnly bound themselves j and from this period,
strangling is said to
have been introduced as a capital punishment among

the Javans.

His son, now called Mas Anghebdi Suta Wijdya, had an amour with the
grand-daughter of
Sheik Wdli hen Hûsen, who was intended to become one
of the concubines of Sultan
Fdjang. Upon her becoming pregnant, he
fled first to
Chérihon, where he implored protection from the Sultan, but to
no purpose, and afterwards towards
Ludnu, where collecting the rabble of
the country, he commenced hostilities against the chief. The Sultan of
Pdjang, however, at length offering him a pardon, on condition of his
marrying the girl, he returned, and was again received into favour ; but
not before he had reduced the chief of
Ludnu to submission, and rendered
that province tributary to
Matdrem.

The chiefs of Surahdya, Grésik, Siddyu, Tûhan, Wirasdha, Pranardga,
Kediri, Mddion, Blora, Jipang,
and Pasuruan, declared themselves inde-
pendent of the Prince of
Madûra, and elected Pdnji Wiria Krdma, the
Adipdti of Surahdya, who acted as Widdna to Sultan Pdjang, to be their
chief About the same time,
Santa Gûnd, the chief of east Balambdngan,
with the assistance of auxiliaries from Bdli and Celebes, again reduced the
western districts of that province under his authority, subdmng the princi-
pality of
Panarûkan and expelling the prince and his followers.

Kidi Gédé Matdrem died in the year 1497, after having, by his mild and
equitable administration, converted the province of
Matdrem, from a
wilderness into a fertile and populous country, and induced many of the
surrounding districts voluntarily to submit to his authority.

The relations of the deceased appearing at the court of the Sultan o
Pdjang, he appointed his son, Anghebdi Suta Wijdya, to succeed him as chief
of
Matdrem, conferring upon him, at the same time, the command of all

the

— 1497.

-ocr page 228-

144

the troops of the empire, under the title of Kidi Gede Agung Senapdti
Ingdldga, commonly distinguished by the single title of Senapdti, enjoining
him annually to present himself at his court on the feast of
Mulut.

It is noticed, that at this period the island was frequented by Portuguese
and other European navigators, who had estahHshed factories at Bantam.

The ambition of the court of Matdrem being kept alive by various pre-
dictions, dreams, and enchantments, by which
Senapdti was promised the
assistance of
Kidi Gede Laut Kidul (the goddess of the great South Sea),
who declared herself wedded to him, he was instigated to build an extensive
Icrdton on the spot where his ddlam then stood.

He now placed guards at the limits of his territories, burnt some of the
adjacent villages,
and assumed an attitude of complete independence,
subjecting by degrees many of the neighbouring districts. Ambassadors
were immediately
sent from Fdjang to demand an explanation. They were
in the first instance duped by the flattering manner in which they were
received; but afterwards discovering the real state of affairs, and reporting
it to the Sultan their master, he is represented as having called his son before
him, and having said, quot; the will of Providence rules all events.
Senapdti
« will not, during my life, commence hostilities against me, but after my
quot; death he will render you subject to him. Yield tohis power, on which
quot; depends your happiness and that of your descendants.quot; At length,
however, the chiefs of
Tuban and Demdk, apprehensive of the growing
power of Matdrem, prevailed upon him first to banish the Tumung\'gung
Pdjang,
as the instigator of this feud, and afterwards to send a consider-
able force against
Matdrem. The Tumkng\'gmg, however, was rescued by
forty chosen men dispatched by
Senapdti, and a stratagem induced the forces
of
Fdjang to retreat. The Fdjang forces consisted of five thousand men,
commanded by the Sultan\'s son: those of
Senapdti did not exceed eight
hundred. The latter seeing that it was rash to risk an engagement against
such a superiority of numbers, particularly as the few troops he had raised
on the emergency v\\^ere altogether unexperienced and undisciplined, while
those of
Fdjang were in the highest order, halted at a short distance from
Bramhdnan, where the enemy\'s forces were encamped. During the night
he burned all the villages in the vicinity, and set fire to the reeds and long
grass at some distance
imm Bramhdnan, and to the rear of the enemy\'s
camp, by which means he persuaded them that the
Matdrem forces had taken
their departure, in order to obtain
Pdjang by surprize.

During

-ocr page 229-

During the succeeding night there was a heavy thunder storm, and on the
following morning the mountain
Merhdhu burst with a dreadful explosion,
throwing out ashes and large stones j the rivers overflowed their banks and
inundated the low country, occasioning great confusion and destruction in
the
Pdjang camp, and inducing the commander to retreat with his array
forthwith to
Pdjang. Halting at the village Tumpait, situated near Kdrbu
Suru,
he visited the tomb of the Pangéran of that name, who was descended
from
Abddlah, the eldest son of Rdden Pdtah. Here the sultan is said to
have been informed of a prophecy which foretold the immediate downfall of
Pdjang, and to have fainted and fallen from his elephant in consequence.

Senapdti immediately bent his course to Pdjang, where the sultan was
again willing to receive him as his adopted son, and to pardon his past con-
duct ; but a youth in the retinue of
Senapdti, after first proposing to assas-
sinate the sultan, a proposition to which
Senapdti refused to listen, at last
of his own accord succeeded in administering poison to him, of which he
died. This happened, however, after the return of
Senapdti to Matdrem.

Being summoned by Rdden Bendwa, son of the deceased, Senapdti imme-
diately repaired to
Pdjang, where he found already assembled Pangéran
Kudus
and the principal chiefs of the country, who after the funeral pro-
ceeded to the election of a new sultan.
Senapdti was for investing the son
of the deceased with the authority enjoyed by his father, but the
Sûnan
Kûdus,
who though he had been the cause of his son\'s death, still breathed
vengeance against the
Pdjang family, for the ignominious manner in which
the punishment was carried into efièct, opposed this nomination, and
favourino- the pretensions of Sultan
Démak, that chief was duly proclaimed
Sultan of
Pdjang, Rdden Bendwa being appointed chief of Jipang. From
this period the different states which had acknowledged the supremacy of
Pdjang successively broke off from their allegiance.

The new Sultan of Pdjang commenced his career by removing from
ofiice most
of the Pdjang chiefs, and replacing them by his adherents from
Demak, which occasioned a general discontent. At last Rdden Bendwa,
who was not inclined quietly to submit to the loss of his kingdom, succeeded
in
inducing Senapdti openly to adopt his cause, and join the forces which
be could himself send from
Jipang and the discontents of Pdjang.

Senapdti accordingly marched against Pdjang, and an engagement
taking place, most of the troops deserted the sultan\'s cause, and the
remainder, who continued faithful, were soon put to flight.
Rdden Bendwa,
VOL. II.nbsp;Unbsp;alarmed

-ocr page 230-

alarmed at a dream, in which he heard a voice saying, quot; Every thing in life
quot; has a beginning and an end, all worldly greatness is vanity, and no man

can call himself happy until his death ; do you always bear this in mind:\'*
withdrew, and having followed the course of the ^So/o river down to
Grésik,
proceeded thence to Kendal, where he attracted many followers by his
irreproachable conduct. At last he settled on the mountain
Fardkan, where
he was buried.

Senapdti, after this success, proceeded to carry the krdton by assault, and
having entered the front gateway, the wife of the sultan came forth, entreat-
ing that her husband\'s life might be spared; but
Senapdti reminding her
that he was the friend of her father, and had nothing to fear, desired her
instantly to produce
ber busband, -which being complied with, he informed
the
sultan that the people of Fâjang being displeased with him he could no
longer remain sovereign, but that he and his followers might return to
Demdk as soon as they pleased, the sovereignty being now conferred on
Fdden Bendwa.

Search was made for Rdden Bendwa without effect, but that chief was
duly proclaimed as Sultan, and the brother of
Senapdti appointed to admi-
nister the country until his arrival.

The retreat of Rdden Bendwa being at length discovered, and that chief
declining to accept the government of
Pajang, his brother, Pangéran Gdja
Bumi, was appointed sultan in his room. The latter shortly after died, and
was succeeded by the son of
Bendwa, Rdden Sidawini, on whom the title of
Pangéran P^ang was conferred.

As soon as order was again restored, Senapdti returned to Matdrem,
carrying with him the saddle called gatdya, the head-dress called mdchang
gûguh,
and a set of gdmelan called sekar dalima, which he had taken at
the assault of
Pdjang, as trophies of his victory, together with the cannon
called
nidi stomi, and all the insignia and ornaments of royalty, which had
descended for the most part from the princes of
Pajajdran and Majapdhit,
and which are still preserved in the regalia of the princes of Java.

Senapdti, m consequence of these arrangements and the possession of the
regalia, transferred the seat of empire
to Matdrem, and lost no time in
raising his family to the highest dignities. Assuming himself the title of
Sultan, he elevated his nephews to the rank of
Pangérans.

His ambitious views being now so far realized, he consulted the Sunan
Girl, wishing to obtain his opinion, whether the time for the complete

fulfilment

SeBapâti.

-ocr page 231-

folfilment of the prophecy was not arrived. The Sûnàn replied, that if
the Sultan of
Matdrem wished to be sovereign of the whole island of Java,
it was essential that he should, in the first instance, bring the eastern
provinces under subjection. In consequence of this reply, the Sultan
immediately collected his troops, trained them to the use of arms and
regular discipline, and in the month of
mohdrem marched eastward.

The Adipdti of Surahdya, who had held the supreme authority over all
the eastern districts, as
Widdna to the Sultan of Pdjang, no sooner heard
of these preparations, than he
directed all the subordinate chiefs with their
forces to
assemble at Jipang, there to await the arrival of the army from
Matdrem ; but at the moment when a general engagement was about to
take place between the two armies, an open letter was delivered to both
chiefs from the
Sunan Giri, requesting them to desist, and proposing an
arrangement, by which the eastern provinces were to become subject to
Matdrem, but to continue under the immediate administration of the
Adipdti. This arrangement was agreed to by both parties, but the Adipdti,
soon repented of it, who in consequence was preparing for hostilities, when
an open rupture was
again averted by the interference of the Sénan Giri;
but soon after being joined by the forces of Pranardga and Madion, the
Adipdti assembled his troops and marched to invade Matdrem.

Senapdti no sooner heard of these hostile preparations, and that the
Adipdti was levying the revenue of Pdjang, than accompanied by his uncle,
Kidi Gédé Pdti, he marched towards Madion, and obtained possession of the
ddlam, the chief having previously fled with his son to Surahdya, leaving
behind him a daughter whom
Senapdti married. His uncle, displeased at
his conduct,
returned to Pdti ; but Senapdti prosecuted his march towards
Pasdruan, with an intention to render himself master of that pmvince.

The chief of Pasdruan was inclined to surrender at discretion, but was
dissuaded from doing so by his
Pdteh. One day when Senapdti accompa-
nied by only forty men of his body guard, was
reconnoitering the enemy\'s
camp, he met the
Pdteh, who had come out with a similar intention, when
a skirmish taking place, the
Patch was wounded by a lance and fell to the
ground. The Sultan lifting him up and placing him on a mare,
sent him
back to the chief, with a letter tied round his neck. The
chief no sooner
saw him in this disgraceful predicament, than he repented of having taken
his advice, and ordering his head to be immediately severed from his body,

sent it to Senapdti in token of submission.

USnbsp;After

Matâvcm.
A.J. 1500.

Beuapati-

-ocr page 232-

After this Senapdti returned to Matdrem, where he married one of his
daughters to the son of the late chief of
Madion, and appointed him chief
of
Jipang.

Sura Manggdla, a chief of Kediri, was now willing to submit to the
authority of
Matdrem, but Senapdti returned no other answer to his mes-
senger, than that it was his intention to march at the next
mohdrem, when
it would be the duty of Séra Manggdla to surrender that province. Accord-
ingly, in the month of
mohdrem, an army proceeded against Kediri : the
Matdrem forces were successful, and the chief and his three brothers sub-
mitted.
Senapdti was so pleased with the conduct of Sura Manggdla on
this occasion, that he appointed him to the command of the
Matdrem troops.

This chief, better known by the name of Senapdti Bdleh, served the
Sultan of
Matdrem with great ability and fidelity. He gained numerous
victories, brought all the western provinces, as far as
Chéribon, to acknow-
ledge the supremacy of
Matdrem, limiting the authority of that chief
within the rivers of
Losdri and Indramdyu. He is said to have removed
the mud wall which surrounded the
krdton of Matdrem, and built in its
stead a strong wall of stone. He was at last killed in a desperate engage-
ment with the eastern people, which took place in
Fdjang, in which how-
ever the
Matdrem troops were successful.

Shortly after the death of this chief, Senapdti received intelligence of hostile
preparations against
Matdrem being made by his uncle, Kidi Gédé Pdti.
He accordingly proceeded to meet him, accompanied by all his sons and a
numerous army. After a long and desperate action, the
Matdrem forces
were again successful, and the sultan returned to
Matdrem, with the wives,
children, and all the valuables of his uncle.

His son, Fangêran Séda Krdpiah, being wounded on this occasion, the
sultan published a proclamation, declaring that prince to be his successor
after his death, by the title of
Panambdhan Senapdti.

The continued opposition of the eastern people, however, and the revolt
of
Kediri and Pasûruan, obliged him again to take the field, when finding
the numbers and strength of the enemy far superior to his own, he con-
ducted an able but slow retreat to his capital, and during the whole course
of his reign found it impracticable to subject these provinces to his autho-
rity. To the provinces, however, of
Matdrem, Bdgelen, Bdnyumas, Fdjang
Jipang, which descended to him from his father, he added those of
Pdti^ Kûdus, Semdrang, Kenddl, and Kaliwung\'u.

The

Matârein.
A, J. 1520.

Senapâti.

m

m

-ocr page 233-

The days of Senapati, the founder of the Matdrem empire, and of the
dynasty which still retains a nominal rule on Java, were now brought
to a close, after a reign of continued warfare. As the founder of the last
native empire on Java, his memory is naturally held in high estimation j
but he is also respected for the disciphne he introduced into his army, and
the
valour, ability, and noble-mindedness which he displayed throughout.
With the Javans he is considered as another Alexander, and he is the first
in their modern history who is considered to have understood the art of war.

He was succeeded, in the year 1524, by his son, since called Séda Krd- ^if^Japfak.
piak,
from the place of his interment, but who during his reign bore the
title of Panambdhan Senapdti. The succession was, however, opposed by
his elder brother,
Pangéran Pdger, who did not attend to kiss the
sovereign\'s feet, as customary, on the day following his installation. This
chief proceeding to hostilities, was soon taken prisoner near
Ungdrang.
He was banished to Kudus, and his minister was put to death, which
offended one of his younger brothers,
Jqjardga, so much, that he instantly
quitted
Matdrem and proceeded to Pranardga, of which province he had
formerly been
appointed chief, with an intention of stirring up a rebellion
in the
distant provinces j but the Sultan obtaining information of it,
secured his person and banished him also. He was shortly afterwards
pardoned and permitted to return.

It was during this reign that the Dutch and English first visited Java.

This prince reduced the provinces of Madion and Pranardga, and built a
palace, the walls of which are still standing at
Krdpiah, a place at the foot
of a rano-e of hills lying along the South Sea, a short distance from
Matdrem.
He died after a reign of twelve years, esteemed on account of the general
tranquillity which prevailed after the firm establishment of his government.

He was succeeded by his eldest son, named Panambdhan Merta Pura,
in the year 1540 5 but this prince not being able to conduct the government,
on account of his infirm state of health, or more probably removed by the
intrigues of his family who declared him to be insane, made way for his
younger brother, who was raised to the throne in the following year.

This prince, distinguished by the title of Agung, or the great, com-
menced a flourishing reign by a signal victory over the
Surahdyan^ and
Madurese forces, by which he brought the eastern provinces of Mdlang,

Untung,

Japan, Wirasdba, Pasuruan, and Surabdya, under subjection j

and

Panambahan
Merta Pura.
A.J. 1540.

Sultan Aginw
A
.J. 1541.quot;

-ocr page 234-

history of java.

and following up hig success, subdued all the eastern provinces, as far
as
Balamhdngan. Dissensions arising at this period between the people
of Bantam and those of the
Sunda districts, the chief of Sumedang
applied to Matdrem for assistance ; and being invested by the sultan with
the chief authority over those districts, soon brought the whole of the
western chiefs, alarmed at the approach of
Matdrem arms, to acknowledge
his supremacy. A force was now sent to
Madura, and that island being
conquered was united to his dominion, which then extended through all
Java and Madura. An enemy, more powerful than any with whom he had
been accustomed to contend, and destined to strip his posterity of all but the
semblance of sovereignty, now appeared. The Dutch, availing themselves
of the divisions and
convulsions by which the empire had been previously
distracted, had established themselves at JdJcatra.

On their first arrival at Bantam, the prince of that country was absent on
an expedition against
FaUmbang, which country, as well as a great part of
tiie north and west coast of Sumatra, was then subject to his sway. They
found the infliience of the Portuguese, who had previously established a
factory there, on the decline,
and with little difficulty entered into a treaty
with the chief, on whom the administration of the country was provisionally
conferred during the absence of the
prince. By this treaty, the contracting
parties agreed to trade honestly and fairly with each other, and to afford
mutual assistance in case of being attacked by an enemy.

Complaints, however, were soon made of the high tone which the Dutch
assumed, and of the insolence of their menaces. Hostihties ensued, and
according to the Dutch account, upwards of a hundred of the natives were
killed or wounded. The consequence was, that they were obliged to quit
Bantam.
Touching at JdJcatra, Japdra, Tuban, and Siddyu, they had an
affair with the Madurese, but ill calculated to make an impression in their
favour. The prince of that country, anxious to pay his respects to the Euro-
peans, requested, through his interpreter, to be permitted to visit the principal
person among them, and an arrangement was accordingly made that he
should be received on board a particular ship. As the prince left the shore
with his suite, accompanied by their women and children, the Hollanders
became alarmed at the appearance of so numerous an assemblage, and
observing that they did not appear to be proceeding direct to the ship
pointed out for their reception, discharged three guns.
The terror occa-
sioned by the report threw the procession into the utmost confusion, all the

people

150

SuitaaAgung.

-ocr page 235-

I^eople in tlie boats falling as if killed. The crews of the other European
vessels taking: these guns as a signal for action, threw themselves with

.nbsp;l .t-fu-nbsp;Agung,

such impetuosity upon the native boats, that out or this numerous assem-
blage only twenty-one are said to have escaped. Among the slain was the
prince, and his interpreter or high priest, and their bodies, ag soon as
discovered, were tltrown with indignity into the sea.

It is remarkable, that the leading traits which distinguish the subsequent
administration of the Dutch on Java (a haughty assumption of superiority-,
for the purpose of overawing the
credulous simphcity of the natives,
and a most
extraordinary timidity, which led them to suspect treachery
and
danger, in quarters where they were least to be apprehended) were
manifested in their earliest transactions in this quarter. On their first
arrival at Bantam, we find the clerks of their trading vessels styling them-
selves captains ; and such was the state and consequence assumed by
Houtman, the chief of the expedition, who took the
title of Captain
Major, that a Portuguese, who had known him before, asked him signifi-
cantly if he had been created
a duhe since he last saw him. The murder
of the unfortunate prince of
Madura and his followers (for it can be
called by no
other term) was as detestable and unjustifiable, as the subse-
quent
massacre of the unfortunate and unoffending Chinese in the streets of
Batavia. In neither case was there a plea to palliate the crying guilt,
but such a degree of danger, as the basest cowardice could alone be sen-
sible of.

This aggression did not pass unpunished, for the Dutch Admiral having
allowed some of his men to land near
Arosbâya, then the capital of the
island, thev were seized by the Madurese, and their enlargement
was uot
effected without the loss of many lives and the payment of a liberal
ransom.

Bantam was already a place of considerable trade : Chinese, Arabs, Per- Establishment
sians. Moors, Turks, Malabars, Peguans, and in a word, merchants from Bantam. \'
all nations, were established there. The principal produce for the European
market was pepper. With this province the Dutch renewed their com-
merce in the year
1598 A. D., and four years afterwards they obtained permis-
sion to establish a factory there. In the following year,
accordingly, they
erected
a permanent building, and formed a commercial establishment.
At this time
they had granted passes to the vessels belonging to the chief

of

-ocr page 236-

Matirem. of TAban; and, in 1609, they left an agent at Graik. A second treaty
was now entered into with the king of Bantam, in which the States Ge-
neral stipulated to
assist him against foreign invaders, particularly Spaniards
and
Portuguese; and the king on his side agreed to make over to the
Dutch a good and strong fort, a free trade, and security for their persons
and property,
without paying any duties or taxes, and to allow no other
European nation to trade or
reside in his territories. The Dutch observing
the serious differences which occurred among the chiefs of Bantam during
the minority of the sovereign, made overtures, in the same year, to the
prince of
Jdkatra, and removed to that province soon after.

In 1612, a convention was entered into between them and the prince of
Jdkatra, by which a free trade was allowed to them, together with an
eligible
place to reside at; both parties contracting to assist each other
in war on the territory of Jdkatra. It was moreover stipulated, that all
goods should pay duty, except such as were imported in Dutch ships,
or Chinese junks J and that the prince should prohibit the Spaniards and
Portuguese from trading with his dominions.

On the 19th January, 1619, a further treaty was made with the same
prince, confirming the former contracts, and stipulating that the fort
should remain in its present state until the arrival of the Governor General,
and that the
English should be obliged to build their factory, and the
other nations their houses, at a certain distance from the fort; but on
the 1st of February following, in consequence of the success of the
Enghsh, who had espoused the cause of the native chiefs, we find a con-
vention entered into by the prince of
Jdkatra, the commanding officer of
the English, and the commandant of the Dutch fort, by which the latter
promised to deliver over the fort to the English, and the treasure, mer-
chandize, amp;c. to the prince; the English agreeing to furnish the Dutch
garrison with a ship and
a safe conduct for six months.

On the 11th March, a contract was entered into between the king of
Bantam and the commissioners of the Dutch Company, still in the fort of
Jdkatra, whereby the former promised to protect the Dutch against all
hostile attempts, and to permit the re-establishment of a free trade on its
former footing. The Dutch, on their part, agreed to keep the
fort in
good order, and to abandon the same on the arrival of their ships, when
they would also deliver to the king (in return for the protection he

afforded

Sultan Agung.

A.D. 1619.

-ocr page 237-

afforded them) one-fourth of the Company\'s property, and one-half of Matarem.

,nbsp;\'nbsp;A. J. 1541.

the ordnance, kc.nbsp;—

In consequence, however, of the arrival of reinforcements from Europe,
under Koen, and of the political understanding which then existed between
the English and Dutch nations, the Dutch still maintained
their ground,
and in the month of August following laid the foundation of their esta- Establishment
blishraent at
Jdkatra on an extensive scale. They had previously, in the batavia.
years
I6I8 and I6l9, plundered and laid in ashes the town of Japdra,
because the chief of that province had, in the former year, taken posses-
sion of the
factory, made prisoners of the Dutch, and sent them into the

interior.

The Javan historians considering the Dutch in the hght of other foreign
nations, who were in the habit of trading to the sea coasts, do not furnish
us with any information concerning the disputes which took place at
Bantam, or in the first instance at
Jdkatra. Even in their accounts of the
occasion of the first hostilities which took place with the Sultan of
Matdrem,
they convey rather a notion of what is the general impression regarding
the first establishment of the
Dutch, than any particulars calculated to
throw light on the history of that period. quot; The Dutch,quot; say they, quot; before
they arrived at
Jdkatra, had formed an alliance with the Sultan of Bantam,
They subsequently treated with the English, and with
Pangeran Jokdrta j
but in a short time they found the way to play off a foul stratagem on the
latter. In the first place,
when they wished to ascertain the strength and
resources
of Jdkatra, they landed like mdta-mdtas (peons or messengers),
the captain of the ship disguising himself with
a turban, and accompanying
several Khyas (a term by which the natives of the Coromandel coast are
distinguished). When he had made his observations, he entered upon
trade,
offering however much better terms than were just, and making
more presents than were necessary. A friendship thus took place between
him and the prince: w^hen this friendship was established, the captain
informed the prince that his ship wanted repair; and the prince, at his
request, allowed the vessel to be brought up the river. There the
captain
knocked out the planks of the bottom and sunk the vessel, to obtain a
pretence for farther delay, and then requested a very small piece of ground,
on
which he might build a shed, to store the sails and other property,
while endeavours should be made to raise the vessel. This request was
also complied with. The captain then made a wall or mound of mud, so

vol.. II.nbsp;Xnbsp;that

-ocr page 238-

that nobody could know what he was doing, and in the mean time courted
the friendship of the prince. He afterwards waited on the prince, and
requested as much more land as could be covered by a buffalo\'s hide, on
which he might build a small
pondok. This being complied with, he cut
the hide into strips, and claimed all the land he could enclose with them.
To this also the prince, after some hesitation, consented. The captain
then went on with his buildings, engaging that he would pay all expenses.
When the fort was finished, the mud wall was removed ; batteries were
unexpectedly displayed, and under their protection the Dutch refused to
pay a
doit. War then commenced, in which the Dutch were reduced to
such an extremity, as to be obliged to use stones in lieu of balls, which
were
expended. Even this resource failed ; and, as a last expedient, bags
ofthe filthiest ordure were fired upon the Javans, whence the fort has
ever since borne the name of
Kota tdi.quot;

Such is the aversion of the Javans for the Khyas, as well on account of
their general character as of their conduct on this occasion, that it is a
proverb among them, If you meet a snake and a
Khoja in the same road,
« kill the
Khoja first, and afterwards the snake.quot;

Another account is as follows. quot; The Dutch having obtained the desired
spot built on it a store-house,
and formed a garden for vegetables. When
Pangéran JoJcdrta inquired why they did this, they replied, they must have
their conveniences, and that it was not the custom of the Dutch to live and
eat like the Javans.
The Pangéran was Satisfied with the reason given,
and allowed the work to proceed ; but they had no
sooner completed several
buildings, by means of the people landed from their ships, than they began
to surround them with a battery. The
Pangéran again was roused, and
inquired the reason of this, to which they replied, that there were a great
many traders about to arrive, and that it was necessary to protect their
property from thieves. When the batteries were completed they planted
cannon in them : the
Pangéran inquired the reason of this preparation, to
which they only replied, it
was to keep oft* bad people.

quot; In a short time, however, when the Dutch had increased in numbers,
they fired one of the guns, and the ball discharged from it fell in front of
the
Pangéran\'s palace. The Pangéran inquired why they did so, to which
they replied, they were only trying how far the gun
would carry, in order
that they might be able to assist the
Pangéran^ should he be attacked by an
enemy. The
Pangéran, however, was not satisfied with this reason, and

demanded

Matârem.
A. J. 1541.

Sultan Agung.

w^m

-ocr page 239-

demanded a fine of two thousand dollars for the insult, which the Dutch
immediately paid. But it was not long before they fired another gun, the
ball of which went over the palace, on which the
Pangéran became highly
incensed, and demanded
a fine of four thousand dollars, threatening if it
was not paid forthwith, to write to the Sultan of
Matdrem, who would
order them immediately to be driven from the island. To this menace the
Dutch said nothing, but paid the money, which the
Pangéran received with
delight. The Dutch, at last, fired a gun, the ball of which fell within the
palace, on which the
Pangéran conceiving it to be their intention to attack
him, immediately
considered them as enemies, and collected his people, in
order to fall upon them and destroy them without delay. As soon as the
Dutch saw the people thus assembled, they fired from their batteries,
dealing slaughter all around, and obliged the
Pangéran and his people to
retreat out of the reach of the shot.quot;

While these events were in progress in the western provinces, a serious
revolt took place in the central and eastern districts, in consequence of the
intrigues of
Aria Mandura, the favourite and chief minister of the Sultan,
who by means
of his treacherous conduct to the chief of Pdjang, had
obtained
the administration of that province for himself The chiefs of
Madura and Surahdya availing themselves of the disturbance thus occa-
sioned at Pdjang, declared their independence of Matdrem, and were not
reduced to subjection till two armies had been sent to the eastward against
them.

Not long afterwards, the chief of Surahdya, Tumunggung Sapdiyang,
having refused to give up two beautiful horses which the Sultan demanded
of him, an army was sent to compel his obedience; but the chief being
reinforced from
Madura, repulsed the Matdrem forces, obliging them to
return to their capital.

The Sultan, who had hitherto shewn himself anxious to maintain a good
understanding with the Dutch, and consented to their enjoying a free trade
to the different parts of Java,
with permission to establish a factory sit Japdra,
is represented as having acted upon their advice in the present juncture,
in marching to the eastward in person with his whole forces ; but they no
sooner saw
him undertake the expedition, than availing themselves of the
opportunity, they took possession of
JdJcatra.

He immediately sent two armies against them, under the command of
Tumunggung Wira Kusuma, and a battle ensued, in which the Javan

X 2nbsp;chief,

Sultan Agung,

-ocr page 240-

umii

chief, with about ten thousand of his followers, were either slain or drowned
in the river
Chiluang. Tumunggung Nâta Jawdna coming up afterwards,
collected the fugitives, and joining them with his forces surrounded the
town. He posted troops on all the roads towards the south and west,
at the distance of
cannon-shot from the town, at the same time cutting
channels to lead off the streams by which the Dutch were supplied. After
an
unsuccessful attack made by the chiefs Mandûra Réja and Wila Tilda,
for which they were put to death by their commander, a sally was made on
the part of the besieged with so much success, that
Tumunggung Jawdna
determined to break up with his army, and no further attempt against the
Dutch was made until the year l6â9 A. D.

quot; In this year a second army from Matdrem, composed of Javans
and Madurese, appeared before Batavia. The siege lasted for a considerable
time, and the assaults on the town and fort, as well as the sallies of the
besieged, were very bloody. Anxious to know the fate of his army, the
Sultan dispatched his uncle,
Pangéran Purhdya, to Batavia, to obtain
information. This chief having destroyed the Dutch factory at
Japdra,
embarked in a swift sailing prdhu of the size of the trunk of the largest teak
tree, which when seen at a distance looked like a serpent on the sea. On
reaching the bay of Batavia,
Purhdya perceived three ships at anchor.
Two of
them, after firing upon him, were sunk, and notwithstanding the
fire from the third he brought his
prdhu safe up to Jdltatra, when he was fired
upon from the fort. On this
Purhdya with three followers landed from the
frdhu, and passing like a shadow to the Dutch fort, which he touched with
his hands, proceeded on to the Javan lines, where he informed them that he
had come by the order of the Sultan, to give them a proof how near they
might approach the Dutch fort. He then hastened back to
Matdrem and
reported the disastrous state of the war, on which the Sultan withdrew his
forces to
KaliwûnguJ\'

The Dutch sent an ambassador with rich presents, and the war ended in
A.J. 1551. the Javan year 1551.

During the latter part of this prince\'s reign the country appears to have
enjoyed tranquillity, the only two occasions in which it was disturbed being
the revolt of the chiefs of
Balamhdngan and Sumedang, which may be
considered as the extreme points of the
Matdrem dominion, Jdhatra and
having been effectually separated from them.

Sultan

m

Sultan Agung.

A.D. 1629.

-ocr page 241-

. Sultan Agang is represented, even by the Dutch, as a well informed and
enhghtened prince. He extended his dominion not only over all Java and
Madûra, but carried his conquests to Làndak and other states on Borneo.
He died in the Javan year 1568, and was succeeded by his son,
Fangéran
Aria Frdbu,
or Aria Matdrem, then twenty-six years of age.

This prince, on account of his mother being a princess of CUrihon,
succeeded, to the prejudice of his elder brother: he held his court at
Fléret, and is represented as the most severe and tyrannical of Javan sove-
reigns. During a visit made by the chief of
Chérihon to Matdrem
received the distinction of Abdul Rdchman Sahiden, in addition to the title
of
Susûna7i AmangUrat Senapdti Ingaldga, which he had assumed on his
accession. On this occasion it is stated, that he again conferred on the
Sultan of
Chéribon all the eastern districts of the island to the westward of
Tugu, the supposed limit of the Majapdhit empire, that is to say the dis-
tricts of
Brébes, Tegdl, Famdlang, Ulujdmi, Wiradésa, Fakalông\'an, Bdtang,
Kenddl,
and Kaliwûngu. The Dutch had already firmly established their
capital at Batavia, and secured an influence in many of the former depen-
dencies of Java, particularly at
Sukaddna on Borneo and Palemhdng on

Sumatra.

During the troubled reign of this prince, the Dutch appear first to have
entered into a written agreement with the acknowledged sovereigns of Java.
A treaty was ratified at Batavia in the second year after his accession, on
the 24th September 1646, the conditions of which were that the
Susuhûnan a.d. i646,
should be informed annually, by an ambassador, of the nature of the curio-
sities which had arrived from Europe ; that all priests, or other persons,
whom he might be desirous of sending to foreign
countries, should be con-
veyed thither in the Company\'s ships ; that all persons who should desert to
either country, for the purpose of evading their debts, should be given up ;
that the Company and the
Susuhûnan should assist each other against their
common enemies; that the vessels of the
Susuhûnan\'snbsp;should be

allowed to trade to all places under the Company\'s authority, except Am-
bon, Bdnda,
and Terndté, and that those bound to Maldx^a, or places
situated to the northward of that settlement, should be obliged to touc a

Batavia and to apply for passes.

A treaty was also entered into on the 10th July 1659, between the
Dutch and the Sultan of Bantam, through the
mediation of the ambas-
sadors of the
Fangéran OÏ Jdmbi, in which it was stipulated, that all pri-
soners

Sultan T.egal
Arum.

-ocr page 242-

soners of war and deserters should be mutually restored, with the excep-
tion, on the part of the Sultan, of those who had embraced the Mahometan
faith more than three months previous to that date, those; who had submit-
ted to circumcision since that date to be sent back, or if slaves and unwil-
ling to return, the Sultan to pay the value of them to their masters : that
the Dutch should, as heretofore, have a permanent residence at Bantam,
for which purpose the same building was to be given which they had occu-
pied before the war, free of rent, and this building to be secured, at the
Sultan\'s expense, against any hostile attempts : that the river of
Untung
Jdwa
should form the boundary of the Bantam territory.

Certain provisions were made also to prevent illicit trading.

Shortly after his accession, the chief of Balambdngan, aided by forces
from
Bdli, again revolted, and an army was sent against him. The troops,
however, were no sooner set in motion, than a plot was concerted against
the prince\'s life, with the knowledge of his younger brother,
Alit ; but
intelligence of it being communicated to the prince.
Aria Salingsing, who
had been the instigator of the plot, was with his son beheaded, on the spot
where a new
krdton was erecting. On the intercession of Pangerdn Fur-
hdya,
the prince was disposed to be lenient to his brother, as well on
account of his age as a strong affection which he bore towards him. As-
cending the royal
eminen^, the prince ordered the heads pf the parties to
be
brought, and summoning his brother into his presence placed the
heads before him, saying, « behold the reward of those who have attempted
« to overthrow my authority. Bring before me, without delay, all your
quot; followers.quot; The
Faîigéran immediately retired, and not knowing what
was to be the result, immediately assembled all his adherents and attend-
ants, and informed them of what had passed, when they unanimously
agreed to
amôk the Susûnan\'s party, urging that, as soon as the Matdrem
people saw them commence to amok, they would join them. The Fangéran,
who was quite a youth, gave into the plan, and they forthwith proceeded to
the
alun alun, where they were not joined by a single man of the Matdrem
people. They however commenced amok, and the people fled in every
direction, until
Fangéran Chdkra Ningrat of Mac^wm approached Alit, kissed
his feet, telling him it was the order of the prince, who was aware of this
proceeding, that his person should be seized, but on no account
wounded
or hurt, and implored him to surrender; hw.t Alit, disregarding his proposal,
drew his
kris and stabbed the Fangêran, who died on the spot. The

Madurese,

Sultan Tegal
Arum.
A.D. 1659.

-ocr page 243-

Madurese, who witnessed this scene, immediately fell upon AUt, who was
soon dispatched. The
Susunan was deeply affected at the loss of his bro-
ther, and in the violence of his agitation, on receiving the account of what
had passed, wounded himself in the left arm ; and from this period, the
Javan historians state, quot; that he never forgave an offence however trifling.
quot; When he was unhappy, he always put to death those who were the cause
quot; of his unhappiness, and on the slightest occasions was subject to the
« most violent gusts of anger.quot;

It is related, that the prince evinced great sorrow for the loss of this
brother, and
that when the time of mourning had expired, he wreaked his
vengeance on the supposed authors of this calamity, by a massacre unparal-
leled in the annals of the country. A rigorous investigation was instituted
to ascertain the abettors and accomplices in this attack against the prince\'s
life, and for this purpose a commission was appointed under the direction of
his favourites. The chiefs of the four quarters of the capital were directed
to inscribe the names of all the priests within their respective divisions,
under pretext that the prince intended
to confer certain marks of distinc-
tion upon those
who resided at Matârem, but in fact to prevent their
escape ; for
no sooner were the registers made, than a cannon was fired
from the palace, as a signal to commence the slaughter, and within less
than half an hour all the priests, whether guilty or innocent, with their
wives and children, amounting to upwards of six thousand souls, were
inhumanly and indiscriminately butchered.

On the following morning, when the Susunan appeared in public, he
seemed much ao-itated, and remained without saluting his courtiers or utter-
ing a word for the space of an hour. He then addressed himself to his
uncle
Purhdya, saying that the priests, who ought to have set an example
to
others, had conspired against his life ; and to cover the atrocity of the
massacre, he brought forward three or four priests, who had been purposely
saved fi\'om the general slaughter, and from whom it was easy to obtain
whatever evidence best suited his purpose.

In the war against Balamhdngan, although the Matdrem forces were suc-
cessful in obtaining possession of the capital, the chief and his prmcipal
adherents fled to
Bdli. Wira Guna was anxious to follow them j but a
serious illness breaking out among the troops, he was
obliged to withdraw
them, and retreat with the few who had survived, in number not exceeding

a thousand.

Sultan Tegal

Arum.
A. D. 1659.

-ocr page 244-

a thousand. On reaching Kediri, intelligence was sent to Matârem of the
failure of the expedition, when the
Susunan immediately ordered the chief»
Wira Guna, with all his family, to be put to death, under the pretext of
punishing his want of
success, but in reality to satisfy a revenge, which he
had long been
anxious to gratify, against this chief, on account of his
having,
during the life-time of his father, preferred a complaint against
him for carrying off one of his concubines.

It is said, that the father of his first rdtu (queen) having a pet fowl,
which had been produced from a jungle hen and a domestic cock, brought
it as a curiosity into the
krdton and gave it to the Susunan. The Susunan con-
ceiving it to be an omen, that as soon as the
Pangéran Adipdti became of
age he
would quickly obtain the throne, assembled his pengdwa and in-
formed them of his apprehensions. The
Pangéran on hearing of it, imme-
diately called all his family together, to the number of sixty persons, who
on the first day that the
Susunan appeared in public sat themselves down in
tears under the
waringen tree. The Susunan inquiring their object, they
called God and the Prophet to witness, that they were innocent of the bare
thought of any thing which should alarm
the mind of the Susûnan, and
intreated that, if he anticipated sorrow or misfortune from them, he would
put them
to death immediately, and avert the apprehended calamity. The
Susunan desired them not to listen to people who told them such stories,
and
retired. Some time afterwards, the Pangéran Adipdti fell desperately
in love with a young woman,
who from her infancy had been brought up
under an aged
mdntri for the royal embrace. Becoming dangerously ill on
her account, he at length communicated
the cause to his grandfatherj
Pangéran Pdkik, who prevailed on the mdntri to part with her for two thou-
sand rings, one thousand dollars, and a kdti of gold. The young pair were
immediately
married. As soon, however, as the Susunan became apprized
of the
transaction, he caused his son, the Pangéran Adipdti, to appear
before him with his young bride, and then directed him, in his presence,
to stab her to death. He afterwards banished his son, and sentenced the
Pangéran Pàkïk, with all his family, to capital punishment j and this aged
chief, with his wife,
Pdtu Pdndan, and his relations, to the number of
forty, were accordingly put to death on the
alun alun.

It is even related, among the atrocities committed by this prince, that he
violated his own daughter,
Mtu Brdwa, who was affianced to the son of

Panambdhan

Matârem.
A.J. 1585.

Sultan Tegal

Arum.
A. D. 1660.

m

-ocr page 245-

Pancmhdhan Giri Ldya of Chérihon, and that, on the death of one of his
wives,
Rdtu Famdlang, he confined sixty of her attendants in a dark room, a.d. ises!
and deprived them of food until they all died.

The injustice and severity of the Susunan became still greater as he
advanced in years. His fits of anger became more frequent, and the day
and night were employed in barbarous executions. Life enjoyed no secu-
rity : every one was upon his guard, and fears and apprehensions wrought
among people of the highest and the lowest rank. At length the attention
of the chiefs having been directed to the
Fangéran Adipdti, who had
evinced a kind disposition in
the presents he was continually making to the
poor, they implored him to assume the government ; and the young prince
entering into their views, formed an agreement with the celebrated chief,
Trhia Jdya, who was the nephew of the Bopdti of Madéra, Chdkra
Ningrat.
It was by these means arranged, that while Chdhra Ningrat was at
Matdrem, Truna Jdya should forthwith proceed to Madura, and there
heading the Madurese and the people of the eastern provinces, first rear
the standard of rebeUion, while the
young prince himself, to preserve
appearances, should remain at the
court of his father, in seeming ignorance
of what was going on. No sooner had
Truna Jdya, in prosecution of this
plan,
declared the independence of Madiira, than there arrived at Fasü-
Tuan a considerable force from Makdsar, headed by Ddin Galéngsong and
Ddin Mandpok. An army sent against them from Matdrem was repulsed,
and the provinces of
Fasiiruan, Froholingo, Wirasdba, and Jdpan, sub-
mitted to their arms.

The first establishment of the Makasars in Java appears to have taken a.d. 1675.
place A. D. 1675, when a chief from Celebes, named
Krdin Monte-mardni,
with numerous followers, left his country in discontent and settled in Java,
to the eastward of
Surabdya, near BesuU, where he collected all the vaga-
bonds of the country, and committed great depredations by sea and land.

In this dilemma, and finding himself unequal either to dislodge the
Makasar establishment or to reduce the Madurese to submission, the
Susunan dispatched his son, Fangéran Fûgar, to the Dutch, A. D. 1676,
with various presents, sohciting their aid.

A second army was immediately assembled, and directed to pi

•oceed by

the route of Japdra, where, according to the Javan accounts, the chiefs
had instructions to ask the assistance of all the white people who had fac-
tories there, Dutch, French, ^d Portuguese, and in case of refusal, to

VOL. 11.nbsp;Ynbsp;drive

a. d. 1676,

-ocr page 246-

drive them from the country. On this occasion the Dutch commandant at
Japdra is represented as having said, quot; that this application on the part of
quot; the
Susûnan, was what the Dutch had been long anxious for, and that he
quot; was ready to obey his orders and sacrifice his life in his service.quot;

This army was not more successful than the former in reducing the
revolted provinces to submission ; but by the aid of the Dutch, who had
embarked a considerable force from
Japdra, the Makasar chief was driven
from his post : all the wounded were brought to
Japdra. They also saved
the body of their chief,
Pra Wira Truna, who was killed on the occasion,
and sent it to
Matdrem.

It appears that the assistance sent by the Dutch on this occasion,
consisted
of four ships and several smaller vessels with troops, which were
reinforced at Japdra by the Susunan^s troops and vessels. quot; Having arrived
to the northward of
Madûra, they landed the troops, during the night,
in the forest, and in the morning sent a present to the Makasar chief,
requesting
his permission to take in fresh water, of which they stood in
need, alleging it to be their intention to depart immediately. This request
being granted, the guns were landed, and batteries thrown up behind the
water-casks. An attack was then made upon the enemy\'s works, and in a
few days the whole were demolished, the chief,
Krain Monte-mardni, killed,
and
numerous prisoners taken.quot;

On this intelligence reaching Matdrem, the Susunan assembled all his
family and chiefs, and directed another attack to be made upon the hostile
forces. A third army was soon assembled at
Japdra, where the Dutch
were ready to join them: in the meantime, however,
Truna Jdya formed an
alliance with the Makasars.

The Pangéran Adipati, who was appointed to a command in this army,
had charge of the rear division, which he had so arranged as to be able to
act as emergency might require : but he was soon released from his doubts,
for
Trûna Jdya forgetting the agreement which he had entered into with this
prince, no sooner saw himself thus successful in the eastern
provinces, than
he assumed the sovereignty himself, and caused himself to be installed,
under the title of
Prdhu Mdduréta Senapdti Ingaldga, and confirmed his
alliance with the Makasars by giving his daughter in marriage to their chief,
Igt;din Galéngsong.

The conditions of this alliance are said to have been, that Trûna Jdya
should be placed on the throne of Matdrem, Bain Galéngsong appointed

chief

Matârci».
A.J- 1595.
A.
D. 1670.

Sultan Tegal
Awna.

-ocr page 247-

chief of Surahdya and Pasûruan, Dain Mandpok, chief of the eastern and
western districts of
Balamhdngan, and Sheilc Kajûran, a crafty Arab, chief
of
Madura.

After a desperate engagement, the forces of Trûna Jdya were again
successful. As a last effort, therefore, the venerable
Pangéran Purhdya,
uncle of the Susûnan and nearly eighty years of age, summoned all the
chiefs to follow him, and going himself into the field of battle performed
extraordinary feats of valour, till his horse having been shot under him,
and having himself for some time fought on foot, he was overpowered, and
his scattered forces
compelled to retreat towards Matdrem.

Truna Jay a being now in full possession of Surahdya and the eastern
districts, pursued his success as far as
Japdra, Here, however, he was
effectually resisted by the chief,
Angébdi Wdngsa-dipa anà the Dutch, and
obliged to retreat.

As another division of his army, under Rdden Ddndang Wichdna, rapidly
approached
Matdrem, the Susunan again applied to the Dutch, who sent
one of the members of government. Admiral Speelman, to assist him with
a considerable force by land and sea. The admiral left Batavia in December
1676 A. D., and shortly appeared before CMrihon, reducing to submission
the coast districts from thence to
Japdra. The fruit of this success, on the
part of the Dutch, was the contract of February
I677, of which the chief
stipulations were :—that the
Susunan and Dutch should assist each other
against their common enemies, on condition that the expenses of the war
should be repaid by the party assisted: that the Dutch jurisdiction at
Batavia should extend to the
Krdwang river, and the Javans living- to the
westward of a line drawn from that river to the southern shore should be
considered on the Dutch territory : that the Dutch should be allowed to
export and import all species of goods and merchandize duty free, and to
establish a factory on any spot which they might deem convenient : that
Makasars, Malayus, and Moormen, who had not Dutch passes, should not be
permitted to trade or settle in the states of the
Susûnan : that the Susûnan
should engage to reimburse the Dutch for the expense incurred in assisting
him against the Makasars and Madurese, amounting to two hundred and
fifty thousand dollars, and three thousand lasts of rice,
delivei-able at Bata-
via : that in the event of a peace being concluded
between his highness and
his enemies, through the mediation of the Dutch, his highness should abide
by their decision j but, that if no
accommodation was effected by the 30th

Y 2nbsp;July

Sultan Tegal
Arum.

a, d. 16?6.

— 1677.

-ocr page 248-

mmm

July following, he should pay to the Dutch monthly the sum of twenty
thousand reals, for the expenses of the war : that the Dutch should station
an adequate force on
Japdra hill, in order to preserve that place for
the
Susûnan, which force was also to be maintained at the expense of his
highness.

Admiral Speelman was invested by the Susunan with full powers to act
against the Madurese and Makasars, and to conclude such treaties with
them as he should deem proper, without any restriction whatsoever, and all
the
Susunan\'s subjects were commanded to join the standard of the admiral
wherever he might arrive.

In May following, the allied forces of the Dutch and the Susûnan gained
a victory over
Trûna Jdya, who was obliged to fly to Kediri, leaving behind
him
upwards of a hundred pieces of cannon.

At length the enemy being still in possession of all the central provinces,
and the trifling force which it was in the power of
the Susûnan to raise being
defeated in every skirmish, fear and dismay struck the remnant of the
Matdrem forces j and the invading army having subdued Pdjang were
entering
Matdrem, when the Susunan, seeing no hope for safety except in
flight, assembled his family in the dead of the night, and collecting the
regalia quitted his capital with his four sons, and mounted on an elephant,
took
a westerly direction. This was in the Javan year 1600.

On the next day (June I677), the hostile troops entQxeà Matdrem, when a
force was immediately detached in pursuit of the fugitive prince, who had
pushed on to the
Kéndang hills, and halted at Kdjinar with an intention of
making a stand. Hearing of the strength of the pursuing force, how-
ever, he left his family at that place, and proceeded with only his son, the
Pangéran Adipdti, to the village Pasirdman, where being seized with a
mortal
complaint he soon died. On his death-bed informing his son that he
felt his end approaching, he thus addressed him, « You must assume
« the sovereignty of Java, which has descended to you from
your fore-
« fathers. Make friends with the Dutch, and by their assistance you may
« be enabled to reduce
the eastern provinces to submission. I deliver over
quot; to you part
of the sacred pusdha and regalia of the country j and now
« let my body be carried to a spot where the earth is fragrant, and there
quot; let it be buried.\'\'

In conformity with the wish of the deceased, his body was carried across
the country towards
Tegdk in search of a spot where the earth was sweet-

scented.

mm

Sultan Tegal
Arum.

-ocr page 249-

scented, and deposited a few miles inland from the town. The tomb is
still held in high veneration ; and it is from this circumstance that this
prince is distinguished by the appellation of
Susûnan Tegdl-wdng\'i, or
Tegdl-drum ; drum and wdngH signifying fragrant.

The rebel forces had, in the mean time, taken possession of Matdrem,
and found among the articles of plunder the crown of Majapdhit, with
several other parts of the regaUa, which had been left behind in the hasty
departure of the prince, together with two of his daughters, named
Kekting
Wunghi
and Keleting Kuning. The plunder was immediately dispatched to
Kediri, where the rebel chiefs had established their head quarters, and
equally
divided between Trûng Jdya and Krain Galéngsong, with the excep-
tion of the regalia and of the daughters of the
Susûnan whom Truna Jdya
espoused.

The loss on the side of the Matdrem people is estimated at fifteen
thousand killed, and on the side of the eastern people at somewhat less.

It is said in some accounts, that the late Susûnan having failed to persuade
his son,
Fangéran Adipdti, to assume the government, gave to another of
his sons,
Fangéran Fûgar, the pusdka kris, mdisa nûlar, and thé spear
kidi paUret, in consequence of which Fangéran Fûgar, with his brothers,
returned to Bdgelen, where assuming the title of Susûnan Senapdti Inga^
Idga Abdul Rdchmen Sahidin Fanatagdma,
he assembled a considerable force,
and proceeding to
Matdrem regained possession of it.

After the interment of the deceased Susûnan at Tegdl, Mârta Bdya, the
chief of that province, urged the
Fangéran Adipdti to assume the govern-
ment
and first to establish himself at Tegdl, until he had collected a
sufficient force to attack the eastern people, offering his services to collect
for him as many
people as would be required j but the prince still declined,
not
having the courage to attempt the recovery of the authority that
belonged to his family, and requested Mdrta Ldya to procure for him a
vessel, in which he might proceed to Mecca, being resolved to relinquish
for ever the cares of government and to become a
Hdji. Mdrta Bdya,
although he had vessels at his disposal, evaded a compliance with the
prince\'s request, in the hope that he might alter his resolution, and still be
induced to assume the government. The prince retired to
Bdnyumas,
and performed a penance in one of the mosques. He is said on the
seventh day to have fallen asleep, and to have dreamt « that the roof of
quot; the mosque opened, as if it were carried up in the air, when a full and

quot; bright

A. J, 1600.
a. d. 167?.

-ocr page 250-

A D le;?\' quot;nbsp;appeared, which diffused its lustre over all Java, after which

■ quot; it approached and entered his breast.quot; Encouraged by this omen, the
prmce changed his determination, and recollecting the words of his father,
bethought himself of obtaining the assistance of the Dutch. He in conse-
quence dispatched two messengers to Batavia for aid.

The prince then sent orders to Mdrta Lay a at Tegdl to collect as many
forces as possible j he likewise dispatched trusty people to the
Désa Dûnan,
in search of the flower called wijdya mala, there being a superstitious notion
among the Javans, that if in their distress they are able to obtain this
flower, whatever they undertake will prosper.

Mdrta Ldya immediately exerted himself with great zeal and effect to
assemble his
adherents, in the hope that, by shewing a large force, he
might
induce the prince to relinquish his idea of receiving s\'liccour from
the
Dutch. On the arrival of this succour at Tegdl, he addressed him
publicly as follows :—« Sire, I have felt excessive shame in hearing that
« your highness is desirous of soliciting aid from the Hollanders, as iT you
quot; were yourself in want of men. I am now ready, with numerous fol-
« lowers, to perform whatever you please, if you will only
confer upon
me the necessary authority. Give me but your orders, and I will my-
quot; self extirpate your enemies.quot; The prince replied, « What signifies
quot; your
shame, Mdrta Ldya? I have requested assistance from the
quot; Dutch, because it is always agreeable to rely on one\'s friends ; and it
« was foretold by my great grandfather,
Sultan Agung, that the Dutch
quot; would assist his descendants.quot;
Mdrta Ldya was silent. The messen-
gers now returned with the -wijaya flowers, on which the prince assumed
the title of
Susunan AmangMrat Senapdti Ingaldga, amp;c. ; and soon after-
wards, the Dutch agreed to give him the assistance required.

When the Dutch force was landed, the Susunan received the visit of
the admiral and officers in state. The Dutch officers being introduced
stood in a row with their hats in their hands ; but
Mdrta Ldya, considering
it disrespectful that any one should stand in the presence of the sovereign,
ordered
them immediately to sit down in the manner of the Javans, and
was proceeding to compel the admiral to do so, when the
Susûnan seeing
the confusion in which all were thrown, applied to his late ambassador to
the Dutch for an explanation. When he learnt that they
shewed respect
hy bowing their heads only, he was satisfied, and desired Mdrta Ldya not
to interfere with them.

« The

\'S\'

w

-ocr page 251-

« The Susûnan then inquired the name of the commander, who after in-
forming him that he had the rank of admzral, approached him, saying,
that he was ordered by the government of Batavia to proceed to
Tegdl,
with a force of Europeans, Makasars, amp;c., and to afford him every
assistance he might require in the establishment of his authority. There
were landed
valuable presents for the prince, among which was very spleiidid
apparel as worn by the Hollanders, to which the prince took such a liking
that he immediately clothed himself in it. The Dutch force was then
divided, and the admiral embarked with one division for
Japara, while
the other
accompanied the prince, who proceeded by land to Pakalôngan,
and afterwards with his followers by sea to Japdra^

quot; On the arrival of the admiral at Japdra, he inquired of Wdngsa Dipa,
the chief of that place, who had rendered assistance in repelling the rebels,
at the time they attacked
Japdra ? To which the latter replied, « The
quot; successful resistance was principally owing to the conduct of the French,
quot; Endish, and Dutch factories.quot; The admiral then consulted with his
officers, and observing that the EngUsh and French seemed to be preferred
to the Dutch, or at any rate
considered on the same footing, he called
the chiefs
of\' the French and English factories, and presenting them with
twenty
thousand dollars, said it was the gift of the Susunan, who directed
that they would quit
Japdra. The chiefs of the two factories took the
money, but did not wish to depart, alleging that there were no vessels to
convey them away ; to which the admiral replied, that in that case he had
the
further orders of the Susûnan to provide them with a vessel. The
people
belonging to the two factories were then, with all their property,
public and private, embarked on board a Dutch transport. The vessel
sailed but
nothing more was ever heard of the English and French who
were
\'embarked in her. The Dutch then repaired their instruments

of war.quot;

Another account is as follows : quot; When the admiral arrived at Japdra, he
found there two foreign vessels, an , English and a French ship, the officers
of which said they had put in there in distress, and could not proceed
further on account of the bad state of their ships. They also
represented
that they had assisted the Dutch when the rebels attacked Japdra. The
admiral thanked them for the service they had rendered, and presented
them with ten thousand dollars, and ordered them to proceed to their
own country in one of his vessels,quot;

« On

A. J. 1660.
A. D.1677,

-ocr page 252-

a: d. S. quot; ^^^nbsp;at /«paV«, he was joined by a considerable

force from Tegal and Demdk ; and among those who were most active in
the support of the
Susunan\'s authority was Mérta Ldya, whose aversion
to the Dutch still continued. The admiral, apprized of his sentiments
applied to the
Susûnan for his destruction,^ supporting his application by a
written request to the same effect from the government of the capital, and
threatening an immediate departure to Batavia in case of non-compliance.

« To accomplish this end, the Susunan first attempted to send him to Kediri
against Trûna Jdya ; but Mdrta Ldya obtaining information of the demand
made by the Dutch for his life, refused to attend the summons, on the
pretence of sickness. His disobedience so enraged the
Susûnan, that he
ordered his instant death, which was effected in the following manner.
Mérta Pûra having received the orders of the prince to put Mdrta Ldya to
death, went to his house, accompanied by two
hundred followers. Mdrta
Ldya
having been apprized of the Susunan\'s anger, he collected an equal
number of men.

quot; When Mérta Pûra approached him he was seated on a yellow carpet with
a drawn
kris in his hand, and being informed that he was to be put to death
by order of the
Susûnan, Mdrta Ldya replied, quot; If it is the wish of the
quot; prince that it should be so, do your duty, I am prepared.quot;
Mertd Pûra
then drew his kris and stabbed Mdrta Ldya in the belly ; but while he did SO
his neck received in return the
kris of Mdrta Ldya, which separating the

throat in two, killed him on the spot. The two chiefs were no sooner
wounded than the followers of both parties rushed on each other, and a
most bloody and obstinate engagement ensued, which lasted till the bodies
of nearly the whole lay weltering round those of the chiefs.quot;

Measures had already been taken for the dispersion of the rebel forces in
Kediri. A Makasar chief, named Krdin Kadddrang, in the service of
the Dutch, discovered his relationship to the Makasar chief
Galéngsong, and
offered to bring him to terms. He was in consequence dispatched secretly
^nbsp;to
Kediri, where he had an interview with the Makasar chief; who was his

brother. On the part of the Dutch, he promised that they would assist
him on Celebes. He hesitated to come over immediately, lest he should
betray
Trûna Jdya, but promised to join the allied forces when they should
arrive and attack
Trûna Jdya,

Having thus secured an interest with the Makasars, one division of the
Dutch forces, under the admiral, embarked for
Surabaya, and the other,

with

-ocr page 253-

with the Susunan, commenced their march by land. A decisive battle took
place at
Kediri j on the evening previous to which, it is asserted the Dutch
had a communication with
Krain Galéngsong, to know his intentions,
when the latter told them, quot; attack me to-morrow, and I will make arrange-
quot; ments for the flight of my forces.quot; Accordingly the next morning,
before daylight, the Dutch troops marched to the hostile camp, where
they
found no preparations for resistance. Krain Galéngsong immediately
ordered a retreat, and fled himself the first, leaving behind him all the
plunder that had been taken at
Matdrem, and among other things the crown
of
Mcgapdhit.

The siege of Kediri, according to the Dutch accounts, lasted fifty days,
and it was at last taken by assault,
Truna Jdya making his escape. Great
riches were found in the interior of the palace, and many chests of Spanish
dollars, besides ingots of gold and the most valuable part of the regalia.
The
Susunan claimed nothing but the crown of Majapdhit, leaving the
remainder to be distributed among the troops.

When the crown was delivered to him, it appeared that its most splendid
ornament, the large centre diamond, was missing. This the
Susunan imme-
diately noticed, and inquiries were set on foot ; but to the great affliction of
the
Susunan and all the Javan chiefs, the jewel was never recovered.*

Nine Makasar chiefs afterwards surrendered to the Dutch on the 9th
December, when they received pardon, and a promise that they should be
sent to Makasar.

After this Tréna Jdya collected ail his forces, and marshalled them upon
the plain, as if to receive
the enemy ; but on the approach of the Dutch
troops from the left and the Javans from the right, his army was panic struck
and fled in
various directions, he himself with his two wives escaping to
Antang. Susunan allowed the Dutch soldiers to plunder and possess
themselves
of every thing left by the rebels.

Chdkra Ningrat having quitted his place of banishment and joined the
Susûnan, was sent to urge the submission of his half-brother, Truna Jdya.
Chdkra Ningrat
accordingly went in seach of Truna Jdya, accompanied
by a very few followers, and having found him at Antang he addressed him
as follows. quot; Brother! what are you doing and whither would you fly?
quot; depend upon it, if you persist in your
resistance to the will of the Susunan,
« he will disappoint your expectations, and if you compel him to send peo-
« pie to arrest you, you will excite his
implacable displeasure. I have come to

VOL, II.nbsp;Z

* A Dutch officer is accused of having purloined it.

A.J. 160f..
A.D. 1677,

you

-ocr page 254-

A.J. 1605. «lt; you as quickly as possible, for ray heart yearns towards you, and I dread
A.D, 1679. ^^ ^^^ should come to any misfortune. If you wish it, I will go and
quot; meet the
Susûnan. Bring you your two wives, who are both the sisters of
quot; the
Susûnan, throw yourselves together at his feet, ask forgiveness for any
quot; offence you have
committed, and perhaps he will be merciful towards you
quot; and grant
you pardon. If you come alone in that way, the Susûnan
« cannot act against you, for are you not married to his sisters ?quot; Trûna
Jâya
reflected upon what Châkra Ningrat said, and was inclined to follow his
advice, saying, quot; I return abundant thanks to you for your kindness towards
quot; me. Your advice is good and I will follow it : I will follow you, accom-
quot; panied by my wives.quot;
Trûna Jâya with his wives afterwards accompanied
Chdkra Ningrat to Kediri.

quot; Chdkra Ningrat then led Trûna Jdya with his wives to the hall of audi-
ence, where the
Susûnan was seated, with the admiral and numerous Dutch
officers.
Trûna Jâya on this occasion did not wear his kris, but rolled a
chitidi cloth round his body, as if he were a prisoner.

quot; They fell at the feet ofthe Susunan, imploring forgiveness for the offence
of
Trûna Jdya, on which the Susunan said, quot; It is well ! Trûna Jdya, for
quot; this time I forgive you. Go without and clothe yourself in becoming
quot; apparel, and then return to me, when I will present you with a
kris,
and instal you as my minister, in the presence of all assembled.quot; The
Susûnan then gave orders that he should be served with apparel. The heart
of
Trûna Jdya became highly elated : he went out and received the apparel
from the
Susûnan!s people, and then returned into the presence, but witiiout
wearing a
kris, as the Susunan had intimated his intention to present him
with one.

As he approached, the Susûnan àeûveà his women to bring him the kris
named Kidi heldbar, which was still unsheathed. As soon as it was delivered
into the hands of
the Susunan, he said to Truna Jdya, quot; know, Trûna Jdya,
quot; that I have given my word that I would never sheathe this kris except in
« your body : receive now your death from it in punishment of your
quot; offence.quot;
Trûna Jdya was silent, while the Susunan standing up approach-
ed and stabbed him with his
his in the breast. Eeturning then to his
throne he seated himself, and ordered his people who were
assembled to
finish the work which he had began, whereupon they all fell upon
Trûna
Jdya,
the unfortunate wretch, stabbing him in a thousand places and cutting
his body to pieces. They then severed the head from the trunk, rolled it in

the

-ocr page 255-

the mud, made a mat of it, and at last cast it into a ditch by the express
order of the
Susûnan. The admiral and all the Dutch officers and party
were present at this execution ; but though they appeared astonished at the
conduct of the
Susunan, they remained quiet spectators of it.quot;

Such is the account given by the Javans, without reference to the share
which the Dutch had in the transaction j but from the Dutch accounts it
appears, that
Trûna Jdya delivered himself up under a stipulation with the
Dutch that his life should be spared. A young officer, of the name of
Jengker, who had been placed by the General (Cooper) in charge of the
Susûnan*s guard, was sent by the Susûnan to treat with Trûna Jdya, without
any
communication with or authority from his commanding officer. Valentyn
says positively, that
Jengker promised him pardon, and assured him of his
life ; but Cooper, annoyed that the credit of taking this chief should thus
have been wrested from him by a junior officer acting without authority,
exasperated the
Susûnan against Trûna Jdya, and threw that unfortunate
chief in his way at a moment when his passion was at its height. This
catastrophe, says Valentyn, is to be
ascribed to no one but the jealous
Cooper, who brought it
about, in order that his bad conduct, oppressions,
and
extortions, which were well known to Trûna Jdya, and which he had
intended to complain of, should remain concealed.

Trûna Jdya, at the time of his surrender, was dressed in a Portuguese
jacket, and wore on his head a black turban edged with lace. He gave
short and pertinent answers to the questions put to him. On his coming
before
Jengker he fell at his feet, saying, that in his youth it had been
predicted that, however great his fortune might be,
still he should, at one
time of
his life, be taken prisoner, and that since this was his destiny,
he rejoiced in having fallen into the hands of a person so well known for
his
humanity. He then presented to him his kris with a golden bow, request-
ing
Jengker to keep them in token of his esteem. Jengker lifted him up,
promised that his life should be spared, and further, that all his influence
with the Dutch government and the
Susûnan should be usêd in his behalf.
It is alleged in the Dutch accounts, that the immediate cause of the
Susû-
mn*s
conduct on this occasion, was the irreconcilable hatred which Trûna
Jdya
still evinced towards that prince, who, he said, had in his youth
encouraged
him to the steps he had taken, and afterwards abandoned
him,

Z 2nbsp;Trûmt

A. S. 1606,
A. D. 1C79,

-ocr page 256-

Trûna surrendered on the 25th December 1679 A.D., and general
tranquillity ensued, which however was not of long duration. The
Panam-
hâhan Giri
having in his possession the Icris deposited in the tomb of the
first
Sunan, it was demanded of him by the Susunan as royal property j but
the
Panambdhan not being inclined to part with it, and disapproving of the
conduct of the
Susûnan, who was guided by Dutch councils, and had even
^adopted their dress, replied, that he did not wish to know anything of the
Susunan, or to be acquainted with him ; that he wished to wear the Icris,
kâlammûning,
himself, and that he preferred his own dignity to that of
such a chief. The
Susunan, enraged at this answer, proceeded to Giri
with his Dutch allies, where an engagement took place and the Giri
people were obliged to fly : the Panambdhan was taken and put to death.
In this afFaii-, a cousin of the Sunan Kdli Jdga of Adildngo, who had
followed the
Susunan, distinguished himself in destroying the brother of the
Punambdhan Pangéran Singa Sdri, who was running amok and doing
\' much mischief 5 as a reward for which service the
Sunan, in the presence of
the Dutch commander, declared that, for ever after, the descendants of
that chief should be permitted to reside at
Adildng\'a, and not be called upon
to perform any duties of the state.

The whole of the eastern provinces having now submitted, the Susunan
returned to Semdrang, y^hero. when he had made acknowledgements to the
Dutch for the assistance they had rendered him, the commander requested
that he would give them a small piece of ground at
Semdrang to build a fort
upon, which would not only be convenient for the protection of their trade,
but would enable them to come to the assistance of the
Susunan, if neces-
sary, at a shorter notice.

The admiral having promised that he would station a suitable force at
Semdrang, which the Susunan mi^t at any time employ as he thought proper,
obtained the permission he applied for.

The Javans have a superstitious belief, that when once misfortune has
fallen on a place so generally as to extend to the common people (which was
the case
Vit Matdrem\'), it will never, afterwards prosper} it was therefore
determined by the fcîiwaw to change the seat of empire, and some were
for fixing it at
Semdrang, but at last it was determined to erect it in the wood
Wdna Kerta, in the district of Pâjai%g, which was good land but uninha-
bited.

The

A. .1^1605.
A.D. 1679.

-ocr page 257-

The new capital was called Kérta-sûra, the walls of which are still to be
seen on the road to
Sura-Urta, the present capital of the Susunan.

During all these transactions Fangéran Fugar remained -ài Matdrem.
The Susunan now, for the first time, sent him information of his establish-
ment, and required his attendance at court. The
Pangeran, whohaving
heard that the
Susunan was in the constant habit of dressing after the Dutch
fashion, had been strengthening himself as much as possible, under an impres-
sion, that the
Susunan supported by the Dutch was not his brother, but a
foreigner, whom they had raised to answer their own purposes, received
this intimation with great surprize, and sent two of his family to ascertain
the truth. The messengers, who were interested in upholding the separate
authority of their master, determined to encourage his mistake, and they
represented the
Susunan as a foreigner from Sdbrang, elevated by the
Dutch. Upon this report the
Fangéran informed the Susunan that he could
not proceed to
Kérta Sura, as he preferred remaining at Matârem, where
he was estabhshed as the legal sovereign. A force, consisting of Dutch and
Javan troops, was in consequence marched against
Matdrem ; at first the
troops of
Kérta-sûra were defeated, but in a second attack they were more
successful, and the
Fangéran was obliged to take to flight.

By means of the Adipdti, the Fangéran was afterwards assured\'of the
Susunan being his brother, when he agreed to go to Kérta-sûra, provided
the
Susunan would throw off his Dutch dress and appear in his native cos-
tume. To this the sovereign consented, and pubHcly received his brother

with the greatest demonstrations of joy and afiTection.

The authority of the Susunan was now firmly established, and general
tranquillity prevailed for some years.

A new character now appears on the stage, under the title of Surapdti.
This man, whose name was Si Untung, had been the slave boy of a Dutch-
man at Batavia, of the name of Mor, who is represented to have been of
low origin, but to have been advanced to the highest dignities, even a seat
in the high regency, by means of the riches and influence he had acquired
through the services of this slave, to whom he became, in
consequence,
much attached. Mor, however, discovering an improper intimacy between
Untung and his natural daughter, chastised him severely, and afterwards
had him confined in the pubhc blockquot;or stocks.
Untung contrived to effecl
his escape from them during the night, and to release his fellow prisoners.
They then fell upon the guard which came
to mount at daylight, and taking

them

Kerta Sura.

A. J. 1605.
A. D. 1679.

-ocr page 258-

Kerta Sura, them unawares massacred the whole. Being thus committed, TJntung bent
his course to the high lands, and afterwards to
Chéribon. While in the high
lands he formed a connection with a formidable party from Bantam, where
a civil war had been excited, in consequence of the Dutch having elevated
to the throne a son of the deceased king, contrary to the express directions
of the father. One of the brothers,
Pangéran Purbdya, was prevailed
upon to join a certain
Abidin, a fanatic rebel, who had raised about two
thousand followers, and with him passed through
Jasingd and the JdJcatra
and Predngan highlands, increasing their numbers as they went.

Ahidin having proposed to proceed by that route to Matdrem, there to
stir up the
Susunan against the Dutch, the Pangéran being tired of the
journey surrendered to the Dutch force sent against them ; but
Abidin
stood a severe engagement, and was only induced to surrender by means of
an artifice practised
upon him. An European officer belonging to the Dutch
troops disguised himself as an Arab, and being well versed in the Arabic and
Malayu languages, obtained an interview with
Abidin, to whom he repre-
sented, that having himself been once taken prisoner by the Dutch he had
been so well treated that he would advise him to go and surrender himself.
The unfortunate man took his advice, and was conveyed to the commanding
officer, then at
ChiJcdlong, who immediately forwarded him to Batavia,
whence he was sent to the Cape of Good Hope for the rest of his life.

The party of runaway slaves under TJntung, who had now assumed the
name of
Santdna, being surprized by the Dutch force, were by special
orders from Batavia allowed to remain undisturbed for the present. The
chief appears to have been useful to the Dutch, and to have been employed,
in order the better to secure the surrender of
Pangéran Purbâya. When the
Dutch officer went with a small party to receive the submission of this chief,
he found that he had already tied his spears together (the sign of surrender)
and kept no arms but his
Jcris. Ignorant of the customs of the country,
the officer
demanded that the Pangéran should also deliver this weapon and
his personal ornaments. The demand created the utmost astonishment in
i\\\\e Pangéran, who instantly asked if it was not sufficient humiliation to a
prince of the royal blood that he and his people had given up their arms.
Santdna entreated of the Dutch officer not to urge the delivery of the kris,
and to consider quot; that the bird, although caught, was not yet in the cage,quot;
but to no purpose : the officer persisted in his demand, and insulted Santdna
in presence of all who were there assembled. The Pangéran seemg that

resistance

A. J, 1605.
A. D. 1679.

Mangkûrat

-ocr page 259-

resistance was now vain, promised compliance next morning; but during KertaSma,
the night, to the inexpressible mortification of the officer, he effected his
escape. The rage of the officer now fell so violently upon
Santdm, that a
quarrel ensued.
Santana and his followers fell upon the Dutch party and
killed many of them ; the officer however escaped.
Santdna then moved
towards
Chérihon, where he had an affair with a chief, named Radeti Sura^
pdti,
which being reported to the Sultan, that chief was put to death and
his title of
Surapdti conferred upon Untung. Surapdti then proceeded
towards
Kérta-sûra to beg assistance against the Dutch, leaving several of
his followers in
Bdnyumas, under the direction of two chiefs, who soon
became dreaded as noted krdmans or rebels. At Kérta-sûra he found pro-
tection from the prime minister, to whom he related all the particulars of
the story, with the exception of that part which related to the establish-
ment he had formed in
Bdnyumas. This district being now declared in a
state of revolt, he offered to bring it to submission, and was employed
by
the Susunan for that purpose : he accordingly proceeded secretly to Bdnyu-
mas,
where aided by the plan he had before laid, he caused the heads of the
two
krdmans ta be secretly cut off in the night, and the rebels to disperse ;
when returning to
Kérta-sûra and producing the heads, he was received
into the
highest favour by the Susunan,

The Dutch hearing of his fortune, demanded from the Susunan that his
person should be given up ; but the reply of the
Susûnan was, quot; that Sura-
quot; pdti
having thrown himself on his protection and performed a signal
« service to the empire, he could not give him up ; but that if the Dutch
quot; wished that he should be arrested, they were at perfect liberty to arrest
« him in any part of his dominions.quot;

The Dutch accordingly sent a force, consisting of four hundred Euro-
peans and
six hundred islanders, under the orders of oneTak, an officer
who had incuri\'ed the suspicion of having purloined the centre diamond
from the
Majapdhit crown, and on whom, according to the impression which
pervades the Dutch accounts, the
Susûnan had determined to be revenged.

On the approach of the Dutch troops, the Susunan, alarmed lest they should
succeed in arresting Surapdti, àeievmmeà to afford him every assistance,
and for that purpose directed, that when they arrived the Rdden Adipdti
(prime minister), who had given his daughter in marriage to Surapati,
should openly espouse his cause, and proceed, in the first instance, to
attack the lines of the
Adipdtis of Madûra and Surahdya, who after a

skirmish

A. J.1605.
A. D. 1679.
Mangkûrat.

-ocr page 260-

skirmish should retreat to the alun ûlun iu confusion, exhibiting all the
appearance of a defeat, while the united party of the
Rciden Àdipâti, and
Surapdti should appear to threaten i\\iQ krdton. The Pangéran Pûgar being
strongly attached to
Surapdti, received orders, that if, in the affair with
the Dutch, the party of
Surapdti and the minister should be worsted, he
should render them assistance, by sending his people to them clothed in
white, the distinction adopted by xS^m^Jiffo\'.

When the Dutch arrived, to cover appearances, a new prime minister
. was appointed.
The commander requested assistance from the Susûnan,
who pointed out to him the apparent state of affairs, and induced him to
believe that he was himself in danger from the attack of
Surapdti. Under
this impression, Tak made his arrangements ; and the Dutch troops ap-
peared
on the front alun alun at eight o\'clock in the morning, when they
were immediately attacked by Surapdti. After four hours of hard fighting,
Surapdti was repulsed j but reinforcements being sent by Pangéran Pûgar,
and by the whole population of the city, the Dutch were completely de-
stroyed.
Tak, at his last extremity, ordered out from the fort two hundred
soldiers remaining there ; but as they could not join their companions,
they were immediately surrounded and cut up. Of the two thousand men,
eleven hundred and eighty-three lost their lives j and among them
Tak,
who was mortally wounded in the neck by the celebrated pusdka spear of
Pangéran Pûgar. The weapon was found blunted at the point by the
chain jacket which
Tak is said to have worn on the occasion.

The Susûnan now directed the Rdden Adipdti and Surapdti to take refuge
in the province of
Pasûruan, and assume the habit of devotees ; while to
the
Adipdtis of Madura and Surahdya orders were given to follow them
at a certain distance, burning the villages and laying waste the country, as
if in pursuit of an enemy,
^^hen Surapdti Yesicheà Pasûruan, he took the
name of
Adipdti Wira Nagdra.

The few Dutch who had survived made their escape to the fort of Ja-
pdra, which was then more extensive than that at Serhdrang.

After this the Susûnan wrote to the commanding officer at Japdra,
informing him that Tak with all the party had been killed by the Rdden
Adipdti
and Surapdti, who had also attacked him, but that he had at last
driven them to the eastward, by the force he had collected
under the
Adipdtis OÎ Madûra and Surabdya. He also informed him that he had
elected a new prime minister, in lieu of the one who had espoused the

cause

Kerta Sura.

A.J. 1605.
A.D. 1679.

Mangliûrat.

-ocr page 261-

cause of Surapdti. The Susunariy fearing lest this story might not be Kerta Suia.
believed, and that he might be suspected of having assisted Surapdti, sent a!d,i677!
with this letter five
pikuls of birds\' nests, forty oxen, and other articles of Ma^mt.
value, which he entrusted to the care of a
pridi gdndoJc fa messenger of
distinction) named
Jdga Rdga, with instructions to mark well the thoughts
of the commander or officer who was the chief of
Japdra^ and if he shewed
the least suspicion of the part the
Susunan had taken, mainly to deny it,
and firmly to insist that the
Susûnan was true-hearted to the Hollanders. He
moreover promised to his ambassador, that if he succeeded in averting the
anger of the Dutch, he
would reward him on his return.

This messenger accordingly proceeded to Japdra, when the chief officer,
after reading the letter, said he had heard the
Susûnan was of one heart
with
Surapdti ; to which Jdga Rdga replied, that what he had heard was
false, and that perhaps the story might have originated in the part taken by
the
Rdden Adipdti, whose attachment to Surapdti was well known. He
then referred to the circumstance of the country\'s being laid waste by Sura^
pdti on his üight to the eastward, in proof of his enmity. The commander
heard this explanation with patience, and after receiving the presents with
which he was much
pleased, returned for answer to the Susunan, that he
had first heard that he was favourable to
Surapdti, but was now convinced,
from the explanation afforded, that these reports were unfounded, and that
he was satisfied of the lasting attachment of his highness to the Dutch.
He then thanked him for his present, and in return sent one thousand
ducatoons, with an assortment of velvets and cloth. The messenger having
thus succeeded, was raised to the rank and station of
Tumung\'gung of
Japdra,
by the name and title of Kidi Tumûng^gung Mdrta Pûra.

The next indignity offered to the Dutch was by this man, who laid hold
of a half cast Dutch soldier at
Japdra, and insisted upon his sitting on the
ground
on his hams and dancing the tandak, after the fashion of the Javans,
for his amusement. The Dutch, highly incensed, demanded the immediate
release of the man j but the
Tumûng\'gung refusing, an application was sent
to the
Susûnan, requesting that Mdrta Fura might be put to death. The
Susûnan immediately sent for Fangéran Fûgar and his minister, and desired
them to commimicate with
Mdrta Fura, and if they found he had the
courage to oppose the Dutch to give him assistance
under hand, or to
promote his success by some stratagem, in the same
manner as had been done
to Surapdti-^ but if not, to let him be sacrificed, as a punishment, for his
VOL. ir.nbsp;2 Anbsp;cowardice.

-ocr page 262-

cowardice. He then replied to the commodore, saying that he had sent his

_ own people to arrest Mdrta Pura, and to deliver him to the commander, who

Mangknrat. might act with his person as he thought proper. When the minister arrived
at
Japdra, it was agreed that Mdrta Pura should be invited into the,
Dutch fort, and there apprehended early next morning ; but in the mean-
time the agents of the
Susûnan had a secret interview with the chief, who
declared himself ready to oppose the Dutch, and it was determined that
their pretending to seize him should be a signal for all to join and
amok the
Hollanders : but in the morning the heart of
Mdrta Pura failed him. He
twice refused to quit his retreat, and when at last he came into the presence
of the party, he appeared trembling and pale, and his knees tottered under
him, so that he was scarcely able to stand. They then gave him a chair to
sit down
upon, and plied him with wine. An officer having taken his kris
from behind him, he rose from his chair and attempted to escape, but was
bayonetted by a soldier on his way. The agents of the
Susunan enraged to
see him so thoroughly frightened gave him no assistance, but ordered the
dogs to devour his carcase. When the
Susunan heard of the cowardly con-
duct of
Mdrta Pura, he ordered that it should be publicly prohibited, on
pain of his severes\'t punishment, to harbour or afford assistance to his rela-
tions and children.

Afterwards the former Tumûng\'gung of Japdra, Sécha Nagdra, was
replaced, and a communication was through him made to the Dutch, inti-
mating the willingness of the
Susûnan to co-operate against the Surapdti, in
consequence of which orders were given for the Dutch troops to proceed
from Batavia. When the
Susûnan had thus drawn the Dutch into a second
attack upon this chieftain, he is represented quot; as being most delighted at
quot; the prospect which it afforded, that on the present occasion more of the
quot; Dutch troops might be sacrificed, in the same manner as in the recent
quot; affair at
Kérta Sura,\'*

The Adipdti of Suraltdya and Madûra were immediately dispatched to
Pasuruan to meet the Dutch, but having waited some time in vain for the
arrival, a mock battle took place with
Surapdti, when it was arranged that
the
Kérta Sura troops should take to flight, burning and laying waste the
country as they retreated. A regular communication appears to have been
kept up during the whole time, between
Surapdti and the Susûnan, who
allowed him quietly to possess himself of the adjoining districts of
Mdlang
and Mddion. The Bdden Adipdti Aûrang Kasûma died about this time.

The

Kerta Sura.
A.J. 1603.
a.d. 1677.

-ocr page 263-

The Dutch troops now arrived in the eastern districts, and the comman-
dant of
Japdra applied for the assistance of the , Susûnan ; but the latter ^\'d-\' îë?\'?quot;
alleging that his chiefs had been recently beaten and obliged to retreat from Mangijurat.
Pasûruan, urged delay, on the plea of waiting a more favourable opportu-
nity of attack.

In the meantime family feuds disturbed the peace of the Icrdton. The
hereditary prince,
Pangéran Adipdti Amdngku Nagdra, had married the
daughter
of his cousin, Pangéran Pugar ; but after the expiration of the
forty days he disregarded her, and
she returned to her father\'s protection.
One of the most distinguished characters at the court was the son of the
prime
minister. The hereditary prince, jealous of the universal admiration
which he enjoyed, determined to lower him by the infliction of the greatest
disgrace which could be endured. Naturally of a fiery disposition, he
became excessively enraged at an accident which occurred to him while
hunting in the forest of
Rdnda Wahdna, and which occasioned a lameness
in his legs. As soon as he returned home he sent for this youth, whom he
immediately ordered to be bound and severely
flogged with a rattan : he
then directed him to be tied to a
tree abounding with ants, which soon
covered his body j a
favourite mode of inflicting cruel punishment. There
the young man suffered dreadfully ; but his tortures were not at an end.
He was afterwards flogged till he nearly expired, and then sent to the house
of his father, the prime minister, who although much enraged was obliged
to suppress his resentment. Determined afterwards to revenge himself, he
seduced the wife of the
Pangéran Adipdti, who had returned to her father\'s
house as above stated. The
connection was discovered, and all parties were
put to death.

The Susunan becoming now dangerously ill, from an affection of the
spleen
which he had contracted at the time of the massacre of the Dutch
under Tak, called into his presence his eldest son the
Pangéran Adipdti,
his brother Pangéran Pugar, and his two firm adherents, the Adipatis of
Madûra and Surahdya, and thus addressed them : « The time which is allotted
\'\' to me in this world has nearly expired ; but before I depart, let me im-
«« press upon you all, the necessity and advantage of your mutually sup-
« porting each other. If you hold together, then will the sovereignty of
« Java become pure and strong. The
Adipatis of Madûra and Surahdya
« will be as the surface of the tâmpa (or sifter) on which rice is cleansed

from the husk j the Pangéran Pûgar as the gt;œdngku (or rim of the sifter) ;

2 A 3 .nbsp;. quot;and

Kerta Sura.
A. J.lfiOS.

-ocr page 264-

« and the Pangéran Adipdti will be as the one who sifts or fans the rice*
« When the
Pangéran Adipdti ascends the throne, let him attach himself to
quot; the other three, by which means he will cleanse and strengthen his govern-
ment, even as the rice is cleansed from the husk in the
tdmpa. Let him
study the writings
Niti Prdja, Niti Sastra, Sruti, Asia Brdta and Jdya
quot; Ldngkara ;
to abandon his vicious habits, never to ill use his wives,
quot; and to be kind and constant to his present wife (another daughter of the
** Pangéran Pûgar).quot;

In a short time the Susunan died. The Pangéran Adipdti, who was des-
tined to succeed him, excited much disapprobation and disgust by his
ungrateful neglect
of the customary rites due to the body of the deceased,
and his indecent eagerness
to ascend the throne before it was even vacated.
The practice of the country required him to wash and purify the
corpse
with bis own hands j but he left the task to the women, while he shut all
the gates of the krdton and seated himself in front on the setingel. The
deceased was buried at
Megiri, and his widow, Rdtu Kanchdna, attended
the procession, distributing money as she past along, to the amount of one
thousand dollars
and more.

As soon as the body was removed, the Pangéran Adipdti assembled all
his chiefs, and addressed them to the following effect :
quot; All ye who are
quot; present bear witness, that the
Pangéran Adipdti Amdngku Nagdra has
quot; succeeded to the sovereignty of his late father, Susûsan Mangkûrat,
quot; and as ye acknowledged and respected the father, now do the same to
quot; the son j quot; to which they all ejaculated assent. To this
Rdden Subrdta,
who wished to shew his attachment to the young prince by raising him in
the eyes of the people, added, quot; the sovereignty descends to you by the
will of the Almighty j it has not been assumed by
yourself jquot; but no one
answered. All the chiefs present, however, approached the prince and
kissed his feet, in proof of their acknowledgment of his authority. The
new
Susûnan then declared Rdtu Kanchdna his queen, and nominated the
principal officers of state j and as soon as he returned to the
ddlam addressed
three letters, one to the Governor General of Batavia, one to the comman-
dant at
Japdra, and one to the commandant at Semdrang, informing them
of his having assumed the sovereignty in succession to his ancestors. He
likewise entrusted a letter for Batavia, and another for the Governor Gene-
ral, to the care of Captain Knol at
Semdrang»

On

Kerta Sura.
A.J. 1603.
A.D. 1677.

t(

i(

Mangkûrat
Mas.

-ocr page 265-

On first granting their support to the deceased prince, the Dutch required
that he should enter into a bond, dated 1.0th October 1677, confirming the
a.\'d. 1701.
treaty of the Soth February preceding, and acknowledging a debt to the
Dutch of thirty thousand dollars, together with three thousand
hbyans of
rice, as a security for which he was required to mortgage to the Dutch all
the sea-ports from the river
Kréwang to the eastern extremity of the island.
The whole revenues of these places, including in particular all the rice
deliverable to the state, were also to be received by the Dutch in diminution
of this debt.

At the same time, also, the Susûnan was called upon to execute a deed of
cession, confirming the act of the 28th February preceding, and setting
forth that his father, having already verbally expressed an intention to make
over to the Dutch his rights on the kingdom of
Jdhatra (or land lying
between the river of
Untung Jdwa and Krdwang and the northern and
southern sea-coasts), the said grant was further confirmed, and the whole
of the province of
Jdkatra ceded accordingly, the inhabitants who wished
to remain being ordered to acknowledge the Dutch as their lawful sove-
reign, but all being at liberty to place themselves under the Susunan and
to
leave the Dutch territory, till the expiration of twelve months after the

publication of this act.

By this deed of cession, the Susunan also ceded to the Dutch, in acknow-
ledgment of the services rendered by Admiral Speelman against the rebels,
the country between the
Krdwang and Pamanukan rivers, in a straight line
to the South Sea, with all the immunities and privileges attached to it.

This document further prohibited the importation of cloths and opium by
any one except the Dutch, and contained the appointment of Adipdti Man-
dardka
to be chief of Tegal and the western, and Aria Urawân to be
chief of
Japdra and the eastern sea-coast.

On the 15th January I678, a charter was procured from the fcww««,
placing the sugar trade of
Japdra entirely in the hands of the Dutch. A
grant was made them of the management of the town and jurisdiction of
Semdrang and the village of Kaligdwt, that is to say, the right of appoint-
ing governors of their own at those places, without the least interference on
the part of the
Susunan ; on condition, however, that the revenues should
be duly accounted for and paid to his
highness\'s officers by those of the
Dutch. But as his highness was still in debt to the Dutch, those revenues
were provisionally taken in diminution of the debt.

In

-ocr page 266-

In Bantam the Dutch had made various treaties with the princes.

On the 17th April 1684 a contract was signed with the Sultan of
Bantam, by which it was stipulated, among other articles, that the
contract of the 10th July 1659 should be renewed and confirmed ; that the
Sultan should give no kind of assistance to the enemies of the Dutch,
and undertake nothing hostile against their allies, particularly the
Susunan
and the prince of Chéribon j that the Tân^ran river, from its mouth to its
origin, and from thence a line drawn from south until it meets the South
Sea, should be the boundaries fixed upon between the Dutch
jurisdiction and
the Bantam country, it being understood that the whole of the
Tdng\'ran
or Untong Jdwa river, with its mouths, should be the property of the
Dutch, together with six hundred rods of land to the northward from
fort Babdkan to the sea, with liberty to erect such pâggars, or forts,
on
the western banks of the river, as should be deemed necessary for pur-
poses of safety ; the inhabitants of the Bantam side to be permitted to fish
in the river and to appropriate its waters to purposes of cultivation, but no
vessels to be allowed to enter the river from the sea without Company\'s
passes ; that the claims of the Dutch on the government of Bantam should
be reduced to twelve thousand rix-dollars, or one-eighth of its original
amount ; that his highness should give up all claims to the principahty of
Chéribon ; that the fourth article of the contract of 1659 should remain in
force, and consequently that no ground or factory rent should be paid by
the Dutch, but that theSultan should give as much ground gratis, as the
purposes of the factory might require ; that his highness should conclude
no contracts with other powers contrary to the present treaty.

On the same day, however, a bond was executed by the Sultan, in favor
of the Dutch, for the payment of the expenses incurred in assisting his
highness against the rebel Sultan, and his friend the British resident,
who it is stated in this document would have received the punishment due
to his conduct but for the interference ofthe Dutch, to whose protec-
tion he was indebted for the moderation with which his highness had
restricted his punishment to a final removal from Bantam. This obliga-
tion states the Sultan\'s debt to be six hundred thousand rix-dollars, which he
promises to pay either in specie or pepper, or by remission of duties
j and
he also grants therein to the Dutch the sole trade in pepper and cloths, in
the countries of
Bantam, Lampung, and Silebg^r,

On

Kerta Sura.
A.J. 1627.
A.D. 1701.

Bantam.

-ocr page 267-

On the €8th April 1684, a deed was executed, by which the Sultan of
Bantam\'s debt of six hundred thousand rix-dollars was remitted, on condi-
tion that the Company should enjoy the privileges mentioned in the bond of
the 17th instant ; but whenever the above privileges were violated on the
Sultan\'s part, the Dutch held themselves justified in requiring payment of

the debt in question.

On the 15th February 1686, an agreement was entered into with the
Sultan of Bantam, by which, among other stipulations, the Dutch enga^d
to assist the Sultan against his rebellious subjects, with men, ammunition,
and vessels, on
condition that he would pay the expense; it being stipulated
that they should not leave their factory during the night j that they should
not be permitted to walk outside the town without the Sultan\'s and the
Resident\'s permission ; that they should not enter the houses of the natives,
much less stay there during the night ; that they should not take away any
articles in the bazars without didy paying for the same ; that they should
not enter any gardens or premises without permission from the proprietors ;
that they should not enter any temples without previous leave ; that they
should not detain any females in their houses, nor stop them in the streets;
on meeting the Sultan in the streets, that they should shew his highness the
accustomed honours; that they should not stop whenever the Sultan or Sultana
bathed in the river, but pass without looking at their highnesses ; that they
should not interfere with the disputes and judicial proceedings of the na-
tives. By the eighteenth article it was mutually agreed, that offenders, of
either party, should be punished according to their respective laws, and
each by his own nation ; and that the whole of the black and white pepper
produced at Bantam should be sold to the Dutch at a fixed price.

On the 4th December 1687, on the occasion of the accession to the
throne of a new Sultan of Bantam, an act of renovation of all former trea-
ties was passed, together with a renewal of the bond for six hundred thou-
sand dollars, and of the deed remitting the same, on condition that the
privileges heretofore specified were granted to the Dutch at Bantam.

On the 3d March I69I, on occasion of the elevation to the throne of
another Sultan, an act of renewal was passed of the contracts
concluded
at different periods between the Dutch and the Sultans of Bantam.

On the 6th January I68I an agreement was signed with the three chiefs Chérib«..
of
Chéribon, setting forth the gratitude of those princes for the signal ser.

vices

Kerta Sura.
A. J. 1627.
A.D. 1701.

-ocr page 268-

Kerta^sura, vices rendered them by the Dutch, and their determination to follow the
A. D. i;oi. Dutch Company\'s advice under all circumstances, and to assist the Dutch
government whenever their aid might be required, on condition that they
should,
in like manner, be assisted by the Dutch in cases of emergency,
each party bearing the expense of all armaments undertaken for his benefit.
The three princes promised to live upon
good terms with the Susûnan.

In the event of one of the three princes, or other persons, committing
any acts prohibited by the present articles, or derogatory to his highness
the
Susûnan, it was agreed, that such conduct should be punished with the
utmost severity.

The other stipulations of importance were, that no fortifications should
be erected by the princes without the consent of the Governor General, who
should
have leave to build a factory at Chéribon, and to cause all species of
merchandize
to be ivcv^ovteA duty ƒree. That all pepper growing in the king-
dom of
Chéribon should be disposed of to the Dutch at the bazar price ;
that the trade in sugar and rice should be free to all, upon payment of an
export duty of two per cent, to the princes ; that vessels belonging to
powers at war with the Dutch should not be permitted to enter the ports of
Chéribon, but be dealt with as enemies.

On the 7th September 1680, another contract was entered into with the
princes of
Chéribon, by which all former differences were declared to be for-
gotten, and Panambdhan, Chéribon, and Sultan Anom, promised to respect
and honour their elder brother. Sultan
Sépu, as the first-born of their father
Panambdhan Kidi Giri Ldyah. Sultan Sépu promised, on the other hand,
not to slight his brothers in any way, but on the contrary to treat them, on
every occasion, with the deference due to their rank. It was agreed, that
there shall be one place only for holding tournaments, where the royal
brothers would appear every Saturday in their state dresses, attended by
their
mdntris, and that, to prevent disputes, they should be seated to the
right and left of Sultan
Sépu, and all the mdntris below ; but that, should
indisposition
prevent one of them from attending the tournament, they
should send due notice thereof on the Saturday morning. At the tourna-
ment the Sultan only had the right to speak ; but Sultan
Sépu not being
present, that right was to devolve on the second, and in his absence on the
third chief. In the event of all the princes being prevented from attending,

the

-ocr page 269-

fche eldest sons of Sultan Sepu and Anom should make their appearance and
the command devolve on the
Pangéran. That in consequence of frequent dis-
putes having arisen among the princes, with reference to the appointment
and supercession of prime minister, the right of nominating to that office
was vested exclusively in the governor-general of Batavia. That the
event of any diflference occurring between the princes, which they could not
adjust themselves, the resident of
Chéribon should be requested to act as arbi-
trator on the part of the Dutch. That should one of the princes refuse to
comply with this article, the other brothers should on no account molest him,
but simply
report the matter to the Batavian government, through their am-
bassadors. The dissenting prince should, however, in that case, voluntarily
place himself in the resident\'s custody, who should not be permitted to
convey him out of
Chéribon.

Mr. Middlekoop mentions, that during the reign of this prince, the prin-
cipality of
Madura was conferred by the Susunan on Chdkra Diningrat ;
but the inhabitants of Sûmenap being discontented with this choice, they
informed the
Susunan that they would rather die than submit to that autho-
rity ; upon which the
Susunan thought proper to divide that country into two
parts, giving to
Châkra Diningrat the western district, and the eastern, or
Sumenapnbsp;to MasYang Wulan, who took the name of Yudha Nagdra.

In the year 1688, the whole island of Madura revolted, and became subject
to the Dutch government.

But to return to Pangéran Adipdti Amdngku Nagdra, usually called Java.
Mangkûrat Mds. The authority of this prince seems to have been attacked
almost immediately after his accession to the throne; for
Rdden Sûria Ka-
sûma, a son of the Pangéran Pugar, having accompanied the procession
which attended the body of the late
Susunan to the grave, persuaded many
of the party to declare him sovereign of Java, under the title of
Sunun Pana-
tagdma.
The Susunan Mangkûrat Mds no sooner heard of this, than he
became highly enraged with his uncle, the
Pangéran Pugar, and sent back
to him his daughter, the queen
Rdtu Kanchdna. He afterwards ordered the
Pangéran with his wives and children into his presence, and commanding
them to be seized, publicly exposed them on
the alun alun, in a pen or railing
made for that purpose, which the Javans call
beték, Rdden Suria was appre-
hended.

On the one hundredth day after the death of the late Susunan, the
wives of the chiefs being assembled to prepare a customary feast, intended

VOL. II.nbsp;SBnbsp;« to

Kerta Sara.
A. J. 1627.
A.D. 1701.

Mangkuraf
Mas.

Madûra,

-ocr page 270-

Kerta Sura. quot; to give a blessing to the joumey of the deceased,quot; the Susunan conceived a
A.D.\\foi. passion for Ayu PaMwati, the wife of the Adipdti of Madura, and availed
MangtomtMas. hifflself of his power over her to gratify it. She however soon made her
escape, and reported the particulars to her husband, who in revenge con-
curred with the
Adipdti of Semdrang in urging the Pangéran Pûgar to as-
sume the sovereignty. quot; So large a party,quot; said these chiefs, quot; being in
« favour of your pretensions, you can never be condemned for assuming the
quot; government j for as with men who drink a bottle of wine, if there are few
quot; of them.they must necessarily become intoxicated, but if there are many,
quot; truly it is nothing at all.quot;

Being assured by the Adipdti of Semdrang, that the Dutch were not cor-
dial friends of the present
Susûnan, the Pangéran was at last prevailed upon
to escape with his family and a chosen band to
Semdrang, where the Dutch
received him, and conditionally proclaimed him sovereign of Java.

As soon as the Susunan Manghûrat Mas was informed of the departure
of the
Pangéran, he applied to the commissioners at Semdrang to have him
delivered up ; but received for reply an intimation, that he was under the
protection of the Dutch, and that if the
Susûnan wanted him he must come
for him himself. Enraged at this evasion, he ordered that
Rdden Sûria
Kasuma, the son of the Pangéran, should immediately be putto death. The
young prince was accordingly brought into his presence for the purpose,
when a great eruption suddenly took place from
Merdpi, the mountain emit-
ting a sound louder than thunder, and flame which enlightened all
Kérta Sitra.
The Susûnan thinking that his end was approaching, sent the young king
back into confinement, when the sounds immediately ceased, and the moun-
tain emitted no more flame. The
Susunan conceiving all danger at an
end, once more ordered the execution of the prince, but a more violent erup-
tion than the first instantly rent the mountain asunder. The alarm of the
Susunan was increased, and considering this was a gdro-gdro, or sign, that
the prince was favoured by the Almighty, he altered his intentions, received
his intended victim into favour, and appointed him a
Pangéran, under the
title of
Pangéran Ang\'ehdi Saléring Péken, with an assignment of one thou-
sandnbsp;of land.

He appointed the Adipdti of Madûra, under the name of Panambdhan
Chdkra Ningrat, chief over all the coast districts, from Brébes to Banyu-
\'wdngiy and the Tumung\'gung of Surabaya, under the name of Adipdti

Jaeng

-ocr page 271-

Jaeng Râna, to be his PafeZt. To Tumung\'gung of Semdrang he also Kemsuia.
gave the title of
Adipdti Sura Adimang\'gdla.nbsp;a.\'d! i7ol

Immediately after his accession he had written to the Butch government ; MangkuratMas.
but it appears that the letter was not forwarded from Semârang to Batavia
until after the
Pangérang Pûgar had taken part against him. According to
the Dutch accounts, the ambassadors of both parties arrived nearly at the
same time at Batavia, were admitted to audience the next day, and were
received, not like ambassadors, but rather as messengers.

The objections urged by the Dutch to the acknowledgment ofthe Susûnan

were the following :_1st. Because he was a great tyrant, and well known

to have instigated his father to a rupture with the Dutch, and to have him-
self menaced hostilities against them, as soon as he should have mounted
the throne. 2d. Because his embassy ,did not consist of princes of his
family, and the prime minister, as usual, but of two common regents only.
3d. Because the letter which communicated his father\'s death, and an-
nounced his own accession, although it contained a request for protection
against his enemies, did not apply for their sanction or confirmation, nor
declare his readiness to renew the contracts, to acknowledge the debts, and
to fulfil the
engagements formerly stipulated, though he ought to have
known that this was the basis upon which alone the Dutch could have
recognized his title as sovereign of Java. 4th. Because letters had been
intercepted, in which he invited the prince of
Madûrd to join him against
the Dutch, calling them his mortal enemies, whom he intended to expel
from the island of Java.

These combined circumstances induced the Dutch government not to
acknowledge him as successor to his father, although they, with a view to
gain time until the arrival of a fleet expected from Holland with a rein-
forcement of troops, wrote to him, merely declining to receive his ambassa-
dors as such, and requiring him to send others, whose family connections
and rank might entitle them to more consideration, and with whom they
might treat.

After it was arranged that Pangéran Pûgar should become sovereign,
the three chief Dutch authorities then at Semdrang waited upon him, to
inform
him thereof, at the same time requiring that, in return for the assistance
intended to be afforded
him, he should, on assuming the authority, cede to
the Dutch the provinces of
Derndk, Japdra, and Tegdh in compensation
for the expenses they might incur on
his account. Pangéran Pûgar feeling

2 B £nbsp;no

-ocr page 272-

Kerja^Sura. no inclination to comply with these conditions, though anxious to avoid a

a.\'d. 1704. rupture with the Dutch, proposed, instead of a cession of territory, that
he should become generally responsible for all the expenses of the war ;
quot; for,quot; said he, quot; if it is
through the assistance of the Dutch that I am
quot; placed upon the throne, of course it would not be becoming in me to
quot; refuse them any thing they require : but with respect to this request, is it
quot; not better that, at present, we attend to what is necessary to secure the
quot; throne, and afterwards talk of minor matters ?
I am willing to pay all
quot; the expenses which it may occasion to the Dutch.quot; With this the com-
missioners were satisfied ; and the troops having arrived from Europe, it
was resolved, on the
18th of March, 1704, to place Pangéran Pugar upon
the throne, and to maintain him on it.

The Dutch ships and troops having reached Semarang in Apwl, and the
part
they intended to take being now for the first time manifest to Susûnan
Manglcûrat Mas, he dispatched three messengers to the Dutch represen-
tative at Semarang, with the sum of seventy-thousand dollars in specie,
and authority to renew
former contracts, and comply with every requisition
which the
Dutch might make, provided they would acknowledge his suc-
cession to the throne j but these messengers had only reached
Tinker when
they fell in with the Dutch troops, and were obliged to secure their safety
by flight, leaving the money behind.

Pangéran Pûgar The Pangéran Pugar was publicly installed by the Dutch at Semdrans;*

Tnf\'V/ ül; on the 19th of June,

Dutch.nbsp;districts of Demdk, Grobogan, Sîséîa, and all the lands beyond Se-

mdrang as far as Wgdrang, were immediately taken possession of by the
Dutch, and the troops of the
Susunan Mangkûrat Mas, which had moved
towards
Semdrang, were forced to retreat on Kérta Sura.

quot; Before the departure of the Pangéran, the Dutch had again pressed
him to cede the provinces of
Semdrang, Tegdl, and Japdra, but by the
advice of the
Panumhdhan of Madura and his principal chiefs, he still re-
fused compliance, and they were not able to obtain any decided promise from
him, beyond reimbursement for the expenses of the war. When they were
arrived, however, at
Ung\'drang, the prince happening to be alone, unat-
tended by any of the
Bopdti, the Dutch commander seized the opportunity
which he had been so long watching for, to assure him how truly and

sincerely

* Prom the circumstance of this installation having taken place at Semâranggt; two tvaringen
trees are allowed to distinguish the dun dun of the regent.

-ocr page 273-

sincerely the Dutch were inclined to assist him, not only on the present Kertasura.
occasion, but hereafter, whenever he might require their aid. « The Dutch,quot;
a.d. i704.
added he, quot; are in great want of rice, and request your highness will have
quot; the kindness to grant them a thousand
koyans (two thousand tons) a year
quot; without payment.quot;

quot; The Pangéran made no reply : he wished for time to think upon it ; but
the chiefs of the Dutch came up to him, and returned him many thanks and
compliments for his having thus, as they said, agreed to their request. The
prince, though he wished to
say he had not given his promise, yet felt
ashamed, after the
thanks and compliments he had received, to express
what he
thought. He therefore bowed his head and was silent. They then
entreated him to draw out his assent in writing, and to affix his seal to it, as
a proof of his voluntary surrender of the present. With this he complied.

quot; The paper was no sooner obtained, than the Dutch officers again return-
ed their thanks. They then withdrew, and the troops being under arms, a
salute was fired on the occasion. When this circumstance came to the ears
of the
Adipati of Semdrang, he hastened to the Pangéran, and thus address-
ed him, quot; Be not offended,
my prince, if I presume to open your eyes to
quot; the proceedings of these Hollanders, who are so rapacious in their de-
« mands. They had already consulted with me on the subject of this
rice, and they knew the opinion of your advisers to be against it, they
therefore watched for their opportunity to find you alone. I little
thought you would have taken upon yourself to act thus, without con-
quot; suiting your chiefs. I imagined the Dutch were satisfied with the answer
quot; I had given them and would not have thought of going to
you about it.quot;
The
Susunan gave him in return the history of the grant, and promised
faithfully that, if ever they made another request of the kind, he would
send for his advisers immediately.quot;

Before the Dutch moved towards the interior, they contrived to bribe
Jâga Diningrat, the chief who commanded the Kérta Sura troops, and
with his assistance possessed themselves without difficulty of the fortified
stations of
Pedahpdyang, Ung\'drang, and Selatiga, The main force of the
Kérta-sûra troops, consisting of about forty thousand men, was encamped m
a strong position, not far from the latter place. After making consider-
able resistance, they were obliged to retreat in confusion, and the com-
bined army prosecuting its march towards the capital,
carried Asem by as-
sault, and reached
Kérta Sura shortly after Susûnan Mangkûrat Mas had

quitted

-ocr page 274-

quitted it. All the chiefs who remained submitted to the new authority,
and were received under its protection, with the exception of the son of
Pangéran Pugar, who was strangled. Susunan Mangkûrat Mas, called
also
Susûnan Pinchang, on account of his lameness, was at this time about
thirty-four years of age. His reign was short, but remarkable for severity and
cruelty.

Pangéran Pûgar was fifty-six years of age when he ascended the throne.
He had seven legitimate children,
Pangéran Matdrem, Ang\'ebdi Léreng
Pdser
(who had remained with the deposed Susunan), Jdga Rdga, Mdngku
Nagdra, Mdngku Bûmi
(who was declared hereditary prince, and suc-
ceeded his father),
BUtar, and Tepa Sana.

The title assumed by Pangéran Pûgar, with the concurrence of the
Dutch, was Susuhûnan Pakabûana Senapdti Ingatdga Ahdul Rdchman Pana-
tagdma,
which may be rendered quot; The saint who is the nail of the empire,
« the chief commander in war, the slave of God, and propagator of the
« true faith.quot;

An occurrence which took place shortly after the assumption of the go-
vernment by this prince is noticed by the Javan writers, and argued highly
in favour of the justice and impartiality of this prince.

The wife of Mérta Yudha, writer to the Susûnan, and nephew of the
Adipdti of Semdrang, presented herself before him, alleging that her
life
was endangered by the cruel treatment of her husband, and imploring
that she might be divorced from him,
or protected against his ill usage.
The
Susunan inquiring into the particulars, ascertained, from the tes-
timony of the woman herself, that she was attached to
Pangéran Adipdti,
the son of the Susûnan, who had frequently visited at her house in the
absence of her husband, and that the severities she had suffered were the
consequence of the rage which a discovery of that fact had occasioned.
He called upon the
Pangéran Adipdti to say if this was correct ; and the
prince, being ashamed to tell a falsehood, acknowledged the fact : where-
upon his father reproved him in the strongest terms, and
cautioned him
not to be guilty of a like transgression a second time. Then calUng for
Mérta Yûdha, he thus addressed him : quot; Mérta Yûdha, your wife
quot; has come to me requesting my interference to procure her a divorce
« from you, or that I should prohibit you from again ill-treating her, in
quot; the same severe manner you have before done, on account of her at-
quot; tachment to my son, the
Pangéran Adipdti.\'\' To which Mérta Yûdha
replied, « Respecting this affair, allow me to explain. She committed an

quot; ofifence

Kerta Sura.
A. J. 1630.
A. D. 1704.

Pakubuana.

-ocr page 275-

«f offence towards me, and she now comes to you to complain of me,
quot; saying I had beaten her until she was nearly dead. That I did beat her A- nquot; i^os\'.
quot; is true, but that I did so until she was nearly dead is
utterly false. I Pakubuana.
quot; beat her when I was enraged ; but, as my anger subsided, I quickly
quot; became kind to her again ; and yet she has the audacity to request a
quot; divorce. This completes three offences : in the first place, she committed
« the fault ; in the second, she has told a falsehood ; and in the third,
quot; she has requested a divorce. These points I submit to the justice of
quot; your majesty.quot; The
Susunan then reflected, that as the Pangeran Adi-
-pâti\'s
conduct had been the cause of this woman\'s offence, it would not be
just to
punish her, without also punishing his son ; and being disinclined to
be severe with him on account of his youth, he felt at a loss how to decide
with justice. At length, seeing but one way to get rid of the difficulty,
he thus addressed
Mérta Yudha : quot; Enough, Mérta Yûdha ; the fault
quot; rests with my son the
Pangéran Adipdti, and your wife cannot be con-
quot; demned to punishment, unless my son be also condemned. Now I have
quot; not the power to condemn my son, on
account of his youth ; therefore,
quot; I publicly request
your pardon for my son\'s offence. If you wish to be
quot; divorced, the permission is granted, and I will provide you with another
« wife. You want her immediately—It is well ;—but I have no women
« at present except my own, none but the
Pdtu and my own daughters.
quot; Make your choice, and whichever you prefer of them, I will present to
quot; you in marriage.
Place your confidence in what I say, and believe that
quot; I say no more than what I will do.quot;

Mérta Yûdha, struck with astonishment, knew not how to reply. At
last, after bowing his head several times to the
ground, he declared that he
was overcome by this act of magnanimity ; that he forgave the young prince
from his heart, and would willingly receive his wife back again, and treat
her with kindness. The
Susunan then dismissed the parties, giving them
advice as to their future conduct, and presenting them with a sum of
money and several rich presents.
Mérta Yûdha and his wife, say the
Javan writers, afterwards lived most happily together, and never
ceased to
praise the justice and magnanimity of the prince.

In the spring of 1705, the Dutch government again sent a fo^^e to Se-
mdrang, which was joined by seven thousand Madurese, under the com-
mand of
Panambdhan Chdhra Biningrat.

At

-ocr page 276-

A^îfeaT: ^^nbsp;Surapdti, who after his first arrival at Matdrem had offered

a. ^^705\'. to surrender, again made an application to the Dutch for protection, and
Pakubuânaist. ofiTered to send six thousand auxiliaries, promising at the same time to
conduct himself as a faithful subject ; but his ofier was rejected.

On the 5th October, 1705, a contract was entered into by the new
sovereign with the Dutch, by which, 1st, the contracts of the 24th Sep-
tember, 1640,
and SOth October, I677, and all privileges and immunities
granted by
Susûnan Mangkûrat Mas to Messrs. Speelman and Cooper, were
confirmed. 2d. His highness ceded to the Dutch the district of
Gehdng
as situated within the following boundaries ; viz. quot; From the mouth of the
riyer
Donan on the southern shore, in a westerly direction along its
quot; banks as far as
Pasuruan, where there is an inland lake ; thence along
quot; the north-eastern seashore to the mouth of the river Che-brom, and
quot; further on along the north-eastern side of an accessible swamp to Che-
quot; satia,
near the village Madûra, thence in a north-easterly direction
quot; over the mountains of
Ddyu-luhur to mount Sumdna or Subdng, and then
quot; south-east over the mountains of
Bonkok, where a northerly direction is
taken, and continued to the river
Losdri, and further on along the
quot; banks of that river to its mouth on the northern coast of the island.quot;
Sd. The
Susûnan acknowledged Cheribon as an independent state, in con-
sequence of that country having, in I68O, been saved by the Dutch from
the
ravages of a banditti. 4th, The Susûnan resigned to the protection of
the Dutch the countries of
Sumenap and Pamakdsan, stated to have been
forced on them during the reign of
Susûnan Tegdl-arom, by the chief
Yudha Nagdra. 5th. The Susûnan renewed and confirmed the cession
of
Semdrang and Kaligawé, as stated in the transfer of 15th January, 1678.
He further ceded to the Dutch the ports of Torhdyà and Gumûlak, on con-
dition that the tolls continued to be collected for his own benefit, as at
Semdrang. The Dutch, on the other hand, agreed to restore about fifty
villages which belonged to
Demdk and Kaligdwe.

It was agreed that the tolls on goods imported into, or exported from the
Susûnan\'s dominions by the Dutch, should be levied according to the above-
mentioned contract of 25th February
I677, and that the Susunan should in
future require a duty of three instead of two per cent, from individuals
trading with Dutch passes, it being left to his highness to fix the duties to
be levied on goods belonging to persons who were not furnished with licences

from

-ocr page 277-

from the Dutch. 7th. The Dutch obtained liberty to establish factories in
every part of the
Susunan\'s dominions, for which sufficient lots of vacant a. d. 1705.
ground were to be given them, to answer every purpose of safety and conve- PaTsubuâna 1st.
nience, and also to establish yards for building vessels. The Javan chiefs
were bound to supply
the Dutch at all times, payment being made for the
same, with timber, labourers, amp;c. but they were to pay no capitation, and
only
to be considered as Company\'s subjects, as long as they should be employed
by the Company. 8th. His highness promised to supply the Dutch with as
much rice as
should be required, at the market price, the Dutch being also
at liberty to
purchase that article from his highnesses subjects, who were also
allowed to export rice to Batavia, and all countries at peace with the Dutch.
9th. Pursuant to
the contract of I677, the Susunan agreed to continue to
shut his ports against
Makasars, Bugis, Maldyus, Balians, and other
foreigners, except such as should obtain the permission of the Dutch. 10th.
It was agreed that the Dutch, and all persons duly authorized by them,
should continue to enjoy the exclusive privilege of importing and selling
opium and cloths, as granted to them by
Susûnan Mangkûrat, on the 20th
October I677 : that the
native chiefs should carefully prevent all encroach-
ments on this monopoly, and that all seizures of prohibited goods made by
them and by the Company\'s servants, should be for the profit of his high-
ness, to whose discretion it was left to remunerate the officers making the
seizure. 11th. That all seizures made at sea by the Company\'s cruizers
should be for the sole benefit
of the captors, although afterwards brought
into his highness\'s ports, lâth. The
Susunan*s subjects were to be prohi-
bited from trading otherwise than with Company\'s
passes, and their trade
eastward was restricted to Bali and Lomhok, northward to Borneo and Ban-
jarmdsin,
and westward to Bdntam, Lampung, Jdmbi, Indragiri, /oAor and
Malâca. They were prohibited from visiting the eastern governments, or
Buton, Timor, Bima, amp;cc., on pain of confiscation of vessels, cargo, amp;c.
It was declared, that whenever
his highness should be desirous of sending
vessels to these quarters on his own account, the Dutch should attend to
his wishes, as far as might be consistent with their regulations. 13th. The
balance remaining due to the Dutch of the debts of his
highness, adverted
to in the contracts of
25th February and 15th October 1677, remitted,
together with the sum to be paid to Captain Jonker for the delivery of the
rebel
Trûna Jdya, and all other claims of the Dutch on his highness, for
expenses incurred in re-establishing him on the throne, amp;c. on the express

â Cnbsp;condition

-ocr page 278-

history of ja-va.

Kerta s^ura. condition that this contract should be faithfully observed j otherwise the
a\'d! 1706. said claims and pretensions to retain their former validity. In consideration
Pakubuâna 1st. of this important remission, his highness promised to supply the Company,
during twenty-five years, commencing in
I706, with eight hundred lasts of
good rice annually, deliverable at Batavia by his highness\'s own vessels.
An article was afterwards added to this treaty, by which it was stipulated
that no other European nation than the Dutch should ever be permitted to
trade or build factories on Java.

On the 11th October 1705,* a further agreeme ntwas entered into by his
highness, by which he promised to bear the expense of keeping a detach-
ment of two hundred men of the Dutch troops at
Kérta-sûra, for his high-
ness\'s protection and security, amounting to thirteen hundred Spanish
dollars per month.

On the 12th July I7O6, a treaty for determining the boundaries between
the territories of the
Susûnan and those of the Dutch was entered into.

The deposed prince, Susûnan Mangkûrat Mas, after flying from his
capital, proceeded to the eastern districts, and joining
Surapdti, reduced
the eastern provinces under their authority, and appeared confident of
success, being possessed of immense treasures in specie and jewels, which
he had carried off with him.

In 1706, however, the army of Surapati was defeated by the allied Dutch
and
Javan forces, and Kediri was taken. Subsequently, the large com-
bined army of
Mangkûrat Mas and Surapdti was put to the rout and dis
persed.
Surapdti shortly after died in the mountains of Bdngil, according
to some accounts, of the efiect of his wounds. He was succeeded in office
by his son,
Bangdting, who took the name of Adipdti Wira Nagdra, and
being allied by marriage to the chiefs of
Kediri, Balambdng\'an, and Grésik,
brought many ofthe eastern districts again to acknowledge the authority of
Mangkûrat Mas. Additional forces were, in consequence, sent from
Batavia by the Dutch, which arrived at
Semdrang in I7O7, and immediately
proceeded first to
Kérta-sûra, and then to the eastward. FaUing in with
the enemy in
Mddion, they put him to flight, and continued their march to
Surahdya, where the disturbances which had broken out on the island of
Madûra obliged them to halt.

On the death ofthe native chief of Mfl^^^ira, his eldest natural son, Sdstra
Nagdra,
had declared himself his succesor, and placed troops round the

island,

* Contract with M. De Wilde.

394

a,d. 1707.

î

-ocr page 279-

HISTORY OF JAVA.

island, to oppose the landing of his uncle, Mden Séria Nagdra, who had Kerta Sura.
been appointed to the succession by the Dutch. The Dutch, however, a.d.S.
found means to satisfy both parties, by conferring the separate charge of Paku^ ist.
Sdmpang on Sdstra Nagdra,

At Sumenap they met with greater difficulty. The native chief, Ndga
Sidérma,
had been stabbed by his secretary : the secretary was afterwards
killed by the slave of the chief. A tumult was thus excited, and the Dutch
Gommanding officer having given offence to the principal inhabitants, they
proceeded with a large proportion of the population to the northern part of
the island, The Dutch at length succeeded in establishing the infant son
of the
deceased as chief of Sumenap, with the title of Rdden Turning\'gung
Pring\'ga Kasuma,
under the guardianship of his mother, Rdtu Siddyu,
With these proceedings the campaign closed for that year.*

In the following year, 17O8, the Dutch sent further reinforcements to the
eastward, and preparations were making for opening the campaign, when
the fugitive
Susûnan hearing of the arrival of the Dutch at Surabdya, sent
ambassadors to their representative (Knol),
soliciting his pardon and an
assignment of some lands, independent of any other authority than that of
the Dutch
government. No sooner had he been promised this than he
came to
Surabdya, where he was received on the 17th July by Knol, who
delivered to him a letter of pardon written
in the Dutch and Javan lan-
guages, promising to him the independent possession of a district as a prin-
cipality, subordinate only to the Dutch government. But, alas ! these con-
cessions were soon found to be nothing more than a stratagem to get posses-
sion of the prince\'s person. The unfortunate
Susunan, unsuspicious of the
treachery, was quietly embarked at
Surabdya on the 24th August, and with
his three sons, his wife, concubines, and attendants, conveyed to Batavia.

The Dutch accounts relate, that as soon as the prince arrived at Batavia,
the commissioners, who had received him on board and accompanied him to

2 C Snbsp;the

* The native writers relate a strange proceeding of the Dutch commandant in this war.
quot; As soon as the Dutch commander arrived at
Pamruan, he assembled the people, and
quot; offered a reward of one thousand dollars to any one who would bring him the body of the
quot; deceased chief
Surapdti. The body was accordingly brought in a perfect state of preserva-
tion, on which the commandant ordered it to be placed upright in a
chair, as if still living.
« He then approached it, took it by the hand, and made his obeisance to it as to a living
person :
all the officers and men followed the example. After this they burnt the body, and
having mixed the ashes with gunpowder, fired a salute with it in honour of the victory.

195

-ocr page 280-

Kerta Sura, the castle, demanded that he should deliver up his hris before being admit-
a:d.i708. ted to an audience, which he refused to do. When, however, introduced
Pal.«» 1st. to the high regency, who had been especially assembled for his reception,
he prostrated himself at the feet of the governor-general, surrendered his
hris, and implored the fulfilment of the conditions on which he surrendered.
The
governor -general replied, that Mr, Knol had not been authorized either
to grant him a pardon or to mamp;ke promises, yet that government would
tak^ the matter into consideration : his
hris was then returned to him. He
was lodged in the castle as a prisoner of war, and soon afterwards trans-
ported to Ceylon.

The account of this transaction by the Javan writers is as follows :
quot; The
Susunan Mangkûrat Mas and the Adipdti V/ira Nagdra (son of
Surapdti) had not been long at Mdlang before they were attacked by Tan-
géran Blitar,
and forced to seek safety in the forests with only a few follow-
ers. There they suffered severely from disease 5 and most of them dying,
the rest removed to the land
of BUtar, whence the Susûnan sent a letter to
the chief Dutch authority at
Surahdya, asking him why the Dutch had thus
assisted the
Pangéran Pugar against him, and deprived him of the sceptre
which had descended to him from
his ancestors, adding that he was himself
equally the friend of the Dutch, that he had never harboured a thought
injurious to them, and that if they still believed that he had been guilty of
a
fault against them, it would be well if they would point it out that he
might exert his utmost to make amends : for this they might fully depend
on him ; quot; therefore,quot; said he, quot; let the Dutch place confidence in me,
quot; let them consider my youth, and that it is yet but a short time that I
« have been a sovereign.quot;
To this the Dutch authority replied, « If the
« Susunan wishes to act thus, and his intentions are good, let him come to
quot; Surabdya.\'quot; Susunan Mangkûrat then requested, that if the Dutch would
not again place him on the throne, they would assign him a province, in
which he and his family might reside in peace. A promise being given to
that effect, he
immediately proceeded to Surabdya, where he was received
with all honours and the customary salutes,
and afterwards entertained with
the
Dutch officers in the Passangrdhan of the Adipdti of Surabdya. The
Dutch authority at last said to him with the utmost kindness and softness of
speech, quot; If the
Susûnan has no objection, I am anxious that we should go
quot; to
Semdrang to see the commissary ; from thence the Susûnan can at
quot; once proceed to
Kérta-sûra, and request the Dutch again to acknowledge

quot; him

-ocr page 281-

«« him as sovereign of Java.quot; The Susunan immediately assented to this
arrangement. He was then, with his family and followers, embarked on
board a ship ; but instead of being conveyed to
Semârang^ he was taken to PakuMâi^a 1st
Batavia, and afterwards banished to Ceylon.quot;

It appears that after the arrival of MangMrat Mas at Ceylon, he found
means to dispatch letters of complaint to the Prince of Orange and the
Court of Directors in Holland. Two Mahometan priests were charged with
the mission, but the letters being intercepted, the messengers were subjected
to severe punishment.

With Manglcùrat Mas was lost the celebrated malwta or crown of Maja-
pdhit.
The regalia of the sovereigns of Java, with the exception of this
important article, were duly delivered over, by order of the Dutch, to the
acknowledged sovereign
PaJcabuana, but nothing more was ever heard of
the crown, and since that time
the princes have worn a cap, as described in
another place. As
the Dutch were now become supreme on Java, a crown
was perhaps but an empty pageant. It cannot, however, escape notice,
that this proud ornament of state should first have been deprived of its
brightest jewel, and
afterwards, as there is too much room to suspect,
filched by the Dutch, who probably stripped it of its remaining jewels, and
melted
down the gold for its value 1

The removal of MangMrat Mas did not, however, extinguish the flame
of internal discord, which still blazed forth in the eastern provinces of Java,
and which increased till the year lyiS-lS. The
Susunan sent several em-
bassies to Batavia, requesting assistance against the chiefs of
Balambdngan
and of the island of Madéra, as well as against the sons of Surapdti, who
had their hiding places in the mountains. On this
occasion the Dutch
sanctioned the nomination of the
Pangéran Mdngku Nagdra, as the heredi-
tary prince, and promised the required succours against the rebels, but took
care to point out the value which they put upon their assistance : a piece of
policy which, on no occasion, they seem to have forgotten. They adverted
to the immense sums they had at different times advanced, and the
extent
of the obligations which the Susunan lay under to them, admonishing him
to act with greater circumspection in future, and to adopt such
measures as
might put a stop to the civil wars and commotions which
desolated the
country.

It was not long, however, before various circumstances concurred to
render the rebels still more formidable. The chiefs of
Surabdya, ProboUng\'o,

and

Kerta Sura.
A.J.

A.D. nVz.

-ocr page 282-

Kerta Sura, and Kediri, as well as those of Madura and Balamhdng*an, united at the
a\'. d. 1713. instigation of the chief of Windng\'un (whose life had been unjustly at-
Pakitoa I3t. tacked), in a league to shake off the yoke of the
Susunan, and at the same
time to rid themselves of the Dutch, whose aim they conceived to have
been eventually to depose the
Susûnan, and to render themselves sovereigns

of the whole island.

A circumstance is related by the native writers, which is said to have
contributed essentially to the distractions which at that time existed in the
country.

quot; The Dutch requested that the Susunan would immediately put the
Adipdti Jaing Rdna of Surabaya to death, alleging that he was attached to
the cause of the rebels, and that if an example were made of this chief, it
would strike fear into the others.
On this the Susûnan became excessively
grieved at heart,
for he was sincerely attached to the Adipdti ; and now that
the
Panambdhan of Madûra, who had been as his right hand, was dead, if he
were to lose the
Adipdti of Surahdya also, who had been as his left hand, he
would in truth find that he had lost both hands. He wished, therefore, to
refuse compliance with this request ; but at the same time feared that,
if he disappointed the Dutch, there would be an end of his friendship with
them. On these two accounts he gave the subject his deepest consideration.
At length he wrote a letter to the
Adipdti, informing him of the request
made by the Dutcb -, and to the Dutch at Batavia he wrote in reply, that
he wished to reflect upon the affair, until the time appointed for the chief
to pay his usual visit to the capital should arrive.

quot; As soon as the Adipdti of Surahdya received these tidings, he assembled
his brothers and his
Pdteh, named Wira Tantdha, and showed them the
letter. His brothers immediately advised that they should unite and oppose
any one, whoever it might be, who should attempt the life of the
Adipdti ;
for, said they, Is it not better to die nobly in war, and to let one\'s enemies
quot; know how dearly the death of our brother is to be purchased, than to
quot; be quietly killed in one\'s bed ? they will only know of the death and not
quot; of its value.quot;
But the Pâteh replied to them, quot; What yôu say is correct,
quot; and in the service of the state we are bound to act as you advise ; but this
«« is a request made by the general, that the
Adipdti should be put to death.
« Is it not better that he should deliver himself up ? for if he does not,
quot; there will be a rupture between the general and the
Susunan, and then
(which God forbid) the land of
Jdwa will be destroyed, and universal

quot; misery

-ocr page 283-

mSTUKX OP JAVA.

misery will follow. You have now, fora long time, enjoyed happiness
quot; and a good name, and now that
you have grown old in honour, it would a. ^713.

not be fitting in you to do any thing that could bring sorrow or ruin on Pakubuana 1st.
quot; your sovereign, or that would disgrace your followers or descendants,
quot; which would be the case, if you now got a bad name.quot; The
Adipdti was
well pleased with the advice of his
Pdteh, and after considering for a short
time then addressed him. quot; What you say is true, oh
Pdteh / I am old and
quot; have not long to live. It is indeed right that I should dehver up ray life
for the benefit of my sovereign and the character of my family.quot;
This resolution being taken, the
Adipdti shortly after set out for Kérta^
sûrà,
accompanied by his brother and about two thousand followers. When
he arrived, the
Susûnan inquired how he wished to act j to which he replied,
that he preferred to die rather than to be the cause of misfortune to his
sovereign or to the people of Java ; that he was now old ; that if his life was
spared on this occasion he could not expect to live many years, and that he
was already satisfied with this world. The
Susûnan then said, if such was
his determination and wish, he must of
course follow it, but urged him to
speak his mind freely, adding that he would think of il, and do what would
turn out best for him: but
the Adipdti replied, that he had no other wish
tlian what he had already expressed j that it was much better that he should
die than become the cause of misfortune to others. All he requested was,
that after his death the
Susûnan would not be forgetful of his family and
children, and that until his son was of a proper age, his brother,
Rdden Jdya
Puspita,
might succeed him in his public administration. The Susunan
then said, quot; It is well. If the Dutch again make the demarid you must
« prepare for your fate ; and I promise
you that, in that case, your request
shall be complied with.quot; At the expiration of about a month, during
which period the
Adipdti clothed himself in white and gave himself up
entirely to his devotions, another letter arrived from the Governor General,
making a peremptory demand that the
Adipdti should be immediately execu-
ted. The
Susûnan then sent for the Adipdti, and directed that he should be
brought into the
ddlam. Dressed in white, he immediately attended the
summons. When he reached the entrance
sri meng\'dnti, he quitted his
followers, who were not allowed to come further but
remained without ; and
the people who guarded the entrance of the krdton, having received the
orders of the
Susûnan to that effect, seized him, and phmging their wea-
pons into his body, immediately dispatched him. They then carried out

the

199

-ocr page 284-

A^\'j^iS? corpse and gave it to his followers, charging them to give it proper
a.quot;d\'. 1717. burial. Thêy were all struck with deep grief at the sight, for the Adipdti
Paku^a 1st. was much beloved. They interred the body at Lœwéan ; but immediately
afterwards the brother, with about two thousand followers, assembled in the
alun alun, determined upon vengeance, and the disturbance was not quelled
until the
Susunan entered into an explanation. He then appointed Jdya
Puspita
to succeed provisionally to the administration of his deceased
brother, and otherwise conciliated the parties, who were at last induced
quietly to return to
Surabdya ; not, however, without a determination of one
day being revenged on the authors of this calamity. On receiving the
appointment from the
Susûnan, while Jdya Puspita returned their grateful
ackowledgements for this mark of kindness, they as openly avowed that they
would never rest in peace, until they had given a due return to
whoever was
the
cause of their brother\'s death.

quot; In pursuance of this determination, Jaya Puspita took an early occasion
to league with other discontented chiefs, and soon became the most formi-
dable enemy to the tranquillity of the country.

The forces of the Susunan were completely defeated in a pitched
battle, and the rebels made themselves masters of several important pro-
vinces to the eastward of
Pasuruan, which place they also besieged until
the
arrival of the Dutch auxiliaries. They were then driven beyond Pana-
rûkan ; but being reinforced from Bdtt, soon forced the combined Dutch
and Javan troops to retreat again to
Pasûruan.\'\'

The effect of this civil war was now severely felt at Batavia. The country
was laid waste, cultivation was neglected, and a great scarcity of rice was
felt at Batavia. This induced the Dutch to march a more considerable force
in 1717, and again to take an active part in re-establishing the tranquillity of
the country.

On the arrival of this force at Madûra, it was found that the chief of
that island had made two unsuccessful attacks on the troops of
Pamahdsan
and Sumenap, and been forced at last to leave his capital with his son,
brother, wives, and relations, and seek safety with the Dutch.

quot; When Pangéran Chdkra Deningrat,quot; say the Javan authors, quot; saw
that nothing more was to be done against his enemies, he resolved to
throw himself on the protection of the Dutch ; and a Dutch ship arriving
at
Madura, he dispatched a letter, soHciting their assistance. This letter
the captain forwarded to
Surabdya, and received the instructions of the

admiral

-ocr page 285-

admiral to take the chief and his family on board, and convey them to that Kerta Sura.
capital. The captain immediately sent a messenger on shore to the Pan- liainl.quot;
géran, informing him of the wishes of the admiral,, and inviting him to Paka^naut.
come on board with his family.
Pangéran Chdkra Deningrat, who was
unconscious of treachery or duplicity, and consequently void of suspicion
with a joyful heart accepted the invitation, and, accompanied by hù
family, immediately went off in a small fishing-boat. When arrived along-
side of the ship, the followers who carried the
upachdra (emblems of state)
were ordered to go on board : after
them the Pangéran himself ascended,
and then his wife,
Rdden Ayu Chdkra Diningrat. When the Pangéran
came upon deck. Captain Curtis took him by the hand, and delivered him
over to one of his officers, who immediately led him into the cabin. The
captain remained till the
Rdden Ayu had ascended, and as soon as she
came on deck he likewise took her by the hand, and after the European
manner kissed her cheek. Not understanding the custom she became alarmed
and thinking that Captain Curtis was offering an insult to her, screamed out,
and called aloud upon her husband, saying quot; the Captain had evil inten-
quot; tions.quot; The
Pangéran hearing the cries of his wife became furious, and
drawing his rushed out,
and without further inquiry stabbed the Captain.
The attendants of the chief, who had come on board with the state orna-
ments, following the example of their master, raised the cry of
ambh and
immediately fell on the crew of the vessel. The latter, however, were too
powerful for them, and in a short time the whole of the Madurese party
were killed, together with the chief and his wife.

When a question arises respecting the chastity of the Javan women, this
story is usually referred to.

The rebels, both in the eastern provinces of Java and on Madéra, were
joined by auxiliaries from
Bdli. Thgée, however, on Madura were soon
overmatched by the Dutch troops, and obliged to fly again to
Bdli. Jdya
Puspita
was more successful. Moving from Surahdya through the central
districts towards
Kérta-sura, he subjected the provinces of Jdpan, Wirasdba,
Kediri, Mddion Sulmwdti,
and the neighbouring districts. While his head
quarters were at iTec^H he was joined
hy Pangéran JDipa Nagdra, one of
the sons of the
Susûnan, who setting himself up as sovereign of Java, under
the title of
Panambdhan Héru Chdkra Senapdti Panatagdma, SiTpipointeà Jdya
Puspita
to be his Pdteh, with the title of Rdden Adipdti Panatagdma, and
commenced the establishment of a government at
Mddion.

VOL. II.nbsp;2 Dnbsp;^jj

-ocr page 286-

An army was sent from Kérta-sûra d^gdXmt Mddion^ mià^v Ûie command
of
Pangéran BUtar, another son of the Susunan ; but before they reached
that place the Pangéran was summoned to return, in consequence of the
severe indisposition of his father. This prince died in the Javan year 1648,
and was buried at
Megiri. He had previously written to the Dutch autho-
rities, requesting them to select one of his three sons,
Pangéran Adipdti
Amdnghu-nagdra, Pangéran PurUya,
or Pangéran BUtar, to succeed him

in the government.

Thus ended the reign of a prince, which had been one constant scene of
commotion and rebellion, directed perhaps not so much against the authority
of the prince himself, as against the Dutch, who now took so active apart
in the affairs of Java, that the power ofthe native sovereign was merely
nominal.

The Javan writers^ whether from a desire to exclude from the regal line a
prince who thus became the mere puppet of the Europeans, or from a eon-
yiction of the truth of the circumstance, seem anxious to prove that he was
not the real son of
Susûnan Tegdl Arom, as related, but a son of the Pan-
géran Kajuran,
father-in-law of Truna Jdya, and who afterwards, when he
established himself in the southern hills, took the name of
Panambdhan
Bàma.
The story runs, that the Rdtu of Mangkûrat being delivered of a
deformed and imperfect offspring, the
Susûnan secretly sent the child to
JCajuran, who was supposed to deal in witchcraft, and that the Pangéran
took the opportunity of destrojdng it, and substituted his own child in its
place. This child, however, was born of a daughter of
Pangéran Purbdya,
the younger brother of Sultan Agong ; so that on the mother\'s side it was
of royal extraction. quot; But,quot; say the Javan writers, quot; as the present princes
quot; of Java are descendants from -PaWwrf««, this story is not talked of in

public; although in private societies there are many who put faith in
quot; it.quot;

On the iSth of December, 1705, articles were agreed upon with the
Sultan of Bantam, to ensure the weight and quality of the pepper to be
^delivered.

• On the 9th of October, 1708, a further contract was entered into with
the Sultan, with the view principally of renewing and confirming the con-
tracts, bonds, deeds of remission, amp;c. entered into and concluded with his
predecessors.nbsp;^

Kerta Sura,
A, J. 1643,
A. D. 1722.

Biiutam.

-ocr page 287-

\' In jVugusft 17S1, another contract was entered into with the Sultan, of Kemsarà.
which the following were the most interesting articles.nbsp;ti\'Afk

That all Bugis, Malay us, Javans, and other native traders, shall be allowed
freely to dispose of their wares at Bantam, without any interference on thô
part of the Dutch Resident, provided they do not trade in articles which
constitute the Company\'s monopoly. The subjects of Bantam shall be per-
mitted to trade to Java on condition that they do not abuse the confidence
thus placed in them by engaging in illicit
commerce. The Sultan promised
to adopt immediate
measures for increasing the annual deliveries of pepper
to the Company,
and engaged to hold out every possible inducement to the
Jjdmpung people to extend the cultivation of the article, instead of depress-
ing them by unnecessary acts of severity. A deed was also executed aboüt
this time ceding
Pulo Fânjang to the Dutch, for the purpose of keeping
an establishment on it for assisting vessels in distress.

On the 9th December 1733, a further contract was entered into with thé
Sultan of Bantam, by which many regulations were made respecting the
pepper monopoly.

Being called upon to renew the bond for the sum of six hundred thoàsand
Spanish dollars in favour of the Dutch, the Sultan, after previously stating
whence this lawful àeht originated, bound his kingdom and revenues for the
same, and at the same time conferred on the Dutch the exclusive trade in.
pepper and other privileges. The deed of remission, bearing date âSth
April 1684, was further renewed, by which a conditional remission of the
above-mentioned bond was granted. An act of donation from the price of
ground,
called Jcdmpung hâli, was at the same time granted-

Of the three sons of the deceased Susûnan, the Dutch government made Java,
choice of the
Pangéran Adipdti Amdngku Nagdra, as his successor j he was
accordingly publicly installed, under the title of
Suamp;ûhunan Prahu Sempdjamp;
Jngaldga Abdul Rdchman Sahidin Panatagdma.

The first and principal event in this reign was the rebellion: of the younger
brothers of the prince,
Pangéran Purbdya and Blitar, occasioned princi^
pally by their being deprived of the lands and honours which they had en^
joyed during the Hfe-time of their father. They first raised a party in the
capital, and made an attempt, during the night, to enter the Zr^/o« and put
the
Susunan to death, bat being repulsed, they fled to Matdrem, and collecting
their followers, the youngest
(Blitar) assumed the title of Sûltan Ibni
Mustdpha Pahubûana Senapdti Ingaldga Abdul Rdchman Patagdma.
His

2 D 2nbsp;brother,

-ocr page 288-

brother, Purhdya, was satisfied with a secondary authority, under the title

of Panambdhan Senapdti Ingaldga.

In a short time the provinces of Bdnyumas, Matdrem, and Kedû, sub-
mitted to these chiefs, and a union taking place with the party under
Panam-
bdhan Héru Chdkra,
the authority of the newly elected Susûnan became
endangered.

quot; Pangéran Aria Matdrem, uncle of the Susunan, at the same time quitted
Kérta Sura, 2ixià reared the standard ofrebellion in Grobogan 2iwà Blora.
This chief was, however, soon after decoyed into the hands of the Dutch
in the following manner.

quot; The Pangéran was induced to go to Pdti, and afterwards to Japdra,
on an understanding that the Dutch would raise him to the throne, where
troops were immediately assembled, apparently for that object, but in reality
to
secure his person. On his arrival at the fort with his family, he was
received with salutes of cannon and small arms, and separatea from his fol-
lowers, who were excluded. After he had been seated a short time, the
gates of the fort were shut, and the
Pangéran and his sons were disarmed,
and placed in close confinement. He died in a few days. When the gates
of the forts were closed, the followers of thenbsp;suspecting the

treachery, would not disperse, until many were destroyed and the rest fired
upon.quot;

The Dutch force uniting with those of the Susunan, the rebels, who were
now united under the Sultan
Ibni Mustdpha, were defeated, and obliged
to retreat to
Kediri. Here they were pursued, again beaten, and driven in
disorder to
Malang. The sultan fled to Gunung Dampulan only a few
followers, while
Panambdhan Senapdti and Panambdhan Héru Chdkra rallied
their ^remaining forces
at Lamdjang. The Dutch army now returned to
Kérta Sûra, and the tranquilhty of the country was once more for a short
time restored.

Sultan Ibni Mustdpha having returned to the village of Kdli Gdngsa, was
seized with a violent
illness and died, and his family and followers, worn
out with fatigue, conveyed
the body to Kérta Sûra, and threw themselves
on the mercy of the
Susunan Notwithstanding this unconditional submis-
sion, their chief,
Jdya Brdta, was immediately put to death, and his body
thrown into the river: the body of the deceased sultan, however,
received
honourable interment.

The

Kerta Sura.
a. j^ 1648.
A.D. 1722.

Prabu.

-ocr page 289-

The rebels established atnbsp;still held out, and it was not until

the arrival of a considerable Dutch force at Surahdya they were in-
duced to submit. According to the native writers, quot; The Dutch com-
mander wrote from
Surabaya to the rebel chiefs at iawa/a/z^-^ informing
them that he had been ordered to the eastward with a formidable force
purposely to destroy them, and that if they did not quietly submit, he
would force them to do so, in which case no quarter should be given,
adding at the same time, that if they were willing to submit quietly, they
should be received with favour, treated with
kindness, and want for nothing
during their lives. The chiefs seeing no prospect of success from further
opposition, were induced to close with these terms. Accordingly Panam-
bdhan Senapdti
and Héru Chdkra, with Adipdti Ndta Pura, attended by
only a few followers, surrendered themselves at
Surahdya, where they were
received with great honour, the firing of cannon and musketry, and by the
sound of the
gdmelan, which struck up on their approach. It was not long,
however, before their persons were placed in confinement, and they were
embarked on board a ship for Batavia, from whence
Panambdhan Héru
Chdkra
and Adipdti Ndta Pûra were afterwards banished to the Cape.\'\'

The only circumstance from which the peace of the country appears to
have been subsequently disturbed during the reign of this prince, was by a
krdman, or rebel, named Rdden Ibrdhim, who gave himself out as a de-
scendant of/Swropa^i ; but this movement was instantly suppressed, and all
that arose out of it appears to have been an attempt on the life of the
Susé-
nan, made by a woman, who with a small party endeavoured to force her
way into the
krdton, but with several of her followers was killed in the
attempt.
The authority of the prince was now fully established; and
in return for the services rendered by the Dutch in the late war, he was
required to enter into a new treaty with the Dutch, containing the following,
among other less interesting stipulations.

In acknowledgment of the services lately rendered, and also to his
highness\'s forefathers, and in consideration of the considerable quantity
of rice still owing by him to the Dutch, on the dehveries stipulated by the
contract of I705, his highness now promised to deliver to the Company
annually at Batavia, with his own vessels,
for a period of fifty years, to
commence from the year 1734, a quantity of one thousand
koyans of good
rice, or its equivalent in money, it being- at the same time understood that
the Dutch are not bound to take money for any proportion of the said an-
nual

Kerta Sura.
A.J. 1648.
A.D. 1702,

Prab».

-ocr page 290-

■■■

206nbsp;mSTQRY OF JAYA.

except when it was sufiSciently proved that a failure of the crop
A.^22. of rice rendered it impossible to supply the whole quantity.

Erabu. That with the view to encourage the cultivation of pepper, the Dutch
should, in future, pay five rix-dollars for each
pikul of that article ; while^
on the other hand, the
Susunan engaged to issue an edict, directing the
total annihilation of the coffee culture, with the exception of a few planta^
tions near the houses of the regents, for their own amusement and con-
sumption, but by no means for trade, on severe penalties. The
Susûnan
moreover authorized the Dutch to cause all plantations, without distinction,
in the low countries, on the coast, or in the mountains, to be destroyed,\'
and to confiscate, for their joint profit, any quantity of coffee which might
be found, for purposes of trade, in the hands of any of his highness\'s sub-
jects, at the expiration of six months from the date thereof. That his
highness should direct the coast regents to deliver, in the year 173é, the
annual quantity of timber for repairing and extending the forts of
Semârang
mà Japdra,
the other materials being furnished by the Company. The
seventh article stipulated for the delivering annually about ten thousand
beams of teak timber (specified) at
Japdra, Demdk, Waliri, and Brêbes,
the same to be duly paid for on delivery ; and the Dutch engaged to assure
themselves that the regulation should be complied with, by causing the resi-
dents of the timber places to transmit the receipts and other vouchers rela-
tive thereto, while, on the other hand, the Susûnan promised to take care
that the timber should be of good quality and of the stipulated dimensions
_ The Dutch remitted to the
Susûnan the arrears on account of the quan
tity of rice (the delivery of which was stipulated by the contract of Octo-
her, 1705), consisting of no less than 6,537 koyans ; and also the sums
advanced by them in the wars and during his
minority, on condition that,
on the part of the
Susûnan, all previous treaties, deeds, and charters\'
contracted and granted by his highness\'s predecessors, should be fulfilled bv
him J in default whereof the above pretensions were to regain their full force
-anu value, it was lurther agreed that the Dutch should remain in
possession
Of
their former commercial privileges at Java, his highness promising to ren-
der the Dutch trade still more
flourishing and considerable, and to increase
the deliveries of cotton thread. His highness further bound himself to supply
-every day two hundred and forty
bdturs, or Javan labourers for the ser.
vice of the fort, free of expense to the Dutch.nbsp;\'

The

-ocr page 291-

The act which closed the reign of this prince, and which affords good KMl/T
evidence of the undisturbed state
of public affairs at the period, was a
visit to the
burial-place at Bûtah, where Kidi Agong Bàtuh, and Sultan PaJ^abuaua 2a.
Pdjang had been interred. The Javans have such a superstitious venera^
tion for this spot, that they declare it is never
overflowed, notwithstanding
the waters rise to a considerable height round it, and that it is
lower than
the adjoining ground. Here the prince was taken ill, and after a long
confinement died, in the Javan year 1657-nbsp;_nbsp;a.j.i657.

He was succeeded by his son, under the title oi Susûnar. Pahéuma^
navdti Ingaldga Abdul Rdchman Sdhedin Panatagdma,
who ascended the
throne
when he was only about fourteen years old, and was yet un-

married.nbsp;^nbsp;.

The young prince was entirely under the superintendance of Bann Reja,

his father\'s prime minister, until, as he attained maturity, he by repeated
acts shewed a disposition to shake off the controul of that chief. He was
desirous of appointing
Chdkra Ningrat to he Widdna of the eastern dis.
tricts of
Pasûruan, Bdngil, and ProboUng\'o ; but that chief beiug on bad
terms with the minister
nbsp;Réja, the Susûnan privately, and wxthout

the knowledge of the minister, wrote to the Governor-general at Batavia,
requesting his sanction to the measure. Shortly after this the
Susûnan
made a further application to the Dutch, that they would remove from
Java the person of
Pangéran Ria Mdngku Nagdra, on a plea that he had
been discovered in an improper intimacy with one of his concubines. On
this occasion the minister,
Ddnu Réja, was dispatched to Batavia j and
the interview he had with the Governor-general is thus
related by the
native writers—quot; The General
was displeased withnbsp;because

hf^rt^^^sted these two affairs;nbsp;^ ^^^

Batavia with presents from the tó«^, the General asked him if he
was willing that Chdkra Ningrat should be Widdna oï the three districts?
Ddnu Réja, not aware of the application made by the Susûnan, replied,
that if that chief was entrusted with so extensive an authority he should
tremble, as the heart of
Chdkra Ningrat would thereupon become great ;
for he had already been married to the
Susdnan\'s sisten The Genera
observed, that it was easy to remove this
uneasiness from his mm .nbsp;»

said he, quot; this chief be under the authority of the Dutch only. A.et mm

!nbsp;-,nbsp;, O \' u J- other respects let not the

quot; pay the money tribute to the Susunan, but m otuamp;i i-

«. y^黫 trouble himself about him. Let him look to the Dutch only

quot; for

-ocr page 292-

history of java.

Kerta Sura. for keeping him Under due rpstrai\'nf-\'\'

A.J. 1657.nbsp;1, • \\nbsp;quot;Ue restiamt. ^o this Danu Réja renV^e^A quot;If

A.^.,. ..such,S the Wish of the General, I cannot follow it, beca\'use S J
P.«.™.. hereafter the Sus^n.. would object to such an arrangement, and quot; e„t
\' mg of havrng followed the General\'s advice, wouîd be justi; enTa\'d

ZTnbsp;that

CM^«^™., or these lands, should be placed under the immediate
authority of the Dutch.quot; A pause then ensued. At length the General
resumed and m a peremptory and angry manner demanded of the minister
why he had not prevented the «„„„from applying for the banishmern
of
h.s brother, ma Mdngku Nagdra, observing that it had not yet been
proved, that he was guilty of any offence against the
Susénan. Bdnu Réja
rephed, quot; The offence of the Pangéran is clear and decided; it is kn^n
to many that he had an attachment for the
SmAnan\'s concubine.quot; He
therefore requested he might be banished the island, adding, that he would
request the Su.üna. t„ „,ake a proper provision for his maintenance Th.

pneralconce.vmg thatnbsp;was not inclined to follow his wishes

became enraged, and desired him not to trouble himself further about t^^
Pangeran saymg that whether he was banished or not, was not his bu \'
ness ; .t depended entirely on the government. He then dismissed him o

.•fT t T 7nbsp;quot;Pwards of a yea quot;

untd the death of the General, when, on the elevation of his successor he
was directed to return to
Kérta..üra. While thus detaiûerarieâvt
herwas repea edly visited by some of the counsellors, urging h „ ra\'

uL to th rnbsp;\' but\'he^conl edt

use t them the same arguments he had before used to the General.quot;

hafnbsp;^^^quot;-^^^ra, he is represented as having

t fir tnbsp;a celebrated devotL, who resided quot;«

the first Kalangl^u, and who foretold the misfortunes which were to ensue

afterwards took the n.m.lt pZtZf.Tnbsp;quot;^

was a cousin to the

iu-nagdra, v,bo had been sent to Batavia with a request
banished. They were both at this time youngest children

This

208

-ocr page 293-

This prophecy made a deep impression on the mind ofthe minister ; and
his uneasiness
became still greater, when one day a woman, named
Nidi Sülm Wdti, came to him from her mistress, Rdtu Agong, the mother Pakubuana 2d.
of the Susénan, saying that the Rdtu had just dreamt that she beheld the
moon
descend from the heavens and rest on the top of the large dûhu tree
in the
hrdton ; and that this had no sooner occurred, than ih^t Rdden Mas
Sujdna
immediately came, and seizing hold of the moon swallowed one
half of it,
the other half slipping from his grasp, and resuming its place
on
the top of the tree : the Rdtu then awoke and found it daylight. These
were the first signs of what was soon to befal Kérta-sûra ^

The fate of the minister was, however, to be first decided ; for on the
occasion of the
Susunan raising a chief, named Sura-Diningrat, to be
Bopdti of PaJmUngan, with a thousand chdchas, without the knowledge
of the minister, the latter refused to acknowledge him in that capacity ;
in consequence of which the
Susûnan requested the Dutch to arrest him,
and banish him from the island. As soon as the Dutch had consented to
do so the unfortunate minister was dispatched to
Semdrang on a special
embassy from his master, where
he was decoyed into the Dutch fort and
confine!
He was soon after embarked for Ceylon, m the same vessel
which conveyed
Pangéran Ria MdngJcu Nagdra, at whose feet he fell,
acknowledging the justice of his own punishment, for having assisted in
the banishment of that chief, who had in fact committed no fault. The
Susûnan then appointed Ndta Kasuma to be his minister.

Accounts were now received from Ceylon of the death of the ex-
Susunan Mangkûrat Mas, and at the request of the Susûnan, the family
of the deceased were permitted to return to Kérta-sûra. On these were
conferred distinguished titles and considerable ass^-^nt« o land
To
Mdngku Nagdra the Susûnan gave the name of Wira Mengala, with
one thousand
cJidchas of land ; to Mdngku Ningrat he gave the name of
Pam^éran Tépa Sana, with nine hundred chdchas ; and to Raden Jdya Ka-
sûml he gave the title of Pangéran, with three hundred chdchas. Pangéran
Purbâya,
who had assumed the title of Panambdhan Sénapdti Ingatdga,
shortly after died at Batavia, and his body was conveyed to Meg^n^
The eldest son of this chief married a younger sister of the
received the title of
nbsp;Purbdya

The Susunan became much attached to him, auunbsp;o

2 JEnbsp;counsel

VOL. II.

-ocr page 294-

Kern Sura, counsel in all things. quot;What was right was declared wrong, and what

A.\'^sK was wrong, right, just as he pleased, and the Susunan believed it.quot;

Pakubuana 2d. Tliis increasing influence of the Pangéran Purhdya alarmed the minister,
who secretly acquainted the Dutch with it, and by their interference the
Pangéran Purhdya was removed from the councils of the prince, and
obliged to fix his residence at a distance from the capital.

Various signs now foreboded approaching war and misfortune, and led
the people to expect that
Pangéran Tépa Sâna would attempt to regain
the throne of his ancestors. The
Susûnan and his ministers entirely dis-
regarded these signs j but
Pangéran Wira Mengdla sought the friendship
of the Dutch commandant, in the hope of obtaining his assistance.

Chiaese war. At this time occurred the rebellion of the Chinese at Batavia j and as
the Dutch accounts of the transaction are far from complete or satisfactory,
I sball quote two Javan records without variation. One of them
is as
follows :

quot; The city of Batavia was now in the highest state of prosperity : traders
came from all quarters, merchandize was in abundance, and the slaves were
numerous. The
latter becoming arrogant, in consequence of the wealth
and power of their masters, committed outrages on the Chinese, in the first
instance by beating them, and afterwards
by attempting their lives. At
first there were
but few who committed these outrages, but at last they
formed themselves into parties and committed more public acts of hostility.
The Chinese applied to the European officers in authority, to put a stop
to these outrages, or to punish those who committed them : they could,
however, obtain no redress, the slaves testifying with one accord that the
Chinese were the aggressors. The Chinese finding they could not obtain
justice from the great people, assembled near the sugar mills at
Ganddria1
to the number of more than a thousand, and chose a chief, with the deter-
mination to oppose the Dutch and the slaves ; but as yet they thought it
advisable not to do so openly, and therefore committed their depredations in
small parties during the night. The Dutch, as soon as they heard of this,
empowered
several natives from Sdbrang (of the opposite coasts and islands)
to take up the Chinese who were at Ganddria ; these people succeeded in
apprehending the Chinese one
by one, and as soon as they gave them over
t9 punishment they received a reward of six ducatoons for each. Xii

way

1nbsp; A village in the vicinity of Batavia.

-ocr page 295-

way they secured about two hundred. These were immediately embarked Kerta sura.

on a vessel to be banished to another country, but when they had got out aquot;, d. irsi.

to sea they were all thrown overboard. Many of them who could not swim Pakaia 2d.

perished; but a few having succeeded in reaching the shore, found their

way to Ganddria, and related to their companions how they had been

treated. The Chinese, upon this, concluding that the Dutch had resolved

to extirpate their race, now openly prepared their warlike instruments,

gave notice to their countrymen at Batavia of the manner in which the

Dutch had determined to destroy them, and requested that those who were

willing to join them would immediately repair to Ganddria. The Chinese in

other quarters, equally harassed by the slaves, against whom they could

gain no redress, became of one mind, when they received the intelligence

of their countrymen having been thrown overboard by the Dutch, and

when they reflected that the destruction of their race was determined;

they therefore collected quietly at Ganddria, until their numbers amounted

to upwards of five thousand. Here the whole placed themselves under the

orders of a chief, named Sipaiyang.\'\'

The other account is as follows.

quot; It is related of Batavia, that General Valkenier was excessively liberal
in his
favours to the Chinese. The consequence of this was, that of all the
races then resident at Batavia, with the exception of the Dutch, none were
so wealthy as they. Whatever was profitable fell into their hands, while
the other races, the natives of the country and the adjacent islands esta-
blished there, found it difficult to discharge the duties and demands made
upon them. On this
account all these races became discontented with the
Chinese; and as it is usual with the latter for their hearts to swell as they
grow richer, quarrels ensued, and disputes continually took place between
the parties. These increased, until complaints Were carried before masters
of slaves, where slaves were concerned, and before the regular courts,
■^here free people were concerned. But the Chinese being always defeated
in these suits, and fined for their conduct, they assembled in bands, for the
purpose of revenging themselves, and began to plunder the villages in the
neighbourhood of the town. This happened in the Javan year 1663
{guna-rdsa-mobahjalma).*

» It is related, that at this time there w^as at Batavia a certam^ Edd
Heer,
the Baron Van Imhoff, who had arrived from Ceylon. On his arrival at

2 E 2nbsp;Jokarta

* Meaning, quot; ability was now inclined to move or shake mankind.quot;

-ocr page 296-

KfiS\'nbsp;^^ learned from General Valkenier tlie particulars of the conduct

A- D. 1731. of the Chinese, who were thus committing depredations in the villages ; he
Pakubuana 2d. said there were too many Chinese at Batavia, and proposed that a propor-
tion should be sent to Ceylon. This was accordingly agreed to by the high
council, and a search was in consequence made to take up the poorest of
these, that they might be transported to Ceylon. The expenses, in the first
instance, were to be advanced by the Dutch, who were afterwards to be
reimbursed when the Chinese should have acquired the means at Ceylon.
The Chinese captain was accordingly directed to beat the
gong, and give
public notice of this order; but there was not one Chinese inclined to
follow it: and in order to carry the proposition of Van Imhoff into effect,
it was agreed to arrest all the poor Chinese. This order was given to the
captain Chinese, but he declined to arrest his countrymen. Van
ImhofI
then inquired
by what distinction of dress he might know the rich from the
poor ? The
captain replied, quot; the clothing of the Chinese which may be
quot; considered a proof of their being poor is black (blue).quot; Upon this the
governor directed the
Baillieu to arrest all Chinese so dressed ; and the
Baillieu again entrusting the execution of this order to his Mdta Mdta, who
belonged to the races inimical to the Chinese, the latter, to gratify parti-
cular enmities, arrested many who did not wear blue, some of them of the
most respectable families. The Chinese, in general, were much offended,
when
shortly the whole of those who were arrested, were embarked on
board ship apparently for Ceylon ; but they had been only a few days at sea
when they were
am6¥d. Most of them were killed, and the rest were thrown
overboard. Of these some escaped to land, and arriving secretly at Batavia,
communicated to their countrymen the particulars of the cruel treatment of
the Company towards them. On this all the chiefs of the Chinese entered
into an agreement to raise the standard of rebellion against the Dutch, and
to endeavour to carry the fort of Batavia. There were, however, one or
two who did not chuse to become the enemies of the Dutch.

quot; A Chinese, named IJu Chu, informed the government of what was going
on among his countrymen,
for which he received a reward of eighty ducats,
and other valuable presents, with a promise of future patronage. This
man went as a spy to the Chinese at Ganddria, and endeavoured to persuade
the chief to submit to the Dutch, promising him free pardon ; but Si-pdnjang
suspecting that, however fair might be the promises of the Dutch in the
first instance, they would not fail to revenge themselves upon him, by

seeking

-ocr page 297-

seeking out some offence of which to accuse him, would not listen to these
overtures. The Dutch then ordered, that of the Chinese who were at a, d^usi.
Batavia, such as wished to join their countrymen at Ganddria might do so, Pakutwana 2d.
but that such as wished to follow the Dutch, must shave their mustaches as
a sign, and dehver up all their sharp instruments of every description, even

to the smallest knife, and neither burn a lamp nor make a fire at night. All

the Chinese within the city were inchned rather to remain in their houses,
and to conform to the wish of the Dutch according to this order, than to
quit their houses and join their companions at
Ganddria, The Dutch troops
were now making
preparations in the fort, and shut the gates of the city, hear-
ing that the
Chinese from Ganddria were approaching. These came towards
Batavia in three parties, burning and laying waste every thing in their wayj
until they arrived close under the walls, in numbers not less than ten thousand.
Some of the guns being inefiicient, the Chinese became bolder, and made a
furious attack in which they were repulsed with great slaughter. In this
affair the Chinese are estimated to have lost one thousand seven hundred and
eighty-nine lives. They retreated in confusion, but assembled again at
Gdding Meldti.

quot; The next morning the Dutch landed all the sailors from the shipping in
the
roads, and having confined the Chinese to their houses, according to the
regulation, the Dutch government gave orders for their own people, the
free black inhabitants, and the native Christians belonging to the fort, to
slay all the male Chinese, old and young, who weic within the city. Of
these, amounting to nearly nine thousand souls, only one hundred and fifty
escaped
to join their countrymen a.t Kdmpung Meldti. The property of all the
Chinese was seized by those who committed the slaughter, not one of whom
was killed, the Chinese having previously, as before related, delivered up

their weapons to the Dutch.

« After this the Dutch troops, to the number of eight hundred Europeans

and two thousand natives, under the orders of the Baron Van Imhoff, pro-
ceeded to
Kampung Gdding Meldti, where the Chinese under Si-Panjang
had entrenched themselves in considerable numbers, and soon drove them
from this position. The Chinese then retreated to
Panmg\'gdran, where also
they were defeated. The loss of the latter affair was on the part o t e
Dutch four hundred and fifty, on that of the Chinese eight
hundred. ^

While these transactions were going on at Batavia, many of the Bopdtis of
the coast provinces had arrived at Kérta Sûra, to present themselves at

court,

-ocr page 298-

s... court, according to custom, at the ensuing mMud. The Bopdti of Demdk
informed the minister, Ndta Kasûma, that before he quitted his district,
Pakbuana2d. the Chinese, in considerable numbers, had assembled in arms and elected a
chief of their own nation, named ^Sm^^e^. The
Bopdti of Grobogan also
reported, that the same thing had taken place in his district, in
consequence
of their having heard that the Dutch at Batavia were determined to destroy
every Chinese on the island. On this the minister waited upon the
Susûnan,
and informed him of these commotions. The Susûnan replied, that he had
already heard of what was going on at Batavia, and was much surprised that
the general had not sent him any intimation of the insurrection. The
Rdden
Adipdti
observed, that perhaps it would not come to anything, and that very
probably the disturbance would subside of itself. To this the
Susunan
replied J « if so, it was well; but if the war was brought into his country
quot; what was he
to do? He feared this was to be apprehended, or why
quot; should the Chinese on his
lands be thus preparing to defend themselves
against the Dutch. It is proper at any rate,quot; added the Susunan, quot; that
quot; we should agree with all the
Bopdtis who are assembled, whether it would
quot; be most advisable to assist the Dutch or the Chinese, for if the war is to
« be brought into my country, it appears to me that this point must soon be
quot; determined. In the mean time should this event happen, let them fight
« between themselves, don\'t let us interfere or assist : don\'t drive the
quot; Chinese away.quot; On this the BAden Adipdti observed. quot; that if the o-en^
« ral requested their assistance, they were bound, according to treaty, to

« afford it.quot; The Susûnan replied, « if the general requests assistance from
quot; me in men, it is an easy matter, and we can readily chuse the right
« course, but he must not force me to render assistance.quot; The
Rdden
Adipdti
then said, « as this was the wish of the prince, he would assemble
« the chiefs and be ready to give assistance to the Dutch, should they
request it.quot; The
Susûnan replied, « very well, let them agree how to
quot; act.quot;

The Rdden Adipdti then proceeded to his house, where assembhng the
chiefs the point was
discussed as follows. The Rdden Adipdti having in-
formed them of the desire of the
Susunan, that they should agree how to act,
in the event ofthe war between the Chinese and Dutch being brought into
the
Susûnan\'s country, whether they should assist the Dutch or the Chinese.
The Adipdti of FakalSng\'an, Jdya Ningrat, first delivered his sentiments.
quot; I think it is best,quot; said he, quot; that the Susûnan should assist the Dutch,

« but

-ocr page 299-

« but on condition they should release him from all the burthens which have ilf^®\'
« been imposed upon his ancestors.quot; The
Rdden Adipâti said, quot; That is
« good J but I must remain of opinion, that the Chinese who are on Java do Pakubuana 2d.
quot; not concern our affairs as do the Dutch : they are not under my orders ;
quot; they are only
engaged in trade ; they have done good, and brought profit
quot; to Java : Why must we assist the Dutch, and destroy the
Chinese ?»
Depdti Jdya Ningrat replied, quot; It is true the Chinese do not interfere with
quot; our business, and it is our own fault that we have any thing to do with the
quot; Dutch, Is it not better to take this opportunity of ridding the
Susûnan of
quot; the exactions he
is under to the Dutch ? Let us assist them ; they are
quot; strongest. The Dutch are as iron, the Chinese as tin ; therefore it is
quot; better to assist the party most likely to be victorious.quot; The
Rdden Adi-
pdti
observed, quot; that it was on account of the Dutch being so strong, that
\'\' he thought it wrong to assist them ; for,quot; added he, quot; if we do, they will
quot; only become .more powerful and great, when perhaps we shall not be able
quot; to oppose them, and must remain entirely at their mercy. Is it not bet-
quot; ter, therefore, to destroy their
strength while they are not too powerful
quot; for
us ?quot; The Depati Jdya Ningrat then said, quot; If on this account we
« do not
like to assist the Dutch, let us not assist the Chinese, but remain
« neutral,
and leave them to fight it out among themselves.quot; The Rdden
Adipdti
said, quot; That would not be according to the will of the Susunan : he
wishes to take part with one or the other, and he only asks which.quot; The
other
Bopdtis inclined to the advice of Jdya Ningrat ; but observing the
desire
of the Rdden Adipdti to assist the Chinese, were silent, concluding
that the part he took was in conformity with the wish of the Susûnan. The
Tumung\'gung of Grohogdn, Rdden Merta Pûra, then said, quot; We are as the
quot; people who bear two burthens : the Dutch are on the right shoulder, the
quot; Chinese on the
left ; if we throw off one, the other still remains. If we
« can accomplish it, why should we not get rid of both ? In the first in-
« stance, let us assist the Chinese, and get rid of the Dutch ; when that is
quot; done, we can easily get rid of the Chinese also.quot;
Depdti Jdya Ningrat
replied, « It is very well for you to wish this, but perhaps you are not suffi-
« ciently strong to effect it. In an affair of this importance we
should con-
« sider the consequences. If we succeed, it is well ; but if we destroy one
« party, we commit an offence against the Almighty : what then if we de-
\'\' stroy both parties who have done us no harm ? You must have read in
quot; history, what has happened in the land of Java, and what occurred to

quot; those

-ocr page 300-

Kerta Sura. quot; thosG who injured others who did not ofFend them. Recollect for in-

A. J.165 / •nbsp;.nbsp;\'

A.nbsp;quot; stance, the case of Jaing Râna oî Surabaya, who was put to death un-

Pakubuana 2d. « justly : was his death not avenged, and for this one innocent life was there
quot; not afterwards a retribution of sixteen lives ?quot;
Mérta Fur a was embar-
rassed, and knew not what answer to make. The
Rciden Adipati laughed,
and was followed by all the chiefs; he afterwards said, quot; This is the effect
« of experience.
Mérta Fûra is a young man, and not able to contend in
quot; argument with
Adipdti Jdya Ningrat, his elder.quot; However, Raden
Mérta Fûra
taking a cup of tea, recollected himself, and prepared to reply.
After drinking the tea, and replacing the cup, he immediately addressed
Adipdti Jdya Ningrat: quot; How can you talk thus ? Is it not better to finish
quot; the business at once, and not by halves ? Of what use is it to talk of pre-
quot; cedents ? What was the case formerly is one thing ; the
present affair
quot; is
altogether different : they cannot be compared together. We have now
« our own master, whose wishes we must follow. We must make a new
« example, and leave others to act up to it.quot; The
Rdden Adipdti then
demanded of all the other
Bopdtis their opinion in this affair, to which they
replied, quot; Let us advise the
Susunan to follow his own inclination, either to
assist the Dutch according to treaty, on condition that they cancel all obli-
quot; gâtions, amp;c. on the part of the
Susunan to the Dutch, or to assist the
quot; Chinese iu
destroying the Dutch, and after that to get rid of the Chi-
« nese
altogether, or allow them to remain, as the Susûnan may think
«« proper.quot;

This opinion was on the next day carried to the Susûnan by the Rdden
Adipdti, who îmthQï
suggested, that it would be well to encourage the
Chinese to act against the Dutch ; that when the war took place it would
be easy to perceive which was the best side to assist, and that the
Susûnan
should appear to remain neutral for the present. The Susunan having
listened to this advice approved of it. He in consequence directed that
Mérta Fûra should quietly return to his province, and should encourage the
Chinese to act against the Dutch, and promise them, that in the event of
their success the
Susûnan would join them. He also directed that the other
Bopdtis should make preparations for collecting their forces.

In pursuance of these orders, Mérta Fûra secretly proceeded to Grobbgan,
and communicated with the chiefs who had been elected by the Chinese,
named
Incki Mdcban and Mûda Tih. The Chinese Grobbgan imme-
diately wrote
to Singseh, the chief at Tdtyimg Welahan, who was equally

pleased

-ocr page 301-

pleased with this promise of support. The Chinese from Grohôgan ÛitXL Jj\'^fgquot;/^-
went and joined those at
Tanjung Waldhan, it being arranged that Mérta a.\'d.\' mö\'.
Pûra should make a sham attack upon them, from which they should Pakabuana ad.
appear to fly.

Mérta Pûra then wrote to the Dutch commander at Semârang, telling him
that he had orders from the minister to attack the Chinese, and requesting to
be supplied with ammunition, which was immediately sent. The Dutch
were completely deceived. They furnished \'
Mérta Pûra with twenty
muskets, eight carbines and eight pistols, and eight
barrels of powder :
they also sent thirty
Dutch soldiers. Mérta Pura commenced the attack
before they came, and thus secured the retreat of the Chinese. On this
occasion he shot three horses with ball, and showed them to the Dutch as
having been wounded under him.

In the mean time the commandant at Semârang, deceived by the assur-
ances of
Mérta Pûra, requested the officers at Kérta Sûr a to call upon the
Susûnan for assistance. He directed that Mérta Pûra should be reinforced,
but that the chief who
commanded the party should receive secret instruc-
tions not to annoy the Chinese in
earnest, but to act as Mérta Pûra had done.i
With
respect to the Chinese at Kérta Sûra, he directed that they should be
informed, that on the next morning the Javans would make a sham attack
upon them, when they must retreat and join a party of Chinese assembled at
the
Désa Sarója in Kedti, to which place they would be pursued, and from
whence the Javan chief was to return, saying that on account of their

numbers he could advance no further.

Secret orders to this eflTect were immediately given to all the chiefs. The
Adipdtis of Pdti, Demdk, and Kedu, were at the same time directed to go and
make a false attack upon the Chinese at
Tdnjung Waldhan, and afterwards to
retreat to
Semdrang as if beaten, in order that the commander might
believe that the
Susûnan was determined to assist the Dutch.nbsp;^

The captain and Heutenant of the Chinese at Semdrang having been put in
confinement by the commandant, all the Chinese at that place joined their
countrymen at
Tdnjung Waldhan, The Chinese then moved to Kdrang
Anyer,
where they were attacked. The Javans retreated to Semdrang and
were assisted by the Dutch. The chief,
Singseh, in concert vfith. Mérta
Pûra,
now laid siege to Semdrang,

The commander at Kérta Sûra requested assistance against the Chinese
at
Ambardwa, which was granted, with the same instruction to the chiefs as in
VOL. II.nbsp;2 Fnbsp;the

-ocr page 302-

Kemsma. the former instances. These marched as far as Saliatga, where they held
a!nbsp;secret communication with the Chinese ; hut the chief, Aria Pringaldya,

Pakutoana 2d. càused ten Chinese to be put to death while both parties were about to meet
privately, and sent the ten heads to
Kérta Sura, which were delivered to the
commandant. This at first exasperated the Chinese leader at
Semdrang, but
he was soon pacified.

At this time the Susunan discovered that one of the sons, of Manghûrat^
Mas, Tépa Sdna,
was carrying on an intrigue with the commandant of the
fort at
Kérta Sûra, and caused him to be bow-stringed. Wira Méja and
Baden Garendi, the two sons of Tépa Sdna, with his other relations, joined
Pangéran Wira Meng\'ala, and quitted Kérta Sura: they were well
received by the Chinese.

The Chinese, besides laying siege to Semdrang, had also by this time taken
and destroyed
Rémbang. Jatsoana and Demdic were abandoned by the Dutch
troops, and a want of provisions was felt through the country.

Afifairs had come to this pass, when the Susûnan resolved to massacre the
Dutch garrison at
Kérta Sûra. The Javans were collected under the fort,
as by order from the
Susûnan, in readiness to march against the Chinese,
when one of them who had entered within the walls fired a shot. The cry
of
amok was given, and many lives were lost on both sides ^ but the plan did
not succeed, and it was not till after he was reinforced by the Chinese that
he could effect his object. On the renewal of the attack, the garrison was
compelled to surrender. The commanding officer and some others were
barbarously murdered in cold blood j the rest of the troops, with their
wives and children, made prisoners, and distributed among the Javans : th©
greatest part of the men being circumcised and forced to adopt the Mahome-
tan religion.

The Dutch authorities, in endeavouring to account for this act, incline to
an opinion, that the
Susûnan was (not without an appearance of probability)
immediately impelled to it by many acts of oppression and injustice exercised
against his subjects, by a total disregard of all his representations for redress,
by an evident intention on the part of the Dutch to become masters of the
whole island, and by the harsh and uncivil conduct of the Resident
towards
the first men of the court, which was the more obnoxious from his being
the son of a Javan woman, and for that reason^ and the illegitimacy of his
birth, much despised by the natives.

When

-ocr page 303-

When this intelligence reached Semarang, the Dutch began to open their sum.
eyes. The first step that
was taken was to pass a decree, absolving the A.\'^ysiquot;.
Fangéran of Madûra from his allegiance to the Susûnan, This decree Pakubuaua2d.
was formally signed by the government of
Semdrang, and accepted by
the
Fangéran, who being married to a sister of the Susûnan, returned
his wife back to her brother. No sooner had he declared himself the ally
of the Dutch, than he ordered all the Chinese on the island of
Madûra to
be put to death, and embarking his forces immediately, took possession of
Siddyu, Tuban, Jipang, anà Lamûng\'an. At Grésik about four hundred

Chinese were put to death.nbsp;^nbsp;.u^ur

The Chinese, in the meantime, findmg themselves remforced by the Javansgt;
spread over the whole country without encountering opposition, and laid
seige at the same time to nearly all
the Company\'s settlements along the

coast, from Tegdl to Fasûruan,nbsp;,nbsp;. \\

After many feeble and unskilful attacks on the fort of Sermrang, and the

loss of many lives, the united forces of the Javans and Chinese were com-
pelled to raise the siege.nbsp;. , ^ / r.

A négociation was now brought about by means of the Fangemn of
Madûra, who represented to the Dutch that the attack upon the fort, as
well as the subsequent part taken by the Javans, was solely at the mstigation
of the minister,
Ndta Kasuma, and that the Susûnan himself was personally
averse to these measures. The
Susûnan, according to the Dutch accounts,
regretted the precipitate steps he had taken, either as beginning to fear that
the Dutch might again, as in former wars, obtain the ascendancy, and
make him pay dear for his temerity ; or, which appeared to him most
likely, apprehending that the Chinese, who, though comparatively few and
unused to arms, had hitherto taken the lead in every affair of consequence,
and evinced their superiority to the Javans in ability and courage, should
become too powerful, and might, in concert with some discontented chiefs,
think fit to depose him. From one or other, or both of these motives, the
Susûnan desired to renew his alliance with the Dutch.

The Dutch, on their part, considering the precarious state of the time
and circumstances, found it advisable to enter intonbsp;of

accordingly concluded a peacegt; by which were ceded to ^^^^\'^^g^g^gt^^j.jj
Madûra, the sea-coast, and Surabdya, with all the districts tonbsp;,

as far as Balamhdng^an, and Rembdng, Japdra, and Semdrang, with all tlieiir

subordinate posts.

2 F 2nbsp;Accordmg

-ocr page 304-

ITS- ,nbsp;the Javan accounts, this treaty concluded without tlie

A.]xm4. knowledge of the minister, JVdfa Kasûma, who with the Javan and Chinese
Pakubuana 2d. forccs Still lây eucamped not far from Semdrang ; and it was agreed upon
by the
Susûnan, at the request of the Dutch, that the Chinese should be
kept in ignorance of what was passing, in order that thev might be the
more easily massacred by their supposed
friends the Javans. quot; Ndta Kasûma,
however, no sooner heard of the conditions on which the peace had been
concluded, and of the intention to massacre the Chinese, than he took part
with them, and revealed the whole plot. To preserve appearances, howeveiV
he made a sham attack on the Chinese, in which the sick alone were
sacrificed. The rest moved off unmolested to the eastward, meditating
vengeance against the
Susûnan, by whom , they had been thus deserted.
Their principal force was now assembled
in the districts of Pdti and Jawdna,
where .they were joined by many ofthe chiefs who had hitherto been

attached to their cause. Here they proclaimed as Susûnan Rdden Mas
Garéndi,
son of Pangéran Tépa Sdna, who had recently been put to deathquot;
by the
Susûnan, and grandson of Susûnan MangMrat Mas, who had
died at Ceylon. He assumed the title of
Susûnan MangMrat Mas Prdbu
Kûning,
but is usually distinguished by the name of Susûnan Kûnin^
This prmce was about ten years of age, and therefore the transactions which
ensued are to be attributed to his ministers,
Mangun(mang and Mérta Péra
and to the Chmese chiefs, Singsili 3inà Pdnjang.nbsp;*

Ndta Kasûma, the minister, still feigning allegiance, returned to Kérta
Sûra
ƒ but the part he had taken being discovered, he was sent to Semdrang
on a false mission, as was customary in such cases, and there entrapped by
the Dutch and conveyed to Ceylon.

The Chinese, with their emperor, now marched with great expedition to
Kéra Sura, in order to attack the Susûnan, and met with but little resistance
The troops of
the Susûnan, under the command of Rdden Pringa Ldi/a\'
were defeated, Kérta Sûra surprised, and thenbsp;was obliged to

leave his court and treasures to the enemy. His queen, sister, and children
on horseback, together with his mother, carried by two Europeans under
the conduct of two Dutch ofiicers, through aback gate of
the ddlam were
pursued and overtaken. The Susûnan and the hereditary prince only were
enabled to save themselves by flight.

It was not likely that an alliance between the Chinese and Javans, people
so different and hostile to each other, could be of any long duration.

While

-ocr page 305-

While the Chinese became relaxed in their discipline, and indulged in Jï^f^\'g\'\'^
every- species of irregularity, the fugitive emperor, being now joined by the
Dutch and
Madurese, received the submission of many of the rebel chiefs, Pakubuana 2d,
and pardoned them ; but he refused to pay attention to the offers of sub-
mission made by the Chinese. The prince of
Madura, at length, succeeded
in making himself master of
Kérta Sûra, from whence the Susunan Kuning
was obliged to fly, after a reign of four months.

The Chinese being afterwards defeated in a pitched battle at Asem, re-
tréated to
Bramhânan, and the . Susûnan again arrived in his capital.
When, however, the prince of Madûra, who was by no means well inclined
to the
Susûnan, found himself in possession of Kérta Sûra, he made an
attempt to raise to the throne
Pangéran Angebai, the Susunan\'s brother.
The
Susûnan was once more obliged to quit his capital, and it was not until
after much négociation between the Dutch and the Javans, that he was
re-established. Whether this attempt on the part of the Madurese prince
was serious, or only intended to render the sovereign more complying to
the demands of his allies, is not known. The négociation, however, as
was usual in similar cases, turned out highly advantageous to the Dutch
interests, a treaty being dictated by them without the walls of the

palace, and before the prince was permitted to enter it.

The Chinese, who had meanwhile remained at Brambdnan unmolested for
two whole months, were now joined by
Pdku Nagdra, a man noted among
the Javans for his eminent abilities, and distinguished afterwards for the
conspicuous part he acted in what is called quot; the war of Java,quot; and through
his means the party were enabled still
to make a stand: they were at length,
however, defeated by the Dutch
troops, and compelled to retreat over the
southern\'hills. A general amnesty being proclaimed, and the Chinese having
availed themselves of it, the
ex-emperor at length surrendered to the Dutch at
Surabdya, by whom he was banished to Ceylon, where he died. This even^
happened in the Javan year I667, and terminated the Chinese war.

After a few months the Susûnan, in conformity with ancient custom,
removed the seat of government from
Kérta Sûra to the village of Solo,
about six miles distant, where a palace was built. The new capital was
called
Sura Kérta, and is the present residence of the emperors of Java.

On the subsequent accession of Mr. Imholf to the post of governor-
general, he was of opinion that, notwithstanding the favourable terms of
the treaties granted by thenbsp;sufficient atonement had not been

made

Nov.A.D.1742.

Bemoval of the
seat of govera-
ment to Sura
Kerta,

-ocr page 306-

A^j ïK\'nbsp;to the Dutch nation for the outrage committed against the Christian

a.\'d^742. religion, and the barbarous treatment of the garrison of Kérta Sûra, He
Pakubuana 2d, therefore required that the two principal ringleaders should be delivered up
and punished j and to ensure compliance, measures were taken for seizing
upon the
Susûnan and his son, and bestowing the throne on the eldest son
of
Pangéran Mânghu Nagdra. But the Susûnan thought it prudent to
comply, and delivered over two priests to the Dutch j and a new treaty was
on this occasion concluded with the
Susûnan.

Fresh disturbances soon succeeded, Pangéran of Mddura, Chdkra
Demngrat,
a man of a selfish and haughty character, considered himself, in
consequence of the part he had taken, so far exalted above the other chiefs,
that he neglected to make his annual appearance at court.
Of this the
Susûnan complained to the Dutch, who interfered, but without effect. The
Pangéran, who, as before stated, had taken possession of the provinces of
Siddyu, Tûhan, Jipang, and Larnûng\'an, now refused to restore them either
to the
Susûnan or the Dutch, to whom they had been ceded, claiming
them, as well as all the plunder he had obtained at
Kérta Sûra, as conquered
property. Determined to keep them by force, he engaged in his service a
number of men
from Bdli, and fortified the island Mendri, so as to com-
mand the harbour of
Surahdya.

He now commenced open hostilities by attacking a Dutch vessel, and
putting to death several European seamen. Two thousand Madûrese en-
tered the district of
Surahdya, burnt some villages, and laid the country
waste; and five
Ûionsmà Bdlians were posted on the frontiers of Pama-
hdsan.
After having been twice or thrice defeated, the Pangéran made a
sudden attack upon
Sûmenap and Pamakdsan, and gained a complete vic-
tory over the natives fighting under a Dutch commander, who lost six
thousand.men on the occasion, the chief being obliged to fly the country.

It was not long before the Dutch regained possession of Sûmenap and
Pamakdsan, on which occasion a brother-in-law of the Pangéran, with two
chiefs, submitted to them ; but the Dutch troops were no sooner with-
drawn, than those provinces again fell under the authority of the
Pangéran,
who laid them waste with fire and sword. The Dutch tried in vain to
dislodge him.
Rémhang was now besieged by an army of five thousand
Madurese and Javans. Ldsem, Pdjang.kungung, and all the villages as
far as Paradésa, were in possession of the Pangéran, who made himself
master also of the fort of
Bémbang, and of the building-yard established

there j

-ocr page 307-

there j but his fortune suddenly changed. The prince was, in his turn,
defeated in several engagements, and at length compelled to fly from
a. d. 1742:
Java ; and the Dutch forces landing on Mrf^«!» took the capital, Sdm- Pakubuana 2d.
pang, by storm, and in a short time made themselves masters of the whole
island.

In this extremity, the prince of Madura still refused to come to terms,
and went with his sons,
Sdsra and Rdna, Deningrat, to Banjermdsin on
Borneo, where he engaged his passage on board an English ship bound to
Bencoolen J to which place he had previously, on his affair taking an un-
favourable turn, sent his son, Rdden Tumûng\'gung Wira Deningrat, to
request assistance from the English, and procure men and warlike stores.
His plan, however, of proceeding to Bencoolen was frustrated ; for the
Sultan of
Banjermdsin, on application from the Dutch, sent him, with his
son
Sdsra, to Batavia, whence the father was banished to the Gape óf
Good Hope, and the son to Ceylon.

In effecting a settlement of the country, the Dutch were compelled to
appoint another son of this prince.
Sura Biningrat, to succeed as chief of
Madûra, under the name of Sécha Beningrat. In the year 1758, this
chief was also appointed
Widdna, or chief, of several of the eastern dis-
tricts.

But, however these successes on the part of the Dutch might tend to
the immediate tranquillity of the country, the authority of the
Susunan had
been seriously shaken. The prince possessed neither the esteem or attach-
ment of his subjects. To his evil star it was attributed that the empire
had not only lost much of its ancient grandeur, but was
brought to the
brink of ruin. The chiefs no
longer placed any confidence in him ; they
despised the man who had granted such humiliating terms to the Dutch,
and who, to obtain their temporary aid, had thus sacrificed the permanent
integrity of the empire : they, therefore, were inclined to make an effort
to regain what had been lost.

The principal character and prime mover in this rebellion was the Pan-
géran Mungkuhûmi,
a younger brother of the Susûnan. During the Chinese
war he had obtained considerable experience, and was
distinguished for
boldness and enterprize of character. On the Chinese being^^^®quot; ^^^
Kérta Sûra, he had thrown himself on the protection of the Dutch and
was now residing with his brother at
Kérta Sûra, Next to Mangkubumi,

the most prominent character in the war of Java was PakuNagara, who

was

-ocr page 308-

MMIHRIHNHHH

^24nbsp;history of java.

SriS:nbsp;Sdyed, but perhaps better known as the grandfather of

A. D. 1745. Prang Widóno. After the defeat of the Chinese at Brambdnan, this prince
had also returned to court ; but being coldlj received, again reared the
Standard of revolt, and escaping into the southern mountains assumed the
title of
Susunan Adi PraMsa.

Mangunlmang, the minister of Susûnan Kûning, and Mérta Pûra, had
established themselves in the province of
Suhawdti, refusing to come into
any terms. They invited
MangJcuhûmi to come over to them, and pro-
mised their assistance in raising him to the throne.
MangJcuhûmi accepted
their invitation J but finding himself deceived by them, he, by his own
exertions and those of the son of
Mérta Pûra, obtained possession of that
province, and established himself under the title of
Pangéran Adipdti of
^Jcawdti. He was, however, afterwards
induced to listen to terms offered
him by
the Susûnan, who again received him into favour, and conferred
upon him the
independent government of SukawdPi. But these terms were
not granted by the emperor without exciting the jealousy and apprehensions
of the minister
Pringa Ldya, who easily availed himself of an early oppor-
tunity, whenthe Governor-General, Van Imhoff, was on a visit
to Sûra
Kérta,
to represent the danger arising from any subject possessing so inde-
pendent and extensive authority, as that recently granted
hy the Susûnan
to MangJcuhûmi.

It was accordingly determined to deprive MangJcuhûmi of this tract of
country, and the resolution was personally communicated to him in th
hall of audience. The chief feigned obedience ; but, in the course of the
night, secretly quitted the capital, and assembling his party proceeded to
Suhawdti, where he again reared the standard of rebellion. From the
flight of this prince is dated what is usually termed the war of Java, which
took place in the Javan year I67I.

The Dutch now took an active part in the war, but found that they had
enemies to contend with who po.ssessed considerable ability and enterprize
and who in the past disturbances of the country had gained much exJ.
nence.
Paku Nagara was, in the first instance, defeated, and fled for
protection to MangJcuhûmi, who received him kindly, gave him his daughter,
Bdtu Bandara, in marriage, and appointed him his Pdteh, or minister/
The united forces of these two chiefs resisted the attacks of the Dutch for
about twelve months, when
Mangkubdmi assumed the title of Susûnan
Matdrem i but a dispute arising between him and Pdku Nagdra, who

demanded

mm

-ocr page 309-

demanded his own nomination as presumptive ^^cces^or, Mangkuhûmi took
back his daughter and the chiefs parted in enmity.

While ManglcuMmi lay with his forces at Bundran, a village on the
south coast, and distant about ten miles from the present Yûgya Kérta,
intelligence was received of the death of the Susûnan; and such was the
extensive power of
Mangkubumi at the time, that the body of the deceased
could not be removed to the consecrated burial place at
Megin ^ m the
southern hills, on account of his forces, and was in consequence mterred
near the tomb of
Jdka Tingker, Sultan of Pdjang, at i«, near Sura
kérta,
whence this prince received the appellation of Susunan Seda

Lawigan.

Mangkubémihd^à. evinced a desire to come to terms, and gave assurances to
the governor of his attachment to the Dutch, but demanded that his son
should be proclaimed
Pangéran Adipdti Matdrem (heir apparent) 5 a condi-
tion to which the Dutch would not listen.

The reduced state ofthe Susunan\'s s^xxthonty before his death, and the dis-
tracted
condition of affairs, afforded an opportunity too favourable to be over-
looked by the Dutcli, of at once attaining the grand object of all their pohtical
interference, the sovereignty ofthe country. A weak prince on his death-bed
was, under existing circumstances, easily brought to any terms, in the hope
of continuing even the nominal succession in his family. He was compelled,
by a formal official
deed, « to abdicate for himself and his heirs, the sove-
« reignty
of the country, conferring the same on the Dutch East India
« Company and leaving it to them to dispose of it, in future, to any
« person they
might think competent to govern it for the benefit of the
» Company and of Java,quot; After
recommending his children, and espe-
daily tL heir apparent, to the protection of the governor, the unfortunate
monarch expired. This singular and important deed was dated on the

11th December 1749.*

, „nbsp;2 Gnbsp;Erom

VOL. II.

During the reign of this prince, ,on the 9th of September 1738, a contract was entered
into between the Dutch and the Sultan
of Bantam, of which the following were the chiet

articles.nbsp;t\'?«»,

1st. The Dutch having deemed it necessary to send a detachment to Lampung luiang
Bâmng, in order to
save that province from total ruin, the Sultan pronnsed to cause a tort,
or pdger, to be erected at his expense, on the spot which
should be deemed most eligible for
that purpose, either on the
Palemhang river or any where else.

2d. That the Sultan should keep this fort in constant repair at his own expense,

Sura Kerta,
A.J. 1670.
A. D. 1749.

Pâkubuana 2d.

-ocr page 310-

From this deed is derived the right by which the Dutch East India Cora*
pany subsequently granted in j^e to the native princes, the administration of

Pakubuana 3d,

those provinces which still continued under native government.

On the death of this unfortunate prince, Mangkuhumi caused himself
to be formally proclaimed
Susûnan Pakubuana Senapati Matdrem, in the
presence of a more numerous assemblage of the princes and chiefs than
attended the investiture of the new Susûnan raised by the Dutch. He sent
ambassadors to the Dutch Governor with many assurances of attachment and
fidelity, requesting to be acknowledged as sovereign, and soliciting that
the body of the deceased might be delivered to him, for the purpose of
solemn interment.

The son of the deceased Susunan, however, was preferred, and at the age
of
nine years was raised to the throne, under the title of Pakubûana the Xhivà,
The enmity of the rebellious chiefs to each other soon vented itself in
open hostility, and a pitched battle ensued, in which
Mangkuhûmi was
defeated and driven to the westward. Soon, however, recruiting his forces,
he returned, and had two successful engagements with the Dutch, one at
Janar, a village in Bâglen, the other at Tidar, a hill in Kedû. In the battle
of
Janar the Javan forces allowed the brunt of the action to fall upon the
Dutch, who were completely routed : of those who had escaped the sword
many were drowned in an adjoining marsh, and the rest were murdered in
great numbers by the country people. The affair of
Tidar was of less impor-
tance. The forces of
Mangkuhûmi were sometimes reduced to a few hun-
dred, and at other times amounted to as many thousands, the chiefs and
people deserting him in his distress and flocking to him in his prosperity.

After

3d. That the Sultan should repay to the Dutch the expense of maintaining a small establish-
ment, consisting of a resident, a commandant, one sergeant, two corporale, twenty-four pri-
vates, one drummer, and three artillery men.

4th. That the ground on which the fort was to be built, should be ceded to the Dutch,
with an extent of one hundred roods in every direction. This ground to revert back to the
Sultan, in the event of the Dutch establishment breaking up, in the same manner as had taken
place in regard to
Lampung Samdngia.

6th. With a view to hold out due encouragement to the industry of the Lampung people, it
was agreed that, previously to exporting their pepper to
Bantam, they should state the quan-
tity to the Company\'s resident, who should furnish them with a certificate, enabling them to
obtain early payment, pursuant to the existing contracts.

7th. The Company\'s servants at J5flM#a»i and iajM^MH^ Ttdang Bâtuang, were aiUhorized to
confiscate any quantity of pepper which was exported from the latter place, unprovided with a
certificate from the resident.

Kerta Sura.
A.J.1672.
A.D. 1749.

-ocr page 311-

After three victories obtained over the Dutch, he marched towards the
northern coast, fell upon
Falcalbng\'an, and plundered the place.

Manglmhûmi now carried all before him, and was once at the gates of
Solo, which capital the Javans represent to have been saved from plunder by
the
superstitious veneration for the gun nidi stomi, which the rebels no
sooner descried on the
alun-alun than they sounded a retreat. The Dutch,
in the hope of allaying his displeasure, had given the Susunan the choice of
his officers of state, and prohibited the resident from taking his seat on the
throne with him (an
indelicate assumption which had previously given the
greatest
disgust to the Javans) ; but after nine years of harassing warfare
it was
still found impracticable to reduce the rebellious chiefs, or to restore
the country to order. The Dutch, therefore, availing themselves of the
abdication in their favour executed by the deceased
Susunan, listened to
the proposals of
Manghubûmi, who offered peace, on condition that one
half of Java should be ceded to him. A meeting took place at
Gingdnti,
a village not far distant from Sûra-kérta, at which were present the
Susûnan, Mangkubûmi, and the Governor of the North-east coast of Java,

when a treaty was signed.

One of the conditions of this treaty was, that Mangkubûmi should use

his utmost exertions to subdue Pdku Nagdra. In conformity with this
condition he immediately proceeded against him ; but
Pdku Nagdra making
his appearance
with his whole force, obliged him to retreat and conceal
himself in a cavern, while his troops, flying in every direction, allowed his
camp to be
burned. Mangkubûmi, however, soon collected his forces
again. The
Dutch offered a reward for the head of Pdku Nagdra, who was
obliged to proceed to the eastward, being pursued and his whole force
finally
overthrown. He still refused to submit, and the celebrity of his
name and
exploits was sufficient to recruit his ranks.

In the year A.D. 1755, Mangkubumi was solemnly proclaimed by
the Dutch Governor, under the title of
Sûltan Amangkubudna Sénapdtt
Ingaldga Abdul Rdchman Sahédin Panatagdma Kulvfathlah.

The united forces of the Susunan and Sultan now resumed the attack
upon
Pdku Nagdra ; several of his chiefs were forced to submit, and he
himself, after having prolonged the war for upwards of two
years, seeing no
favourable chance or hope of ultimate success, at last sent his brother to
the
Susûnm requesting that certain districts and the southern mountains

2 G 2nbsp;might

a.j. 1682.
a.d. 1754,

a.d. 1754.

A.D. 17S6.

-ocr page 312-

inigbt be granted to him for his support, promising on that condition to lead
a quiet and peaceable life for the
future. In reply to this he was informed,
that the partition of the lands had already taken place ; that part of these
lands might however be granted, but that it was first necessary he should
make his appearance at court. To this he assented ; and it being stipulated
that the
Susûnan should pay him the compliment of receiving him at the
distance of half an hour\'s walk from
Sura-Mrta, he came in, and throwing
himself at the feet of the
Susunan was kindly raised again, desired to sit on
the bench, and assured that he had nothing to apprehend.

Peace was then concluded, on the conditions that Pdku Nagdra, com-
monly called
Mas Sdyed, should assume the rank and title of Pangéran
Adipdti Mangku Ndgara,
with an assignment of land to the extent of four
thousand
chdchas, in the districts of Kadwang, Malésa, and the southern
mountains.

Thus ended, in the year 1758gt; a war which had lasted twelve years, in
which the finest provinces of the island were laid waste, thousands slain on
both sides, and the independence of the empire finally annihilated. The
expenses incurred by the Dutch on account of the war, from the year 1746
until the peace, amounted to 4,286,006. IS. 8. florins ; but, in the result,
they acquired, if not the acknowledged sovereignty of the whole island, at
least an
effectual controul over its future administration.

The Susûnan, on his death, was succeeded, in the Javan year I714, by his
son, the present
Susûnan, under the title of Susûnan Pakubudna the fourth.

The Sultan established his capital a few miles distant from the ancient
capital of
Matdrem, at Yûgya-kérta {Djocjo Carta) the present residence of
his successors. He died, after a long reign, in the Javan year I713, and was
succeeded by his eldest surviving son, un.der the title of
Amangkubudna
the second. This prince was deposed by the British government in the year
1812, and succeeded by his son,
Amangkubudna the third, who dying, was
again succeeded, in 1815, by his son, a child of nine years of age, the
present Sultan
Amangkubudna the fourth.

Pangéran Prang Widóno, still residing at Sûra Kérta, is the grandson of
Pangéran Adipdti Mdngku Nagdra, and continues to enjoy the independent
administration of the lands assigned to him at the settlement in I758.

By the final settlement of the country in I758, the Dutch reserved to
themselves the direct administration of all the provinces lying on the northern

A. J. 1635.
A.D. 1758.

a.d. 1753.

sea

-ocr page 313-

sea coast, from Chénlon to the eastern extremity of the îsJand of Madura;

but the inland and southern provinees stretch.ng ftom the highlands of

aéribonio MdUng. .-ere restored to the nativenbsp;^\'-en whom the

lands were divided in nearly equal portions by cfafcto, according to the
lanas were Uiv Unbsp;„fthp ™untrv, four thousand cWcte from

population and the pecuhar usage of the countiy,

the share of the Susum,n being set apart for Mmgku Nagara.

terms on which the successors of these princes

exercise the sovereignty, suffered no material alteration until

when Marshal Daendels officially declared that the clauses of the 6«
wnen mai suanbsp;^^^nbsp;territory m fee from the Dutch,

r^I^^future he should consider them as independent
princes having no other relation to the European government, than such as
Lstofnecessity exist between a weaker and stronger state in the imme-
diate neighbourhood of each other. At this time the court of
Yugya Kerta
sensible of owing its establishment chiefly to the military success of it,

founder, and the weakness ofthe Dutch and the Susé^n and that it never
louiiuci, anbsp;, ^nbsp;fU^ frpatv of 1755 (which it IS even stated

fully submitted to \'^e te- ^Jhe tieaty of^ 7nbsp;^^^ ^^^^^

ru^irrrced^rdel of independence and an appearance of interna,
rf which called for the immediate interference of the European
luSiorit . Marshal Daendels, therefore, marched to
Yégya Kerta with a
considerable force, and a négociation being opened, ^

into by which the reigning sultan consented to resign the administration of
he cltry into the hand? of his son, who was appointed to exerçise the
faLTdlJthe title
of rege.it andnbsp;~ ^^^^^

But the stipulations of thi«,^^^^^^^^^^nbsp;^^^^^^

rrr^tU- itTl, ha/ostensihly resigned the administra-
L To his son, but he still took his usual place on the throne, and not
lof the districts ceded by treaty to the Dutch had then been actually

transferred.

a. j.1738.
a.d. 1811.

-ocr page 314-

■HHHl

LINE of the MAHOMETAN SOVEREIGNS of JAVA,

Who have ruled suhsequenlly to the Destruction of the Hindu Government of Majapahit
down to the Javan Year
1742, corresponding with the Christian Year 1815.

SEAT OF GOVERNMENT.

Began to Reign,

A, J. A. D.nbsp;At Demdk, from A. 1400 to 1503.

1403 1477 Haden Pâtah Adipâti Jimbun.
1455 1519 Pangérang Sâbrang Lor.

1457 1533 Sultan Bintâra, or Trang\'gâna, often called Sultan Demâk.

At Pdjang, from 1503 to 1540.

1503 1577 Jaka Tingkir, Sultan Pajang.

1532 1606 Adipâti Demâk.

At Matdrem, from 1540 to 1600.
1540 1614-
Panatïibâhan Senapâti.

1550 1624 Sûltan Séda Krâpiak.

1562 1636 Kâden Rânsang, also called Sûltan Agung or Sultan Kérta.
1585 1659 Mangkûrat, commonly called Séda Tegâl-ârum.

At Kérta Sûra, from l603 to 1675.
1603 1677 Susûnan Mangkûrat the second.
1627 1701 Susûnan Mangkûrat Mas.

1630 1704 Pangéran Pûgar, usually called Susûnan Pakubûana the first.
1643 1717 Susûnan Prabu Amangkûrat.

1672 1746 Susûnan Séda Langkûnan, also called Susûnan Pakubûana
the second.

Susûnan Pakubûana the second removed the seat of govern-
ment to Sura Kerta in
I675.

At Sura Kérta, in 1675.
fl Susûnan Pakubûana second (continued).
1675 174^] Susûnan Pakubuana third, in whose reign the empire was
divided into the two kingdoms of
Sûra Kérta and Yûg\'ya
Kérta.

At Sûra Kérta.nbsp;At Yûgya Kérta.

Susûnan Pakûbuan
third (continued).

A. J. A. D,

1682 1756 Sultan Amangkubûana
first.

--Sultan Amangkubûana

second.

At

-ocr page 315-

At Sûra Kérta.

A. D.

1788 Susunan Pakubuana
the fourth and pre-
sent Susunan.

At Yïigya Kérta.

A. J. A- D-

——- Sultan Amangkubüana

third.

17él 1815 Sultan Amangkubuana
fourth, and present
sultan.

Sovereigns of Demâk,
of
Pajang,

of Matârem, -
of Kérta Sûra,
of Sura Kerta,

VA r.»quot;— — ------- /

The present Susûnan is consequently the eighteenth in succession from
the first Mahometan sovereign, and not perhaps less than the fortieth from
the first Hindu prince. The average reign during the Mahometan govern-
ment is nineteen years. Taking the same average for the period of the
Hindu government,
its origin would be four hundred and eighteen yearns
anterior to the destruction of Majapdhit, A. J. 1400, and may be referred

to the close of the tenth century of the Javan era, or the middle of the
eleventh century of the Christian era.

CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF EVENTS,

Which have occurred in Ja.a (from the Traditions ar^d Records of the Ja.ms).

1 Arrival of Aji Sdka in Java.nbsp;^ ^

10 Thedateof(orprobableestabHshmentat) NusaBarong.

_____________________Msa Tamhim.

__—___Bawean.

33 ____ZIL-Jl.________________ The mountain MUria.

ggnbsp;____The great mountain of Tegdt,

50 ZZZZZ_________- The mountain Bromo.

quot;nbsp;The mountain Semiru.

^nbsp;___________ The mountain Summng,

^ The mountain Hd/a

^ ^ ^^^^^^^^ ^^^ mountain Ldm.
94.---------------^^^

A
A

-ocr page 316-

HISTORY OF JAVA.

118 The date of(or probable establishment at) The mountain

131

152

m

193

195 -------------

211 Building of Chdndi Maling.
297 The introduction of maize or Indian corn into Java.
308 The date of(or probable establishment at) The mountain ikferajs?.

343nbsp;—----The mountain Anyer.

551 Building of Singa-sdri.
752 Death of Nidi SÛJm gt;wdti.
808 Burning of the temples at Gunung Wédi.
924 Construction of buildings in the western mountains.
It is related, that in former times the islands of Sumatra, Java,
Bdli and
Surnhdm, were united, and afterwards separated into nine different
parts ; and it is also said, that when three thousand rainy seasons have
passed away, they will be reunited.

1018 or 1188 Building of the Chdndi Séwu, or thousand temples, a»t

Brambanan.
1055 Date of Teldga Pdser in Banyumas.
1067 Randu Kuning
in ditto.
1114 Separation of the lands of
PaUmbang and Java.
1124 In the island of
Bdli.

1164 Appearance of Pulo Mengare (near Surahdya^ above the sea.
1204 Separation of the lands of
Bdli and Balamhdngan in Java,

1217nbsp;Date of (or probable establishment at) Pagunungun,

1218nbsp;Building of the temples at Kdli Bening near Brambdnan..
1260 Separation of the lands of Giling Trawdngan and Bdli.
1273 The fall of stones from a mountain.

1280 Separation of the island of Sela Pdrang (also called Lumbok or Sasak}

from Sumbdma.
1300 Establishment of the court of Pajajdran.

■- Erection of a stone temple at Salatiga.

1308 Construction of the tank at Peng\'ging near Amhardwa.
13,52 Date of Teldga Mengémhel

1403 Establishment

On the southern mountains.
The mountain Wilis.
The mountain
Fendam.
The mountain Prawdta.
The mountain Arjuna.
The mountain Ingel.

-ocr page 317-

1360 Building of the temples at Boro Bodo in Kedû.

1400 Destruction of Mqjapdhit.

1403 Establishment of the court at Demdh

1419 Establishment of Gegélang.

1421 Establishment of Surahdya.

1423 The fall of Bdnyu pinddh.

1427 The burning of Fdlok hy vromen.

1432nbsp;Era of Kärnten.

1433nbsp;Era of the Prince of Pdti.

1439nbsp;Destruction of Pdnjer by fire.

1440nbsp;Death of Kayuhrdlit.

1441nbsp;üT^óraw surrounded,
1443 Death of the three princes.

1448nbsp;Conquest of Kediri by Susunan Ingaldga,

1449nbsp;Conquest of Tuban,

of Wirosdri.
of Gegeldng,
of Menddng Mngan.

1450

1451

1452

1454nbsp;The site of Surabdya changed.

1455nbsp;Conquest of Pasuruan.
1462 of Panarûlcan.

1464nbsp;Defeat of the sons of the chiefs of Lamûng*an, Bliiar, and Wirasdba,

1465nbsp;Conquest of Panangungan.

1466nbsp;of Pamendng.

1467nbsp;of Sing\'ga.

__of Balambdng\'an and Banywwdngi.

1469nbsp;Conquest and burning of Sing\'ara a dependency of Balambdng\'an.

1470nbsp;Conquest of Jdpan.

1471nbsp;Arrival of the prince of Giri in the district of Kediri.

1494 Foundation of the gardens of Pungkuran at the foot of the moun-
tains.

1473nbsp;Destruction by fire of DaM, and the disappearance of the prince

called Prawdta at that place.

1474nbsp;The elevation of another prince.

1475nbsp;War of Surowdri.

—Kiai Wirasoma proceeds to Jipang,

1476nbsp;The falling down of Banyu pinddh.

VOL, IÎ..nbsp;^ H

1478 Conquest

-ocr page 318-

Conquest of the district of Blôra,nbsp;quot;

of Baléga in Madura.

Disappearance of the Adipdti of Kediri and his princess, after em-
bracing the Mahometan religion.

Conquest of Katujan Wirasdba and Franardga.

Swords and javelins first made use of.

The establishment of the court at Pdjang.

Occurrence of a great earthquake.

First destruction of Pdjang.

Destruction of Bemdk, when the chiefs and people betook themselves
to their vessels, and put to sea.

Dahd conquered by Senapdti.

The people of Jipdng carried into captivity after the battle of Kali-
dddung ;
actions in Pasûruan and Franardga.

Construction of Kôtah Batu Futeh (or White-walled Castle) at
Matdrem.

Battles of Jatasdri, kc. fought by Senapdti.

Death of Panambdhan Senapdti, làk, Jenar (Matdrem).

The palace at Kérta being burnt, the seat of government is removed
to
Fura.

The Panambdhan of Chéribon comes to Matdrem.

The Adipdti of Fugar, son of the Senapdti, removed to Demdk,
where he ascended the throne. After remaining there a year, there
happened an eclipse of the sun.

Sultan Krâpeak surrounds and attacks Demdk.

While the war was carrying on at Grésik, Sultan Krdpeak àieà at
Matdrem.

Battle of Kalirdnan.

Death of Adipdti Mérta Ldya.

The people of Matdrem attack Mdlang, under Sultan Kérta.

The election of Pariambdhan Senapdti at Matdrem as Sultan.

The age of Singa Pddu.

The Madurese war.

A great sickness at Matdrem, and the erection of the throne of Ma-
tdrem.

The war of Pdti, and the erection of the Matdrem tower.

The first Batavian war.

1555 The

1478

1499

1500

1502

1503
1506

1509

1510

1512

1513

1515
1517

1521

1522

15S5

1526
1532
1536

1540

1541
1545
1547

1552

1553

r

-ocr page 319-

1555 The measuring of time, and the second Batavian war.

1560nbsp;The people of the eastern districts assembled at Matdrem to perform

required services.

1561nbsp;Conquest of Balambdngan, and submission of Raden Kdmbar.

1562nbsp;The Sultan removes to Tumbdyat, and a great granary of corn is

destroyed by fire at Gdding.

1564nbsp;The Chéribon war, and the first appearance of the Prin\'gi people

(Europeans) at the court of Matdrem.

1565nbsp;The anger of the prince towards the minister of FaUmbang, and the

appearance of the Bdnjar (Masin) people at the court of Ma-
tdrem.

1566nbsp;The second great sickness appears at Matdrem, and the construction

of the large gun, called Kiai Guntur Agni. An artificial lake
made at
FUret.

1568nbsp;Death of Sultan Kérta, and succession of his son.

1569nbsp;The march of the Matdrem people to Bâli and Balambdngan, and tlie

submission of those people.

1571nbsp;The construction of the mosque, and the marriage of the Sultan with

the princess Krdnun. The Kdlang move to the east of the S6h
river.

1572nbsp;The establishment of the court at FUret, and the Susûnan\'s desire

for maidens. The chiefs of all ranks, the soldiers, the natives of
the coast, and the inhabitants of the country, were each ordered to
marry two wives.

1573nbsp;The appearance of the Chéribon minister with a present of an elephant;

also that of the minister of Jdmbi (on Sumatra), bringing accounts
of the death of the Sultan. The first embassy from the Holland-
ers arrived at
Matdrem, bringing a present of four pieces of ar-
tillery.

1574nbsp;The second embassy from the Hollanders, with various presents.

1575nbsp;Great inundation at Matdrem, and the appearance of a comet.

1576nbsp;The subjection of the Sukaddna people (on Borneo).

1577nbsp;The subjection of the Siam people, and a present from the Conjtpany

(the Dutch) of a horse of large size.

1579nbsp;The marriage of the Fangéran Adipdti with the daughter of Mdngun

Jdya.

1580nbsp;The Rdmpok of an elephant.

2 H 2nbsp;1581 Death

-ocr page 320-

1581nbsp;Death of Pangéran Purhdya.

1582nbsp;The introduction of copper pkhis (a small coin).

1584nbsp;Death of Rdden Tdpa Sdna,

1585nbsp;Death of the Chéribon prince in Matârem, and the murder of

Mérta Ndta.

1586nbsp;The appearance of a comet.

1587nbsp;The banishment of the Pangéran Adipâti to Lipûra, to convert him-

self and do penance.

1588nbsp;Death of the Rdtu.

1592 Order of the Susûnan to Aria Purbdya to kill Wira Mang\'gala.
_ Explosion of the powder magazine, by which the sentries were killed

in a shocking manner.
___ The period when Europeans came to
Matdrem with a present of two

horses.

1594 The Susûnan\'s desire for maidens.

__ An uncommon eruption from a volcano, throwing out a great quan-
tity of fire with sand and stones.
3595 The
arrival of the Bugis people at Demcmg and the march of the
Matdrem forces joined with those of Mamhanagara and the sea-coast.
1596 The return of them, with the separation of
Madura, Sumenap, and
Grésik from the Matdrem obedience. They join the rebel Truna
Jaya.

1600nbsp;They join together and attack Matârem and destroy it, the Susunan

leaving the court with the Rdtu and family, after having burnt the
same; death ofthe
Susûnan at Tegdl Wdngi, and election of his
son
Mangkûrat.

1601nbsp;Mangkûrat marches over Japdra to Kediri, to exterminate the rebel

Truna Jdya, with the assistance of the Company.

1602nbsp;Kediri taken and Trûna Jdya surrenders.

1608 Truna Jdya killed. The Susunan goes to Pdjmg and establishes his
court at
Kerta Sura. Pangéran Pugar rebels against him, but is
defeated and flies to
Baglen.

1604nbsp;Insurrection of the rebel Raju Nâmrûd at Salingo, and the destruction

of ihamp;krdion by fire. The subjection of Pangéran Pûgar to the

Susûnan.nbsp;lt;i\'ra

1605nbsp;The arrival of ambassadors from JoJior and PaUmbang at Kérta

with a present of an elephantnbsp;^^^^ ^^^^

A

-ocr page 321-

1606nbsp;Marriage of the Susunan with a princess of Giri.

1607nbsp;Age of Wdna Kasûma.

1608nbsp;Circumcision of the Pangéran Adipati, and preparations made for a

great chase at iCer^a/Swrn.

160Q Death of Captain Tak and other Europeans, and the rebelhon of the
eastern people, who join
Surapdti. Several personal combats on
the
Pasehan to divert the Susunan.

1612nbsp;The deplorable state of the court of Kérta Sûra.

1613nbsp;Eire in the mosque at Kérta Sûra.

1 Excursion of the Susûnan to MancUngan.

1619nbsp;™ of the BalamUngan people coming from the south across

Kediri, where they assassinate men and women.

1620nbsp;The Balamhdngan people march to Pasûruan, but are attacked at

Pachatan and repulsed, with a loss of one thousand men.
_ The court at
Kérta Sûra surrounded with a wall of stone.

1621nbsp;The conquest of Pranardga.

1622nbsp;Death of Rdden Sûkra and the illness of the SusÛ7ian.

1623nbsp;Kamagetan attacked by the people of Bdh.

Personal combat between the .Tavans Téka and JandU, who were both

1625nbsp;March\'^of the Susknan to Matdrem, and embassy sent by the Susûnan

to Mecca, in order to obtain the rank of Hdji.

1626nbsp;Death of Susûnan MangUrat.nbsp;\' 1 ^ .-.i
1628 His son succeeds, and
Rdden Sûria Kasûma usurps the rank and title.

The latter is defeated by the people of Kerta Sura and taken pri-
soner.
Pangéran Pûgar is arrested, and afterwards released. Being

offended he proceeds to/Sewar^w^.

1630 The people of the western sea-coast con^.er Kérta Sûra and expel
the Susûnan from hh ddlam, who goes to the east, where he joms

Surapdti with a thousand followers.

1630nbsp;Arrival of the Europeans at Kérta Sûra, who upon finding it de-

serted, appointed Pangéran Pûgar as Susunan.

1631nbsp;The court of the exiled Susunan held at Kediri.nbsp;conquers
1633
Pangéran Purhdya marche, against the \'Vj toLds

him.nbsp;killed. He marches wi^h^^eA^ ^^^^^^^

Pasûruan, where he is again -f-^Zn^ him to Surahdya, from
livers himself up to the Admiral, wno skuunbsp;.y

^nbsp;whence

-ocr page 322-

whence he is sent with his Rdtu and minister, Jaeng Rdna, to Ba-
tavia.

1634 Appointment of Jdya FuspUa as Adipdti of Surabdya.

16S5 Appointment of Tumung\'gung Chdhra Jdya as minister, who is sent

to Batavia in the following year.
1637 Journey of the
Susunan to Matdrem.

1641nbsp;Journey of the Susunan to Gdding.

1642nbsp;First expedition of the Commodore to Surabdya. Conquest of Sura-

baya, in which the Admiral, Van der Lee, is killed. Appointment
of Brinkman as Admiral.

1643nbsp;Death of the Susunan Fahubudna the first, and the succession of his

eldest son.

1644nbsp;Rebellion of Fangêran Blitar in Matdrem, and the expedition of

Admiral Brinkman against him, wherein the Admiral gained a
complete victory.

1645nbsp;Flight of Fangéran Blitar to Kamagétan. His death, and the tran-

sport of his body to Kérta Sûra.
1648 Arrest of Fangéran Furbdya Aria, Dipa Nagdra, and Surapdti, who

were all sent to Batavia, from whence Fangéran Aria was after-
wards recalled.

1651nbsp;Embassy of Tumûng\'gung Niti Ndgara to Batavia, and the death of

Fangéran Furbdya,

1652nbsp;Journey of the Kidi Adipdti to Semdrang, to pay the debt of the Su-

sûnan to the Company.

1653nbsp;Arrest of Fangéran Aria Mdngku Nagdra, and his being delivered

up to the Company.

1655nbsp;Death of Fangéran Mangkubûmi, and the arrival of the Commodore -

at Kérta Sûra.

1656nbsp;The Kidi Adipdti dispatched to Semdrang.

1657nbsp;An eruption from a volcanic mountain which emitted flame for three

days.

1658nbsp;The Kidi Adipdti sent to Semdrang, where he is arrested in the Dutch

fort. Arrival of the Commodore at Kérta Sûra.

1659nbsp;Raden Adipdti Nata Kasûma sent to Batavia.

1662 The Raden Adipdti sent to Batavia, and arrival of the Commodore at

Kerta Sura,
1664 Journey of the Susunan to Matdrem.

1667 Conquest

-ocr page 323-

Conc^Q^t of Kérta Sura,
Conc^Q^t of PrânduIAwang,

1670nbsp;Removal of the court of Sûra Kérta to Solo, which place is since

called Sura Kérta Diningrat.

1671nbsp;Arrival of General Imhoff at Sûra Kérta.

1675nbsp;Death of Susunan Fakuhudna the second, and the time when Fangé-

ran Aria Mangkubûmi proclaimed himself Susûnan,

1676nbsp;Battle of Mangkubûmi at Jenar. Conquest of Pakdhngan by him.
1682 Interview between the
Susûnan and Pangéran Mangkubûmi. Peace

established. The lands divided, and the Fangéran made Sultan of
Yûgya-Kérta Adimngrat,

1685nbsp;Rebellion of Pangéran Aria Mdnku Nagdra at Sura Kérta. The Susu-

nan occupies his new palace.

1686nbsp;Axvivû of Pangéran Juru at Sura Kérta, and flight of Fangéran Anom.
1688 Dissolution of the marriage of the Susûnan with the Rdtu of Madura,

and the death of Rdtu Madûra Rétna and Rdden Radméja. The
journey of the
Rdtu of Madura to Madûra. Rdden Kulon made
Rdtu.

1690 The Susûnan assists in the erection of the triumphal pillars of the
mosque.

169s The ddlam is surrounded by a stone wall.

-ocr page 324-

a.

-ocr page 325-

ACCOUNT

OF

THE SEVERAL PRINCIPAL DIVISIONS

OE-

JAVA AND MADURA.

In several parts of this work, and in particular when treating of agricul-
ture and revenue, reference has been made to the changes introduced by the
British Government in the internal management of the country, and to the
information of a statistical nature which was collected with regard to its
resources.

It may not be uninteresting to the reader to possess, in a compressed
form, the result of the surveys and inquiries which were then set on fooL, as
far as the same were compleated at the close of the British administration
on Java. The Appendix L. contains a copy of the proclamation and of the
general instructions issued by the Government j the latter will sufficient-
ly explain the principle on which the tables for the Eastern Districts were
compiled.

BANTAM.

Bantam, once rich in its pepper plantations and the emporium of the BantanK
Archipelago, had, in consequence of the restrictions of the Dutch company
and the vicinity of Batavia, lost all its trade and importance, long before
the arrival of the British.

The succession of the throne of Bantam was generally disposed of by the
influence of the Dutch government: but the administration of the country
and the collection of the port duties were till very lately entirely entrusted to
him. This European influence, though strongly resisted in the first instance,
had been long acquiesced in, till an attempt of the Dutch government, in
the year 1808, to draw additional benefit
from this province, gave occasion
to an insurrection. The successive measures of introducing the cultivation
of coffee
into that part of the island, of opening the communication by means

VOL. II.nbsp;2 1nbsp;of

-ocr page 326-

of new roads, and of constructing a new harbour, first at Mew Bay, and after-
wards at
Merak Bay, imposed new and unusual burthens on the people ; and
so many deserted from the public works, that an order was issued to the
resident, requiring him to inform the Sultan that his first minister should be
held responsible for the due
execution of the public task assigned to the
Sultan\'s subjects. The desertion still continuing, an order still more perem-
tory was issued to the resident, requiring him to call upon the Sultan to
deliver up his first minister immediately. In carrying these orders into exe-
cution, the resident having imprudently risked his person, was murdered.
This fatal accident was the occasion of sending a considerable military force
to Bantam, by which an immediate and thorough change in the native
government was efi^ected. The reigning Sultan was removed from the
throne and banished to Amhoina, and a relative was raised to the sovereign
power.:

This prince was placed under regulations, dictated by the Dutch ; for so
fallen had the sovereigns of this once flourishing and powerful kingdom now
become, that the form and solemnity of a treaty was not deemed necessary.
The Sultan ceded part of his territories to the westward, adjacent to the
environs of Batavia, the bad administration of which had frequently given
occasion to disturbances in the Batavian districts. The new Sultan was al-
lowed to
administer the rest of his dominions, under the superior rule of
the
Dutch government.

The public works to be carried on in Bantam, and the unusual burthens
they imposed on the people, continued however to excite, from time to time,
disturbances and insurrections. On one occasion a detachment, consisting
of a lieutenant .and eighteen dragooons, were surprised and murdered by
the inhabitants. Several native
Pangérans and chiefs fell victims to the
same spirit of discontent and revenge, and another change in the person of
the Sultan was thought advisable ; the new Sultan was in consequence
allured on board a vessel, and conveyed to Batavia, and in his place, ano-
ther chief was installed Sultan of the high lands of Bantam, the Dutch
reserving to themselves the direct administration of the low lands.

The country, however, remaining still in a disturbed state, the Pangéran
Ahmet united under his banner the discontented people of all descriptions,
in a more regular opposition to the European authority. From this time an
extraordinary military force was constantly kept in Bantam : all attempts,
however^ to arrest the person of
Achmet failed. His influence increased so

much.

-ocr page 327-

much, that proposals were made to him of a cession of part of the country:
these, however, not being listened to, it was determined to abandon the
interior to his depredations, until the inhabitants themselves, wearied of his
arbitrary proceedings, might seek refuge with the European government.

The Dutch force being withdrawn from Bantam,nbsp;availed himself

of the presence of the British cruizers, during the blockade in isn^^^to
strengthen his
influence by an intercourse with them, which e easiy
effected, by furnishing them with supplies plundered by him from the i -
bitants. By the
cruizers he was considered as an unfortunate prmee, main-
taining
his independence against the Dutch ; and when the British roops
landed, the Sultan was his prisoner, and all
Bantam under his controul.

At the conquest of Java by the British forces, the extensive tracts of
this fertile province were thus in the hands of a lawless rebel, the inhabi-
tants were in a state of revolt, and universal anarchy
and distrust had
prevailed for several years. All idea of raising a revenue on account of
government had been abandoned; and the general settlement of the country
under European controul, was the most that
could be hoped for.

In the year 1813, the Sultan voluntarily resigned the administration of
the
country into the hands of the British government, in consideration of
an annual pension of ten thousand Spanish dollars. With the detailed
system of
land revenue introduced into this province, an accurate survey was
made of all the northern divisions j and a settlement having been made with
each individual cultivator, the extent of population stated in the annexed
table as far as these districts are concerned, may be considered as in general
correct. The population of the southern districts is estimated j and it
may
be observed, that the total population rather exceeds than falls short of what

is stated.

2 12

-ocr page 328-

CO

^ tjquot;
p

ïï S
B

O

n
cr

s

63 O

Sr-

S On
ë

Sd

p p O

S

Uquot; CE

n

S5 £5-

r

W

p

3

;gt; ü3 g

ö .c tr

f

i

H

9S

■quot;S

CC
p-\'

g

p
ES

flN
B
P
B

fD
»

p..

s

sr
ö
er?

5 ^

O fD

p a?

Ui5 O
£3

S5 .

p-
S

p
p

P erg

B

IX cn?

B :

Number of
Principal
Villages.

f^ ^nbsp;w ^nbsp;1—nbsp;t® ^D

fo

00 co

1—- to

00 i—\' Cn C3 to t© CO

1—4 CJ1

Onbsp;00

C2nbsp;CD

10nbsp;Oi

ï©nbsp;to

05nbsp;Oo

conbsp;I—lt;

Onbsp;O

Number of
Houses.

Co »

Cl 10

O

00

O
O

00

00

QO
O

co

00

O Oo

to QO CD O^ CO

to
00
cyi 00

^ to

2a O

igt;0

O

tonbsp;I—\'

00nbsp;t^^

10nbsp;60

CJInbsp;CJT

co co
O co

co t)0

00
co

^ co
00 gt;—\'
O) 01

00 _
co

to

00 O Cl 00

OQ

to

Cl

00 00
igt;0 crgt;

00
to

Males,

i® to

00 I—

co 00 10 co

Cl QO h—
g g

CI 01 t—»
I—\' to
00 00

lt;1 tn CO

fji- CJT )—lt;

CO OD 00

00 CJ,
I*».

-3
CO

üt
to

ht!^ 00

O

Co

00 Cl

^nbsp;Cjt

I—nbsp;^

Conbsp;to

On

QO

CO 00

00 00
§

CjO 00

Cl O

fes

to O

CJT bO

00 to

tonbsp;tr;nbsp;to

egnbsp;Onbsp;Oi

-anbsp;Onbsp;Co

CJTnbsp;COnbsp;h-

CO Crt

to

rff to

Cji CJT

I—1 Ul

Cl csi

CSTnbsp;00nbsp;lit\'

60nbsp;tonbsp;Cl

Conbsp;Onbsp;CJi

CJTnbsp;Co to

^ 10 ^ to, è ^ ^ O
^
to

t—nbsp;00

Onbsp;cb

C}nbsp;OD

01nbsp;C3T

i-- to

Cl

02 00
Cjt 00
00

00 00
co

co co

co

co ^

CJ1 O

Cj-t
O

00 CD
00 I—

10 CO
1—1 tjx

60

CO

CJT O

Ot to

CO O
Cl

to CI

to

O

00 Cjt
to to

00 Cjt
to CO
Or 00

00

00
0

to

CO to 00

§ is

O c^ S

H-» CO

O tot

to to

CO

CO Cl

to C3l
1—1 CO

to

01 tï^
a CO

1—1 Cjt

00

CO lt;0

CO

CO to
I— 00

bO

O O CJl

to

Or CO

QO
CO

Cji co
co tt\'

tonbsp;i-i

^nbsp;O

Or Clnbsp;h-

frï^ c:®

to

CO 01

Ü» to
O Cl to

— 00 O
00 Co 00
CJT I^i. CO

CD Co
00 O
hf^ O C5

Females.

Sd
gt;

tr»
O

o
O

a

In

3

gt;

I—(

O
td

c.

rt

S

Total Population
in each District.

Married
Women.

Males.

Females.

Number of
Buffaloes.

00. 00
00 I— O
ÜT Cjt fji.

00

CO

00 tonbsp;00 Cl tri

Ploughs.

Cl Co
00 Cl
Or

to 00
to 00

CD

0

CO
CJI

CJT

O

■lt;1

CO cfc CO tl^\'

00 00 00 QO O

CjOtOCOOOClC^T^ ^

CO CO CO CO

00 to O

Separate
Leases-
granted for
1815.

(P-
CO

CJ!

-a ^

O CO\'

^
!— to

IJ^ Cl Cji
h- 00\'

00 60
©1

»3

s
a

I—I tonbsp;I—J CO to 1—1 Co

-a\'^oococici\'lt;?o

Onbsp;00 CO CD ~ quot;quot;

teJ

to

00

to

s

H-\'CJiCowCjt iOCOj^Jgp

CO JO

00 OO 00

_ O
O OOnbsp;CO Cl

Cl g to g

oS\'^S^»^^ ootTito
OQlOti^QO-ClaitOKji^nbsp;■

Co

to t^

iS COnbsp;^ ^

Cl 00 ® 03

p
Co

O

to

00 Cl co co
CD co CJI Co

C51
bO

S

CJI 05

01

^ è
tf» O
(ïi- O

co
co

00
CD
O

O
O

co
co

tgt;o to _

Olnbsp;Co QO

10

T

CJ l^i.nbsp;conbsp;CJT

— O 00 1— rti-

co H-\' CJT
00
Ot to 10

—-St-

to

O
O

Computed Total
Population.

-ocr page 329-

1 Cbarita .....
Cheringhin ..

7 ^

/

/ —

_

/ -

1

4143

880

SJff

389

4143

/ 2667

S47S

193

3403

1882

1454

8404

2105

1140

3846

1730

199

13384

Panjinbang* ..

11

443

405

38

399

306

207

1858

o3

1957

Mines____...

15

563

544

29

525

379

289

1756

382

386

673

284

358

1906

Kananga ....

24

668

591

25

575

305

248

1744

419

373

808

291

195

1890

Chemanok....

3S

1658

1389

148

1409

888

802

4636

1178

1060

1406

1468

33

5237

Kadulosong ...

596

596

74

596

290

107

1663

941

772

2055

2241

67

4320

Chekek .....

SO

993

767

230

739

492

482

2710

598

551

710

756

311

2841

Pandeglang ..

20

1020

794

234

780

611

489

2908

625

622

932

805

138

3329

Chadasari ....

39

2347

2227

321

2165

1576

1331

7620

1323

1233

203.9

1247

75

8154

Pamaryan ....

_

— .

2174

_

508

543

449

2174

Underandi ..

11

656

570

88

537

423

399

2017

499

459

426

360

178

2217

Chikandi ....

11

517

463

70

433

360

329

1655

374

324

332

598

271

1763

Kolelet ......

18

624

586

128

569

359

341

1983

356

285

634

692

220

2535

Chrangasa....

—.

-

2403

1025

601

382

2403

Konchang ....

16

1017

910

109

853

470

400

2742

626

555

980

792

48

3110

738

58631

50055

10865

48401

40921

^624

[93946

31289

28915

41444

42122

54

221714

ESTIMATED POPULATION ofthe SOUTHERN DISTRICTS.

Parunkujang..........-...........1800

Binwangan ......................2200

Parayan..........................1140

Somang ..........................1305

Sajira ........................... .1745

Kosik ............................1700

9890

9890

Total Population. .!^31604

-ocr page 330-

BATAVIA.

Of the splendour and magnificence which procured for this capital
the title of the Queen of the East, little is now to be found. Streets have been
pulled down, canals half filled up, forts demolished, and palaces levelled
with the dust. The stad-house, where the supreme court of justice and
magistracy still assemble, remains j merchants
transact their business in the
town during the day, and its warehouses still\'contain the richest productions
of the island, but few Europeans of respectability sleep within its limits.

The following table comprizes all fixed residents within the city and its
immediate suburbs, to the distance of about two miles. The municipal
regulations of this part of the island having been
continued in force, and
the execution of them, for the most part, delegated to Dutch authorities, it
is to be apprehended that the return of the population now given may be
found deficient in
accuracy. A poll tax being levied on the Chinese, and
other town duties rendering it the interest of the parties to withhold infor-
mation as to their exact numbers, it is also probable that the total amount
considerably exceeds that now given : certainly it does not fall short of it.

Account of the Population of the City of Batavia and its Suburbs.

Europeans ............................

Descendants of Europeans born in the Colony

Arabs .................................

Moormen...............................

Malayus .......... . ....................

Javans .................................

Bugis ................................

Makasars...............................

Balians .................................

Sumbawas...............................

Mandharese.............................

Ambonese and Bandas.....................

Timorese and Butanese...................

Pernakans or half cast Chinese.............

Chinese.................................

Slaves .................................

Males.

Females.

Total.

S67

176

543

706

779

1,485

197

121

318

71

48

119

1,756

1,399

3,155

IjTSS

1,549

3,3Sl

1,032

831

1,863

1,148

881

2,029

4,063

3,657

7,720

141

91

232

112

111

223

57

25

82

16

8

24

357

248

605

6,976

4,273

11,249

7,001

7,238

14,239

47,217

-ocr page 331-

ENVIRONS OF batavia.
The lands comprehended under the denomination of the Batavian envi-

rons (O™».«, originally formed the pnacpal part of the JaMtra
dominions. The native chiefs were early deprived of the adm.n.strauon by
the cautions policy of the Dutch, and the lands ^e-^
perty to Europeans and others. According to an officialnbsp;^

the amount of property in houses and lands, belonging to md.vidual, m the
city of Batavia and its environs, including the private estates -a.

exceeded eleven million, of rix-dollars sdver, and the taxes were levied
Ltimate Various systems of government had been attempted m this
Tstrict before the arrival of the British in 1811, but so inefficacious were
they that it was considered unsafe for Europeans to travel without arms. As
a measure of police, a portion of this division, formerly compnzed withm the
recently annexed to the regency of
Bu,ten.org, and
formed into a separate administration.
For the population of thes two
divisions,
as they now stand, see General Table, Vol. I, page 62, Table 11.

BATAVIAN or PEIANGEN KEGENCIES.
Each of these regencies was administered by a native chief immediately

dependant on government, and without any power beyond his district. The ge»™.

chiefs, however, were mostly allied by frequent intermarriages, and traced
their descent from different chieftains of the ancient empire of
Pajqjarmi.
Senarated on the one hand, from the dominions of the Susunan and Sultan
bv the country of Chéribon, and on the other from Bantam by the Batavia
eLTrons theh- power never became formidable to the European government
Th coffee monopoly in the Western Districts having been maintained
on its former principle during the period of the
British admimstration the
inhabitants of these districts were precluded from feeling the effects of the
system introduced into the more eastern districts ; but as it was m contem-
plation, eventually, to render the change general throughout the island,
preparatory measures were taken, and a survey of these distncts tong
made, tlie annexed statistical table was framed.

the table is estimated accordmg to thenbsp;quot; ^„^.„d hundr^

likewise furnish an annual quantity of about seventy-nvc
weight of coffae for the European market,

-ocr page 332-

GENERAL ACCOUNT of the POPULATION and CULTIVATION of

Cultivators.

Not Cultivators.

Names of the Regencies and
Divisions.

3
£

o
fQ

O

o

Chianjur..............

Bandung..............

Sumedang ............

Limbang\'an .... .....

Sukapura . ...........

Krawaug..............

Chasem and Paman^ikan
Kandangaur and Indraraaju
Gunung Parang........

Chiputri..............

^hikalong ............

Jjung Brum ..........

6138
10804
857S,

2163

8500
4240
5394
4885
3569
291

800
751

6196

10814

8664
982

8082
mo
6000
5155
3600
289

856
746

7158

10869

7987
2812

4995
1780

8154

11176

8932
2916

6026
1680
2985
2575
2664
383

625
781

1504
2597
97
571

458
300
150
500
1053
93
210
233

1543
2615
104
588

380
270
175
470
1203
95
244
240

2315
3710
140
647
473

35234
56122
34594
12270
29130
13150
18475
17955
16403
1751
3760
4260

3493
10897
10086
2966
3783
6073
3613
2606
2289
452
620
793

721

650
168

456

94

124

59

590
24

50

61

3537
97
595
216
320
120
360
918
101
219
310

104,
53S
439
48

36
60
233

3651
3710
2547
401

526
960

160
300
849
98
280
239

557

567244739648897

Totals

3515

56108

77667927

9019

477762954

9431

243268

-ocr page 333-

PRIANGEN REGENCIES, including KRAWANG and INDRAMAYU.

Sawahs.

Tipar or Tegal

)

JH

Total Produce.

Value of Total
Produce.

£
1


O

S

It

f^ en

Id .

is

ii

p o

fi t,
o o

m

\'.S o

TS

a

p:

o
^

O

(D
ä
a

c

U

O

O
SI

\'3

CO

\'S Ö

§•2
lt;3

rj-l

S

PL,

N

■B

s

t
CU

lt;ü
tsi

quot;5

s

S
S

o

u

717

2011

Jungs.
1006

Jungs.

3608

Jungs.

565

Jungs.

59

Jungs-
1181

Jungs.
1

15757

9S

22242

Tjains.

22898

Tjains,

Sh. Dols.

68596

Sh.Dol.

19256

932

6277

370

1818

956

512

448

90

24371

31571

26083

-

78249

-

12616

1176

6738

338

3478

1971

292

210

122

10397

88

16897

32718

98154

9000

486

973

244

295

245

95

75

68

13789

14821

6152

-

21258

-

6410

953

1101

194

625

214

197

549

529

663

701

20

3718

5020

-

14819

1401

7446

565

.—

1761

6083

1043

537

— ■

-

4260

467

—-

3428

334

6237

25

40032

2596

15s

,—

482

381

537

7486

§69

194^

486

474

523

16

347

11183

-

33549

2662

84

290

! 210

1265

3795

. II.

170

27S

1 83

67

f

) 3t

5 5S

1804

5412

1204

17S

\' lis

1 75

. 73

} Sf-

i IS

f —

809

-

2427

\'44

Qu.

117724

gt; 17636

11237f

,1794

12885

14084^

3 64977

795

il08

80249

107932

326259

1401

67847

2 K

Vol.

ii.

-ocr page 334-

CHERIBON,

CHERIBON.

Chéribon fell under the European influence in the year 1666, and has
now been subject to it one hundred and fifty years. It was among the first
cessions made to the Dutch by the princes of
Matârem.

This province had, like Bantam, been in a state of continued insurrec-
tion for many years preceding the arrival of the English. The impor-
tance of the town of
Chéribon has considerably declined, partly in conse-
quence of these commotions, and partly of epidemic fevers which prevailed
some years ago.

The extensive and fertile province of Chéribon did not, under the admi-
nistration of the Dutch Company, yield those profits which
were expected
from its great natural resources ; especially of indigo, coffee, and teak
timber.
The Sultans of: Chéribon, descended from one of the founders of the
Mahometan religion on Java, and on that account objects of religious vene-
ration among the more orthodox Mahometans, were always left in the
entire management of the native administration. The coffee and other
produce exacted from the people, was delivered by the Sultan, and paid for
to him. Under this system, the residents of
Chéribon enjoyed an annual in-
come of from eighty to one hundred thousand dollars (X23,000), while the
Sultans
were every year more and more impoverished. At length an insur-
rection broke out in the year 1800, the ostensible reason of
which was
the unjust removal of Sultan
Kanoman, who had been banished by the
Dutch to Amboina, and the real cause probably the great .oppression of
the common inhabitants, occasioned by the distress of the Sultans, and the
indiscriminate admission of too many Chinese in the interior of
the country.
The reinstallation of Sultan
Kanoman, in 1808, by Marshal Daendals, did
not appease the minds of the people ; and the unwillingness or inabiHty of
that prince to restore the public tranquillity, led to an entirely new organi-
zation of the country.

When the island was conquered by the British troops, the rebel, Bdgus
Rdngén,
still maintained himself in the eastern parts of Krawang, in perfect
defiance of the power of government, sternly rejecting the offers of pardon
and oblivion which were on that occasion offered to him, and eluding or
defeating all attempts to destroy or ensnare him. Such was the veneration
in which this man was regarded by the people of these districts, and such
the dread in which he was held by the native chiefs (through whose means

alone

250

Chéi-il)On,

-ocr page 335-

alone his apprehension was to be accomplished), that he remained in perfect
quiet and security, maintained a correspondence with the disafFected
throughout the province, secured his regular supphes of ammunition and
provisions from all parts, and even from the town of
Chéribon, and tran-
quilly prepared for the ensuing rainy season to appear agam in arms and

ravage the country.

In a few months after the establishment of a British resident m the
district, the person of
BdgusRdngenwas secured, and the country reduced
to a perfect state of
tranquillity, in which it remained during the whole
period of
the British administration.

The following extracts from the report of the gentleman* intrusted with
the
introduction of the land revenue system into Chéribon, may serve
to illustrate the state
of this province.

quot; There is perhaps, with the exception of the environs of Batavia and
quot; Bantam, no part of the island of Java which has so severely felt th©
quot; bad effects of mismanagement as the district of
Chéribon. These effects
quot; are visible in the character of the people, who even among the Javans are
«« remarkable for
a careless indifference to the pursuit of gain, for indolence,
quot; for want of energy, and for a credulity and ignorance, rendering them
« perpetually a prey to delusion. Within the last forty years, in
parti-
» cular, a series of mismanagement and oppression is said to have wrought
« a most unfavourable change in the character of the people, to have
« destroyed the habits of industry, and consequently to have changed
« even the aspect of the country, so that it is no longer to be recognized
« as the fruitful district which it is once represented to have been. Within
quot; the last
seven years, famine, mortality, and civil commotion, have con-
« tributed to
aggravate the evils of mismanagement, and in one or other
lt;« form have desolated some of the finest parts of the district.

« The history of the civil commotions alluded to afford a striking illus-
quot; tration of the character of the inhabitants. It certainly gives no coun-
quot; tenance to the representation of those observers who ascribe to the
» Javans in general a character of the most invincible apathy,
stupidity,
lt;« and indolence, as if these qualities had been irrevocably engrafted upon
« their very natures. A better knowledge of their real
character enables
us to draw very different inferences, and to
ascribe to them a much larger

g K 2nbsp;quot; s^are

* Mr; Craufurd.

-ocr page 336-

share of sensibility, than could from reasoning be expected to result from
the apparently overwhelming causes which contributed to degrade their
faculties and blunt their energies and exertions.

«\' It is an instructive fact, highly worthy of remark, that the successive
commotions and insurrections which have for many years disturbed the
peace of
Chéribon, have uniformly had their origin in the Javan districts,
where the rights of private property in the soil were almost entirely over-
looked, that they have only occasionally extended from the Javan to the
Sunda districts, and have never reached the Priang\'en lands, where
property in the soil is fully acknowledged and respected.
quot; The taxes which fell upon agriculture were so various, and at the same
time assumed such a variety of shapes, that it is impracticable to state in
a word the actual portion which, by law or custom, fell to the share
of the
sovereign.

quot; The most material, however, are comprehended in the following cata-
logue, to which are added others falling equally upon agricultural industry,
though not constituting a direct source of revenue to government.
quot; 1. The contingent, called in the language of the country
gdntang.
This is usually estimated at fifteen parts in one hundred of the rice crop ;
but it was, in truth, arbitrarily assessed, according to a rough conjecture
of the
capability of the country. In such of the Priang\'en lands as
continued to be directly administered by their ov/n native chiefs, the
amount paid to the latter was determined with some accuracy to be one
tenth of the gross produce, embracing, as in the first case, the rice crop
only.

quot; 2. A poll tax, or rather a tax on families, called by the natives of this
part of the country
pagaldntang. Part was levied on account of govern-
ment, and part on account of the chiefs.

« 3. Market duties or tolls. These were literally levied on every article
vended in the markets, embracing as well the whole produce of their
agriculture, as that of their petty arts and manufactures.
quot; 4. A tax on the slaughter of buffaloes, necessarily affecting the price
of food, and discouraging the rearing of an animal indispensible to a
successful prosecution of the labours of agriculture.

« 5. The charge of lodging and feeding travellers, and transporting
troops, baggage, and stores of all descriptions. This is termed
native language suguh, or the rites of hospitality.

((
(t
(i

ce
(t
((
(f
((
(f

te
lt;(
(C

(C
tlt;

et
(t
tt
tt
(C
(lt;
ti

tt
tt

tt
f(

((

(t

tt

tt

the

in

« 6. The

-ocr page 337-

« 6. The obligation to construct and repair bridges, roads, and public
« buildings, throughout the country.

quot; 7. The obligation to cultivate and deliver, at inadequate rates, certain
quot; foreign productions, which the actual condition of the country, the habits
quot; of the people, and still less their interests, could never have prompted
them to undertake, if permitted freely to pursue the\' \' own interest.
quot; ColFee was the chief of these products.

quot; 8. In speaking of the taxes which fell upon the husbandman and the
quot; land, the
zalmt must not be forgotten. This is nominally a tithe, or
« tenth. The payment is indeed optional, but from religious motives
quot; seldom withheld. Every tenth sheaf of the rice crop is allotted to reli-
quot; gious purposes, but every man measures its size according to his own
quot; piety. Its amount was of course very variable, but almost always mate-
quot; rially smaller, and generally indeed not half the size, of the ordinary
quot; sheaf. This practice gives rise to a well-known distinction between the
quot; ordinary sheaf and that allotted for the clergy when the grain is brought
« to market.quot;

The table annexed was framed on the introduction of the detailed
system; but it not being practicable, on account of the extent of the
province, for the European officer to visit every part of the district,
many of the particulars are stated upon estimate; particularly the quantity
of cultivated land and amount of produce, which, it is to be apprehended,
are rather over-rated. The return, however, of the population may be
considered more accurate.

GENERAL

-ocr page 338-

Value of Sawah.

Sawah.

Divisions.

t:
o
m

s

8
D

m

quot;H

P

o

H

Bengawan ....................

Chéribon ....................

Chiamis .................... •

Chikaso .................... lt; •

Lingajati.....................

Gebang ......................

Losari......................

Kuningan ....................

Telaga........................

Sindangkasi ..................

Raja Galu ....... e..........

Panjalu ......................

Forest Districts................

Blip\'

Eupees

89529
25544

Jungs.

2587
1318
352
873
429
567
600
801
338
459
591
265
831

Jungs
820

78

Jungs

1119

319

Rupees.

87565
8345
24658
19435
46012
7479,
320
9718
10833
31440
30921
2663
16646

13801
18815

32768
25242
11216
713
19765
15643
28926
30211
6754
40072

182
431
70

s

91
101

294
289
24
156

409
315
140

8

247
195
361
377
84
500

iSOÖf^

4079

2775

Total

13:

iip

ill

I

10019

s
■s
s

s

quot;es

S

OJ

a:
•g ®

.S
quot;\'S s

o -•-gt;

i-i

aj

O

o K
g

O

is
^ s

otQ

•s

-1

^ iigt;

105421

110550

132215

83889

42866

6623

iïf

-ocr page 339-

s

/ TOTAL
/ Javans.

/ ,

/ 1

f 1

1 Males,

/

1—\'
CO
CO

to
t—i

Females,

1—\'
w

1—I

o
o

Class of
Cultivators.

7J1

(X
t—\'
o

Or
CO

Employed in

otlier
Avocations.

to

00
^

Number of
Buffaloes.

o

00
CO

Number of
Horses.

1—\'
OS
00

Number of
Ploughs.

JnO
Co

Oa

TOTAL
Chinese.

Class of
Cultivators.

lt;3

K)

Employed in

other
1 Avocations,

o

o

CO
Oo

Males.

W

1—1

w

CO

1—1

Females.

OD
^

Number of
Buffaloes.

I—quot;

Number of
Horses.

00

Number of
Plouglis,

-ocr page 340-

EASTERN DISTRICTS.

The Dutch, in acquiring these extensive and valuable provinces on the
sea coast, were considered to have acquired the same right as had pre-
viously been enjoyed by the native sovereigns, and deemed it advisable to
continue the long-estabhshed principles and forms of native government.
In the same manner, therefore, as the emperors of Java were looked upon
as the ultimate proprietors of the land in their dominions, the Dutch Com-
pany were considered as possessing the same right with respect to the
provinces under their immediate administration ; and the princes of Java
having been in the habit of entrusting the government, police, and reve-
nue of the different provinces to inferior chiefs, the same system was ad-
hered to under the Dutch. The native system of drawing
again the reve-
nues of government from these inferior chieftains, by means of contribu-
tions in kind, in money, and by occasional fees and presents, was also
maintained ; a portion of the common class of inhabitants under the native
government being assigned to the performance of different sorts of pubhc
works, transports for government, the repair of the roads, the construction
of public buildings, the guarding of public stores, the loading and unload-
ing of government vessels, the cutting of grass, the cutting of fire-wood,
the keeping a
police guard, and other offices, the same principle was
adopted under the
management of the Dutch, and as under the native
form of administration a reward for these feudal services was granted, by
the use of an assignment of rice fields allotted either to individuals or
to certain classes of workmen, but withdrawn from them as soon as the
public duty ceased to be performed, the same mode of remuneration was
also adopted by the Dutch.

These principles of administration being combined with the mercantile
interests of the Dutch Company, gave rise to certain contracts, which the
native chiefs of the different districts (termed by the Dutch
Regents) were
compelled to enter into on their appointment, for the annual delivery to
the Company, either without payment, which was called
a contingent, or
for a price far below that of the market, which was termed a
forced de-
livery at a fixed price,
of such quantity of rice, pepper, cotton, indigo, and
other articles, as the market and present state of trade and commerce made
most desirable j while the planting of coffee and the cutting of teak tim-
ber

Eastern dis-
tricts.

-ocr page 341-

ber was always considered as a feudal service, for whicb, besides the use of
a certain portion of rice fields, allotted to the individuals or villagers era-
ployed, a certain payment was made, about equivalent to the expenses of
transportation to the government yards or storehouses.

The administration of the Eastern Districts, including Madura, was
vested in a
governor and council for the north-east coast of Java. The go-
vernor was, at the same time, director of the Company\'s trade, and resided
at
Semdrang. Subordinate to this government was that called Gezagheb-
ber
and council, established at Surabaya, the chief place of the east point
of Java ; while in the other principal districts along the coast, as at
Tegal
Pakalbngan, Japdra, Jawdna, amp;c. residents were fixed : no direct cor-
respondence from the eastern parts nf the
island was maintained with the
government of Batavia, except by the governor, usually termed the go-
vernor of Java, or by the governor and council. Even the residents at the
native courts of
Sûra Kérta and Yûgya Kérta, only communicated with
government through\' him. By him the succession to the throne of the
Susûnan and of the Sultan was generally determined ; the appointments of
native chiefs and
regents were made on his proposal j the Company\'s farms
and duties for the Eastern Districts were sold by him
5 and though he
literally had no salary whatever from the treasury of government, he was
supposed to draw from his situation a yearly revenue of between three and
four hundred thousand dollars. At the same time the correspondence with
the Eastern Districts was neither very regular nor very expeditious, and the
management of the Company\'s affairs in those districts was as much a
mystery to the chief government at Batavia, as the governor of Semdrang

chose to make it.nbsp;^

This system continued, without any essential alteration, until alter

the arrival of Marshal Daendals in 1808.

Some of the contingents, such as indigo, cotton yarn, pepper, amp;c. to

which, however, the regents had without great reluctance submitted for

many years, were then indeed partially aboUshed ; but, on the other hand, all

the peculations of the Dutch servants residing along the coast, who had for

their own private emolument raised the deliveries, chiefly of rice, at some

places to double, and at others to more than double the quantity legally

assessed on the regents, at the same time paying for them at some places

two-thirds, and at others only half the price assigned by the government,

VOL. II.nbsp;2 Lnbsp;^ere

-ocr page 342-

were at once transferred and confirmed to government, by a single decree,
ordering, without previous inquiry or reserve, that all the produce which
had been usually delivered to the respective residents along the coast, under
whatever denomination, should, in the same quantities and with their sur-
plus weight, be for the future delivered to government, and that no higher
prices should be granted for the same than that which the residents used
to pay.

Equally inconsistent and oppressive in its consequences was a measure by
which, on the one hand, the wages of private labour and services were
raised to an unusual price, while on the other, the public works, the public
transports, and the plantations of coffee, were carried on either gratuitously
or at the former
inadpqnatp ratp. This regulation raised the price of all the
first necessaries of life, and principally of rice, which the
common classes of

the inbabitaicvts felt as a heavier grievance than any they had ever expe-
rienced from
the former, system. Till then, the colonial administration had
always, as far as was consistent with
their own monopoly and forced delivery
of produce at fixed rates, taken particular care to keep down the price of
rice and salt as much as possible.

But a measure, still more pernicious in its consequences, was that by
which the native regents were each of them subjected to a contribution in
hard cash, while at the same time the power of levying
taxes on the inhabi-
tants of these districts was left in their hands ; a
system which, in all
cases, afforded them a pretext, and in many an apology, for the most
vexatious oppression.

The commendation which is due to this administration is rather founded
on those arrangements which had
a tendency to prevent peculations in the
inferior European servants in every department, and on the abolition of
the subordinate governments of
Semârang and Surabdya. Fixed salaries
were allowed to the residents ; they were prohibited from keeping private
vessels and from all trade in the products of their districts. The sale of the
government farms and duties was made public, and in a great measure free
from corruption, by which means they were immediately raised to more
than three times the former amount : each branch of pubHc expenditure
and receipt was fixed and ascertained ; new and practicable roads were
esta-
blished ; the appointment of every native, from the first rank as low as a
Demdngy was reserved to the government alone ; the Javan custom of

pawning

-ocr page 343-

pawning the person for a small sum of money was prohibited; fees and
presents were abolished.
By such measures, a much more regular, active,
pure, and efficient administration was estabUshed on Java than ever existed
at any former period of the Dutch Company.

SL f

-ocr page 344-

JAVA.

The following tables are abstracted from the detailed reports furnished
during the course of the survey made by the British government. In some
particulars they may be deficient and inaccurate, as sufficient time had not
been given to complete the detailed survey of the country directed by the
Revenue Instructions; but the general results may, for the most part, be
depended upon.

-ocr page 345-

( â6l )

general account ofthe cultivation and population o/tegal.

JAVANS.

^aiues of Divisions,

Culti-

Tegal.

Coffee
Gardens.

Estimated Produce.

Estimated Value of Produce.

Total
Estimated
Value.

vated
Land.

Sawali,

Pari.

Maize.

Coffee.

\' !
Pari.

Maize.

Ooffee.

\'^egal............

Jungs.

5920

Jungs.

5694

Jungs.

204

Jungs.
21

A mats.

367198

Amats.

16335

Pikuls.

541

Eupees,

538557

Rupees,

6125

Rupees.

\'5198

JavaHupees.

549881

^^■ebes ......

3924

3371

394

159

152354

31520

2T40

223453

11820

26305

261578

^^naalanff .........

2817

2378

293

145

114820

23499

2551

168403

8812

24491

201707

Grand Total . ,

12662

11445

: 891

325

634373

71355

Ö833

930414

S6758

55995

1013167

CHINESE and otber
FOREIGNERS.

quot;^^nies of Divisions,

gt;J ^

II

H 3
O a.

S

ffi

123208 58185 65023

«gai

121238
24230
29978

5685
2668
1800

14689
5313

1435
747

11693
5546

7990
1143

15485
16342

9354
14000

^aiuai

ang,

4172 491

5547 1549

175446

\'Srand Total----

10153

2673

24174

22786

10682

81539

96850

24833
30374

178415

57224 64014 146631359

5682
2602
1794

518
220
177

915

13
91
22

126

1025

583
396

507
363
219

733

43

9118

13823

471

49

1089

2004

95248^

80165

6199

15111
16123

4160

240222563 10078

remarks.

Average Vahie of a Jung of Cultivated Land, Java Elupees 79.

-ocr page 346-

Land not
included
in

Villages.

Land
in

Villages,

Teafc
Forests

Cultivated
Land.

Total
Land.

No. of
Villages,

Free
Land.

Coffee
Grounds

No.

Names of Districts.

Sawah.

Tegal.

Pakalong\'an......

Ulujami .........

Batang.........

Total...

Jungs.

50quot;

Jungs. B.

Jungs, £.

Jungs. B.

5,474 —
1,612 —
2,850 —

Jungs. B

4,974 —
1,608 3
2,750 —

Jungs, B.

500 —
3 1
100 —

Jungs. B

235 —
178 —

Jungs. B.

1,657 —
261 2

Jungs. ßi

10,765 ^

1,107

247
527

1

7,970 —

250

1,000

1,881

21,328 1

9,936

9,332 3

303

603 1

2,918 2

413 —

No.

Names of Districts.

a

J.2

O ;=!
HP.

in

•a
s

(M
(D

S

flH

quot;S o

o _ .

a

lt;; o

c

o

.s|

\'S d

tl

« o

\'S s
äf

U

A .

|i
lt;Z o

Ii

d

1

2

58,432
20,278
36,732

25,398
9,947
17,842

33,034
10,331
18,890

14,000
4,351
7,810

2,928

7,804
2,469
6,370

535

3,000
1,058

3

UO\'i

423

300

Total....

115,442

53,187

62,255

26,161

3,905

16,643

961

-ocr page 347-

^nd population of PAKALONG\'AN, 1815.

Govern,
«lent

Land in use
in

Capable of

being
cultivated.

Unfit

Jungle

Land not in
use in

Estimated Produce.

Estimated Value of
Produce.

Total
Estimated

Land,

Villages.

Land.

Land.

Villages.

Pari.

Maize.

Of Pari.

Of Maize.

Value.

Jungs. B,

Jungs, B,

Jungs, B.

Jungs. B.

Jungs, B.

Amats. G.

Amats. lt;

Î.

J. Rupees. St.

J. Rupee«. St.

J. Kupees, St.

7,416 -

235 —

114 —

3,000 —

3.114 —

149,220 —

8,000 -

238,752 —

1,600 —

240,352 —

-

1,877 1

SO g

340 1

S40 1

680 3

48,025 12

43

5

116,528 26

8 12

116,537 8

4,278 —

700 —

500 —

2,500 —

3,000 —

82,500 —

1,600 -

165,000 —

500 —

165,000 —

13,571 1

965 2

954 1

5,840 1

6,794 3

279,745 12

9,643

5

520,280 26

2,108 12

522,389 8

-ocr page 348-

Names of
Divisions.

1

a
gt;

o
6
Z

Laud
in

Villages.

Land not
included in
Villages.

Cultivated
Land.

Sawah.

Tegal,

Free
Land.

Coffee
Grounds.

Teak
Forests,

Jungs,

B,

Jungs. B.

Jungs.

E.

lungs. B.

Jungs,

B.

Jungs,

B.

Jungs.

B.

Jungs.

B.

Serondol . .......

75

2,818

1

1,240 3

1,343

1

1,083 1

260

_

357

3

81

3

105

2

201

14,602

,_

15,291 1

5,933

1

5,816 2

119

3

937

1

_

_

7,038

1

52

682

692 -

607

2

606 2

1

_

70

1

_

_

_

87

1,463

1

3,385 -

795

3

681 1

114

2

200

3

59

3

41

3

Ambarawa...... .

131

5,947

1

6,117 2

1,631

2

1,395 3

235

3

391

3

107

3

2,642

2

126

3,497

_

5,964 2

1,560

3

1,201 3

359

391

2

26

2

124

1

61

3,675

2

1,636 1

2,057

3

714 3

1,343

270

2

14

_

5

-

Wedong........ .

60

3,945

1

2,540 -

2,344

3

2,311 -

33

3

119

3

_

-

Demak..........

101

3,353

3,760 -

2,354

3

2,348 -

6

3

228

3

_

-

Manjer .........

62

7,661

^

7,619 -

1,498

1

1,483 3

14

2

459

1

-

3,221

1

Sambung........

87

2,572

2

2,560 -

1,405

3

1,394 3

11

201

3

-

2

2

Chankiran .......

34

799

1

2,486 1

334

2

332 -

2

2

64

2

61

1

91

_

Limbangan ......

36

1,090

3

5,770 -

359

3

343 1

16

2

59

2

51

3

61

__

Kaliwungu .......

125

3,816

3

6,306 -

931

2

782 2

149

_

224

_

45

1

1,062

3

Brebuan........

95

1,468

2

2,500 -

789

3

740 3

49

_

179

_

19

3

419

1

Kandal ..........

97

1,876

1

481 3

1,085

2

1,065 3

19

3

173

1

Truko ..........

88,

1,754

-

2,268 -

963

1

948 1

15

-

116

2

12

1

144

3

Totals ....

1,518

61,022 270,618 1

26,000 2

23,249 3

2,750 3

4,446

-

480

-

14,959 3

Goverö\'

nie»t

LafldS\'

Names of Divisions,

Nfl.

JatigS\'

6b^
46
7

9

29 i
18

1

s

3

4

5

6

7

8
9

JO
11
12

13

14

15

16
17

No.

J o

p ä
Ol

s

rquot;quot;

©
i5

Serondol.........................

Sing\'en ........................

Grogol . . .......................

Ugarang.........................

Ambarawa.......................

Salatiga.........................

Boyalali .....................| \'

Wedong ........................

Deraak.........................

Manjer . . .......................

Sainbung............... —......

Cliankiran . ......................

Limbangan ......................

Kaliwungu ................ . . . .

Brebuan................. . . . .

Kan dal.......................

Truko .......................

Totals

10.417
24,871

3,955
7,472

13.418
13,063
10,929
11,037
10,845

4,487
5,040
2,904
2,904
11,322
6,230
10,269
5,846

10,597
23,976
3,523
7,470
13,373
12,839
10,904
10,956
10,456
4,432
4,943
2,628
2.871
11,534
6,207
10,340
5,752

2,667
9,351
747
2,582
6,798
3,679
4,995
3,967
2,972
2,121
2,201
1,349
1,494
4,090
2,867
3,531
2,795

21,014
48,847
7,478
14,942
26,791
25,902
21,633
21,993
21,301
8,919
9,983
5,532
5,775
22,856
12,437
20,609
11,598

3,909
8,839
1,138
2,578
4,264
6,308
7,499
2.887
3,042
2,422
2,012
1,036
1,162
2,167
3,242
3,439
2,757

4

5
ß

7

8
9

10
11
IS

13

14

15

16
17

58,206 21,404 58,7512,151

307,610

155,009

152,601

Estimated Population ofthe Town and Suburbs...... 20,000

Total Population........ 327,610

-ocr page 349-

^^ POPULATION 0/SEMARANG, 1815,

Estimated Value of
Produce.

Laud i,i

«»se in

Land
capable of

being
cultivated.

Estimated Produce.

Land not in
use in
Villages.

Unfit
Land.

Jungle
Land.

Maize.

Pari.

Of Maize.

Of Pari.

Total
Estimated Value.

Rupees. Stiver«.

Jung». B.

309 3
268 2

No.

7,260,178
2,974,400
4,000
2,471,530
5,488,924
7,757,668

29,389,643
540,967
162,000
348,870

45,935
240,614
4,021,817
590,618
165,325
183,240

Jungs. B.

887 1
662 -
1 3
347 3
1,107 -
1,347 2

1,320 3
1,446 -
759 3
2,480 3
955 3
241 1
552 2
1,524 -
54 1
592 I
498 3

Jungs. B.

231 2
177 3
1 3
131 2
239 2
159 -
764 3
90
25 2
103
23 2
40 1
21 -
429 3
17 2
28 2
204 S

Jungs.

346
215

152
519
737
308
979
382
1,055
367
163
462

B.

Amats.

33,513
161,711
18,869
17,040
43,691
34,738
18,186
54,683
56,433
37,359
32,894
9,332
10,401
23,951
22,788
29,839
29,745

G.

3

4

10
15
I2i

7
18
1

15

7

8
1
3
3

15

67,026 9
304,547 2U
38,149 18
34,082 12
87,383 15
69,477 7|
30,372 -
97,899 16f
87,088 9i
45,868 18|
49,433 8
18,670 21
19,876 -
47,902
45,576

680
Ulö

2,354
|499
f,593
^180

5O8
538

64
347
451
247 2
377
352
1,321
564
37
69
205 2
24 2
— 1
23 1

3
9
9
11

12

563
270

4,665 -

635,179

14,779 1

1,167,702 8

2i

61,645,729

2,690 -7,424 1

59,678
58,670

Rupees. Stivers,

4,738 26
2,127 21
8 _
1,680 1
4,236 17|
5,776 24i
19,567 2
491
180
184
18
57
348
3,618
676 26
341 8
265 24

24i

I
21
11

44,316 28i

Rupees. Stivers.

71,765 5
306,675 I2i
38,157 18
35,762 13
91,620 2i
75,254 2
55,939 2
98,391
II
87,268 9|
66,052 18^
49,451 8|
18,727 22
20,224 21
51,520 14
46,253 5
60,019 17
58,936 5

6|

1,212,019

CHINESE and other
FOREIGNERS

2 o

138
36
19
12
75
1

301
32
19

73

6

91

45

JAVANS.

ca
i-J J

il

10,417

24,733
3,919
7,453
13,406
12,988
10,928
10,736
10,813
4,468
4,967
2,904
2,898
11,231
6,230
10,224
5,846

3,909
8,839
1,138
2,578
4,264
6,304
7,499
2,871
3,042
2,410
L994
1,086
1,162
2,085
3,242
3,431
2,757

1,404
4,663
490
981
1,561
1,942
2,932

1.531

1.532
1,304
1,029

361
445
653
1,137
1,342
1,057

10,597
23,825
3,488
7,449
13,363
12,775
10,700
10,654
10,428
4,414
4,879
2,628
2,866
11,437
6,207
10,287
5,752

2,713
4,246
1,704
1,394
1,116
379
406
1,629
2,301
857
490
119
56
18
67
163
1,501
139

31
162

23
J 68
420
531
264
26

32
87
55

102
64
60
15
49

2,667
9,351
747
2,582
6,798
3,679
4,995

289
71
40
22
139
5

603
60
37
137

11

188

151
35
21
10
64

4
302

28
IS
64

5

97
53

71

23
12

5

24
1

99
13
7

16

12
18

45
1

19

2,972
2,120
2,182
1,349
1,494
4,089
2,867
3,531
2,795

8,882

fS,668
11,598

3
26

17

14
1

82
8

58,140

37

58,611|2,117

24,3821,700848

66 324

21,080

852

140

2 M

EEMARKS,

Average Value
of a J ung of
cultivated
Land . . . •
J.Bup. 46tV

-ocr page 350-

e

o
?

S

0

1

Names of
Divisions.

gt;

o
o

Total Land.

Land
in

Villages,

Land not
included
in

Villages.

Cultivated
Land,

Sawah,

Tegal.

Free
Land,

Coffee
Grounds.

Teak
Forests.

Govern-
ment
Lands.

Jungs, B,

Jungs. B.

Jungs. B.

Jungs. B.

Jungs, B.

Jungs. B.

Jungs, B.

Jungs. B.

Jungs. B.

Jnngs.

I

Probolingo ..

452

-

2,121 0

1,382 0

739 0

■--

-

2

Asinan......

496

-

1,705 0

1,084 0

621 0

-

1 -

3

Bala........

354

-

801 0

648 0

153 0

-

-

4

Minoreh ....

602

-

1,943 0

1,524 0

419 0

-

5

Bandongan ..

412

•—•

987 0

946 0

41 0

-

-

6

Magelan ....

334

-

6,225 0

658 0

5,567 0

-

_

7

169

-

476 0

442 0

34 0

-

—-

8

557

-

g,710 0

2,495 0

215 0

-

-

9

Lurapuyang .

254

-

1,203 0

1,038 0

165 0

-

-

10

Somowouo ..

249

-

881 0

540 0

341 0

-

Totals ..

3,879

-

-

19,052 0

10,757 0

8,295 0

--

_^

Names of Divisions.

•II

•rtCQ

g-S

51

-a t, o

CO

0nbsp;t; u
quot;H. o p

1nbsp;^

J .2

SI

O I

Z S2

— c

^ 1)
O

a

Probolingo
Asinan ....

Bala ......

Minoreh ..
Bandongan .
Magelan . -
Prapag ..,,

8nbsp;Jetis ......

1,330
1,041
1,763
5,713
1,240
2,479
311
3,063
1,298
1,133

18.667
16,740
14,086

45.668
14,902
14,587

4,858
53,090
9,788
4,924

9,333
8,333
7,043
22,815
7,415
7,302
2,420
25,717
4,915
2,451

8,741
8,019
5,437
22,fe01
7,312
7,045
2,320
25,225
4,709
2,406

592
314
1,606
614
103
257
100
492
206
45

9,334
8,407
7,043
22,853
7,487
7,285
2,438

2,660
1,692
1,762
5,713
2,520
3,615
642
6,835
5,378

i,soe

209
167
266
367
358
666
152
1,441
1,095
281

27,373

4,873
2,473

9nbsp;Larapuyang
Soraowono.

10

197,31097,744

19,370

5,002

32,123

4,329

Total

99,56693,415

-ocr page 351-

^nd POPULATION o/KEDU, 1815.

S67

Unfit
Land.

Jungs. B, Jungs, B,

Jungle

Land not in
use in

Estimated Produce.

Estimated Value of
Produce.

Total
Estimated Value.

Land.

Villages.

Pari.

Maize.

Of Pari.

Of Maize.

Jungs. B.

Jungs. b-

Amats. G.

89,090 0

Amats. G.

11,736 0

Rupees. St.

149,187 0

Rupees. St

3,909 0

Eupees. St.

153,096 0

52,650 0

9,889 0

89,248 0

3,295 0

92,543 0

35,640 0

2,982 0

59,400 0

994 0

60,394 0

92,476 0

8,097 0

154,457 0

2,692 0

157,149 0

59,024 0

884 0

98,373 0

328 0

98,701 0

_

40,846 0

133,383 0

67,409 0

43,856 0

111,265 0

, ,

21,060 0

816 0

36,765 0

273 C

37,037 0

____^

148,864 0

3,160 C

248,063 0

1,434 C

► 249,497 0

56,204 0

3,354 C

93,673 0

1,118 C

1 94,791 0

_

_

20,420 0

6,219 C

S4,0S3 0

2,073 C

gt; 36,106 0

-

--

616,274 0

180,520 0

1,030,608 0

59,971 0

\' 1,090,579 0

Land iu
use in
Villages.

Capable of
being culti-
vated.

Jungs. B.

JAVANS.

S quot;

3
■3

s

n

■rf
s
Ä

0 «

uo

e

•0 2

III

.£■2 ts
ac w

S g
W -e

0 ^

il

*c

Ii

0

It

18,642

9,321

9,321

8,741

580

2,652

202

1,326

16,713

8,318

8,395

8,019

299

1,686

155

1,039

14,044

7,022

7,022

5,437

1,585

1,762

263

1,762

45,565

22,767

22,798

22,192

575

5,697

346

5,704

14,808

7,378

7,430

7,312

66

2,520

315

1,240

14,447

7,239

7,208

7,044

195

3,610

652

2,477

4,781

2,383

2,398

2,318

65

612

117

306

52,494

25,392

27,102

25,137

255

6,555

1,288

2,955

9,778

4,910

4,868

4,709

201

5,378

1,095

1,298

4,89S

2,437

2,462

! 2,406

31

1,302

274

1,131

löMTl

97,167

\' 99,004

i 93,315

3,852j31,774

^ 4,707

19,238

10

25

1,139 577

REMARKS.

295|132

Average Value of
Jung of cultivated
Land.. J. R. 57 7

CHINESE and other
FOREIGNERS.

■Ss§

log

S J

M lt;

.s-g

= .2
iSfe

4
2

11

Ii

8
6

16

5
30

7
12
3
21
43
14
35
153

12
15
21
39
37
62
35

25
27
42
103
94
140
77 37
596

13
12
21

55
57
77
40
325271

1

15
21
48
37
63

5
108

237280
5

88

5

11

5quot;^

5
14

14

349

100

2 M 2

If

-ocr page 352-

o

Names of
quot; Divisions.

f
»M

o

6

•z

Total Land

Land
in

Villages,

Land not
included
in

Villages.

Cultivated
Land.

Sawah.

Tegal.

Free
Land.

Coffee
Land.

Teak
Forests.

Govern-
ment
Land.

I

Grobogan .,

97

Jungs. B
2,088 0

Jungs. B.

1,559 0

Jungs. B,

325 0

Jungs, B.

1,271 2

Jungs. B.
1,222 2

Jungs. B.

48 3

Jungs. B

216 3

Jungs. B.

Jungs. B,

303 0

Jungs. B-
22 0

Purwadados .

133

2,692 0

2,316 0

226 0

1,935 J

1,813 4

121 2

251 1

207 2

18 2

3

Wirosari .,..

149

2,665 3

1,025 2

1,268 3

825 2

745 3

79 3

144 3

1,254 3

14 0

4

Panolan ,, ,.

223

4,722 0

921 3

2,377 2

712 0

579 0

133 0

146 3

2,372 2

5 0

5

Padangan ..

191

3,900 2

959 1

2,458 1

795 0

661 0

134 0

119 0

2,404 1

54 0

6

Rajawesi ....

207

5,585 2

1,403 3

2,513 2

1,160 0

,1,002 1

158 3

182 2

2,580 0

13 2

7

Sekarang....

167

2,705 0

1,759 0

J61 1

1,461 0

1,378 3

82 1

177 0

_

148 1

13 0

8

Bowerno ....

159

2,126 2

1,550 1

139 2

1,223 3

1,157 3

66 0

202 2

_

107 3

31 1

9

Jenawun ....

SO

466 3

278 0

53 3

164 1

130 I

34 0

40 0

-

50 3

3 0

1,356

26,952 0

11,728 2

9,5S3 1

9,548 1

8,691 1

858 0

1,480 2

—»

9,348 3

174 1

jg
SI

S

C3

s

f

o a .

■w o —1

quot;SI J
isl

g

w ^

Sh O
® O
r^ .is

f3 t-. iS

«4-1

O

§ 3

O o-quot;

s|

. 6,783

3,133

3,650

1,410

419

1,594

86

~7S

. 6,461

3,154

3,307

1,860

421

2,128

112

1,103

. 4,377

2,071

2,306

1,650

258

2,077

151

984

. 8,128

3,857

4,271

1,461

372

1,796

1 31

704

. 11,245

5,498

5,747

1,774

179

2,564

323

2,250

, 10,838

4,894

5,944

1,607

194

3,028

247

1,132

8,053

4,139

3,924

1,630

107

2,542

139

1,259

8,126

3,809

4,317

1,666

146

1,924

215

1,278

2,501

1,138

1,363

436

128

554

66

265

66,51231,693^

M,829

13,494

2,224^

18,197

1,470

9,708

Names of Divisions,

Grobogan

SPurwadados

Wirosari .
Panola a .
Padangan
Rajawesi.

Sekarang
Bowerno.
J enawun,

TT fh T.nbsp;GENERAL

likewisfthe^St\'o/llP\'\'\'^ quot; \'\'nbsp;«f the ground attached to the house in which

of cSt vatb^^^^^nbsp;of the land inserted 5nder the head of quot; Jungle land quot; is

ot cultivation, the soil being m general very rich,nbsp;is the want of population.

-ocr page 353-

« POPULATION ^JIPANG and GROBOGAN, 1815.

Land ill

«se in

Villages.

Capable of

being
cultivated.

Unfit
Land.

Jungle
Land.

Land not
in use in

Estimated Produce.

Estimated Value of
Produce.

Total
Estimated Value.

Villages.

Pari.

Maize.

Pari.

Maize.

Jungs. B.

70 3

Junj-s. B.

107 2

Jungs. B-

46 2

Jungs. B.

50 0

Jungs, B.

204 0

Amats, G.

20,634 0

Amats. G.
288 0

Java Rup. Stiv.

10,317 0

Java Rupees. Stiv

96 11

Java Rupees. Stiv.

10,413 11

ISO 0

138 1

12 2

150 0

26,970 0

726 0

13,485 e

212 25

13,727 25

55 2

235 0

1 1

135 0

371 1

21,600 0

474 0

10,800 0

15 3

10,958 3

63 0

200 0

275 3

947 0

1,422 3

19,898 0

793 0

9,949 0

266 23

10,215 23

45 1

103 2

50 0

329 2

483 0

23,478 0

798 0

11,739 0

266 7

12,005 7

61 1

457 3

631 2

578 3

1,668 0

27,066 0

948 0

13,533 0

316 28

13,849 28

121 0

292 1

80 0

412 2

784 3

40,890 0

492 0

20,445 0

164 19

20,609 19

130 0

178 1

253 0

431 1

34,118 0

264 0

17,059 0

132 23

17,191 23

23 3

139 0

46 0

185 0

7,564 0

136 C

1 3,782 C

1 68 le

1 3,850 16

700 2

1,851 2

1,085 1

2,764 1

5,700 1

222,218 0

4,924 C

1 111,109 C

1 1,713 S

5 112,822 8

JAVANS.

CHINESE and other
FOREIGNERS.

REMARKS.

• gi

15

s

o
ffl
s

^ s

S-i
o

III
1 lt;

O ^

(u O

0 .

^ S

rO quot;

o .

S-S
^ 60

So

►J ^
11

s

quot;(5

i
\'A

o 2
S
quot;

CH

o

ife-i
III
1 ^

0 (A
b ®

H

!

Z1 ■

S3

a

tH,

O J

S °

6,713

3,093

3,620

1,410

407

582

80

727

70

0

, 0

12

12

6

6

6,381

3,094

; 3,287

1,846

407

2,102

109

1,090

80

(.0

20

14

14

26

3

13

4,347

2,051

2,296

1,650

252

2,063

144

977

iO

20

10

6

14

7

7

Average value

14

of the pro-

8,114

3,849

4,265

1,461

367

1,793

126

700

8

6

5

3

5

4

duce of a

11,180

5,458

5,722

1,774

164

2,0 60

318

2,247

65

40

25

i 1, „■

15

4

5

S

Jung of culti-
vated Land,

10,819

4,884

5,935

1,607

190

3,022

243

1,130

19

10

9

4

6

4

2

Java Rup.ll,
24 stivers.

7,963

4,069

3,894

1,630

87

2,528

129

1,254

90

70

20

20

14

10

5

8,111

3,799

4,312

1,666

142

1,920

210

1,276

15

10

5

4

4

5

2

§,481

1,126

1,355

436

122

548

63

\'63

20

12

8

6

6

3

2

^6,109:31,42334,686

13,480

2,138

18,118

1,42S

9,664

; 403

quot;iro

33

14

86

89

48

44

remarks

Turn,

269

TTuniun \'gttng or chief of the district formerly lived, Ihe alun aim, or what is comraonly termed HhepasShan,
Pahle of being converted into sawah and tegal lands, and the reason for such land not heing found in a state

-ocr page 354-

6

Names of
Divisions.

V2
gt;

cgt;

Total Land.

Land
iu

Villages.

Land not
included
in

Villages.

Cultivated
Land.

Sawah.

Tegal.

Free
Land.

Coffee
Grounds.

Tealc
Forests.

1

J apara.......

146

Jungs. B.

2,077 0

Jungs. B.

1,730 0

Jungs. B.
12 0

Jungs. B,

1,719 0

Jungs. E.

1,421 0

Jungs, B,

£09 0

Jungs. B.

420 0

Jungs. B.
120 0

Jungs* B\'

35 0

2

Kudus ..... ..

171

3,050 0

2,968 0

12 0

2,965 0

2,824 0

141 0

53 0

3

Pati..........

519

9,935 0

9,523 0

12 0

9,523 0

8,669 0

914 0

134 0

13 0

xJ

4

Jawana ......

135

3,389 0

3,345 0

12 0

2,833 0

3,066 0

23 0

68 0

16 0

971

18,451 0

17,566 0

48 0

17,040 0

15,980 0

1,387 o\'

i

420 0

375 0

64 0

Govern-
ment
Lands.

s

rquot;

25,289
18,777
44,807
20,163

109,036

4gt;

« O

Ö

III
lt; quot;

■S ^
^
§

1 lt;

tM

o
t-

11

0

oj

^ V
§ Ö

1nbsp;=

UM
° 2

Ji

8,917

3,434

7,755

376

6,378

2,711

5,698

239

19,022

2,251

18,407

554

10,514

5,614

5,216

5,411

400

39,931

13,612

37,272

1,569

go,

Names of Divisions.

g

J apara
Kudus
Pati ..

Jawana

48,728
36,634
90,429

40,205

23,439
17,857
45,622
20,142

Total,

216,096

107,060

GENER^^

The best o? J apara yields from twenty-six to twenty-one gotc/s of »«n per /W: but there bein^
sixteen, which this calculation is made on. The
tegals are calculated at ten amats per jun%! ,
Thp hpst sawah ot Kur!?!« nrndiices frr^r^.nbsp;____ x_____________j. r p , „ . _____ gijd

Aue aivihioji OI o aw ana nas a greai quaumiy oi sawaa, ana tne last may be rated at tweiity-e\'g\'quot;t to tOJiv

the river oUaw6na, it is not calculated to produce more than seventeen amats per iuns; throughout.

Ihe rate of an amat of pari is two rupees, which is the price at the time of harvest throughout tft^
inis
statement comprehends all assignments to native chiefs and villao-e officers and taken from the act«»*
1 he average value of the produce of a jung of cultivated land, thirty-Sne Rupees.

-ocr page 355-

Land in
Mse in
Villages.

Capable of
being

Unfit
Land.

Jungle
Land.

Land not
in use in

Estimated Produce.

Estimated Value of
Produce.

ToTAt
Estimated
Value.

cultivated.

Villages.

Pari.

Maize.

Pari.

Maize.

Jungs. B.

1,710 0

Jungs. B.
20 0

Jungs. B.
208 0

Jungs.

250

B,
0

Jungs. B.

.Amats. G.

26,999 0

Amats, 6.

2,890 0

Rupees, Stir.

53,998 0

®unees. Sttv,

5,750 0

Rupeef. Stiv.

69,778 0

§,965 0

_

20 0

30

0

-

56,400 0

1,410 0

112,960 0

2,820 0

115,780 0

9,523 0

60 0

100 0

200

0

100 0

121,376 0

8,540 0

i 242,752 0

17,080 0

259,832 0

2,830 0

256 0

_ 1

47,770 0

345 0

95,540 0

690 0

96,230 0

17,028 0

336 0

328 0

480 0

100 0

252,545 0

13,185 0| 505,250 C

26,340 C

)j 531,620 0

JAVANS.

CHINESE and other
FOREIGNERS.

^71

md

POPULATION ^JAPARA and jAwANA, 1816.

•SsJ
tsS

S ë

o

1?

Ii

Äca

es

it

S s

47,925
36,216
89,986
39,300

213,427

384
210
186
496

419
208
257
509

352
101
156
466

224
177
61
12

32
109
30
SO

803
418
443
1,005

20
17
19
8

106
10
SO
IS

4,104
2,728
10,484

2,848

356
222
535
392

3,082 7,531
2,610 5,521

8,885
6,269
18,992
5,584

24,870
18,569
44,350
19,654

23,055
17,647
45,436
19,646

18,347
5,399

2,095
4,750

1,276

1,393

1,075

474

201

2,669

64

249

20,164

1,505

36,798

12,537

39,730

107,643

105,784

^^^MARKS.

^ 1\'mntlty of of a very poor soil, it has been found, that the average will not be to eachjmg more than

the farmer sow his seed early, it will produce a second crop in the course of the year, /jie cultiv^
as j«^««,
katela, hapas, and the indigo plant. The third of this division being lands of a very mtenor
JUng,nbsp;^^ ^gjjnbsp;per /«Kg.nbsp;, . .

per jung, and in some few places yields a second crop; but m consequence of there being m this

mi^ l^^gs, the average cannot be rated higher than fourteen amatsnbsp;innmlaf;^« r

quot;quot;^«^^per jMMg; but a small part of this being poor, and also being subject to continual inundations from

IJ^sidency.

^^sui ement of the sawahs and tegali.

-ocr page 356-

Coffee Teat
Grounds. Forests.

Land not
included
in

Villages.

Land
in

Villages.

Names of
Divisions.

Total
Land,

No. of
Villages.

Cultivated
Land.

Free
Land.

No.

Sawah.

Tegal.

Juiigs. B. Jun^s. B,
8,081 1

Jung!.nbsp;B.

23,020 3

10,996nbsp;2
15,423

Jungs. B,

18,890 0
9,570 1

Jungs.nbsp;B

7,382nbsp;2

4,362nbsp;2

4,792nbsp;2

Jungs,nbsp;B,

698nbsp;3
993

447nbsp;Si

Jungs,nbsp;B.

1,076nbsp;3

525nbsp;3

684nbsp;0

Jungs.

Jungs.nbsp;B.

0nbsp;3

3nbsp;2

31nbsp;1

Rem bang
Lasem . .
Tuban.. .

568
319
441

4,130 3
1,426 1

9,403
3,631 1
5,069

1,1093 1

5,356 2
5,239 3

4,330 2

49,441 0

Total..

1,328

39,553 g

9,887 g

18,677 2

2,140 0

2,286 3

18,104

35 2

« o

S C«
o o

.Ej Ö Ii

u ä: J-

Id \'S 13

.5 ®

-al

lt;u 3

a

NP,

Names of Divisions.

— Cj

O

l|

o

iri o

S ä;

2l

o o

S3

S
fa

5

fl O

E-

e8

Rembang ............................

Lasem ................................

Tuban ................................

Total.,..

70,790
50,972
36,768

37,255
26,703
19,368

33,535
24,269

46,223
32,769
24,238

24,567
18,2C3,

12,646
10,254
9,203

1,529

4,260
3,81^\'

1,677
1,211

17,400

12,530

14,621

158,530 75,204

83,326

103,230

55,300

32,103 4,417

-ocr page 357-

POPULATION 0/REMBANG, 1815.

S73

ngs. B.

327
53

449

JAVANS.

o

\'Govern,
»lent
Land.

Land in use
in

Villages.

Capable of

[being
cultivated.

Unfit
Land.

Jungle
Land.

Land not in
use in
Villages.

Estimated Pro«luce.

Estimated Value of
Produce.

Total
Estimated
Value,

Pari.

Maize.

Of Pari.

Of Maize.

Jungs, B.

18,890 0
9,570 1
11,093 ]

Jungs. B.

2,627 0
451 0
950
3

Jungs. B.

947 0
245 1
1,440 3

Jungs. B-

556 3
729 3
1,939 0

Jungs. B.

4,130 3
1,426 1
4,330 2

Amats. G.

156,182 0
94,219 0
103.994 0

Amats. G.

22,951 quot;4
33,844 19
14,908 8

Rupees. St,

364,498 0
235,547 0
259,974 0

Rupees. St.

11,020 4
16,235 22
7,156 0

Kupees. St.

375,318 4
251,782 7
267,130 0

39,553 2

4028 3

2,633 0

3,225 2

9,887 2

354,395 0

71,704 7

850,019 0

34,411 26

894,430 11

CHINESE and other
FOREIGNERS.

REMARKS.

Average value
of the produce
of a Jung of
cultivated
land, 43 Hup.

r-4 «

SI

48.993
^5,993

II

ac
»

quot;•5

1,489

6,542
4,258

1,137
1,979
775

1,137
1,979
775

S3,430
16,224
11,755

12,608

522
952
357

615
1,027
418

40
75
84

46,223
32,769
24,238

33,013
23,317
17,043

36,640
25,676
18,050

1,602

10,122
9,022

132
181

1,127

3,819

103,230

73,373

81,266

51,409

4,218

31,752

14,619

3,891

2,060

199

3,891

1,831

351

2 N

Vol.

II.

-ocr page 358-

(JO 10 ■

OO bO

oo lo I

OD J^O I

ta to

QtdQ

§ § o
SOf^ 22.
s § ^

I

a
§ ^

CP5 •

OWO

fo c ^

s 3 3 a.
gq i crq q-

-ill

s

o
s
ffq
a
s

o- g 3::
S (jq

iyj

: ^

a

lt;0

,2 . s s.
^•o-g

saquot;

§ g §

a? gc^

ill
«tng

J? P.
crlt;s

s
c
B

CO CH
§ =

Squot;

tTj

s.

2 ^z;
g- i

H

o

tri

c £

oq

No. of Villages.

to H-quot; (-quot;

K)

t^O to!

Oo Oo
00 t^?\' ®

iO

Oo 1:0 03

o oi

cjgt; bo

VJ ^ V.

00 05 o^

O GO
t—i to t^i.

JOOOiO

^ff^ C510
03 00
00 I—\' 00

o ooo

--il\'oi\'tD
cn to 00
o o H-»

B ■ o

g. s

H

o

gt;

t-i

i-- Oo igt;o to

Oi CJ)

V» ^ v.

io

00 00 as
Oo H- 00

O Oo o

t-

OD O QO
O K) It»

gt;—\' Oo to

CO CO 00

o o I-*

Oo InD to ...

1—1
1—quot;

to

1—1

p oa 00
tJT 0

l—\'l—1 1—1
to C5 tPi

01 to 0
Hf^ to to

C^s 1—\'

h-j 1—i

1oquot;coquot;cjlt;

00 Cjt

00 I-\'

TOTAL
Population.

Cji

00

quot;oi\'ooto
rfi to
0 t^^OD

00 00 to
Oo C5 \'
On Oo

GO 00

to 0

Males.

Cn
O)

V*

c^

On

00 to

00

C5 CO 0
Ot 0

1—\' CITi 0
1—1 ri?»

00 00 CO

\\gt; v^ ^

CJt CJI

0 gt;— 0

1—\' ^ GO

Females.

Cn
CO
iO

00 Oi 0

JO JO ^10
\'OO\'W\'QO

tfs. lis. v^i.

0 i-\' 00

00 00 00

Vt S.»

1—\' to
^ CJI 1—\'
00 CO

Attached to the
Cultiyation of
theSoil.

JO

CJ7

1—1

■ 1—\' iO

00 0

On GO

; to

1 C5 CO
OD C^

Employed in
other Avocations.

to

I-. to to

■.» V« w

Oo 0 rt^
cn 0-!

Cji GO Cn

jo^^^ 00

CJI 1—\' 1—\'

c^ 0

to to

V..«

CO 0
:—11—\' 0
0 H-

Nuniber of
Buffaloes.

^

vgt;

1—1
0
0

, to
Oi 0
00 to 00

l-J-h-\'

Oo CO lt;(
Ci Vtri- CO

to 00 0

HJ Ort OO

Number of
Horses.

jo

\\ ciooc:?^

I \\ -Av«^

W \'

V^) C» CO

V-i -A CJI

^ 1
c^i CIS 00

Ol Cix

Number of
I Plouglis and
\\ ?ac\\\\o\\s.

oo

o

00
OO

09

OO

Cjt

OD
CI

O

00

» amp; p-

\'ffi a

M O

r g

— lo I—

S.» NJ V*

00 I--
cjT vj^ CO

toi o

Q

w

w
gt;

o
o
o

C!

H

o
CJ
f
H

»—I
gt;

H

I

o

^ ^ lt;(

Oi 10
(LO C! gt;-\'

I— 00

C57 Ot Oi
CO 00 00

to 00 to

p..

00 h-^H-

00 C5 O
00 to CD
O Oo

K-1 t— to

cc

I

O CO 00

10
00 00 00

to Oo I—■

Oo t—

CO 00 I—

CO QO H-

O O CO

00 00
^ 00 C)
CO hf\' o

to 00 o

to t^
O 00 00

O 00 i-4

i-- to o

GO

O CO

00 O

ITquot;

c:i c:ri On
O t«^ CD

CSI O CO
00 CO

00 o to

Ctt Qt) I-*
C» 00 CO

00 o on

to 00 00

P o

g B

Oo
w iO

o

O 00

\' to

e

t_ p. K
^

to\'bi

00
CO

to to t^

00

cni

to

2 H

I e-

00 GO w
^ cr. V—\'
cji CO ^

CO

\\ \\ \\

\\ ^fl\'^

-ocr page 359-

^ §
a,

o
^

a

tH

;gt;

H
t—(

o

iz:
^

Q
w

GC
t-H

pr j

b / to rf^ 03
/ O CiD 00
00 / Ornbsp;.

TOTAL
Javans.

h^ I 00

to_p

h-\'h-\'tt^
CO to to

H-i 00 00

to I

CI

03 OS 00
CD O

\'or\'i^\'co

OS CO CXI
03 Co to

OS o

00 CO

00 Oo to

V»nbsp;SJ

Oo to I—

0nbsp;CO

01
OS to to

t—\' to (—\'

V. V, V*

On O 00
00 CO O^
«5 O^ 00

O 00

CI IT
^ — -

S p 5\'

JJi^CO^CO

00 h-* hfii.
to O

O^

VJ V* ^

l-O GO
QO I— 00
l-O OO QO

Males.

h»^ CD
O

I—\' i—\' to

amp; a Ci

g. eg quot;

^JJO^QO

O CO o
I— -A CJI

Cl 00 Cl

NJ ^ V»

lO oo
Ot h-* Ol
CJI hP^

00 OS
tJi tSf

Oo lis. rt^

to OS OO

00nbsp;to 00

to tS

01nbsp;O H-*
to OS I-\'

t-J

to CJI o

C^ ^ CO
O OS o

Females.

C3 CD CO
O. O OO

4-1

OJ

t« to

\'SJnbsp;»ij

OO OD OO
tt»-

C . I-

I—1 t—1 to
quot;oo\'oi\'b
O CO to
O Ot O

Class of
Cultivators.

CJ CJT

GO O
I—\' to Ht^

to K-J quot;

CO to to

CO CO Cn
CO C5 QO

to Oo OS

CO InO
00 to
to 00 o

o to to

S a

Cji ^
OO QD Ci

Employed in
other Avocations,

to tf!\'

Oi CD
Cji

O I—

O CO O
CO CO

00
00 On to
Oo CS1

H- to to

(35

O 00

0:1 ^ Oo
to H-J Oo

to t?^\'
Oo o

to to

to Oo

V. V.

00 0®

Cr I—\' I—\'

to to o

00

Number of
Buffaloes,

\'(^\'co O

1—\' 1—\' o

Ql H-

JiO Oo to
quot;oVo
CJI 10 C5

00 Or
I—\' to

^ o^ Oi
Or QO hfi.

to Cjt o

CJ1 CO C35

H- hf^ to

I— to 00

pi (O

^ Ci o
00 o

o to o

I ^

Number of
Horses.

Oo

o

00 to lt;3)

to Oo o
I—\' Cji oo

OD CO ^
o 00 CO

o:gt; I?\'
jjo jr\'j^
quot;o\'co\'fe\'
O 00
CO I— o

C5l to

CO 00 CO

colt;ioo

On O oo
CJ- cooa
ooto 01

1—1

o Oo CO

to

V.nbsp;V.

to ti^ I—
O O CS
On C3 Oi

Oi i
00 i

1

I 00

Number of Ploughs

ft

i^oo S

tyr

03 O C5

00 o 00

1 00

TOTAL
Chinese.

OD

H-I CO CI
OO CO

C5 00 to

^ V. V»

00 CO Oi
^

O o

JO

Cji to
Ci to

I—« O)

VJ ^

(xO I^S. I^i.

l-i lt;1 lt;1

P t— C31

Oo o
00 00 CO

V.

00 CO 00
o OS TO

o to to

QO

O

to

O OO

Oi to

OO Cjt CO

K)

Males,

o

pi
tn

iND

Ci

O CO o

Females.

{ OS

Class of
Cultivators.

O

00 p p

I—\' 10

00 —^ 10
^ ^

I—\' 00 o

O CO

CO.»«-

VJnbsp;Vj

00 ^

Oo ^ CJi
OS

lt;100 05

C5 Cjt
00 CO CO

to 00

Employed iti other
Avocations.

OS to I-»
1—I O Ci3

I

Number of
Buffaloes,

--a

Ot

Number of
Horses,

to to CO

Ci ^

Number of Ploughs.

I I

quot;bo\'co\'ai

^ H-\'

or

to to

I—\' 00

13»

= Fs ^^

T3 C3 a 3
O p-a? 1T3 crq

a • O S fB

Ci 00
QO O
hf^ 00 o

to t-j to
to to

On to
c:. to o

O Cf 01

to I—

to CJ^ to

o
o.
ss

w
gt;

cc

o
=
lt;

CO o

Or CO toi
GO 00

00.\'

I Oi
I Oi

O 0-!

O tJT tsD
O t?T CJ5
00 •lt;( 00

to 1—\' i—\'

to if^O)

quot; c

lt; n a
P fc p 5?3

lt;! a H
»So

g I s

00 o 00
rt^ to o
to o

to , I-
to CD

to \'

-ocr page 360-

Land not
included
in

Villages.

Land
in

Villages.

Names of
Divisions.

Cultivated
Lands.

Teak
Forests.

Free
Land.

Coffee
Grounds.

Total Land.

Sawah.

Tegal.

JabaKota .........

Semimi ...........

Jangala ...........

Rawah Pulu .......

Gunung Kendang- . ..

Kabu.............

Linkir ...........

Japan.............

Wira Saba........

Total.

Jungs. B.

Jungs. B.

2,585 2
582 1
6,145 4
4,303 3
5,205 2
3,386 3
2,399 2
4,995 1
5,350 2

Jungs.

2,585 2

582
6,145
4,303 3
5,205 2
3,386 3
2,399 2
4,995 1
5,350 2

Jungs.

2

458 4
4,999 2
3,253 0
2,072 0
1,158 1
783 4
2,354 0
1,500 1

Jungs. B

4nbsp;S
0 0

32 1
16 0
21 0

5nbsp;1
34 0

0 1

Jungs,

2,159
453
4,756
3,159 2
1,893 2
1,064
672
2,053 0
1,168 2

B.

Jungs. B

278 2
33 0
756 3
864
305 2

Jungs,

105

5

210 3
77 2
157 2
88 4
77 3
300 3
331 3

B.

Jungs.

202
36
492
319
341
239
207
454
480

2,269

1,550
1,397
1,242 S
643 3
1,050 1

138
85
445

253 2

34,955 0

2,770

34,955 0

5,885 0

113 1

18,849 2) 17,379 3

3,160 2

1,356 2

O -3 •

\'S 2

ä .

SH

.s

\'S ..2
S-o g

pD OC

-O .

s s
1 i

1 ^

o ^

o o

s-ä
£
^
Z.2

Names of Divisions.

J o

J aba Kota......

Semimi.........

Jangala ..... ..

Rawah Pulu.....

Gunung Kendang

Kabu...........

Linkir ........

Japan ....
Wira Saba.

21.985
2,653
33,423
26,818
10,523
5,417
4,507
14,754
7,858

10,604
1,285
17,057
12,448
5,617
2,986
2,448
7,81
4,483

1,652
307
4,967
3,272
2,316
950
855
2,155
1 224

11,381
1,368
16,366
14,370
4,906
2,431
2,059
6,865
3,375

2,9161
522|
9,569
6,202
4,441
1,777
1,578
4.097
2,438

5,308
715
8,495
6,276
2,817
1,491
1,215
4,007
2,293

169
44
681
838
326
194
140
771
450

281
11
157
140

24
21

63,121 32,618

Total,

127,938

17,69^

64,817

634

33,560

3,613

STATEMENT ofthe POPULATION

M ~ g

q3 C o

a

Ul

1
ffi

o

Ö

a

s

amp;H bo
olt;l

CS «

a ca

lt;U Ü

^ o
c3 O

g s

S S

a °
^

fl ^ cj

P bJD
p

|o
f- =2
Sa«

J- ^

S

G fa

132

6,679

1,745

2,680

5,908

6,841

-ocr page 361-

Estimated Value of
Produce.

Govern,
meat
Lands.

Estimated Produce.

Land in
use in
Villages.

Capable of

being
cultivated.

Land not
in use in
Villages.

Total
Estimated
Value.

Jungle
Land.

Unfit
Land.

Pari.

Maize-

Pari.

277

^nd POPULATION of SURABAYA, 1815.

Maize.

Rupees. Stiv.

224,148 23
40,146 28
664,467 10
422,880 14
75,358 4
54,672 24
29,550 58
133,261 6
60,754 14

Rupees.

6,400

Sttv.

0
0
0
0

Jungs.

2,548
506
5,756
4,138
3,928
2,693
2,112
3,442

Jungs,

7

286
90
196
111

157
231
121

Jungs. B.

13 0

Jungs. B_

15 4
75 2
103 3
58
1,080
581

Jungs.

36
75 2
389
3
165 2
1,276
1
692 S
287 ]
1,552 4
2,546 2

Heads.

280,550
5,960
1,530,650
559,539
400,038
265,700
160,600
1,607,813
2.005,735

Am-its, g.

0
0
0
0
15
9
9
2
3

126,281
22,618
526,820
207,974
40,681
s0,028
16,207
99,625
45,441

340
10,660
3,450
4,400 28
3,000 24
2,000 12
30,900 26
40,400 14

16 0

297 3
1
1

1,552
2,546

Rupees, Stiv

230,548 23
40,486 28
675,107 10
426,330 14
79,759 2
57,673 :
31,551
164,162
101,154 28

101,533 15 1,806,774 6

35

0 27,931 0

29 0:5,791 3

1,202 2

7,023 2

915,675 19

1,705,240 21

6,816,585

CHINESE and other
FOREIGNERS.

JAVANS.

■lt; rT-

E- S
U

=

e j

eS

0,0

a
3

= 1

1=

-J lt;

si,941
2,653
33,255
?6,785
16,5§3
5,417
4,507
14,622

J\'^Qm

272i
11
111
130

11,351
1,368
16,282
14,353
4,906
2,431
,059
6,815
3,298

5,308
715
8,495
6,276
2,817
1,491
1,215
4,007
2,293

2,916
522
9,568
6,202
4,441
1,777
1,578
4,097
2,325

44

168

33

169
44
680

1,652
307
4,967
3,272
2,316
950
855
2,155
1,120

9

46

10

14

84
16

30

84
17

10,590
1,285
16,973
12,432
5,617
\' 2,986
2,448
7,814
4,450

194
140
765
435

132
110

24
21

75
33

37
77

6
15

133

17,594

487

3,585

110

222| 265 133

524

33,426

28

32,617

62,856

64,595

Average Value of the produce of a Jung
pf cultivated Land, 44 Rupees.

\'^the

To-din 0/SURABAYA.

d

=5 3 S £

Jh lt;ij Cr* ir3

ill

__ .

iti
s

5 S

e

aj lt;U
iH bo •

CD

r fl

O) B

fc 3 0

a

il

f-f 0

540

3,019

3,070

24,574

i

-ocr page 362-

Land not
included
in

Villages.

Land
in

Villages,

Teak
Forests,

No. of
Ploughs,

Cultivated
Land.

Total
Land.

Free
Land.

Coffee
Grounds

Namea of Divisions.

No.

Tegal.

Sawah.

Pasuruan .,
Bang\'il ...,
Malang ...

Total

Jungs,nbsp;B.

11,204 3

3,829nbsp;—

2,923nbsp;2

Jungs, B.

Jungs.nbsp;B,

6,455nbsp;3

3,138nbsp;1

1,065nbsp;1

Jungs,nbsp;B.

4,375nbsp;2

2,888nbsp;2

206nbsp;2

Jungs, B.

Jungs.nbsp;B.

2,080nbsp;1

249nbsp;2

188nbsp;2

Jungs.

1,738
203
275

Jungs,nbsp;B

121nbsp;2

17nbsp;2

96nbsp;3

Jungs. B.

1,148 1

654 2
167 1

1,970 —

2,518 1

236 —

7,470 2

2,217

10,639 1

17,957 1

Names of Divisions,

Pasuruan...............

Bang\'il ................

Malang................

Total

No,

O =

s

- = s

«3

s

62,421
34,523
11,868

30,834

31,587
17,122
5,926

13,380
6,026
3,239

17,401
5,942

108,812

54,635

546,177

22,635

\'S-2
I\'S

S lt;
w

2,158
824

2,982

os

4

iU
O

ë
i

S

O

X

O
ó

O
1

O

s

O

14,289

2,755

7,661

2,629

3,919

2,272

1,97^

25,869

7,656

11,835

-ocr page 363-

(^nd POPULATION of PASURUAN, 1815.

279

JAVANS,

Govern,
igt;eot

Land in
use in

Capable of

being
cultivated.

Unfit

Jungle,

Land not
iu use

Estimated Produce.

Estimated Value of
Pioduce.

Total
Estimated
Value.

Land.

Villages.

Land.

Land.

in

Villages.

Pari.

Maize.

Of Pari.

Of Maize.

^«»g». e,

Jungs. b,

Jungs. B.

Jungs. B.

Jungs. B.

Jungs. E.

Amats, G.

No. of Heads.

Rupees. St.

Rupees. St,

Rupees. St.

47 _

732 2

436 1

902 3

-

170,467 14

14,312,312

340,931 27

13,926 18

372,858 15

§4 3

-

19 1

89 1

27 2

113,179 i

S,960,313

264,084 16

2,466 27

266,551 13

19 1

-

599 1

701 —

47,534 28

2,348,500

63,382 12

1,957 2

65,339 14

91 ^

1,351 —

525 2

1,631 1

331,181 17|

19,621,124

668,398 25

18,350 17

704,749 12

CHINESE and other
FOREIGNERS.

REMARKS.

0 «

D-O U

5-3

SpS

yu

■-5 .
il

►J .

o-i
KdS

i-lg

Average Value of
the produce of a
J ung of culti-
vated Land..66
Rupees.

343
169

84

6,428

356
202

9
10

157
78

2,746
2,619
2,272

2,158

14,205
7,661
3,919

699
371

30,491

13,380

31,231
16,920
5,926

54,077

3,433
1,972

824

17,232
5,942

6,026

11,

gt;868

3,239

2,98225,785

22,645

7,637

11,833

1,060

14

84

19

512

558

-ocr page 364-

No. of

Total

Land

Land not

Cultivated

Free
Land

Villages.

Land.

m

Villages.

included in
Villages.

Land.

Sawah.

Tegal.

Jungs.

B.

j lings.

B.

Jungs.

B.

Jungs.

E.

Jungs.

B.

Jul gs.

B.

Jungs.

B.

64

12,227

0

592

0

11,635

0

432

1

156

3

275

1

70

0

34

3,543

1

300

0

3,243

1

236

1

93

3

142

2

29

2

39

21,185

0

1,619

2

19,565

2

1,564

3

223

1

1,341

1

33

2

51

9,868

2

793

0

9,075

2

703

0

447

0

256

0

51

3

45

11,871

2

2,226

0

9,645

2

1,055

1

472

3

582

3

41

0

30

5,689

3

1,087

1

4,602

2

487

1

313

0

174

1

24

0
0

29

4,884

0

946

0

3,938

0

417

0

297

3

119

0

26

14

4,767

2

913

1

3,854

1

407

3

247

1

160

2

14

0

12

5,398

2

1,031

0

4,367

I

459

0

304

3

154

1

18

0

33

11,855

1

2,228

2

9,627

0

1,017

1

594

2

423

0

27

0

60

4,821

2

732

1

4,089

1

486

1

303quot;

1

176\'

3

115

8

0

12

5,039

3

414

2

4,625

0

147

3

33

3

114

0

1

33

13,580

1

1,900

1

11,680

0

340

1

91

1

249

0

18

1

19

1,488

3

400

3

1,088

0

375

1

306

2

68

3

19

0

19

3,884

0

429

2

3,454

2

405

2

119

1

286

2

15

1

20

5,706

2

493

3

5,213

0

2.99

0

45

0

254

0

14

0

11

4,142

2

532

2

3,610

0

499

0

477

0

21

3

24

0

10

4,283

0

536

2

3,746

2

504

2

204

2

300

0

24

0

12

9,243

3

1,163

3

8,080

0

1,142

1

lj047

0

95

1

16

0

11

1,066

2

540

0

526

2

522

1

416

1

106

0

14

0

12

6,890

2

248

2

6,642

0

228

3

37

3

191

1

14

3

10

876

1

214

2

661

3

194

2

40

0

154

2

14

0

52

287,498

1

520

3

286,977
241,948

2

92

3

59

0

33

3

78

2

136

243,298

1

1,349

3

2

999

3

469

1

530

2

202

0

59

92,374

0

2,185

0

90,189

0

414

2

256

1

158

2

50

0

827

775,484

0

23,398

3

752,085

1

13,432

0

7,062

3

6,369

1

961

3

Coffee
Grounds.

Jungs. B

20 3
n 3

14nbsp;0 280nbsp;3

12nbsp;0 -nbsp;0

63nbsp;0 1,607nbsp;quot;

126nbsp;1]8,301nbsp;1

Names of
Divisions.

Teak
Forests.

Jungs.

Probolingo........

Tongas........]

Katapang.........

Dringo............

Ginding..........

Pajarakan ........

Jogopaten.........

Kuraxun..........

Jabong............

Panton............

Besuki ...........

Binor ............

Banyukurta.......

Kutu ............

Blanuingan........

Bungatan ........

Panarukan .,.. ^,.,

Patokan..........

Patokingan........

Kapongaii ....

Klatakan ......quot;

Kalitukus ........

Pugur ............

Bandawasa........

Lamajang ........

Total

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8
9

10
\'11
12

13

14

15
_16

17

18

19

20
21
22

23

24

25

1,108
564
492
483
536

1,164
101

253
1,525

1 3
1 3
1 1

lt;ü
s

Names of

3
Z

Divisions.

1

2

3

4

Dringo..............

5

GincWng............

6

Pajarakan ..........

7

8

9

10

11

Hesuki..............

12

13

Banyukurta..........

14

Kutu ........

15

Blanuingan.........

16

Bungatan .........

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

Bandawasa.........

25

Lamajang ...........

n
j-2

lt; =s

ei-

« s

CU 3 .2

O 5 ta

-ao g
s 5

Kl C

^ g o
^
tu

«

•o t
S3

=3 H

g

S Hs

3 3

6,070
2,362
5,199
4,651 ■
5,314
3,329
3,954
2,960
3,509
6,650
13,.330
1,172
4,467
4,042
3,«66
2,366
4,331
1,998
4,744
2,452
1,654
1,145
1,854
9,037
4,103

3,068
1,140
2,C15
2,414
2,505
1,668
2,033
1,418
1,715
3,290
6,119
585
2,199
1,982
1,828
1,199
2,072
1,000
1,952
1,204
832
543
884
4,126
2,112

3,002
1,222
2,584
2,237
2,809
1,661
1,921
1,542
1,794
3,360
7,211
587
2,268
2,060
1,838
1,167
2,259
998
2,792
1,248
822
602
970
4,911
1,991

2,235

1.089
2,118

2.090
2,271
1,245
1,645
1,433
1,188
3,221
3,626

231
1,510
1,483
1,153
639
1,643
922
2,259
1,136
510
558
348
2,104
1,863

759
111

• 187
147
258
278
273
317
609
405
2,436
69
708
426
434
338
586
74
584
98
98
7
45
117

1,626
822
2,818
2,301
2,304
1,320
1,616
966
1,061
2,909
1,990
517
730
592
1,018
318
1,483
863
1,581
1,614
938
572
468
4,250
1,089

725
411
1,409
1,149
1,153
660
800
487
621
1,361
937
318
685
273
709
318
751
475
774
555
469
280
238
2,651
487

254
30
92
80
106
60
68
69
86
100
632
48
534
308
342
264
581
96
175
74
92
53
101
479
239

Total...... 104,359

53,856

50,503

18,609

4,963

38,520

9,364

35,766

GENEBAI\'

In the district of Probolingo the population is but scanty, when compared to the extent of laud: the country is, in general, well watered?
Besuki distr^t there are very extensive teak forests, which ran inland.

BesLi/.:.—! his district IS indifferently watered,nbsp;^gj.ynbsp;jj^nbsp;that is not now under cultivation; the population i®

jiolders, iiiat tne population would be induced to emigrate to the neifihbouring district of Bandawasa, which has not answered the purjjose squot;
Penaruifan.— inis lb ati extensive district, with fine flat table land throughout, but it is badly watered; and towards that adjoining
Bandawasa, including J-ugar a very extensive district but scantily inhabited ; the soil is extremely wet and productive, and with a gif
Lamajang, an extensive district on the South Coast; the
land is very well watered, level, and e.\\tremely well adapted to the purpose o»

Éi

-ocr page 365-

W POPULATION 0/BESÜKI, 1815.

^81

Land in
use in
Villages.

Capable of

being
cultivated.

Unfit
Land.

Jungle
Land.

Jungs.

B.

Jungs,

B,

Jungs.

B,

Jungs.

B.

592

0

1,517

3

3,752

3

6,354

3

300

0

1,010

3

924

3

1,307

2

1,619

2

4,709

2

6,262

1

8,593 .

3

793

0

2,452

3

2,814

3

3,808

0

2,226

01

3,913

3

5,731

2

1,087

1\'

1,964

3

2,637

3

946

1,672

1

2,265

3

913

1,605

3

2,248

2

1,031

0

1,841

3

2,525

2

2,228

2

4,066

1

5,560

3

732

1

135

0

1,909

2

2,044

3

414

2

80

0

2,232

2

2,312

2

1,900

1

520

0

5,320

0

5,840

0

400

3

544

0

544

0

429

2

1,727

1

1,727

1

493

3

23

3

2,574

0

2,615

1

532

2

—.

1,800

0

1,810

0

536

2

1,873

1

1,873

1

1,163

3

4,040

0

4,040

0

540

0

263

1

263

1

248

2

70

0

3,262

0

3,310

0

214

2

130

0

265

1

266

2

520

3

95,659

0

47,832

0

143,486

2

1,349

3

50,629

2

47,832

^

143,486

2

2,185

0

17,737

1

27,357

0

45,095

0

23,398

3

174,675

1

177,661

2

399,748

2

Land not in
use in
Villages,

752,085 1

Estimated Value of
Produce.

Govern-
ment
Lands.

\'\'quot;ngs.B.

90nbsp;0

2

21nbsp;0

28nbsp;2

20nbsp;3

12nbsp;0

10nbsp;2

7nbsp;0

unbsp;0

18nbsp;0

30nbsp;0

6nbsp;2

16nbsp;0

5nbsp;1

5nbsp;3

5nbsp;3

4nbsp;C

Total
Estimated
Value.

J, Rupees. St.

8,674 0
4,672 15
40,860 0
7,583 15
17,219 15
4,905 15
3,435 15
4,818 7
4,684 22
12,537 0
4,932 1
3,074 12
6,843 16
1,827 1
7,857 27
5,018 12
585 23
8,554 19
2,503
2,815
5,000 22
4,134 23
1,212 15
18,957 24
5,656 15

J. Rupees. St.

22,702 0
13,105 15
60,670 15
46,972 0
62,818 6
32,012 15
36,118 15
26,425 0
31,291 28
69,196 7
31,191 1
5,791 15
12,591 16
27,663 1
16,697 27^
8,822 27
45,712 15
27,315 19
98,903 27
37,851 22
7,995 4
7,362 23
7,284 15
67,233 24
32,008 15

Of Pari. Of Maize.

J. Rupees. St.

14,028 0
8,433 0
19,810 15
39,388 15
45,598 21
27,107 0
32,683 0
21,606 22
26,607 6
56,659
26,259
2,717
5,748
25,836
8,840
3,804 15
45,126 22
18,760 15
96,400 22
35,036 7
2,994 11
3,228 0
6,072 0
48,276 0
26,352 0

5

4

5

6

54
136 0
50

577

188,365 3

835,738 6

647,373 2

Estimated Produce.

Pari.

Maize.

Ears,

8,674,000
4,672,500
40,860,000
7,583,500
17,219,500
4,905,500
3,435,500
4,818,250
4,684,750
12,537,000
4,932,064
3,074,360
6,843,625
1,827,030
7,857,830
5,018,360
585,750
8,554,825
2,503,125
2,815,500
5,000,750
4,134,750
1,212,500
18,957,812
5,656,500

Amats, G

7,014 0
4,216 10
9,905
19,694
22,799
13,553 10
16,341 10
10,803
13,303 12
28,329 14
13,129 10
1,358 11
2,874
12,918
4,420
1,902
22,563
9,380
48,200
17,518
1,497
1,614
3,036
24,138
13,176

Jungs.

11,635
3,243
19,565
9,075
9,645
4,602
3,938
3,854
4,367
9,627
4,089
4,625
11,680
1,088
3,454
5,213
3,610
3,746
8,080
526
6,642
661
286,977
241,948
90,189

323,686 11 188,365,281

CHINESE and other
FOREIGNERS.

JAVANS.

REMARKS.

t3 C
XÏÏ.2
ac lt;J

Scg

It

(U ty

Is

^ lt;U

is

H ■a

m

B-b

Id

S = g

M-lt;

Average value of a jung of cul-
tivated land,
60 rupees.

5,978
2,362
5,161
4,640
5,241
5,264

-2,808
3,323
6,525
13,09„
1,138
4,441
3,938
3,594
2,334
4,232
1,998
4,716
2,452
}»654
,145
1,854
9,037
4,103

40

3,016
1,140

2,597
2,408
2,471
1,640
2,008
i,.341
1,624
3,232
6,003
568
2,186
1,928
1,793
1,183
2,021
1,000
1,937
1,204
832
543
884
4,126
2,112

2,962
1,222
2,564
2,232
2,770
1,624
1,890
1,467
1,699
3,293
7,090
570
2,255
2,010
1,801
1,151
2,211
998
2,779
1,248
822
602
970
4,911
1,991

2,235

1.089
2,118

2.090
2,253
1,245
1,645
1,393
1,185
3,206
3.571

228
1,500
1,478
1,144
637
1,627
922
2,259
1,136
510
558
348
2,104
1,663

52

254
30
92
80
101
60
68
62
80
99
602
45
532
303
340
260
578
96
175
74
92
53
101
479
239

713
811
169
142
236
241
247
269
524
345
2,374
60
702
384
427
327
546
74\'
580
98
98
7

45
117

1,626
822
2,818
2,301
2,290
1,320
1,616

937
1,059
2,896
1,976

515
724
592
1,004
316
1,473
863
1,581
1,614

938
572
468

4,250
1,089

92 —

46

725
411
1,409
1,149
1,145
660
808

474
620

1,355
930
317
682
273
702
317
746

475
774
555
469
286
238

2,651
487

20
5
39
37
51
75:
95\'
67
121
17
13
50
37
16
48

13

18

6

34
28
25
7
91
58

116

17

18
54

35
16
51

15

18

5
22
37
26
48
85
60
62

9

6

42
7
11
40

38
11

73
65
56
152
186
125
237
34
26
104
72
32
99

l4

Is
2

13

14
2
6

~ï4

2
lO

18

7
6
1

30

3
2
5
2

4
3

40
3

15
55

3
10
5
9
2

16

28 —

102,

53,13238,344

49,797

•^here is abundance of land fit for cultivation, could people be procured from a neighbouring country to work it • in the divisions adjoining the

^quot;\'■e\'lnbsp;for its size than any of the adjoining districts. It was supposed, that by the introduction of the tenement tax naid bv house-

I\'^Pilatinn \' °^®tr5ct, there is scarce a small rivulet to the same ; the population of this district is extremely scanty
^«Itivation \'nbsp;districts in the residency.

» out the population is very scantj at present j but could it be increased, Lamajang would be a very productive district.

2 O

.929

106

68 51

706 724

8,736

35,660

4,895

18,658

1,430

176

528

-ocr page 366-

GENERAL ACCOUNT of the CULTIVATION

No,

Divisions,

No, of
Villages,

Land
in

Villages.

Land not
included
in

Villages,

Cultivated
Land,

Savvah,

Tegal.

Free
Lands.

Coffee
Grounds.

Teak
Forests,

Govern-
ment
Laud.

Jungs. B.

Jungs, B.

Jungs. B.

Jungs. B.

Jungs. B.

Jungs. B.

Jungs. B.

Jungs, B.

Jungs. B\'

1

North.........

47

-

-

527 3

360 2

109 3

57 2

2 3

93

- ■

452 0

422 3

2 1

27 2

-

-

;

Total....

140

-

-

980 1

783 1

112 0

85 0

-

2 S

I

Ki

p

o

5

o

6
Z
\'rt
O

\'S

o

K

0
6

1

No.

Divisions.

-rö O

1) -n

O u

II

ge-

: 3 s

North .................

South.................

Total

1,035
682

5,820
3,053

2,949
1,514

4,541
2,564

2,871

1,279
489

1,594
1,112

792
476

1,539

8,873

1,717

4,463

4,410

1,768

7,105

2,706

1,26S

-ocr page 367-

quot;^nd population ^banyuwangi, 1815.

Estimated Value of
Produce.

Estimated Produce.

Land in
quot;se in
^illase..

Land not
in use
in

Villages.

Capable of

being
cultiyated.

Total
Estimated
■ Value,

Unfit
Land.

Total
Land.

Jungle
Land.

Pari.

Maize.

Of Pari.

Of Maize.

\'quot;quot;gs. E.

Jungs. B,

Jungs. B,

321 1

278 2

Jungs. B.

Jungs. B.

Jungs. E

Amats, G.

25,032 0
27,048 0

Amats. G,

6,486 0
123 0

J. Rupees. St.

29,204 0
31,556 0

J, Rupees, St.

6,290 0
120 0

J.Rupees. St.

35,494 0
31,676 0

52,080 0

6,609 0

599 3

60,760 0

6,410 0

67,170 0

CHINESE and other
FOREIGNERS.

JAVANS.

remarks.

lt;5 oT

.

il

S\'B\'^
•a.0 tj
e = g

® £ rö

O ÖO

. s

O O

d,2
aw

O O

Average Value of
a Jung of culti-
vated Land..70
J. Rupees.

0,501
^,053

8,554

4,541

2,718
1,539

960
489

1,585
1,112

1,035
682

2,783
1,514

770
476

319

166

319

153

2,564

4,297

4,257

7,105

1,449

2,697

1,246

1,717

166

22

319

153

319

2 O 2

-ocr page 368-

MADURA.

This island having been ceded to the Dutch, in the same manner as the
other possessions on Java, the Sultan of Madûra and the chiefs of Fama^
Msan
and Sumenap were always considered by them in nearly the same light
as the other regents along the coast, with the exception only of a higher
title and some more personal consideration granted especially to the Sultan
of
BanTcdlan, usually styled the Sultan of Madura, both on account of his
birth
and of some important services rendered in the war of Java, from 1740

to 1748.

ri V

f\'lM-

-ocr page 369-

W W

ä 3
gt;

g

to —

OJ OV I—

ÎC o o

041nbsp;O

g

I—Inbsp;H-\'nbsp;01

K) ^^nbsp;Cj,

o

O
Ci

a 5;

i- i

H

Towns and Villages.

O

œ

S

[TJ
OJ

M

2 gt;
o^ fi

s

M

a-
quot; 2. gt;

C! r-l
g

Europeans.

Males,

Females.

Maies.

Females.

Males.

Females.

Slaves.

Chiefs.

Briests.

Males above
50 years.

Females ditto.

Males between
20 and 50 years.

Females ditto.

Young Men.

W

P

3

►a

»

B

00

W

00
Oi

w

Vt

V

10

03


to

F-

1—\'

.t.-
lO

ül

00

^
ES

it^ to

Ci KS

w
g

Kgt;

CX)

to

O

W Oi
O w

w

K)

?

!0
g

gt;
«
gt;

W ts

S. M

PT

a

anbsp;^

i-nbsp;s

onbsp;s

Q

^

ipi
gt;

ir^
gt;

O

o
O

O

a

H

I—t

O

s

O

c:;
t-^
;gt;
H

1—1

O

^

w
;gt;

Q

®nbsp;O

H
S

Horses and
Mares.

Bulls and
Cows.

Buffaloes.

Sheep.

Goats.

Cocoa-nut
Trees bear-
ing fruit.

Aren.

Sawalan.

Pinang.

Gabang.

Young Women.

to w

Cultivated.

c
3

Boys.

Cotton
fields.

Girls.

General Population.

I 1

Sugar Cane.

-ocr page 370-

R3300053M cw
==
K S S.;nbsp;=

= Ç p sr » s O

amp; Ö

re B W W O

3 : s^-- 5\'
: w quot; 3\'

Ö ^
aquot;

S- B

B

W tonbsp;I— IsO

00 OJ Cî Oï ta o
o
00 o 00 to o ai

w ^ i_

gi il^ o 05 Oi C!I
OtC o te CJlt;

O co c^

I— O rfi to Hi. ^

bo QT 0 I—\' O 00

K) oonbsp;Oo

Ol ^ tö — to OT CTJ
CO 00 C^ Ü1 I— CJO

to t-.nbsp;OJ

05 cc w to 00 00 lt;n
00 CTi ^ Oï »Ji. oo

I I I M ] I !

oo

00

to Oï c^

^ -J
O O Ol

ift. 00
Ol

H- 00

05

gt;-• OD

I i

i i I

CTi t_. tn to in
O O 00 VI 1-1 it^
Ol ^D if^ ^ O oo OD

00 t-i to oo bO M
^ to I— O to H-
_CO to CT O y— O ^

Cliiefs.

Towns and Villages.

2

gt;

a

G

B

n

n

5
S

K
IX

ts

Priests.

Maies above
Fifty Years.

Females above
Fifty Years.

Males middle
aged.

Females middle
aged.

Young Men.

Young Women.

Boys.

Girls.

Chief.

Priest.

Males.

Females.

Males.

Females.

to bonbsp;^ ^

tb. t-o I— I— cj,

^ O o Ol o- o

C^ C;0 ^ ^ Ol

Ol to to gt;o ^

00 to gt;ti. O to OD

t— Ol I-. Of Oi

I 1

Oi O to W Ol to

to Oi 00 OC 00 ^ to

O Ol Ol O O 00 O

to CO »—\' Oi
lt;=gt; bOnbsp;0gt; O fcO

tf^ gt;lt;r CTï CTi O O

I I I 1

to oo

rf^ to H-\' 00 ïc Ol
I-. to oo bO I— ^

to tonbsp;O

00 H- Ji. to bO
00 Ol rf^ Ol to

oonbsp;Oo h- Ol

O 1-\' O bo 03 to

i)^ if^ Ol OO Qv O

S

to 00

Horses.

O
w

w
gt;

gt;

O
O
O

a

H

Ci

O
Cl

(—1

lt;i
gt;

H

I

0

1

»-0
o

H
O

a
S

w
gt;

n

O

Bambu Groves.

O

H

S

Mares.

Bulls
or Oxen.

Cows.

Buffaloes.

Sheep.

Goats.

Sawali.

Cotton.

Old.

Young.

Aren Trees.

Above Five
Years Old.

Above Two
Years Old.

Under Two
Years Old.

Males.

Jungs of Népa or
Adap.

gffig
5 g-gt;

Vi

a

£2
B quot;

I I

Females.

Old.

O bOnbsp;00 OS

O O C; hC.- to Ol O^
O O to O ^ Ol Ol

General Population.

m Oïnbsp;bo Ci

quot;in quot;oo\'oi quot;tc quot;óo quot;OD quot;oi

GO cfi w 05 Ol O

O CX) 00 00 to to

Young,

t—l VTnbsp;1-4

agt; oo Ol 1-1 O O
oo to oo oo oo to Ol

ft

g

-ocr page 371-

NATIVE PROVINCES.

This extensive portion of the island was divided, agreeably to the set-
tlement of 1754, between the
Susuhunan and Sultan. It consists of a
number of separate provinces or districts. Those still belonging to the
Susénan are :

In an Eastern Direction from the Capital :
1.
SHngat Blitar (forming 5. Charuban.

one province).nbsp;6. Kadûwang (in part).

S. Kediri.nbsp;7. Jagardga.

S. Pranardga.nbsp;8. SuJcawati (in part).

4.nbsp;Paché.

And the smaller Districts of
1-
^nju.nbsp;4. Sumbrengl

5.nbsp;Lorog.nbsp;5. RongJwk.
3. Pangol.

In a Western Direction from the Capital :

1.nbsp;Banyumas.nbsp;5. Pamarden.

2.nbsp;Bayu Luhur.nbsp;6. Pasir.

3.nbsp;Ay a.

4.nbsp;Matdrem (in part).nbsp;7- Bag\'len (in part).

Besides several smaller districts.

The ground on which the fort, of Sura Kérta is built, with a small part
ofthe adjoining territory, has been ceded to the European government, as
has been also that portion of the immediate site of the forts of
Boyaldli and
Klaten, which was formerly the property of the Susunan. These dominions
are divided among,

1, The eight active Tumung\'gungs, or Regents, (the first of which is the
^aden Adipati, or prime minister), who constantly resides at court.

The

-ocr page 372-

The Tumung\'gmigs residing In the distant or MancJia Nagâra dis-
tricts.

3.nbsp;The princes of the blood.

4.nbsp;The particular favourites of the Susûnan.

5.nbsp;(Which only respects the smaller territories) a number of Demangs
and Mantris.

A considerable portion of the provinces of Matdrem and the adjoining
districts, towards the southern part of the island, called by the Javans
Ardi
Kidul,
or southern hills, of the province of Kaduwang and of the district of
Sukawdti, containing altogether four thousand ckdcJias, having been ceded by
the predecessors of the present
Susûnan, under the settlement of 1752, to
the prince
M^w^te Nagdra, are still held and exclusively enjoyed by his
successor, the Fangérang Aria Prdbo Prang Wedona.

The eight active Tumunggungs, who reside constantly at court and belong

to the state and household of the Susunan, are Tumung\'gungs of the exterior
(Tumung\'gung Jam), and Tumung\'gungs of the interior {Tumung\'gung lebat).
The four former are mostly charged with external commissions or orders, or
those that do not immediately concern the household of the prince ; the
four latter, or internal
Tumung\'gungs, are mostly occupied near the person of
the
Susûnan, and have alternately the care of the watch of the Krdton at
night.

The following tables eî^hibit the result of a census taken during the British
government in Java ; but as the information they convey rests principally
upon native authority, the same reliance cannot be placed upon them as upon
the tables for the provinces under the immediate direction of the European
government. There is no reason, however, to believe they are essentially
wrong, as they were framed with great care and every attention to accuracy,
on the part of the native officers employed,

-ocr page 373-

POPULATION ofthe TERRITORY of the SUSUHl^NAN, 1815.

DISTRICTS.

Banyumas ...............................

Mancha-nagara (Eastern or distant districts)

W!

O
gt;

Pajang Matarara, Baglen, Jahan Ranka, Sukawati,
and Southern Hills ............................

Ditto (Prangwedono\'s subjects) ...
Ditto (Europeans and descendants).
Ditto (Chinese and descendants)...
Ditto (Slaves and descendants)_____

Gband Total

Children.

aieii.

Women.

Males.

Females.

Total.

UEMARKS.

48,206

50,140

39,264

39,337

176,947

21,013

24,826

24,054

28,432

99,415

106,699

111,743

132,420

138,544

489,406

26,764
26,834
1,937

28,347
29,446
2,036

22,117
18,111
1,711

24,625
20,687
1,909

101,853
95,078
7,593

N. B. Banyumas includes
Dayu-Iuhur. — Mancha-
nagara takes in Kediri,
Jagaraga and Pranaraga.

157

81

141

178

: 553

586

41^2

238

249

1,545

123

137

40

37

333

233,409

247,228

238,096

253,994

972,727

_

-

-ocr page 374-

r

CC
O

s

O

3

O

p

CP?
p

rt-
§

P
B

CL,

ß .

sr
p

^
p

CLi

O
gt;

CJ!
Üt

OD
03
O

to
00

00
oo

00
O

co

00
to

O

Ore

CJi

tol
Oi

to

Cjt

co

CO:

to

«kt

co
to

JO

00

CO

to

On

CO

JO

03
00
to

JO

CJT

co

co rf^

00

lt;U3

CJT

^

co
oo.

OO to

00 Ht^

1— -a

co

^ 00
GO CO
On OO

to

00 to

co

On

JO

00nbsp;05

01nbsp;oo
agt; tol

to

V.»

oo

co

00
tn

V.nbsp;V.

O O

Oi

O O

to

Cjt

iO

tn

ÜT

CO 00
Oo

1gt;0 to

OO t-quot;

Kl

c
p

g

p

ö

s-

?

a
p

cfq
p

gt;n
p

H

O?

s

SS

ïö
O

5

O

ë

CU
p

O
3

f/2
P

a

•s

H

(D

a

Cfq

fD

O.
^

C3
Ci-

O

O
^

O

s
crt?

P
i

ë
Cf55

ts O

OO
!—1

Oo

Cji
O

Ü1
i

JnO

CJT

O

gt;—I Oo

to
_^

O

g 8

tgt;Q

to

^oo
quot;to

On
CJ7

Cl

^0
Ol

O

Cl

on Cl
Cl
to
O_oo

Cl

co

Cji

O

H-\'

to

00
co

M

oT ï?

to aa

3. O
° M

s lt;

s

^

CI

IT^
gt;

h-1
i

w

S3

HH

H
O

f

a
gt;

Married
Mfin.

Blarried
Women.

Unmarried
Men. —

Unmarried
Women.

Young Men
about 15
years of age
unmarried.

Young Women
about 15 years
of age unmar-
ried.

C3l tïi-

OO to

I- 00
O_^^

co
00

O

o^
Oo

I—1

O

quot;■ÖO

co
O

OO

Ot
Oo
Oo

O i-*

■sBnbsp;vgt;

00

Oo 00
O

Ol
00

On 00 C

V.nbsp;V.

to
O

to

O

00

co

Ol
Cl

H

O

H
gt;

quot;ia

Cl

O co

Cji
00


Oo

to

co

^ Cl

co O

co —\'

to lo
quot;o quot;ts

tonbsp;co
oo

GO
h-1

O
tr

S\'

(Tl

CJT

s

Cl

JJT

lo On

00 ^

co

GO
Cr.

C3l

\'r-J

tn

to

Oo

to
to

Cji

Boys under
15 years of

00
Ot

Girls under
15 years of

Male Children
at the breast.

Female Chil-
dren at the
breast.

00
Oo

O

Oo
00

to to J»

I— ÜT
-f ,-i

00 to

^ CJI

oo cp

F— C51

CJT

to

00

CJt Cl
CJT CO
00 CO

to

On
00

O

00

Oi
05

O

quot;k*
00
to

CJl

i® CI
Cl On

t^i oo

O

Oo

quot;oo
00
CO

to»

O

1

00

to I—\'
J« sP

t^s. CJT

Hi\'

O

g

On

CD

00
vP

to

O_Ol

co

to

Grand Total.

-ocr page 375-

RETURN of the POPULATION of the DISTRICT o/PACHITAN, ow the South Coast,

ceded to the British Government in 1813.

DIVISIONS.

Men.

Women.

Boys.

Girls.

Total.

First Division..................

Second Division...........

1,656
4,1M

1,673
4,275

1,439
5,260

1,306
2,935

6,074
16,604

Total ..................................

22,678

-ocr page 376-
-ocr page 377-

APPENDIX.

APPENDIX A.

The annexed docuraents, as far as they can be relied on, alFord evidence of an
extent of mortality in Batavia, as compared with the number of inhabitants, that was
perhaps never exampled, for the same space of time, in any other quarter ofthe world.

The Table No. I, incomplete as it is, was drawn out with as much exactness, as
the original lists and registers still in possession would admit of. In explanation of
some inconsistencies which are exhibited in it, it is necessary to observe, that on the
occasion of the capture of this island, part of the most valuable papers were lost or
destroyed, and amongst them the register in which was stated the Chinese population,
and the number of their deaths and marriages annually, which is the reason why no
mention is made of them in this table.

The first and third columns contain only the numbers of European inhabitants.

The last column, which shews the deaths of the Natives and Slaves, is probably a list
of the deceased slaves only; because there was a separate list kept of the natives
who died annually in the Batavian jurisdiction, which however was for a long time
incorrect, and at last destroyed in 1811.

It is also probable, that the column of deaths generally does not extend farther than
in the town and immediate suburbs ; and the other two colums of
baptisms and marriages
extend over the town, suburbs, and environs together.

The specific lists kept in the different hospitals were likewise lost. This is to be
particularly lamented, because they would have shewn, how many of the European
deaths were inhabitants, military persons, strangers, or sailors or marines from the
the ships of the different nations in Batavia Roads, who all sent their sick men into
the hospitals of Batavia, who when dead were
comprehended in the number of
European
deaths. This circumstance explains the incorrectness which appears to
exist in the two
statements of the living and deceased Europeans.

The Table No. IL was discovered among the records of the Dutch government at
Batavia, and in the absence of a more official document, may perhaps, on that
account, be entitled to some confidence.

anbsp;TABLE,

appendix.

A.

-ocr page 378-

TABLE, No. I.

appendix. List of the Population, Marriages, Baptisms, and Deaths, in the Town and
Suburbs of
Batayia, from 1700 to 1813, as far as the same could he ascertained
from the Registers, S^c. after the Conquest of Java in
1811.

PO P U L AT I O N.

MARRIAGES.

BAPTISMS.

DEATHS.

Europeans

and Europeans,
Natives.

In the Suburbs.

Within the Walls.

Tliose of
Half Casts
and oiher
Christians.

Natives,
Slaves,
amp;c.

Europeans
Cliildren.

! uropeans
Half Casts;
amp;c.

.Europeans
and
Natives.

Europeans,

(Half Casts
Europeans, and other
,Christians.

565
341
616
443
466
441
447
471
638
575
628
555
595

7471
703
759
688
578
663
631
529
467
649
610
781
, 637

Tn the Reformed
Churches, and since
1746 in the Lutheran
Church.

616

740
648
736
763
783
625
554
432
561
727

119
76

83
190

96
100

84
88
87
82

108
110
110

32,478
48,972
45,452
47,123
49,351

49,483
47,026
54,628
55,581
58,761
57,843
65,865

69,110
66,092
64,657
60,236
59,831

68,082
67,792
67,044
67,339
66,079
62,966
72,218

215
321
309
534
470

417

411

402

412
368
341
448

503
553
411
446
290

308
361
387
417
363
341
332

134
126\'
120
133
144

133
127
116

134
138
152
154
141

154
150
159
129

147

154

148
80

132
119
172
150

74
65
76
72
74

55
79
60
49
64
41
63
60

56
60
43
37
41

59
68
53
61
43
34

60

1.785

1.715
1,755
1,835
1,898
1,771
1,923
1,826
1,769
1,681

1.716
1,723
1,656

1,566
1,644
1,663
1,516
1,443

1,409
1,610
1,477
695
1,606
1,562
1,615

20,072
19,084
19,683
18,580
22,150
19,752
21,899
21,632
20,922
20,600
20,850
21,517
21,538

19,007
19,758
22,242
18,947
18,965

19,411
21,156
20,520
11,252
23,716
23,428
23,752

697
736
1,088
856
442
688
841
655
651
804
684
766
684

599
608
567
606
716

837
977
772
193
985
934
958

975
815
1,336
931
1,148
1,800
1,839
1,371
1,481
1,828
1,313
1,487
1,278

1,022
1,085
1,074
1,207
1,322

1,869
1,685
1,210
813
1,597
1,755
2,085

1700 ....
1701..
1702....

1703nbsp;....

1704nbsp;... -

1705nbsp;....

1706nbsp;..,,
1707...
1708...
1709...
1710...
1711...
1712...

1713...
1714...
1715...
1716...
1717...
1718...
1719
1720...
1721...
1722...
1723...
1724...
1725...

Within the Walls and
immediate Suburbs.

In the Vicinity and
Environs.

22,814

15,343
20,677
20,429
22,658
22,646

994

768
754
857
886
1,003

118

155
135
167
128
142

487

590
500
1,800
1,066
689

1,452

1,538
1,389
1,330
1,431
1,445

58

50
52
45
45
55

304

289
232
209
241
211

76,893

73,141
81,977
80,756
82,204
83,602

1726.

1727.

1728.
1729

1730,

1731,

1732,

1733,

1734,

1735,

1736,

667

74,367

65

224

166

20,587

240

1,338

number of children

1nbsp; It appears, that subsequent to this year, no general list was kept, a list only of the
christened in the reformed
churches being found among the registers.

-ocr page 379-

POPULATION.

MARRIAGES.

baptisms.

APPENDIX.

DEATHS.

Within the Walls and
immediate Suburbs.

Europeans. .^--P-^el

In the Vicinity and
Environs.

A,

Half Casts
and other
Christians

Europeans,
Half Casts,
amp;c.

Natives,
Slaves,
amp;c.

Europeans.

Europeans,

Europeans
and Natives.

i^he Eeiormeci
Churches, and
smce 1746 in the
Lutheran
Church.

1737..,
1738..,
1739 ..
1740..,
1741..,
1742...
1743 ..
1744...
1745...
1746...
1747 ,..
1748...
1749...
1750 ..
1751...

1752...
1753...
1754...

1755...
1756...
1757...
1758..
1759...
1760...
1761..,
1762...
1763...
1764...
1765.. ,
1766...
1767...
1768...
1769, ..
1770...
1771...
1772.. ^
1773..,
1774.,.
1775...
1776...
1777..,
1778...
1779...
1780...
1781...

572
448
658
518
070
602
639
673
592
574
670
627
705
571
550

600

457
553

484
410
465
468
437
450
387
471
435
297
357
356

306
329
369

302
245
301
284
295

307

303
277
253
290
259
272

19,612
11,212
18,502
14,141
13,977

14,609

14,926
13,852
13,854

14,050
14,278
13,874

266
212
272
269
287
259
321

278
242
240

318
313
336

311

325
358

369
310
373
447
377
410
305

447
413

67,170
64,090
68,229
72,506
47,583
56,882
55,023

1,317
1,350
1,286
1,420
1,388

1,481

1,517
1,597
1,525

1,541
1,520
1,439

1,513
1,651
1,575

133
133
179
90
124
118
119

117

48

49

51
47

52
47
84

60

1,966
2,002
1,068
1,317
1,278
1,286
1,526

1,965

705
919

668
338
406
547
682

1,062

67,254
68,785
73,163

77,008
80,597
78,259

75,152
76,011
93,375

95,938
96,702
103,443
105,151
111,273
109,393
113,280

113,009
117,207

39
63
38

115
105
84

1,662
2,229
2,189

1,858
1,789
1,729

2,532
1,729
1,557
1,781
1,451
1,403
1,110

2,001
1,907

556
569
592

562
1,542
617

630
547
561
1,082
636
1,064
980

1,134
585

14,596
15,710
15,891

Within the Town and
all the Suburbs.

1351
132

136

146
143

137
128

97
124

16,466
15,925
16,356
16,855
16,942
16,785
16,298

16,282
16,008

1,599
1,604
1,629
1,560
1,572
1,634
1,499

1,507

112
131

108,507
114,750
123,869
121,380
112,346
107,500
108,215
125,635
131,895
140,332
135,532
160,986
129,943

273
389
328
300
348
342
367
328
276
279
238
302
278

15,256
15,430
13,192
12,233
12,743
13,473
12,134
13,512

10,661
12,206

13,651

93
124
126

93
108

98

97
214
100

98
104

82
113

1,642
1,271
1,183
1,105
1,011
1,061
933
1,165

896
1,137

747

1,933
1,869
2,871
2,425
2,437
2,029
2,452
2,997
3,055
1,394
1,804
1,524
1,418

537
667
2,672

2,256
534
866
3,007
1,199
2,031
2,131
1,717
1,435

-ocr page 380-

appendix.

iv

A.

TABLE, No. IL

September 4,597
October.. 4,290
jSovember 3,965
December 3,739

1731
January.. 3,699
February. 3,705
March... 3,827

April----3,833

May ....3,711

June----3,788

July ....4,480
August .. 4,527
September 4,916
October.. 4,512

November 4,412
December 4,430

--- 49,840

48,450

POPULATION. \'

WAEKIAGES.

BAPTISMS,

DEATHS.

Within the Town and

In the Environs.

Of Christians\'

all the Suburbs.

Of

Children, in ihe
Reformeii and

Europeans,
Half Casts

Natives,

Europeans.

Europeans ,
and Natives.

Europeans.

Europeans
and Natives.

Christians.

Lutheran
Churclu\'s.

«cc.

Slaves. amp;c.

1782....

664

9,517

276

127,039

75

260

733

1,692

1783....
1784____

_

J__

_

.—.

—,

292

695

10,422

336

129,506

81

279

1,439

1,669

1785....

243

1786____

_

—-

238

1787____

574

9,910

375

133,151

58

230

1,939

1,278

1788....

284

1789....

236

2,379

1790....

__

69

220

1,672

1791____

325

6,367

450

120,352

48

216

2,228

1,590

1792____

254

8,121

282

119,297

59

171

1,990

1,131

1793____

254

8,121

282

119,297

48

149

1,805

1,030

1794____

__

215

1795----

•—

92

183

1,121

953

1796....

_

67

173

__

1797....

_

52

210

215

930

1798....

,—

68

173

280

675

1799____

,

.—

236

1800....

,

68

169

106

1,168

1801....

_

32

169

1802....

—.

207

1803....

58

182

263

2,356

1804____

__

378

72,830

■—

190

255

_

1805____

_

500

73,728

83

164

_

_

1806----

—,

SO

171

_

_

1807..,.

i—

56

186

2,549

1808 ....

151

__

1809....

—,

131

1810.. ..

167

—\'

1811....

_

136

1812,...

115

1813....

138

List of Deceased and Buried in the several Burial Places at Batavia, from the
Year
1730 till the Month of August 1752.

[Translated from a Document discovered among the Records of the Dutch Government at Batavia.]
1730 Numt. Deceased.

-ocr page 381-

1732
January.. 4,359
February. 4,047
March . . . 4,046

April____4,060

May____4,066

June____4,191

July ... .4,515
August . .4,758
September 5,314
October. .4,912
November 4,344
December 4,305

52,917

1733
January. . 4,205
February . 4,261
March... 3,989

April----3,948

May----3,747

June .... 3,840

July____3,885

August . . 3,805

September 4,147

October. . 4,148

November 3,906
December
3,864

— 47,745

1734
January.. 3,830
February. 3,963
March . . .3,914

April____3,725

May ... .3,711

June----3,550

July____3,772

August . . 4,294
September 5,303
October. .4,237
November 4,025
December 4,021

---48,145

1735
January. .3,722
February. 3,775
March. . .3,830

April____3,757

May----3,780

June----3,968

July----4,141

August . . 4,011
September 4,058
October. . 4,050
November 3,966
December 3,962

47,050

1736
January. .4,110
February. 3,909
March . . . 3,815

April____3,778

May .... 3,760
June . . . .3,699

July____4,063

August . . 4,078
September 4,260
October. .4,110
November 3,841
December 4,080

47,503

1737
January.. 4,066
February. 4,093
March . . . 3,707
April . . . 3,561

May____3,485

June____3,358

July____3,357

August . . 3,400
September 2,501
October. . 4,034
November 4,057
December 4,061

43,709

1738
January . 3,784
February. 3,572
March . . . 3,570

April____3,718

May----3,717

June____4,018

July____4,045

August . . 3,771
September 4,110
October. .4,293
November 4,030
December 4,158

--- 46,786

1739
January. .4,039
February. 4,017
March . . . 3,909
April.... 3,759

May____3,885

June____3,985

July----4,266

August ..4,273
September 4,053
October. .4,139
November 4,189
December 4,084

j.— 48,598

1740
January. .3,851
February . 3,747
March . . . 3^758
April . . . 3,878
May .... 4,090
J une.... 4,424

July----4,536

August . . 4,321
September 4,538
October . . 4,514
November 4,224
December 4,083

1741nbsp;quot;
January .. 4,010
February . 3,842
March . .. 3,893
April .... 3,824

May.....3,958

June.....4,057

July.....4,136

August... 3,764
September 4,093
October . . 3,888
November 3,766
December 3,712

1742
January ..2,849
February . 3,731
March ...3,780
April .... 3,811

May.....2,185

June.....3,665

July.....3,915

August .. . 3,976
September 3,546
October .. 3,537
November 3,646
December 4,021

42,662

1743
January.. 3,744
February . 3,659
March. ..3,399
April .... 3,407

May.....3,418

June.....4,448

July.....3,822

A.

49,964

— 46,943

August... 3,937
September 3,641
October.. 3,798
November 3,852
December 4,011

---- 45,136

-ocr page 382-

1744
January ..
February .
March ...
April ....

May.....

June ....
July.....
August ..
September
October..
November
December

--- 47,661

1745
January.. 3,952
February . 3,765
March ...3,212

April.....3,230

May ------3,290

June. .... 3,327

July.....3,655

August... 3,736
September 4,197
October.. 3,632
November 3,486
December 3,526

43,008

1746
January. . 3,479
February . 3,491
March ...3,459

April.....3,373

May.....3,435

June ....3,950

July.....4,750

4,114
3,974
3,682
3,723
3,790
3,808
3,847
3,601
5,904
3,914
4,140
4,064

A.

VI

August ..4,210
September 4,110
October .. 4,214
November 4,483
December 4,874

--- 47,828

1747
January.. 4,414
February . 4,389
March ...4,305
April .... 4,159

May.....4,599

June ....4,978

July.....5,355

August ..4,946
September 5,016
October.. 3,028
November 4,506
December 4,603

April

May

June

July

August

1749
January..
February .
March . -.
April ....

May.....

June.....

July.....

August ..
September
October..
November
December

54,298

1748
January.. 4,459
February . 4,322
March ...4,796

.. 4,689
.. 4,603
.. 5,106
.. 4,469
.. 4,355

September 5,034
October ..5,169
November 5,140
December 4,864

57,006

4,870
4,432
4,332
4,505
4,425
4,589
4,656
4,174
4,398
4,684
4,537
4,893

---54,515

APPENDIX.

1750
January.. 4,546
February . 4,352
March ...4,417

April____4,619

May.....5,227

June ....5,072
July ... 5,277
August . 5,134
September 4,872
October .. 4,580
November 4,526
December 4,508

57,130

April
May .
June
July.
August

58,605

1751
January,. 4,543
February. 4,128
March ... 4,163
..4,170
. . 3,967
-. 4,967
.. 6,904
. 5,566

September 5,699
October .. 5,344
November 4,612
December 4,533

1752
January . . 3,923
February . 3,941
March ... 4,272

April----4,116

May.....4,466

June .... 4,285

July.....4,359

August... 4,514

—- 33,876

During twenty-
two years and
eight months, —■
Grand Total. 1,119,375

The unhealthiness of the climate of Batavia is connected, in the minds of many,
with the fabulous properties of the poison tree of Java, and many are so ignorant
of the island as to consider the climate of Batavia as a fair example of that of
Java, in general. History attests, that this city has been highly pernicious to
the health both of Europeans and Natives, almost from its foundation, and
recent
/ experience concurs with the testimony of history. The mines of America, when
they were tirst discovered, did not more strongly allure the Spaniards, nor urged
them to sacrifice more relentlessly the
lives of the unresisting natives to their burning

thirst

-ocr page 383-

thirst of gold, than the monopoly of Java and the Spice Islands led the Dutch appendix.

Company, in the track of wealth, through danger, injustice, and oppression. Though A.

the unhealthiness of Batavia was at all times known and formidable, there were times

when the mortality became extraordinary and alarming. Although not prone to

any speculation, except that of merchants, or to any inquiry, except for a new market

or a more lucrative channel of trade, the Company\'s Government in India was

sometimes forced to institute inquiries into the cause of this insalubi-itj, and to

speculate about the possibility and the means of removing it. Passing by other

occassions, there exists on the records of the High Regency a reply to queries

about the unhealthiness of Batavia, dated the 14th of October 1753. This paper

states, that between 1732 and 1738 the greatest number of casualties happened.

It assio-ns as a great cause of the insalubrity complained of, the situation of the

town in a bay, confined on the west and east by projecting points of land, and

inclosed in front by a cluster of small islands. The space between the town and

the sea is chiefly mud, left by the retreating of the sea: a swamp surrounds the

town. The mouths of the rivers are generally covered with underwood and a

species of tree peculiar to swamps. The vegetation of these low grounds, it is

added, cannot but retain impurities of the most noxious kind. The space which is

formed at the mouths of the rivers Tang\'ran and Ang\'ki is an entire swamp, covered

with shrubs which emit exhalations of an impure nature: these are interspersed

with the burying grounds of the natives, and the effluvia of these places is felt at

some distance. It was believed that the earthquake of 1699, by forcing mud from

under the earth and blocking up the mouths of the rivers more than formerly,

contributed to increace the previously existing unhealthiness. The lime kilns in

the neighbourhood, the close plantations of trees that prevent a free circulation

of air, the stagnation of the rivers from the bars of mud or sand which obstruct

their outcourse into the sea, the kind of water which the inhabitants are compelled

to drink, the narrowness of their houses, and the dirt and filth accumulated in

the numerous canals that intersect the tovrn, have all their due share of pernicious

efficiency assigned them in this report. The buildings, it is said, are admirably

adapted to keep out the fresh air and to retain that which is putrid or noxious.

To remedy the evils felt, a new construction of houses is recommended, and a frequent

pruning or entire extirpation of the trees.

The fever which excited this inquiry commenced in 1733 and lasted till 1738, and
during its continuance two thousand of the Company\'s servants and free Christians
annually died. In 1739 its violence abated; but it broke out again in 1744, and
continued with little diminution or variation to the date of the report in 1753.

Without stopping to inquire whether it would be easier to remove disease from
Batavia, or the inhabitants of Batavia from disease,
I shall take the liberty of
quoting an extract from a report on the climate of some parts of Java, drawn up by
Mr. Robertson, the late Superintending Surgeon, which appears to me to afford a
satisfactory account of the causes of the insalubrity of the capital. After giving

a statement

-ocr page 384-

a statement of the mortality that prevailed in an Indiaman, a part of the crew of
which landed at Batavia, he thus proceeds.

quot; Such is the melancholy instance of the noxious climate of Batavia which came
quot; within mj own observation. That it was not epidemic is clearly evinced, from its
quot; not extending its influence to those who attended the sick nor to the rest of the crew,
quot; all of whom escaped its attack and
remained healthy. Among the Dutch who remain
« in the town, fevers are, I undestand, very prevalent at all seasons, notwithstanding
quot; their being in a manner inured to the climate, and most of them have a sallow
\'\' sickly appearance. It is not uncommon, in riding- through the streets, to meet
quot; three or four funerals daily.

quot; The Chinese, however, who are very numerous, suffer more than any class
quot; of the people; perhaps from the worse situations of their houses, the manner
\'\' in which these are crowded, the closeness of their apartments, and their gross
quot; manner of living. The number of casualties among them, I am told, is incredible,
quot; especially during the dry season ; and if
one may judge from the extent of their
quot; burial ground and the number of their tumuli, it cannot admit of a doubt. The
quot; preceding facts are, I conclude, sufficient to establish the truth of the noxious
quot; character the climate of Batavia has so long obtained, and I shall now proceed to
quot; the causes which have been often investigated, and seem well ascertained, though
quot; the knowledge of them has led to little exertion for their removal.

quot; The baneful effects of marsh miasmata on the human system is well known,
quot; engendering intermittent and remittent fevers, dysenteries, and visceral obstruc-
quot; tions. Batavia, built almost in a swamp, surrounded by marshes in all directions,
quot; trees and jungles which prevent the exhalations being carried off by a free cir-
quot; culation of air, is peculiarly obnoxious from this cause. Opposite the mouth of the
quot; river, and extending a great way to the westward, is a mud-bank, which in many
quot; parts at low water is uncovered by the sea, and is daily accumulating from the
quot; quantities of mud and animal and vegetable matter carried down by the river
quot; during its reflux. Again, the sea often at spring tides overflows the adjacent
quot; country, and on its receding leaves the soil covered with slime and mud, which
quot; exposed to the action of the sun soon suffers decomposition, and impregnates the
quot; atmosphere with its noxious exhalations, which are carried by the sea breeze over
quot; Batavia, where the trees and jungles surrounding the houses prevent their being
quot; dissipated. During the heat of the day, these exhalations are more diffused and
quot; comparatively innoxious, but when the sun withdraws its influence they become
quot; more condensed, and amalgamating with the descending evening dews form a

morbid atmosphere around the houses of the inhabitants. This hypothesis will
quot; readily account for a fact well known, that people whose commercial
concerns
quot; require their presence in Batavia during the day, and who retire during the night
quot; into the country, escape this endemic, while scarcely any who sleep in the town,
quot; even for a night, unless those who by a long residence are inured to it,
escape- In
quot; the ingenious and sensible work formerly alluded to
(Mr. Johnson\'s) I this

quot; hypothesis

A.

li\'iili

■fli

-ocr page 385-

hypothesis so clearly and perspicuously expounded, that I must take the liberty appendix.
of quoting it.nbsp;A.

quot; \' The cause why the stench emitted by marshes and vegetable matter in a

*nbsp;state of decomposition is more perceptible immediately after sunset, is not that
\' the vapours are disengaged in greater quantities then than during the day,
\' but the marshes retain their heat for some time after the sun\'s rays are withdrawn,
\'and consequently continue to emit vapours through the atmosphere, as during

lt;nbsp;the high temperature of the day by the sun. They therefore meet the descending
\' dews, condensing and forming a thick fog, which hovers over the swamps
\' accompanied by a noxious and disagreeable odour. The miasmata exhaled during
« the day, in all probability, descend with the dews of the evening, which meeting

lt;nbsp;and combining with those that continue to be disengaged from their source,

lt;nbsp;must form a concentration highly capable of affecting the constitution. Marsh
\' effluvia become at a certain distance from their source innoxious. Dr. Hunter
\' observes, quot; a few feet in height gives a comparative security in the same buildings.quot;

lt;nbsp;This will be accounted for by the supposition, that as the miasmata exhaled
\' during the day descend in the evenings, they become more and more concentrated,
\' till meeting the exhalations from the still reeking marshes, a dense stratum
\' of highly impregnated atmosphere is found contiguous to the surface of the
\'earth: hence the salubrity of sleeping in upper apartments. This leads to
\' another practicable inference of considerable importance, that when necessity
\' compels exposwe to these marshes, we should select that point of time least
\' likely to meet those miasmata, whether ascending or descending. This period
\' seems to extend from three to six in the afternoon : * that is, after the greatest
\' heat of the earth and air, and consequently the greatest evaporation, and before
\' the condensation and return of such exhalations as rose during the day, and which

quot; \' combine with those still issuing from the heated soil for some time after sunset.\'

quot; A second, and I think an equally powerful cause, is the stagnant water of
quot; the canals, which in all directions intersect the city. In the first place, they are
« filled with filth of every description; there is scarcely at times any perceptible
quot; current in them to carry off that filth; and lastly, the sluices are frequently kept
quot; shut, for the purpose of swelling the waters above them to irrigate tlie fields,
« while those below, which intersect the town, become almost dry, leaving an
quot; extensive surface of mud and every kind of putrified matter to be acted upon by the
quot; sun, raising the roost pestilential vapours, with which, as before observed, the

atmosphere gets thoroughly impregnated.

quot; As a third cause, the state of the houses may be considered, and the mode
quot; of living of the Dutch. Houses that are untenanted are seldom opened, and
« thus collect much filth and foul damp pernicious vapours. Those that are itihabited
« are generally shut up in the day time, most of them being glazed, thus preventing
« a free circulation of air; and in the lower story of most of the houses, the walls

bnbsp;quot; are

*nbsp;Mr. Robertson\'s observation and experience led him to giye it a greater latitude, from eight or nine in the
morning till twelve, and from
three to six in the afternoon.

-ocr page 386-

APPENDIX. « are covered some feet from the ground with a greenish coat, and on entering
quot; the apartments a stranger experiences a kind of chilly feel and a damp raw kind
quot; of smell. Although it cannot be
enumerated among the causes, yet I cannot
quot; help thinking, the Dutch mode of medical practice, in as far as
it is inefficient
quot; to counteract the diseases of this climate, must tend to increase the number of
quot; fatal terminations.

quot; The Dutch practitioners, little in the habit of theorizing, continue the same
quot; practice in every form of disease, and they are particularly prejudiced against
quot; the use of mercury, opium, and other powerful medicines, in consequence relying
quot; solely on the most simple and inert remedies. Some few of them, of more enlarged
quot; understanding, adopt the English mode, and seem sensible of its superior efficacy.

quot; A fourth, and 1 am convinced a very general cause, especially of the diarrhoeas
quot; and dysenteries which seldom fail to attack new comers, is the water. This most
quot; essential article is taken either from
the canals or wells, and it is equally bad when
quot; passed through a filtering stone. It retains a brackish, hard, unpleasant taste, and
quot; if
allowed to remain some time in vessels without previous boiling, generates small
quot; animalculae. Such, I conceive, are the most probable and principal causes of the
quot; insalubrity of Batavia; though there are, I doubt not, others contributing, which
quot; elude observation. It is a generally received, though I think an erroneous opinion,
that the rainy season is the most unhealthy. The most unhealthy appears to me to be
that immediately after the cessation of the rains ; and the older and more experienced
quot; Dutch residents have observed, that in years when there has been a long con-
quot; tinned drought, disease has been more than usually prevalent, and they look
forward with anxiety for the accession of the rains, as the means of resisting
quot; its
baneful dissemination.

quot; Weltevreden, at a distance of not more than three miles, being less exposed to
quot; these causes, excepting the water, is exempt, in a great measure, from its prevailing
quot; endemic fever; though diarrhceas are common, especially among those newly
quot; arriving, but they are seldom of a serious or alarming nature.

quot; Among the troops stationed at Weltevreden and Cornells, diseases are not more
\'\' frequent than in the healthiest parts of India which 1 have visited ; though for some
quot; months since the Bali expedition, the casualties in the 7Sth regiment have been
quot; numerous. At
Chemangis^ about twenty-two miles from Batavia inland, a battalion
quot; of Sepoys is stationed, where, from the returns I have received, it appears they
quot; enjoy comparatively good health, and have very few casualties, though a much
« larger quantity of rain falls than in the vicinity of Weltevreden. It is on an
elevated commanding situation, and open and clear of jungle for a considerable
« extent around.quot;

In support of the opinion which has been given of the general salubrity of the
climate of Java, the abstract returns of sick, amp;c. among the troops serving on Java
and its dependencies, for the last two years, are annexed, together with a statement
of casualties, in His Majesty\'s 78th regiment, while serving on the
continent of India
and in Java.

GENEBAIt

-ocr page 387-

Genskal Abstkagt of the Monthly Return of Sick in the Inland of Java and

its Dependencies, from lif November 1813 to BOth October 1814.

No. of Troops.

Dead.

Remaining last month.

TOTAL.

a

I

c

S \'
p.
o
c

w

i
K

e

o

\'S J

T3

\'s

c5

X!

P

gt;
b

p

li
°p

j

?

o
^

gt;

s

FIH

eo
C.

IS

is

.8 i
II

1
P;

^ s

6g

P

m

a.
£
a
M

gt;

Proportion
of Sick,

PrcportiOKi
of Deaths
to Cures.

1813.
Nov.

2,262

5,196

938

997

981

5

19

6

30

176

216

10

61

101

195

144

1

289

635

1 to 8

1 to 32 70

Dec.

1814.

Jan.

2,399

4,962

963

908

974

3

37

14

54

150

205

9

73

95

149

164

266

577

1 to 9 90

1 to 18

2,089

5,536

955

852

895

1

24

11

36

144

196

11

79

99

170

177

232

644

1 to 8-70

1 to 24 86

Feb.

1,233

4,865

677

474

477

5

14

6

23

99

144

2

63

84

113

146

141

510

1 to 9\'33

1 to 27 39

Mar.

2,154

5,845

744

733

834

6

19

6

31

146

152

1

69

183

102

116

124

575

1 to 11-52

lto 26 911

Apr.

],818

4,962

620

662

620

5

18

5

28

149

131

5

51

80

80

144

177

457

1 to 10-67

1 to 22\'14

May

1,781

6,509

848

876

805

8

35

4

47

169

201

7

87

107

131

160

195

667

1 to 9-61

1 to 17-12

June

1,677

5,790

763

934

820

11

30

13

54

168

182

12

80

103

127

151

216

607

I to 9

1 to 15\'18

July

1,663

5,560

839

],082

880

7

30

10

47

304

199

15

103

117

104

150

230

764

1 to 7-28

1 to 18-72

Aug.

1,569

5,735

947

945

772

21

17

4

42

440

189

11

89

117

111

121

263

815

1 to 6-77

1 to 18-38

Sept.

2,309

5,863

1,157

915

916

31

38

8

77

395

172

15

107

135

97

159

355

725

1 to 7 55

1 to 11-89

Oct.

2,306

5,562

1,079

876

1,018

9

24

12

45

241

176

9

106

122

91

142

278

609

1 to 8 87

1 to 22-62

General Monthly Average of Sick and Casualties on the Island of Java and
its Dependencies, from 1st November
1813 to 3lst October 1814.

Average of the
Strength of
Corps and
Detachments.

Average of
Sick.

Average of
Cures.

Average of
Deaths.

Average
Proportion of
Sicl5 to WelJ.

Average
Proportion of
Deaths to Cures.

7,470

862

832

42

1 to 8-66

1 to 19-80

Monthly Average of Fatal Diseases, from Is^ November 1813 to 3lst

October lUL

Deaths during the Year.

Fevers.

Flux.

Other Diseases.

Totai,.

514

110

305

99

514

Monthly Average ..

25 A

81

49 lo

^^ TäT

b 2

-ocr page 388-

APPENDIX.

appendix. General Abstract of the Monthly Returns of Sick on the Island o/ Java and its
Dependencies, from Is« November 1814 to the 3\\st December 1815 inclusive.

A.

Kemaining last of the Month.

Dead.

No. of Troops.

Proportion
o Deatlis
to Cures.

Proportion
of Sick.

TOTAL.

25

M 0.

1 to 9-47
1 to 10
t%
1 to 11-47

1 to 11-72
1 to 12-67
1 to 11-37
1 to 11-68

1 toll-31

1 to 11/^
1 to

1 to 12t?o
1 to

1 to 111
1 to lOf

1814,
Nov.

Dec.

1815.
Jan.

Feb.

Mar,

Apr.

May

June

July

Aug.

Sept.

Oct.

Nov.

Dec.

112185
116^150
118 127
117124
90

674
59?
539
502
448
484
470
495
436
409
343
327
404
318

21

229
229
188
195
173
178
220
200
149
152
123
77
42
61

211
211

157
141
184
182

158
204
177
1^9
101

88
101
83

154
132
119
106
96
122
122
107
109
102
91
58

78

79

104132
84123
88105
102\' 87

79 68

11

1 to 20t^
1 to 17-71
1 to 24f
1 to 35-35
1 to 57|
1 to 34^
1 to 48-35
1 to31-57
1 to 42-38
1 to 39-57
1 to 58-37
I to29-76
1 to 32f
1 to34|

6,283
6,268
6,233

906
890
842

2,272
2,325
2,106
2,211
2.172
2,050
2,082
2,002
1,442
1,339

820
797
693
601

642

706
723
682
540
545
444
38
407

784

815

776

601
600

648
677
663
551
554
467
4 387
392
343

13 22
18
7

10
10

5,962 714

98
92

108

103
76
97
88
63
68
70

5,700

5,481

81

79

101
111
95
83
82
73
88
72
59

623

77109
81110

5,983 6B8

5,862

5,227

691
609

72

64

64 74

4,836 584

60
64
70
48

1,3244 595

497

420
443
344

4,770
4,404
3,170

1,326
821
772

N. B. The monthly returns from Maccassar for November and December, and of the 5th Volunteer Battalion,
Javan Corps, and of a Detachment of H. M, 78th for December, had not been received when this table was
framed.

General Monthly Average of Sick and Casualties on the Island of Java
its Dependencies, from isf November 1814 to 31st October 1815 inclusive.

Average of the
Strength of
Corps and
Detachments

Average of
Sick.

Average of
Cures.

Average of
Deaths.

Average
Proportion of
Sick to Well.

Average
Proijortion quot;f
Deaths to
Cures.

7,487

669

626

21

1 to 1117

1 to 29 18

State

-ocr page 389-

State of Bis Majesty\'s 1st Battalion im Regiment, shewing the Effective Strength APPEfroix.
and Number died (including those died of Wounds), killed in Action, Half-yearly, A.
from mh February 1797, five days after the Regiment\'s landing in India, to 2Mh
December,
1815.nbsp;Serondole, I3th March, 1816.

Casualties.

Effective Strength

on the under-
mentioned Dates.

TOTAL
dead,
liilled,
amp;c. kc.

_ (J

ittu

quot; cxi-a g

PERIODS.

Head Quarters of the Regiment and Dates.

Fort William,. 16 Feb. 17971......

Berhampore, 25 June............

On the River, 25 Dec...........

Allahabad, 25 June 1798 ........

Camp Onoopsheer, 25 Dec.......

Cawnporc, 25 June 1799 ........

Ditto, 25 Dec.................

Ditto, 25 June 1800 ..........

Fort William, 25 Dec...........

Ditto, 25 June 1801............

Ditto, 25 Dec.................

Ditto, 25 June 1802 ..........

Ditto, 25 Dec................

Camp Rooey, 25 June 1803 ......

— Cuttah, 25 Dec...........

- Chiohoora, 25th June 1804 ..

OldWomen\'s Island, Bombay,25Dec.

Ditto, 25 June 1805 ..........

Camp at Bombay, 25 Dec........

Ditto, 25 June 1806 ..........

Butcher\'slsland near Bombay,25Dec.

Cabo, Island of Goa, 25 June 1807

Ditto, 25 Dec.................

Ditto, 25 June 1808 ..........

Ditto, 25 Dec.-----------------

Ditto, 25 June 1809 ..........

Ditto, 25 Dec................

Ditto, 25 June 1810 ..........

Ditto, 25 Dec.............. ••

LowjeeFamily Transport,25 J unel 811

Surabaya, Java, 25 Dec.........

Ditto, 25 June 1812 ..........

Ditto, 25 Dec................

Ditto, 25 June 1813 ..........

Ung\'arang, 25 Dec..... ....

Weltevreeden, Java, 25 June 1814

Ditto, 25 Dec................

Ditto, 25 June 1815 ..........

Serondol, 25 Dec..............

1,146
1,085
993
952
930
913
888
869
890
857
897
884
865
837
709
657
683
636
604

683
668
686
520
706
809
772
740
989
991
965
770
674

684
625
625
597
623
583
568

25
90
45
84

27

31

19
34
30
15
12
66
30
89
61
84
50
30
14

24

17
7
9

25
22

32
22
21

18
166
101

93
59
22

28
52

20
13

5222

22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22j
22

52
52
52
62

52

53
54.

54
54
54
54

54

56

57
57
57

55
54
64

47

28
6

6222

115 16Feb.l797to24Dec.1797
79 25Dec.l797to24Dec.1798

-nbsp;58 25Dec.l798to24)Dec.l799

53nbsp;25Dec.l799to24Dec.1800
45 25Dec.1800to24Dec.1801

-nbsp;78 25Dec.1801to24Dec.1802
h 166 25Dec,1802to24Dec.l803

-nbsp;145 25Dec.l803to24Dec 1804
j 80 25Dec.1804to24Dec.1805
^ 38 25Dec.1805to24Dec.1806

24 25Dec.1806to24Dec.1807
34 25Dec.1807to24Dec.1808

54nbsp;25Dec.l808to24Dec.l809i
43 25Dec.1809to24Dec.1810

212 25Dec.1810to24Dec.1811

200 25Dec.1811to24Dec.1812

81 25Dee.1812to24Dec.1813

80 25Dec,1813to24Dec.l814

33

25Dec.1814to24Dec.lS15

1,537

1,618

81

1nbsp; Five days after our arrival in India.

-ocr page 390-

appendix. Note by N, Citiieie, Esq. Surgeon of His Majestj/\'s 78th Regiment, on the
quot;Xquot;nbsp;foregoing Table.

When the 78th regiment first arrived at Java, the men had been long confined on
board ship, living on salt provisions, and were afterwards exposed, not only to the
fatigues and privations incident to actual warfare, but also to the inclemency of the
weather in a tropical climate. All these causes produced a tendency to disease, and
when the regiment arrived at
Surabaya the quarters were bad ; and being in the middle
of the town, free access could at all times be had to spirituous liquors. The number
of
diseases and of casualties was consequently great; but it diminished gradually, as
the men were successively accommodated with good barracks at
De Noyo. The
whole were comfortably lodged in plastered barracks iu March or April 1813, and in
May and the following month a very sensible reduction of deaths took place, as may
be seen by the abstracts of those months. During the preceding months of January,
February, March, and April, the deaths were numerous, but the greater
proportion
was among the men of a detachment of about two hundred men that joined in January,
and continued
to be very sickly during those four months. Almost all the men of this
detachment had, when attacked, violent diseases.

A very remarkable instance of the bad effects of exposure to night air while
asleep, occurred when part of the regiment was sent, in September 1814, from WeltC\'
vreeden to Chemangs, where the barracks were built of wattled bamboos, and the
men laying with their heads to the walls, received the current of air directly in their
heads. Fifty were seized with a highly inflammatory fever in the course of three days.
Delirium was always the first symptom in every case, and it was necessary to bleed
several of them
largely before they could be sent to the hospital. By referring to the
returns it will be seen that almost every increase of sickness happened after a chano-e
of quarters, as in the detachment abovementioned, and after the removal of the re-
giment from
Surabaya to Vng\'arang \'awA Sirondol in October !8I3, after the expe-
dition to
Bali dit Welievreeden in June 1814, and to Chefnangis in September 1814.
An increase of sickness always took place after the use of spirituous liquors on par-
ticular holidays, as Christmas, amp;c.; and on the contrary, the good effects of not
exposing the men to morning dews or Wet, and of regularity in diet, may be seen in
the healthiness of the regiment after the men got settled in good barracks at
Surabaya
and Wellevreeden.

Java need no longer be held up as the grave of Europeans, for except in the
immediate neighbourhood of salt marshes and forests, as in the city of Batavia and
two
or three other places on the north coast, it may be safely affirmed that no tropical
climate is superior to it in salubrity. By its insular situation, the temperature of the
atmosphere
is low and equable, and from its lofty mountains it possesses this great
advantage,
that in a few hours travelling a climate of any degree of cold may be
found.

appendix

-ocr page 391-

APPENDIX B.

JAPAN TRADE.

The Empire of Japan has for a long period adopted and carried with effect all the appendix.
exclusive maxims of Chinese policy, with a degree of rigour unknown even in China B.
itself. Previously to the expulsion of the Portuguese and the extirpation of Christia-
General obser-
nity in the latter part of the seventeenth century, the Japanese trade was reckoned by
far the most advantageous which could be pursued in the East, and very much
superior
to either the Indian or Chinese trade. After the expulsion of the Portuguese, a verv
extensive trade was for some time permitted to be carried on by the Dutch, on account
ofthe benefits which the Japanese imagined themselves to have received from that
nation during the Portuguese war, and especially the detection of a formidable con-
spiracy of some of the Japanese Princes to dethrone the Emperor, the correspondence
relative to which was intercepted at sea.
It was for these services that the Dutch ori-
ginally procured the imperial edict, by which they were permitted to trade to Japan,
to the
exclusion of all other European nations. This public act of their ancestors, the
Japanese have repeatedly declared that they will not cancel ; but they have done
every
thing but formally cancel it, for a more limited and less free trade never was carried
on by one rich nation with another.* For more than half
a century, the Dutch trade
has been limited to two yearly ships from Batavia, the cargoes of both of which
scarcely ever exceeded the value of 300,000 dollars, and their only profitable returns
are Japan
copper and a small quantity of camphor. To shew themselves impartial
in their restrictions, the Japanese have limited the traffic of the Chinese, the only
eastern nation whom they suffer to trade with
them at all, in a similar manner to that
of
the Dutch, and they suffer no more than ten Chinese junks to visit iVissffg-a^a^/in
the year. The trade of those two favoured nations is also limited to the port of
Nangasaki.

In pursuance of their exclusive maxims, and conformably to the terms of their
agreement with the Dutch, the Japanese have, on every occasion, followed an uniform
line of conduct, and rejected, in the most peremptory manner, the various overtures
of different nations of Europe, refusing equally to have any intercourse, négociation,
or commerce with any of them. It must also be admitted, that the whole foreign
trade of Japan, compared with the riches of the country, is absolutely trifling; nor
is there any rich or powerful body of them, like the Hong merchants of China, at all
interested in its continuance. The vearly presents, whether offered to the Governor
of
Nangasaki or the Emperor, are of no great value, and rigidly limited by law and

usage I

» Foï the regulations by which the trade is limited, see Kenipster\'s History of Japan.

vatious.

-ocr page 392-

APPENDIX, usage; and as the government of Japan is much stronger and more vigilant than that
of China, no such abuses can be ventured on at
Nangasaki as those which exist at

Canton.

The commercial intercourse of the Dutch at Japan was established by an imperial
edict in their favor from the Emperor
Gonging Soma, in the year 1611.

The first Dutch factory was established at Firando, but in the year 1641 it wag
removed to
Nangasaki. The number of the Dutch ships, and the kind of merchandize
which they imported, were then left entirely to the discretion of the parties; the
merchandize was disposed of to the best advantage, and the returns consisted of such
articles as were expected to yield the greatest profit. They were subject only to
the municipal regulations of the country, without any further restraint or incumbrance
whatever. The trade remained in this state till the year 1671. In the Dutch records
of this period, the only complaints made against Japanese authority relate to restrictions
laid upon them in matters of religion.

In the beginning, the returns from Japan consisted of silver and copper ; and the
former being coined, was received according to the current value in that country,
where the coins and weights went by the same name as in China,
katis, tahils,
mas,
and kandarins. Ten mas were worth a tahil, sixteen tahil a kati, and one hundred
kali weighed one hundred and twenty or one hundred and twenty-one pounds Dutch,
equal to a mark.

There were two sorts of silver, of which the fine was called %oma and the coarser
bar-silver, generally distinguished by the Dutch
under the terms of heavy and light
money. This was at first carried to account at the rate of sixty-two stivers and a half
per
tahil, no difference being made in the books of that time between the two kinds;
but in the
year 1635, the common or bar-silver, was fixed at fifty-seven stivers the
tahil. Both kinds, according to this regulation, were considered by the Dutch as
calculated too high for an article of merchandize, and consequently were not much in
demand in the western parts of India, to which it was at first sent by the Company.

The attention of the Dutch being however afterwards attracted to the trade in gold
from Japan, orders were issued to the factors in the year 1640, requiring gold as a
return, to the amount of from ten to twelve hundred thousand florins. These orders
were executed with the best success, and a wish seems on this occasion to have
been expressed by the factory, that Japan might, as formerly, be permitted to supply
from one hundred to one hundred and fifty chests of gold
kohangs, ubangs, and %ehos.
Gold and silver were at this time the principal articles in the returns from Japan.
Their Copper was not much in demand, probably because it was so little known
in India or Europe; yet the Directors, in their requisition for the year 1655, state the
price of Japan Copper having risen from thirty-six to forty-six florins per
hundred
pounds weight, and an order having been sent to Japan for twenty thousand pikuls of
that metal, the same rendered great profit.

In 1644, requisitions were made from Surat for two thousand pikuls, from
Coromandel for one thousand
pikuls, and from Batavia for four thousand pikuls of
copper: and
in reply it is stated, that it would not be difficult to furnish the quantity

required i

B.

Trade of the
Dutch with
Japan,

-ocr page 393-

required; that the Japan copper consisted of botfi sheet and bar copper, of which appendix

the former was purchased at twenty tahils the pikul, or twelve stivers (inferior silver)

per pound, being twenty per cent, cheaper than European copper.nbsp;J^V^n Trade.

The gold, after being coined, was found a very profitable article, being purchased
at a favourable rate. In the beginning the
hohang was purchased for six tahil eight
mas, and for six tahil seven mas, and as appears from the books of 1669, 1670, and
1671, was within those years even purchased as low as five
taUU six mas and five
tahils eight mas from the great men of the country or from merchants, according
to circumstances. During two of these years, more than one hundred thousand
kobangs were obtained, which rendered a profit of one million of florins.

In 1671, an edict was issued by the Japanese government prohibiting the further
exportation of silver; but the profit on the gold being so considerable, the restriction
on the exportation of silver was a matter of indifference to the Dutch, who still
were enabled to obtain their returns in the more profitable articles of gold and copper.

The exchange of the kobang was now fixed by the Japanese government at sixty-eight
%ms; and the free and unrestricted trade which the Dutch had hitherto enjoyed, was
subjected to an arbitrary valuation of the import cargoes, and limited first with respect
to the articles of merchandize, and afterwards with respect to its extent.

The loss of the island of Formosa in 1661, is supposed to have given the first shock
to the credit of the Dutch at Japan. Not long after that event they experienced many
instances of opposition and several prejudicial alterations in the trade.

quot; They (the Japanese) were cuusequeiitly,quot; observes Mr. Imhoff, in his Memoir on
the Japan Trade, quot; no longer under any apprehension of being annoyed by us, while,
quot; if we had remained in possession of Formosa, we were and might have continued
« masters of the navigation and trade between China and Japan. In that opinion I
quot; am still further confirmed, when I consider, in the first instance, that the prejudicial
quot; change with respect to our situation at Japan, although it took place
only several
quot; years after the loss of Formosa, had been already in agitation some time before;
« and secondly, that notwithstanding the confidence of the
Japanese in their own
quot; superiority, which they always evinced, that arrogance did not conceal altogether a
quot; certain fear of us, very evident from their great precautions. This fear has, however,
quot; since decreased, and if we
may trust to the records, has frequently been succeeded
quot; by brutality.« It is an undeniable truth, that if a nation renders itself respected
quot; and formidable it will flourish, and that
otherwise it is but little esteemed.quot;

The decline of the trade seems not at first to have been much attended to. « Whether
quot; the Japanese,quot; says the same writer, quot; at that period obtained advice of the
quot; advantages we derived from the trade, or that the bad conduct of our servants gave
quot; occasion to further restrictions which succeeded each other, we do not know, yet it

cnbsp;«is

* quot;We were obliged to submit to many insults, and it frequently happened that the governors declined receiving
quot; our representations, hinting that we might leave Japan altogether and not return again. From the record»
quot; also we perceive the despotic regulations resorted to by the Japanese respecting our nation^ in consequence
quot; of our having at that time but little power in India,quot;—/m/w/;

-ocr page 394-

« is undeniable, that first in the year 1685 our trade was limited to three hundred
quot; thousand
taUls, of which two-thirds were to consist of piece goods and weighable
JapaaTrade. quot; articles, and the other third of silks. This was confirmed in 1689, and we were
quot; allowed to export only twenty-five thousand
pikuh of copper, whereas our exports
quot; of that article formerly had been regulated according to our requisition. In the
quot; year 1700, the number of our ships was limited to four or five, in lieu of six or
quot; seven as were formerly sent, according to circumstances.quot;

The profits of the trade at this period would yet have deserved attention, had not
a change in the current coin rendered the year 1700 still more disadvantageous- In
1692 and 1693 and afterwards, rich cargoes were sent to Japan which returned
considerable profits, and the funds were again laid out in copper, as far as-thirty
thousand chests or
pikuls. The new stipulation of twenty-five thousand chests was
of little importance with the Dutch, who knew how, as they confess, to obtain by
bribes from the Governors and their servants a still further quantity. In the year 1685
the system of receiving the Dutch merchandize by valuation was
discontinued; and
although it was introduced again in the year
1698, it was once more abolished in
the following year.

Various causes are assigned for the change in the current coin which took place
about this period ; but whether as was supposed by the Dutch thé knowledge of the
Dutch profits upon the
kohang opened the eyes of the Japanese, or that their long
intercourse with Europeans rendered them more attentive to their own interest, or
that the Chinese, who are known to be very expert in the art of coining, proposed
that measure to them, or that the easy compliance of the Dutch in all former instances,
and while they issued the most injurious orders against their commerce, made them
believe that they might purchase their friendship at a cheaper rate than hitherto, or
as seems most probable, it was principally occasioned by other and more weighty
causes not yet discovered, it is certain that in the year 1696 appeared for the first time
a new kind of
kohang, of one-third less in value than the old, although tendered to
and received by the Dutch at the same rate. Here then was said to commence the
iron age. .

The new AoööWgquot; • was assayed at thirteen carats six or seven grains, while the old
kohang was twenty carats eight and a half, nine, or even ten grains; yet the Dutch
were obliged to receive the former at the rate of sixty-eight
mas like the old which
weighed thirty-one stivers, and making a dilFerence upon one thousand of seventy-two
marks. The old
kohang rendered a profit of twenty five per cent., but the new
produced a loss of fifteen or sixteen per cent, on the coast of Coromandel, where it
was re-cqined. Some of the
olAkohangs being however estimated at the same rate
with the new, the Dutch still continued to derive some profits from the gold, until
the introduction of a third kind of
kohang, denominated the small kohangs, took place.

In 1710 the Japanese resorted to this further change in the coin, by reducing
the weight of the kohang nearly one half, the value being twenty-five kanderins, while
that of the former was ïio less than forty-seven
kanderins. This caused a loss of from

thirty-four

-ocr page 395-

thirty-four to thirty-six per cent., the Dutch being obliged to receive thesame at the appendix
rate of sixty-eight
mas; the former Jcobangs, of inferior alloy only, ^ere in consequence
still preferable. From 1710 to 1720, both sorts were in circulation; but the repeated
Japan Trade,
complaints of the Dutch were at last, in 1720, so far attended to, that the old
kobangSj
ofthe same alloy and weight, were again introduced. The latter, however, were
called double
kohangs, and they were charged in the Dutch accounts at thirteen tahils
six mas, which was twice as much as in former times, so that they became still less
profitable than the small
kohangs, of which two thousand weighed seventy-six marks,
while one thousand of the old coin only weighed seventy-two marks, and would con-
sequently, when received in lieu of two small
kobangs, have produced a loss of thirty-
seven seven-eights per
cent.

When an attempt was made, in 1714, to oblige the Dutch to receive the small
liobang at the same rate as the old, the exportation of copper was limited to fifteea
thousand chests, as was the number of ships to two or three, according to the quantity
of copper in store.

A fourth kind oi kobang was introduced in 1730, about live per cent, better than
the third or small
kobang, but the trade continued rapidly to decline until the year
1744.

The loss of many valuable ships and cargoes,1 a reduction in the selling price of
the articles of merchandize which they imported, and an increase of charges attending
the visits to the Imperial Court and the maintenance of their establishment in Japan,
contributed to render this period particularly disadvantageous to the Dutch trade. Their
submissive conduct at the Emperor\'s Court was of no avail, nor did their presents of
horses, dogs, and other curiosities, produce any better effect. There was no longer
any possibility of exporting
kohangs, as in former times, for the balance of their
accounts. The quantity of copper which they were allowed to export annually had
been fixed in 1721 at ten thousand chests, yet even that quantity they were unable to
obtain in 1743, so that, together with the high exchange of the
tahils, their establish-
ment in Japan now actually subjected them to a loss, and it was accordingly proposed
at this peirod that it should be abandoned, unless some favourable change could be
effected.

The charges had considerably increased during the last year. The cargoes were of
less value and of an inferior quality, so that their profits were reduced to less than
one quarter of what they had been : their expences on account of the Japan trade
were at the same time two hundred thousand florins annually, t During the last thirty
years their profits amounted to five hundred thousand, and for some years to six
hundred thousand, but latterly not to two hundred thousand florins per annum.

Thus, to sum up the disasters of this trade, after having been allowed to remain
free and unrestrained for a period of sixty years, the cargoes in the year 1672 were

c 2nbsp;subjected

* It is remarkable, that when the Dutch were formerly in the habit of sending seven and eight ships to Japan,
but few losses took place, whereas afterwards, when only two or three were sent and the navigation better
5lt;nown, many were lost. The cause assigned is their being bitterly overladen with private trade.

-ocr page 396-

subjected to an arbitrary valuation, and about the same time the exchange of the hohang
was altered. A tax was laid upon the cargoes in 1685, and further increased in 1689-
In 1698 the new
hobang wa^ introduced: in 1700 they were limited to four ships
annually: in 1710 an exchange still more disadvantageous was fixed: in 1714 their
exportation was reduced to fifteen thousand -pikuls of copper: in 1717 an order waamp;
issued, limiting the trade to two ships only : in 1710 the third, and in 1730 the fourth
sort of
kohnngs were introduced : and in 1743 the Dutch were limited to one ship and
to one-half of the cargo.

The Dutch, in deliberating upon the measure of abandoning the trade, in the
year 1744, trace all their disasters in this commerce, to their having tamely submitted,
in the first instance, to take the
kohang of reduced value at the same rate as the old
one. It then occurred to them, that if serious remonstrances had been made in the
beginning, their firmness might have prevented the subsequent losses. quot; In the first
quot; instance,quot; says Mr. Imhoff, « our commerce was carried on as by a people groping
quot; in the dark, neither knowing the actual price of purchase or sale; because the
quot; kohang being the standard coin of the country, that kohang ought to have been
\'\' calculated in
proportion to the value of the tahil, and it would have appeared that
quot; since 1710 for forty stivers inferior silver thirty stivers superior silver were received,
quot; and all articles of trade not disposed of with a profit of sixty-three per cent.
quot; rendered a loss. And this being the case with most of the cargoes that were sent to
quot; Japan after the period abovementioned, we ought either to have relinquished that
quot; commerce, or had recourse to such means as might have tended to re-establish the
affairs of the Company. Instead, however, of so doing, fruitless remonstrances and
quot; solicitations were employed, which finally produced this effect, that the Japanese,
« during the latter years, granted us, by
way of charity, an additional sum of six
thousand
tahils upon the sale of our cargoes.quot;

From the deliberations which took place at this period, it appears that the proposal
then under consideration of relinquishing the trade, was rather intended as a provisional
and political measure, to induce the Japanese to admit them to more favourable terms
in future, than brought forward with the view of finally abandoning or relinquishing
the trade altogether.

The public opinion of the time was, that the Japanese had recourse to these measures
of restriction for no other purpose, but to oblige the Dutch to depart from the country;
but it occurred to the Dutch Government, that a nation which treated strangers in so
despotic a manner, had nO need to resort to such shifts to dislodge them. Another opinion
was, that the restrictions laid on the trade proceeded from political motives, of which
the first and most important was their hatred against all the diflFerent persuasions of the
Christian religion without exception;« but the government were inclined to consider
these reasons as deserving of little notice. There is no probability, observes Mr. Imhoff,

quot; that,

Japan Trade.

-ocr page 397-

n

« that) in the present enlightened age, it can be a consideration, even with the Japanese, appendix
of what persuasion merchants are, who neither attempt to propagate their religion ^
with a view to promote their interest nor to endanger the safety of the state, of neither
Japan Trade,
of which they appear ever to have been suspected.quot; The Governor General was
further of opinion, that the Japanese could derive no advantage from the expulsion of
the Dutch, as they would thus be cut off from all correspondence with Europeans, and
thereby become subject to greater inconveniences than at present, being exposed to the
visits of others, whose great increase in those regions was not unknown to them; for,
as he states, it is notorious that the Japanese government took annual information of
all that passed in the world, and that the Dutch servants had orders to answer their
queries faithfully, in order that contrary reports might not injure their credit, by which
the Japanese
were well aware that if the Dutch withdrew, others would soon settle in
the
country.* Instead, therefore, of attributing the conduct of the Japanese to either
of these
causes the Governor Genfiral laid it entirely to the account of their interested
desire to take every possible advantage of the
weakness of the Dutch, who by admit-
ting the first imposition, laid themselves open to all that followed.

In his very able and interesting memoir quot; On the Trade of Japan and the Causes
which occasioned its Decline,quot;—quot; It is by no means surprizing,quot; says Mr. Imhofl^
\'\' that the Japanese, when they altered the
kobang, likewise made a change in the
quot; delivery of the copper, observing that
our exchange remained always the same,
quot; and the prices of our merchandize unalterably fixed. We cannot pass unnoticed,
that this wrong calculation has been the cause that, on our part, many valuable
« articles of commerce, which were from time to time tendered to us by the Japanese,
quot; were declined. Among those articles was yellow copper or brass, Japan porcelain,
of which musters were sent in 1736, and camphor, which we might have exported
from thence, if our return cargoes had not been complete. Whether the sovereign
\'\' right to regulate the trade of their country is not equally vested in the government
quot; of Japan with any other nation, I will leave
undecided. Seeing us patiently
quot; submitting to all kinds of restrictions, inattentive in
keeping our accounts in a
quot; regular order, they were encouraged to put us to the last shift. I am not inclined
quot; to dwell upon our surprising indifference, which was concealed at the same time
quot; under the cloak of mystery, from whence so many evil consequences resulted. I
« am of opinion, that it cannot be either the interest or inclination of the Japanese to
« oblige us to relinquish all intercourse with their country, provided our trade be
« carried on within narrow bounds, and they are not losing upon the
articles delivered
« to us in payment for our cargoes. It is not possible that they can have any profit
« on the copper, if
it is sold for less than one kobang. The mines certainly cannot
quot; be worked at a cheaper rate than formerly; and what
profit do the venders of the
« copper derive from our merchandize, after it has fallen into the hands of the

quot; interpreters

■ m

-ocr page 398-

quot; interpreters to government and others ? Nothing is more natural, therefore, than
« that our exportation of copper from Japan should have become a burden to that
quot; class of people, and that their complaints contributed to the restrictions to which
quot; we are now subject. There is no doubt, that if the Japanese could keep up the
quot; communication without allowing us a single chest of copper, they would willingly
quot; grant us six thousand
tahils as a gratification, over and above the stipulated price
quot; for our cargo.quot;

In considering the reforms to be introduced into the management of the trade
in future, the first point which attracted attention was a better calculation of the coin,
with reference to the intrinsic value, and a calculation being made upon a new basis,
allowed a higher price to be paid for the copper than before. It was estimated,
that if the Dutch could annually procure twenty thousand
pihuls of copper at twenty
tahils, the Japan trade would still be lucrative, allowing the profits on the outward-
bound cargoes to be merely sufficient for the
support of the factory.

But in order to purchase and to pay for such a quantity of copper, the Governor
General observes,
quot; it is necessary that government should strictly comply with the
quot; requisitions from Japan, because our failures therein have brought us into such
discredit with the Japanese, that they do not any longer place confidence in our
^^ promises. We have passed our word from year to year, that the quality and
the quantity of our merchandize should be better assorted, without ever attending
to it. Even at this moment, the supply differs so very much from the quantity
quot; required, that it will be extremely difficult to convince
the Japanese that they shall
quot; be better served in future ; and still
it must be done, because if we wish to obtain
quot; the
value of eight hundred or four hundred thousand taMs of copper annually,
besides camphor and other articles, different measures must be resorted to. We
« are hardly able, at present, to supply one-third of that amount and load the ships
with coarse goods.

quot; We have no doubt but other productions of Japan might also be procured at a
quot; cheaper rate than at present. Camphor may be purchased in abundance at thirty
tahils the piliul, and it is probable the same could still be obtained on more favorable
\'\' terras, if we advert to what it cost formerly; in which case it would become a
profitable remittance to Holland, and render one hundred per cent, or thereabouts.

The white copper (tutenague) has been tendered to us at sixteen tahils per pikul,
quot; but has not been accepted, the price being considered too high. If, however, we
can dispose of it merely at the same price as the yellow copper (brass), which yields
according to the price current before us
41 43 f. per 100 lb., it will not only be
quot; acceptable, but even render a reasonable profit of fifty per cent.

quot; Iron was formerly imported here from Japan, and might perhaps be procured
« at a moderate price, which for the sake of the small distance between us and
« that country would be very desirable.^

u Sulphur

* « In 1637 the Japanese iron was purchased at two Spanish dollars, and sold at Batavia for ^^d a
« half Spanish dollars
the piUul ,0n account of the smallness of the profit, an annual requisition was made for
quot; one thousand only,quot;

Japan Trade.

-ocr page 399-

« Sulphur was also declined in 1726, on account of its being charged too high; yet appendix
« it might still become an article worth attention, especially if it ^ere purified in ^
« Japan. And who knows how many other valuable productions might be drawn
Japa» Trade.
« from that extensive country, besides those already mentioned, and which would be
quot; very acceptable, in an economical as well as a mercantile point of view ? quot; *

The following facts are collected from the considerations at this time.

That in former times the commerce of foreign nations at Japan amounted to ten mil-
lions of florins, and since then for
many years to 3,150,000 florins, of which the Chinese
share was two-thirds and the Dutch one-third; and
it was consequently presumed,
that in so extensive a country as Japan, merchandize might still be disposed of to the
value of one million,
especially if it was paid for in the productions of the country.

That one of the causes of the decline of the trade was the conduct of the Company \'s
servants,
and the extent to which the private-trade of individuals was carried. The
directors of the trade at Japan had been selected from a very inferior class of society,
and the peculations on over-weight of the copper, amp;c. formed the subject of a
regular complaint made by the Japanese to the Dutch government.

That the trade of the Chinese to Japan had been reduced from eighty to twenty
junks in the year, the number then allowed.

In concluding his valuable and interesting memoir, the Baron Van ImhofF de-
clares it to be his firm
belief, that Japan was, in every respect, what it had been
formerly; that the same quantity of merchandize might be disposed of ther« as in
former times, and that returns of equal value might be obtained; that although the
profits should be less at present, there
rnuld be no reason to relinquish that trade;
that the means of the Dutch-
were certainly inferior at that moment to what they had
been, yet that if they adhered to the measures proposed (namely, clear accounts, cor-
rectness and honesty of conduct, and a good assortment of cargoes), which were easy
and could not expose them to any risk or danger, they might hope for a favourable issue.

In the course of all these deliberations, the Dutch seem to have concluded that the
debasement of the coin was resorted to by the Japanese, solely with the view of affects
ing their trade, and never to have reflected that so important a change in the intrinsic
value of the standard coin of the country, might have been occasioned by political
causes, of far greater magnitude to the Japanese than the paltry gain to be obtained
on the traflSc of the Dutch cargoes It is most probable that the empire of Japan, at
the periods when these changes took place, wished to check the exportation of the
precious metals of the country. In the first instance, we perceive a prohibition against
the exportation of silver. The loss of this metal was first felt, because the principal
exports were at first made in this coin ; but it is
never hinted that this prohibition was
occasioned by any desire to take an undue advantage of the Dutch : on the contrary,
this measure was not found to affect the Dutch trade at all. The
same causes, how-
ever, which first led to a prohibition regardino- silver, operated afterwards in an equal
degree with respect to gold ; and it is easy to account for the rise in the value of this

metal,

* quot; From Japan was formerly exported timber, wheat, rice, ambergris, raw-silb, cotton, amp;.c,quot;~-JmhoJ\'.

-ocr page 400-

metal, and the consequent changes in the coin, by the scarcity which ensued. Let us
but reflect on the enormous exportation of the precious metals, which took place from
Japan at the period when the trade was unlimited, and we shall find abundant cause
for these changes in the coin, without accusing the Japanese of resorting to the mea-
sure as an imposition on the foreign merchant, The exports at one period,quot; says
Mr.Imhoff, quot;amounted to ten millions of florins.quot; These were principally made
in the precious metals and in the coin of the country; and when the trade fell ex-
clusively into
the hands of the Dutch, it had been usual to export at first from one
hundred to one hundred and fifty chests of silver, and subsequently the trade admitted
of no less than two hundred chests of gold coin being exported instead of the silver.
On a moderate calculation, therefore, the exports of the former period were about
one million sterling, and those continued by the Dutch could not be less than from
half a million to a million sterling in each year; so that, during a period of sixty
years, the total export would have amounted to from thirty to sixty millions of
pounds sterling, and this does not include what found its way to
China and other
neighbouring coimtries.

The discovery of the mines of America reduced, in the sixteenth century, the value
of gold and silver in Europe to about one-third of what it had before been and
might not the extensive drain on Japan have produced in that country an opposite
effect of the same magnitude ? If the gold and silver annually imported into Spain
and Portugal, which did not commonly exceed six millions pounds sterling, produced
this effect on the circulating medium, and the price of the precious metals through-
out all Europe, in one country of
which alone, the circulating gold and silver
amounted by some
accounts to eighteen, and to others to thirty millions; t is it
not
easy to conclude, that a directly contrary and equally extensive effect must have
been felt in Japan? and that this effect must have been felt in a still higher deo-ree
while operating on the confined circulating medium of one nation, than while operating
on that of the numerous nations of Europe, who again found means to dispose of large
quantities by remittances to the Eastern world ?

The extensive circulation of money throughout the populous and rich empire of
Japan, and the facility with which the drains upon it could be supplied from the mines,
was perhaps the cause that, in the first instance, the exportation of the precious
metals was not sensibly felt; but afterwards, when probably the mint could not keep
pace with the demand, and what is not unlikely, the demand was even too heavy
for
the mines, the intrinsic value of the coins increased in proportion to the scarcity, and
it is not surprising that the Japanese should have entertained an apprehension lest
the mines
would become exhausted. Whether there were any immediate grounds for
such an apprehension is uncertain; but it is generally believed, that an edict was
issued to discontinue working, first the silver, and afterwards the gold mines, but
not until the nominal, and perhaps the real value of both metals, and particularly of
the latter, had been nearly doubled, as in the instance
of the kohang of the original
value being offered to the Dutch for
iyfo kohangs,

Thut

* Wealth of Nations.nbsp;.j, i^id.

Japan Trade,

-ocr page 401-

That the Dutch perhaps owe the loss of this valuable trade, i„ a great measure, to appendix
the incapacity and worthlessness of their own servants, cannot but be admitted • for
had thej, on these continued reductions in the value of the current coins, adverted to japaTriacTe.
the political cause, and calculated their commercial transactions according to the
intrinsic instead of the nominal value, they would not have subjected themselves,
unknowingly, to a loss of sixty per cent, upon the proceeds of ail their exports : nor
would they have shewn their weakness and ignorance to the Japanese, but they would
immediately have devised the advantage of other returns from Japan, in articles, the
exportation of which, might at the same time, have improved the industry and
prosperity of that empire; and the Japanese, finding them equally intelligent and
enterprising under all circumstances, while they felt an interest in the continuance of
the trade, would have respected the nation by whom it was carried on. If, however,
by these means, the European character and the value of foreign trade thus
declined
in the estimation of the Japanese, how much lower must that of the Dutch nation
have fallen, when after once dictating the prices of all articles, both bought and sold,
we find them obtaining at last an advance on their proceeds of the outward cargo, by
way of charity, and the Japanese themselves appealing against the peculations and
eorruptions that were carried on ! When we see the Dutch, without power and without
respect, dictating in the mighty empire of Japan an arbitrary and extravagant price
for their commodities, in the same manner as they did at home, is it surprising that
we should find the Japanese having recourse to a fixed valuation ? When we observe
the illicit trade to Japan carried on by private individuals, to
such an extent, that
Valentyn, a Dutch author of the highest authority, says it was so interwoven with the
constitution of the Company, and so extensive, that it formed the principal part of
the trade and could never be prevented, and that the Dutch ships were frequently lost
by being overladen with cargoes of this kind, we cannot be astonished at the decline of
the prosperity of the Company, or the degradations which were imposed upon its
agents. The Dutch factory was, and is, in fact, a sink of the most disg\'raceful corruption
and peculation which ever existed. The factor, to obtain his own ends, submits to
every possible degradation, and the government of Batavia knows only just as much
of what is going on at Japan, as it is his interest to tell them. In this
work it has
become a painful duty to advert occasionally to the shameful scenes of fraud and
corruption carried on under the very eyes of the government of Batavia, and in the
dependencies
m the more immediate vicinity of that metropolis, where their residents
enjoyed such extensive powers, and were so removed from controul and responsibility,
that their interests constantly interfered with their duties, and the struggle between
principle and opportunity generally ended in
a resolution to make fortunes, to connive
at each others peculations, and keep their own secret. If this was the case on the
island of Java, the seat of government, what must it not have been in a country so
remote as Japan, where the connection and intercourse were so peculiar ? It is
not
surprising, that in the accounts of such a factory, the government at home should
find nothing but intricacy and obscurity. It was the interest of the factor to keep

^nbsp;every

I s

-ocr page 402-

every thing involved in mystery, and no where was there a better opportunity for

doing so.

But had the shameful and disgraceful conduct of these people been felt only in its

effects upon the past, it would be trilling, compared to what they are calculated to
produce on the future. The unmanly degradation to which these factors have
submitted, at the caprice and often for the amusement of the Japanese, in order to
gain their own ends, seem to have established an effectual bar against the future
extension of the trade by the Dutch nation, who will find it difficult, if not imprac-
ticable, ever to be again respected in Japan, Unless, therefore, the Dutch have
magnamioity enough to abandon this trade, when they find it of little comparative
value to them, or when they see it must be conducted on principles derogatory to the
dignity of the illustrious House of Orange, it is to be feared, that.the day is far
distant, when the opportunity
will be afforded of opening a liberal and honourable
communication between Europe and this interesting and important empire. Perhaps
this will
not happen until, according to lluinbolt, the two great oceans shall be united,
by means of a cbannel across the Isthmus of Darien, when the productions of jNootka
Sound and of China
will be brought more than two thousand leagues nearer to Europe
and the United States, and when alone any great changes can be effected in the
political state of Eastern Asia; quot;for this neck of land,quot; observes that writer, the
barrier against the waves of the Atlantic Ocean, has been for many ages the bulwark
of the independence of China and Japan.quot;^

From the year 1750 no essential alteration appears to have taken place in the trade:
the utmost exertions of the Dutch were required to provide the cargoes, and whenever
they
succeeded, return cargoes were always provided, to the extent of two or three
ships in the year. In order to afford a better view of the nature and extent of the
restricted trade thus carried on, the accounts of two of these expeditions to .Japan are
annexed, from which it will appear, that in the voyage of ,1804-5 the Company
exported from Batavia to the Japan market commodities to the amount of 211,890
rixquot;^ dollars in value; that the charges attendant on the shipment and freight
amounted to 167,500 rix dollars (including 2,915 rix dollars on account of customs),
making the whole expenses of the voyage, with the prime cost of the articles, amount
to 379,397 rix dollars. These articles, when sold in Japan, brought 160,378 rix
dollars;
but the expenses and disbursements at Japan in one year for the establishment,
the loss on the
weight of the sugar, and the expense of making the journey to Japan,
reduced that sum to 92,426 rix dollars. The return cargo brought to Batavia the sum
of 886,554 rix dollars, or a profit of 507,147 rix dollars on the adventure. The cargo
and return of 1806, and the expense of the establishment, cost the Company
393,582
rix dollars, (including 2,846 for customs), and the sales and other receipts produced
569,089, leaving a balance of 175,505 rix dollars in favour of the adventure.

A more correct judgment may perhaps be formed from the result of the ad-
ventures undertaken from Batavia during the provisional authority of the British

government.

Japan Trade.

-ocr page 403-

appendix.

government. The first of these was intimately connected with a political object, appendix
to which the mercantile adventure was made subservient, and both Were undertaken
without those previous arrangements which would have insured a better assorted
Japan Trade,
and cheaper cargo. The articles were purchased on the spot and at the moment,
and the vessels engaged at a very high rate of freight. In the first, m particular,
the sugar being of inferior quality, there was a loss in the weight, and it was other-
wise less profitable than it would have been, had the assortment been of the same
quality which the Dutch company were in the habit of sending. The freight alone
amounted to the enormous sum of
82,309 Spanish dollars. From the outward-bound
cargoes it was necessary to pay the debts of the former government, amounting to
48,648, Spanish dollars ; and this, with other disbursements and necessary provisions,
renderinoquot; the proceeds of the outward-bound cargo insufficient to furnish the amount
x-equisite for the payment of the copper, the Dutch factor availed himself of the oppor-
tunity to supply the deficiency of fourteen hundred pikuls at the rate of twenty.five
dollars per
120|. pounds, amounting to Spanish dollars 25,000 ; differing from the
rate paid to the Japanese of Tahils
12,3.5, or ten rix-dollars per pikul, to an extent
of fifteen rix-dollars against government. Besides this, the whole of the outward
cargo was not sold : several articles of merchandize remained undisposed of at Japanj
amounting to
19,688 Spanish dollars, to be accounted for in the ensuing year. All
these operated essentially to reduce the profits of a voyage, which depended ex-
clusively on the
return cargo.

The results of these voyages, however, limited as the profits were, appear fully suffi-
cient to shew the importance of this trade to Batavia, even as it at present stands, con-
sidering that it affords a market for so large a quantity of the produce of the country,
and that when the government seemed disinclined to send a further adventure on
their own account, there were not wanting numerous individuals anxious to obtain a
license to undertake the trade,
and to run all the risks attached to it.1

d 2nbsp;In

* quot; Our commercial relations with Japan are of a very peculiar nature. Every one knows ours is the only
quot; European nation admitted to it, what humiliations we are obliged to suffer for it, and what expenses
quot; we incur by our embassies to the Court o£ Jeddo. This trade was once very lucrative, but in the latter
quot; years I think it has done little more than cover the expenses incidental to it, and considering the loss of
quot; ships and people, is certainly not such as to justify an exposure to so many humiliations.

« Notwithstanding-this, we have not been inclined to resign the trade j nor indeed is it either necessary
» or prudent to
do so. But I am at a loss to kndw how the government of Batavia will be able to account
quot; for sending there, in the years 1797 and 1798,
a strange ship bearing an American flag, hy way of pretence,
quot; though really an English vessel, and commanded by Captain Stuart, a real Englishman, though possessed
quot; of an American pass, although he belonged to Madras or Bengal. To abandon this trade would be ridiculous,
f but as it is subject to such regulations in Japan as it will be hardly possible to get rid of, it may be
quot; impracticable to make it quite free and open. To pursue it on
account of the state or of a company
« will never answer the purpose, I therefore venture to propose the
sale by public auction, to the highest
quot; bidder, at Bata\\ \'ia, of a
license or pass for one or two ships of limited burthen, to trade there, either
quot; for one or more years, as may be preferred. The Chief of
Decima should be appointed and maintained by
quot; the
government, and should act as a kind of consul, and proceed on the embassy to Jeddo, if it vvere
quot; required. But beyond this, the whole system and regulation of the trade should be left wliolly to the
quot; owners of the ships, with the exeeption of such rules as the Japanese laws may render necessary, with
quot; regard to our trade.

XXVll

i

-ocr page 404-

appendix.

APPENDIX In the year 1816, the English obtained a grant from the Emperor, containing the

__1 privileges for a general trade with Japan, in consequence of which a commercial

Japan Trade, establishment was formed there by the Company.

In obtaining those privileges, one great object with the Company appears to have
been to introduce themselves to a connection with the Chinese, and to carry on a general
trade between India, China, and Japan ; but finding themselves disappointed in their
endeavours to form connections with China, and sustaining heavy losses in consequence
ot their trade with Japan, they determined, in 1623, to abandon their establishment
there.

From that time until the year 1673, no attempt appears to have been made by the
\' English Company to renew their intercourse with Japan. The attempt made at that
period entirely failed of success, owing, it was stated, to the King of England having
married a daughter of the King of Portugal. About the same time the Company,
with a view to the same object, formed an establishment on the Island of
Hounan ;
but after struggling with great difficulties, sustaining heavy losses, and being totally
disappointed in
their expectations of communicating with Japan, the factory was
ordered to be withdrawn in the year 1682.

At a subsequent period (in the year 1699) the company having established a regular
communication with China, their supra-cargoes were instructed to use every endeavour
in their power to promote an intercourse with Japan, for the purpose of introducing
woollens, amp;c. into that country, but without any appearance of success.

A select committee of the East^^India Company, appointed in 1792 to take into
consideration the export trade of Great Britain to the East-Indies, after detailing
the cargo of a Dutch ship from Japan in the year 1664, which consisted principally of
copper, camphor, silk stulfs, and China-ware, conclude their report by observing,
that in their opinion, the trade with Japan never can become an object of attention
for the manufactures and produce of Great Britain; for supposing, they observe, that
woollens, lead, and curiosities for a cargo to Japan, could be made to amount to
^\'8,000, what is to be required in payment ? About ^30,000 or ^32,000 value in
copper, an article which is also the produce of Great Britain, and which must be
disposed of in India, to the prejudice of their own mines. Thus Great Britain would
gain on the one hand .^8000, whilst the loss on the other would be lt;3^32,000.

This opinion, however, would appear to have been formed on a very partial view
of the subject, and with reference to the limited nature of the trade as it then existed;

. but

quot; Tlie yearly embassies, wliicH are so very expensive, are already dispensed witli by the Japanese, and as
quot; they would be useful from time to time, it miglit be. advisable to obtain permission, for the future to
quot; perform them only once in every ten years,
qt to have it fixed for each new resident or consul to undertake
quot; it once during his stay.

It will not be easy to obtain any other privileges or freedom of consequence, for whatever some of
quot; our latter servants there may have wanted to make us believe on this point, it is very clear, that the Japanese
quot; are veiy indifferent whether we go there or not, and consider tlieir permitting us to do so merely as an

indulgence on their part. It cannot be doubted, that as soon as this trade is opened to individuals, chey
quot; will find means to make the profits of it worth the risk and danger; and in proportion as these profit?

become more valuable, the value of the licenses will increase»quot;—i/o^-enc/öjy.

xxvni

-ocr page 405-

but it would be as unfair to judge of the value of the Japan trade to the British nation appendix

from this narrow view, a^ it would be to decide upon that subject merely from the _!_

result of the adventures to Japan undertaken during the recent provisional government J^Pa« Trade,
of Batavia, which, besides other disadvantages, were for political reasons, carried on
with a scrupulous regard to the restrictions under which the trade of the Dutch had
latterly laboured.

It is objected to a direct communication with Japan, and the consequent exportation
of British merchandize by British ships, that in all probability it would entirely put a
stop to the present exportation of woollens by the Chinese, and that, in proportion as
the exports from Great Britain to Japan increased, those from Great Britain to China
mio-ht be
expected to diminish; the Japanese being, at present, almost exclusively
supplied with
British woollens by means of the Chinese: that, however, the demand
for
teas would continue the same, and therefore the defalcation in exports to China
must be made up in bullion, or by drafts on Bengal.

It is admitted, that the Bengal government might provide for this additional
demand, by disposing of the copper brought from Japan in the Calcutta market; but
this, it is stated, would prove a considerable check to the consumption of one of the
most valuable articles of export from Great Britain, and therefore it has been
inferred, that the final result of the trade with
Japan would, in all probability, be
the exchange of our
woollens for copper, which we have already in abundance,
instead of bartering them for teas, which in the present state of Great Britain will be
always required.

But this argument seems evidently to have been grounded on a supposition, that
copper must always form the principal, if not only article of commerce with Japan.
An inference by no means borne out by the history of the Dutch trade, in the course
of which it is expressly stated by the Baron Van Imhoff, who appears to have given
the subject the most mature and deliberate consideration, and to have been aided by
much local information, that the Japanese would willingly pay a sum of money to
he
excused from the delivery of any copper at all.

But admitting that a connection between Great Britain and Japan might not be
attended with all the commercial profits which might be expected from a consideration
of the productions of the two countries, would it not, in a political point of view, be
of the most essential importance to her interests in China, which are acknowledged by
all
to be so important? Might we not expect from the Chinese a more respectful and
correct conduct than has been customary with them, if they knew that we were in some
measure independent of our connection with them ? and is it not important, that in
case of our actual exclusion from China, there should still be a channel open for our
obtaining commodities, with which we are at present supplied by that country

■yft

-ocr page 406-

VOYAGE to JAPAN (In the Year 1804-5) in Account Current CONTRA.

1,500,000 lbs. 0f Sugar, second sort, calculated at its
selling price of 8i each pikul, amounting to
Charges of one per cent.....................

Tin ...............................

Cotton Thread, at 55 R.Drs. per pikul .

Black Pepper,....! Of......do.......

Cloves,......... 60 Stivers per pound.

Seed Cloves,......60...... do.......

Lead, ..........20 Stivers per pikul .

Sappan Wood,.... 6.,____do.......

Patna Chintz, .... 50 Stivers per corgie.

Cloths in sorts,.... 6......do.......

of Woollens of sorts ................

Long ells of sorts ...................

Perpetuans .........................

Camlets ...........................

Ducatoons .........................

The Presents are calculated at.........

Rix Dollais, Rix Dollars.

100,000 —
1,000 —

101,000

7,200

1,760

3,200

37,500

3,733

36

4,800

4,800

5,000

—,

9,909

5,149

26

3,278

15

2,958

42

7,773

12

5,833

16

8,000

211,896

3

37,500 lbs. of
4,000 do.
30,000
30,000
2,987
30,000
100,000

do.
do.
do.
do.
do.

2,000 Pieces
l,651f do.
40 do.

82
no

5,137
3,500

do.
do.
do.
do.

Amount Sale at Japan of the following Articles

1nbsp;., . „nbsp;..nbsp;Rix Dollars. Eix DolUirs

1,500,000 lbs. of Sugar, at 7 tahils the 120| lbs. (each
tahil being equal to 40 Stivers) amounting to

72,388 40
6,463 14
689 20
3,102 18
31,023 36
823 34
2,068 12
3,791 38
3,333 16
4,689 19
3,000 —
2,050 —
2,291 32
5,965 —
7,364 28
8,000 —

37,500nbsp;do.nbsp;Tin, at 25 tahils each pikul of 120i lbs.

4,000nbsp;do.nbsp;Cotton Thread, 25 do................

30,000nbsp;do.nbsp;Black Pepper, 15 do................

30,000nbsp;do.nbsp;Cloves,......150 do................

2,987nbsp;do.nbsp;Seed Cloves, .. 40 do.............

30,000nbsp;do.nbsp;Lead,........ 10 do................

100,000nbsp;do.nbsp;Sappan Wood, 5. 5. do. .....\'.quot;____....

2,000nbsp;Pieces Patna Chintz, 2 tahils each piece.,.,

1,651§ do.
40 do.
82 do.
110 do.
5,137 do.
3,500 do.

Ckjths in sorts......................

of Woollens of sorts, 90 tahils.......

of Long Ells of sorts, 30 do.........

Perpetuans,........25 do.........

Camlets, .......... 4 do.........

Ducatoons,____2.5.2.5. do......! ^

The Presents are calculated at........

R.Drs. 157,045 19
The surplus of the Trade calculated____ 3,.333 16

Add the following Charges incurred on account of the above-mentioned
merchandize,
viz.

Amount of Coolies and Prow-hire attending the purchase
of articles, calculated at two per cent, on the whole

amount being....................R.Drs. 38,868, = Sp.D. 777 18

For bringing and lodging the same in the Stores, one per

.........................................................388 33

Custom Duties, amp;c. at 7§ per cent____;............... 2,915 8

Amount of Charges ............................ 4,081 11

Total ef the Cargo with the Charges.....................215,977 14

Yearly Allowance to the Resident at Japan, consisting of
700 pikuls Copper to be paid by Government, at 25
R.Drs. each .................................... 17^50q _

Freight of Ships employed, 1,216 tons, at 98 Sp.D. each 145,920 —

----163,420 —

Total Expense on Account of the Adventure............................................379,397 14

To balance in favour of the Voyage .. ...............................................507,147 24

Making together................................ 160,378 35

Wlierefrom must be deducted :
The Amount of Expense^, and Disbursements at Japan in
one year, for the Establishment, amp;c. and also the loss

on the weight of the Sugar........................ 51,285 32

The Amount of Money and Merchandizes required for

making the journey to the Court of Jeddo.......... 16,666 32

67,952 16
92,426 19

Remaining to be employed for the purchase of Copper and Camphor ,..
Particulars as follows:

8,475 Pieces of Copper, at tahils 12.3,5. each............87,221 32

200 do. Camphor, do. 21 do...............3,500 —

4,000 Chests for Copper, do. 2.8,1.5.5. do........................1,146 32

200 Bales for Camphor........................................................] go _

2,525 Planks for Dunnage, at tahils 18 each 100................378 3

Amount as above to................................92,426 19

The above Copper and that delivered by the Resident being

stamped into lumps, amount to........................................933,369 38

Deduct Charges of the Mint ........................ 71,000 _

Remain....................................................862,369 38

The Amount of 200 pikuls Camphor to be sold at 36 Sti-
vers per pound.................................. 24 175 _

Total......................R.Drs. 886,544 38

Total...................... R.Drs.

6,544 38

N. B. A considerable part of the profit above stated ought properly to be credited to the Mint, the whole of the copper received from Japan being stamped into lumps, and

introduced ijito the currency of Java at a rate above its intrinsic value.nbsp;« inbsp;i j

-ocr page 407-

VOYAGE to JAPAN (in the Year 1806) in Account Current CONTRA.

D\'-

do. Till,......18......do.

do. Sapanwood, 4J .... do. .......

do. Cloves first sort, 2 Rop. per lb.....

do. do. second do, 2____do........

do. Pepper,......Ill Sp.D. per pikul.

do. Nutmegs, ... 1|......per lb----

do. Cotton Thread, 4 If .... per pikul.

6,082 Ells of Woollens .....................

!2,842 do. Kerseymeres ...................

Plush .......................

Fustians ....................

Ilosele.ts ....................

Durants ....................

Carpets, English..............

Kersey\'s .................... ..

Morin ......................

Chints, Bengal .......... ^...

do. Guzzerat .........,....,.

Cabayahs, Malabar ............

Palempores ..................

Salempores . ..................

Fish Skins....................

96 lbs. of Saffron ......................

122 do. Quicksilver ..................

Spanish Liquorice..............

Catchu ......................

Elephants teeth................

Diicatoons ....................

Presents ....................

House Expenses ..............

161,008 62

2,B46 —
0,846 —
39,532 33

3,.900 —
7,000 —
4,800 —
1,345 —
3,750 —
3.036 —
2,045 —
7,143 —
3,462 —
1,480 —

716 —

148 30

13,185 —
60,360 40
7, .360 —
413 S
7W 16
247 32

105,224 32

39,625 30

82,297 32
5,428 —
175,505 34

CHARGES AT BATAVIA.

Godown, Prow and Cooley hire...............................................

Customs, House Duties........................................................

Freiglit of two Ships employed,\'at the rate of 100 Spanish Dollars per Ton

I\'o Charges, viz.nbsp;JAPAN.

Presents to the Emperor ........................................................

Expenses conveying the same to the Roompot ............................

Presents to the inferior Officers of the Court................................

Annual Salary of the Company\'s Servants ..................................

Annual Table Expense for do...................................................

^xpense landing and storing Cargo ...........................................

hoss on the weigliable Articles of the Cargo, at five per cent..............

Commission on Cargo, five per cent...........................................

Annual Rent of the Island occupied by the Company\'s Servants.........

Annual Salary ot Ihe Japanese to guard the said island ..................

Presents to the inferior Officers, to procure permission of a further ex-
portation of Copper, 6,000 piliiils being allowed only annually........

Petty Charges ...................................................................

To 70Opikuls of Copper, at isf Sp.D. per pikul of 12O5 ...........

7,820 ........ do ........ at 13,3.5. tahils per do.......................

640 do. Camphor, at 18.4. tahils per do.......................

Bales................................................... .

4,500 Cliests for Copper................ \'.. \'. \'.........................!..\'.quot;.quot;

Rix Dollars.

63,483 60
3,600 —
3,672 —
11,250 —
4,769 4
906 48
187 32
1,980 —
26,777 46
7,548 28
2,064 24
963 48
519 48
76 48
44 24
2,691 28
996 24
10,048 24
523 30
389 18
462 50
84 4
540 10
2,459\' 8
205 12
680 10
2,705 61
3,577 44
4,593 48
2,082 24
2,525 —

To 1,269,679 lbs. of Sugar, at 6| Sp.t». per pLkul.

25,000
102,000
12,000
5,087
10,000
100
6,000

778
59
35
5
20
1,812
61
4,900
590
179
220
20
814

do.
do.
do.
do.
do,
do,
do.
do.
do.
do.
do.
do.
do.

1,200
15,181
2,143
3,500

do.
do.
do.
do.

2,200 Pianks for Dunnage............\'..\'.\'.........................\'.quot;.\'i\'.\'

To Amount borrowed from the Treasury ,
To Balance in favour of the Voyage ....,

Sapan Wood, 5. 5. tahils per lb.

Cloves first sort, 150 do.

do. second do. .. 40 do.....

Pepper,........15 do.....

Nutmegs,......100 do.....

Cotton Thread,.. 25 do.....

6,082 Ells of Woollens, 7 per 2| per pikul ..

2,842 do. Kerseymeres, 4. 8. .. do.....

778 do. Plush,......6 ..do.....

59 Pieces of Fustiaiis,.. 3. 2. per piece ..
35 do. Roselets of 20331 Ells. 1. 6...

per2|....................

5nbsp;do. Durcants, 190|-1.2...do.....

20 do. Carpets, English .... do. ....
90 do. Kerseys, at 18 tahils per pikul

6nbsp;do. Morin, 1.9.6.........do...

4,900 do. Chintz Bengal, 2......do. ..

590 do. do. Giizzeart, 1. 4.........

179 do. Cabayahs, Malabar, 1. 9. 4. ..

220 do. Palempores,..........4. 4. ..

20 do. Salempores.................

814 do. Fish Skins, 200. tahils......

96 lb. of Saffron ....................

122 do. Quicksilver 100 tahils per 720|

lb.......................

1,200 do. Spanish Liquorice, 832. lb ....

15,181 do. Catchu,........ 30 do.....

2,143 ilo. Elephants Teeth, 230 do.....

3,500 Pieces of Ducatoons, .. 8,836 tahils ..

Presents from the Emperor ....
Cash borrowed from the Impe-
rial Treasury to complete the
Cargo....................

5,428

108,797 62

411,942 —
48,350 ~

BATAVIA.

Amount Sales Copper
8 238i.quot;4- Pikuls, say 50 Drs. per pikul or

\'nbsp;125 1b....................

Amount Sales Camphor, at 40
Stivers pet lb...............

Rix Dollars.

45,907 32
3,226 32
2,897 46
9,297 32
1,051 2
774 41
51 40
774 50
9,255 —
2,960 —
920 --
118 —

677 32
47 18
20 —
1,012 32
76 —
6,125 —
553 8
223 48
618 40
40

125 —
2,731 22

62 32
600 35
2,351 56
2;545 40
5,522 32
2,812 32

JAPAN.

By sold 1,269,679 lbs. of Sugar, at 7 tahils per 120|pieces
2,500 do. Tin.... 25...... do........

do.
do.
do.
do.
do.
do.

102,000
12,000
5,087
10,000
100
6,000

Total...,........R.Drs. 569,089 62

R.Drs. 569,089 62

Total........

-ocr page 408-

VOYAGE to JAPAN (in the Year 1813) in Account Current CONTRA.

D\'-

1,836,270 lbs. of Soft Sugar..................................mquot;\'I!:

......................................................\'750 —

....................................................2,668 59

c , ......................................................1,960 74

hapan Wood................................ 3 230 _

Tin, or 700.0.8 pikuls, at 17 per pikul\'\' illl\'goi 36

Elephants\' Teeth.....................................j y^g

Egyptian Mummy...................^\'600 __

Cloves, at 100 per pikul............12 000 _

Nutmegs, at 100 per pikul........... . . . , , lo\'ooo_

15,013§ do.

Cotton Thread.............................. 4\'fiftA

nfnbsp;.........ijvvt

514 Pieces of Thornback Skins

5,019
60
166
26
2,610
623
225
298
231
54

do.

do.
do.
do.
do.
do.
do.
do.
do.
do.

„ ^ , -..............................276 80

Fatna Chmtz........................................« oaq ^ 1

Coast Chintz fine............... .........150 __

Printed Cottons..................!!!!!!!!nbsp;2,060 94

Cambrics ......................................................^^q _

Surat Palampores.......................... g 210 _

Silks in sorts.. .................!nbsp;2;926 50

Woollens in sorts........................in oi« kq

J^Sti..................

.. c\'Sr;::::::::::::;-:................................fum

To

18,750
34,349
26,461
164,000
87,511
1,553
50
15,000
12,500

do.
do.
do.
do.
do.
do.
do.
do.
do.

Black Pepper.

Pig Lead.....

Roll do

3,500 Ducatoons.....................l. . :: . . ...........

179,033 32
25,000 —

Spanish Dollars,

By Cargo brought from Japan, viz.

902,452 lbs. of Japan Copper, at 31 per pikul...................... 223,727 —

60,437 do. Camplior, at 50 Stivers........................... 45 735 _

1,208 do. Pitch........................................... gQQ __

48,648 —
15,000 —

270,112

Spanish Dollars.

Debts of the former Dutch Government paid to the Em-
peror of Japan ..................................

Woollens, amp;c. remaining at Japan for the next Year ....

Cash in the Treasury for do......................... 4 088 —

Advanced to the Commanders of the Vessels and other
Persons at Japan, to be repaid at Batavia............
3,673 —

CHARGES.
Pepper and Cloves ; Casks, amp;c. amp;c.,.

Coolies employed on\'boarf ihe Vessels and \'in the Ma4-

zines, packing the Cargoes.................... ° 2 0(^9 ^n

Prows employed lading the Cargoes..... ........ \' ^^

Extra Clerks and Mandores....nbsp;..........

amp;fnbsp;of tîie Adventure !! !! i

Food for the Elephant and other Animals........

Camphor and packing Cloths, amp;c.......... ......

tavia^^!?\'?\'®\'\'quot;quot;®\'®nbsp;^^^ Copper\', amp;c.\'at\'Ba-

Prows employed landing the Cargoes ............

SfMonth\'! Charlotte for nine MonthsV\'a^KeôÔ

72,014 —

Spanish Dollars.
6,252 —
713 —

1,200 —
105 —

168 8
268 BO
109 —

250 —
600 —

59,400 —
22,909 10

94,117 48

Balance in favour of the Voyage..............

................Sp.D. 342,126 —

Total,

Total............................Sp.D. 342,126 —

-ocr page 409-

APPENDIX C

TRANSLATION OF A MODERN VERSION OF THE SÛRIA ÂLEM.

Theue was a certain raja of the west, named Sang Prâbu Sûria Akm, who appendix
being duly qualified, did, in the establishment of divine justice, frame a code of
judicial regulations, consisting of fifteen hundred and seven articles, which being JavaTLaxvs.
afterwards digested and reduced to the number of one hundred and forty-four
were
by
him made known and explained to all the people of the countries under his autLrity

thereby diffusing knowledge and righteousness where ignorance and wickedness before
prevailed.

These regulations were also firmly established, and were put into practice without
any respect of persons, not excepting the relations and kindred of
Sâng Prâbu
himself; so that, if the left hand offended, satisfaction was demanded by the right and
vice versa, for such is the law of God.nbsp;\'

These judicial regulations originated in no ambitious views, nor was their author
when he framed them, influenced by feelings of either regard for his friends or hatred
towards his enemies; neither was he actuated by any selfish considerations : his sole
object was the establishment of true justice, founded on divine principles.

1.

Of the Duty of the Jâksa.
In the first place, he must possess a sufficient knowledge of the law, to know how to
act in regard to cases which may come before him, which of the parties oug^ht to be
made to pay, what are and what are not proper subjects for a lawsuit, deciding against
the person who would bring forward any thing of the latter description. If the ^Jâksa
is found ignorant of these matters, he shall have his tongue cut out.

In the second place, if the Jejénang (the next in order to the ôàlsa) shall, in acting
for the
Jâksa, prove deficient in a knowledge of his duty, he too shall either have his
tongue cut out, lose both his ears, or have red-hot pincers applied to his lips.

of boAhandl \'\'nbsp;statement in writing shall be punished by the loss

Should neither of these sentences be carried into effect, the Jâksa ought, at all

events, to be banished the country.

This punishment, however, may be mitigated by the who having compassion

on the Jaksa, may recal him after one year\'s exile.

Should the Raja suffer to pass unpunished such a total dereliction of duty on the

part of the Jaksa, as stated, difficulty and distress will necessarily arise in thosenbsp;\'tr

times.nbsp;î^\'

IL

-ocr page 410-

II.

The establishment fixed by Sang Prâbu for the Jâhsa consisted of twelve persons^
viz. two Jejénangs, two writers, six 3Iâta Mâtas, and two men whose business is to
be in constant attendance on the court.

The fees authorised to be taken by the J aha from persons who have any business to
settle, are forty-four for tho
Jâksa himself, three thousand for the Jejénangs, eight
thousand for the writers, one thousand for those in attendance in the court, and eight
thousand for and on account of the state. That for the
Panghûlu is left to the liberality
of the party.

If the Jâksa shall not conform in practice to what is here laid down, it is required
that he be disgraced and branded in the common market-place.

If any one shall fi\'nd fault with the conduct of the Jâksa, without being able to
substantiate his charges against him, and shall make the same public, that person shall
be fined agreeably to the rank and quality of the accused, viz. fifteen thousand
(pichis).*
The reason of so large a sum being awarded is, because the Jâksa is the chief of the
Mantris.

The Bopâti is, as it were, the door to the Jâksa, the \'Kabâyan that to the Bopâti,
and the PanghûliL that to the Raja. These four Ibrra a body, through which every
thing is minutely investigated.

Let it be \'understood, that the Raja who fills so exalted and conspicuous a situation
is not without something to do. What he says is the result of observation and
deliberation. His disposition and way of thinking is that which he has received at
the hands of the Almighty, who dwelleth where no one knoweth, at whose hands the
wicked will meet with their deserts.

III.

The Trî-râsa-upâya, as known among men, comprehend three things, which are
intimately connected with each other, but which, nevertheless, must not be confounded,
viz. 1,
IMkum; 2, PWéntah ; 3, Kasûsahan.f

Where a sentence is very severe, or of a nature which will not admit of its being
fulfilled, a mitigation or commutation thereof can only take place, by a careful
consultation of what is written in the book of laws.

ly.

Of the Dasa Wigûna.

Dâsa signifies ten, and wigûna, very powerful, and under this name is comprehended :
1, Sentence of death ;
2, Amputation ; 3, Disgrace ; 4-, Confiscation of property ; 5,
Banishment ;
6, Extorting evidence by afflicting- bodily pain ; 7, Getting at evidence by
kind treatment and giving money;
8, Obtaining it by skilful management alone; 9,
Compulsion ; 10, Letting off from
punishment, by receiving a consideration for the same.

There are degrees of those which are to be known and observed.

y.

* FicMs, a small tin coin.

t 1, tUkmn, the law of God; 2, F\'mxtah, the law of ths soveveign; 3. Sûsahan, oppression (of the people from
the law of the Prince),

Javan Laws.

-ocr page 411-

V.nbsp;appendix

Of the Gmtur G\'ni.

Under this head is comprehended five things, viz. 1, The customs of the country ;nbsp;Laws,

g, The orders of the sovereign ; 3, Loss by an enemy ; A change of the Raja and
of his orders ; 5, Difficult queries given by one country to another to solve.

Under the head Med come three things, viz. Water, land, and people. The
water is necessary to keep alive what has been planted in the land. Mankind take
all that comes, good as well as bad.

yi.

The term mal properly means cloth, money, and gold ; which three articles, above
all others, are the grand and most frequent subjects of lawsuits, that arise out of
the various transactions which take place among men.

VIL

In lawsuits there are seven circumstances of material consequence, viz. 1, Where
the cause being good can be taken up and supported ; 2, When the articles can be
minutely described ;
3, When the articles, as well as the persons, can be pointed out ;
4, When marks can be shewn ; 5, When the party suing has been an eye-witness ;
6, When all those things happen to take place ; 7, When confession is made of what
is the subject of the lawsuit.

VIII.

Of the Precious Stone and that in which it is set.

To these may be compared the Raja and his people. The former is in a dependant
state. Those who surround and uphold him are the
Pandita, the Bopâti, and the
Jâksa : and those immediately entertained by himself are, 1, One who possesses his
confidence ;
A Jérutûîis skilled in writing ; 3, An interpreter well versed in language ;
4, A good messenger ; 5, An intelligent doorkeeper ; 6, A person who knows in what
a want of manners consists; 7, An experienced general.—
Then will the country
flourish.

IX.

The Jâksa is, according to his character, distinguished by the following appellations,
viz. 1,
Wira pâksa, when he inclines to the side whence he receives most bribes ; 2,
Pâtra kilâsa, when he goes by what he is told, without duly weighing and considering
the merits of the case himself;
o, Ami jâya, when he punishes the guilty with
severity ; 4,
Permâna, when he awards the just sentence of the law as it is written,
without lenity or severity.

X.

There are three things which ought not to be allowed to exist in a country, viz.
1, Witchcraft, particularly at critical junctures. The fine to be imposed in such cases
is forty thousand; and if any thing is lost, it is to be laid to the charge of the persons
who practise that art.nbsp;^

2, Should thenbsp;be the person, he shall be treated according to the

suwâra, i. e. he shall be dismissed from his office, and his officers and relatives
will be considered as implicated in the crime.

® 2nbsp;3, Should

À

-ocr page 412-

3, Should the Mdntris be found guilty of witchcraft, they shall be fined one
hundred thousand.

XL

Of the Boundaries or Limits of Lands named Tugu.

By which is meant landmarks, such as stones, trees or fences, or whatever else
serves to form an eHclosure.

This may and does often become a subject of litigation, especially where anything
has been planted : I, With respect to lands of inheritance; 2, With respect to such
as have been given away;
3, With respect to those which have been purchased; 4,
With respect to those in which something has been planted.

Disputes arising on any of those subjects are proper to be litigated; and in
settling them, besides examining such witnesses as there may be, it will be necessary
to consult the old men of the village, as well as the
Lura who collects the annual
land revenue, before a decision can be given.

The true proprietor of a piece of land under dispute, will be he who can prove
his
having enclosed it; and the true proprietor of any crop, will be he who can pr.OVe
his having sown or planted it.

Proof is to be obtained by administering an oath, which is done by immersion in
water, or by drinking it.

XII.

He in whose hands is vested the power of administering justice, must be well
acquainted with the nature of the ten following things, and know how to proceed
in regard to them, viz. 1, Informations; 2, Grounds for a lawsuit; 3, The proper
time for trial; 4, The occupation and condition of the parties; 5, The object sought
by the parties; 6, The prosecution; 7, The defence; 8, Pleading not -uilty 9
Evidence; 10, Eye-witnesses.nbsp;° J\' J

XIII.

A sufficiency of evidence alone will obtain a favorable decision; and when the
witnesses brought forward to prove any fact do not upon examination do so, the
party who summoned them ought to be cast and also fined.

xiy.

With regard to the Pancha hamp;Jca, which is the case of a woman accused by four men
of fornication ; if on examination these four men do not agree in their testimony, they
ought to be put to death, or else fined agreeably to the
Jamp;na trisna, which leaves
It to those who have charge of the woman to determine the extent of the fine

XV.

There are two descriptions of orders, viz. 1. Purusa, or those which come from the
Raja or from an enemy; 2,
Paparentahan, or those of the Bopdti.

If the Bopamp;ti is more severe or more lenient than he ought to be, he shall be
fined one hundred thousand, or else agreeably to the
Sdbda sudra,\'which is the
arbitrary will of the Sovereign.

Javan Laws.

I

i

l-t
r

-ocr page 413-

appendix

The following are thirty different cases of lawsuits, yiz.nbsp;C.

1,nbsp;Amra kâdang, where one who is accused of theft points at either another person Ja^®
or the accuser himself.

2,nbsp;Kundâng cMri, where a person presents a paper to the court, with something
additional written under the signature and date of it.

S, Mengâmuk pung\'gung, where a person destroys his property while he has a
lawsuit pending.

4,nbsp;Mulûng pamâtang, where a person during the course of a lawsuit leaves his
master or chief and goes to another.

5,nbsp;Sana dénta, where a person concerned in a lawsuit either magnifies or lessens
the state of the case.

6,nbsp;Ng\'ârika pâtra, where a person denies his own hand-writing.

7,nbsp;Mdra permâna, where a person intending to kill another goes and lives on
terms of intimacy with him.

8,nbsp;Dâmar kilûdah, where a person on iSrst making a complaint, of his own accord
brings evidence in support of it.

9,nbsp;Ngartka warna, where a person has a lawsuit, which another than his own
chief is acquainted with the merits of.

10,nbsp;Sirna ning jâya, where a person objects to his own witnesses.

11,nbsp;Perliga, where a per.son finds a thing and does not take it to some proper
person where he lives.

1% Génti wâiang, i. e. the case of a person who is the first to bring evidence.

13,nbsp;Sndésit kemû, i. e. a thing belonging to two persons and found by a third;
the point forthwith litigated, and decided in favor of the former, each of whom
hopes to get it: the thing, however, cannot be restored to either, or to any of
their relations ; it must be appropriated for the purpose of assisting in defraying the
expenses of the state.

14,nbsp;Sâksi rumémbi, where a person first of all calls upon only one person as a
witness, and afterwards, when the cause is decided, wishes to adduce further evidence.

15,nbsp;Sasâstra perâlara, where a person presents a written statement of his grievances
without a date to it.

16,nbsp;Ang\'rîka-râja, where a person engaged in a lawsuit speaks hesitatingly, and at
the same time refers to some respectable person for the truth of what he would assert.

17,nbsp;Chini ropati, where a person acts in a compulsory manner towards the people or
relations of another.

18,nbsp;Kâpra-lâga, where a person, in reply to a question put to him, refers to one who
is dead.

19,nbsp;AUndupâya, or the case of a breach of promise.

20,nbsp;N\'deb lûra, where the object of the lawsuit is for Oie recovery of duties, or any
thing else a long time due.

Madot

-ocr page 414-

appendix.

21, Madôt râketcm, when of two witnesses in favour of any litigating party one is
not forthcoming at the time of trial.nbsp;\'

Sâmbung wâtan téper, where a person prefers a complaint of a specific nature
and afterwards superadds other circumstances.

23, Ting\'gal pergcm, where a person concerned in a lawsuit remains quiet and
keeps himself back.

24f, Pâncha perMsa, where those engaged in a lawsuit display rage and cunning.

25,nbsp;Anâra wichâna, where before a case is decided, a constant intercourse is held
with
ike Jâksa by one of the parties.

26,nbsp;Perchâya-rasî, where a person prosecuted before the court points out the love
and regard which some great man has for him.

27,nbsp;Katbya rasa, where a person, while his case is pending, makes presents to the
Jâksa.

28,nbsp;Kasûria chândra mirâda wachâna where a person refuses to abide by the sentence
of the
Jâksa.

29,nbsp;Katôya râsa ûpaya, where a person, before his cause is decided, makes a present
of something to
the Raja, the Bopâti, and Panghûlu.

30,nbsp;Kasâbda muUcha permâna, where a person denies what he has once publicly
declared.

With respect to the thirty foregoing cases, it will be for the Jâksa to consider and
determine when a lawsuit can, and when it cannot be instituted.

XVII.

Here follow eight more cases, viz.

1,nbsp;Gupita sabda permâna, where one of four persons engaged in a lawsuit bein®quot;
deputed to act for the others, it appears on examination of the witnesses that the affair
cannot be settled with this one person.

2,nbsp;Hanûk mmg tan wiring wisa, v/here a witness on re-examination gives a different
account from that which he gave when previously examined by the
Jâksa. In such case,
the
Jâksa must endeavour to discover which ia the most plausible account of the two.

3,nbsp;Kawilut târa, where opposition takes place between the witnesses, or between
those whose cause it is, and others who have been eye-witnesses of what is the subject of
litigation.

4,nbsp;Bhâning hanâmpuh tbya, where a person is assisted by one who is in the adminis-
tration of justice.

5,nbsp;Ng^âdangtârka, where, on a trial taking place, the deposition of a party differs
from the account previously taken down by the
Jâksa. In this case, such party should
be cast.

6,nbsp;Ng\'âling\'gapandâya, when one takes for witnesses, worthless persons who cannot
be depended on or believed.

7,nbsp;Eluadi, where a person changes, tears, or makes an erasure in any paper.

8,nbsp;Kahûsti sâhda parlâya, where a person shamelessly makes free witk what belongs
to another, who is neither a friend nor relation.

XXXVlll

Javan Laws,

-ocr page 415-

appendix.

XVIII.

Of cases where a Lamuit\'Cannot he instituted,nbsp;__

These are five in number, viz. 1, V^^here the evidence is not clear; 2, Where an Javan Laws,
article Vi^hich has been lost by one person is found in the possession of another, who
cannot tell whence he got it; 3, Where the evidence of the witnesses produced by
any party varies from that of the parties themselves ; 4, Where no evidence exists, fn
this case, the party who can give the most plausible story will obtain a decision in
his favour; 5, Where the agent of another in any lawsuit is cast.

XIX.

A lawsuit will be instituted with success under any of the five following cuxum-.
stances, viz.

I, Tata, where the declarations of all those who support the suit are uniform and
connected.

f, Titi, when the time of the deed or action is known.

S, Kdrta, where the object of the suit is universally allowed to be good and just.

3, Sang\'dra, where there is a readiness to swear to what is asserted.

5, Dupdra, where probability and plausibility exist.

XX.

Of things sent by one person to another, and destroyed under circumstances which
admit of no
redress, called Pancha Sedrdsa, of which there are five cases, viz. I,
Where it is occasioned by lightning ; 2, When by the attack of an enemy ; 3, By being
sunk; 4, In consequence of an order from the Raja; 5, By fire communicated from
an adjoining house.

XXI.

There are three things which from their baneful nature are universally deprecated
and considered and treated as inimical to the welfare of man, viz. 1, Theft;
2, The
injury which crops are liable to sustain from the depredations of noxious animals ; 3,
The mischief which is to be apprehended under water, from crocodiles or the like.

XXII.

In a lawsuit, the successful party obtains damages of the one that is cast. As the
agitation of the leaves marks the presence of the wind, so does the stir and noise of
contending parties shew the existence of a lawsuit.

XXIII.

There are two cases where it will go hard with any party, viz. I, When a mark
or proof can be given, as well as evidence produced ; 2, Where in a violent dispute
between two chiefs respecting the boundaries of their lands, one of them is the first
to
bring weapons with him : such a one must be found guilty and will be cast. The fine
to be levied,
in such case, will according to the rank of the parties be one of the
following : 1,
Utdma, or that awarded to chiefs, viz, one hundred and forty thousand ;

2,nbsp;Diada madSn, or that awarded to those of an inferior degree, viz. seventy thousand ;

3,nbsp;Nesla, or that awarded to the common people, viz. forty-five thousand.

XXIV.

Sentence of guilt will be awarded to any party under the three following circum-

Chdya

xxxix

APPENDIX

c.

-ocr page 416-

1, Chàya râsmî, where advice has been received from the Jâksa.

3, Prîng\'ga râksa, where the assistance of the officers of the court has bee«
received.

3,nbsp;Andria râha, where a case which has been decided is revived at the instance of
the party that was cast, in consequence of other people\'s advice. In such case, if the
party which formerly gained the suit fail to appear on the day appointed for a second
trial, they shall be cast; and in like manner will it be with the other party, if they
fail to attend. For such proceeding, however, the
Jâksa shall be fined fifty thousand

XXV.

1,nbsp;Wilut sâbda btksa masabda upâya, where a person sues another who is connected
with the business of the suit, but who is not the responsible person, and only from his
being the more eligible person is attacked on account of his means. In such case the
prosecutor will lose his cause.

2,nbsp;Saka dipa, where a person incurs the obligation of paying for any thing he has
lost or destroyed, and refuses to do so according to a proper valuation which shall be
fixed thereon. In such case he shall be cast.

S, Gândia pâti, where the Jâksa is silenced in a discussion with one of the parties
who dispute a point with him. The
Jâksa, in such case, shall be found guilty and
fined forty thousand.

4,nbsp;Bhâning maya permâna, i. e. if a thief, who is pursued, runs into certain
premises, by a gap in what serves to enclose them, the proprietor thereof will be held
responsible for one-third of the amount stolen.

5,nbsp;Ng\'âmbâga pâti, i. e. a person having pursued without effect a thief whom he
had surprised in the act of stealing, and the tools of the thief^ which in his hurry to
escape are left behind are in the meantime found in the house of any one, the
owner
of the house shall be held guilty.

6,nbsp;LuMta bûkti, i. e. the person in whose possession thieves\' tools shall be found
will be held guilty of any robbery which may, at the time, have been committed.

7,nbsp;Sima mamângsa iâta upâya, i. e. where a person pursues a thief into the premises
of another, without acquainting him with the circumstance. In such case guilt will
be attached to the former.

8,nbsp;Gâna Una âmit mângsâ tan wiring kâma, i. e. when a malicious combination is
formed to accuse and prove guilty one who is an object of hatred. The persons who
so conspire shall be held guilty.

XXVI.

Of cases where a cause will be lost there are twenty-five in number, viz.

1,nbsp;Him saksi, where the witnesses are worthless disreputable persons.

2,nbsp;Hina sâbda, where a thing is lost, and the owner thereof does not quot;quot;ive inform®quot;
tion thereof to his chief.

3,nbsp;Hina Mina, where a person finds a thing and does not make it known.

4,nbsp;Hina Wang, where a person whom another deputes to act forgt;him, in any law-
suit, is deficient in what is required of him.

Ô5 Kagûndang saksi, where a witness produced by one party is the declared enemy
of the other.
nbsp;q^

Javan Laws.

À

-ocr page 417-

6,nbsp;Hang\'imhu china, where a person who has been robbed gets hold of the thieves\'
tools, without making it known that he has done so.

7,nbsp;Ng\'edong sâksî, when a person brings false witnesses whom he has suborned.

8,nbsp;Hakuto sâksi, where the witnesses have been bribed.

9,nbsp;Hakâdang sâksi, i. e. where a person instructs his witnesses what to say previous

to their examination.

10,nbsp;Sâbda laksâna, i. e. where a thing is stolen within certain premises, and a person
residing therein shall refuse to concern himself about the matter. Such person shall

be made to make good one-third of the property lost.

11,nbsp;Hamâtanghuhûkan, i. e. where a person makes one of his enemy\'s people his

agent. Such person shall be cast.

12 Stdam wârut, i. e. where persons concert in concealing an unlawful pregnancy
and in producing an abortion. Such persons shall incur a fine of one hundred and
fifty thousand each; the whole of the people of the village where it took place shall
each be fined fifty thousand ; and every person of the village opposite to it shall be fined
twenty-five thousand. All persons, too, who though living at a distance are still
under the authority of the chief of the village when the thing happened, shall be each
fined four thousand. A person of great means shall be fined one million.

13,nbsp;Tatarapan râja pepâti, i. e. if a person is found dead without its being known
how he came by his death, nothing can be done ; and it will rest with the Raja to
cause the body to be disposed of in any way he may deem proper. If a corrupted dead
body, found in a certain village, is first discovered by people of another village, the
whole ofthe persons belonging to the former shall be each fined fifty thousand.
Should those persons have endeavoured to conceal the dead body, they shall each, in
that case, be fined one hundred thousand. If it is in a field where the dead body is
discovered, and that by others than the proprietors of the land, the fine to be imposed
upon the latter shall be one hundred
thousand. If the dead body is first discovered
by a person of the village, and he immediately, by sounding
an alarm, summons all
the people of that village to see and bear witness thereof, and if those persons after-
wards on examination, deny the fact, the whole of them shall be fined fifty thousand.
The favorable testimony of thirteen women, however, will get them off from the said
fine.

14,nbsp;Ngépi g\'ni, i. e. a person is wounded and sounds the alarm : many people
quickly repair to the spot, but see no appearance of any one by whom the wound
could have been inflicted ; presently is heard the sound of another alarm, at a different
place, by persons who declare they have just wounded a thief who has escaped from
them, producing at the same time proof of the fact : in such case, the person who first
sounded the alarm shall be considered the thief. If there is found a person who has
been wounded somewhere, but without its being known where or when, and without
there being any thing to lead to a suspicion of his being a thief, nothing can be done
to him.

15,nbsp;Jng\'gus sura, i. e. a wound having been proved to have been inflicted by any
party who has been prosecuted for the same, if the skin only is broken, the fine to be

fnbsp;imposed

Javan Laws.

-ocr page 418-

APPENDIX imposed shall be four thousand. If it is a flesh wound, the fine shall be eight thousand ;

if a bone be broken or sinews cut, forty thousand : but if the injury, done to the
Javan Laws, wounded party be of such a nature as to deprive him of the means of earning a liveli-
hood, the offending party must, in that case, provide for him.

16,nbsp;Ifa person wounds a thief and can shew marks of his having done so (as a
bloody weapon), and if it has been done in the presence of many people, and it has
been plainly seen whither the thief betook himself, and an alarm is presently sounded
in the place to which the thief fled, and a person then declares he has just received
a wound, such person shall be accounted the thief.

17,nbsp;JVardâya chuménda, i. e. if a person is observed to pass through a village with
thieves\' tools in his possession, although nothing be stolen, that person shall be

accounted the thief \'

18,nbsp;Artrisi wâdia dan dérma dénda, i. e. the disputes of ministers with ministers,
priests with priests, and
pundita v/ith pundita, must be decided according to the
Wartârja sawung eng herta, i. e. by taking into consideration their different dispositions
and natures, as well as their proneness to falsehood.

19,nbsp;Trita chândrang gura raditia, i. e. the law (in the inflexibity and unchangeable^
ness of its nature) resembles the sun, moon, and water. Whoever acts in opposition
to the law, must be found guilty and punished accordingly.

20,nbsp;If any person be courageous enough to seize or kill a thief, he ought to receive
a reward of four thousand. If the thief has a master, the latter ought to be fined

twenty-four thousand.

21,nbsp;If a person enter a village at an improper hour, and is thrice challenged without
making any reply, he shall be considered as a thief. A person skulking behind a
door or fence, under similar circumstances, shall be considered in the same light.

22,nbsp;Noya résmi, i. e. a respectable person who may endeavour to screen a thief,
shall be fined agreeably to the
îintâra, viz. one hundred thousand. If the delinquent
a person of the middle class, he shall be fined eighty thousand; if a person of the

lower orders, forty thousand.

23,nbsp;Tri malâni nagâra comprehends three things, which are inimical to the
welfare of a country, viz. 1, Corrupt judges ; 2, Breach of promise or agreement;
3,
Wigu wiguna, i- e. Where the Raja or others who are in authority, inconsiderately
decide or give hasty orders about any thing, whereby much mischief never fails
to follow.

24,nbsp;This section is the work of the Pundita, Pagâwan Chinde Guâna, and contains
seven articles, viz. 1,
Sûria wiguna, i. e. the Raja\'s court is like the sun, whose
refulgent rays spread in all directions and penetrate through every thing. 2,
Anla
sûria éuntâka,
i. e. the displeasure of the Raja in his court is like the heat of the
sun which causes those who are exposed to it to faint away. 3,
Kasila trésna perlâya,
i. e.\' when sentence of death is passed on any one by the Raja in his court, it must
be carried
into effect, as in the case of Kadurga sangûra, where a person commits fornica-
tion or adultery with any of the Raja\'s household ; or
Kâsu stla antuka, where a person

forgets himself and wrangles in the court of the Raja ; or Kabérna antâka, where a

fight

-ocr page 419-

fight takes place, by which death or severe wounds are inflicted; or Madamng luma, appendix
i, e, where a person endeavours to ruin another, by endeavouring to make him appear
guiltj; or
Ang\'gu pdla sabda, where a person, after receiving- a distinct order from
the Raja himself, incurs blame by executing it in a different manner from what
he was told, in consequence of the advice of his chief; or
Jaladri kaperchamp;nda léwat
dipa,
i. e. the effects of the Raja\'s displeasure against any one cannot be transferred
to another.

XXVII.

1,nbsp;Dmdang kamban wang, i. e. the just and lawful revenues or duties, and no

more, must be levied.

2,nbsp;Gegér kapala, i. e. where a person disregards the prohibitions of the Raja.

3,nbsp;Gurmti gandarasa, i. e. several people are assembled together, and one of them
happens to lose something: whoever is the first to quit the party, shall be considered
guilty of having stolen it ; and if there is incontestible evidence of this, he shall be
made to pay two-fold.

4,nbsp;Góra gétih ng\'emünris, i. e. where an unqualified person decides cases from his
own knowledge of the manner of proceeding.

5,nbsp;Waraksa tapula, i. e. no case ought to be settled but by a proper and equitable

decision.

6,nbsp;Yang\'a Ung\'ga suria, i. e. when a Pundita does not shew the accustomed respect
to the Raja.

7,nbsp;Ltman sangura, i. e. when a person mistakes the road he ought to be put right,
and not chastised for any trespass he may have made unwittingly.

8,nbsp;Tunjmg tumrap Mug séla, i. e. whoever shall give protection in his house to
fornicators or adulterers shall forfeit his property.

9,nbsp;Tirta kasurung pika, i. e. where the wise or skilled assist, with their advice,
those who live by fraud, when under a prosecution.

10 Bermara mdng\'un Uga, i. e. where a person concerned in a lawsuit which has
been brought forward, is in the habit of absenting himself when his presence is
required. Such person must be awarded guilty.

11,nbsp;Ddndang tumrdping kdyon, i. e. a person from one place comes and lays
claim to another : the people of the latter all testify, that the claimant has no right or
title to that spot or place. In such case, the said claimant will be east.

12,nbsp;Anddka katdwan widsa, i. e. if a person engaged in a lawsuit shall abscond,
from an apprehension of being cast, it will be even so with him.

13,nbsp;Kidang lumdyu ating\'gal sudra, i. e. every person must be held responsible for
crimes committed or wrong done by any one in their service or employ.

14,nbsp;Hanio kdna, i. e. a servant or dependant of one person having committed a fault,
runs for protection to another, who when applied to will not give him up. The
person who affords such protection, if prosecuted, will be cast.

1Ö, Hangling\'gapraldya, i. e. a person who does not himself appear before the
court in his own behalf, but leaves his case to be managed by the officers of the

Javan Laws.

16, Simar

f 2

court, shall be cast.

-ocr page 420-

16, Simbar tumrâpîng séla, i. e. where the witnesses produced in any case are persons
unknown, and without any fixed place of residence, the party who brings them
shall be found guilty, or cast, as the case may be.

xxviii.

The situation and feelings of those in favor of whom sentence is pronounced is
Tirta prâbu târu lata. Tirta signifies water, the qualities of which are clearness, and
a disposition to proceed straight forward, which nothing will check or overcome.
Those who are thus like unto water, let them be ever so humble and poor, shall not
fail to be successful in any cause in which they may be engaged. The lowly, who are
thus successful, shall have as much cause to rejoice as the rich
(prâbu), who are the
reverse, shall have to be depressed. The former resemble a stately tree
(târu),
whose base and roots are great and spreading, with fragrant blossoms and many
creepers
(lâta) to entwine and support it.

XXIX.

Chûndrakalamôkan hûda, i. e. the situation or state of one against whom sentence has
been pronounced, however great he may be, is like the moon when obscured by
clouds : like her, his countenance is overcast and gloomy.

2,nbsp;Anâmon déria, i. e. a person engaged in a lawsuit, who shall change his outward
appearance, shall be cast.

3,nbsp;Perchâng\'ga angudâna, i. e. if one of the wise shall, for the purpose of inva.
lidating the evidence of his adversaries, make any alteration in the disposition of his
house or premises, he shall, on conviction thereof, be condemned.

4,nbsp;Jndaka penjang\'ga ambyong, i. e. one of the wise who has instituted a suit, and
becoming himself sick at the time appointed for trial, shall fail to make known whether
he wishes the business to be settled or postponed, shall lose his suit.

5,nbsp;Andâka kitiran, i. e. if such party shall fail to appear when summoned, he will
be cast, even should he be otherwise in the right.

6,nbsp;Ambâli mûka amîgantâka, i. e. a person who, taking the law into his own hands,
shall seize the property of another, in payment of a debt due to him, shall be held
responsible for the same.

7,nbsp;Siti tinaVla, i. e. if a person, in search of any thing he has lost, shall enter a
different village to that to which he belongs, without giving due notice to the chief
thereof, he shall be held responsible for any misdeed which may at the time have been
committed, and if any thing important, he shall be made to pay two-fold.

8,nbsp;AngWika mâya, I e. a person who, being in company with a thief, receives a
hurt or injury from persons while in the act of apprehending him, cannot obtain
redress.

9,nbsp;Kabrânapâtî, i. e. a person who accuses another, and is himself the more guilty
of the two, shall be condemned.nbsp;quot;

10,nbsp;Pâtra laksâna amâng\'un satmâta, i. e. a person who, in order to get something
which is not his own, shall alter what is written in any paper, must be
condemned.

11,nbsp;Kabâli sûra, i, e. a person who superadds in court something which be urges
with violence, shall be condemned.

Javan Laws.

-ocr page 421-

12,nbsp;Kitiran mung\'gen Uyon, i. e. one person sends another to demand payment of ^vw^MX
a debt which is disavowed, a lawsuit ensuing, if he who sent the other to demand
payment has no other evidence to produce but that person, he shall be cast.

13,nbsp;Mantra kdchung tdka, i. e. if a person engaged in a lawsuit produces, for the
second time, before the court, a paper which, on examination, appears to be written
in a different hand from what it was before, although the purport in both cases be
exactly the same, the person who produced such paper shall be cast.

14,nbsp;Sangndga amamdngsa tanpa taldwang dng\'aledkan ierka, i. e. a person, such as a
Mdntri or Bopdti, deputes another to act for him in a lawsuit: the person so deputed
has no authority to produce of his having been so. If the cause is lost, the person
who deputed the other cannot bring it forward again.

IB, Kaputung\'an pikulan, i. e. if the witnesses of a person engaged in a lawsuit,
shall leave him and go to his adversary, the former shall be cast.

16,nbsp;Prdja kobdli murda, i. e. when the circumstances of a case which one person
brings forward are contradicted by those who have an opportunity of knowing them,
the former shall be condemned.

17,nbsp;Bermara amri sari, i. e. if a person to whom another is indebted shall on the
supposition of inability to discharge the debt proceed to seize the property of that other,
without previously demanding payment of the debt, he shall be cast.

18,nbsp;Sima amot amamangsa tanwir ring hay a, i. e. a person in office, who exceeds
his authority, ought to be condemned.

19,nbsp;Kruwang Undung\'an perrMt, i. e. if a person whose cause is good, and whose
evidence is complete and satisfactory, shall insist upon a severe punishment against his
adversary, he shall be cast.

20,nbsp;Gahus boten nglem, i. e. when stolen goods are discovered, the Raja ought to
cause them to be restored to whom they belong.

21,nbsp;Guwdta Samirdna, i. e. those who conceal the wife or children of another, ought

to be put to death by order of the Raja.

22 Sulung alehu dian, i.e. if the relations of one whose guilt is manifest shall
apply to have the punishment awarded transferred to a substitute, they shall be

condemned.

23,nbsp;Apatra ina perchdya, i. e. a person obtains permission from the Raja to proceed
against another, and afterwards, from some consideration, neglects to do so, while
that other, in the meantime, appears before the Raja and declares his innocence of
what is alleged against him, stating that, if he were guilty, his chief would not have
failed to bring him forward: in such case, the former shall be condemned.

Javan Laws.

24,nbsp;Perwdta brdmantdra, i. e. if a person is found guilty of circulating false reports,
or of magnifying any piece of intelligence, so as to create a great alarm in the country,
and put all the people in a ferment, he shall be fined four hundred and four thousand.

ABSTRACT

-ocr page 422-

APPi^Dix ABSTRACTi^ some of the LAWS which, according to the h-adition of the Javans, \'Were
_Lnbsp;in force against the inhabitants, previous to the supposed arrival of Aji Saka.

Javan Laws.nbsp;__nbsp;gt;

(Collected by Mr. Middlekoop.)

OATHS

Were administered by repeating certain words after the Priest, accompanied by
a motion of the head and body, the hands being folded.

ORDINARY FINES.
Were levied according to the following gradations.

When a subordinate or petty chief, who had people under him, committed a crime

the fine was......................................................5 tahil *

The eldest son of a Prince............................................5

The son of a chief ..................................................

A Prince or Raden without employment...............................If

A Menak or Rang\'ga holding a public office and transacting public duty......5

A Menak or Rang\'ga restricted from the performance of public duty........If

A Menak or Rang^ga who administered a small track of country............1

Children of a chief Rang\'\'ga or Menak..................................gi

An ambassador (ordinary) of a Prince or principal chief................2|

An ambassador extraordinary . ........................................1|

Children of the above................................................]

A male subject............................................... .......1J

A female subject ....................................................1

Persons having forfeited their right of liberty through misdemeanors, and thus
become dependant upon another, pay fifty
pichis.

All the above fines might be paid in money, goods, gold, silver, horses, buffaloes
and other necessary articles.

THEFT AND ROBBERY.
A free subject having committed a robbery, he was delivered up (on detection)
to the chief or tribunal of the place to which he belonged; and if unwilling to restore
the stolen goods, or unable to pay the value, he was to be delivered over to the
person whom he had robbed, and made to serve him as a bondsman: but no claim
whatever was enforced upon the wife or children, who did not, on this account,
forfeit their liberty. It was, however, lawful to deprive a thief of his life when
caught in the act.

When a robbery was committed by a person in a state of servitude, the proprietor
of such person\'s services was bound to pay the value of the stolen property, or
to deliver the person over to the injured party; but on being
caught in the feet,
and the thief being put to death, the proprietor was no further liable.

Jlobberies

* The money here alluded to is the coin of Palembang, siabsequently introduced by Raden Patah, in consequence
of his connexion with
Palembang. Rice appears to have been the principal medium of exchange previously to
this period. The
pickis is a small tin coin, of which two hundred make a wang, and twenty-eight wangs are
eaual in value to a Spanish dollar.

-ocr page 423-

Robberies having been committed in the day time, were punished by a fine or APPgJoix

by servitude.nbsp;--

If one or more stolen buffaloes were killed ifl or near a village, and sufiicient proof J^^an Laws.

thereof adduced by the owner, the village people were condemned to pay the value
of such stolen cattle, unless they produced the thief or thieves.

HOMICIDE AND MURDER.

A free person who killed a male dependant, was punished by a fine of two and
a half
tahils; one who killed a female dependant was fined three and a half tahils. ^

If in an affray between two free persons the one killed the other, and the offender
was seized in the act, he could be put to death by the relations or friends of the
deceased; but if he
succeeded in taking refuge with the head of a village, he was
only liable to a fine of five
tahils if the deceased was a male, aud three and a half

tahils if a female.

When a prince, chief^ or petty chief was murdered by one of his subjects, the
party was punished by death, for having killed his superior.

But a prince or head chief had the right to deprive his subjects of their lives
whenever he chose, though when one of their sons, either a
Menak, Rang\'ga, or other
chief, put to death a free person or dependant, he was bound to pay to the friends
or master of the deceased two and a half
tahils, besides a fine for a male person
five, and for a female three and three quarters
tahils. These persons were not
liable to be put to death, although caught in the fact.

In case, however, that a prince or chief caused to be put to death a dependant
who was not guilty of any offence for which he deserved such punishment, the
prince or chief was bound to make good half of the estimated value of the
deceased property, beside being condemned to servitude, and a fine of ten
tahils.

Amok being cried, it was lawful for every one to destroy such as ran amok-, but
in the event of its being a false alarm, and any one was killed by the crowd, the
person that exclaimed amo/r was liable to be fined.

In a crowd or assemblage of people, if a dispute ran so high that one party was
killed in
the affray, and lay dead on the ground, the offending party was exempt
from fine, but
punished by the prince according to the circumstances of the case.

ADULTERY.

A man having received information that his wife had committed adultery, was
restricted from believing it, even if he was told by credible persons, unless he
found her in the act; he might then deprive her
of life. If she escaped, however,
and concealed herself among her friends and neighbours, it was not lawful to
put her to death; but on complaint being made by her husband, she was prosecuted
and punished according to the circumstances of the case.

A man found guilty of adultery was liable to a fine of ten tahils, and the woman to
the same. Being unable to discharge the sum, they were transferred to the servitude
of
another, who was willing to pay the amount of the fine, which was then given
to the husband of the adultress.

An

-ocr page 424-

An adultress causing her husband to be put to death was also to suffer death.

A man having run away with the wife of another, on her being seized by her
husband at their abode, both parties
could be put to death; but if they were not
discovered for a length of time, during which they kept themselves quiet and had
begotten children, the adulterer was only liable to pay, as well for himself as for
the woman, a fine of ten
tahils. He was, however, bound to forfeit the half of
the children so begotten for the benefit of the lawful husband, to whom they were
transferred in servitude.

DIVORCE.

Lawfully married persons wishing to separate from each other, each retook the
property brought at the marriage, and an equal division was made of what had
been gained since the marriage. This included the children; the eldest was always
to remain with the mother, the second with the father. After the separation on
the decease of either, the whole effects were to be taken possession of by those
children who at the separation had come to the share of the deceased; but they
were
also obliged to pay the debts of the deceased, whatever the same might amount
to. When the number of children was unequal, the odd one was to fall to the
share of the wife;
but such as were imperfect or deformed were excluded from
the division, and maintained by both parties.

APPENDIX

c.

Jayan Laws,

Jl

-ocr page 425-

APPENDIX D.

PROCLAMATION.

For the satisfaction of the inhabitants and people of Java, the following provisions app^dix
are made public, in testimony of the sincere disposition of the British Government to —^
promote their
prosperity and welfare. The refusal of their late Government to treat Proclamation,
for their interests, although disabled by the events of war from affording them any
further protection, has rendered the consequent establishment of the British authority
unconditional. But an English Government does not require the articles of a
capitulation to impose those duties which are prompted by a sense of justice and a
beneficent disposition. The people of Java are exhorted to consider theirnew con-
nection with England as founded in principles of mutual advantage, and to be
conducted in a spirit of kindness and affection.

Providence has brought to them a protecting and benevolent Government ; they will
cheerfully perform the reciprocal duties of allegiance and attachment.

1.nbsp;His Majesty\'s subjects in Java will be entitled to the same general privileges
as are enjoyed by the natural-born subjects of Great Britain in India, subject to such
regulations as now exist, or may hereafter be provided, respecting residence in any of
the Honourable Company\'s territories.

2.nbsp;They will have the same privilege and freedom of trade to and with all countries
to the east of the Cape of Good Hope, and also with His Majesty\'s European
dominions, as are possessed by natural-born subjects of Great Britain.

3.nbsp;Dutch gentlemen will be eligible to all oflSces of trust, and will enjoy the
confidence of Government, according to their respective characters, conduct, and
talents, in common with British-born subjects.

4.nbsp;The vexatious system of monopoly, which is understood to have heretofore
prevailed, in some instances to an oppressive and inconvenient extent, will be revised,
and a more beneficial and politic principle of administration will be taken into con-
sideration, as soon, and to such extent, as full information on the subject can be
obtained, as established usage arid habit may admit, and as may be consistent with a
due regard to the health and morals of the people.

5.nbsp;The Dutch laws will remain provisionally in force, under the modifications which
will be hereinafter expressed, until the pleasure of the supreme
authorities in England
shall be known; and it is conceived that no
material alteration therein is to be

apprehended.

The modifications to be now adopted are the following.
First. Neither torture nor mutilation shall make part of any sentence to be pronouncednbsp;jjj

against criminals.

gnbsp;Secondly.

-ocr page 426-

APPENDIX Secondly. When a British-born subject is convicted of any offence, no punishment
jP shall be awarded against him, more severe than would be inflicted by the laws of
Proclamation, England for the same crime. And in case of doubt concerning the penalty by English
law, reference shall be made to the Honorable the Recorder of Prince of Wales\'
Island, whose report shall be a sufficient warrant for awarding the penalty stated by
him to be agreeable to the laws of England. No sentence against any British-born
subject, for any crime or misdemeanor, shall be carried into exécution, until a report
shall have been made to the Lieutenant Governor.

Thirdly. No sentence of death against any person whatever shall be carried into
execution, until report shall have been made to the Lieutenant Governor.

Fourthly. The Lieutenant Governor will have the power of remitting, moderating,
or confirming, all penalties; excepting inconsiderable fines, short imprisonment, or
slight corporal punishment.

Fifthly British-born subjects shall be amenable to the jurisdiction of the Dutch
tribunals and to the Dutch laws in all cases of civil complaint or demands, whether
they be plaintiffs or defendants.

Sixthly. All British-born subjects shall be subject to the regulations of police, and
to the jurisdiction of the magistrates charged with the execution thereof, and with the
maintenance of the peace and of public tranquillity and security.

Seventhly. All persons belonging to or attached to the army, who are by their con-
dition subject to military law, shall, for the present, be tried for any crimes they may
commit only by courts martial, unless sent by the military authorities to civil courts.

Eighthly. It being necessary in all countries that a power should exist of forming
regulations in
the nature of legislative provisions, adopted to change of circumstances
or to
meet any emergency that may arise, and the great distance of the British
authorities in Europe rendering it expedient that the said power should, for the
present, reside in some accessible quarter, it is declared, that the Lieutenant Governor
shall have full power and authority to pass such legislative regulations, as on delibera-
tion, and after due consultation and advice, may appear to him indispensibly necessary,
and that they shall have\'the full force of law. But the same shall be immediately
reported to the Governor General in Council in Bengal, together with the Lieutenant
Governor\'s reasons for passing the said regulation and any representations that may
have been
submitted to him against the same ; and the regulations so passed will be
confirmed or
disallowed by the Governor General in CouncQ with the shortest possible
delay. The mode in which the Lieutenant Governor shall be assisted with advice will
hereafter be made known, and such regulations will hereafter be framed as may be
thought more conducive to the prompt, pure, and impartial administration of justice,
civil and criminal.

Regulations respecting the paper currency, as well as the relative valiie of coins
circulating in Java, will be published in a separate paper of this date.

Done at Molenvliet, the 11th September, 1811.

By His Excellency the Governor General of British India,

(SignedJ MINTO.

-ocr page 427-

REGULATION,

a. D. 1814,

PASSED BY THE HONOURABLE THE LIEUTENANT GOVERNOR IN GOUNGIL,

On the nth of February 1814,

FOR THE MORE EFEECTUAlr ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICB

in the

PROVINCIAL COURTS OF JAVA.

The Honourable the Lieutenant Governor in Council being deeply impressed with appgjdix
the necessity of framing one adequate, impartial, and consistent code, for the prompt —1.
and equitable administration of justice, in the provincial courts of this Island, with a
view to give to all ranks of people a due knowledge of their rights and duties, and to
ensure to them an enjoyment of the most perfect security of person and property,
has been pleased that the following regulation be enacted ; which, by assuming as
its basis, rather the ancient usages and institutions of the Javans, than any new
innovations founded on European systems of internal government, may confidently be
expected to
be, at once, the most pleasing to them, and the best adapted to the
existing state of their society.

1.nbsp;The Resident shall be the Chief Judge and Magistrate in his districts; but the

administration of police and justice, in the towns of Batavia, Semarang, and
Surabaya, shall, as heretofore, be entrusted to the particular Magistrates and other

officers appointed by Government for those places.

2.nbsp;The Bopâtîs, or chiefs of districts, and all other public officers, who may be Of the Bopatis.
retained to carry on the duties of this department, are placed under the immediate
authority and controul of the Resident himself, or of his Deputy duly empowered by

him. These various duties, whether relative or direct, will be clearly defined in

the course of the following sections.

3.nbsp;To render more easy the attainment of justice, and to carry on better the
general police of the country, a subordinate jurisdiction shall be constituted in the
formed,
following manner.

4 The Residency shall be divided into such number of districts, as extent of land. Division of the
^nbsp;Jnbsp;_nbsp;Ti t. Residency into

population, former custom, or other circumstances may render necessary. Each Districts.

of these shall be consigned to the care of a Bopâti, or native chief, with such an

establishment, as being deemed by the Resident adequate to the purpose, and by him

submitted to Government, shall have received their sanction.

5. These districts, again, shall be subdivided into divisions, the extent and limits PJf^^to

of each of which will be clearly marked out and made known. Their size must, of

course, entirely depend on the greater or less propinquity of the villages they contain,

and on the more or less numerous population by which these are inhabited ; but,

g 2nbsp;generally

-ocr page 428-

generally speaking, no division shall be less than ten, or more than twenty square
miles in extent. It must also be observed, that the limits of the division follow those
of the villages; it being quite contrary to a system of good police, that inhabitants
of the same place should be subject to different authorities.

6.nbsp;In each division there shall be fixed a station of police, to which shall be
appointed a competent officer, with such number of inferior
Mdntris, Peons, amp;c. as
shall be deemed necessary for the execution of the various duties allotted to his
office, and the due maintenance of the tranquillity of his division,

7.nbsp;In each village there shall be a Head -man (whether recognized under the name
of
Peting\'gi, Balcal, Lurah, Knwu, MandoVy or otherwise, according to the custom of
the country), to be freely elected by the inhabitants of the village itself from among
themselves; the only requisites on the part of Government being, that he actually
reside and hold land in it. Should any of these be found unfit to carry on their
respective duties, or other good objection arise to their being continued in the posts
they hold, a representation to such effect will be made by the Resident to the
Villagers, who will accordingly proceed to the nomination of some other person, who,
if approved of by the Resident, shall then receive his confirmation,

8.nbsp;These Head-men shall, in every respect, be considered as the representatives of
the villages, and shall be held responsible for all such acts committed within them, as
fall justly under that controuling and preventive power vested in them by their
fellow inhabitants.

9.nbsp;This mode of election and consequent power, it must be observed, are no new
introductions, but subsist in immemorial usage, and their nature and limits are well
understood
by the Javans throughout the Island.

10.nbsp;The Heads of villages will receive and carry into execution all such orders as
government, either directly by the Resident, or through the medium of the
Bopdtis and
officers of divisions, may be pleased to issue to them ; and they will furnish, at all
times, such oral or written information as may be required from them.

11.nbsp;The care o\'f the police, in their respective villages, shall be entrusted to their
charge; and for the due preservation of peace, the prevention of offences, and the
discovery and arrest of offenders, they are required to be particularly careful that a
sufficient night watch be regularly maintained. For this purpose they are authorized
to require each of the male inhabitants to take his turn in the performance of this
duty; and, at any time, to call on all
to aid in the pursuit and apprehension of
offenders, or to
execute generally any of the other duties that may occur.

12.nbsp;The Heads of Villages will also be held responsible for the amount of al!
property belonging to travellers, which may be lost within their villages, provided
however that the same shall have been placed under their charge;
and they are required
to take charge of all travellers\' property which may be brought to them for that
purpose.

13.nbsp;They are directed to keep a register of all persons under their authority,
describing the name, age, country, occupation, size, and appearance of each individual,
with any other remarks that may be deemed necessary. They will also, with the

assistance

stations of
police.

Heads of Villa-
ges,

Their responsi-
bility.

Of their elec-
tion.

Duties of Heads
of Villages.

Police duties.

Property sto-
len, and charge
of property.

I^egisters of in-
habitants, and
of births,
deaths, amp;c.

-ocr page 429-

assistance of the Village Priest, form a register of the births, marriages, and deaths,
which occur within their jurisdiction.

14.nbsp;These will be drawn up every six months, according to forms to be furnished to
them by the Resident. A copy of each will be retained in the village, and another
will be forwarded to the police officer of the station, to be kept by him as records, and
to furnish the grounds of such reports as he may be
called,on to give in.

15.nbsp;Whenever a stranger arrives for the purpose of settling in a villap, or any one
of its former inhabitants absconds, the head of it is required to furnish immediately to
the Officer of the Division a detailed account of the particulars relative to either
circumstance ; who will accordingly take such measures for the apprehension or pursmt
of either, or forward such intelligence to his superiors, as the case may require.

16.nbsp;Any person producing the express permission of the Resident, shall be allowed
to
settle in a village; but without this, or unless he can procure two respectable
inhabitants to become securities for his good behaviour, he shall not be permitted to
do so.

17.nbsp;As well Heads of Villages as Officers of Divisions are required to keep a
watchful eye upon all new settlers, to ascertain, if possible, their several characters,
from their former places of abode; and to observe, most particularly, the conduct of
such individuals as have no ostensible means of earning a livelihood. They will, too,
follow vigilantly the motions of armed persons, preventing them, as much as they can,
from travelling together in large bodies; and as far as may be practicable, they ought
to hinder individuals of every description, but most especially such as are armed with
spears, swords, amp;c. from travelling at all after eight o\'clock at night.

18.nbsp;After this hour, they are authorized to stop, and detain in their custody till the
next morning, all such persons as may, by having with them more than usual property,
or in any other way, justly give grounds for suspicion. But on a summary examina-
tion, should nothing further appear againt them, they must on no account keep them
detained
beyond eight o\'clock the next morning; nor ought detention at all to
take
place, if the account they first give of themselves be deemed satisfactory,

19.nbsp;Should any thing further appear against them by complaint or otherwise, they
will then
be proceeded with as with other accused persons, relative to whom directions

will be given in a subsequent section.

SO. In the above case, only, it is competent to the Officers of Police to apprehend
any person of their own authority, unless detected in the actual perpetration of crime;
or to release any person once apprehended.

21. It having been represented, that though when the inhabitants are settled in
one place, in habitations contiguous to each other, the duty of the Head of a Village
becomes easy of execution, yet that it is extremely difficult for him to P^\'^^j^™ ^^^
adequately, when, from caprice or other cause,
any of its members are a owe o eave
the main part, or
désa, to go and reside in lonely and remote spots, Arming thereby
.mall settlements of two or three cottages only together, termed
dukus, whichbeing neces-
.arily from
their distance without the guard ofnight watches, amp;c. must frequently become

liable

When tobe pre-
pared.

New settlers or
persons emi-
grating.

When to be al-
lowed to settle.

Vigilance and
prevention of
night travel-
ling.

To stop suspi-
cious persons,
and how to act
regarding theni.

Further direc-
tions.

Not to appre-
hend in other
cases of their
own authority.

Of out-settling
in Dukus.

-ocr page 430-

appendix.

liable fo be attacked and plundered, or more often, perhaps, from the absence of all
controul, will themselves form the
resort and shelter of robbers and other abandoned
characters ; and, on the other hand, it not being wished to repress too much this out-
settling, as bj the creation of new villages (which must owe their formation to such
small beginnings), a great part of the land, at present waste, may be brought into
cultivation ; it is ordered, that the following be the line of conduct to be observed in
these cases,

22.nbsp;The Head of a Village shall, in every instance, report to the Officer of Division
when such an out-settlement takes place; who shall then proceed to the spot, and
forming a committee of three Heads of Villages (not to include the one in which the
circumstance has occurred) shall judge whether or not it be expedient, for the benefit
of agriculture, to permit its continuance, and measures shall be taken accordingly.
If the new settlement be allowed to remain, a vigilant eye must be kept over its infant
state, both by the Officer of Division and Head ofthe neighbouring Village; and
when it shall have grown to a size that may admit of this, it ought to be separated
from the authority of the mother village, and a similar constitution be bestowed on it,

23.nbsp;It is the duty of Heads of Villages, generally, to preserve tranquillity, as far
as their authority extends; to obey zealously the orders of their superiors, to\'furnish
every useful information, and in short to contribute, all in their power, to the
establishment and preservation of a good state of police.

24.nbsp;Their rewards for this will be a certain portion of land in each village, and the
favouring eye and protection of Government.

25.nbsp;The Police Officers of Divisions are to be considered as immediately under tlie
authority of the
Bopdtis. They will furnish to these all such accounts, reports amp;c as
may be required, and will act always on the orders received from them, or, of cou^e
directly from the Resident himself.nbsp;\'nbsp;\'

26.nbsp;To the Bopdtis, or Chiefs of Districts, they will forward every six months
abstract accounts of births, marriages, and deaths, which have occurred in their
division, and of the general state of cultivation and population, with such remarks
accompanying them as may seem requisite.

27.nbsp;Of these and other papers forms will be furnished them, and they will prepare

them from the general account obtained from Heads of Villages, whom they will at

anytime, require to supply them with such further information as may be deeLed
necessary.

S8 On every Saturday they „ill g-iye i„ to the Bopili, or Chief of the District, a
deta,lad statement „ the occurrence, of .he preceding week, the crimes com^ittLd,
offenders apprehended number of new settlers, their employment, from whenc^
arrived, what mdmduals have emigrated, causes of emigration, and iu short, what-
ever has happened out of the common track of occurrences.

29. The Officers of Divisions shall be held responsible for the due administration of
the police within their respective jurisdictions; and to enable them better to execute
their assigned duties, the Heads of Villages are placed immediately
under their

authority.

liv

\'fiT

How to regu-
late this.

General duties
of the Heads of
Villages.

Reward,

if

Police Officers.

, i \'

Papers to be
furnished by
them.

How to frame
them.

To report the
occurrences of
the week.

m

Responsibility

duties.

•I:

-ocr page 431-

authority. They shall accordingly be watchful, that these vigilantly and zealously APP^dix

perform such services as may be allotted to their situation ; and they shall report fully _1

to the Bopâti of the district, on the conduct of any Heads of Villages who may prove
neglectful of their charge, or in any way appear remiss in the execution of the duties
entrusted to them.

30.nbsp;They shall, on no account, exert their police authority in any undue interference Howtoactwith
with the collection of the revenues, that being considered a distinct department, to
venue matters!
which they will only render their assistance when called upon under the distinct rules

laid down in another Regulation for the guidance of their conduct in it; here only
it is considered that they are to lend their aid at such times, and in such manner, as may
be expressly pointed out to them in orders from their superiors. But they are at all
times on a regular application being made to them by the inferior Officers of Revenue,
to take charge of, and give effectual escort to treasure passing from or through their
divisions; and after receipt of the same, they will be held responsible for it until such
treasure shall have been by them delivered to the next constituted authority.

31.nbsp;The Peons and other inferior servants attached to their offices, shall of course be Peons to go
employed in the serving summonses, apprehending offenders, giving escort, and in

other regular duties ; but when not in any way thus engaged, they shall, as leisure
admits, be sent to make the rounds of the division; acquiring, bj\' this means, not only
competent information of all that is transacted within it, but serving also, by this
occasional and uncertain visitation, materially to prevent the undertaking of nefarious

acts.

32.nbsp;As before observed, the Officers of Divisions and those subordinate to them, Police Officers

,, . , not to appre-

shall only of their own authority apprehend such persons as are taken actually m the hend of their
commission of crime. They are never empowered to seize others (with the exception authority,
of those mentioned in Section 18 of this Regulation) but when a written order for that
purpose has been received from their superiors, or when a regular charge of an
original nature has been given in against them by any respectable individual.

33.nbsp;In these cases, they will take suitable measures for the apprehension and securing To apprehend
of the persons complained of; and when once apprehended, they will, on no account, ^afmh^beTn
of their own authority again liberate them.nbsp;\'\'\'der

3é. Should the persons have been so arrested in consequence of orders received to How to act
that effect, the Officers of Divisions will, in forwarding them to their destinations, be haïteengh-en!
careful to observe such instructions as they may have received on the subject.

35.nbsp;But should the prisoners have been apprehended on complaints, or other oro- How when a

........... IP ,,nbsp;^nbsp;\'nbsp;r complaint has

ceedings originating in the division itselt, they will, on their arrival at the police been lodged,
station, cause to be written a clear and summary statement of the offence alleged, and
of the facts in the case which have come under their observation, whether witnessed
by themselves, or bore testimony to by any persons present.

36.nbsp;They will then, with this statement accompanying, forward under a sufficient To send the
guard the prisoner or prisoners, together with the^persons complaining or aggrieved,

and the witnessess of the facts, towards the chief town of the district where the Bopâii
resides.

-ocr page 432-

37.nbsp;Under no pretence whatsoever, shall anj persons be detained at the police
station longer than twentj-four hours after their arrest.

38.nbsp;Should the division in which the arrest has taken place be not that in which the
chief town of the district is situated, the officers of it shall make over the charge of
persons and papers to the Police Officers ofthe division next in the way; and, in
similar manner, they shall be forwarded on from station to station, to the chief town of
the district, or from thence to the
principal seat of the Residency.

39.nbsp;In this transmission, the Officers of Divisions will take particular care that as
little delay as possible occur; any unnecessary infringement on the personal liberty of
the subject, being that of which this Government will ever be most jealous.

40.nbsp;Whenever a human body is found dead, of which it is not certainly known that
the death was natural, or even though such illness precede it as might be considered as
possibly the cause, should any suspicious circumstances or appearances attend the death,
it will become the duty of the Head of the Village in which this may occur, to take
cognizance of the fact;
and ordering it so that every thing remain in the state first
found, he shall report the circumstances, without delay, to
the Officer of the Division,
who will immediately appoint a commission of three Heads of Villages,
assisted by
himself or officers, to proceed to the actual spot where the body lies, and there make
due inquiry into every particular that may serve to elucidate the affair. For this pur-
pose, such evidence will be taken as may, in any way, be thought to bear on the subject.

41.nbsp;When the investigation is completed, the persons appointed for the inquest
shall deliver to the Officer of Division a statement of what they have done, seen, or
heard, and annex to it the opinion they have finally formed of the manner of death,
or
degree of guilt any where attaching.

42.nbsp;The Officer of Division shall forward this statement, without delay, to the
superior authorities; from whom, in return, he will receive instructions.

43.nbsp;But should any degree of guilt be imputed, in the opinion expressed by the
commissioners acting on this inquest, the Officer of Division shall, without loss of
time, proceed to apprehend the suspected person or persons, and take such other
measures upon that opinion, as he would, had a complaint to the same effect been
regularly lodged.

44.nbsp;As it is most necessary that the cultivators of the soil, and other industrious
inhabitants of a village, should not, on every frivolous or inconsiderable occasion, be
taken away from their labours to attend a distant seat of justice, where, even though
it be more equitably and impartially administered, the benefit of this is, in many
cases, quite counterbalanced by the loss of time and expenses of the journey and
suit,—it is ordered, that there be a subordinate jurisdiction constituted, by means of
which the distribution of justice will be rendered far more easy to the governing
power, and the acquisition of redress will be presented to every one
aggrieved, with
the greatest facility, and the least possible expense of money or time.

45.nbsp;The Heads of Villages are required to look on themselves, and to act with
regard to the persons under their controul, as fathers of families ; to
maintain, to the
extent of their power, a spirit of harmony and tranquillity in the villages entrusted to

them 5

Mode of send-
ing him.

No unnecessary
delay to occur.

When a dead
body is found,
or a death is
attended with
any suspicious
circumstance,
how to act.

Report on the
inquest.

To be forward-
ed.

How to act if
any guilt be
imputed.

Reasons for es-
tablishing a
subordinate ju-
risdiction.

Heads of Vil-
lages their aiv-
tliority.

-ocr page 433-

them ; to curb every approach to feud and litigation ; and, with the aid of their APPJ^mx
officers, to interpose their authority in settling, with justice and impartiality, all such
petty quarrels as may arise among the inhabitants.

46.nbsp;Should, however, the dispute be of sufficient magnitude to entitle it to higher Courts to refer
consideration, courts are regularly established to which it may be referred.nbsp;to.

47.nbsp;The Officers of Division shall, at least once a week, or oftener, attend in some Officer of Divi-
open place at the station of police, with their Mantris, or other subordinate servants, ®

for the purpose of inquiring into and deciding on all such complaints as may be given
in to them, for petty offences committed within their divisions, as abusive language
and inconsiderable assaults or affi-ays.

48.nbsp;These, if satisfactorily proved, they shall be authorized to punish, by fine not Fines,
exceeding ten rupees, of which fine the one-half shall be given to the individual or
individuals aggrieved, the other be carried to the account of Government.

49.nbsp;They shall also be empowered to hear and determine on all such petty civil Civil eases,
cases as may be referred to them, provided the amount at issue exceed not the sum of
twenty rupees.

50.nbsp;And further, they shall investigate the trifling disputes that may be brought Land disputes,
before them about trespass, nuisance, the irregular distribution of water, encroachment

on boundaries, and other such minor grievances of usual occurrence in villages.

51.nbsp;Whether civil or criminal, they shall not, in any case, be authorized to arrest Not to arrest

or imprison.

or imprison.

b% But the complaint having been given in, the person complained of, if not How to pro-
present, shall be summoned to appear by the next day of sitting, when the cause shall
be heard and decided on without delay. In failure of attendance on the part of the
plaintiff, the case shall be dismissed ; on the part of the defendant, the cause shall be
proceeded with
ex parte. The sentence, whatever it may be, shall be carried into
execution, by means of the authority vested in the Heads of Villages.

53.nbsp;Should any persons refuse to obey their award, they shall be committed for trial Punishment fo»
before the Resident, who will not only cause the original sentence to be carried into \'^»quot;«»»acy.
execution, but at his discretion, order a punishment suited to their contumacy.

54.nbsp;An appeal may be made in the usual manner, in civil cases, from the Officer of Appeals from

tliii^ court.

the Division\'s Court to that of the Bopâti at the chief town of the district; and any
complaint for unjust or arbitrary proceeding, on the part of the subordinate Police
Officers, will likewise be received there.

55.nbsp;Of every proceeding of this Court a regular record shall be kept; one copy Record of pro-
to remain at the police station, and another to be forwarded to the Chief of the District,

56.nbsp;A fee of half a rupee from each party shall be levied prior to hearing the cause, Fees and coats,
to be divided among the Officers of Police ; and ten per cent, on the amount of the

sentence in civil cases is, according to the custom of the country, to be taken from the
Ipser of the suit,
to be carried to the account of Government.

57.nbsp;The Officers of Divisions will be held fully responsible for a zealous and General duties,
conscientious discharge of these important duties entrusted
tso them, and shall meet

hnbsp;with

-ocr page 434-

with exemplary punishment, in the case of any negligence or corruption being
established against them.

58.nbsp;To the Bopdtis, or Heads of Districts, is consigned the general superintendance
and care of their respective districts. But as these high ofScers must frequently be
required to attend at the place where the Resident himself lives, that their districts
may not suffer any inconvenience from their absence, they are empowered to delegate
their full authority to their deputies, or
Pâtehs, who shall preside in their courts, and
issue and receive orders, in every respect, like themselves.

59.nbsp;They shall, every six months, furnish to the Resident abstract accounts of the
state of cultivation and population within their districts, according to forms which will
be given to them, and accompanied with such remarks as may suggest themselves.

60.nbsp;On every Monday morning, they shall deliver to the Resident a detailed state-
ment of the proceedings of the foregoing week, containing an account of new settlers,
persons emigrated, offences committed, offenders apprehended, and in short, of every
thing remarkable.

61.nbsp;The Heads of Districts shall receive all orders directly from the Resident, and
take due measures for carrying them into immediate execution. The Ofiicers of
Divisions, Heads of Villages, and all other Police Servants within the district, are
placed immediately under their controul ; and they will most vigilantly watch over the
conduct of them, reporting instantly to the Resident, every instance of negligence or
crime that may fall under their observation.

62.nbsp;They will be open to receive complaints or petitions, of every description;
reporting and issuing the necessary orders on them without delay.

63.nbsp;In forwarding persons apprehended within their districts to the seat of the
Residency, they will be particularly careful that the least practicable delay occur;
no prisoner, on any account, being detained by them, of their own authority, for a
longer space of time than twenty-four hours.

64.nbsp;In forwarding persons, papers, or treasure, they will observe the mode
prescribed in Section 38 of this Regulation.

65.nbsp;On the receipt of an inquest report from the Officers of Divisions, it shall be
submitted to the Chief
Jâksa and Pnnghulu of the district for their opinion, and on
this opinion the necessary measures shall be taken.

66.nbsp;At the chief town of each district a regular court shall be established, in which
the
Bopâti, or in his absence, the Pâteh, shall preside, assisted by the Jâksa,
Panghulu,
and other law officers appointed.

67.nbsp;This court shall be held in some open spot in the town, at least twice a week,
oroftener, if necessary.

68.nbsp;Its authority shall, however, be confined entirely to civil matters; all cognizance
of criminal cases, beyond that already allotted to the Officers of Divisions, being
vested solely in the court where the Resident himself presides.

69.nbsp;In the Bopâti\'s court shall be received appeals fi-om those of the Officers of
Divisions, on institution of which the appellants shall pay a fee of one
rupee.

\' 70. Before

Of Bopâtis and
Pâtehs.

Reports.

Weekly report
of occurrences.

Powers and
duties.

Petitions or
complaints.

Detention of
prisoners.

Mode of for-
warding them.

Inquest reports.

Bopati\'s court.

quot;VVherfand
where to be
held.

Extent of au-
thority.

Appeals to be
received.

-ocr page 435-

70.nbsp;Before deciding on these causes, the record of the former trial shall be read, appendix
and such new evidence taken as may be produced.nbsp;-

71.nbsp;If the former sentence be reversed, the costs which shall have been kept in
deposit shall be refunded to the appellant, and levied from the other party.
nbsp;versed.

72.nbsp;And in confirming it, an enhancement of these costs is left to the discretion Jentence^Tn-quot;
of the court ; provided, however, the whole never exceed fifteen per cent, on the
firmed.

sum originally sued for.nbsp;-anbsp;No second a

73.nbsp;A second appeal to any other authority shall, in no instance, be permitted.

74.nbsp;The Bopati\'s court shall be competent to receive complaints in civil cases, wherenbsp;Em^t of dvii
the amount at issue is not less than twenty, nor exceeds fiftj rupees.

75.nbsp;This complaint being filed, a copy of it shall be sent to the person complainednbsp;P^^^p\'^edM the
of with an order to answer it at most within a week ; and on receipt of this answer,nbsp;cause is de,ci-
iiotice shall be given on what day (at farthest a week from the time of the receipt) the

cause will be tried. Such witnesses as are necessary will be summoned ; and on the
day prescribed, the complaint and answer being read, and evidence being taken, the

Court shall give its decision.

76.nbsp;In failure of the complainant\'s appearance, the cause shall be dismissed ; and on if dther of the
the part of the defendant, if he give not in his answer as required, or appear not when attend,
summoned, the case shall be
proceeded with, and sentence given on ex parte evidence.

77.nbsp;The Bopâti, or his Deputy, shall require the Jâksa and Panghulu to assist JaksaandPang-
him with their advice throughout the trial, and to expound the law where it is not

sufficiently clear. Should their opinions concur with that of the President of the
Court, he shall pass his decision, and carry it into execution without further delay •
but when their opinions are at variance with his, he shall, previously to pronouncing
sentence, refer the case, with the several reasons detailed which have influenced each
opinion, to the Resident ; who shall consult with the chief
Jaksa and Panghulu of the
Residency, and return his orders on the subject.

78.nbsp;A fee of one rupee shall be taken from each party, on giving in the complaint Fees and costs,
and answer; and ten per cent, on the amount of the sentence shall be levied from the

loser of the suit. The fees to be divided among the Officers of the Court, and the
costs to be carried to the account of Government.

79.nbsp;All proceedings are to be carefully noted down, and preserved as records. One
copy to be kept
in the archives of the Bopâti, and another to be forwarded to the Resident.

80.nbsp;An appeal, in causes originating in this court, shall lie to that of the Resident;
provided notice of the appeal being intended to be made, be given in on the day of limitations,
trial, and the appeal itself be made within a week after.

81.nbsp;In this case, the costs shall nevertheless be immediately levied, and held innbsp;de-
deposit till the appeal be decided on. Sufficient security shall also be given for the

amount of the sentence.

82.nbsp;Moreover, on the first institution of all civil cases, in this and every other court, Security for
good security must be taken for the amount of possible costs, both from the
complainant

and person complained of.

h gnbsp;83. The

-ocr page 436-

Ix

83.nbsp;The Bopdti will be held responsible for the faithful and just discharge of these
his high duties. To him does Government look, not only for the vigilant administration
of police and impartial distribution of justice throughout his district, but for the
zealous execution of every measure, that can at all conduce to the preserving that
district in a flourishing aifid happy state.

84.nbsp;The duties attached to the office of Resident itself are fully explained in the
general Instructions given to that officer on his first entering into his situation. In
this regulation, only such parts of the charge committed to him will be dwelled on, as
belong properly to the judicial department of his service, to his deliberative and
executive powers as Chief Judge and Magistrate of the Province.

85.nbsp;As, however, the due exertion of these powers may require a much larger
portion of time than can be possibly devoted to them by a single individual, and
more particularly, as much of his attention must be directed to other objects, he is
empowered to delegate their full participation to his Deputy or Assistant, whether in
presiding in his court, or in issuing and receiving such orders and instructions as the
Government of his Residency may render necessary.

86.nbsp;The several Residents, and their Deputies or Assistants, previously to entering
upon the execution of the duties of their office, shall take and subscribe the following
oath before the Honourable the Lieutenant Governor in Council, or such person as he
may appoint to administer the same,

quot; I......solemnly swear, that I will truly and faithfully execute the duties of my

quot; office; that I will administer justice to the best of my ability, knowledge and judgment,
quot; without fear, favour, promise, or hope of reward; and that I will not receive,
« directly or indirectly, any present, either in money or in effects of any kind, from
« any party in any suit or prosecution, or from any person whomsoever, on account of
quot; any suit, prosecution, or other legal proceeding to be instituted, or which may be
quot; depending, or have been decided in any court under my jurisdiction; nor will I,
quot; directly or indirectly, derive any profits from my station, except such as the orders
quot; of Government do or may authorize me to receive.^—So help me God.quot;

87.nbsp;The Presidents of other subordinate courts shall take and subscribe before the
Resident, oaths of a similar nature and form, to be administered by the priests
according to the custom of the country,nbsp;\'

88.nbsp;The Jahas and Panghultis shall likewise be required to take and subscribe an
oath in the following form :

quot; ^......\'nbsp;do solemnly swear, that I will faithfully execute

quot; the office entrusted to me ; I will answer truly to the questions put to me in writin-

or by word of mouth, by any judge of the courts to which I belong, declarinff or
\'\' writing down freely, without fear or partiality, what is the
written acknowledged
« law or
local long established usage; and I will declare or give in writing nothing
« that is not warranted by the law or custom. And I promise and swear not\'to accept
« of any consideration, in money or otherwise, for any opinion, or declaration of the

law or custom I may deliver, as Jaha (or Panghulu) of any court.quot;

89. In

APPENDIX

D.

General duties
of Bopamp;tis.

Duties of Resi-
dent.

Powers of liis
deputy or assis-
tant.

Oath to be
taken by the re-
sident.

Oaths of other
officers.

Oath of Jaksa
and Panghulu.

-ocr page 437-

89.nbsp;In the sixtîi clause of the Proclamation by Government, dated 21st January app^dix

1812, provision was made for the establishment of a Landrost\'s court ; but in the

present state of circumstances, Government deeming it advisable that a considerable Landrost\'s
rnbsp;, , 1 • f« iUnbsp;court modified,

extension of the powers vested in that court should be given, tor me more prompt and

effectual administration of justice, it is ordered, that the following sections be con-
sidered as an enlargement and modification of that clause, and that in lieu of the
landraad therein appointed there be constituted a court to be in future called the
Resident\'s,

90.nbsp;This Court shall be composed in the following manner. The Resident or his
Assistant shall sit in it as sole Judge or Magistrate, The
Bopatis of the several dent\'s Court,
districts, or their Deputies, shall attend to assist the Resident, through everj stage of

the proceedings, with their advice, or with such information as he may require.
The head
Jâksa and Panghulu shall be in waiting, to expound, where necessary, the
law, to state the local usage, and to take down notes of the evidence. The
Jâksa
of that district in which any crime has been committed, shall be the public prosecutor^
where no private one appears. The other native officers shall be such as have been
used heretofore to compose Courts of this nature.

91.nbsp;This Court shall be held at least twice in every week, or oftener if necessary, in ^fjfa^j^^gxtoit
the
Passerban, or Residency public court-room, for the purpose of hearing complaints of authority.quot;
of every description that may be brought before it, of examining into all oftences

reported to have been committed, and trying all causes, whether civil or criminal,
that occur in the Residency ; with the exception only of those that will in a subsequent
section be pointed out, as belonging to another and higher authority, the Court of
Circuit.

92.nbsp;The Court shall be held open from the hour of ten in the fore to that of three in How long to be

open.

the afternoon.

93.nbsp;For greater precision, the Court days may be fixed to the Monday and Thursday On what days,
of every week. It is, however, left to the Resident to alter these days of sitting, when-
ever he may deem that there is sufficient reason for so doing, observing, in such cases,

to give public notice of the intended change at least one court day preceding it.

94.nbsp;The chief Jâksa, who will have the custody of all persons apprehended and
brought into the town until regularly committed to gaol, shall immediately on opening
the Court, present to the Resident a list of such prisoners as have been confided to his
care since the last court day, stating from whence they came, what the nature of the
offence alleged against them, the names of the witnesses brought to prove it, and
other necessary information connected with their apprehension.

95.nbsp;The Resident shall then commence on the investigation of the cases, ordering Commence-
in each that the report of the Officer of Division and original complaint be first read, ™|ation.
and proceeding afterwards to the examination of the witnesses.

96.nbsp;Should it appear to the Resident that there is not sufficient evidence against the If the charge
accused, and should the complainant not be able to adduce any further, the prisoner tiÏÏÎ
ehall be immediately released out of custody.

97. But

-ocr page 438-

Ixii

97.nbsp;But should the complainant state that he can produce more witnessess, he shall
be required to enter into a penalty-bond for their appearance on a given day (that day
to be as little distant as possible, nor, if practicable, to exceed a week from the time of
this first examination), and the
prisoner shall, in this case, be admitted to bail,
provided the offence be of a bailable nature.

98.nbsp;If the offence charged against him be one that does not admit of bail being taken,
the Resident shall sign a warrant to the gaoler, to receive and hold him in safe custody
until he shall be discharged by due course of law.

99.nbsp;On the second examination, should the innocence ofthe prisoner appear suffi-
ciently clear, he shall be forthwith released; but should, on either the first or second
day of inquiry, such presumption of guilt be established, as to render necessary a re-
gular trial, the prisoner shall stand fully committed for it, and be remanded to jail,
there to remain until that day of trial arrive.

100.nbsp;If the crime imputed to him be murder, treason, gang-robbery, or any other
for which the sentence may amount to death, the Resident shall not himself
proceed
further in the case, but commit him to prison, to take his trial before the Court of
Circuit, of which more shall be said hereafter.

101.nbsp;Should the olFence with which he is charged be one of any less magnitude than
capital, the Resident shall, in ordering him to jail, notify to the prisoner on what day
his trial shall come on before himself. That day must not, without some good and
sufficient reason, to be reported to Government, exceed the distance of a week from
the day of his commitment to prison.

102.nbsp;On the day of trial, the prisoner being brought up, the former proceedings
shall be read, and the witnesses again examined, and such further evidence on the
part of the prosecution, betaken as may be necessary. The prisoner shall\'then be
called on for his defence, and the witnesses adduced by him be heard and examined.

103.nbsp;The Resident shall finally sum up the evidence, and stating the reasons that
have influenced his opinion, and the law of the case, pronounce sentence accordingly.

104.nbsp;In these, and all other cases, whether civil or criminal, which come before him,
the Resident shall be guided in his decisions by the existing native laws, and ancient
customs of the Island; provided the same be not decidedly at variance with the
universal and acknowledged principles of natural justice.

105.nbsp;In every instance where the opinions of the Panghulu and Jaha are in accord
with the judgment of the Resident, and in which the punishment fixed to the crime
does not amount to imprisonment or transportation for life, the sentence of the
Resident shall be final, and be immediately carried into execution

106.nbsp;But whenever the opinions of the Panghulu and J6.k$a shall be in opposition
to that of the Resident, or in which the punishment of the crime shall
amount to
imprisonment or transportation for
life, all the proceedings shall be immediately
transmitted to Government, with the Resident\'s statement of the reasons and.regula-
tions on which he has formed his opinion ; but he shall delay the pronouncing sentence,
until the approval of the Honourable the Lieutenant Governor shall have been
obtained.

107. In

APPENDIX

D.

If further evi-
dence be pro-
posed.

The accused to
be committed
to prison.

To be commit-
ted for trial.

If the crime
capital, to he
made over to
the Court of
Circuit.

When commit-
ted foo- trial by
the Resident
himself.

Manner of trial
by the resident.

Summing up
and pronoun-
cing sentence.

The law which
is to be his
guide.

Sentence when
to be final.

When the opin-
ions of the
Panghulu and
Jàksa are at
variance with
tlie Resident\'s.

-ocr page 439-

APPENDIX.nbsp;Ixiii

107.nbsp;In all cases whatever of trial before this Court, the Resident shall transmit appendix
to Goverment, in English, a statement of the offence charged againt the prisoner, the
substance of the evidence on the prosecution and defence, the law of the case as it
Statements to

• I.nbsp;\'ft n nnbsp;® ®

exists in the regulations of Government, or in the wriuen or customary laws of the vernment.
Island, and the particular reason on which he has formed his own opinion. The Jâhsa
and Panghulu are required to take notes of the evidence, and to «täte their respective
opinions on the case, in the vernacular language ; which document, signed by them,
shall be transmitted to Government by the Resident, together with his own statement
of the case.

108.nbsp;The civil jurisdiction of this Court shall be constituted as follows :nbsp;authority.

109.nbsp;It shall be competent to receive original complaints of every description, and
to try such appeals as may be made to it from the decisions of the
Bopât€s Court.

no. On receipt of this complaint, if the amount at issue exceed not twenty rupees, Complaints to
the Resident, at his pleasure, may refer it to be inquired into and tried by the Court of infedorcourte.
the Officer of the Division, in which the matter complained of occurred; or should the
amount be not above fifty rupees, he may make it over to the authority of the
Bopâti\'s
Court of that district in which the subject at issue has originated. But all complaints
which concern a sum of money exceeding this, must be tried only by the Resident\'s
Court.

111.nbsp;It is also competent to this Court alone to take cognizance of any suits, Suits which in-
however trivial the amount at issue, which may be considered as involving in them o^iL\'govquot;«!
any of the rights of Governinent.

112.nbsp;In trying appeals from the Bopâti\'s Courts, after reading the proceedings on Appeals from
the former trial, and re-examining such old, or hearing such new evidence as may be Courtsr*^\'^
adduced, the judgment which shall then be passed shall be considered as final.

ns In reversing the former decree, the appellant shall have refunded to him the ^\'^^\'ii\'sversing

. , 1 11 1 I 1 ■ 1 n 1nbsp;or confirming,

costs which have been kept in deposit, and these shall be then levied trom the other

party ; but if confirming the former judgment, it shall be left to the discretion of the

Resident to enhance those costs as he may think fit : provided, however, that the

whole sum do not exceed fifteen per cent, on the amount of the sentence.

114.nbsp;The appellant, on the institution of the suit, shall pay such fees as are Fees from the
customary in the institution of original suits ; but the other party shall not be charged

with any fees whatever.

115.nbsp;When an original complaint is given in, it shall be filed, on a fee of one Fee on original
rupee being paid, and sufficient security given for the possible amount of costs.nbsp;complaints.

116.nbsp;A copy of this shall then be sent to the person or persons complained of, who Answer to the
shall be required, within a certain given time, not to exceed a fortnight, to send in ^ompiamt.
the answer; at which time they will also pay a fee of one rupee,
and give good

security for the amount of possible costs.

117.nbsp;On receipt of this reply, a day shall be appointed for the trial of the cause. Mode of trial.,
notice of which shall be given to each of the parties ; and both they and such others,
witnesses or accessaries, as may be necessary, shall be summoned to attend on that

day»

-ocr page 440-

appendix.

day. The cause shall then come to a regular hearing, and be decided on, according
to the mode already laid down for the inferior Courts.

118.nbsp;On the decision of the suit, a fee of two rupees from the gainer, and of one
from the loser of it, shall be received;
and costs, at the rate of ten per cent, on the
amount of the sentence, being the custom of the country, shall be levied from the
party against whom the decision has been given.

119.nbsp;In all causes originating in the Resident\'s Court, an appeal shall be permitted
to the Honourable the Lieutenant Governor; provided that notice of such intention
be given on the day of trial, that the costs be lodged in Court, and sufficient security
offered for the amount of the sentence, or that amount be paid in, to be kept in deposit
until the appeal shall have been determined on.

120.nbsp;Appeals from the Resident\'s decisions are limited to the space of one month
from the day of trial.

121.nbsp;The Honourable the Lieutenant Governor will of course, after due investiga-
tion, alter, reverse, or confirm the former sentence, with remission or enhancement of
costs as to him shall seem best.

122.nbsp;Whenever the two parties in a civil suit, in any stage of it previous to the
decree, shall give in to any of the Courts an agreement signed by both, stating that
they are willing that all further judicial proceedings in the case be dropped, as being
satisfied with what has already passed, or mutually content to settle whatever further
is requisite between themselves, or by the arbitration of friends, the Court shall
place this paper among their records, and cause the proceedings in such suit to be
immediately closed.

123.nbsp;In these cases, half costs, or five per cent, only on the amount ofthe suit, shall
be levied. Of this the two parties shall pay an equal share, or two and a half per
cent, each, with a fee also of a rupee each to the Court.

124.nbsp;All fees will be divided among the Officers of the Court, and all costs be
carried to the account of Government, for the purpose of defraying the expenses to
which they are put in the establishment of these Courts.

125.nbsp;The same attention shall be paid to the opinions of the Jaksa and Panghulu in
civil as in
criminal cases ; namely, that when at variance with that of the Resident,
reference shall be made to the Honourable the Lieutenant Governor, accompanied
by the detailed statements, and the decision only carried into execution when his
instructions, in reply, shall have been received.

126.nbsp;A record of each trial shall be kept in the archives of the Court, consisting of
the original complaint, the reply to it, a statement of the proceedings that
ensued,
and the Judge\'s final decision.

127.nbsp;Copies of any of these shall be given to any one who may apply for them, on
the payment of half a rupee for each paper.

128.nbsp;Registers shall be framed from these records, one in English and one in the
vernacular language (of course separate ones for civil and criminal matters), stating
the charges, names of parties, of
witnesses, nature of evidence, sentence passed, amp;c.

according

Ixiv

APPENDIX

D.

Fees and Costs,

Appeals to the
Honourable the
Lieutenant
Governor.

Limitation.

The former
sentence alter-
ed, reversed, or
confirmed.

Where the par-
ties wish to
drop proceed-
ings.

Costs in this
case.

Fees ahd Costs
how to be dis-
posed of.

Jaksa and
Panghnlu\'s
opinion to be
taken.

Record to be
kept.

Copies to be
given of any
papers.

Register to be
framed and

sent,

-ocr page 441-

according to forms to be furnished to the Resident; and of these, one copy shall be appendix
kept in the Court, and another shall be transmitted, before the 5th of every month, ^
to the Honourable the Lieutenant Governor.

129.nbsp;A register shall also be framed, and sent at the same time, of all persons Of persons ap-
apprehended but afterwards released, stating their names, crimes imputed to them, Ssed!\'^
nature of evidence for and against, and reasons for releasing them.

130.nbsp;Quarterly reports shall likewise be furnished by the Resident of the general Quarterly re-
state of the districts entrusted to his care; and every six months abstract accounts must StaccouS\'s.
be forwarded of the increase or decrease of population, the general condition of the
cultivation, number of new settlers and persons emigrated, and generally of whatever

relates to the details of his administration, with such remarks and comments as he may
deem necessary.

131.nbsp;In summoning persons to attend his Court, he shall have a certain regard to the The cultivator
loss or inconvenience those persons may sustain, in being taken away from their usual Sy tTSnuS-
employments or duties. The cultivator of the soil, in particular, is not unnecessarily ^ourt

to be brought from his fields; and, in many cases, a slight delay of trial may be better
than causing the industrious inhabitant to lose the fruits of his labour by attendance at
Court, when harvest or other rural duty demands his presence and entire attention.
This, however, is an evil that cannot always bo guarded agaiust; but it ought to be
so, to the extent of the Resident\'s power, and as far as the satisfying the more
important ends of justice will admit of it.

132.nbsp;As an additional check to its occurrence, a discretionary power is vested in the Fine to be le-
Resident, of punishing, by fine, the complainant in such suits as may, in the opinion complainant^^
of the Resident, be satisfactorily established to have owed its origin to grounds merely
^^^^tioua suit,
vexatious, and this fine will of course be given to the person who has suffered by the

process.

133.nbsp;As it is most essential that access to justice and redress be rendered as easy and Petitions to be
firee as possible to the injured, the Residents are ordered to receive at all times, and to

pay the utmost attention, to every petition that may be presented to them.

134.nbsp;But as, in the ordinary course, the officers or servants of Government, or Petitions how
others, may, from interested, partial, or resentful motives, find means to debar ^^^
approach to the Resident in his house, he shall cause a box to be placed at the door of

the Court, into which petitions may be dropped; of this he shall himself keep the key,
and on going into Court open it with his own hand, and have the contents read to him.
He shall, at the same time, in the open space before the Court, invite the giving in to
him any complaints from persons who may consider themselves as aggrieved.

135.nbsp;It must be observed, that in all causes which come into the Courts, the res- No native law-
pective parties in them shall plead in their own behalf. It not having been heretofore
nbsp;^e al-
usual to employ Vakeels, or native lawyers, for this purpose, no persons of this
description shall be admitted. And it is trusted, that litigation will be considerably

reduced and discouraged by this measure, as the trouble of it will then fall heavily and
entirely on the principals themselves; that class of people not being allowed to exist,

^nbsp;who

-ocr page 442-

APPENDIX.

who, as deriving from litigation their sole subsistence, may fairly and without invi-
diousness, be considered as having some interest in increasing the business of the
Courts.

136.nbsp;The Resident is particularly enjoined to pay the greatest attention to the state
of
the persons in confinement by his orders.

137.nbsp;There shall be one jail only in each Residency, and that at the place where the
Resident himself resides. He shall visit it at least once a fortnight, and redress all
complaints that may be preferred to him by the prisoners of ill treatment, punishing
amply every instance that shall come to his knowledge, of misconduct in the gaoler or
other ofiicers in charge of the prison.

138.nbsp;He shall take, too, the necessary measures for the preservation of the health and
cleanliness of the prisoners; requiring the Surgeon of the Residency to visit them at
least once a day and to administer to the sick. The Surgeon shall be further directed
to deliver in a monthly report to the Resident on this subject, stating the
number of
sick, nature of disease, cause of it where
assignable, and result of his medical opera-
tions in the several cases. To this may be added any suggestions that may be
deemed
beneficial.

139.nbsp;The internal arrangements of the jail ought to be so ordered, that the prisoners
shall not be confined together promiscuously, but different apartments be allotted, not
only for persons of different sexes, but also for those in confinement for different grada,
tions of offence. For the following descriptions of prisoners separate wards ought to
be formed. Prisoners under sentence of death. Prisoners confined under sentence of
the Court of Circuit or of the Resident. Prisoners committed to take their trial before
the Court of Circuit. Prisoners committed to take their trial
before the Resident. And
one spacious and airy apartment should be reserved for such persons as are awaiting the
preliminary examination in the Court.

140.nbsp;All prisoners or witnesses detained in criminal cases shall be maintained at the
expense of Government. But the subsistence of persons confined on civil accounts
shall be furnished in the usual manner by the complainants in those suits.

141.nbsp;The rate of maintenance must depend on the general price of food in the
district where the confinement takes place. It ought to be sufficiently ample to
secure the necessaries of life, but by no means any thing further; it ought not, in
short, to be higher than the price for which the lowest description of labour could be
obtained. On this principle, the Residents will regulate the allowance for prisoners,
and when settled and approved of by Government, it shall be considered as fixed, and
be publicly made known.

142.nbsp;The Residents finally shall see that the prisoners receive all the comforts
compatible with their respective situations, and that the allowance granted by
Government, or others, for their support, be properly applied.

143.nbsp;With respect to the authority of the Resident\'s Court over Europeans, Chinese,
or other foreigners, though it has not heretofore been ordered that they be amenable
to any but the Courts of Justice in Batavia,
Semârang, and Surabaya; yet as great

inconvenience

IXVL

Persons in con-
finement.

Resident to
visit the jail.

Surgeon to at-
tend its sick.

Internal ar-
rangements of
the jail.

By whom pri-
soners are to
be maintained.

Hate of allow-
ance for the
maintenance of
prisoners.

That this al-
lowance he pro-
perly applied.

Regarding fo-
reigners settled
in the interior.

-ocr page 443-

inconvenience may be, and has been experienced, from their being under a separate app^dix

jurisdiction from their fellow inhabitants, and as it is the wish of Government that __1

they be allowed to partake of every benefit afforded to its other subjects, of which a
prompt and easy access to justice must be considered as the chief, the following
orders are issued respecting them.

144.nbsp;No Europeans, Chinese, or other foreigners, at present settled, or who in Penalty bond,

^nbsp;,nbsp;t c under which

future may wish to settle in the interior, shall be allowed to reside in any part ot the they will be al-

countrj without the immediate limits of the towns of Batavia, Semdrang, and m^in\'?

Surabdya, unless they present themselves to the Resident, to be regularly enrolled

in a register to be kept for that purpose, and obtain from him a license for remaining.

This license shall not be granted, unless each individual enter into a penaltj-bond

of five hundred rupees, that he will abide by the civil decisions of the Resident\'s

Court to that amount; but if this be agreed to, the license shall on no account be

withheld, unless the Resident can and does give such reasons for withholding it as the

Government shall approve of. No fee whatsoever shall be given for these licenses.

145.nbsp;Should it, at any time, happen that a cause, in which more than five hundred Further bond if
rupees is at issue, should come before the Resident, wherein a foreigner living in the

interior is concerned, the Resident shall call on him to execute a further bond, which
may cover the amount of the suit; and in case of refusal to do so, he shall not be
permitted any longer to reside within his jurisdiction.

146.nbsp;After taking out these licenses, foreigners shall, in every respect, be considered No distinction
in the same light as other inhabitants, and sue and be sued precisely in the same between them
manner as the natives.nbsp;»quot;d natives.

147.nbsp;Should any foreigner, after these precautions, refuse to abide by the decision Penalty to be
of the Resident, a report on his conduct shall be forwarded to Government, and he Sr^d!^^^*^
shall instantly he made to leave the interior, and be prosecuted for the amount of the

penalty he has incurred, in the established manner, in the Courts of Justice at
Batavia,
Semdrang, and Surabaya.

148.nbsp;In criminal cases, where a foreigner is charged with any offence, the menafo-
Resident shall execute the duties of a justice of the peace, issuing a warrant for his c^eVwitha
apprehension, examining into the evidenre adduced, and according to circumstances,
criminal of-
releasing him forthwith, or
committing him to take his trial before the Court of

Circuit.

149.nbsp;It must be understood, that the term here of quot; foreigners quot; is intended only inhabitants of
to include Europeans, Chinese, Arabs, Mussulmen from the various parts of India, SiX?ds\'\'°not
or, in short, the natives of any country that is without the limits of the Malayan leim quot;Ueign!
Archipelago. But as there will resort to the coasts of Java, in small trading vessels, ers.quot;

very many of the inhabitants of the neighbouriug islands, to whom the entering into
bonds, or being subject to other such legal forms, would prove a serious inconvenience,
serving perhaps eventually to discourage them
considerably from engaging in such
commercial adventures, which it is rather the wish of this Government in every
way to promote; and as by the religion, laws, and usages of this and the various

i 2nbsp;islands

-ocr page 444-

APPENDIX.

islands in the vicinity, being, both in form and substance, nearly identified (differing
only in some few instances in shades slight and of little moment), it cannot be
considered as repugnant to the principles of justice, that they be at once held
amenable to the jurisdiction established for this Island, during their continuance on
it ; and it is therefore ordered, that they be looked on and proceeded with in manner
no way differing from that prescribed for the actual natives of Java,

150.nbsp;In the event of the death of any British inhabitant or passenger within his
district, it is the duty of the Resident to place the seals of office immediately on the
effiîcts of the deceased, after defraying the expense of interment, and to report the
same immediately for the further orders of Government; and in the event of the
death of Burghers, Chinese, Mussulmen, or others, he will be guided by the laws and
regulations existing on that head. In all cases, he will be careful that no injustice be
practised in this important subject, and that where arrears are due to Government, no
property be transferred or sold until the same have been satisfied, or
until the
pleasure of Government is known.

151.nbsp;The Court of Circuit has already been established by the fifth clause of the
Proclamation by Government, dated the 21st January 1812. But as the taking away
at once the President and one Member from the Courts of Justice rendered those
Courts in their absence incompetent to carry on the current business of their districts,
and as a more particular definition of the duties attached to this department is
deemed necessary, the following sections must be considered as an enlargement and
modification of that clause,

152.nbsp;In order to ensure the regular, certain, and impartial administration of justice,
throughout the different districts of the Island, one Member of the Supreme Court of
Justice at Batavia, and of the Courts of Justice at
Semârang and Surabaya, shall
four times in the year, at stated periods, or oftener if necessary, make a circuit
through the districts under the jurisdiction of their respective Courts, for the purpose of
hearing and trying all such offences and criminal cases within the same, as shall have
been made over to them by the Magistrates appointed for that purpose.

153.nbsp;Previously to entering upon the execution of the duties of his office, each of
these .Judges shall take and subscribe,
before the Honourable the Lieutenant Governor
in Council, or any person appointed by him to administer the same, an oath in the
same form as already laid down for the Residents in Section 86 of this Regulation,

154.nbsp;Upon the arrival of the Judge of Circuit the Resident or Magistrate shall
have in readiness to deliver to him a list of the persons committed to prison, or held
to bail, for trial, together with the copies of the charges preferred against each, their
confessions, if any have been made (but these, it must be observed, must always be
i-eceived with circumspection and tenderness), or if they have pleaded not guilty, the
depositions of
the witnesses, and all other proceedings held by him in the respective
cases, previously to their commitment to prison, or being held to bail.

155.nbsp;He shall likewise submit to the J udge of Circuit, on his arrival at the station,
a separate list of all such persons as he may, within the last three months, have

apprehended

Ixviii

APPENDIX

D.

Effects of de-
ceased persons.

Courts of Cir-
cuit.

Judges of Cir-
cuit,

Oath to be
taken by them.

Report to be
given to the
Circuit Judge
on his arrival.

List of persons
discharged for
want of evi-

-ocr page 445-

APPENDIXnbsp;Ixix

apprehended and discharged for want of sufficient evidence against them ; that is, of appendix
all such as would, had presumption of guilt been sufficiently established, have been
made over to the Court of Circuit for trial.

156.nbsp;The Judge of Circuit shall then proceed to hold his Court. Such officers officersbelong-
shall belong to it as he may have brought with him for that purpose, and he shall be
attended by all such others belonging to the Resident\'s establishment, as he may deem
necessary.

157.nbsp;The Court shall be held in the Paserban, or usual chief room of justice belong, fj^^^ of^ho^^^^
ing to the station ; and the Resident, in carrying on any judicial or magisterial
court,
proceedings, during the continuance of the Judge of Circuit at his station, shall use

for that purpose some other convenient place.

158.nbsp;On opening the Court the head Jâksa shall present a list of persons summoned J^Î\'^J^^® ^^
to act as Jurymen ; out of which five shall be taken in the usual manner, and be
empannelled.

159.nbsp;The persons composing this Jury ought to be as near on an equality, as to rank What class of

1 , \\ r- TT J c people ought to
in life, with the prisoner, as possible. But no one under the rank ot a Head ot a form the Jury.

Village shall be competent to act as a Juryman, as persons below that office, or in the

n^ery lower orders of life, can be supposed to possess either independence or knowledge

sufficient to qualify them to execute justly the duties of the situation, The person

senior in dignity among them shall be appointed to act as foreman ; and, for this

purpose, it may be as well that one of higher rank than the other four should be always

selected in the first nomination of the jury.

160.nbsp;A right of challenge shall belong, as in the English Courts, to both the Right of chai-
prosecutor and the prisoner.

161.nbsp;The Head of the Village in which the offence is alleged to have been com- Disquaiifiea-

quot;nbsp;• it. J. • 1nbsp;tl^ß ofquot;

mitted shall not be permitted to act as Juryman in the trial.nbsp;ficeof Juryman.

162.nbsp;No other prescribed disqualification exists against persons of that or higher No other dis-
rank; the right of challenge being deemed sufficient to secure the forming of a
competent, unbiassed, and independent Jury.

163.nbsp;The cause shall then be proceeded with ; and sentence being passed, it shall TheResident to
become the duty of the Resident to see that it be carried duly into execution, a cS/the sett
warrant for that purpose being given to him, under the seal and signature of the Judge

of Circuit.

164.nbsp;The Circuit Judge, throughout the conduct of the cause, in his mode of Rules ^r^the
proceeding, of summing up the evidence, receiving the
verdict of the Jury, and passing a^cuU^\'udge.
sentence on the prisoner, shall be guided entirely by the established rules of his

Court, the regulations of Government, and the general instructions he will receive

165.nbsp;And with respect to the law which must guide him throughout, he must, innbsp;which
the first instance, take down the native law in the case as may be expounded by the be^form-
Panghûlu and Jâksa-, and modify thereon his decision, according to the provisions of ed.

the colonial law, and the acknowledged principles of substantial justice.

-ocr page 446-

APPENDIX,

166.nbsp;He shall not only try such cases as may have been made over to his Court,
previously to entering the district, but also any such as the Resident may make over
to him while there.

167.nbsp;He shall, on closing his Court at each station, forward to the Honourable the
Lieutenant Governor, a clear and full report of all his proceedings, stating the names
of the prisoners tried by him, the nature of the evidence adduced on behalf of both
prosecution and defence, the verdict of the Jury, and his consequent sentence thereon.

168.nbsp;If, in any case, his opinion differ from that of the Jury, he shall detail the
reasons which have influenced him in that difference; and he shall always state any
such circumstances as may warrant a mitigation, or even total remission of the punish-
ment.

169.nbsp;The approval of these proceedings, and the instructions on them from the
Honourable the Lieutenant Governor, must be received prior to his issuing his
warrants to the Resident.

170.nbsp;But as this communication and the reply to it may induce too great a delay,
the Judge of Circuit must, on shutting his Court, remand the prisoner to jail, and
move on
himself to the next district he has to visit; from whence he will be able to
send back the warrants to the Resident, when an answer to his report shall have been
received.

171.nbsp;Accompanying this report, the Judge of Circuit shall forward to Government
a detailed opinion on the state of the Residency, with respect to its police, its general
administration, and other circumstances connected with its actual condition; suggesting,
at the same time, any such improvement as, in his opinion, would be conducive to its
general prosperity.

172.nbsp;It remains finally to be observed to the Residents, that as the police of different
districts must be, in some measure, adapted to various circumstances and localities,
they are authorized to enlarge upon these general regulations for the administration
of that department within their respective jurisdictions, reporting their suggestions
of improvement to Government. But it is recommended to those officers to become
well acquainted with the ancient usages and institutions of the people placed under
their authority; and in submitting their observations, they will be solicitous rather to
improve upon the solid foundations of ancient regulations and customs, both
acknow-
ledged and understood by the people, than to invent new systems of administration,
which for some time must, of necessity, be quite unintelligible to the inhabitants, and
which, after the experience of a few years, may probably be found to be by no means
congenial to their genius or
habits.

173.nbsp;Copies of this Regulation shall be forwarded to the various Officers of Govern-
ment concerned in the carrying it into execution; and translations of it in the
Javan
and Malayan languages, shall be furnished to the Bopdh\'s and other Native Officers. It
shall be the duty of these to explain and cause to be made known its purport
through-
out the country; and for the doing this the more effectually, copies shall always lie on
the tables of the several Courts, to be open for public reference and
inspection.

Ixx

Causes to be
made over to
him while in
the district.

Full report of
his proceedings
to he transmit-
ted.

When his opi-
nion differs
from that of the
Jury,

Approval of the
Lieutenant Go-
vernor neces-
sary.

How to proceed
until this, be re-
ceived.

Report on each
district hy the
Circuit Judge,

Suggestions by
the Residents.

Copies and
Translations of
this Regulation
to be furnished
to the Officers
of Govern-
ment.

-ocr page 447-

u

appendix E.

No. L

A

COMPARATIVE VOCABULARY

OF THEnbsp;\' ;•■

MALAYU, JAVAN, MADURESE, BALI, and LAMPUNG

LANGUAGES,

arranged under the following heads,

VtS.nbsp;J!

1.nbsp;Of God, Nature, Elements, amp;c.nbsp;.

2.nbsp;Of Man, Sex, Kindred, and Affinity, amp;c.

3.nbsp;Of the Human Body and its Parts, amp;c.

4.nbsp;Of Diseases, Remedies, amp;c.

5.nbsp;Of Animals and their Parts.

6.nbsp;Of Minerals, amp;c.

7.nbsp;Of Cloathing, amp;c.

8.nbsp;Of Victuals, Utensils, amp;c.

9.nbsp;Of a House, Furniture, amp;c.
10- Of a Garden, Plants, amp;c.

11.nbsp;Of Husbandry, Trades, Commerce, amp;c,

12.nbsp;Of a Ship, amp;c.nbsp;,,

13.nbsp;Of an Army, Warfare, amp;c.nbsp;W \'

14.nbsp;Of the Mind, and its Operations, Virtues, Vices, amp;c.nbsp;\' |

15.nbsp;Of .Justice, legal Terms, amp;c.

16.nbsp;Of Government, amp;c.

17.nbsp;Of Religion, amp;c.

18.nbsp;Of Weights and Measures.

19.nbsp;Of Musical Terms, Instruments, amp;c.nbsp;^

20.nbsp;Of Games, amp;c.

21.nbsp;Of a School, Terms of Learning, Art, Science, amp;c.

22.nbsp;Of Time and its Division.

23.nbsp;The Cycle of Twelve Years.nbsp;nnbsp;; ■

24.nbsp;The Names of the Months.

25.nbsp;Days of the Week.nbsp;|

26.nbsp;Of Numbers.

■■■ 4 ■

27.nbsp;Miscellaneous Terms,nbsp;quot; /

28.nbsp;Adjectives.nbsp;_nbsp;\'J.

29.nbsp;Of Verbs.nbsp;\'nbsp;\' j

. 1

SO. Of Pronouns and Pronominals.

31.nbsp;Of Particles.

32.nbsp;Idioms.

-ocr page 448-

j avan.
Bdsa krdma.

MADURESE.
Maäiira,nbsp;Sumendp,

ENGLISH.

MALAYU.

Bali.

Jdwa.

LAMPUNG.

God ....

Godhead

Creation ........

The Author ofquot;l
Providence ., j
The Omnipotent..
The Omniscient...

Eternity.....

Fate; Fortune....

Angel......

Soul.......

Life .......

A Spirit; Supe-\\
rior intelligence ƒ

Demon or Ghost

A Genii.......

World........

Mas..........

Heaven........

Sky ..........

Light ..........

Meteor or falling 1

Star........ j

Star...........

Halo of the moon

Planet .........

Saturn.........

Jupiter.........

Mars............

Venus .........

Mercury .,,....

Sun ...........

Moon..........

Sunshmo.......

MoouVigUt.....

tiihan; alah
ka-tdhanan.

ka-jadian ..,

memaliära ..

meng\'uäsa...
meng\'atäwi\',

kakälan,...

üntung .....

maläikat ...
jiwa; niäwa ,
Idup; hidop..

dewa .......

chirit-bintang ,...

bintang..........

pägar-bülan ......

bintang-berjälan ..

bintang zahil.....

bintaiig mastri____

bintang marikh ...
bintang zabära....
bintang ätarad ...,

mata-h\'dvi........

bülau ...........

trang-mata-häri ,.

1 U-aiagWüaii.....

■New TOOOw ......\\ aatóiïV-\\ilt;\\\\a.u,,,, ,

hantu ...........

gargäsi; raksäsa ..

dtinid...........

manüsia.........

sdrga ...........

läng\'it

chähia........
fyéwang widi; quot;J
lt; pang\'éran; S-
i gusti; alah J

ka-pang\'éranan

ka-dädian......

ang\'vng\'u.....

ang\'uwäsa........

ang\'awerühi......

kaJeng\'gang\'an....

bagja............

maläikat ........

niowo ; yétmo ....
ürip ............

dewa............

antu........ ,.,.

bfita............

jägat............

manüsa..........

suwarga.........

läng\'it ..........

chähia..........

lintang älih......

lintang..........

kaläng\'an-wülan ,.
lintang lumäku....

lintang zohdl.....

lintang müstari . ..

lintang marih ____

lintang johra.....

lintang ätarad ....

sreng\'éng\'é ......

wfilau; rembtilan
, pädang sveng\'Éng\'é
\\
Vadaug-wlt;i\\aïi. ....

Of God, Nature, Elements, ^c.

pangéran____

^ yéwang ; l

ïn,. J

ka-pangéranan..

ka-dädian......

ängd-bu........

maka-bäsa.....

ng\'a-nä-l\'ihi ,..,

ka-läng-gaag\'an

dülat..........

malaekat......

niäba..........

ódi............

dlha..........

ka-dadósan

amiara

ang\'uning\'ani

gesang

fkahong-
lt; yéwai]„ ,
(. yéwangan
ka-jadian........

cho-chong\'o-an.,..

mang\'a-vvasa.....

iig\'a- nia-hokéun ..

{kakälan;

läng-geng\'an ƒ

papasten ........

mala-ékat........

sükma ; niäwa,...

irup ............

diwa............

anto..........

büta; denäba . .

dilnia.........

manósa........

searga ........

läng\'it ........

sadja; cliahia ..
ƒ bintang-men-
\\ chórong....
bintang........

den-nawa........

buwana..........

jalmi............

stiwarg\'i.........

äkäsa.. ..........

antu..........

bóta..........

dlinia.........

manüsa.......

sdrga............

läng\'it --------

chähia ........

}

kalang\'an-sasi,...
lintang-lümampah

bitang-äjalan...
bintang-johal ..
bintang-mustäri
bintang-marih..
bintang-johro ..
bintang-ng\'alärid

ng\'areh........

bülan..........

;-äreh....
padatig-\'böau,..

süria............

säsi ............

pädang-suria.....

padattg-säai......

sorot-bentéung____

bentéung .....
kaläng\'an-bülan
bentéung-léumpang
ber.téung-jdhel...
bentéung-mustari..
bentéung-marih ,,
benteung-jdhära ..
bentéung-utara . ,.

matapoék........

bulan...........

clia-ang-matapoék
lc\\\\a-aiig-\'b4\\éun . .., y,
älah

ƒ hongyéwang; \\
quot;[_ sang-yéwangj

ka-älahan,

ka-dädian.......

angräksa ....____

seka-wäsa.......

setäu...........

läng-gang.......

dtilat............

mala-ékat........

niäwa ..........

Mi.............

déwa

antu.......... ..

büta............

dünia...........

manüsa .........

süar-ga..........

läng\'e...........

chäbia..........

cMret-bintang .. ..

bintang..........

kalang\'an-bulan ..
bintang-äjalan ....
bintang siihal ,.,.
bintang-mustäri ..
bintang marih ....
biutang-sdhara,,,,

bintang älarad____

aré..............

bdlan............

téra-\'aré ........

alah; gusti

batära

tnata-gliäni
bdlan

wäwa-mäta-ghänl
wä,wa-Wtlari

- .. ..

\\ f tavi^gaV intsavi \\nbsp;, .nbsp;\\

ka-batära-an.....

ka-g\'üstian

ka-jadian

mang\'u-ning\'a....

nga-g^ok

mang\'wasa.......

sai-ku-asa

mang\'a-wäruhi....

sai-ng\'a-pandai

kükuän; läng-gang

ka-kalan

tüduh...........

ghawan

dewäta ..........

mali-kat

jiwa; ätma......

nia-wa

hdghé

déwa...........

diwa

mamldi; antu....

hantu

yaksa; raksäsa ...

asa-4sa

marcha-päda . ...,

ddn-nia

mandsa

süai-ga ..........

sawa-ghaga

angkäsa; läng\'it..

lang\'it

depta; chähia ....

chaliaya

bintang-häwan..,.

bintang-maleh

bintang..........

bintang

käng\'an-bdlan.....

kandok-bdlan

pelälintäng\'an ....

mata-nai; sfiria
bö-lan ; säsih . ,
gälang-matänai
igalaiig-blt;\\lan......

-ocr page 449-

■Fallniooii . .. . T.. jbAlan-pernama..

/Close of the moon abis bulan......

/Change of the moonjgantl-biilan......

I Eclipse of the moonjbiilan-taugkaprauh

Eclipse of the sun

A Comet........

The millsy way .,

Sunrise.........

Sunbeam......

North pole ,...
South pole.....

Equator ......

Ecliptic.......

Climate or zone

{mSta-h^ri- 1
tangkaprauh
j

bintang ber-ikur ..

bima-sakti.......

terbet-mata- hari..

sinar-mata-hari ..

bintang-utara ....

bintang-selatan. ,.

;aris-sa- 1
teng\'ah-dtiniaj

jMan-mata-h^ri...
ruang-patala......

Solstice......

Celestial sign

Aries........

Taurus......

Gemini......

Cancer......

Leo ........

Virgo.......

Libra .......

Scorpio......

Sagittarius ..
Capricorn....
Aquarius ...,
Pisces

5gt;r

t(\\lak-bala.......

burje...........

bintamp;ng-hamel...
bintang-thur..,..

b\'intan^-j6za.....

bintamp;,ng-sertan...

bintang-asad.....

bintang-sanhla ...
bintang-mirzan. .

bintamp;ng-kala.....

bintang-kos ., •..,

bintaug-jadi......

bintang-dalu......

bintang-hot ......

. hvuMii-jmruama ... Isami-purnlima.

jautek-wulan......telas-sAsi-----

gaati-wamp;hm......gantos-sasi. •.,

wAlaii-grahana.... sSsi-grahiina...

stiria-grahana

sreng\'^ ng\'^-grahana

lintang-kunuikus.
bima-sakti .....

m^dal-suria ..,
sorot-sfiria____

margi-sfiria

pl6tek-sreng\'€ng\'e

sorot-sreng\'6ng\'6.

lintang-fitara.....

lintang-slatan ...

gara-s-teng\'ah-jagat

dalan-sreng\'eng\'6

{ladbflmi ; \\
kotakanbfimij

tfilak-bilahi......

lintang-blirudje.
lintang-kamel
lintang-tared...

lintS,ng-jus.....

lintang-sertan ,,
lintang-asad,..,
lintang-sumbula
lintang-mizan .
lint^ng-kala ...
lintaug-kos ...
lintang-jtidi ...

lintang-dalwi.....

lint4ng-khot......

bijel-matapo6k____

sorot-matapoek ...

benteung-litka____

sela-bfimi...;....
fgares-nbsp;\\

\\siteng\'ali-jagat J
j alan-mata po^k ,,

helat-taniiu......

tiila-blahi........

btirudje..........

benteung-kamel ..

bent6ung-sur.....

benteung-jfija ....
benteung-sertan ..
benteung-asad ....
benteung-sanblab
benteung-mamp;jan.,
benteung-kala ....
bent^ung-kus .
benteung-jadi .
bentdung-delu ....
bent^ung-hut .

. jhtilSan-pumdma .. jbtilau-paniBina . .. jbtUan-piii-aama.,.. /bfilan-putnUnia.
Ipar^am-hiiMim.... hada-bfilati ...... inate-billau...... tilam.........

gan(i-M/elt;5n.....j gai]t6-b6Iaa

buleun-sama-gaha

{raata-po^k- 1
sama-gaha . J
benteung-buntiitan
bima-sakti.......

kalfiar-areh

chumpat-areh ...
bintang-litara ....
bintang-salatan ...

{gares-sa- 1
tang\'ah-dtinia J

jalan-areh........

ttilak-baUihi......

bintang-b6rudje ..
bintang-kamel....

bintang-tor......

bintang-jus......

bintang-sertan .. ..

bintang-asad......

bintang-sanbla----

bintang-m^rj an . -.
bintang-kala......

bintang-kos......

bintang-jtidi......

bintang-dalui .. ..
bintang-khot
gant^-blxlan......

btiian-saraha......

sariha-areh......

bfilan-gra\'a......

ari-gra\'a ........

bintaug-abfintok ..
preng-sadapur ....

{kal6ar-ari; 1
medal ari .. j

te.ra-iu\'i..........

bintang-fitara ....
bintang-salatan ...
ƒ garis-satang\'ahl

\\ d4nia......j

jalan-Mi.........

t61ak-balahi......
masamp;len-hiilau ....
btilau-kapang\'an ..

matania-kapang\'an

bintang-ktikus____

lawat yih-patanu..

handag-matanai

mfinchar-matanai .
bintang-kelod ....
bintang-kaja.. . .
gui-tang\'ah- quot;)
marcha-pg,daj
margan-matanai ..

■ong\'an-nambal ..

nlt;ilak-garbS,la ....

• /poglianlfina
bla-bAlan
tanggal-bAlan
bfiJan-takdpan

mata-ghani-takopan
bintang-bugtindang

mata-ghani-cha ka
siakh niata-ghani

himpfinan-bintang

Hemisphere...... tang\'ahan-ddnia ..

Horizon ........

Rainbow.......

East...........

South-east.......

South...........

South-west ......

West............

North-west......

North ..........Ifitara: . ..

North-east ...... I tung-gara

Season .......... mfisim ..

Zodiac ..,

kaki-lang\'it......

lilar-danu........

timur...........

timur-laut.......

slatan...........

barat-daya.......

barat............

barat\'laut,.......

kumpAlan-lintang

tang\'ahan-jagat ...

tanchebing-lang\'it

kfiku-wung......

witan; timur. ..

timur-laut.....

selatan........

bS,rat-d%a.....

barat..........

barat-laut......

litara..........

tting-gamp;ra......

ungsumj mangsa
s6ku-lang\'it......

tang\'ahan-bu-wana
taiich^biiig-akasa..

kliku-wung ...

timur........

timur-laut....

perna-ang\'in......

bS.rat-dSya, ......

barat............

barat-laut........

utara............

tung-gara ........

mangsa..........
pakumptilan- quot;1
bintang----ƒ

taug\'a-an-dfinia...

pinggirna-lang\'it .. soko-lang\'i.......

kobong..........j andang..........

t^mor ...........j t^mur...........

t6mor-laut.......it6mur-laut.......

slatan...........j slatan...........

barat-damp;ya ...----barat daya.......

barat............barat............

{pakumpfflana- 1 r
bent^ung ••J j

barat-laut........; barat-laut........

tung-gara ,
mtisim ...

temor-d%a ..
tung-gara..,.
manah; masa

ƒ patamblt;inan- 1
\\ bintang
.... j
r tang\'ah-nbsp;\\

\\ marcha-padaj
s6ku-lang\'it,...., | cJifikot-Iang\'it

gli6ueli

yang-lalah,......

ka-ng\'in........

klod-ka-i!g\'in ...,

kaja ............

kaja-kao.........

kao.............

klod-kao........

, ^ utara............ klod

kaja-kang\'in......

mSsan ,...,....,

niuseni

-ocr page 450-

JAVAN\'.
Bana Urama.

M A DU

Madura.

RE SE.

Sumenap.

MALAYÜ.

ENGLISH.

BALI.

LAMPUNG.

Jdv}ä.

Sunda.

Change of season..
Summer; hot season

Rainy season
Winter......

Autumn; fruit \\
gathering time ƒ

Earth ............

Earthquake ......

Continent land....

Island ..........

Promontory....,,
Face of the earth..

Mountain........

Hill ............

Plain............

Valley..........

Clay; mud......

iDust............

I Mote; atom.....

jStone...........

I Chalk...........

Sand............

Gravel........ ..

Quicksand _______

Road............

Highway........

Water ..........

Rain............

Fountain ........

Well; reservoir ..

River............

Rivulet..........

Bridge..........

Running water
stream......j

Bubble; froth____

Bank of a stream.

Cïiam^el

pancha-rfiba......

{müsim-pänas;
kemarau... ƒ
müsim-fijan ......

müsim-ding\'in....

{waktu-püng\'- \\
ut-buah.... ƒ

bÄmi ............

gampa ..........

därat..\'........ .

pülau...........

lidah-tänah......

müka-büiiii......

gunung..........

büket...........

pädang..........

limbak

lumpur; sélut,.,.
äbu-täiiah........

lebu.............

bätu............

tanah-pütih ......

päsir............

läniau ,,.. i;..,

jälan...........

jälan-besar......

äyer............

üjan............

mäta-äyer........

telciga...........

slingäi- ; käli____

änak-süng\'ai......

jambätan........

äyer.dras ........

|Uüh............

tebing...........

lamp;roug-Syer ,....

ytaaeVAairat ....

pancha-würa .
mangsa-pänas
mangsa-üdau .
mängsa-ätis ..

f waktu-ng\'nnd- \\

^üh-woh......J

bümi............

lindu............

darat............

pülo ............

ilat-lemah........

rai-bdmi., .......

giinung,.........

gïri.............

ara-ara; tegal ....

lébak : jürang ..

andut; lumpur ...

awu-lemah.......

lebu ............

watu............

lemah-piitih......

wédi............

krikil...........

lüniu............

damp;lan............

dalan-gedih......

baniu............

üdan ............

sumber..........

sfimur ..........

kali; bang\'awan ..

wang\'an.........

karteg..........

bamp;niu-Satlter......

tmtuk ...,
gompÉng ,

Wontóran

buntala..........

ntisa........

lidah-siti ....
muka-bunlala

rédi ........

iikir.........

tegil ........

äwii-siti

sela.....
siti-pétak
päsir....

mergi.......

mergi-ägang..

tóya........

Javvuh.......

lépen............

laren............

tóya-banter
üruh......

pabu-rantak....
mangsa-panas ,.
mangsa-üjan....
mangsa-ti-is....

waktu-müpu-bua

tanéu..........

linu...........

därat..........

nüsa..........

létah-tanéu____

bung-ngut-tanéu

günung........

uniur..........

tateg-gal.......

lamba,

lómpor...
äbu-tänah.

bäto......

tänah-poti

béda.....

tandas ....
léchen .,.

jälan......

jälan-räja.

äing.....

üjan.....

sumber.,.
taläga ....
song\'ai.. .
sang\'un...
jambätan .

äing-deras.

lebak.

létak..........

lebu-tanéu.....

lebu..........

bätu..........

tatiéu-béudas. ..

kések ........

kések-badak....

léuar..........

jäleun.........

jaiéun-gedih....

chai ..........

üjan..........

sumberan; ülu-chai

talaga.........

wälung\'an; ktili

susükan.......

chükang .......

chai-tärek .....

täiiah-näbing .
jaläna-äing...

bfidah .........

témbeng.......

wal6ran;waheug\'

B^Ooang ......
pancha-büra......

pancha-büra..,
mäsa-pänas ..
mäsa-fljan . ...
masa-chélep...

masäna-buah-buhan

tan ah; Mmi.

léndu........

därat........

póloh........

jilatänali ....

rärai-na-bfimi

günung......

günung......

pädi ........

müsim-pamp;nas.....

mlt;isim-üjan......

{müsim-chélap; quot;1
masa-chelap J

mamp;sa-mólung-bua .

btimij tana ..

iéndü........

darat........

pülau; gili...
jila-tana .... ^
roba-tamp;na....

günung ......

gdmu-gümu ..
tégal ........

lamba ,

ladiik; chalot
abu-tana .. ..
basarbas ....

batü........

taha-póti ....

badi........

bliker.......

lümpur......

lórong; jalan
jamp;lan-raja....

aing........

üjan........

somber......

sómur; talaga

song\'ai......

soksok......

galadag......

amg-santer ..

kapok ......

tambing.....

{jdlaii-aing •, \\
lórong-aing j
aagavan.........

pancha-würa .
mäsan-pänas .

mäsan-hüjan.....müsem-panjijeh

mäsan-ding\'in---- müsem-ng\'ison

müsem-nga-gatas

bümi
kükok
dägha
pülau

ghü-gok

deniätang

landósi

dantakh

léta

ha-gbabok

batü

tänah-hända
han-ni
k\'a-ghäkai
léta

ghang-ghang

ghang-ghaiig-bälak

üwai

läbong

memäta

stimokh

bätang-äglii

masan-nüdok-buah

gümi............

ünuh............

dahod ...........

pülo............

tänah-ng\'an-jong,.
haräpin-gümi ....
günung.,.
büket ....

tégal.....

fgréiig-bing\'
\\ pangkong^
lumpu; handot...
buktanah ...
bukglas ...

bätu.......

tänah-püti .,

béas......

jälijih ...;.,
hendot-päsih
marga; rürong....
marga-gédih
yeh; tóya..
hüjan; sabéuh....
yeh-anaken ,

sémer......

tükad......

teläbah.....

kerteg......

jambat

üwai-häghos

béughéuh
täbing

bülo-ghan

\\ daviaw

yeh-süluk..,

didih.......

häbing.....

fUemba-hem- \\
\\ bäbau-yeb.. J
dauu ............

pancha-ghüba
mfisem-küma-ghau

-ocr page 451-

Wave
Flood fide
Ebb tide .. .
Whirlpool....

Shore.......

Bay ........

Pond; tank..

Marsh ......

Ford........

Ferry.......

Fire ........

Heat........

Burning.....

Flame ......

Spark.......

Flash.......

Charcoal ....

Ashes........

Smoke.......

Soot.........

Fuel........

Air.........

Cloud .......

Darkness ...,

Fog; smoke.,

Vapour......

Tempest ----

Storm ......

Inundation ..

Whirlwind ..

Bain........

Rain-drop....

Cold.........

jsegHiiteii...
\' fsegânteu-
/ âpag;
(_ sàmûdra

alun........

rob.........

•laut ............ jsegâra..gt;..

I Ocean ..........jlaut-tâsek........Isegâra-gedjb.

/

umbak

pasang..........

sûrut............

pûsar-âyer .......

pantai..........

telok...........

kûlam ..,.,....

râwah .........

âyer-dângkal ...
cherûchuk......

pânas..........

hâng\'us.........

meniâla.........

âpi-malétup.....

bilat-âpi .......

ârang...........

âbu............

umbak..........

mambeg.........

pârid ; sûrod.....

ulâken-bâniu .....

pasîsir ..........

sûng\'on..........

belûmhang .......

râwa............

bâniu chétik......

pâbian..........

geni............

pânas ...........

gosong..........

mûrub..........

ulâken-tôya
kâkisek....

râwi......

tóya-chétik

lâtu: brama.

gésang

lâtu-malétik.
kilat-lâtu ..,

geni-malétik......

kilat-geni....

ârang........

âwu ........

kûkus; kebul

ârang-pâra-pâra...

{kâyu-bâkar; 1
kâyu-âpi... ƒ

sawang..........

kayu-übong ......

g\'in ; bârat ....

kâjang-tûnu,

, aog\'in...........

, üwan; méga ..
. gelap; kelam .

i asap-ambun .,.

. 4wab.........

. tdfan; ribut ..
. pang\'a-was ..,
. banjir........

, pusban-ang\'in.

. ójan .........

, titek-djan.....

ding\'in

sejok........

méga...........

peteng.........

ampak-ampak .,.
sûmub .........

pedut.

ribut; tópan ....
plahâra; lïmûnan
banjir; raob .

lisus............

beua ,

ûdan...........

telâtik-ûdan......

âdem..........,,

jawuh.......

talâtik-jâwuh
âsrep........

tóya-kental

Coolness .....

Ice............. âyer-békubâniu-kental.

aut ............flaut............jlaut............. jfihot............jlàwok

laat-gedih........ sagâra...........jârong\'an-râja..... hârong\'au-wira . .. làwok-lâpas

hoinba
tukâda
lâng\'o

6wai-mósokh

pâsisekh

lagon

umbah..........

mârah ..........

undur ...........

posar-âing.......

pâsésir..........

tekong..........

kola-jedi .......

râbah ..........

âing-dâkai......

charóchok.......

3i...........

pânas ..........

umba............

pâsang ..........

undur ...........

pôsal-âing........

hombak..........

kâbak ...........

sûrod............

husûhan-yeh,.....

posisir ..........

chelok ..........

telâga...........

brâwa ..........

yeh-nangkad......

pang\'o-yogan.....

api ; géni........

pânas ...........

pûhun ......... ,.

hândih ..........

talabu.......

kola \'........

rawa........

aing-hamp;nchar .
charok-chok..

apoi ........

panas,...____

póron .......

rabu: rabak..

apoi-amu-yi ,.

kelap-apoi..,

arang........

abu.........

ókos.......,

bangsabang

kSju-tono...

ang\'in......

undam.....

patang.....

ókos-abun.. .

ghâwa

ûwai-kâkah

pangkâlan

âpoi

pânas

tûtong

baya

âpoi-tipâcha

lâlang-âpoi
sâlong
hambua
hâsah

ghânus

jâghuan

âng\'in

âban
kelan

kâ-ghiokh

hâ-wap
tûpan

râbana

âpoi-malotak

âpi-ng\'répet......

kelap-âpoi.
ârang.... .
âbu......

kokos ... .

kedep-âpi........

âdang ; hâdang....

hâbu ............

hândus ..........

rkâhang-âpi;
hâdang

L lang

sâhang ...
Hiâng\'in;
marûta
pawâna
yang-hûbu

umbak..........

raob ; membak .,.

sûrud...........

pûseran-chai.....

pâsésir ..........

sdlokan..........

empang..........

râwa............

chai-diét ........

pâbian ..........

séunéu ..........

pânas............

tûntung..........

liûrung..........

rséunéu-niórot;quot;]
séunéu- J

(_ méuchéul.. J
gâbur-gâbur-séunéu
kâlar ; ârang ...

lâbu ..........

liâsap.........

lang-âpi ;
[lâdang- gt;
lang-gâtan..
J
...

a.... J

basâbang ,
kâju-tûnu,

méga-épis..

{mâdnng ; \\
poekreng\'éu ƒ

{âwun-âwun ;
hâlimun

sû-ub............

âng\'in-gedih......

âng\'in-gedih-nâker
cha-éh ..........

méga-tipes
pâtang .. .,

{hâwa-tâna; \\
suab-tâna .. ƒ

tûpan..........

ribut..........

ba-a..........

âng\'in-râja.......

banjekh

âng\'in-pûjoh

lâbéiing
tia-lâbénng
ng\'éson
mâius

bâha............

râng\'in-kâling- 1.
L bûsbus .... J

ójan ............

titesna-ójan......

âsrep. ........■•••

chélap ..........

âingkental......

kâling-bûbus.....

ójan............

rések............

chélap...........

gras-gas .........

âing-kântal......

ûjan............

chéla-chai-ûjan..,

ti-is ............

tiris ............

chai-kempel,,,.,.

hârang-gâsu.
sûluh.......

âng\'in...........

petang.........

kedus-dâmuh ,.,,

wab ............

linus ............

riut.............

blâber; hambah ..

husôlian-âng\'in ...

lliójan; sâbéuh....

kétil-hûjan ......

ding\'in..........

ding\'in-bângat..,.
yeh-kântal.......

-ocr page 452-

ENGLISH.

Dew............

Dew drop........

Hail............

Tlumder........

Thunderbolt.
Lightning.. ■,

MALAYU..

ambun..........

ainbun-sa-titik.. . ..

üjan-bätu........

güruh; guntnr. ■..\'
fgigi-gtintur; \\
\\ hali-linter.. j
kilat............

Jawa.

abun; lamur; bun
abun-sa-telatik .

udan-vvatu .......

glüdug ..........

untu-geläp; beldeg

kilattätit

JAVAN.
Basa liramd.

ibun ........

ibun-sa-ehela
üjan-bätu ..,,
güruh; gtigur

gelap........

kilat........

jawuh-sela.
gora

abun............

abun-sa-titis......

öjan-bäto........

galddug..........

gigina-kilat......

Itelap,...........
äbun............

äbun-sa-chapchap

öjan-bäto ........

glüdug ..........

gigi-kelap........

kelap.............

MADURESE.
Madura.nbsp;Sumenap.

?

BALL

LAMPUNG.

dämuh.......

damuh-ha-kötil
hüjan-batu .,. ..
kerung ........

imbon

imbon-sang\'a-tia

labong-bätu

güghoh

bätu-guntokh

kilat

gigi-kilap
kedap ...

Of Man, Se^r, Kindred, ^c^

Mail......

Woman ...

Jlan (gen.)
Infant ., ..

Child.

Boy.........

Virgin .......

Lad .........

Widow.......

Widower.....

Unmarried .. .
Eunuch.
Hei\'maphrodite
Dwarf.......

Midwife

Wet-nurse .....

Dry-nurse........

Infancy.,........

Youth..........

Maturity

Old age...,.......

Death .........

Male (animal) ...

Female.........

Kace; nation ...
Family ancestry.
^WclatVonsihiYi., .,

{parampuan;
prarapfi-an

öl ang . ., ........

anak-siisu,.......

biidak; anak-aiiak
anak-dära; präwan

trüiia............

randa ...........

bäluli-Iaki-läki., .,

büjang..........

drang, kebiri......

banclii; wändu . ..

{orang-peiiriek; \\
örang-kätih ƒ

bid an..........

pen) as u____

pang\'a-siih .

mäsa-känak-känak
mäsa-müda ......

rbermüla- quot;j
lt; ramäja; gt;
i ramaja-piitri J
mäsa-tüa or tulia..

kemati-an........

jiuitan ..........

betina...........

bangsa........ ..

kalCvarga.........

sanak-suAava ,,. .

läki-läki; laläki ..

1

lanang
wad on

uwoug; wong ....
bäbayi...........

änak............

böcha ...........

präwan ; rära____

jäka............

randa . .. ........

diida............

büjang..........

wong-käbiri......

vvandu..........

{wong-käti;
woiig-chebol J

dükun ........

pesüsun ; inio ....

amban; amping ..

käla-bocha.......

käla-änmn.......

rumaja..........

käla-füa.........

ketnärinn........

länang; polen ....
winih ; wädon ....

bangs-a..........

Ika-dang-wavga,, ,.
Asaivak-aaOAVwE .

jäler......

istri ; estri

tiang......

jäbang-bäyi

pAtra..,, ,.,

läre........

kenia.......

wüjang.....

tiang-käbinchih. .

bäbu............

käla-!äre ........

käla-änem........

käla-sepuh .......

ka-pedjähan......

jäler............

laläki; pa-megat..
äwe-wek ........

jalma . ........

örok ng\'inang ..

rörok; büdak; quot;1
lt; marürang- gt;
l kälih
......j

band^ga .......

änak-minieti . ..

gümeng\'er......

randa.........

chawini-gedih ..

büjang ........

jalma-käbiri.. ..
mälawädiiig ....

jalma-chäbol . ..

bäbu..........

pang\'a-seuh .. ..

äker-örok......

äker-ng\'ora ..,.

1 anj äug........

äker-kolot......

kepa-chan......

jäleu; laläki....

bikaug........

baräya........

kädatig-wavga .,

läki.............

binih.......... ..

oreng............

käna-söso; babag..

oreng____....----

änak-n()so......^

änak ............

änak-aiiak........

änak-präban......

ng\'üda..........

randa...........

babüjang

käna-käna........

präwan..........

ng\'öda..........

randa...........

düda............

latjching.........

öreng-käbiri......

bandu ...........

(oreng-chäbul; 1
oreng-käti . ƒ

dükun ...........

se-nio-so ........

{öreng-paiidah ;
oreiig-gätcg /

{dükiin-iia-
öreiig bräi;a ƒ
pänio-son........

hemban..........

gih-nak-äiiak.....

käbitan..........

rumaja . ...
mäsa-tua ...,

pa-jänten____

päng\'orbi____

bangsa ......

kadang-barga.

s-asia-wa-aTcv .,

mong-mong......

lägi-käiia........

lägi-ng\'oda.......

nanching-mä- quot;}
lt; sang; ruraäja gt;

l piitri.......J

mäsa-tua......

kapätian.......

pa-jantan......

pang\'orbi......

bangsa ........

. \\ aatta-sana.....

laläki.

bibini ...........

mu-äni; länang ..

luh; histri ......

jänma; wong ....
pi-änak-niu-niu ,.

pi-änak..........

pan-niak ........

piänak-däha......

trüna............

randa . ,.........

bäluh-mu-äni.....

bäjang........ ..

wong-machüla .. ..
banchi ..........

{wong-pendik ; 1
hänak-kätih ƒ

bälian-mänak ....

käpeniu-niu-in....

fpäng\'emban; 1
\\ päng\'intih . j

duk-cherik; dukälet

dukbäjang........

pejüniu..........

duk-tua.......

kemätian......

mu-äni; länang
luh; lua ......

bangsa........

Aiadang-warga .

\\

bäkas
bai-bal

jalma; hülon
äna-opi

an a

säna

müli

meiä-nai

bai-bai-bäloh

bäkas-bäloh

bläding\'an

{jalma bünta;
jalma-ghäbak

{indok-GÜm-
\'pang-uiüsu

pambäbang

kütika-lägi-säna
kütika-lägi-ng\'ügha

mäja-pütghi

kütika-tüha

ka-pät.i-an

bäkas

bai-bai

bangsa

I miana-mo-äslü

-ocr page 453-

anak-laki-laki ....
anak-parampuan ..

chuchu..........

{sudara; adik- 1
bera-dik... ƒ
sudara-\'aki-laki...
sudara paranipuan
abang; kakenda ..
adik; adinda ____

{kakak-param- \\
puan; embokjquot;
adik-parampuan ..

ipar-laki-laki.....

ipar-parampuan...

sudara-tiri.......

sudara-anjing.....

sudara-sa-süsvi....

anak-kember .....

misanen ........

anak-kemeri-nakan

ninik-laki-laki....

niuik-parampuan..

rninik-laki-laki-l_
X sebla-ma .. j\'
ƒ ninik-param- \\
\\ puan-sebla-ma J
ninik-müyang ..,.

éyaiig-saking-ibu
éyang-sakiug ibu

üwa.........

üwa-estri.....

bibi..........

üwa.........

liwa .........

öwa-estri.....

}

fpiut-piyetj
\\ aiiak chlichu

üwa;dwak ......

fiwak-parampuan .
mamak-Iaki-laki ..

ma-inchik; mamlida

bapa-w-d.........

uwak-parampuan.

ma-wa

dwak............

üwak............

Êwak-wadon.....
indong; ibu......

/Descendants....../sa-püak-sa-tandau sa tuninau....... sn-tedak ; satrah.

................. \'

frama......

ibu........

pütra-jaler .

pütra-estri .

wayah.....

saderek....

Mother.......... ama; ma; ibu; bdnda

Son; maic-child ..
Daughter female-1
child........j

anibok; biang.. ..
anak-lanang......

anak-wadon......

pi\'itu............

sadulur ..........

Grandchild ......

Brother or sister..

Brother.........

Sister ...........

Elder-brother ....
Younger-brother .,

Elder-sister......

saddlur-lanang....
sadülur-wadon....

kakang..........

adi-lanang.......

{ba-ayu; ka- 1
kang-énibok J

Mi-wadon........

ipe-lanang.......

ipe-wadon.......

sadulur-kua-lou ..

sadulur-asu......

sarilak; paron ....

kamber; dampit..

misanan.........

auak-kaponak-an. .

kaki; kiai.......

saderek-jalei
saderek-estri
raka

rayi-jaler ..

\'Younger-sister----

Brother in law....

Sister in law......

Half brother byl
one mother .. j
Brother by affinity

Foster-brother....

Twin............

Cousin..........

Nephew; niece
Paternal
father

r%i-istri ..
ipe-jalér ..,
ipe-estri...

saderek-kua-

saderek-asu

palian.....

n

putra-kaponal
ambah; éyang

grand-^

Paternal grand-~l
mothej...... ;

Maternal grand-\'
father.......

Maternal grand-quot;

mother......

Ancestors........

Posterity........

Paternal uncle____

Pat ernal uncle\'s wife

Maternal uncle....

Maternal uncle\'s \\
wife ........ j

Aunt\'s mother\'s |
elder sister .. J

Mother\'s sister\'s )

husband.....J

Aunt; faxher\'s sis- quot;j
ter\'s uncle in law ƒ:

mm : niai.

{kaki-sangking-\\
biang.....j

nini sangking-biatig

changgah-waring..

anak-piitu........

ilwak............

üwak-wadon.....

paman..........

bibek..........

séu-wéu-lalaki____

séu-wéu-awéwek..

inchu............

saderek-dtilur ....

saderek-pamegat ..
saderek-awéwek ..
akang; kaka.....
adi; ayj.........

{tetih; achéuk;quot;}

ambok ____J

adi-S,wewek......

ipar ; dau-wan . ..
amp;di-béutéung ,....

saderek-tiri ______

dülur-sa-indung ..

dülur-sa-süsu ..,.

órok-ddmpéu.....

sa-bra-ina........

4lu ; kapünaken .,

aki; amba;éang..

aki-ti-indung.....

nini-ti-indung____

aki-büyot........

fwareng-chang- \\
\\ gah-bahee.. ƒ

üwa; tuwa......

üwa-awéwek.....

paman ..........

mawa...........

makolot.........

bapa-kolot.......

tówa-awéwek ....

ambu........

anak-lake ....

anak-bine.. ..

kompoi......

taretan ......

taretan-laki ..
tarentan-biiie

kaka........

alek ........

kaka-bine..

alek-bine ....

ipar ........

ipar-bine ....

taretan-kabalo

kadang ..

f taretan-tüng
\\ gal-nlisu .

anak-kamber .

sa-pupu......

anak-pana-kaii

kaki........

neneh.......

kaki-dari-ambuk

neneh-dari-ambuk
kaki-kaki----...

öba......

óba-bine .
paman ..,

hna ............/ma.......

ambu.....

ambu-óba.
ama-óba.,
óba-bini .,

ambu; babu; ebu
anak-lalake ......

anak-biWni ......

kompoi..........

taretan ..........

taretaii-lalake ....
taretan-bibiui ....

kaka; kamas____

tde; jaji........

fmibu; kaka......

ale-bibini; jajl____

épar............

épar-bibini.......

tketan-kabalun...

kadang asu ......

{taretan-tüng-
gal-sóso.... j

anak-komber.....

sapópo ..........

pon Mean.........

amba-lalaki ______

}

}_ dari-ambu

amba-bibini .,

{amba-lalaki- \\
dari-arabu,. ƒ
amba-bibini-

anjo

chtichut-changga ..

óba...........

óba-bibini........

paman.......

bi be.........

miae-tua
bapa-tua
liwa-luh .

óba-bibini........

óba-lalaki........

jsaua-briija,....... 1 Iiijang\'iw.......

inaina; büpa; rsme,l bapa; güm......

mimeh; biang____

pi-anak-mu-ani. ..

pi-anak-luh ......

chüchu..........

niama ; sematoa..

niama-mu-ani____

niama-luh........

bli..............

hadi; chahi......

hembok..........

niahi............

hipah . ..........

hipah-luh........

niama-len-meme ..

niama-Ien-bapa . ..
ƒ niama-tünggaI-\\
\\ niu-niu.... j
pianak-bamber.. ..

misan...........

pi-anak-kapoiiakan

kaki............

sang\'a-tumpai
awa} bapa

ina; iiidok
ana-bakas

ana-bai-bai

umpu

pu-aghi; nm-aghi

pu-aghi-bakas
pu-aghi-bai-bai
pu-%hi-kÈlka
ading

kaka

ading-bai-bai
lakau

lakau-bai-bai

dadong ....

kaki-hfiling\'i-meme

{dadong-hü-
ling\'i-meme

changgah-waren

{changgah-\' 1
kalewaran.. ƒ

hua.............

hua-Iuh..........

rama-mu-aiii...

tümin...........

pu-aghi-ku-w^lon

-num-
niusu

{pu-^ghi-m
pang-ni
aua-lindu
mu-aghi-ama
ana-kamena-kan

tamong
kajong

tamong-kabla-ina

kajong-kabla-ina
uuipu-tojok

(chiangga-
gamp;ghi-nong
mama
ina-lóni

mama-kabla-ina
ina-lóni-kabla-ina

wa-bai-hai-kabla-ina

wa-bakas-kabla-ina

wa-bai-bai

-ocr page 454-

MADÜRESE.

MALAYU.

LAMPUNO.

BALL

ENGLISH,

Sunda.

Jaw a.

Madura.

Sumenap.

Father\'s sister\'s \\
husband ..... ƒ

Mam\'age......

Bride .

Bridegroom......

Husband........

Wife............

Father in law ....
Mother in law....
Son in law ......

Daughter in law ..

Son\'s father in law

Son\'s father inquot;)
law\'s wife,.
.. J

Wife\'s younger \\
brother......ƒ

wife\'s younger
sister........

Husband\'s elderl
brother......ƒ

Husband\'s elderquot;)
brother\'s wife ƒ

Husband\'s young-quot;)
er brother.... j

Husband\'s young-
er

wife

Heir

Heritage ........

Wife\'s portion ....
Adopted child ....

Bastard..........

Orphan..........

Stranger ........

Genealogy.

bisan-paräinpuan..
ipar-läki-läki ....
ipar-parämpuau...
äbang-ipar .......

käka-ipar........

ädik-ipar-läki-läki

and Syoung--) /s,,;,..
■ brother\'s gt;. 4
ife.......
ƒ I

k-ipar-
ämpuan

wares............

harta-pusäka.....

pembrian........

änak-angkat......

ƒ änak-gampang;
\\ änak-sündal j
piätu ; yätim ....

dägang ..........

menli- quot;1
V ifou- gt;
(inen.... J

ftürun-menli-
lt; run
l. luramp;nen
dwak-laiiang....
läki-räbij käwen,.

peng\'anten-wädon

peng\'anten-länang

läki.............

räbi.............

mara-tu-wa-länang
mara-tu-wa-wädon
mantu-länang ....

maiitu-wädon ....

bisan-wädon.....

ipe-länang........

ipe-wädon........

käkang-ipe.......

ba-äyu-ipe.......

ädi-ipe-länang .,..

ädi-ipe-wädon ....

wäris...........

bärang-pusäka....

päwew^au........

änak-angkat......

änak-bändrek ....

lola.............

dwak-läki-läki....

käwen...........

fpeng\'anten- T
lt; parampuan; gt;
mempli .... J
peng\'anten-läki-läki

laid ............

biui ............

mentua-läki-läki ..
meutua-parampuan
menäntu-läki-läki

{menintu- 1
parampuan
J
bisan-läki-läki____/Wsan-länang

löla-ngutnbära ....

ttirun-tumÄrun....

üwa-jäler
keräma.,

räka.............

garü-wa.........

mara-sepuh-jäler..
mara-sepuh-estri..
mantu-jäler......\'

mantu-estri......

bisan-jäler ,
bisan-estri

ipe-jäler.........

ipe-estri .........

räka-ipe.........

räyi-ipe-jäler.....

räyi-ipe-estri_____

paparing\'an .
pütra-angkat,

teda-tümeda

töwa-laläki
ngäwen....

pang\'änten-äwßwek

pang\'änten-laläki. .
saläki; chäreuk ..
6wek; pamäjikan.

matua-laläki......

matua-äw^wek . ..
menäntu-laläki. ..

menäntu-äwßwek .

besan-laläki...

besan-äwßwek

ipar-laläki...

ädi-beuteung .

dahu-wan....

dahu-wan-äw^wek

ädi-ipar-laläki ....

ƒ ädi-b^ut6ung- \')
\\ äwewek .. • J

wares..........

handa-pusäka ....

pämi-rian........

hanak-pölung ....

hanak-räny^t ....

pahätu..........

pahätu-ng\'umbära

turun-manürun ...

oba-läki.
käben .,,

pang\'änten-bini...

pang\'ättteii-läki...

läki ............

bini ............

martu-wa-laki....
martu-wa-bini....
manto-Iäki ......

raanto-biai.....

bisan-lälii.......

bisan-bini.......

epar-läki........

epar-bini........

käka-epar-läki....

käka-epar-bini____

älek-epar-Iäki ....

älek-epar-bini ....

wares ..........

arta-latinggal____

pa-brih.........

ngalah-äna.......

äna-köhung-bunter

turun-tamürun....

käwen..........

pang\'änten-bibini..

pang\'änten-laläki.

läki .............

bini ............

matua-laläki......

matua-bibini. .. j.
manto-laläki.....

manto-bibini.....

bisan-laläki ......

bisan-bibini......

epar-laläki.......

epar-bibini .......

käka-epar........

ambu-epar.......

ädi-epar laläki____

jaji-epar-bibini____

{arta-sankölan

pusäka____ƒ

pa-bäri..........

äna-angkat ......

äna-haramjäda....
ko-ung ..........

{sosoban; äna-~l
sosöban____ƒ

turun-tamürun

(iwa-mu-ani..,,
mod ang\' an-dang\'an

pang\'änten-luh....

pang\'anten-mu-anl

soma............

soma............

matu-wa-mu-ani..

matu-wa-luh.....

mantu-mu-ani ....

manta-luh .......

wärang-niü-ani.,.
wärang-luh ......

hipa-mü-ani......

hipa-luh.........

hipa-kelian ......

bipa-luh-kelian ...

{hipa-erikan-
mu-äni .... ƒ

hipa-erikan-luh ..

högia.......

harta-pusäka

päba-hang; pahicha

{piänak-dfidok- quot;1
dudöken... ƒ

htibuh ..
pedökan

turun-tumünm . .,
wa-bäkas
käwen

büntmg

maju

käjong

anggöman

mintuha-bäkas

mintüha-bai-bai

mantu-bäkas
mantu-bai-bai.
sa-bai
wa\'a

lakau-bäkas

lakau-bai-bai

käka-bonting

käka-maju

ädek-bonting

ädek-mäju
kuköpan

puläwa-sa-nimbang

päng\'an-nian

äna-müpu

äna-kampang

häghok

tandang

tÄghun-manu-ghun

\\nbsp;\\nbsp;\\nbsp;\\ Of t^ie Human Body and its Parts,

y\'aoii:}............ynbsp;• • • •v^^«»\'.............X^WN^I-, Vi^iwn. .. . VAteo......

\\ \\vuliMwtv ........\\VAdatt

-ocr page 455-

! Member ........ lang-gau-ta ..,

j Joint; articulation js^ndi........

I Joint (thenpaceJl j
between two gt; I ill-was........../rd

dâging.........

tulang .........

tulang-ugóra ....
ûrat...........

dâgiug-liéu-ras , .

kakétag.,
ûrat-getih

ûrat-kakétag.....

kûlet
liang-hûlu
bulu
bu~uk

tosan.

tosan-aneni

dâging----

balung.....

balung-nom ,
otot ......

dâging-kenchang ..

Muscle .

Pulse .
A vein
Artery
Skin ..
Pore..
A hair
Hair..

nâdi........

ûrat-dârah . ..
ûrat-nâdi ....

kûlit........

lûbang-rûnian

bûlu........

râmbut......

réma,

dâging-kenchang ..

ka-kéteg.........

ótot-getih; bâyu..
ótot-ketig.,...,.,

kûlit............

leng-wûlu........

wûlu...........

rambut...... ..

L,}

ku-kunchung

sum-sum
polo; fitak

babatéu

Lock of hair.

jâmbul

fkunchung ;

gombak
^ kuchir

Marrow ,
Brain ..,

sung-sum.......

ûtak ; polo .,..,

{kelûntung ;
chumpluiig

ambun-ambûhen ,

Skull..........

The foiitanelli..

Head.........

Face..........

Forehead ......

Eye ..........

Eyebrow.....

{hülu; siiah; 1
mustakii...
ƒ

bung\'éut; raramp;hi..

tarang

pa-non; mamp;ta....

ales

andas

sirah ; mustâka

wedâna........

larâpan........

mavipat; ting\'al

imba..........

rahi ..........

bâtuk ........

mata............

sûm-sum ........

ûtak-kepâla......

tangkûrak.......

ûbun-ûbun......

kepâla .........

mûka...........

dâhi............

mata............

kening; âlis......

âlis

ridap-kéung- quot;]
^ kéunglak ;
(_ bûlu panen J
tapéukan-pamp;tion ,,
bubudâken-pânon
béudas-pânon ...

r wawâdah- quot;1

pânon;
(_ kongko-ga.. J
tungtung-pânon ,,

Ëyelash

idap

kûlet-mâta .......

ânak-mâta.......

mâta-pûtih ......

bing-kai-mâta ...,

ûjung-îiiâta ..,. .

ikur-mâta.......

talapûk-an-mâta
tatelang ; mamânik
putiye-mâta ..,.,.

wâdah-mâta......

pasûluan ........

pojok-mâta......

talapûk-an-maripat

petak-ipun-maripat
[ .

t uiaripat

Jcbaagko-ing-

jaru-panon .....

chai-Iuh ; chai-mâta
pipi-ling\'an ,,,,
chéuli.........

âyer-mâta.......

papil es..........

teling\'a..........

luh.............

piling\'an

k^iping ..,,,.,,,.

waspa ...........

pilisan..........

taling\'an ; karna.,

bûlu-mâta.

Eyelid......\'.,

Pupil of the eye
White of the eye,,

Circle of the eye ..

Inner corner of)
the eye......j

Outer corner of!

the eye.....J

Tear..........

Tehiples
Ear..........

t

\'âtik-âtilian ...... j................/ hûgal-hûgal

dâging......

tolang .. ...
tolang-ngóda
órah.......

mu-a; rarai.

dahi.......

mâta.......

ales

bûlu-keja ........

talapdkan-mâta ...
ânak-ânakan -mata
potihua-mâta .. • ■

papâsu-ngâdah...,

papâsu-budi,

âing-mâta ..

papiles.....

kópeng .....

\'ang-gau-ta . ..

ru-as . .......... ru-was

. laag-gau-ta.......

jiisówan..........

dâging..........

tolang ..........

molmul ........

ûra.............

f dâging-tiar ; 1
(. dâging-plésa J

ami; takétak____

ûra-dâra .........

ûra-takétak......

koli ............

lubang-bûlu......

bulu............

óbu ; raraut......

mua; rârai.....

dai ; hâtok .....
mâta; sóclia , ...

ales ............

bûlu-keja.......

bûlu-kodan .....

ânak-ânakan,,.,.
mâta-pôti.......

hulu-tôgan-mâta .

sopâso .........

pâdu-nsâta......

âing-mâta.......

lengpé-leiig\'an.,.
kópeng ; karna,..

j sarira
bûku..

la-was

dâging; hisi.
tulang ..,,.
tulang\'ûda,..
hu-wat.....

hisi-montong ,

bâyu........

wat-getih ...,
wat-bâyu .,.,

kulet........

song-bûlu ...,

bulu.......

bok .......

kuncher

jahjah .
polo ...

kahon-tandas ..

pabâhan .......

{sirah; tanggak;!
tandas .... J
mu-a; rahi ...
gidat.........

mâta

f kaning; Mlu-
\\ kaning

bûîu-inâta

bâsva-mâta

âna-mâta

mâta-handa

tûku-mâta

luh

talâpipes
chiûping

t-i
tx:

mâta; pening\'alan
hales-mâta......

bûlun-mâta

kûlet-mâta ......

hanak-hanak-niata
mâta-pûtih ......

gampu-lûkati-mâta

télin-mâta.......

tanggun-mâta ,,.,

I

yeli-mâta........

papé-leng\'an......

kûpiiig ; karna,.,.

sang-gaet

nga-wan

dagaing
tula»

tulan-ngûgha
ûya

dagaing-kinchong

kâtop

ûya-ghah

ûya-kaiop

bâwa

liang-bûlu

bulu

bu-ok

muncha

û-ghong
ûtok

hundom-hûlu
ûbon-ûbon
hûlu
pûda

-ocr page 456-

J AVAN.

Basa krama.

ENGLISH.

MALAYU.

BALI.

LAMPUNG.

Jaw a .

Sunda.

Ear-tip,.
Ear-wax.

Nose,

Nostril..........

Cheek...........

Lip.............

The uvula........

The palate.......

Gum..........

Upper jaw.
Lower jaw

Tooth ..........

Tongue...._____ _

Chin.........

Beard ..........

Mustaches.......

Neck.,....... _

Back of the neck..
Throat or gullet ..

Shoulder.......

Shoulder blade .

Back.........

Bosom.........

Breast.........

Milk.......

Nipple.........

Side....

Back-bone ......

Collar-bone......

Waist.......

Belly......

Navel.........quot;

Hip......

Buttock........

Thigh.......■

Groin ......

Pettis..........

\'Vestit\\e......

daun-teling\'a.
tahi-teling\'a .

idung .,....,

lûbang-îdung .

pipi.........

bibir........

ânak-lidah ..,
lang\'it-lang\'it.
gûsi ........

tôlang-gigi-diâtas.,

pûlang-gig\'i-di-
lt; bâwah; tûlang
(. dâgu . ...... J

)

(bâlung-untu- quot;)
iigisor ; wang ƒ

gigi ... .......... /umu............

elat.............

jang-gut. ........

jeng-got.........

berang\'os........

gûlu ............

ga-gitok .........

gurung; guruk\'an

bau.............

walikat..........

gigir; gagar......

dâda............

SÛSU............

bâniu-sûsu .....

péntil-sûsu ....

waja.
lidah.

jang-ga,

pung-ktiran......

jâja.............

pembâyun........

tôya-sûsu . ^......

mundri-pembâyun.

stng-kab

ûla-ûla ..........

seslâng\'an........

lambung; tengah..

wetang..........

ûdal .............

pîkang..........

bókong ..........

pûpu............

C âtik-âtikan- \\
\\ pamp;v«-, chrtik j
■çeW -, çéVanâïig,\' an

pâmang-king\'an...

pédahâran.......

pûsar............

pochong; wangkong
wantis........

tnbsp;- quot;AX , . ,,nbsp;\\

Vnbsp;......\\

lidah............

dägu ............

jang-gut .........

ktimis; misai ..,,

liher. ............

kuduk, or kodok.,

reng-kung........

bahu, or bau ....

belikat..........

belakang ........

däda............

tetek; 5ÜSU......

äyer-süsu ........

bintél-sfisu.......

{sabela-lém- quot;)
bung; rfisuk J
tülang-belakang .,

sasélangan.......

ping-gang........

prut............

pfisat ..........

paugkal-paha ,.,.

pung-gung.......

paha............

kfmchi-palia .,,.

lbütu\\i..........
gâga-jina-kôpeng.
ta-ena-kópenf; ...,

;-kûping....
kopok ; tiler.....

chung\'ur ; irung ..

leng-irung........

pipi ............

Ïambe...........

itel-itilan; laklak-an

lalang\'it.........

gûsi ..........

bâlung-untu-du-wur

l\'u; grâna.

pang\'a-râsan......

lati............

élong............

lobangna-élong----

pipe ............

biber............

nekma-nékan ....

lalang\'it.........

gûseh............

tolang-gigi-âyatas..

tolang-gigi-bâbah..

gigi.............

jila.............

changkam .......

jang-guh........

song-ngot........

léher............

bûrik-kétak ......

rong-kong........

bau.............

walikat..........

gigir; tonggong ..
ârigu; dada......

SÛSU............

chai-sûsu........

ûlu-sûW.........

kamplong,

tûlang-tonggong
kengke-rang\'an

changkeng .....

béu-téung......

bûjal.........

puhu-ping-ping .
ba-bo-kong ,,.,
ping-ping......

balikat..........

balâkang ........

dâdah ...........

sosoh............

âing-sôsoh........

pentil-sösoh......

{ lambung selâja;\\
râsah.....j

tolang-balâkaiig...

sasâlang.........

teagah ..........

peroh ...........

bûjal............

bungkâna-pdkang,

bang-kong .......

teling\'an ; karna.,

daun-chéuli
taé-chéuli..

irung; pang\'embu

liang-irung......

pipi ...........

biwer..........

itil-itilan.......

lang\'it .........

gugûsi .........

ƒ tolang-untu-di-

}

luhur

ƒ tolong-untu-di- \\
andap.....ƒ

1

untu ...........

letah...........

jauggot; gâdéu . .

jenggot.........

kumis..........

béuhang ........

jitok...........

tikoru .........

pókang..........

{ûgal-tigalau- quot;)
ping-ping .. ƒ

àtik-âtik-an-wantis

kâVavai, ■çaia\\evaïi. .\\s\\ïet...........

tolang-chopo.....

iipâlak..........

.. ......... , . ., . ^
don-kûping
tilu.......

chung\'uh........

song-chung\'uh ....

pipi ............

bibih ; Ïambe ____

tiktik-lâya.......

lang\'it-lang\'it_____

hisit......^.....

rtulang-gigi-
\\ badtihur

l.}

igi-di- quot;j

tolang-gigi-âtas

r changkam ;
lt; tolang-
(. changkam

gigi; waja.....

jila; élad......

changkam......

jang-gu........

sung\'ut ; kdmis
lé-er; gûlu .. ..

gûlang-gul......

grung\'an ......

bau ..........

bélikat........

belâkang......

dâda..........

■J pulang-gigi-di-
gt; lt; baten ;

,, J I. chaték

âiiig-soso.....

pantel-sóso ...

lambung......

tolang-blâkang.

sasâlang......

tungkeng .....

tâbu.........

bûjal.........

gJgi.............

layah ; hilat.....

jang-gut ........

jénggot .........

kûmis...........

bâhong ..........

kayohan-tandas ...

gag-grókan ......

bahu............

pâla ...........

tundun ..........

tangkah.........

niu-niuh.........

yeh-niu-niuh .....

tuktuk-nîu-niuh ,,

lambung........

tûlang-gibingquot;. .. .

sasa-lang\'an.....

bangkiang ...,..
bâsang; wetang .

pungsad........

bongkol-pâha .,.
ba-hókong . ...,,
pâha...........

pupûkung.....
pókang.......

btoa-buati........ pang-ga-lekan-pâlia

............\\cVieVak ..........

................

da\'un-kópeng ____

taé-kópeng.......

rélung; g\'râna;7
pang\'ambungj

lubang-élung......

p\'ipe ............

bibir ; lati .......

lija-li-an.........

âlad............

tahi-chiûping

e-gliong

liang-e-ghong
biha\'om
bibiakh
ka-keta

gai-gai

tulan-ipon-di-âtas

tulan-ipon-di-bah

ipon

ma

dagu

janggok

kûmis

gâlah

kâ-chilchll

guggu-ghong

lâyang

tundon
dâda

sijsu ; âmah

wai-sûsu

putik-sûsu

ga-liakh

tûlan-tundon

sa-salang

tang\'ah

bâtong

pûsokh

puntot ; sûjot
piiba

pasang-gaitan-pâha

tu-wa

-ocr page 457-

Knee-pan .......

Shin-bone ......

Calf of the leg____

Ankle ..........

Foot............

Toe ............

Great toe........

Heel..........

Sole

Hand...........

Upper part of thequot;)
arm........j

Arm-pit

Elbow .

ick of thequot;)
t........)

Wrist lt;
Palm.

Right hand ......

Left hand....
The flat of the hand

The back of thequot;!
hand.

Fist ..

Finger

Fore-finger\',

Middle-finger ...

Ring-finger.....

Little-finger....
Thumb.........

fbüku-käki; \\
\\ mäta-käki.. J
kaki............

järi-käki ........

f induk-käki; 1
\\ ibu-kaki ... J
tümit...........

täpak-käki

täng\'an......

leng\'an......

ketiak ......

siku........

büku-täng\'an .

täpak-täng\'an

täng\'an-känan

Tip of the finger.. üjuDg-järi

täng\'an-kiri......

fmüka-täng\'an
\\ täpak täng\'an ƒ

beläkang-täng\'an..

paKiku ..........

järi.............

näri-sädat; \\
\\ talünjuk .. J

ƒ järi-hantu; 1
1 järiteng\'ah ƒ

järi-mänis.......

järi-kelingking .,,,
ibu-täng\'an ......
türuk ; pawa-donanjpa-westren

\'Knee............ /lütut.. .......

Rib ............ tülang-iüsuk____

Pud. mulieire\',.../piïki...........

Ams........... pantat; bdrit ....

Leg ............ betis

kepala-lutul

tülang-betis......

jantung-betis

silit ..........

kempol........

ga-gändu......

SÄku.........

järi-süku.....

jempol-sliku......

telapäkan-süku . .
asta ...........

{balung-kémpol;\\

gäras......ƒ

däging-kémpol....

pölok............

sikil............

jeriji-sikil........

jémpol-sikil......

tungkak .........

telapäkan-sikil . ,.

täng\'an ..........

leng\'an..........

iku-täng\'an
glang\'an.. . J.
täng\'an
..., J

changkeläkan

sikut........

fwuku-täng\'an;quot;

l täng\'i
épek-épek

asta-teng\'en......

asta-kiwa.

jan ,

täng\'an-teng\'en ...

täng\'an-kiwa.....

p-ai-täng\'an; quot;j
épek-épek- gt;
täng\'an .... J
fgigir-täng\'an ; \\
\\ tótok täng\'an
ƒ
gegem-täng\'an ..
jariji..........

jariji-penüduh ,.

jariji-teng\'ah.....

jariji-manis......

jentik ...........

jémpol-tang\'an....

p4ch»uk-jariji,
cha-chäre-wo-an ..

ttilang-bites......

bu-wa-bites......

mümu-chang\'an ,.

süku...........,.

räméu-s1^ku......

indung-sülui......

kénang..........

dampal-süku.....

pa-nang\'an.......

leng\'éun.........

kélek............

siku ............

büku panäng\'an...
dampal-panäng\'an
panäng\'an-tdhu...

panang\'an-kéncha
bong\'ut-panäng\'an

tonggong-panäng\'an

käpal-panäpg\'an ..
jariji-rämuP......

fjariji-

panunjok;
(_ jariji-chürok

jariji-si-jangkong..

ji-mänis ......

jariji-ching\'ir ....

indung-léung\'éun,.

tungtung-rämuh
. /to-ut......

/dengkul......... - /jeng-ku . ........ /to-ur . . .

jiga.............. j............... tülang-iga

héunchêut .
liang-ta-i .,
bites ......

/ tólang-rósok.

\'pókeb.......

bürik........

betes........

pochokna-bantes ..
tolang-bantes.....

bua-na-bautes ....

{büko-sóko; \\
matäna-soko J

soko............

garigihna-soko....
pólam-pólan-sóko

tépa-sóko........

tänang ..........

lang\'an..........

chengkol ........

rowäsna-tänang ..
täpak-tänang . ....
tänang-ka-ng\'en ..

tänang-ka-cher...,

bätok-épek-épek ..

^baläkang\'a- quot;}
\\ épek-epek..J

garigih..........

garigih-pantiduh ..

garigih-tang\'ah....

garigih-mänis ....

tekan-tekan......

polpölan.........

kouchokna-gari gi h

. /to-ut.
VÓSO ..

päke..
büri ...
bätes...

riangba; \\
\\ lang\'äna-to-ut J
tolang-ädu.......

bua-na-bätes......

pantil-sóko ......

sóko............

garigi-sóko ......

pólam-pólan-sóko
tumbat..........

ta-pak ..........

tänang ..........

lang\'an..........

kälen-chäben.....

büku-tänang......

täpa-tänang......

tänang-känan____

tänang-kire......

dälam-tänang ..,,

büdi-tänang,

margam,
garigi..,

garigi-lanjeng .

garigi-mänis...

tekan-tegan____

ptilan-pülan-täuang

kuucho-garigi ..

antod; lülod.. .jta-wot

. hl

/ tülaug-Iiiga......

teli.......

j\'t..............

ba-tes; bähes ....

tdlang-chikal.....

tfilang-lünas......

bétak-ba-tes......

mäta-an-bähes____

{chókor ; süku ; \\

buntut____ƒ

jarijin-bähes______

hinan-bähes......

f ganjot;nbsp;quot;)

\\ tüng\'ak-bähes ƒ

telapäkan-bähes ..

täng\'an; lima____

lang\'an..........

kot

sipah.,
siku ..

pagläng\'an.......

lahad-lima.......

riima-känauj quot;j
lt; täng\'an- gt;
(_ teng\'an J

{lima-kihe; \'1
tang\'ankiya ƒ

telapäkan-lima....

kegha-kap

ja!a

bintokh

chiut-chiüpu

lülokh

bintokh

ta-ta-gha

chiu-kot

ja-ghi-chiu-kot

kelimpu-chiu-kot

jampal-chiu kot

{ta-Iapakan;
kapa-chiu-
chiu-lok

pa-glang\'an

bahaga-lüpa
siku

bükoh-chiu-lok
kapa-chi u-lok
chiu-lok-ka-nan

chiu-lok-kighi
püda-chiu-Jok

tuntan-lima ..,
ma-gam-lan ...,

jeriji..........

linjoug
lek.

kaching..........

hinan-Iima ......

(tuktuk-jeriji; quot;)
munchok-jeriji ƒ

X

tuüdon-chiu-lok

..jkapal
• • ja-ghi

panünjok

gha-ghang-gau

ja-ghi-mänis
ja-ghi-käehik

kelimpu-chiu-lok
unchiok-ja-ghi

-ocr page 458-

MADURESE.
Madura.nbsp;Sumendp.

JAVAN.

Bdsa Jtrdma.

LAMPUNG.

BALI.

MALAYU.

ENGLISH.

Smda.

Jdtoa.

Joint of the finger

Nail............

Knuckles........

Pit of the collar ..

Lungs ..........

Breath..........

Diaphragm ....

Pit of the stomach
Scalp.........

Blemhrane of 1
the brain .... J

Stomach ........

Guts............

Liver.......... ..

Spleen..........

Bladder...........

Womb

Humour; serum..
Blood...........

Phlegm. ....

Snot........

Urine.......

Skull........

Brain.......

Entrails.....

Dung........

Saliva ......

Sweat ......

The heavt..,.
Grey hair....
Baldness ...
Blindness...
Squinting...
Deafness ..,
Stammering.
Dumhiiess .,

ruas-Jâri ......

kûku..........

bûku-jâri......

chekung-leher .,
râbu 5 paparun
napas.........

dinding-dâda,

ûlu-hâti .........

kûlit-kepâla......

selimut-ûtak....,.

am-pedal........

tâli-prot ........

hâti, or âti......

limpa...........

tempat-kenching ..
ƒ tempat-ânak ; 1
perâna-an }

âyer-dârah.......

dârah . ..........

Slime........... lendir

dehak..........

salimur; ingus.. .

kenching.......

tangkûrak,......

ûtak...........

isi-prot ........

chiret..........

lûdah...........

karing\'at; peluh.

jantung-hâti.....

ûban ...........

gundul; sûlah...

bûta-an.........

jûVuig\'an .......

tûl\\-an.........

gâguan; gagap .
bisu-au........

ros-janji.......

kûku...........

wûku-jariji.....

chekok ; tanggok.

mamâras .......

ambekan.......

let let-dâda ;
ka-ken-
ng\'an.
kûlung-âti..
kûlit-endas

net let-dâda; 1
^ ka-ken-da- gt;
l ng\'an......J

kûlung-mânah,,..
kûlit-sirah.......

mânah

kémul-ûtak

pûsuh ...........

ÛSU.S............

âti..............

limpa...........

pâpu-yuh-an......

pranâk-an........

ka-kâwah........

rah

seni; tûras

ketchoh
rivve ...

dûmuh; wûta

silir ........

tûli.........

yi-yit

riyak..........

umbel.........

ûjuh..........

ka-luntimg.....

ûtak ; polo ....
jaring\'an; jerowan
kapa-chîrit; mûrus
idu; dûbang......

kâring\'et........

jantung âti.......

ûwan............

gundul..........

pichâk..........

kéra............

bûdeg ...........

gâ gap ; bega----

Visu...........

ka-nâka

tenggek.

lâpas

ruas-râmuh .

kûku.......

bûku-râmuh.

tanggok.....

bâyah ......

ambâkan ..,

lâmat

ûlu-âte ..
kûlet-ûlu

la-mat-pólo .

bûbu-wâhan.

pedjet......

âte.........

kâli-limpa...
kiki-isan ...

pi-anâkan...

chaî-getih...
getih .... ...

ku-kûmur...

réuhak ..........

lehéuk..........

ki-is............

babâtok.........

ûtak............

osi-béutéung......

tai..............

chiduh ..........

kesang..........

ja-jantung........

ûwes............

gundul..........

pi-châkan........

tilang\'an......

torékan........

ga-rapan
b\\su-wan
rówas na-garigih
kókoh ........

napas .

bûlu-âte.........

kolétna-chétak ...

bungkos-ótak ....

âte.............

lémpa ..........

kenang\'an-na-kémi

kenang\'ân-na-ânak

âing-dârah,
dârah .....

âkrak

kémi,

ótak.......

ésina-pro ...

chéiet......

chopa ......

pélo .......

bûta

téng\'el
gâga ..
béso ..

ruas-garigi.......

kóko............

bûku-garigi......

chelkung-le-er ....

bâra............

nâpas ; niâba ....

dang\'an-dang\'an. ..

talâmpu-âti......

kûli-chétak......

pang\'a-pûtan-pôlo

hiso..........

bâsang-dâwa . .,

hâti ...........

limpa.........

niâli..........

lûhu..........

isau
hâti
limpa
pang\'ióhan

pa-gha-nâkan

wai-ghah
ghah

gaga-di-okh

gha-ha

ing\'u

éyoh

kûdung-otak......

éso.............

péro............

âti; gâle........

lémpa...........

badâna -kémi .....

bâla-nâdan.......

yeh-ni-om
getih.....

ból.......

tangkâhak
ng\'e-ng\'es.
hanchuh ..

hisin-ba-sang ..

hanchit........

pâhos .........

kring\'at; pluh..

jantung........

hûban ........

leng\'ar........

bûta ; pécheng..
seng\'at ; jéreng

béung\'éul......

kéto ; laklak .,
kólok.........

jiglia-ikh

lu-vi\'i

hi-ting

jantong

hûban

sûlah

bûta

jûling

tilu; to-lok
ga-ghap
1 hisu

âing-dâra
dâra ....

{lental; eng\'ur-quot;)

eng\'ur ----J

kârak...........

ûsang ...........

kémi............

chantung ........

ûtak............

isi-tâbu..........

chère............

chopa; edu ......

pâle ; karéng\'at ..
kultung-kûlan ....

ûban............

gundul..........

bûta............

bilig............

téng\'al.........

gag-ga ..........

ibu-e............

nga-wang-jâghi
tang-gai
bûku-ja-ghi
langkong

kûku; kanaka,
bûkon-jeriji ...
gâgo-rokan ...

pa-pa-ru .....

hangkian.....

hdr

ig\'os

jâja-ring\'an .

liûlun-hâti. ,
kûlet-tandas.

hûlu-hâtl
bâwa-hûlu

..................uû-ça-AielAùk........

......\\ gMpa-, halau

YÓ^ta-Vagvia ......U-6\\gt;a,

-ocr page 459-

Leanness........

Soundness.......

Tallness .........

Shortness........

Hump-backedness

Lameness........

Sleep.
Dream ..
Waking.,
Sense ..,

The external senses

K)

liectual 1
......J

The intellectual
powers

Touch ..........

Taste...........

Smell...........

Hearing.........

Looking.........

Taste of any thing

Repose..........

Smell; odour .,..

Hardness........

Softness.....

Form........

Colour.....

White. ...

Black......

Light blue.......

Deep blue; indigo

Yellow..........

Red.............

Turmeric; deep quot;)

yellow......ƒ

Orange ..........

Crimson.........

Brown..........

Green ..........

Shade.......

Shadow......

Odour......

ku-rdsau.......

senäng\'an......

tinggi-an ......

renda-han.....

hungku-an .....

panjang-an ....

lina...........

mimpi........

jäga..........

peng\'a-täwi ....

panchäng\'-äria....
marifat-ka-lima

pang-garapan...
pang-rasänan ..

pang-ambfing\'an

pangrung\'onan .
pandelang\'an ...

rasa ..........

tfiru..........

ambu.........

para-sa-asi.......

penchidman......

pendeng\'aran.....

pelihatan........

rasa ............

tidur...........-

hau.............

ka-kräsan........

ka-lembütan.

lÄpa.......

Warna.....

pötih......

itam.......

kläbu.......

nila; biru. ,

küning.....

mirah......

ka-atósan.,

ka-lemäsan

rüpa......

Warna.....

pütih.....

i-reng.....

keläwu ...,

biru ......

köning ...
äbang ....

küning-tua

jambon.......

dädu ............

wüng\'u ; ketäng\'

idjo ..........

teduh; äyom .,
wa-wayang\'an ..
ambu-wäng\'i....

küning-tüha......

mirah-müda......

warna-ambälau...

wüng\'u..........

idjau, or hiju ....

teduh...........

bäyaag-bäyang....
häruin; bau härum
kra ____

lUgliness. ........ jväpa-bünik; Jelik ji-Apa-uIa......... jrupi-äwon..

jSlender; genteel.. j lemah-Iembut .... jprigel; la-wes,... ..........

Corpulence ...... gépu-an...,,..,.. jlemii............ lénia .......

kgt;3ru.........

äyeman.......

du-wfiran......

asóran ........

wungkuk......

dawänan . ...

angles .......

ngimpi.......

nielek ;ngalilir.
pang\'a-wrfthi..

{pancha-deriya
ang\'en-ang\'en ƒ

maripat-lima.....

seneng\'an
ing-gilan
andäpan .

panjang\'an

nmpena.

pancha-däta......

pang-gapükan ....
pang-rahósan ,...

pang\'ambetan.....

pa-miréng\'an.....

paningälan.......

rähos............

tilam, säre......

ambet ..........

rüpi ....
warni..,
petak....
chemeng

jeni .
abrit,

jeni-sepuh.

idjam; wilis......

ambet-ärum......
jrópa goreng ,. ,

\'jatulika........

linto-wan........

küru-an..........

béubéugóhan .....

luhüran.........

andäpan; asóran..
dädang kókan .. ..

panjang\'an.......

étres; péuhéu....

ngimpi..........

béuntah .........

ngadela; miraiig\'a

wa-wätak........

pancha-dria

pangrasa .
panyihom .

pang\'i-deng
paning\'alan

rasa......

tédong ....
bahu......

marépat-lima .

pang-rampa-an.
raräsa-an .....

panchihümen .

pangdéng\'ian.,
pada-léu-an ...

rasa .........

étres; kólam .
amba ........

ka-kräsan........

ropa ...
barna..,
pótih.,.
chelang.

biru ..
kóneng ,
mérah ,

kóneng-tówa . ..

merah-ngüda . ^
warna-kembälu ■
wüng\'u........

jang-ba-jang\'an
bähu-roum ...

téu-téu-Ssan

ka-hipükan ...

rüpa.........

warna .......

béudas; pütih ,
hidéung.......

awuk.........

biru .........

kóneng .......

béuréum .....

kóneng-kólot .

béuréum-ngdra.
warna-ambalo ,

wüng\'u........

héju..........

tódoh .........

kelangkang ....
bawu-séung\'it..

lemüan .
kóros . .,
berna,..,
tenggian ,
andapen ,

lanchang\'an

mempe

lawpo..........

körus...........

senäng\'an........

tinggian..........

andäpan .........

bungku..........

tépang; kadjat____

ngéda...........

mimpe..........

täng\'i...........

pang\'etäwan....
panchan-däria____

pana-gu..........

paräsa-an........

panmm-an.

pang\'i-ding
pang\'ä-bas.

rasa......

tédung ...,
bau ......

ka-gra-an......

ka-Iamäsan ....

rüba ..........

Warna ..........

püti ............

chelang..........

kaläbu ..........

béru............

kóneng ..........

mira............

bäba-yäng\'an,

bau-roum.

kóneng-tua

mira-ngóda......

warna-ambalu ....

wüng\'u..........

biru-ngóda.......

jrópa-jübak ......jrdba-chüba ......jgöba-jelik .. ......[ghäpa-jähel

......jombu...........jjatmika

móko............

bra-gan ..........

kliang\'an........

ganggas .........

hendep........ ..

pünuk ..........

képed ...........

pülas; sirap......

ngipi; nupna ....

ngandüseu .......

manäwang.......

pancha-driya.....

{penawäng\'an-
la-lima

natäban........

parasähan......

}

handa

halam; haghong
kJabu

ku-niakh
süloh

ku-niakh-tüha
süloh-ngógha

ƒ pang\'a-dak; \\
1 pang\'u-ngos J

panding\'ahan.....

pang\'a-nótan.....

rasa............

madom; masarih .
bo ..............

kaka-ku-an;
kaka-rasan

klambatan.....

góba; rüpa ..,

warna .......

pütih; ptak ..

slam........

klawu.......

biru........

küning ......

barak........

hüjan

gädap, indom
halinu

umban; haghom

randang.......... himbon..

läwat____

bo-mihik

küning-Aväyah

bärak-ngilda .,
näsak-säbt\'u..,

dädu.........

gädoflg .......

gêmu

gha-yang

stakh

ghanggal

ghäbah

bungku

kigliot

tikayap

ha-nipe

miah

}

paniada
pangghäsa

pang\'um-bau

panang\'is

pangia

ghasa

padam

umbau

käghas

lam-moh
ghüpa

-ocr page 460-

MADURESE.
Madura.

JAVAN,

Jidsa krdma.

LAMPUNG.

MALAYU.

BALL

ENGLISH.

Sunda.

Jdwa.

Stink,

Noise ,
Silence
Shout ,

Scream, shriek,.,.

Hubbub..........

Crying ; weeping..

Lamentation.....

Speech..........

Speaker..........

Talk............

Name..........

Wrinkle........

Hunger........

Thirst........

Digestion ......

An element ....

Foui\' elements ..,
bdsuk; bau-b-dsuk

su-wara..........

diam............

gemóruh ........

tampik ; teriak ..,

riuh

tangisan.........

ratapan..........

käta ; t4tur......

meng\'äta........

{betchara; quot;)
berkäta-käta ƒ

näma......,...,.

tekärut..........

ka-lapäran ......

ka-hawüsan......

Wluh............

an ser............

anäser-yang-ampat
r ambu-
/ bächin
(_ bäclün
su-wära; äba

meneng......

ga-müruh; geméder
fpetak;gamhor; \\
\\ anjeleh..../

{umiang ; quot;1
gumru-mungj

tang\'is..........

sasämbat........

chelätu..........

änialätu.........

tütur.

laran; jeneng.....

ng\'rakekal......

ka-ng\'elian ......

kasätan; ngorong

Idluh............

sir ; hesir; dat,..
hesir-kaiig-päpat..

1

lächln ; gt;

läclün .... J

kéndel

mu-wun ; kar(ina.

wichänten.......

ämichänten.....

sanjang ; mätur .

wasta ; nämi ...

ka-lu-wen.

bäwa-biuk.......

Sora............

chiching.........

nga-gedar........

ngahähok........

ƒ ngalib ngalik \\
Sora ...... J

chéurik..........

ka-chepäng\'an ....

lémek ..........

nu-Iémek........

sir-kang-sakawan..................

anasir sépa-ampa

omóng\'an........

ngäran ..........

béuntilan........

ka-lempéuhan .,,.

balop-hap........

ajur............

bähu-bäsang......

su-ara ,,
hénang..
gumtiruh

hanjerit; hérah ..

hengngar .

tang\'is .,.
sasämbat,
ngócha ...
ang\'ócha ,

bichara...

uiamah

kalaparan.
lólo......

bau-bächang......

su-ara .....

nang; dian .
rami.......

era; üra. ..

nang\'IS an.......

wigi-wigian ., „..
otclia; ngandika,
seng-otcha......

bichara.........

mama .........

palékar.. .■......

kalapäran.......

kapalka-an ....,

lóio ...........

babätak.........

babätak se-ampa ,
bo-bäng\'u........

suara............

mandap ; mänang
rami............

j\'rit

griyólian

ng\'ling..........

sasambätan......

päta; ngüchap____

nengla-päta......

{mära-räsan; \\
mära-rawüsan J
handan ; wasta ..,

kalkal ..........

k\'layähan........

kabdäkan........

dakdak ..........

dot.............

wära chätur......

umbau-büsoh

suägha

pahäma

gamüghuh

makké

ghioh

hiwang
bätui
chäwa
nga-chäwa

ngiche

gälakh
tikrok
kabatohan
kahmahü-an

Sickness ; disease
Death...........

State of health .,.

Numbness .

Drowsiness

Madness..

Madman .

Pain.....

Itching ...

Braise ...

Fracture ,

Wound..,

Pimple ...

The healing of
wound

lg of a^

m?i.\\\'flL »Via.

lalära . .
kapäten.

te-tekon; laläbuaii

garmg-gmg\'en ..
ngantuk .......

edan..........

edan .........

lära ..........

kfikur-kükur ...
pabéngkah; gosong

petchah..........

tätu............

kMis; koreng ....

rey4tan.......... \\ mamala..........

peniäkit.
kemätian
präng\'ai

kebas.........

takelokjmeng\'äutok
ka-gilähan ...,.,.
gila; kälab; gendaiig

säkit...........

gäru...........

lebam..........

petchah..........

Iftkah..........

kftrtis..........

Diseases, Remedies, ^e.

sasakit.......... kaniärik ........ paniäket

kapatian

babätak.

ngantok , .,.
kagila gila.,.

gi\'a........

gring; lära.
gau .......

säkit; g\'rah ..

basa......

tato.......

güdeg......

bala........

lüka ; tato , ..
kürcng ......

kimin ; bräiia

1gubra .

......\\N5.CAe-N5.\\:a.a ____...nbsp;,, ,

kapedjähan

kapähian ,....,..
parbäwa.........

wawätek

smgsi reumeun. „..

nundfttan........

ka-c(länan.......

édan ; bürung....
gring ; nyéurik.. ..

nga-gära ........

réung\'at ........

béungka; péupéus

rahéut ..........

léuléung\'an ; kürab

fsake; garing;
\\ sungkan . ..
ƒ kapatian ;
\\ ka-seda-an

{adat bad an ;
adat sarira

etamo.......

ugantuk .....

kagila-an____

gila.........

sake........

gai u-garu....
badang ......

{paniäket ;
pangring

{kemati-an ;
kapädam-an

tingkah........

ngang-ugoran

kadogo

lalowäng\'an

gunjokh

sälie

ngükoi

bighu

kätan

smfitan .......

ngnndap ........

kabüdu-an.......

biiduh...........

säket...........

gasgas ..........

s\'buli...........

sitsit; bälah ....
matätu ; känin ..
kóreng.........

ku-ghidas

..Ihrung\'au ........IgMipit ; Wighok

. ..nbsp;quot;VwiaÖL......\\

}

käban

}

kapätian

-ocr page 461-

bisol...... wMun ,

tükak ........... bedileu......

betas; pk-ot ..,..ƒbelang.......

tumboh-daging.. ,.

nänah...........

bengkak . .. ..

{melatus;
tepanggang

Iddis-panas......

rastung ..........

näsur ; cheräna. ..

kedal; sópak.....

untut............

kürap-semang .. .,

chiret-lälat.......

bintel-chiret-lälat,

fwawerätan-
lt; rah
(. rah
kantu; kalämper

verätan- quot;1
1; bubütan- gt;

1........J

ng\'ising-getih ....

kaléng\'er........

säwan-edan ......

säwan-mäyit.....

dü-duk ..........

toh.............

meng\'i; ampeg. ..

wätukgetih.......

Bloody-flux

Fainting.....

Epilepsy.....

Apoplexy____

Piles........

A flesh mark..
Asthma......

chekoh-rah

Bloody cough

Dysentery..,,
Looseness.,..
Costiveness...
Cough .......

müles; mürus....
weteng-ngalikik...
weteng-madedeg ..
wätuk...........

chekob ........

dahäran boten niisra

ka-äyer-dfirah ,..
pangsan; keléng\'er

säwan-gila.......

säwan-bangkai.. .

bawäsir..........

tanda............

sesak-hangö.; isak

bätok-därah ......

ta-düret-lendir . ..

prot-berjälan.....

pro t-kras........

bätok............

(makänen- \\
tidak; mesrah ƒ

Indigestion.

pang\'anen ora-misra

Quinsey........

Sore throat.....

Mumps.........

Tooth ach.......

Head ach.......

Pleurisy.........

Pain in the breast
Strangury........

gomen...........

lära-gülu........

panching\'en......

lära-untu ........

lära-andas......

säkit-jangga......

säkit wäja.......

säkit-sirah.......

sogókan; lära iga

lära-däda ........

lära-ngu-yuh......

säkit-jäja........

säkit-seni.......

gu-wam____.....

sakit-leher.......

ka-%eraii........

Sidiit-gigi ........

sakit-kepala......

{sakit-rdsok;
sakit-chMiok jquot;

sakit-dada........

sakit-keucliing ....

IboU...........

Ia spreading sore.

jscar ............

I Granulations of al

I wound......ƒ

Pus.............

Swelling.........

f timbul-daging; quot;1
metdto .... }

}

maletus.

Blister

kddis-pänas
lastrung,.,.

Rash............

Polypus........

Cancer ..,....,

Leprosy........

Elephantiasis..,
Scurf; leprosy.,

Freckle........

Mole-wart.....

tübug........

panünen......

andang-andang.
chuplak.......

./bJ^ulj.......

bolóug\'an......../................ 1 bala

bikat

daging-nióghong

nänah
baio

mätorig

kughidas-pänas

ladbrung...
tumbuh hisi

cheda.

laznpat..........

tumbu-däging ....

nänah .
bäsöuh

nänah
bär6u!i

nana
bara

kambung........

käli-maniädan ,,,.
txijubeng\'ang ..,,

ngaräpa .........

klaskäsan........

fübug......... ,

kores............

hadäng\'an.. ^,,.,.
g%ot............

barüntus

murnang.

tonibu-däging.....

nänah ...........

bära............

maltus...........

koreng-pänas.....

büdu-gpänas......

sria-wan.........

ka-kepälan

rbéuréup. ...
bäba réuhan ,

häpur......

kärang _____

iséut.......

kügha
hidéung

rane-rane ........

séla-karang.,,,,..

firisa............

lampang....... ..

bara............

gadgad ..........

tai lala..........

tai lala raja......

menjan..........

mising ghab

kaläng\'okh
täghua

majan...........

pepetäng\'an......

säwan-bangke ,..,

rastum..........

bäyan...........

tompel..........

dak ah...........

ka-lang\'ar........

äyan-ayänen......

tasélap ..........

bawäsir..........

tanda............

mang\')..........

bätuk-dära.......

s\'lisiakb

tanda

bang\'at

hiok ghah

geje-ingu

bawäsir.......

tanda.........

saksak ......

bätok-därah ,. .

{n angka-nbsp;1

kakang-gatih ƒ

päjan............

manchuli........

selo.............

koküwan . .......

piäma-
J hamäban
(_ka!ang
gu-wämen..,
saket-bäyong
panching\'an .
säket-gigi....
stdvet-tandas.,
Tsäket-
lt; tikainan
(_ tuwäkan

méudéun-getili....

{kalängar; quot;)
kapigühan.. j

säwan-edan......

säwan-bangkai.,,.

inädu............

tafida............

méung\'i.. ........

bätuk getih......

eng\'ur-eng\'ur ., .

ätai-an.........

täbu-madedag ,.,
bätuk...........

täbah-kembong.
bätok.........

hiok

äma-nbsp;1

amäban- gt;
alang-kang\'an
J

kakänan ta-misräni

orbung ..........

giung............

kanching\'an......

säke-gigi.........

ngälo ; paläng\'an..

guam

säke-leher

säke-ipon
säke-hÄlu

säke-pagäsan

sake-gigi......

säke-chetak ...

säke-roso . ....

:et-

ikainan; gt;
uwäkan...J

säket-tangkah ....

{säket-matä- \\
kau; moro ƒ

sundap

bätuk.

{kahakänen- quot;)
éuntuh; niärap ƒ

saketbardséuh,,.,
säket-béuhéung ,..
ou-us-séupéun ..a,

niärik-huntu......

niärik hülu.......

tüju-réuréukeli,,,.

tapäkga..........

bäto-gining\'an ,,,.

säke däda .....

säke-ak6mi

säke-mis

lt;

niarik-harégu.....

niärik-ki-e

..:;,...J/«™;......... •. • U-lquot;

-ocr page 462-

JAVAN.
Scka krdtna.

MADURESE.

ENGLISH.

MALAYU.

Jdwa.

BALI.

LAMPUNG.

Sunda.

Madura,

Sumenap,

Rlieumatism.

Belly acli........

Obstruction......

Debility..........

Retraction of thequot;)
Testicle......ƒ

Hydrocele........

Dropsy ..........

Lethargy........

Palsy of the side.,

Spasm ..........

Sciatica.........

Vertigo..........

Stone ...........

Evil ............

Inflammation ____

Small-pox........

Venereal........

Ague............

Tertian........ ..

Quartan........,

Fever.......... _

Epidemic........

Measles..........

Worms..........

Ringworm.......

A medicine ......

Gargle..........

Emetic..........

Purge . ..........

Clyster ..........

Potion ..........

Powder..........

A pvll.........
peniS,kit-dS,ri-angin

prot-menggigit....
ter-tahan-prot ....
kürang-küwat ....

sakit geli ........

rpeler-gembung;quot;!

\\ bürot .....ƒ

büsong ..........

letih...........i;

badan-mati-seblah

peniMcit-kaku ..,.
peniakit-panggang.

püsing-kepala____

peniakit-k.T,rang. ..
peniakit-küi\'iri....

pedas-liadan......

fketümbuan;
\\ chachar . .. j
peniakit-beng\'ang

Demam-ding\'in ,.

demam-gauti-harl.

demam-meniga- hari

demam.........

pu-wak.........

champak.......

chaching .......

ktirap..........

öbat............

kakÉimu.....

tamba-mtitah
ürus-ürus ....

{peng\'ampet-
ampet-wetengj

baniu-tamba......

tamba-bebékan . ..

{kümor-mülot; 1
kukdmor .. J
tibat-muntah.....

pergasi ..........

penambak-prot . ..

%er-lt;ibat........

■ubat-iümat.......

\\ ..............

übat-biii....... \\i tamba-wedak ; \\

1nbsp;\\ V wvU\\-Uïit,a\\. 5

lara-amp;Tig\'iii.......

vveteng-kamanden

lara-medjen......

ring\'go; sékeng ..

tedun...........

kondor ..........

bfisung
lesu ..

aw ak-mati-sa-p aro

I4ra-kaku........

lara-Iambung.....

ngelu............

lara-watüuan ,...

laia-gondong.....

p^nas-awak......

chachar .....____

{lara-raja- 1
sing\'a; bengangj
Iamp;ra-katisen......

lara-katisen-lat...

{lara-katisen-
lat-telungdinaj

lara-atis; ka-srepen

lara-sS,lad........

gabag ...........

chaching.........

krime; kadas....
tombo...........

bdrudj

bvisung..........

lesu; téuhnang\'au

puyang

ƒ salira-pedjah- 1 ƒ hawak-pahih- \\

\\ s\'palihnbsp;\\ sa-béula____ƒ

sakit-kedjeng

niarik-changkeng. .

riyéut ...........

niarik-jéujéurihan
niarik-gondóng\'an
panas-b^dan

ka-chuklüan; küris

niarik-béung\'éung .

müriang-ti-is.....

}

fmtiriang-héu-
\\ léut-héuléut

sakit-chelep . .,

sakit-chelep-lat
r sakit-chelep- ^
lt; lat-tigang-
t dinten ,.., J
sakit-chelep . .

krimi
jampi

jampi-nuntak ...,

mfiriaug.........

sasalat ..........

gabag ...........

chaching ........

küman..........

übor, or oubar ...

kakómu..........

tibar-munta......

paug\'ü dal........

toya-jampi.......

V

\'pang\'am pat- 1
béu-téung.. J

chai-übar........

übar-diri-yéus ....

fibar-galintiran....

^ifeax-^^^^jjs......

sakit-ang\'in......

Idpa

{paniakeh-dari- quot;)
ang\'ln ....J

kórangklar

büsong ...
ieso .....

{habak-mati-sa-
seba

sake-kaku...... .

sake-tang\'a.....

ngelu..........

bate-giningan ...

badi-badaii.....

chachar........

gumigil..........

gumigil-la-ari .. ,.

gumigil-telo-ki...

gumigil..........

tampak...
chatching.
pórak . ..,
tatamba. ,

tatamba-ótah.....

óros-óros ........

ampat-ampat .,.,
iiing-famba ......
sake-ang\'in,
ólaran.....

}

kürang-kalar .

palir-tórun; tostos

bara-batu........

gadur ............

badan-mati-sa-seba

garing-ging\'an ....
sake-ehachatek....

pitang\'an........

mata-kau........

panas-chi\'dop.....

{chachar; abu,quot;)
papa-reng\'an J

chS,lap-gümigil....
chalap-la-ari . .. .,

chalap-la-talo-ari .

chalap ..........

sasalat ..........

tampak..........

chaching ........

póra............

tatamba; jampi..

kamur-k^nmr ....

{tamba-ngóta;
jampi ngóta J
üros-tiros ........

panching ........

liing-tatamba.....

jamu; lólo ......

..................

majun

paniaket-hang\'in.,
basang-mang-gutgut

hon.............

saket-gidih ......

sanglir; bruk ,.,.
kambung........

bang\'ai

pódokh-htilu

gh%ha-bMan
ktighis ; champ;chagh

maghing-ngis\'on

{maghing-lalat-
kabian

mar..........

{h\'awak-mati-
hasibak..,. J

bayónan .........

saket-babókong. ..

péung\'ang........

saket-kahang\'an ..

tüju............

g\'rat............

k\'ruw an.........

maghing; ngaléke

pagh%\'an

édok

galoug

ktigha

llbat

sibühan........

gaiam-nga-tor ..
gamp;lam-ngap4-an

galam-nga-tung

gal am.........

g\'rübok........

changkring .. ..

chaching ......

kosta..........

lamuh

büghok
büsong

hlibat.........

wai-übat

makéiiiuh ; küra..
hlibat-Dgdta,i ...
panglu-luntur ....

yeh-hübat . .
hlt;ibat-bS,bak.

liuQtal-tantamp;lan.

-ocr page 463-

/Opium .. ........jiipiun..........

Cauterizing......jchuclmh........

Blood-letting..... cMrit-darah......

Cupping.........Mi-cfjtlchop-flai\'ah,.

Fomentation...... tu-wam

Cure; recovery .

Aloe-wood.....

Amber......

Sal-ammoiiia

sadur.........

get; léung\'eöt..

warang\'an . ..,.

inggu..........

menian________

Pijar..........

kapur-baros....

{blendok; \\
telfituh; pülut J

warang\'an........

inggu............

menian..........

getah........

warang\'an . ..
hinggu ......

keméniau ....

P\'ljer........

kapur-baros ..

mentus......

k%u-manis ..
nuniak-jarak
tinta-mirah .
buah-lawang .
%er pühun
alia-kring____

pijer............

kS,pur barus......

k;iyu-legi ........

lenga-jarak......

mangsi -abang ....
vvoh-kayu-lawang..
baniu-wiwitan .. ..
jai-aking......

kajeng-manis
lisah-jkak,..

kahi-amis........

miniak-kaüki ....
mangsi-béuréum ..

buah-lawaug......

chai-tangkal......

jaliai-tüluu-......

tóya-kajeng\'an.

Gum.

Arsenic........

Asafoetida.«....

Benzoin .......

Borax ........

Campbor......

Cassia fistularis .

Lignea .........

Castor~oi!
Cinnabar .......

Clove spice .....

Juice-sap .......

Ginger .........

CMrata.........

{godong-kayu- \\
lawang .... ƒ

{da-won-kabi- l
lawang .... J

tihi-yeng......

am-bidu.......

chai-ambalu____

timah-hidéimg..
labu-timah ....

Indian leaf.
Iron rust .,

tinja tosan

tae wesi

Lac...........

Lac-tincture......

Lead............

Burnt-lead. ......

Red lead ........

White lead ......

Liquorice........

Mace, .f..........

Manna..........

Mushroom.......

Musk...........

ba!o, or anibalo
bimiu-ambfilo .
timah ireng ....
amp;wu-timah ... .,
pdru; galuga
mangsi plitili ..,
oyot-manis ...
kambang-pala ....

gamping......

jamur........

dedes.........

timah-cbemeng ,

mangsi béudas..

akar-amis......

kambang-pala ..
apu-gtinung .,.

sup ..........

dedes..........

{bu-wah-ka- quot;)
dong-dong.. J

madu............

mangsi petak ...
skarpala......

daun-liiiyu-lawang
karat-besi.......

ambalau.........

ayer-anibalau ....

timab-hitam......

abu-timah.......

sidaling-gam ....

tinta-pütih .....

ürat-manis......

bung\'a-buah-pala.

kapur-rimba.....

chend4vvan .....
jebat...........

buah-kedun-dung

Myrobalans
Myrrh ....
Nitre......

woh-kadondong
madu..........

maben

woh-pala........

damai-sela.......

bu-wah-pala......

damar-batu......

manisan-kbab ....
ƒ mesiu-mentah;\\
sendawa ,. J

Nutmeg......... buah-pala........

Resin........... damer-batu ......

fapluiu

\'chéalet.......

su-wad.......

niéu-éup-getih..
léuhang........

cbókit; MUt_____

I niandap-geti\'h .. ..

dulciiup-getih____

séka............

nyimdap-rab.. ..
chefcbep-rah ..,

{semboh; \\
bilang; betahj

gah4ru ..........

hamber, or amber
sader............

chagéur; w4ras
k^hi-garu......

saras ; man tun
kajeng-garu ...

waras ; man .....

kayu-garu,.......

ambar...........

sadur............

r\'atcbon ..........[apiun............ jhapiun .. ..

.......\'.........jsolat............jchukchuk ..

iMlek gatih .
ng;iniu g^tili.
taltal.......

ba-waog-dara____

chopcbop-dara....
sékat............

chopchop-dSrah
heséka........

{baras; sahi; quot;1
samporna., ƒ

ngükoi

kaju-garu..
ngambar

garu ..
ambar
sadur..

balinduk ........

:\'an........

gito

waghang\'an

inggu

ma-nian

pijokh

kapurbarus

letchang. ....
barang\'an ....

inggu........

enggu ,

pejar,

pijar

sagar.

garu ...
hambar.
sadur...

gatah.......

warang\'an.,
hinggu ...,,
menian ....

Pijai\'.......

kapur barus

kapur-baros......kapur-barus......

kltyu-manis
minia-jagha

manis-jang\'an
miniak-kaliki

kaju-manis ..
miniak-kaliki

bua-lawang.......

gatah............

jai-karing........

palkia...........

daun-kayu lawang

tai-basi..........

buali-kaju-labang..
aingkabung-kahang
ja-e ............

tamp;tap

jahek-niang\'u

kayu-manis .....

lang\'is-jarak......

kenchu..........

bu-wah-lawang ...

yeh-kayu ........

jahe-tuh ........

daon-kÈij u-lawang
ta-e-besi ........

tatahi basi

ambamp;lu........

aing-ambalu....
tema-chelang ..

tai-tema _______

ginchu........

pamdti........

kayu-manis ....
kambang-pa-ala

amb^lo......

aing-ambalo..
tima-chelang . .
abu-tima ....
galiiga.......

timah-liaJain
fiambua-fimah

donkayu-lawang

{tahiu-basi; \\
barak-basi . ƒ

kambalo.........

yeh-kambalo .....

timah-slam......

habu-timah......

chat............

cbat-putih.......

................/bakamis

bung\'a-pala ...

kambang-pala

hong............

dedes............

kula
didis

bua kadtindong
madu

jebat...........

buah kadun-doiig.
madu..........

madu,..
sandawa.

j4mur ...........

didis............

bu-wa-kadung-dong

madu............

sandawa ....

bua-pala
dama-bamp;tu

bu-wah-pala......

damar-sela ......

pala ......

d^mar-bato

pa-ala ..........

damar-batu

[hampion

-ocr page 464-

JAVAN.
Bdsn krdma.

MADURESE.
Madura.

English.

MALAYU.

Jdwa.

BALI.

Sunda.

LAMPUNG.

Sago..........

Salt...........

Tea............

Tobacco

Tui-nieric........

Cummin seed ..,.
Black cummin seed

Aniseed..........

Coriander seed____

Ajwan, or dill seed

Kanji-rice broth ...

Pap ............

Vinegar..........

Verdigrease ......

Green vitriol..., ..
White vitriol
sagu............

gäram...........

säbon ...........

teh.............

tambäku; temäkau

ku-nyit..........

jintan ...........

jintan-hitam......

ädas-mänis ......

ketdmber........

jemüiu..........

räyer-kanji; \\
\\ äyer-täjin ., J

biibui-..........

chlika...........

tai-tembäga......

trósi.........

täwas.........
sagu............

sägu .
uyah .
säbun
tih____

sagu........

wu-yab......

säbun .......

teh.........

bakoh.......

koning......

jintan .......

jintan-hidéuüg
ädas-amis....
ka-tun char ..
müja-müju ..

särem

tambäko
künir....

sata

jmten........

jintan-ireng..,
ädas-mäuia ..,
katum-bar ...,
muja-mtiju ..,

täjin.........

chai-liwat....

bübur; jenang.
werak........

tae-tambäga . .

trüsi.........

täwas........

bübur.......

chu-ka ......

tähi-tambäga,

turüsi.......

tu-was......

tinja-tambägi

bu-ja............

säbun...........

daon-teh........

tambäku........

kónyih..........

jintan ...........

jintan-chelang ....
ädas-niänis ......

ka-tomliar.......

mäja-müju ......

äing-kanji........

täjin............

choka...........

tae-tambäga......

tab as.

sägu............

büja............

säbun ...........

té..............

tambäko ........

koyi............

jintan......... .,

jintan-chelang____

ädas-mänis ......

ka-tumba........

jamüju ..........

täjin-äing........

bübur; täjin; gandar

choka . ..........

tai-dimbäga......

tarüsi...........

täwas...........

sagu............

hüyah ; täsik . .:.,

säbun...........

teh.............

tamäko..........

künyit..........

gintan ..........

gintan-chemang ,.

hädas-mänis......

katümbah........

mäja-müju ,..\'...

wai-lasóhan

küku
läsam

tähi-tambäga

taghösi

täwas

titisan

bübuh ..........

cbüka...........

tähin-tambäga....
trüsi............

täwas...........

sagu
4yah

teh

tambäku
ku-nyiak
jintan

jintan-hälam

ädasmis

katümbakh

Mankind.......

Animal.........

Deer ...........

Buck...........

Doe ...........

Elk ..........

Musk-deer.......

Sow ............

Pig.............

Bull, or cow......

A bullock........

Acalf ..........

Buffalo........

Nilgaw.

Gayal .
Horse

Ass ............

Mule............

Goat............

\\

v

ma-nüsia......

binatang ......

kijang........

kijang-jantan ..

kijang-betina.....

rüsa............

kijang-kasttiri____

babi............

anak babi........

lembu ..........

lembu-kebiri.....

ariak-lembu......

kerbau..........

riembu-kulabu
\\ bantai .... j
lembu-litau ; sapi..
küda............

banteng-klawu.

banteng-älas . .

järan........ .

järan-bäbon...

^are...........kMa-betina

Wedus ......

.\\c\\\\lt;i\\ai5\\e.,,,,,

keMai ..........

bägal; Mda-tmg\'iu
kambing
sangsam

manüsa; jalma
säto ; kéwan ..

kidang........

kidang-jälu ....
kidang-bäbon ..
manjäng\'an .. .,

cbfleng.......

genjik ........

banteng; sapi ,
banteng-kabiri.

pedet.........

kebo.........

Of Animals and their Parts, ^c

mantisa.
sata ...

hlt;5reng......

säto........

kédang-pa-jantan
kédang-pa-ogurbi
manjäng\'an ...
kédang-kastóri.
bäbi; cheling .
anähna bäbi...

säpe.........

säpe-kabiri ,..
anähna-säpe.. .
karbui .......

bedul........

anak-bedul ..

sapi........

sapi-kabiri ..

andapau ; wijung

lenibu; Jajawi...
lembu-kabincliih..

munding .. ..

säpi-äw6uk ..

sapi-léuwéung
küda........

säpe-kaläbu ...

säpe-älas.....

järan.........

järan-pangürbi.
kaldi........

lembu-wana......

kapal ; küda ....

kaldi........

bägal........

ambek......

hembek.......

mvuda
manüsa; oreng

bürun .........

kédang ........

kédang-lalaki .,
kédang-bibini ..
manjäng\'an.....

bäbi; cheleng...

bfidu-bäbi.......

säpi ...........

säpi-kabiri. ,....
büdu-säpi; jägir.
karbui .........

banting.........

säpi-älas ...., .

järan...........

järan-bibiui.....

ambi..........

V^AÖLW-aTLöJaK.....
jaléma; manüsa..

päsu..........

kidang........

kidang-mu-ani....

kidang-lna.......

mayäng\'an ....
mayäng\'an-madedes

chelen...........

piänak-chelen ....

lambu...........

lambu-matras ....
piänak-lambu ....
käbo............

lambu-kuläbu ....

säpi ............

järan ; hundäkan..

järan-lua........

kalde............

manüsa
sätua; héwan
kijang

kijang-bäkas
kijang-baibaä
unchal

bäboi

äna-bäboi

säpi

säpi-kabighi
äna-säpi
käbau .

säpi-ghimba

ajägnan

ajäghan-baibai

UamViiig ........Ikambing

VijVauak-^aTaVrng . .\\\'ana-V^amViing

-ocr page 465-

\'bebiri ; biri-biri
\'biri-bh-i-sabon ..,
^anak-biri-biri ....

utita............

gajali............

bâdak, or bâda ..,

sing\'a...........

ƒ harimau; mâ- \\
\\ chan; rimauj
harimau-tunggal ..
harimau-dehan....
hârimau-lâlat ....

bru-wang........

ôrang-ûtan ; \\
ûwa-ûwa .. ƒ

kra ; m6nyit.....

brok............

hâminan; anoman

anjing ..........

ânak-anjing......

anjing-pembûru.,.

anjing-titan......

cherdi...........

{

Otter ,

Squirrel. .....

Mongoose ....

Porcupine;
hedgehog .... J

Rat; mouse...

kûching........

kûching-ûtan...

mûsang..........

anjing-âyer; \\
sunting.... ƒ

tûpai............

garâng\'an ; bangbon

landak........

tikos.

Musk-rat ........ tikos-bfisok

Mole........

Lizard ..,
Camelion
Armadillo.
Frog...;.

Flock.....

Pair.....

Tusk of a Boar;
Tusk of an
Elephant

(tikos-mundok ; quot;)
tikos-munduj

chichak..........

bunglon........ ..

tenggiling........

Sheep.........

Large tail\'d sheep.

Lamb...........

Camel...........

Elephant......

Rhinoceros ....
Lion..........

Tiger.......

Royal Tiger
Panther....
Leopard ,..
Bear ______

Orang utan

Monkey.......

Ape ..........

Baboon.......,,

Dog ...........

Whelp.........

Hunting dog.....

Wild-dog; jackal.

Jackal-fox......

Cat............

WUd-cat .......

Pole-cat........

kodok ; kâtakpûru
kâwan..........

Trunk of an . J

Elephant

ar; 1

siung ; gading ....

belalai
./bnudot; bérok..
/ bérok-dawuk....

hiak bérok ......

un ta............

gâjah............

wârak ..........

sing\'a; bârong....

mâchan..........

mâchan-gémbong.,
mâchan-kumbang .
mâchan-tûtul ....
bâru-wang.......

wong-âlas........

ketek............

bangkókan .......

segâwon; sranggâla

segâwon-pambûj eng
segâwon-wâna....

asu.............

kirik ............

âsu-pambûru.....

âsu-âlas..........

kûching....
kûwuk ,...
tanggâlung.

lingsang ,

bâjing...,
garâng\'an,

landak ...

tikus,

chûrut

wirog . .........

chetchak.......

bunglon........

tang-giling......

kodok .........

panta ; kembûlan
râkit; pâsang...

f siung; gading
gMil
......ƒ

telale,..........
jdumba ........../biri-biri.

t-

limam

sima; mong.

tiang-wâna
wanâra....

\' dumba-àwéuk
ânak-dumba.,

ounta .......

gâjah........

bâdak.......

sing\'a.......

bâru-wang,

âwul......

mûnyit .,,,

roiong.

baru wang

keté .
barok

manua

pâtek ; blirus......

anâkna pâtek.....

pâtek-pambûru.,..
pâtek-âlas........

kócheng ........

kocheng-âlas ....
tang-gâlong......

pâtek-âing.......

tope............

rangga-rang\'an..

landa............

tékos............

tékos-jûling......

chetchak ....
kâmun-dûran
tanggiling....

kâtak.......

bârang ......

jâga ........

utching..........

utcliing-léuwéung.
tang-gâlung ......

seréuk ..........

jarâlang .........

gangga-rang\'an....

landak..........

béurit...........

chuchûrut........

béurit-chantung ..

chak-chak........

léundéuk........

péusing,.........

bangkong ........

anâkna-biri-biri
honta.........

bârak ..
seng\'a..

mâchan.

sâgéu-brûlan ;paDta
râsang ........

syoug; gading.

talâli.

se-yung.

tulâlek
.Ibâdag; biri-biri

bûdu-badus
unta......

ârak ,
sing\'a..

mâchan.

mâchan-lâreng....
mâchan-toltol ....

bru-wang ..

oreng-ûtan,

mótok
bruk.....

pâte.......

kére-kére ...
pâte-babûru .
pâte-âlas .,,

ba-ung.....

kóching.....

koching-âlas.
mósang.....

âbu.............

gârang-garângan ..

landak..........

tékus............

chudjtiling . ......

tékus-ju-wang ,...

chak-chak........

kâdal............

tanggiling........

kâtak...........

ambal...........

sa-pâsang........

siung; gâding....

talâli.

J biri-biri.........

/ biri biri-klaii.....

piânak-biri-biri. ..

honta ...........

gâjah............

wârak ..........

si-nga...........

mâchan..........

kâgha
bghok

janma-halâsan....

bójog..........

brog.........

hanóman ........

chiching ; hâsu .,.
piânak-chiching...;
chiching-pabûru ,.
bâhung ,.. .......

kâchi
âna-kâchi
kâchi-pupâsu
kâchi-ghimba

kûching

kûching-ghimba

mai-mai

tûpai

landa
tikos

tikos-mûghi

•lit ; 1
ûnju .. ƒ

méyong..,...
méyong-hâlas
mah-mah ....

halu
smal

landak

mmgming

{chachûriit
mamûnj

bikul

kicha

singga-ghânai
tanggiling..,.
kamincha ... ■
kâban ... ____

châcbak.

bâluan

klâsih,.,

brag.....

pasâiig\'an.

ba-bighi

âna-ba-bighi

liman
bâda
sing\'a

ha-limau

châlik ,..

gading; taghing

blâlai.

.jtâma\'léle

-ocr page 466-

J AVAN,
Bdsa krdma.

O

MALAYU,

ENGLISH.

BALT.

LAMPUNG.

Stada.

Jdwa.

Horn...........

Rhinoceros\' horn,

Hoof...........

Sole...........

Mane...........

Tail...........

Cud ...........

Dewlap.........

Bird...........

Chick..........

Cock-bird.......

Hen-bird ....,.,

Decoy-bird......

Dunghill-fowl ..,
Game-cock ....,

Crow..........

Ravennbsp;...

Teal

Duckquot;...........

Goose ........

Heron ..
A Hawk

A Falcon

}

Kite.........

Vulture.......

Peacock.......

Owl .........

Bat (gigantic) ;
vampire,.,;,

Bat.............

Pelican..........

Nightingale ,.,.,,

Pigeon ..........

Ground-pigeon...,

Dove............

Stock-dove .
Turtle-dove .
Cormorant,.
Green parrot,
Red i^arvot.

tandok ..........

chfila............

küku............

bekas; tapak ....

gambung ........

ikur; buntot ....
mämah-biak......

jumbel..........

bdrong ........ . .

anak-bamp;rong......

bdrong-jantan ....
bfii-ongrbetina ....
bürong-denak ...-

äyam............

ayam-sabóng\'an

g-raja-

dlung...,

chäng\'ak
merak ,,
tetékak.,

gägak-hitam......

belibeh ..........

itek ..,.,,,....,

aiigsa............

{rok-rok-putih quot;l
bang\'au,... J
helang-pembüru

Traja-wäli;
lt; bÄrong-
I wäll

belang .........

iliak-rüak-bangkäi

merak..........

bürong-serak .,.,

kälong
laläwa

kätik.
piiter.
dära .

dnik

kasttó v bVtik ... .Wtet...........

kulämbak-besar .,
kela-läwer ,,,.,,,

pünai..........

pünai-tänah ...,

meypati,.......

pergam........

tekÄkur ; bälam
ang-gang-laut
sing\'at,

süng\'u ,..,...
chüla.........

kfiku; trächak.
tilas; täpak ...

süri .........

buntut.......

gäyemi; gilot .

ge-géber .....

mänuk .......

änak-mänuk...
mänuk-jälu ...
mänuk-bäbon .
mänuk-jontrot.

äyam-kurüng\'an

engkak ........

gägak; gähok ..
maliwis........

bébek.........

bäniak ...,...,

bäng\'o ..
älap-älap

räja-wäli

paksi.

säwung..........

sawung-sangkeran

dandang ...
chakärwa ..
kambäng\'an

bradängga

manlüra

jü-wan

derküku ,

tandok ,
chfda..,

susüri.........

buntut ........

äga-yam ..,.,,.

séber........

mänuk ...,,.,.
änak-mänuk,..,
mänuk-laläki,..
mänuk-bikang,.
mänuk-pamikat.

äyam..........

äyam ädu-wan..

gaga-hidéung ,
maliwes ...,.

bäng\'o.

ülang.....

mänuk-däsi
märak ,,,.

kälong
lälai ,.

wälek .
ba-dfo^.

mänuk-japS^ti ,...
kadäncha ......,,

tikfikur..........

ékek.......

............

tanduk
chola..
koko..

buntok ,

mänuk..........

anähna-mänuk,...
mänuk pa-jantan..
mänuk bfine......

mänuk-pa-ngurbi,,

äjam............

äjam-sabdng\'an ..

dangdang ........

dangdang-dielang

bitik............

h^tek............

ba-yak ..........

ba-ngui,

chäng\'ak
merak .,

kalówang,
bubüru ,.

gumäntrs.

dära ............

tergam.......

pdter.........

tanda ...........

chola............

kókot...........

lampat..........

gugümba........

buntu...........

bäduk ...........

kalpeng..........

manu............

büdu-mänu ......

mänu-laläki......

mänu-bibini......

mänu-panjäbak ,..

äjam............

äjam-sabfing\'an..,
dangdang-ära.....

balibes
étek ..
bäniak

ba-ngoi..
lang-dära

lang-girgir,

sekak......

bang\'o-ng\'oi.
märak .,,,.
däris.......

kälu-wang.

bubdru ..,
rij al.....

komantra......

bau-bau-an .,,,

dära.......... ..

bang-gddi......

pótar.........

manu-kuk6san...,

•V\'

mCxïï.

tanduk.........

chóchol-warak.,.
küku ; kanaka ...
lähad...........

hikuh ,

gäbir............

kedis............

pianak-kedis......

kedis-muänr......

kedis-lua ........

kedis-pa-pikat....

hayam; siap.....

siap-ka-kurüng\'an

gwak............

gwak-slam.......

blibis............

bébek ...........

hangsa..........

bäng\'uh-bäng\'uh ,,

sikap-plälian......

ka-noi

mäghak

kälu-wang
tigal

pünai

lina-ütan

dägha

taghägan

takdku

buldsan.

sikap..
mühun
mrak..
chähak

bükal...
laläwah.

kunhan..........

klindung\'an......

dära............

\\vvamp;gh\\

sdgam .,.
kükur....
dära-la-ut,
hätal....,

TCVÓVV , . . •

tungkah

cMla

samälang

tapak

pónuk

gundang

mang\'i-wol

gägembiakh

btighung

äna-büghung

büghung-bäkas

büghung-baibai

bfighung-pikat

mänuk

mänuk-pätek

käka

käka-häghung

ghandai

kite

kite-hangsa
junggu-handakh

-ocr page 467-

\'kaka-tua ........jkamp;kak-tua.

bamp;yan ..........

\'pipet............

chiak............

tampua..........

cherfiling........

püyuh ...........

chfitok; paruh.. ..

sayap............

bülu............

ikur; yekur......

jambul
rtambtiluk
\\ temülok
belong
telor.,
sarang
sangka; kuning\'an
titian-bdrung ....

{terbang ;
meng\'ebur

ku-wau......

ang-gang ....

{bürong-layang-1
layaug ....ƒ

mürai; jalak ,,.,

g Swallow,
iïO Thedi^.

The mina.......

Hunting........

Hunter........

Fish..........

Scale..........

Gills..........

Fin...........

Back fin.
Belly fin.......

Side fin........

tiung......

bebüru ...,
pembdruan
ikan......

chiung ..........

bebüjeng........

pemblijeng.......

ülam............

isang......i..

sirep...........

sirep-blakang
sirep-prot.......

sirep-kiri-k4nan .

sirep-ikor.......

düri...........

blot ...........

lümba-liimba ...

bu-waya .......

peniu..........,

kapiting; ketam,
fidang .........

kéket

{jalak-firen;
jalak peniu
béo ; mencho .,

behüru ........

pembtiru ......

éwak., ,....,..

slsik ..........

ang\'sang.......

Tail fin........

Prickly fin......

Eel ...........

porpoise,,..,.,

Alligator......

Tortoise; turtle,

Crab............

Shrimp\'.........

bajul............

siwar..........

siwar-gigir; anjir
siwar-weteng .,..
fsiwar-kiwa- quot;)
\\ teng\'eu; kepet J
siwar-bdutut ..,

ri .............

welut..........

limbur; keropus.

baya...........

peniu...........

kepiting........

ürang,,,,,,

Cockatoo ......

Beraman parrot
Hedge sparrow...

Sparrow........

Taylor bird .....
Wren; tomtit...

Quail..........

Bill............

Wing...........

Feather.........

Tail ...........

Crest...........

Ibuyan

mnpret

mSnuk-gredja

gel^tik......

gelatik-watu..

gemak ......

chAchuk.....

sawlwi......

lar..........

b4ntut ......

jamhul......

püyuh.

Craw.

telih

Cockscomb......

Egg.............

Nest............

Cage............

Perch or roost....

Flight; mode of quot;1
flying,.......J

Argus pheasant

Rhinoceros bird,,,

jéngger.......

andog........

sfisuh ; petarang\'an
kurdng\'an ....

plangkring\'an .

mamp;bur .......

sanggar.
tigan...

sengkran

}

miber

/kSkak-tu-wa . .... jjóko-tüwo.

b^yan .........../ bayan.......

pi-it ..........

poro

bülu ..
bontok
jambul

glatek...........

jing-jing-téuréup..

püyuh...........

pamatuk.........

jang-Jaug........

bülu............

büntut ..........

jambul..........

telih ............

tiior ,.
lebun.

tenggahna-mamp;nuk
ngebar .........

jawer . ..........

hendok..........

sayang ..........

kürong..........

palanggar,.......

hibar............

jalak; kérak,

chyong ,.,,
murüan .,,
pamüru,.,,
lamp;wuk-ehai
sisit ,,....
angsang....

gegébeng-téung\'éun
gegébeng-béutéung
ƒ gegébeng
\\ kencha-katühu
gegébeng-büntut .,
chut-chuk .......

bléut............

}{

rangkong

manuk-buah.

jalak,

keong,

pembüru ........

jükok ...........

sisik ............

chahang .........

baliwir ........ • •

baliwir-balakang ..
baliwirna-tabun ..
baliwir-kang\'enl

kacher .... j
baliwirna-büntoh..

beluh ..,
balümba.
baja ....
peniok ..
kapéting
hüdang.,

buhaya.........

paniu,

kapiting...,,,,,
hürang.........
\'kS,ka-tua...
nianu-bayan ,
g^bul . ..,.,
manu-óla ...
kadi.......

pub .......

chüchuk...,
kampid....

bülu......

hikuh-kedis
jambul .,..

lang-gam .

jang-gar ..

té,lor.....

lebun.,..

kórung ..
gating-ga

ngabar ..

hok,

janggar....
taluh......

sarang ....
guhüng\'an..
peting\'ahan

makamp;bar...

jalak..........

kiung..........

babüru........

tókang-büru....

jükok...........

sise.............

cha-ang.........

gibas............

gibas-atas-na.....

gibas-bawana.....

gibas-iring\'. amp;na. ..

bunto...........

siksik...........hEna

hang\'akli

kapai

babayang

gundang

sang\'i

plos

lumba-lumba
büha

h4tun; pamp;niu

balu........

lümba-lümba ,

baja........

p^niu........

kapéting\'.....

ödang.......

óghang

n

ngus-ngüsan.
dadamp;li; bSran-daya sesamp;pi.....

tahinchülung,

smng . ...
büru-wan ,
jüru-büru
behamp;niar.

hungsang\'an.....

képes...........

chunggir........

képes- bisang.,,,,

képes-kéhi-kSnan .

hikuh...........

patek...........

bejület..........

lomba-lomba.....

bu-waya.........

paniu,....,......

kepéting. ......,,

hüdang ..........

jkaka

büghuDg-bayan
peghit

büghung-gagheja

peCing\'an .
tS,bai-tabai.

püjuh

pagu

kapi

bülu

gündang

müncha

tambulükan

tülan

tahalui

sangka

kughüng\'an

tindighan

hambokh

ku-wau
sang-gaghak

büghung-lalayang

müghai

tijmg; la-oni
masu
pupSsu
iwa

gemak ,..
chotcho ..
kalimbang.

bülu.....

bütu .....
jambul ...

-ocr page 468-

malan...........

sang\'a...........

padi............

kalap-kaban......

ball

lampung.

sio

krang-matiara ....

kima

kala

ülai

pamüluan-ülai

halüpan

hülokh

galong

eföndanöquot;.....

linta

lawah

jaring-kakS,wa....

slangsang-lawah

kakawa-hembong..

hülat-sütra.......

hülokh-sütgha

samp;ghom

anai-anai

samang\'ah.. ....

lang-gam

tüma-Ia-ot

kütu

tüma

nian-niong

balang; sandalaJ

chitchi-ghi

kaküpu ..........

hali-bambang

kalisa-suan ......

angko-angko

tabüwan

niiwan

madu

malam..........

pantes

chéla-tabüwan . ..

-

bisa

hümab-niawan....

salai-nyiwan

Itónaiigtónaag ....

\' MADURESE.

JAVAN.

Bdsa ftrdma.

MALAYU.

ENGLISH.

Sénda.

Madéra.

Sumendp.

Jdwa.

karang ........

karang-mutiara .

kima..........

kala-jangking ..

ólar ..........

sése-ólar ......

neknek..........

kérang..........

kéma............

kala-jangking ....

hólar............

sanulótna-hólar ,.

nének; tótok ....
tótok-mutiara ....

tótok-kima ......

kala-jengking ....

tila..............

welungsfing\'an üla
fklabang ; 1
\\ babak salu ƒ

uier ............

chaching........

ünam; kyong....

lintah ..........

kemlanding\'an----

riSmat-nbsp;1

I kemlanding\'an ƒ

{kemlanding\'an-\\

gede......jquot;

üler-sütra......

semut ........

rayap..........

krangrang......

tegeg.........

haréumis......

kima..........

kala-jangking .,

ürai ..........

pamagamp;ran-ürai

babak-kahur...,

Oyster........-.

Pearl-oyster......

Kiino-oyster.,,...

Scorpion ........

Snake ...........

Snake\'s slough____

Millepied........

Worm ; reptile.. ..

Earthworm ......

Snail............

Leech...........

Spider ..........

sipot............

lükan-müti-ara....

lükan-kima......

kala-jengking ....

ülar ............

lemus-ülar.......

sawer

kalabaiig

hólah....

chacheiig
hüman . ,
lénta....

kalabang

óla......

chSching

lipan..........

dlat ..........

chaching......

klembui; ünam

lintah.........

lamp;wah-lamp;wah . ..

hiléut........

chaching ......

tütot; kehiung

léntah ........

lanchah........

lénta,...
laba-lamp;ba

tómat-lanchah

lanchah gedih

hiléut-sütra ..

siréum......

rinyéuh ...,.

karang-ranggi

kanti-laba-laba..,.

laba-laba-taun ...,

tanüngkar;gagating

bilis............

raprap ..........

kaling...........

Spider\'s web.

jala4awah-lawah..
lawah -ISwah-besar

Giant-spider.

Silkworm . .

Ant .......

White ant...

Red-tree ant.

hólah-sótra

bilas......

raprap ....

ülat-sótra........

semut ..........

anai anai........

{kerang\'au, or quot;)
krang\'a.... J

rkapinding; 1
\\ kdtu-busuk ƒ

kötu............

tiima............

kumbang........

blaiang..........

jangkrik.........

{rama-rama ;
küpu-küpu

angkot-angkot____

tebu-wan........

lebah............

pmedu;
lt; manisan-
i lebah....

men............

seng\'at; üntut....

biaa ............

sarang-lebah.....

rkfmang
\\ 4 Mimng
\\ V.

tunibéla ,

galamp;ta ,

Bug .............

Louse (of the hair)
Louse (of the body)

Beetle ..........

Locust......

Grasshopper..

Butterfly ....

Wasp.......

Hornet......

Bee ........

galata ...

kóto ....
tóma....
kombang
balang ..
gantak ..

kaképer..

tinggi.......

tüma........

tüma-jarit....
kümbang ....

wal ang......

jangkrik.....

küpu........

tawon-kemit .
tawon-endas..
tawon-dówan

kütu..........

tüma..........

kombang; bang-bara

siméut........

béunchéut......

kütu ....
tüma....
kumbang
jajMang .
jangkSri.

kétek

bramara

kuküpu,

kakapar.

papating ,
eng\'ang..
nyirü-an ,

angko-angko.
tabüan ..,.,

tabüan; nyirówan

}

Honey

téu-wéul; madu ..

mMu.

madu.

madu.

Wax....

Sting....

Venom..
Bee-hive

malam
antup .

edeng ......

penyéu-réud.

lilin

malam

{mandi; wisa
üpas .....

matih...........

imah-nyiru-an ....

mandi,
lebun.,

man dos.

lala

^óaang-kónaTig... .\\tótvang-tóïvang

M

-ocr page 469-

Dross
Gold..
Rust..
Sili\'er
Copper
Brass..
Lead..

Tin.

Quicksilver......

Iron ............

Steel............

Suasa (ndxtureof )
goldand copper)/

Gem............

Diamond........

Ruby............

Amethyst........

Emerald ........

Sapphire ........

Topaz ..........

Turquoise........

Pearl............

Chrystal ........

Cats\' eye ........

Cornelian........

Touchstone ....,,
Glittering stone
coloured marble
J

Alabaster........

Flint.............

Loadstone........

amas or mas......

karat............

pirak............

tembäga.........

luyang..........

tiniah-hitam ----

timah-pütih......

besi or bsi.. .
bäja; malila.

suasa

ratna; permäta...
intan ; gumäla....
mérah; manikam..
delima; p6di ....

zemrud..........

bätu-nilam ......

ratna-chempäka ..
pirus ; nagäsui ..

mutiära..........

palémban........

mäta-köching ....

äkik ............

bätu-fijian........

amas-ürong......

bätu-pfttih........

bätu-äpi.........

bätu-bräni........
\'plikau; hesalen-.

Mine........... . man a

Metal............ Ilebüraa.

lebüran...........

tai..............

mas ............

tai; ta-yeng......

seläka; pérak____

tamhäga ........

kuning\'an........

timah-büdeng .,..

{redjäsa;timah-\\

pütih......j

rasa............

wesi............

wäja............

sela-äji..........

séla-güwa........

séla-petak. .......

séla-api..,..,....

su-vvasa,..

premäta.......

intan..........

mlrah ........

delima........

jumrut........

menila........

ratna-champäka
pirus; nagasui.,

mutiara.......

jenang\'an .... ..
mäta-küching; mur

äkik .........

wätu-dadäran .

{watu-göwa; \\
mas-tirung . ƒ
wätu-pütih. ...
wätu-geni.....

tinja............

jeni; kanchäna...
tinja............

tambägi.

rähos..
tosan..
wähos

su-wähos

sótia............

kumäla

tähi ............

amas............

tihiang..........

släka; pérak ,...

tamhäga.........

kuning\'an........

timah-hidéung....

timah-béudas ....

béusi...
wäja ...

su-wäsa

permäta.........

intan ; kumäla...,

mérah ..........

daléma..........

j umärut . ........

bätu-nila ........

ratna-champäka ..

pirus............

mutiära .........

janäng\'an----------

mäta-küching.....

äkik ............

bätu-üji..........

amas-ürung......

batu-béudas......

batu-séunéuh_____

labor.

mas

saläka........

tambäga......

löyang ; koniag\'an kuning\'an.
timah-chelang .... itimah-chelang ....

timah-pötih......tmiah-pöti.......

rasa ............\' räsa............

bäsi ............ bäsi ............

bäja............jbäja ............

sowäsa...... .... \'su-wäsa.........

.............. mamatan........

hentan..........intan............

mamérah ---------memira.........

................ dalima..........

jamrot.......... jamrut.........

bäto-nila____.... bätu-nila ........

ratna-champäka .. ratna-champäka
péros........... nagäsui; péros ..

mutiära

ngäkik ..........

bäto-dadäran.....

müti-ära.........

tnäta-kücliing ..

äkik..........

bätu-päda-däran

bäto-potihnbsp;bätu-püti........

bäto-geni........ bätu-gäni

bäto-bräni........ bätu-bräni.......

tai......

mas ...,
tatä-en .,
saläka..,
tambäga.

lebüran ....

taé.......

mas ......

ärat.......

saläka ......

tambäga. ..,
loyang ..,.,
timah-slam

timah-pütih ,

rasa ............

besi.............

wäja; maléla____

su-wasa..........

sasotchan........

hintan ; kumäla ..

mirah...........

püdi............

jamrut ..........

bätu-nilam.......

ratna-champäka ..
näga-sui. ........

mutiära .........

mäta-küching

äkek........

bätu-dadäran .

mas-órung ....

bätu-pAtih ....

bätu-häpi........

bätu-bräni.....

tähi
mas
lälek
seläka
dälong
kukdning\'an
timak-hälam

timah-hända

ghäsah
bäsi
wäja

sa-wäsa

pa-mäta; peghamäta
intan
méghah

méghah-dalima

äkek

bätu.pandädakh

bätu-liandakh
bätu-äpoi

marjan

walérang........

kächa; huntung;.

{pu-wälam- 1
mirah;taerjanj

Coral.

mirjan.....

wätu-glas ,.
walérang ..
kächa; glas .

Talc ...
Sulphur
Glass,,.,

bätu-chermin.

blirang......

kächa.......

marjan........ • • marjan

balirang.....

kächa-bäniu

giwang. .
hüri-rang ,
mäka.....

baghélang
kächa

balirang,
kächa . ,

Qf Cloathing, ^c.

Cloathing........ pakäyan ,

Woollens ........ sakelat.,

Cotton..........I käpas ^.,

pakäyan
sangkälat

pa-nganggui
sangkälat...
käpas . .....

pa-ngangguh.
sangklat....
käpas ......

päpa-käyan
sakälat....
käpas.....

pang\'änggui
sangklat...
käpas.....

pa-ngnggo
sangklat..
käpas ...,

pa-ngngge
läkan.....

-ocr page 470-

MADURESE.
Madamp;ra.nbsp;Sumendp.

JAVAN,

Bdsa krdma.

MALAYU.

ENGLISH,

BALI,

LAMPUNG,

Sünda.

Jdwa,

kain«beróngmas

sütra..........

kain-sütra......

sütra-dlwängga

bäju ..........

lapésau ........

kebäya.........

tepi-baju........

kanching ........

(quot;lübang-lsan- quot;1
ching; ramp;mah-
kanching ..,. J

jarum...........

lübang-jarum ,....

benang ..........

jalüjur; kelim,...
fsangku-kepala;quot;)
l küpiah .... ƒ
taugkdlok; serban

pinggir-kulämbi
kanching ......

mäta-itik

jübah............

käset; cherpu....

kipas............

teläsang; basähan

bengkong ........

rantai-pinggang ..
ku-wäri; ägut...,

penggäit.........

sübang........

änting-änting.....

glang-leng\'an;jimat

glang..........

räga-räga......

krunchung.....

chinchen ......

Robe,

Skirt,.
Button

Button-hole

Needle ,..,
Needle-eye.
Thread
Seam .,..,

Hat; cap ,.,
Turban; wrapperquot;)
of the head,.. ƒ

Cloak..........

Shoe,.....,.,.,

Fan............

Waist cloth.....

Girdle .........

Waist chain.....

Necklace.......

Link............

Ear-ring ........

Pendant.........

Armlet
A wrist ring

Bracelet.........

Anklet..........

Ring ,...
Seal ring

kronchong,

äli-äli.....

äli-äli-chap

chiuchen-chap....

Victuals ...Wkanan........Uang\'anati,-.....

...........Wvvamp;ia^Tv.........

Brocade j goldcloth

jarit-songket ,

sütra .........

jarit-sütra .,..
sütra-diwängga.
kulämbi......

läpis ; pe lipid .

gembäyak.....

Silk ........

Silken cloth ..
WildsUk
Coat or gown
Lining ......

}

{samping-
béurang-mas

sütra............

samping-sütra ....
sütra-diwangga ...

käwai...........

lapisan ..........

sisek-käwai
kanching ..

benik.....

tända-kanching ,..

lübang kanching ..

dorn............

leng-dom ........

ülar-ülar ........

kelin; dalüjur.,.,

köpiah ..........

ketu ............

järum...........

lübang\'a-järum....

läbai.,..........

jalüjur ..........

jarum......

lyang järum ,

kukülar.....

jalüjur.....

kópia .....

sürban ,..,,

küluk............

sürbaii ..........

kópia ; kólo,.,.,.

{üdang; dastar;
sen^a!

jüba............

käsut; tarompa ,.

kipas ; käpai.....

pa-taläsan........

säba ; panéngsat ..

kandi............

kälong-kälong ..,.

kai-kai.....

santar .....

anting-anting
kilat-bau ,.,

kabäya

pénggir-kal^mbi
kanching......

lengbang-kanching

järum ..........

lóbang järum ,.,,

läbai............

jalüjur; kelim,...

sangko; kópiah

dästar ........

jübah.........

käsut ........

kepet; kipas ,,

pa-teläsan........

bengkung ........

üdat............

kälung..........

chantel..........

su-weng.........

anting-anting.....

kelatbau.........

gelang...........

jAba............

taroinpa.........

kepat............

pa-teläsan,.......

bangkong........

gendit ..........

chenéla,

cheménting
kendit.....

sengkang

söbang ........

banting hanting

jübah...........

käsit............

hihid............

béubêséub ......

béubéur .........

kandit..........

kongkó-réung ....

cbantil..........

süwang..........

anting...........

sinjang-songket

samper-bäniu-mas

sotra............

samper-sótra.....

sotra-di-bängga,.,
kalämbi;ras0kan..

süngkit..........

sütra....,.......

samper-sütra ....
sütra-diwängga ...

kalämbi..........

läpis ............

fkalämbi-bäla- quot;)
\\ bäntan .... ƒ
täpe-kalämbi ..
kanching......

sinjang-sütra...,
rastikan.........

géuléung bäbu ....
géuléting ........

gélang

päla-päla ..
karünchung ,

sälo .......

sälo-chap ...

karónchong .,,,,,
sälok.i^..........

äli.....

äli-chap ,

binggel

sasüpe,...,...,,.

sasüpe-chap......

f kakänan; öäda-\\
aïaxi......5

Of Victuals, Utensils, ^c.

da\\varan..........\\kaVva-kauatt......\\kakkuau

A
samping-bäniu-mas

sütra\'..........

kämban-sütra ..
sütra-diwänggah
bäju..........

sinjang-

kabäya ..

pandäpun
kanching ,

song-kancMng ....

jähom ..........

tlinjähom........

bänang..........

jalüjur..........

köpiah..........

srübau ..........

jübab............

charäpu; gampäran

kepat............

pa-tläsan; basähan
säbok ; papätal,.,.

käwai
lämi-käwai

pinggir-käwai

kanching

liang-kaiiching

séghokh
liang-séghokh
lütan

jalüjo; kälim

küpiah

ekat-ekat; seghüban

käwai-landüng\'an

käsot

kipas

ba-basühaa
babinting

kakälah
pang\'äwi
sübang
antil

gälang-käna
gälang

kälong..........

sängket..........

sübang.........

hanting-hanting ,,
-käna......

äli-äli
äli-äli-chap

häkan hakänen

gälang ..........

bütu-butü-an.....

krönchong\'an ....

fbungkong; 1
\\ häli-häli,,,. ƒ

sinjang-bänang

bungkong-chap,,..

an.

fbämab-
hamaban.

da-da\\vktan.

-ocr page 471-

\'hâap.

.jsûwab .......r..jpûiuk .....^....j.....-..........jJ\'à

jwâkan-lâpis-prot.. jsà^ap..........t.. ................jsasi

\'khandûri; jàmu-an nayub ; pajâtan .. !sâmu-an

kariâ-aa......

sisi-an ........

panggang ......

kûléup........

sanggrai.......

sasâti.........

chai-hang\'éun ..
hang\'éun ......

pung ........

âpam..........

bias ..

kéjok.........

bûbur-sûsu.......

rampadan........

panggang ........

ekâla ; ekólop ....
gûring; sâng\'ar...

sasâti...........

kû-wah..........

gang\'an..........

tâpung ..........

rûti ; âpam ......

bras............

nâse............

tâjin-sôso.......i

babégi...........

gânduHi..........

jangli-mira ......

jangli-póti.......

kâchang.........

kâchang-kâyu ....

ârta............

sâkam...........

bijan............

minia...........

pûwan..........

karméli.

sasajin ....
panggang ..,

güduk......

güring .....

sasiti......

kó-wah.. ..
gang\'an....

tapong ....

róti; apam

bras......

nasih.-.... •
tajinrsóso ..

hidàng\'an
panggang.
rehos.

sisâte............

kû-wah..........

sâyur,...........

tepung ..........

lûti ; âpom ......

bras

nâsi ,,..........

bûbur-sûsu ....,,

bebrâs .........

gândom.........

anjelai-mirah ...

wos
skul

gandum...
ali-mérah.

gandom,.........

fjagoug-chatrik-quot;»
\\ béuréum... J

{jâgong-chatrik-\\
béudas ....j

kâchang.........

jâli-abrit .
jâli-petak.

jali-pótih ....

hóto ........

kâchang kâyu

jrampâdan.......

sesajiu..........

panggang ........

gódog ...........

góreng ..........

säte.............

dûduh ..........

jâng\'an ..........

gelépupg ........

âpem ; rûti ......

beras ...........

sega............

bûbur^sûsu ......

ha-isi; las......

gandum,........

jâli-abang.,.....

jâli-pûtih.......

anjelai-pûtih .

kâchang.....

kâchang-kâyu

kâchang-kûda
sekam ......

leng\'a; Mjan .

miniak......

âyer-sûsu ....

kepâla-sûsu ..

kâchang........

{kâchang-kâyu
klentang....
kâchang\'jâran ..,
merâmbut.......

sékam...
bijan.,..,
méniak ..,
âing -sóso

wijen.........

leng\'a ........

bâniu-sûsu; pu-wan

lalâng\'it-sûsu

Ksah ,

kâchang-kâchi....

kâchang-kûda ....
hu-ngéungrgugûran

wijen............

miniak..........

chai-sûsu........

léuméut SÛSU.....

Cream

mantiga; Iengal_
sâpi ...... S

bâniu-mantéga....

{

mantiga.
karmelik

mantiga.....

chai-mantlga.

Butters ghee,

Butter-milk.,
Curd........

Cheese......

Whey.......

Vinegar......

Pickles ......

mantiga . ...,

âing-mantiga ,
dâdi .......

kejo.......

keju

kiju

chûka,
âchar.,

chûka; werak ..
âchar j pakâsam,

chûka,
âchar..

chóka.
hâchar

bûja......i..

s a-ang-chelang.

gûla.........

gûla-pâsir.....

gûla-bâto ,.,..
manisan,,,,,,

Salt........

Pepper......

Sugar.......

Powder sugar
Sugarcandy ..
Sweetmeat...,

ûyah............

merichhg,....,..,

gûlanbsp;.f..

gûla-pamp;sir........

gûla-pâtu........

dódol...........

ûyah .........

châbi............

gûla-tibu ....,

gûla-pâsir.....

gûla-bâtu.....

dódol.........

hûyah .....

lâda-sâhang

sârem ........

merios ........

gendis........

gendis-pâsir....
gendis-bâtu ...,

gûla-bâto
dûdol,...

ƒ mîniak-sâpi ; 1
mantiga ... J
âyer-mantiga.....
dâdi, or dâdih ....

Kiju............

gûVai-dâdih ......

chûka...........

{âchar;pkâsam;\\

jeruk......ƒ

gâram...........

lâda, orlâda-itam

gûla; sâkar......

gûla-pâsir........

gûla-btita ........

dtidol............

j A monthfal y » ,

/Luncheon...... -,

Feast............

Dish of meat; table
I Roast meat
I Boiled
Fried,

Mince ........ • •

Broth ..........

Greens ..........

Flour............

Bread ..........

Rice............

Boiled rice ......

Rice hoiled in milk

Com............

Wheat ..........

Millet ..........

Barley..........

Lentils..........

Pulse............

Grain ..........

Husk............

Oil seed; sesame

Oil.............

Milk............

! sang\'a-p^jok

panggang
paja
glAghing
sisati

küwah

gdlai-gulai-an
galapong
ghdti; apam
hi an
may

piling-piling......

klemóko
kâchang .
hundes .,

gindom; gandom
jahâli-sûloh

jahâli-andakh
ghâta

ghâta-kâyu

mea
wai-

•mah

mantiga

hûwok

kâchang-rijik ..

hot-psak ......

léng\'a.........

leng\'is ........

yeh-niu-niuh, .
riéng\'it-léng\'it ; \\
\'
L yeh-niu-niuh j

{léng\'is-sâpi ; \\
mantiga.... ƒ

yeh mantiga......

mûluk ..........

lâsam

ûyah
lâda

gûla; sâkakh

gûla-bâtu
ju-wâdah

lablab-mûluk
chûka .......

bekâsam,

hûyah; tâseJf
micha.

gûla........

gûla-pâsir....
gûla-bâtu ....
dódol........

, Isóivah ..... . . . jngompa..........j ngHsêiip..........

fsasérap..........jsasamp;rap.......... pa-niümpah ......

jaduda-üran.......jngAdiang ; dahamp;ran j

hidang\'an........

papanggang ......

lablab...........

góreng ..........

sasatih ..........

küwah..........

jükot; jang\'an....

t^ipung ..........

róti; hapam......

tóhas; bras......

sego; nasi.......

bfibah-niu-niuh ...

ba-brasan........

gamp;ndum..........

-ocr page 472-

JAVAN.

Bdsa hrdma.

MADURESE.

MALAYU.

ENGLISH.

ball

lampung.

Jdwa.

Sûnda.

Madéra,

Sumendp.

Custard ........

Fritters..........

Spirituous liquor.,

Scum...........

Dregs...........

\'Knife............

Spoon...........

Dish ............

Tray............

Bowl.

Bason..,
Cup ....

Saucer ..
Goblet ..
Cauldron
Pot ____

Pan ..
Lid...

Bottle

sîrih-kâya,...,

dâdar........

ârak.........

bu-wih.......

ta-ik.........

pisau.........

sendok ; südui

Pinggan......

talam........

batil............

pinggan-kâyu
mangkok .......

P\'lring...........

surahi ..........

ku-wali..........

priuk or prû-yuk ..

blâng\'a..........

penûtup .........

bûli-bûli; kâcha..

sn-kaya ........

dâdar...........

ârak ; sópi......

tin tuk...........

blindo ; ketak....
piso ; péso ; lâding
séndok ; sûru ....
pinggan; plring..
tâlam ...........

wâdali-peng\'ûmben

pinggan-kâyu ....
changkir ; ttiwung

piririg\'an.........

kendi...........

wâjan...........

kendil ..........

ku-wâli..........

kekab ..........

{gendul;cheples^ 1
bótol......j\'

sri-kâya.
dâdah ..
ârak ...

galéundéuk

pésoh......

sinduk ..,.
pinggan,...
tâlam......

ku-wângsul......

lingser ..,

{wâdab- quot;I
pa-ngunjûkanj

pinggan-kâhi,
chachângkir ..
pîring
kândi
kitel

pandil; dâlung.
pariuk

talâwing\'or ..,
................bótol.........

âwis ; sâjeng.....

ûruh .. i.........

marésan .
lantâran.

sâri-kâja
dâdar . ..
hârak ..,

lading ...........

sandu ...........

péring; panjang ..
talam...........

panjang-kâju,

tóbung ......

péring ......

kabâli-bâjan..
pólok........

kabâii.......

langkak......
siri-kaya ....,
dâdar... j....,

ârak.........

kâpo.........

kâto.........

piol; lading.. .
sandok ; sódu .

piring........

tâlam.........

dûlang ; piring-kâyu
tóbong ; changkir

lelépir ...........

kândi............

ku-wâli..........

polo............

jarâng\'an ........

kodung,
kópi ...

srak-kâya ........

dâdar............

hârak...........

didih ............

dâki, hyeh .....

tiyuk............

sinduk ..........

pinggan..........

tâlam............

{pu-wâ-jikan ; ■)
pâko-bokan
J

dûlang..........

châwan..........

piring...........

lâgak............

pang-guréng\'an . ..
pâyuk ...........

fpâyuk-panglab-X

1 laban......J

tûtop............

bótol............

dâdakh

ârakh

bóghokh

nuh

lâding

sûdu

chumbong
tâlam

chumbong-kâyu

mangkok

chipiakh

kundi; kibok

blang\'a-bâsi

ghâyok

blang\'a-tânuh

kâkop

gûdu; bâtol

House...........

Stone house......

Foundation......

Wall............

Roof............

Pillar............

The uprights of aquot;)

roof........ƒ

Stone ,
Brick ,
Tile .
Lime.

Brickdust.

Plaster .

Wood
\\ Board

röinah..........

rfimah-bâtu......

pûkok-rûmah ....
témbok; dinding..
bumbûng\'an ; âtap
tiang ...........

tunjok-lâng\'it ....

bâtu..........

bâta..........

genteng; bâta-âtap
kâpur.........

Tkapur-mirah
lt; bâta-hâlus
L lâbur

(kâpur-hâlus ;
palipak .
... j

Uâyu............Wâyw...........

.^çaçaw ..........W\\aVAg..........

Amab...........

ûmah-gedong ....
babâtur-ûmah ....

témbok; lépa.....

wu-wung\'an; pâyon
sâka ..........

r-mirah ; T ,
:a-hâlus ; gt; .j
ur......
J l-

lâbur-âbrit ,

lâburlembat.
kajai?.....

lâbur-lembut

ander

wâtu............

bâta............

gendeng .........

lâbur; henjet....

\'kâpur-âbang; quot;]
lâbur-âbang J

séla............

bânon...........

rómah , bengko ..

imah-gedóng....

romah-bâto......

lalâmah-imali ....

témbok

hâté up.........

bubûng\'an ; hâtap

sasâka

hâdag-hâdag......

tódu-lang\'ih......

bâto

bâta............

bâta............

fféntiny\'

kâpur ...........

kâpor...........

kâpur-béuréum ...

kâpor-mirah......

kâpur-hâlus ...,,,

bâtahâlos........

IkahV ............

kâju............

.WààwTva..........

róma............

roma-gâdung.....

dâsar.. ..........

tâbing-gâdung____

bubûng\'an........

chângga ; pélar____

andar ........

bâto-etam.

bâta.....

gânteng.,.
kâpur ...

kâpur-bûbuk

kâpur-kûrap.

hûraah ; jâruh.. ..
hûmah-gâdong....
bongkol-hûmah ...

tinibok..........

higa-higa; râhap..
hadâgan .........

tûgah............

bâtu............

bâta............

gânteng..........

lamban

pa-mugóng\'an

bâtu
bâta
gânting
hâpol

pâmor ..........

taju........................

kâyu

\\ çâç^tv...........\\Vdiian

lûluh-pâmor.

pâmor-bâlus.

Of a House, Furniture, ^c.

gria; dalam
gria-gedong .

-ocr page 473-

/TVa ssIwId,.

Door..........

Handle of a doer.

Chain..........

Bolt............

Lock............

Kef.............

Key-hole .......

Story...........

Lower-story......

Upper-story.....

Chamber-room...,
Hall............

Bed-chamber ....

Bathing-house ....

Cellar

Kitchen.
Stairs ..

Step of a stair....

Corner..........

Arched entrance ..

Window.........

Peep-hole........

Chimney ........

Drain . ..........

Spout..........

Lattice .........

Furniture

Chair.....

Bench....

,. /bendal-pinta....

. pin tu...........

Iglang-pintu......

Irantui ...........

peng\'anching; slak

kCiiichi..........

änak-künchi......

lübang-künchi ....
tiiigkat; ]äpi,s ....
tiugkdt-di-bäwah..
tiiigkat-di-ätas....

Mlek............

rüvvang-rümah . ..

Mlik-tidor,

tampat-mandi ....
gedong-tänah .. ..

däpur .........

tangga.........

Jpeng\'ädang; \\
\\ änak-tangga
ƒ
südot; penjdru ...

lengkong ........

tingkap; nätang ..
lübang ..........

{tampat- ^ 1
kalüwar-äsapj

selfikam.........

pauchüran........

kräwang.........

perliiasan-ramp;mah ..
krüsi........ ....

f küda-küda ; 1
\\ papan küda J

.. IgälurlAwaug.. ../....
läwatig; kóii____ komen

glang-konteu.....

\'-lawang.....

2-ante............

pang\'an-ching ....

kdnchi ..........

sógok-künchi .....

lengkdnchi.......

sap; tunda ......

sap-ngisor........

sap-du-wur......

pangkeng; sentong
jerambah ........

sentong-patfiron ..

{pakiwan;pang-quot;)
gonan adus J
ƒ soiig-papen-
\\ dem-man
pWonj dapur
an da........

indak indäkan____

papadon .........

pang\'angge-gria

{ambal; undak-\\
undakan.. .ƒ

pójok . ..........

paléngkung .,..„.

jendéla...........

leng; bólong.....

{leng-kükus; quot;1
leng-pegga.. J

tälang...........

panchüran........

tranchang; tebang

pang\'äng\'go-ümah

sap ....... .

sap-ngandap.
sap-nginggil .

pangkeng-pasarian
fpanggénan-
lt; siram-
(. pakulähan

kórsi............

küda-küda.

hnmplok~]Mva.ng

lawang; paniok ..
géalaag-lawang. ..

ranti............

tülak-lawang.....

künchi..........

hanak-künchi ....
liang-küuclii......

pängkeng ....
réuhang-isnah

pangkeng-pa-i-esan

gon-mandi

{léugag-paranti-quot;)
ngübur____J

hawu..........

taräjik..........

hambal..........

hüjung...........

janéla,
léang..

liang-haséup....

talang.........

panchüran......

kranchang......

rarängkin-imah.

kürsi..........

kuküda........

\'läbang........

gälang-läbang ,.

rantai ........

pa-ng\'anchiiig ..

künchi ........

hänak-küuchi ..
lobang\'a-künchi
läpis..........

sentong.

pamändian.....

gedong-täna ,

däpor......

handa......

gigina-hända..
papädon .....

lóbang......

lóbang-kókos

fpang\'anggui- T
\\ na-rómah
.. ƒ
korsi..........

Jpälaug-Iiibang a .

\\ahang..........

gagalang-labang ..,

rantai...........

kanching ........

künchi ..........

sórok............

lóbang-künchi____

tónda............

tónda-baba.......

tónda-atas . ______

pängking........

pängka ..........

f pängking ka- \\
\\ tidüng\'an .. ƒ

pakiban..........

gädung-bäta......

däpur...........

and a............

gigi-anda........

düri............

äbuk............

jandéla .....

lóbang ..........

lóbang-ókos ......

sosóren ..........

panchüran........

dkiran; tarabäng\'an
pa-ng\'anggui-róma

kürsi............

jangka
jhübag-hébag.... ,
\'jalanan ; kóri .. ..
galang-jalanan ....

ranti h...........

pa-nganching .....

bólu............

sa-srag ..........

songbrtlu ........

tangkob.........

panükob.........

lang-gatan .......

pétak............

püdi-wang........

pedaman........

läbing-pädam
jang\'an-mandi

sakala
jan

tüku
bungkok
skapan
Hang

pa-ngi ghing\'an
tälang

fpäm^an-jüsan; 1
\\ päsi-rämun ƒ

gädong tänah ____

pähon .......t.. .,

häjan............

pälit............

btisu ............

lengkong ........

gandila..........

song............

song\'andus.......

hurüng\'an........

panchüran.......

kräwang........

payäsan-umah ..,,

krósi............

dadämpar........

j f panjuléng\'an^
\' j I gb\'iDg\'ok
\'ghäag\'ok

känching

künclii

süghok

liang-sügbok

pintal

pintal-dibah
pintal-di-ätas

Carpet ..........

Bedstead ........

Bedding .........

Musqueito-curtains

Sheet............

Cotton-quilt,...

Coverlet ........

Linen robe or cloth

permedäni.......

kätil............

tilam; käsur.....

fkulämbu, or

quot;t klambu jquot;

sKmut ; geber____

slimut bakapas____

pernütup-kätil....
slindang; sbai,,..

{prang-medani

babut......ƒ

katil..........

käsur ; gembes..

sämir.........

sing\'eb .,.,...,

säpo .......

gambis .,...
oläsa-kätil .

säpok--------

säbok-käpas..
todung-kätil..

säpot...........

säpot-makäpas...
säpot-plangkan,,,

.kar^bong ,,;;,,

kasemékan

sa-ang-sa-ung .,,, tangkälong

kakamban

klambu.

kemul ......

kemul-käpuk
sasäb-tilam ..
kemben,.,,,.

prangwedani ...

kätil..........

käsur..........

kalämbu......

simbut........

prang-inadäni

kätil........

käsor........

klämbu......

prangmadapi

kätil.......

käsur •..,..

paräma-däni.,..

kätil; plangkan ,
käsur ..........

kulämbu........

prama-dämi

kätil
küsokh

kulämbu

piu

-ocr page 474-

JAVAN.
Bdsa krdma.

IX

O
lt;

MADURESE.

MALAYU.

ENGLISH,

Bali,

LAMPUNG.

Jdwa,

Sénda.

Madûra.

Sûmenap.

Mat .,
Pillow

Swinging cot;
cradle .....

Curtain.......

Candle.......

Candlestick ..

Wick.

Lamp........

Torch ________

Chafing dish.. .

Furnace.......

Tongs .......

Bellows.......

Kettle .......

Pot-lid .......

Ladle ........

Spit .........

A cruet.......

Water-jar.....

Pestle ____...

Mortar.......

Chest; trunk ..

Baslfet........

A wicker hamper..
Bell ..........

Besom .
Scissars.

Betel scissars

g ; purse ..

Mirror......

Spectacles...,

Comb.......

Tooth-pick (of ■)
metal, amp;c.).. ƒ

Grass tootb-ijick ..
iStaUc_____

tiker..
bantal

bûwaian ; andol .,

tirai ; lalângsi,,,.

dian............

kâki-dian........

pawou-wesi ,,,.

pawon........

supit-geni......

ubûban ...■..,..
chéret ; kétel ..,
gantilan ; kékeb ,

irus ...........

sójen...........

kendil-chilik...,.

gentong.........

alu.............

lesvmg .........

peti ...........

wakul ; cheting .
dûnak ; rinjing.,,

sûmbu

palita...........

penililuh _________

dapnr-besi.......

dâpur ...........

peniâpit-âpi......

pang\'émbus ......

chirek ; kendi....

peniâup...,.......

sendok----,..,..

peniiichuk..,......

pritik-ketchil.....

tampayan........

alu; antan ......

lesung

peti ............

baku! ; brûnang ..

rangking........

ƒ giring-giring ; \\
\\ loching .,,. ƒ

genta.

sesapu .
gunting.

kâchip chaketi ,.

fkantong ; quot;)
( kimpul; kâsangj
kâcha ; pangilon ..

tas mak..........

sûri.............

peningâlan

srat .......

sógok wâja .
kavûbeng\'aïi

peniapii..........

gunting..........

kMiip

{unchang; quot;)
pundi pundi ƒ

chermin-mfika____

gläran ..........

{kâjang^sirah; \\
kârang\'ôlu ƒ

klâsa..
bantal.

{banddlan; \\
pang\'yftnan .j
langse ; plisir .,.,
dian; damar ....
ajug-4jug ,
flitchahg-
lt; fitchang
(. sdmbu
cheltipak; delepak
obor .

pandam..,

chermin-mata ....
sisii-: sikat......

sógok-untu

■V

peniûngkil gigi____

\\â\\ang -, â\\ai\\g-â\\ang\\ àiang-âlaug

sâmak
bantal

pang\'a-yónan

lalângsi......

dâmar-mâlam
sfiku-dâmar .,

dolas.

palita ..........

obor.......... ..

hâwu-béusi......

hâwu............

paniâpit-séunéuh,.

pupûtan .........

kétil............

béubândul-tûrup ..
sînduk ..........

pandil-léutik . ....
pâsoh ; dûlang.. ..

âlu..............

lésung ..........

pâte............

béubéuk .........

dûnak .,,........

sa-sapu,
gunting.

kâchip .,.

gamblok .

héuntéung
tismak .,.
sîsir .....

.........\\ ................Wtós^a.«.

paninkil
gaàôgaiî

tékarquot;..
bantal

lalângsi........

dâmar ........

hâdak-hâdakquot;dâmar

sómbu; hûchang..

dâmar ........

tômang-bâsi,

tomang.....

sópet.......

chéret ; wanting\'an

senduk

pólo-kénik.......

gentong..........

géntong .........

■onjâng\'au .......

peteh............

posapu .
gunting,

kâchip .

kâcha
tasmak.

panióngkit-gigi.,..

tikar; lantai
bantal ......

unjan ....

palésir ..,,

lélîn......

tenggu-lélin

sombu ,...

dâmar ....

obur......

anglo-bâsi..
dâpur ....
jâpe ,,.,.,

garbus____

chérit ....
kôdung..,.

sandu ____

sodjin _____

kdntong .,.

gantong.....

gântung....

lâsong .....

pâti .......

cheting.....

bûdak .....

jam ; ganta ..,.

pasâpo ; patâba
gunting....----

kâchip ; chalakâti

punjen..........

kâcha ; charmin ..

tasma...........

soroi

- ................ lainug, ...........ilâlattg; liambàiig\'ati\\ non

....................Wav^daug-ajag^vatt

sârat......

chungki-glgi......

làlang
tikah.

gâlang; papâdak..

hayûnan ......

tiri; langsi ; sâmar

lilin ............

tong\'os-lilin......

s\'igih............

simbe...........

panitindih........

pahon-bamp;si.......

pahon ..........

spit ............

panglam-büsah....

chérik ...... ,.,,

tütop-payuk ,..,,.

slut ............

süjen; süsun-dükan

pandil ........

gangtong ......

lu............

lisong.........

peti ..........

wakol ........

bódag .........

ganta....

sasâbat ;
gunting..

ïampat..

fliâchip ; ■)
lt;J chalakâti ; gt;
1. châkat
J
pfisi-ptisi......

mika..........

kâcha.........

swa; pâtat____

sasûlit........

apai
bantal

âyonan

lalângsi ; lalidong

sunibu

pa-damâghan
hénakh

kâghan
paniâpit âpoi

tiku
kâkop
châgbo
pa-niûsokh
ghâyoh-loni
ghdnchong
hâlu
lâsong
pâti
bâkol

kikighing

paniâpu
gunting

kâchip

unchang
kâcha

mata kâcha; tasma
sûwal

masâlok

Holl

-ocr page 475-

kakang ..........

pelana or plana....
peng\'ikät-pläna...
panggamp;ru-kóda ...
unchang-äyar ....
pang\'ambil-äyar ..
drang-mäkan gäji..
hamba; sahya....

kädam..........

kubäla küda......

penünggu-pintu ...
bandähri ........

{jeiTZ-mäsak; \\
jeru-däpur.. J
jeru-pang\'ända....
sliruh-surfiban....

Cook.

A bearer .
Hircarrah.

WashertHa»,

Taylor ,...,...,

Barber.........

Porter.........

Torch-bearer....
Gardener .......

Wages ........

House-eKpences

ttikang jaib ....
tükang-chlikur ....

kfili.............

Carriage.....

Cart.........

Biidle ....____

Bit............

Saddle.........

Girth..........

Currycomb ,...,
Water sljia ....
Water carrier ..
Hired servant ..

Slave..........

Waiting servant

Groom........

Porter........

Steward ......

örang-penitiluh....
kebäyan.........

Man] a.

kendaU........

äbah-abah......

amban.........

krok ..........

lodong; kéle ...
pa-ngamek-bäniu
wong-mang\'an-gäjih

kawüla........

kawfila räket...

gamel.........

penjäga-läwang
jüru-gedong....

jiiru-päwon ...,

fjeru-chüchi- •) fj^ru-ngumbah,;

{{s-ïr

^nbsp;-\'V. mmantu____

gerji .......

tükang päras
brah.......

pa-nandon .
panakäwan
\'jüru-ngumbah,;quot;^

i

tükang-pandom ...

tükang-chlikur____

büruh; küli......

wong-pa-ngobor ..

jüru-täman......

tu; opähan...
blanja...........

. kréta; réta ...... jkréta..........

jpedati .......... pedäti; galebeg.

Itali-käkang ...... apus-kendali.....

./r^ta ..........

Ichikar........

\' èpus-kendangsnl
kertdängsul ....
lärab..........

tiang-neda-gäjih
abdi..........

pekätek........

panjägi-kontan...

jkaréta..........jräta____

\'padaü ..........padamp;ti...,

tambang-kandäii.. täli-kandali
kandäli or kedäli..

séla ............

amban..........

krok............

lodong ..........

pang\'äla-chai.....

jalraa-gäjian......

küring; abdi.....

oreng ngüwan-järan

jüru-mäsah

jüru-niäsab-samper

garji........... •

tókang-chókor ....
órengbüruh......

gaji............

balänja.........

patünggu-läwang,

{jüru-mäsak; \\
tükang-ülah ƒ

piwaräng\'an.

r tükang- quot;j
nyéuséuh- gt;
(_ samping...,J

tükang-käput..
tükang-chükur....

küli.............

tükang mawa-óbur

tükang-kebon.....

gäji.....■........

balänja..........

kandäli.

krok-krok.

pangla-aing ....
oreng\'äkan-gägi
kabülo........

kaims........

ipos.........

kadäli ........

amban ...
krok-krok.

pa-aing\'an......

ngäla-därap ....

dünor .........

kakäsih........

pangräksa-järan
patögu-läbang ..
•u-kunchi____

pabätak..
timbälan

gariji............

tókang-chókor....

daräpan..........

óreng-paniü-lo-an

kabäyan ........

gäji............

balänja.........
\'karita ..........jghAta

\'padäti .......... padäti

kandäli.......... kundäli

padäng\'al........

kakäpa ..........

hambat-bäsang....

pa-ngünjan-wai

badüwa
paghokan

panju-wäng-yeh ..
hänak-bähan-läba

panjak..........

tundinan........

pakätik..........

panünggun-läwang
sedähan..........

sedähan
jäghu-säsa-an

kayon-kayónan

blanja

jaru-bétak

jaru-tigan..,
järu-pajälan

äru-panting 1
kamban.... J

järu-jähit......

järu-gündul......

hüpa-hupähan----

järu-süluh........

järu-hung\'in-täman

läba............

blänja...........

kakäpa
ambon

Garden..........

kebon; täman....

Cave-grot..,,....

gua; Mang ......

Flower-garden....

kebon-büng\'a ....

Fruit............

buah...........

Rind or husk.....

küUt-buah.,.

Kerne! ..........

Isi-buah.......

StoiiC orseed. ....

biji-buah ........

Leaf............

bóng\'a...... ,

kütum ..........

büng\'a-bekärang ..

Garland..........! ägok ........

First shootJ

tümhiili..........

kebois.........

gua; song; leng.,
kebon-kembang

woh ..........

külit-woh......

isi-wo h..........

wiji-woh; hiji...,

wiji ............

godong ..........

kembang ........

küdup ...........

kembang-di-anggit
kembang-kälong
tükul............
göha............

taman

täman-sekar.

patra; ron.
sekar; säri

sekar-dipun-änggit

tu-wuh,

kebou-kambang ..

bu-wah..........

külit-bu-wah.....

isi-bu-wah.......

siki-bu-wah......

siki
dähon
kambang
küdu
kambang di hanggh

jädi ............

tangkal..........
käbun ...........

O/\' a Garden, Plants, ^c.

kebon........ • ■

güwah........

kebon-kambaiig
bu-wah.........

kolétna-bu-wab
hesxna-bu-wah...
tor.............

tombuh; chókul.

gü-wa...........

käbun-kambang...

bu-wa...........

kóli-bu-wa.......

pälok............

migi............

dä-tin...........

kambang .... ..,.

gündung ........

kambamg-to-ur...
kälung-kälung ..,.
tombu ...... ...

häbian..........

gü-wa; kastüri .,

häbian-büng\'a----

bü-wah..........

külit-bu-wah.....

hisin-bu-wah.....

bätuu-bu-waJi ....

bätu............

don.............

bung\'a..........

püsuh ..........

gagampülan......

blangkur ........

tumbuh,.........

käbon
gtSha

käbon-kunibang
buah

bäwa-buah

lämo

kamügha

bülat

bülong

kumbang

küdop

X
O

w\'

tüvvuh

-ocr page 476-

J AVA N.

Bdsa krdtna.

O

MADURESE.

Madûra.

MALAYU.

ENGLISH,

Jdwa.

BALL

Sûnda.

LAMPUNG.

Tree...........

Root...........

Stem...........

Branch.........

Twig...........

Bush...........

The dry husk of

the cocoa-nut
Gum..........

Plant: vegetable..

Almond..........

Orange..........

Citron..........

Date............

Lemon ..........

Puniplemoos......

Mango..........

Cocoa-nut........

Pineapple ........

Plantain .........

Yam..........

Pomegranate.....

Grape ..........

ar-cane.....

Tamarind......

Jack.....

Guava..
Bambu .
Jasmine

Rose...........

Dorian (Durio 7
stercorac)____ƒ

Mangustin ......

Rumbotan

{ncf helium) .. ^
Kayupati-m^/rfus ^

yCab\\iag,e-t\\ee ....

}

p6hun; pokok.. ..

akar; Urat ......

batang...........

dahan . ..........

ranting.......

perdu ; rumpun ...

sabot.........

tepes ; sepet.
talûtuh-kâyu.

tukûlan-kakâyon

katépeng.........

jeruk-legi........

jeruk-petchel.....

kurma ..........

jeruk............

jeruk mâchan____

pelam ...........

klâpa.............

jeram mânis......

jeram ,. ..
jeram-sima

ƒ krambil ; quot;)
1 ketchâmbil J

uanas............

gedang ..........

ûwi.............

dalima..........

woh-anggur......

tebu............

âsem ; kâmal ....
nangkd ..........

pisang...
kleman ..
gangsâlan

jambu-klampok .
wûluh ; pring ..
kembang-melâti

sekar-melâti......

ƒ kembang-âyer ;
\' ar.,../

\\ mâwar
dûren

getab-k%u.......

pumbuh- quot;J
lt; tumbiilian; I
(_ pühun uühun
J

ketaping.........

jerok-manis......

limau-kasdmba____

karma...........

liraau............

limau-kedangsa. ..
mangga; memplam

nior; aniiir ; klapa

nanas, or nanih. .

pisang..........

übi.............

delima.........

buah-anggur.....

tebu...........

asam-jawa......

nangka .........

jambu-biji.......

buluh...........

{bting\'a-pekaa; \\
melor; melatij

bling\'a-mawar ....

vvit;kâyon; sapûlebu
óyod ..........

wâtang........

pang..........

renchek; warkas
dapûran........

tâbon.

dürian ..........

manggis .,
rambûtan ,

(manggustanj orl
mangges .. ƒ

rambamp;tan ........

w^unglon,

pûhun-kâyu pûtûi \\
nVnoîi^..........U\'Vbuuü ......

âkar ...
châtang,
pancTiar.
rârang .
dapûran.

rancha-kénik ....
rompon.........

spat ...........

gétah-kâju........

tombu-tombûan

géutah-kâhi......

fchachugkûlan- \\
1 kâhi_____ ƒ

ketépeng ........

jruk-mânis ......

jeruk-mânis......

kurma ..........

jeruk............

pa-o ........

nyéhor ......

lânas .i......

gedang ......

hobi ............

dalima..........

bûwah-hanggur ...

tébu............

hâsam ..........

nangka ..........

jambu ..........

kurma

klâpa ...........

dânas............

chau............

hûwi............

dalima ..........

bu-\\vah-ânggur...,
tébu............

kambang-malâti .,

kambang-mâbar .,
dûren............

nangka

tamiang..........

kambang-malâti .,

kambang-mâwar ..
kâdu ............

manggis.
bunglon.

bungka-kâju-çôtih

N^ffoWYlft,........ .

manggu or manggis

rambûtan........

tangka\\-kâlni-béuas
bungka .........

changko .
râmok .,
bungkah

rtalûtub-kâjeng;quot;)
1 getah . ..,. f

râmo...........

tongga .........

rancha .........

niâmi...........

karâng\'an.......

sâpat...........

tumbu-tumbûan

ketâping ........

jâruk-mânis......

kurma .......

jâruk............

jâruk mâchan .
pa-o ..........

nanas.

obi.........

dalima.....

bûwa-anggur
tâbu ........

âsam.......

nangka .....

jambu .....

pareng
malâti

{kambang-âing-
mawar
dûrian ....

ling- j

mâng\'is..........

rambûtan........

kâyu-çôte........

pûnia.. .
hâkah .
bantang.
chârang.
kâtik...
lingsah .

sanibuk.

gituh-kâyu
tûwuh-tu-wûhan

gâtah-kâyu ....

hentik-hentîkan

katâping ......

jâruk-mânis____

limau-mis

korma
limau-tahloi
limau-bûjong
kapâlam

klâpa

ka-nias
punti
hûbi
dalima

korma ..........

limo............

muntis ; jerûti....
pohâmplam ......

niuh ............

tâbu

peghos-kâmal
lamâsa

jambulânda

âwi

kûmbang-mâlogh

manas ..........

biu,.............

trambi-humbian...

dalima..........

bûwah-hanggur ...

tâbu............

hâsam ..........

nang\'a..........

{jambu sótong;
sótong
bûluh

tong; I

dûrian

manggos

gliambûtaii

dûrian ..........

manggis......\'.. ..

bûlu-an ..........

ptoian-kayu-çûtili

bâtang

bâka

bâtang

pang-pang

ghanting

ghûmpon

-ocr page 477-

Betel -nut

Betel-leaf..
Cabbage....

Cardomum .,

Pepper plant.....

Red pepper ; Chili.

Long pepper....

A kind of melon quot;j
or cucumber; gt;
euciim-pio?nord J

Melon .........

Cucumber.......

Coriander.......

Cummin........

Cresses .........
piimig..........

sîrih.............

kûbis............

fkapulâga ; 1
\\ karda-mûngguj
riâda-hitam; \\
\\ lâda-sûlah .. J

lâda-nilrah ; châbai

{cliâbai-jâwa ; 1
châbai-tâli.. j

timun bâtang ...

smângka ; tamikai

timun...........

ketûmbar........

jintan ...........

daun-pedas-pedas.,

j Palms Christi jjärak.
f Basil............ Iseläsili

ârak..
\'slâsih..

jambe...........j wohan

sedah........

kul

kapulaga ..

maritcha......

lombok .... ..,
chabe........

sûruh
kohis

tîmun-wâtang

watesan,

smângka .
timun. ..
katûmbar
jinten . ..

jambi. ......... •..

sÉuiéuh..........

kol..............

jkallki.......... -. jl^aléki ......

\\slàsib............Isalfm .......

pénang ........

sére .........

gûbis.........

kâpo-lâga.....

sâhang chelang.
sâhang mirali .
châbi.........

kâpul............

temun-bâtang

samângka.
temun ..,
katómbcr ,
jinten . ..,

pâdas-hidéung ....
pâdas-béiiréum.. ..
cbâbi-âroi........

bónteng-Ciiâtang ..

smangka .
bónteng ..
katiuichar.
jintan . ...

salâsih

pénang ......

sére ........

gûbis ; kul. ..

kapulâga ..,.

sa-ang ......

châbi-gambir .
châbi-jâmu .,

antlmun.....

somângka........

antimun-bûko ....

katûmbar........

jintan...........

ijarak............ t

fsalâsih.......... j s

pamp;rak.......... .

\'slasiti............

(pinang; jambe;\'}
buah......ƒ

basih; sedah.....

kdbis............

Ijaghak
slâsÏÏi

bûwah

chambai

kapu-tóga........

lâda-hâlom

châbi

châbi-bait

lâpang

lamûja
hantimun
katûmbagls
jintan

micha...
tâbia....,
tâbia-bun

ketimuu-bâtang...

smangkah.
ketimun .,
ketumbah.
gintan .. .

Sapan or Brazil
wood........

Safflower.......

Morinda........

Long-leaved jack .

Bread fruit.....

Maize ..........

The palm.......

The iju sago tree..

The custard apple..

Canango flower 1
(uvuria) .... J

Champaka flower..
Pandan or Malay \\
aloe ........ J

Nyctanthes
The

The harlot of
night
(Poly
anth. tuber

Lagundi shrub 1

(Vitea).....ƒ

Red Malay bean
White pitcher
flower

tcher J

sepang........

kaslimba.......

{bangkûdu, or
mangkûdu .. ƒ

champedak ...

sûkun........

jâgong .......

[ânau..........

îgok..........

or-j
irih gt;

r sirih kâya, or
lt; buah squot;
L kâya...
kanâug\'a ...

champâka.,.

pândan .....

melor-sûsun,

}

quot;quot; 1
gt;

\'VsJ J

fbûng\'a-tan-
1 jung....

(bûng\'a-sundal- 1
mâlam ., J

lagûndi........

kâchang parang ...

setchang. .

kasûmba .

wangkûdu

chapedak .
sûkun .. .
jâgung ...

aren.......

dok, or duk.

su-marsana

wob srikaya......

kenâng\'a ........

champâka........

pândan ..........

menur ..........

kembang-tanjung..

kâcha-piring,..... chepîring

sundalmâlem.

lagûndi..........

kâra-lûke ........
satchang......

kagal\'inggam.....

changkûdu ....

nangka-béuvéut...

sûkun ........

jâgong .......

lâhang.......

inj ok.........

sirih kâya.

kanâng\'a........

champâka.....

pandan .......

manor .......

kambang-tanjung..

{kambang-sun- quot;)
dal mâlam,. J

lagûndi..........

kuas-bâkul.......

kâcha-piri;jg

satchang
kasómba
kódu....

chumâda
sûkun. .,
jâgung ..
tarébung
âren ....

héduk ...........

sarkâja..........

kanâng\'a........| kanang\'a........

champâka........; champâkaquot;........

pandan ..........|pandan..........

kasûmba.

chapédak
sókon . .,
jâgung ..

sére-kâya-bûwa. ,.

malâti .......... malâti ,.........

fkembang-sun- 1
dal-mâlam . ƒ

kembang-tanjung

tanjung..........

sondal-mâlam .. ..
lang-gûndi........

1

lagûndi

ƒ kembang kâchal

l P\'ii\'ing.....J

kâcha-pîring,,,,,,

chang ...
kesumba
bangkûdu,

sapang

mangkûdu

âkan âkan

sûkun

jâgong

ha-nau

sâbok

sighih-kâya

ka-iiang\'a
cîiampâka
pandan
mâlokh

kumbang-tanjong

sûkun...........

jâgung ..........

jâka.....

sirili-kâya.

sandat .....
champâka..
pandan ....
mâno-sûsun ,

bûng\'a-taiijung., ,

sundal-mâlam ....
li!i-gundi........

lâgum

jampiring.

-ocr page 478-

JAVAN.

Bdsa krdma.

MADURESE.
Madûra. 1

MALAYU.

ENGLISH.

BALL

Jdwa.

LAMPUNG,

Sûnda.

Thalia CanncB- 1

form........ƒ

Nauclea Orient. .,

Jamboo..........

Water jamboo ....
The Ml tree; 1
Marmelos.... ƒ
Phyllmth: acidss

Acid bilimbi......

Silver-green bilimbi

Langsit fruit......

Malay chesnut....
The Tappoos
chesnut....
Tlie Salafruit ....
The Nipah fruit ..
The Kaduduc fruit

Ths Bachang fruit

The Chering chesnut
Cashew apple ....
The papaw ......

Mendi ..........

Hi\'nni ...........

Fenugrah........

Indian horse-
radish
Moringi
Momordica 1
earont ...... j

Silk-cotton plant,.
Cltina rose

Lily ............

Lotus;
Niltmbo .... ƒ

Poppy...........

Thorn apple......\'

Cold herb; alli-\\
gator\'s tail... j\'
A prickly spurge ..

Milk hedge ......

Feru..........
bamban..........

}

in horse- quot;J
iish tree; gt;
bringa .... J

lebuu............

du-wet..........

Jambu-wer .......

mäja............

chermi..........

blimbing-wûluh ,.
blimbing-mânis..,

langseb..........

sarâng\'an........

tepus............

sâlak............

nipah...........

katéla-gantung,...
kembang-pâchar ..
pâchar-kiîku......

kâtes....

pâkel...
jéngkol.

pepâya ; betik ....

bûng\'a-lilen......

înai ; pächar.....

daun-halba.......

kélor.

pare.........

randu........

wôra-wâribang.

bâkung .......

träte .........

ketchûbong

sûru-sûru.

\\ça.V\\s.

marûnggai; kilor..

pria ; papâri.....

kekâbu ; kâbok...,

fbûng\'a-râya; quot;)

ûribang____j

melung..........

terâtai; tûnjung..

bûng\'a-pion......

ketchûbung......

sedingin.........

sMu-sddu........

daunpetilam......

çàku ............
dûwat

bemban.

kelempayan ...,
jûwàt ; jambâlan..
ambu-âyar ..,,

Mia ..........

chermi, or chermai

balimbing........

balimbing-besi....

längs at..........

brâng\'an ........

piehltan

tepos............

salak, or sala ....

nipah__________

kedûdok; sikedudok

{bachang, or \\
mach ang... ƒ
jering...........

charéumai........

balîmbing........

balimbing-bûluh ..
pisitan; langsat ..
saniûjéun ........

sâlak .
dâhon

limus............

jengkol ..........

wâhu............

gâdang ..........

pâchar

kélor.

pana............

kâpuk ..........

kambangwira ....

trâti

kachûbung

susûru

dûwak

bila

charémi.... — .. | charmi ..........

balingbing........ balimbing-bâtu....

balimbing-ling\'er ..

langsap..........

dengkul..........

jenng

sâlak
nipa ,

kaini,,.........,

jambu-monyit ....

kâtis ............

pâchar-bâniu......

dua

bila

lansap ,..
barâng\'an,

tépos ....,

sâlak.....

pâchar ..........

marönggi ; kélor ..

kâpok ..........

bung\'a-rebatig ....

maronggi

kâpo; nanggar____

bûng\'a-ribang ,,,,

kembang-tarâti____

kacbobung.

réta-réta

tarati.

kachûbung

sûdu-sûdu.

jûwat,

bila ............

cherémi..........

balimbing........

balimbing-bâsi____

langsat ..........

sâla
nipah

kawîni
jâghign

sâlak

kuwini ..

blanding\'an ......

pâchakh

kélokb

pâghîa
ghandu

gâdang
pâchar

kélor ; marûnggi..

paya ; papâri .,..

kâpuk ..........

chaghâmi
balimbing
balimbing-bâsi
langsa

pûchok ..........

kachûbung

tunjung.

ketchûbung ......

panggal-buâya ....
balâtung ........

\\ pSku

lÄku .

-ocr page 479-

.. / daim-jamtija......Isemboja ...

,jsesawi .......... fsesawi ,

jkundur..........jbUgo.......

läbu ............ / waliih ......

bawang-mirah .... /brambang...,

bawang.......

krokot .......

torn .........

temu.........

rdkem

genje.
adas .

bäwang-pütih

g\'llang.......

tarom .......

temu........

brambang....
rükam V.....

rambai......

ganja........

adas-pedas ...

}

; kotak ....

r panchur; T
\\ saKikam-ayer
J

bendting\'an ......

Aqueduct...
Water-pump.

benddng\'an

amplas, or memplas

ramplas........

petak ; kotak ....
panchdran; talang
dawÄan; tambak..

Fennel

Mustard.......

Sweet pompion,..

Gourd .........

Onion ........ ..

Garlic............

Purslain.........

Indigo...........

Turmeric dye ....
Sonneratia apetal

Wildbel.........

Lint-plant........

Ganja; hemp ....
Henbane ........

Iron-leaf

Convolv;
bracteat .
Flower-bed

. /sambt}ja. ......... \' dähon-Jatntlju .,../,.nbsp;. . p\'rjpan............/-

Jsasäwi..........sasäbi. ........jsasuivi..........fscsäwi........../-

kundur .......... koodur.......... kundur.......... bligo ............. saghada

wäluh..
bawang.
k^sun . .

läbn; tau

bäwang-süluh

bäwang-handakh

gelänglang

tälam

tämu

labu.........

bäwang-mira . .,
bäwaigt;g-pdti....

krökot ........

tärum .........

tämo ..........

bäbang-mirah
bäbang pötik .

tähum ........

tämu..........

kätang-kätapg ..

tarom
t^mo .

rdkam ....
kapdndong.

ghdkam

rökam.

wäluh.,.........Ilkbuh............

häwang b^ur^um..
bäwang b^udas....

gilang ..........

tärom...........

köning-gedih .....
barälak..........

rdkam ..........

harämi..........

ganji .
hädas.

ädas-sttwa

humplas.

täbih----

panchur..
pachfikat

amplas.

tampilas
petak.,..

pamälang

lalären
tamba,

bandung ; tamba.

pamümpon

ädas

hampälas .

p^tak.....
paschüran.
dawöan...

Of Husbandry, Trade, Commerce, ^c.

tänam-tanäman .
örang menänam

(tänah-gemuk; quot;)
tänah gepuk ƒ
tänah-sediya......

tanah-katinggäl an

tänah-küsong ....

rimbaj hütau ....

sawah; bendang ..

balftka ....

ftang\'gäla;
\\ pajiku; lüku

örang-peuanggäla..

{laman; lätar,
orhaläman ^
rtuan-tänahj
quot;1
lt; araptinia- gt;

l. tänah.....J

ang-sewa

pülah-pulähan ..
hänak-manüla ..

tänah-niäniat ..

tänah-niärang ..

tänah-nang ....
tänah-sfihung ..

hälas.........

hdma; chärik.,
tegal..........

tanggäla......

hänak-nanggäla,

haläman ......

täta-nämaii ......

öreng\'a-nänam....

täna-landu.......

täna-sädia........

täna-bandung .
täna-kötong ...
älas ...lt;,..,.
säwa ...._..., ....
umbut ..........

asäka............

öreng-nanggäla....

tänian...........

täta-noman
jalma-nä-nom

tänuh-gaghäba

tänuh-chäwis

tänuh-tipek

tänuh-bangkang

tänuh-ghiinba

säbah

bMkakh

tänam tanäman ..,
öreng\'anänam ....

{täna-lampo ; 1
täiiakäjal.. ƒ
täna-chäwis ....

plak^plakan ...
jalma-mela ...

täneuh-lent^uh.

tänöuh-sädia...

täri-kolot.....

tän^uk-kösong.
l^uw^ung .,,..

säwah .......

wulüku.......

singkal . ......

jalma-nanibut .

burüan .......

Husbandry.....
Husbandman. , ■

tanddran ----

wong nandur.

lemah ärug ..

lemah-Ieleran

taneman.........

tiang-nänem......

siti-ärug.........

Good fertile ground
Ground ready for \\

sowing ......J

Fallow- land......

Waste-land ......

Jungle 5 wild ...,

A Field..........

A Pasture........

lemah süwung..
lemah-kötong ..

älas.............

säwah...........

älas-dudd-wan....

(walüku; ldku; 1
hrüjul.....ƒ

wong-pamaMku ..
lätar ............

sing-ddwe bümi ..

wong-nyiwa......

drep ..........

hälas ....
säbah....

wäna............

Sabin............

}

Plough .........

Ploughman .....

Farmer\'s-yard ...

naiiggäla

waläjar..........

tang\'ähbah

kabua-tänuh
jalraa-nyiwa

nätar............

tan^han.

handngla-tänah .
hänak-nyiwa . ..
mänyi .......

si-andi-täna ......

oreng-mäjak......

änyi ............

Landlord.......

Renter.........

Reaper..........

Carter ..........

handi-täna. ..
höreng\'eldt...
hänyi-pädi....

höreng-gelbag

kanggädah-siti,

jalma-siwa...
dibtiwat-päri..

jalnia-padäti,.

C memütung- quot;J
menü- gt;

pädi;
wai,

ngeni-mdgut....
tiang-nyikar....

{wong-medäti; quot;)
wong-gelbag ƒ

örang-pedäti

oreng-kalilis...... hänak-madäti .

■■■•Sä.--\',

-ocr page 480-

MALAYU.

orang-dûsùn..
pancbâriati ..
tûkang ......

pedagang ; bedâgang

ampûnia . ........

dagâug\'an........

pedagâng\'an.....

pâham..........

belâjar ..........

kerja ...........

Bankrupt ........

Capital..........

Interest..........

Term of payment..

Debt............

Creditor . ..

kati-tewas.,

pawîtan...,

ânak-wang

hangki ____

ûtang......

a-ûtang____

sumeni ...
niambut . .
a-niambiit.

fmeng\'âsi-
lt; ûtang; tuan gt;
L mas ......J

Payment

âweh-ûtang

pâring-niambut

okéur-ûtang ....

nâbur ........

baréusi........

gâdi..........

ngagâdi .........

nga-yéukal-gâdi .,

jûwal..........

nga-jûwal.......

méuli...........

maméuli ......

Release..........

Pawn...........

Mortgage........

Mortgager........

Mortgagee.......

Sale ............

Seller............

Buying..........

Buyer...........

niâhur ; bâyar____

pur ; abod.......

gâde............

anggâde..........

ânyekel-gâdean

âdol ..........

angâdol.......

tûku..........

atûku.......

nia-hor........

brési ..........

gâdi ..........

hanggâdi ......

hanâguk-gâdian

jûwal..........

hajûwal........

méli ........

hainéli ........

pûdat...........

gantos ..........

aaggantos........

ânyepeng-gantosan

wâde...........

amâde ..........

tûmbas........

atûmbas . ......

pûpus...........

tnûdal...........

rng\'a-wang; ^
bting\'a-mas. J
nanti : hinggah
.. j

ûtang............

benitang........

meng\'âsi-

tuan

mas

bâyar .......

salesai ....

gâdal......

menggâdai..
/jnemeprig 1

1 gâdian ____Jquot;

jûwal...........

menjûvval........

bli..............

membli........

}

Broker.......... ƒ ôrang-tâlang ;

1 peniângkau

Brokerage.
Barter ...

nûsur; changkau..

linton ....
wawâdian .
régi ; âhos

tûkar ..........

juwâlan.........

arga...........

kancheng .......

tombok..........

bâti.............

...........

ƒchaugkau-an ; quot;)
1 talâng\'an .. ƒ
tûkar......

juwâlau____

dodoîan.

juwâlan..

hâji ......,

kancheng\'an ,

tona.......

bâti .......

harga,
tûnai ;
fûgl ,,..,
lâba .. ..
s-ambûtan

or ârga....
kuntan...,

arga ; rega :
kencheng ..
tûna ......

bâti ......

aji

........^ tataçâuau,

...........

Goods on sale

Price........

Cash........

Loss ...... ..

Gain........

Import ......

JAVAN.
Bdsa hrdma.

ENGLISH.

MA
Madéra.

Jdwa.

Sûnda.

Countryman...,
Handicraft, ....
Tradesman ,.,.

Merchant......

Mastei-; constituent
Merchandize.. ..
Trading; commerce

Workman.....

Apprentice ....
A trade........

woug-désa____

panggolekan......

tûkaiig . i....,

pcdâgang .....

dûwe .... i. 4.

tiang-dûsun

jalma-lombur ..,
paniâng\'an ....

tûkang .........

pedâgang ......

nu-boga........

dagâng\'an......

pedagâng an ____

âpal ..........

di-âjar .... ..,.
gâwi..........

pegramen

gramen..,

limpat ...
sinâhu .,.
dâmel...

pâham........

ginâhu........

gâwe..........

{tiwas; pûpus;\\

bilâhi.....ƒ

banda; pawîtan

(âua-an; kem- \\
bang-wang. ƒ

(sranta ...........

ûtang ; nyilih ....
a-ûtang..........

DU RESE.

Sûmenap,

hóreng-disa ...
paniârihan.....

tókang ........

padâgang ,,,...

Iiânak-désa

pang\'a-lihan.....

tûkang.........

pedâgang .......

ngelah ..........

dagâng\'an........

mendâgang ......

wâruh ..........

malâyah ....____

gagâhan.........

jalma-pâkon

paniâpo-an

tûkang

padâgang

ngâdok

dagâng\'an

gûwi-dâgang

pâham

tatâwai

gûwi

padagâng\'an...,
pâham ; tâlio ..

lâjar..........

gâbai..........

popos..........

banda ..........

{hânak-Mbang;
hânak-mas,.

hótangorótang..
ha-ótaug .......

óreng-désa........

asâri .......... .,

tûkang..........

dâgang..........

si-andi ..........

dagâng\'an........

padâgang ........

pâham ..........

âjar .........

gâbai............

bânas............

banda........

k\'amûlan
pûtra.,.,
séngkar..

budûan .

tempo .
ûtang...
si-ûtang

banda

bung\'a-ghial

hûtang..........

mahûtang.........

si-bri-ûtang

mahutâng\'an.

ma-ur ..........

salâsi; tâda; pótos

gagâdin ..........

si-anggâdi........

si-nâgu-gâdi......

jual ............

si-âjual..........

bâyar............

prâgat ...........

gâdi ............

manggâdi........

mandisi-gâd)......

handap; dol......

mang\'âdap ......

bli ; tumbas......

mam-bli ........

hânak-meng\'âdah,.

niâli............

si-mâli..........

fóreng babâkol;quot;)
1 bâlija......ƒ

dârap-bâiiya......

pa-órup..........

juâlan .

âji ...,.

kancheng
tona ...
untung .

pânah
ûtang
pi-ûtang

pgâni-ûtaiig

bâyakh ; ngâwan
ghâles

gâdai ; sanggal
nga-gâdai

mâgang-gâdai

jûwal
nga-jûwal
bli

ngâbli

jalma-tatâlang

. O

BALI.

LAMPUNG.

hûrup ; singlur....

tûkokh

fhâdap- T

lt; hadâpan; i

ju-wâlan

L pindû-wan.. J

hâji ............

ghâga

jâni ............

kancheng

potchol..........

tûna

bâti ............

bâti

panju-augan......

sasa-Mtan

-ocr page 481-

Shopkeeper ....

Hawker..........

Sample..........

Bazar or marketl

place........ƒ

Earnest..........

Deposit........ Li

Truster..........

Goods ; effects.,.. /barang-barang

Heir............ wares.......

Proprietor........anipdnia...

Cost; expense....

Credit...........

Balance; residue..
Orerp/us of cost ..
Accompt ........

Sum total........

Book............

Accompt book ....
Day book........

Promissory note ..

Receipt..........

Discharge

Letter ...........

Address of a letter

Envelope ........

Address ;
compliments., J

Signature.......

Note...........

Message; order ,

Daily wages.....

Yearly salary....

Livelihood......

blanja......

pendapatan .
tinggal ....
blanja lebih .
tüng\'an ....

{kumpülan;
himpünan.
. J

kitab............

kitab-itüng\'an ....

itüng\'an-hari.....

sürat-janji . ......

s4rat-terima.....

sürat-lepas.......

sürat-kiréman____

alamat..........

pembiingkos-sfirat
püji-ptijian ......

tanda-tang\'an ....

stirat.......... ^ _

pesan.......... _ _

üpah-hari........

gaji-tahun, or taun

kahidüpan........

\'kerja-mku.,,.,...

Husbandry.

Farm............|tanah-siwa

Inclosm-e ......(pétak............

Ploughshare......lidab-Mku,
jüru-w^rung.....

adol-ider........

póla; tulada ....

rega-pSsar........

panjer ..........

titip ............

anampani........

barang; banda____

waris; warid ....

dltwe; derbe____

blanja...........

pakólian.........

kari ............

blanja lüwih......

itüngan..........

fkumpülan; quot;l
1 golang\'an../

kitab............

kitab-ittingan ....

itungafl-dina......

layang-janji......

%ang-tampa ....

l%ang-Iepas......

layang-kirénian____

atómat; tetéuger.,
tilas-lS,yang......

pfiji-pftjian ......

tanda tangan,.....

layang ..........

wekas ..........

tipah-dina........

gajih-£a-un ......

j Export..........kntHrau.........jaia-an......

I Partner. .........sarnddal......... sa-pawitan ..

Ib^ian ........../dtimdtknan.......jbagian ........

waning; bangu

napawitan ..,..
du-uman ......

duhtiman ,.,,

{(epau; kedai; \\
warong.... ƒ

wandi.

wamp;rong..
tükang-warong , ,

póla; chonto ...

arga-pasar ______

p anj ar .........

téunéun.........

tampa..........

barang-barang ...

waris...........

nubóga.........

bal anj a .........

béubéu-nang\'an..

kari ...........

balanja-léuwih...
itüng\'an .......

{jeru-kedai; td-\\
kang-warongj

berjalan-jüwal . ..
chunto; macham..

harga-pasar......

chengkram; panjar
kirem ; taruh
mena-rima.,.

chonto ; tepa ...,
regi-peken ......

anampeni........

haji-pamp;sar,.,.

hatS,mpa ....
barang bamp;rang ,

baris.........

handih.......

balamp;nja.......

pa-ólian......

karih.........

balanja-lébi ..,
hetóng\'an.....

pikantükan......

kantun..........

blanja-langkung ,,
e tangan..........

1

kumpülan.......

kitab...........

kitab-itting\'an-,,,

itung\'an-pó-ek...

siirat-jangji.....

stirat-tampa.....

slirat-pünah......

sürat-pihapi......

teténg\'ar ........

.pambüngkus-sörat

tanasul..........

tanda-léung\'éun ..

stirat............

tal^tali..........

burüan-pó-ek ,,,.
gaji-tahun,,,.,,

kompólan.

etang\'an-dintan ..

srat-jamp;üjl........

srat-tampi........

srat-püdat........

srat kintönan____

tanda............

hetóng\'an-are ,

tóles-jangji
tóles-patarima ,

tóles-kiréman .

tatang\'ar.....

hólasna-sórat,.

póji-pójian ,
tanda-t^nang

tanda-hasta......

srat ............

weling; pitüngkas

epah-dinten......

gajih-warsa......

fka-gesang\'an; 1
1 pi-gesang\'au ƒ
d^mel welajaran ..
siti-séwa........

.-are
gaji-taon

ka-üripan........

pang-hirüpan

tanéuh-séwa......

pétak; kótak ....
lanjam ; singkal .,

kahüdi-an......

tana-séba. ...,

kédjen ........

gawe-walfikon ....
lemah-sewa; ngelet
kotakan; petakan..
lamp;njam..........
paséro ..........

b%i; du-um......

barung........ ..

warung..........

jüru-warung......

mat anj a ........

chonto ..........

hajin-di-pakan ....

panchar .........

makinsan........

nanggap..........

prabot ..........

wenang..........

neng\'tlah........

blanja ..........

pandapatan......

tinggal..........

blanja-lébih......

hitüng\'an........

kumpülan........

chakepan........

ch akepan -hitüng\' an

hitüng\'an-dina ,,..

ngadok

blanja

pamangsa

tinggal

blanja-liu

itüng\'an

pakumpülan

itüng\'an-ghani

süghat-janji

süghat-nagMma

süghat-sighiu

süghat-kighfman

alamat

pa-jiyimpok-süghat

sürat-janji.......

sürat-trima.....

sürat-lapas .....

sürap-partitip ...

chiri...........

pa-ngepütan-sürat.

püji-püjian .....

tampak -tang\'an ,. / fanda-taug\'an
sürat............I siighat

mabasan ........

büpah-dina......

hüpah-tahon......

kabüripai)........

ngagalii-tanggala ..

tanah-séwa ......

pétak,,..........

kajen............

lóhot

ópah-ghani

si-andi-barung ,,..

jtial-edaran ......

chonto..........

aji-pamp;sar ........

panjai- ..........

pataro ..........

naréma..........

barang-barang ....

warisan..........

si-andi..........

balènja..........

pa-óli ..........

kare............

labi-balanja......

itüng\'an.........

gung-gung.......

kibat............

kitab-itüng\'an .,..
ƒ itüng\'an-sa-are \\
\\ sa-^re ..... j
sórat-para-janji-an
sórat etaréma ,,..

sórat-lapas ......

sórat kikiréman...

alamat ..........

budüna-sórat .,..
pamüji..........

tampak-tang\'an ..

sórat............

p^san...........

ópa-an-are ......

chato-taünan.....

lahüghekn

pemalang

ka-undi-an

gabai-saka-an ..,,
tana-pajakan ....

lakar; lóke......

gigan............

/ hatamp;han.

mapatüng\'an......

düman..........

anta-aii
\'jampang
böglan

wawaghong

{sai-kabüwa-
wawaghong
lapa-lapa-bajuwalan
chintu

gh^ga-pasagh

panjol\'h
niaghümah
nampSni
pulawa

-ocr page 482-

JAVAN.

-Bas« krdma.

MADURESE.
Madûra,nbsp;Sûmenap.

MALAYU,

ENGLISH.

BALI.

Jdwa.

Sûnda.

LAMPUNG.

Yoke....
Harrow..
Hoe.....

Rake.

Cart............

Wheel ..........

Whip............

Spade...........

Large knife
IMound of earth

dike........ƒ

Ear of corn......

Grain; corn......

The heard........

Sheaf............

Stack...........

Heap of grain ...,
Straw

Chaff,..........

Wheat

Barley .........

Rice ...........

Husked-rice.....

Millet..........

Gram...........

Pulse......

Beans...........

Malacca-bean ,..,

Gall-nut.........

Brinjals.........

Slender pompion..
Grass...........

Barn,

Workshop.......

Artificer.. ......

Art; trade ......

Goldsmith.......

Brawer.

igu,.
slsir

pachol J changkul..

penggaru .,,

kerita ; âno,
guling\'an..,,
chamti ....,
tambilang...
parang ,.,.,

bâtas.......

tangkai.........

biji.............

ranting..........

berkas ; ikat...,,

timbun..........

lungguk-padi...,.
jerâmi ; rûman,
sekam ; gâbah....

gandom..........

pâdi-jâwa........

pâdi ............

bras............

randa-jâwa......

kâchang kûda ....

kâchang .........

kâchang-panjaug ..

dâwat-silong......

mâja-kâni........

trong............

}

petûla ûler
rûmpot...

jelâpang; lûmbong

bangsal;i-ûmah-
pa-kerja-an

tûkang..........

tukâng\'an........

rtûkangmas;
\'[_ pandai mas

pauOiai-lüyans ••

samMlan
gâru ..,.

pachul
fchetchéker

\\ panggâru

îcr ; \\
aru ,. J
pedâti; plbag.,..

gledégan .........

cliamti ; petchut..
linggis ; gedjug . ,.
birang; bendo....

ga-leng; wâtes

pantun
wos ..

rungge ...........

las ; wiji..,...,,
slàga; pangchilek
pochong ; âgeman

tumpuk..........

undungan-wiji....
dami ; dermen.,, c
merambut ; gâbah
gandum, orgondem

jâgung chantil____

pari ............

beras, or bras ....

juwâwut; ótek ...
kâchang-jâran ....

kâchang. ........

kachang-dawa .. ..

kâchang-panjang ,,

maja-kâni........

teróng ..........

pâre-welut.......

sûket............

dûknt.

gria-padâmelan

undagi........

undâgian......

lumbung.........

ûmah-pagâ-wian ..

tûkang..........

tûkatigan........

kemâsan ........

chlkar

sambilan
gâru ....

pâchul

panggâru

karéta ..
guling\'an
petchut..
linggis ..
bâdog. ..

héuléut..

bigi ........

rancha-kénik

ranggoi........

siki...........

changchian ; regang
hurûnannbsp;.

jâdian ........

tumpûkan-pâri..

jarâmi........

hu-ut-gugûran ..
gandum........

gandum.

bras

pari ..........

bias ..........

konyit ........

kâchang-kûda ..,

kâchang........

kâchang-panjang ,

mâja kâne.
trong.....

mâja-kâni........

térong..........

pâlus............

jûkot............

râba

roma-panggâbai ..

tókang ..........

tókang\'an........

léuhit

{gardu ; imah- \\
pagâwi .... j

tûkang ..........

bisa-an..........

{kamâsan ; \\ ftókangmas; 1
tûkang-mas ƒ \\ kemâsan... ƒ

çandai-^iuumg\'an.. çandi-lôjang......

landuk .,
panggâru

semila
bâtas,.

pang\'ónong
sa

landu.

sorkot

chîkar ..........

klótro ...........

chamti; paniâcbot
râjang; kâli-kâli.,
bandu...........

tâbun ,

bûler............

bigi.............

rancha ..........

tangkas..........

tampo...........

osai ............

dâra-mian,,......

sâkam...........

gandum..........

jâba............

pâdi............

arta............

kâchang 1........

oto.............

mâja -käni........

târung ..........

■âba

lómbu ,

baftgsaî....

tûkang ....
tûkang\'an,.

kamâsan ,,

pandi-gung
\\

hûga..........

pehed; gâbag ..
tambah........

panggasgas ; pâdong

kréta............

châkra ..........

pâchut; chamti ..
pâniung-chong\'an,.
blâkas...........

pang\'âli
chandong

panûmpon

hûyam
iko

lunggu-an
lunggu-an-pâghi
jâmi; hûyam
hu-wok
jâwa

pâghi
bias

ghandau

ghâta

ghâta-tatjong

pundûkan .....

tâbih.........

bâtu.........

chârang-chérik.

pâlas.........

dugdug .......

dugdug-pâdi...

somi ........

hot-psak.....

gandum.......

jâgung-gimbal ,

pâdi.........

bras.........

gódam........

kâchang-ranti ,

kâchang ......

kâchang-linton.

mâja-kâni........

tûhung..........

pâdang ..
r gel bug; pây-
lt; ung; jenang;
l panggong
pangsal......

tûkang..........

tûkang\'a.........

{tûkang mas ; \\
pandi-mas,. j

pandi-Kvyang....,.

\\

tiung

jûku
lumbong

kûbu

tûkang
ka-tukâng\'an

tûkang-mas
tûkang-kûning\'an

pâchul

-ocr page 483-

. jpnnde....... .

jpande-gaghimn

{pande, or t(i \\
kang-gurindaj

Cutler

Carpenter....

Sawyer......

Turner......

Rope-maker.

Stone-hewer.

margangsa .

nampar-tangsul.

tükang-bätu

Mason.....

Brick-maker,

ttikang-ätiir-hata..

tükang-bäkar-bäta

tiikang-bläng\'a
tükang-peruiäta ...

tükang-näta-banon

ftukaiig-besmi-
\\ bänon.....

Potter.......

Lapidary ....

Miiler......

Baker.......

Confectioner..

Fisher......

Cook.......

tfikang-sotia.

tlikang-tepung ....

tükang rüti ......

tükang-juwädah ..

jeru-ikan........

jeru-dapur .......

C órang-bakedai, quot;j
or ói ang V
berkede. ...J
menjüwal säyur ..,

tükang-ärak......

jüra-ülam.

tdkang-käyu....
tükang-gargäji .
tükang-bübut. .
nampar-tali ...
\' tükang-wätu;
\\ jeiägra ...
tükang-näta bäta..
ftükang-ngo- quot;
1 bong-bata .. ^

kund! ...........

tükang-per-mäta .,
tükang gelpung...,

tükang-äpein.....

tükang-iuwädab ,,
jüru-iwak......,,

jüru-päwon ......

Grocer

tiang mande,

Green-seller
Distiller;

dealer
Weaver

lïer; spirit- quot;1
;aler.......ƒ

tükang-äwis; sopi

tükang tenun .

Cloth merchant, ..

Dyer............

Currier ..........

penjüwal-kain ....
tükang-chelop ....

pamade-siiijang,

{

tükang-külit......

tükang-käsot.....

peuiülam........

ƒ tükang-pen- \\
X iaib-kitab.. J
penjüwal-kitab....

Shoemaker .
Embroiderer.

Bookbinder .

Bookseller. ,

tükang cbenüa..

wong-märung ...

pangädol-janganan
tükang-ärak......

{tükang, or )
jurü-tenun . J

{tükang\'eber;

pangädol järit
tükang-niedel; 1
tükaug-chelopj

I tükang küiit; \\
\\ tükang-sämak ƒ

tükang-käsut . ,.

tükang-sülam ,.

tükang-mem-
büvvat-bünyi-
bünyi-an____

pandai-nienäri..

Maker of musical\'
instruments ..

n

Dancer

tükang-baksa.

Dancing-girl..,,
Colour-maker ,.

jügit; rungging,,
. .Itükatig chat ....,

r tükang-tülis
lt;1 gamber; tü-
(. kang-gamber

Painter.

tükang.jilid ....
pa-nga-dol-kitab

tükang-gendingan .

ƒ tükang-joget,
\\ or paujóged
ronggeiig; telidek

tükang-chat......

tükang-sung- quot;J
ging, tükang l
gambar.... J

i Blacksmith
Avmoiuer,.,

Ipandai\'bfsi
/pamlai-seujfita....
rpatidai-gu-

J riuda; V

/ pandai-clianai J

t6kang-kayu......

tükang-gergäji....

tükang-lärik......

memintal-täü ____

ampu..

. jpaiidi-paéus . .
Ipandi-pakärang.

pandi-gurinda ..

tükang-käbi ....
tükang-gargaji ..
tükang-bübot...

tükang-bäta.....

tükang-trap-bäta .
ƒ tökang-
I béuléum-bata

tükaug-kuiidi____

tükang-sara-wédi.
tükang-iiipung .. ,
tükang-bäpom ...

tükang-kói......

tamp;kang-läwah ,...
jüru-däpur......

jüru-warong

tükang ärak ..
tükang-thmn..

nga-jüwal-saraping
tükang-nyéuléup ,.

tükang-kület.

tükang-käsut.
peniülam ...

rtükaug-ng\'äput
kitab ......

nga-jüwal-kitab.

tükang-gending.

ronggeng ...
tükang-chat

ftübang-tülis \\
\\ gambar,,..
ƒ

\'pandi............handi......

pandi-sanjifa .... päudi-sänjata.

tókang-kaju ..
tokang-gai\'gäji

pandi-garindai....

tükang-käyu.....

tükang-gäla-gägi .
tükang-bübu..
tükang-täli.

tükang-bäta.......

/tükang-

Imadung- j

tükang-iibar-bäta..

tükang-pólo......

tükang-raamätan ..
tükaug-täpung ....

tükang-iüti.

tükang-juwäda...

tükang-jüko.....

pabätak.........

memental-täli

tokang-bäto ....

tokang-bäta____

tokang-ngbüar-bäta

tókang-chéti......

tokang-mamätan ..

tókang-tépong____

tókang-apam......

tókang-jobadah . ..

jüru-jüko........

jüru-däpur .......

hajüwal gang\'an ..

tokang-ärak......

tökang-tinun.....

oreng-bärung .....

oreng-jual-gang\'an

tükang-ärak......

tükang-tan un.....

hajüwal-samper...

tókang-kóli

tókang-tarómpak..
paniólam ........

oreng-äjual-samper

tókang-nyiropi .... óreng-madal

tükang-kület..

tükang-käsut.
tükang-sólam.

gaiji...........

óreng-ajual-kitab.

tandak ......

tókang\'a-chat.

najäga.

kapäla-tandang....

tanda..........

sungging.......

tókang-gambar,,..

tükang-rika

fpaadi baai........ Itükang-bamp;sinbsp;j

pandi-sanßta..... / tökang-sanjäfa

tükang-güghinda

tükang-käyu
tükang-gaghagaji

pandi guriuda ....

tükang-käyu......

tükang-gargaji ....

tükang-bibet......

ma-ngihi-täli.....

tükang-bätu

tükang-blang\'a

tükang-bätu,
hundägi....,

tükang-mobor-bäta

tükang-päyuk ....
tükang-sosotian ..

jüru-täpung......

jüru-häpam......

tükang.jäja......

jurübi...........

jüru-pähon .......

j alma-wavvaghoiig

hänak-mawärtmg..

tükang-ng\'arak____

jüru-tünun.......

padägang\'an-lamban

jüru-chilop.

tükang-külit.

tükang-käsot,
pa-niülani...

tükang-chakapan

Jpa-ngadap- j
\\ chakapan,,./

{tükang-
raenggah
möiiyi-
ffiöiiyiJian
jüru-liigal

1 J

pandai-näghi

juh-git ....
tükang-chat,

sangging.

-ocr page 484-

iff

JAVAN.
Bdsa hrdma.

MADURESE

Madûra.

MALAYU.

ENGLISH.

BALL

LAMPUNG.

Jdwa.

Sûnda,

Physician........

Surgeon.........

Druggist.........

Fai\'rier..........

Fowler..

Cattle-keeper ....

Beggar

Tools, instruments
Trap............

Snare (for a wildquot;)

beast).......ƒ

Furnace . ........

Crucible.........

Mould

Anvil . ..,

Nail.....

Pin......

File......

Chissel ...

Axe.....

Awl......

Plane......

Wedge ....

Saw......

Compasses.
Plumb-line
Glue......

Loom ,

Shuttle........

Woof.........

Warp........

Spinning-wheel,

Spindle.......

Screw.........

Gimblet......

Hammer .....

dûkun ; bomo ....
dûkun-dârah..

{ttikang-rampah-l
rampab .... ƒ
dûkun-kûda ...,

dûkun-kûda .

tûkang-pikat.
pa-ngang\'on .

pa-ng\'ang\'en.

penângkap-bûrung

kubâla .........

r orang mintak quot;j
lt; derma ; drang gt;
(_ mintâsadékahj
perâbot ; pekâkas..
serkap ..........

(wong-priman ; \\
wong\'emis . j

prabot; pranti....
jebag............

pakâkas ; prantos.

achûvvan; chitâkan

landâsan .........

pâku............

pâku-kâyu.......

kikir............

pâhat............

kâpak ...........

jârum-peniûlit....

ketam...........

bâji ; pâsak......

jangka......

benang-ârang .
perkat ......

(pemblûtan ;
pésa; pekâ-

belântik.

dâpur-lebûran .... prâpen
châwan-lebûran ... kdwen

sing\'en ; chitâkan..

pâron...........

pâku............

pâku-kâyu ; pan tek

kikir............

tâtah..........

kampak ; prékul
sujen ; ûnchag..

pasah..........

paju.........

iji, or grâji

jangka --------

pasi-pâtan.....

anchur........

âbah-âbah-
tenun ; pera-
bot-tenun

u

tropong.
mâni ...
pâkan. .
j antra. .
kisi ....
ûUr,...
buï . ...

çenlt;\\ko\\..........\\ çâ\\u -, gaïaàeu

(_ kas tenun.. J (.
trûpong; pikan ..
meng\'ânai........

ûwirang; lintang.
rabat ; j antra ....

kisitingkir......

plir-itik..........

gûrdî...........

dûkun........

dûkun-getïh...

tûkang-cherâki.

dûkun-jâran ,..

dûkon.........

dûkon-getih ....

tûkang-bubûreh.

dûkon-kûda .. .,

dûkon jâran.

pamegah-inânuk

fnga-ngon;
L pang\'ang\'on

prâbut

peniâkal-mânuk ..

}

parâbot.

parâkéuk

nahéuran
chitâkan

chetâkan

kancheng\'kâju ..,

kéker ..........

pâhah .........

kâpa...........

garagaji...
jangka ...
pâsi-pâtan.

tahânan.
pâlu ...

pâséuk ..........

kikir ............

tâtah............

kampak.........

jâra............

sûgu............

panchar..........

gargâji..........

jangka ..........

sipâtan..........

pangrâpat........

ngam.

jedjer

pakâra

tardpong
mihâni ,,

kahincher.

kisi .....

sirit-bébik
nâgalj.....

dûkon......

dûkon-dârah

Tpâlu.....

\\

dûkun...........

dûkun-sangra.....

tûkang-bumbu ....

dûknn-j âran......

tûkang-mikat ....

pang-raksa ...

{ôreng-burû-
maen; ngemisj

parâbot..........

korong-dâkap ..,.

tânan-gundal......

tomang-kamâsan ..

mosa............

f pa-ngitâgan ; quot;)
\\ pa-rembâganj

paron...........

pâku............

kancheng ........

kékir............

pa-a.....

kâpak ...
paniutcho ,
salâsar ...
pâji ; pâsa.
gala-gâji .
jangka ...

sépat.....

anchur ...

dandâng\'an-tânun

leréng\'an
ngâni,..,
dirian ..
kantian..
jadjar ..
pâla-eiik
polas ....

tÔkQi..,,

bâlian ...........

bâlian-getih......

charâki.. .....;.

bâlian-jâran ....
fhânak-nbsp;quot;i

lt; pang\'ajûkan- gt;

t kedis......J

pa-ng\'ângon ....

babâghiman

pghâbot
chûchup

hânak-ngidih-hidih

prâbot ; pakâkas..
sasâtab ..........

blantik

prâpen .
mûsa...

chitâkan

ghandosan
pâku

pâku kâyu

kîkikh

tâtah

sûgu
bâji

jangkali
sipat

pa-niangkâyan ...,

pa-ron .........

pâku...........

pâku-kâyu.......

kikir...........

pâhat...........

kâpak .........

jâhum-panâbokan,

kâtam .........

pâji ...........

gargîji .........

jangka .........

sipat...........

h anchor .......

pulâwa-maiitok

tingkighan
kisi

taghâwila
gagândea

prâbot-tûnun

tundak ......

meng\'a-nginin ,

pâkan .......

ngantih.......

gauchan ......

pâlir-itik ....,

gordi........

pang-gôtok. ..
\\

dadûkun

-ocr page 485-

IThimble.........jchincbin-penjait .

\'Hair pencil......./Mlam-ehina,......

Gilding........../Kiaia-an ; sapdtrus

j Enamelling...... tatalian..........

Paint; colour____ chat; warna......

Fishing-rod...... panching ; kail....

Rod............ bawur-panchiug ..

panching

rurühit ; oéuséup

jaring..........

péso-chükur....
ayak..........

jarmg...........

l^ing-paniükor ,..

paug\'a-jakan......

giEsan ..........

Net..........

Razor........

piso-panitikur.....

irig ; peng\'a-yakan
giling\'an.........

pamaras .

Sieve............

Hand-mill........

Hook.

fmata-kail; \\
mata panching ƒ

jaring; pukat----

{pisau-ch4kur; \\
pisu-peniükur ƒ

ayak..........

kisaran........

b/chal

jali ali-pandom .

pemVi........

sepuh-tros......

tatahan; srasah
warna.........

panüli...........

lümaban

tatahan..........

chat; warna.....

pauching ........

pabalas..........

panching ........

jaring...........

tiuk-pagundulan ..

sidi.............

panggi ling\'an ....

kalam-china....

sipu-tros ......

tatfdian........

wa ua.........

oéuséup........

jajar-oéuséup ..

sompo-tarus.....

tata............

barna...........

panching .......

a-garan.......

tatahan..........

barna............

pancheng ........

gala-garan........

k^hih; panching..

jtóng..........

tódi-paniókor ....

kawel
bawian

mata-kavvel

pükek; jaghing
lading-paniu-kur
aja......... ..

pancbing

walesan-panching..

fgretel-nbsp;quot;l

■t\' pamp;ncbing, or gt;
panching... J

jaring

Of a Ship, ^c.

peghahu
kapal

^na-peghamp;hu

jaghu-müdi

jalma-numpang

tihang

layakh

tali

kamüdi

hamp;lu-wan

bughitan

prau; prabu ,
kapal.......

par^hu..........

kapal............

amp;nak parahu......

jliru-mlidi,.......

jalma nümpang,..

tihang ..........

l%ar............

tS.li.............

kamtidi..........

alüwan..........

praho......

prS.ho-kamp;pal

parau ,
kèpal.

baita,

Boat; barge
Ship.......

Sailor......

prahn; sampan
kapal; bahatra.. ..
ƒ anak-prihu; \\
\\ anak-d^yung J
jeru-mfidi........

orang-manumpang

tiang ............

i%ar ............

tali; tambirang ..

kemüdi,. ........

hahiwan . ........

buritan..........

prabu...........

kapal............

{awak-prahu; 1
pamblah... ƒ
jtiru-müdi........

bandiga..,
jüru-müdi.

bandéga..........

{jüru-müdi; \\
jüru-pancharj

hinak-numpang ..

tiang............

layar............

tamp;li.............

kamüdi..........

halu-wan ........

buritan..........

pandiga..........

j(iru-müdi........

hóreng nónot.....

tyang............

lajar............

tale.............

kamüdi..........

Helmsman

oreng-nampang.

tyang..........

l^yar..........

tMi...........

kamtidi........

sira...........

bunto.........

Passenger ........

Mast............

Sail.............

Rope............

Rudder..........

Stem............

Stern............

wong numpang....

tiang............

layar............

tali..............

kemddi..........

alu-wan ; arepan,.
büri; buritan.....

{tunda-kapal;
sap-kSpal .. J

jang-kar.......

t^li-jangkar ....
satang-figaltigal..

dayung ........

momótan ......

buntel.........

tülakbara......

tangsul........

tQa-kamp;pal......

tonda ,

tunda-kapal....

jangker........

dandan.........

gamp;lah..........

dajong.........

bua-bua .......

bungkos.......

tülak-bóro......

Deck

tundag

tingkat-k^ipal ..,.

sawuh ..........

tali-sawuh........

galah............

dayung..........

mu^tan ,. . .......

bandla ; bungkus ..
tdlakbara........

pang\' (ilu-pan gkiilan

panambang......

{pangkalan quot;l
tambang\'an
J

jangkar

dandan

wa-watang

dayoDg

bu-watan

sempokan

tülak-baia

sa-o......

tali-sa-o .,.
babatang ..
dayung ....
bua-bua-an
bongkosan.
tülakbara .

manggar......

tMi-sawuh ....

galah.........

da,yong......

muatan.......

bungkos......

tlllak-bara,....

{klian-pameng
kalan......j

pa-nambang......

(pamengk^lan- \')
tambang\'an
ƒ

Anchor..........

Cable............

Boat-hook or pole.

Oar ...........

Cargo .........

Bale ...........

Ballast.........

tangsul-jangkar

wilah; satang....

d%ong..........

méuméutaii......

bungkus.........

tdlakbara........

wa-weratan

lora-pasisir......

parau-tambang\'aii.
ƒ pangkalan- 1
\\ tambang\'an ƒ

Ghaut Manji.
Ferry-boat...
Ferry. lt;,......

kepfila-pang-kalan

mandur-pangkalan

tambS,ng\'an......

Tpangkdlan- 1
tambang\'an
J

jükong tambang\'au

nambamp;ng\'an

panambang ......

fpangkMan quot;)
\\ tambang\'an ƒ

tükang umbal

Of an Army, Warfare, ^c.

......... j alma-prang

r orang prang;
•f óraag-
l\\ bersanjata^

a

ƒ óreng-prang ; i.
X óreng-Bika J

lónak-mariat

tarona-saren,.,,,.

Soldier

prajürii

-ocr page 486-

JAVAN.

Bdsa krdma.

MADURESE.

MALAYU.

ENGLISH.

Jdwa.

Bali,

LAMPUNG,

Madéra.

Sümenap.

Mrah kepäla.

rbalatäntra; quot;)
bäla-kuswa; gt;
i bäla-prajurit J
palawan pamägut..
^ fdandänan- T
^ prang; pa-
; t kakas-prang J

sang u .........

pang\'änggo-bäla ..
sang\'u-kéwan ____

busäna-wädia ...

tunggul.

bandira.

rbandera; um-quot;J
bul-umbul; gt;

l iitläja.....J

Watcli-guard . ....
Watch (time) ____

kävval...........

giliran ..........

kemit jäga.......

giliran; ganti____

(mäta-mäta;
kapetengan

chähos ; jägi,.....
gentósan .........

ƒ pang\'ülah ; quot;l
1 kajineman.. j

liemit ..........

giliran ........ .,

mäta mäta .... .,

jéungjéung\'an ....

sädia-balatäntra ..

badämian .... ....
ngarängsang ••••..

elib ..........

f mäta-mäta; quot;1
lt; suluh; pang\'.
( Indap
..... J

A spy scout
March ,...

angkätan-jüros.,..

sedia-balatäntra .,

prang; bermäsuh..
dämai...........

Muster

{sedia wädia \'1
prajürit.... j

yüda ............

mägut; nempuh.,

jäya ............

kä-won..........

chobi-läwan ......

War............

Peace . ..........

Attack..........

Victory..........

Defeat .........

langgar..........

menang .........

älah, or kalab ....

Skirmish........

Ambush.........

Flight...........

Retreat..........

Prisoner.........

Battalion; troop..

Front .........

chüba-läwan

intai....... ..

läri...........

sürot; undur .,

täwan; kachündang

bäla; tantra......

bäla-di-ädap......

palätuk..........

lumpat..........

mundur..........

boyong\'an........

balatäntra._______

bäla-ti-här0up ....

bäli-ti-tühu......

bäla-ti-k6nclÄ....

ƒ mäta-mäta; quot;1
\\ kapetengan ƒ

onjotan.........

Cchäwis bäla- quot;j
) prajürit; I
J samäkta-bäla (

L prajtirit____;

pi\'ang............

bedämi..........

fngeränpang;
\\ neräjang.../
menang; imggul..

kälah............

näjal-läwan; quot;1
\\ chüba-läwan j

tilik; dodok......

lumäyu; läri ....
mundur..........

lumäjeng; lumäjar

tawanan.........

wädia-küswa.....

wädia-ngäjeng ,...

Right-wing ......

Left-wing........

bäla-di-känan

bäla-di-ki:

r

boyong\'an........

balatäntra.......

ƒ bäla-ing\'ärep;
quot;i chüchuk-prang ƒ
fpang\'äwat- quot;J

lt;nbsp;tengen; bäla- gt;

L teng\'en.....J

fpang\'amp;wat- quot;)

lt;nbsp;kiwa; bäla- gt;
l. iugkiwa,... 3
ponggäwa ......

pang\'ülu; kepäla ..

balatäntra .......

pahaläwan.......

pakäkas-praog____

bekal, or bakälan,,

pagäwi-bäla......

bäkal binätang....

panji-panji.......

Officer..........

Array...........

Ciiampioii........

Ammunition..,,..

Provision; victuals

Baggage.........

Forage; fodder. .,

Standard flag.....

kapäla-prajürit..,

balatäntar.......

paläwan .......

ra-rengkénprang ,

bäkal; säng\'ii .. ,
päkian-bäla .....
säng\'ti-ldwan ..,

pämuk ..........

kapräbon yfida.,..

bäla-perjürit......

andal-andal......

pa-ngänggui-pärang

pakäkas-päghang
säng\'u

säng\'u-säto-kiwan

umbul-umbul ,,,,

käbal............

giliran; gantian .,

mäta-inata ,.,,,.

bäkal-hubüan ,,.,
.-gäda........

säng\'u ,.....,... säng\'u ..........

i fpa-ngänggui-
\\ na-perjürit.. J
säng\'u-büron .....

ƒ ambul-ambul; quot;)
\\ bandira..,. J

langlang
giliran ,.

mäta-mäta; télik..
hälan-tang\'an ,...

chäwis-bäla; täni

siat; yüda ......

käsih.....,..,...

mäta-mälam

{chumabis; bala\\
bania
......J

prang ..........

madami..........

päghang
dämai

ngaghüluk

mänang
kälah; älah

chäba-läwan

jaga ...........

giliran ,,........

mäta-mäta; tälik.,

manjal..........

fpasädia-bäla- \\
\\ perjürit.... J

pärang ..........

betchik; sai......

büdus ..........

sajayang ........

mänang; pólih.,,,
kälah; kähon ,,,,

tagäraiig-läwan ...

hintih ........ .,

malähib; maläyu,.
kirig-kirig......C.

kachündang......

balatäni..........

bäla-ka-ping\'ärap,.

bäla-di-teng\'an....

mänang..........

käla............

chüba-läban......

entip............

büru............

niórot ..........

Jbandäng\'an; 1
\\ bujütig\'an ,. ƒ
bäla............

bäla-e-äda........

bäla-e-kanan......

tägag; lijong
mundokh

jaghähan

baa-e-ké.vi ...... \\bäU-di-kiwa......

manjil

mänang; henang..
kälah............

chóba-laban......

ang\'éntip........

büru............

uiórot ..........

bojóng\'an ________

bania............

bäla-e-äda........

bäla-e-känan......

bäla-e-käc\\ver ,.,,

scunüng\'an ......

bala-bänia,.......

pangläben,.......

dandänan-praug ..

kälian ..........

bäla-täni........

pra-jürit ,.....,.

pakäkas-mäsiat,..

bäkal............

prantos-bäla..,.,,,

-ocr page 487-

hisuxk.,........

Rear

Musquetry........

Archers..........

Camp............

Tent............

Tent-pole........

Tent-rope........

Walls of atent....

Knapsack........

Booty...........

Arms............

Mail............

Helmet..........

Shield...........

Spear............

Battle-axe........

Kris

Dagger..........

Sword ..........

Back of the sword

Edge of the sword

Point of the sword
Bow............

Bow-string ......

Arrow ..........

Arrow-head......

Notch

Arrow-barb......

Arrow-shaft......

Arrow-feather ...,

Arrow-top ......

Gun ; musket .. .

Gunpowder......

Ball ............

Sling............

Trumpet ........

panimbak; pamhedil
pemanah ........

perhèntian.......

hima............

tiang-hima.......

t£i-hima........

dinding-hima.....

küpik............

rampasan........

senjata..........

baju-besi.........

katupong .........

tamp;min ; prisai ....
tumbak; lemhing..
kapak-prang....

kris...........

badik ; siwah.....

pedang ..........

blakaiig-pedang. ..

ƒ tajam-pedaug; \\
\\ mata-pedangj

üjung-pedang ____

panuh ...........

r tali-p^nah ; \\
1 tali-bfisur .. J

anak-panah ______

mata-anak-panah..

fchabang-anak- \\
1 pauah.....ƒ

k%et-amp;nak-panah .,
batang-auak-panah
bulu4nak-pamp;,nah ..
ftjung-m^ta-panah ..
bedil; senapan\'4..

ubat-bedil........

plüru............

linggJing\'an ......

nafiri, or napiri ..

I buntut! }IWHdla-ing-wiagking
sara-geni; panibedii
paman ah

pan jam-paring
{

-tarub ; quot;)
;r-tarub J

L pagei\'

kepek ...........

jarahan ; rampasan

g%aman.........

kelambi-kre......

topong..........

tameng; dadap....

tumbak..........

prekul-prang.....

kris.............

badik ; chingkrong

pedang ..........

gigir-pedang......

landep-pedang ....

püchok-pedang....
gendiwa . .,.,,,..

sénteng ..........

panah...........

bédor............

r menur-panah;
lt; nian-niap- gt;

t panah.....J

grétel-jtauah......

f gandar-pïinah
\\ deder panah J

lar-p^nah........

püchuk-bedur.....

\'gamp;ding-balauthitra fsasabet; pang\'iwat!................f{^^balatónlra }l..............

bQa-di-bUkang .. I fbamp;h-ing-bamp;r;;

Jpasang-grahan; \\
pakii-won .. J

pamondókan.
tarub.......

{chagak-tarub ; \\
saka-tarub . ƒ

tali-tarub........

ƒ tébeng-tarub ;

dadamel; warastra

paris............

wahos...........

kapak-prang......

düwung; churl ga..

langkap...
kendeng ..
jamparing.

gréneng-jamparing

bedil; sinapan..,.
óbat

sanjata ,
sendawa

bandil

mmiis ..,
bandring ,
saldnapret,
bSla-ti-tukang .... baJa-e-btidi......

pang\'ibat........

pamana..........

pahembfi-wan ....

tatamb..........

jaga-tarub........

tali-tarub........

tabing-tarub......

kapik............

jarahan..........

pakarang ........

kawai-béusi......

blakütak ........

tamin...........

tumbak..........

kampak-parang.,,

kris ............

skill ............

pédang..........

tonggong-padaug..
séukéut-p^ang.

chéung\'éuh-padang
..............

sinapang
óbat ....
mémis ..
bandring ,
taléumprit

képek...........

bandang\'an ......

gagamaa ........

kalambi-Msi; krek
tatópong ..,, ,...
tameng; prisi ....
tumbak; limbing.,

kéris............

badih............

pldang..........

tonding\'a-pldang ..

tajama-pldang ....

ponchóhna-pidang
panah ...........

talina-panah....,.

panah ...........

bidor...,,,......

chabing\'a-panah ..

gander..........

buHina-panah ,...

bedil; sinapan....
óbat............
/

paning-garan
pamanah ...

aréunan....

jbala-pMa

bala-e-bddi .....

paning-garan ....
pamamp;na.........

pasang-gar4han. .

kapik............

rampasan .„ ______

sanjata..........

kalambi-kari-basi .

totópong.........

taming..........

tumbak......

kapak-parang ....

karis............

badi ............

padang ..........

tonding-padang ...
pambarap-pSdang .

koncho-padang____

gandiwa.........

t^li-pana ........

pana ............

tumbak-pana.....

changka-pana ,...

saing-pana ......

galagaran-pana...

bülu-pana.......

koncho-pana.....

byil; sanamp;pang .

óbat............

mlmis ..........

kalang-kaJing ..,,
talómprit......

chaling-balatuai
bSIa-di-pungkur ..

jtiru-badil........

juru-pSnah ......

pre-rénan........

póndok..........

hadagan-póndok ..

talin-póndok......

dinding-póndok ,.

babi-tlkan........

rampasan........

sanjata..........

baju-basi........

tatópong.........

prési............

tumbak; lambing

kapak-p^siat.....

/kris; dfiwung;\\
\\ kadüten.... ƒ

gólok............

padang ..........

tundun-padang.. ..

tajap-padang......

tuktuk-pamp;dang....
panah...........

tali-p§,nah........

hlru............

basinru..........

badil; snapang

sandawa

ponglo

O

changgah-hiru .... I

sangkit-basinru .,.

bautang-hlrn.....

bulfina-hiru......

tuktuk-basina-hiru
bMl; sinapang...

hób-dt...........

mimis...........

Ibalangsut........

prétit...........

pata-ghliwan

kepik

ghampasan
sanjata

taming
pa€an

kaghis

badik-b^ik

padang

balang-padang

tajam-padang

unchok-padang

-ocr page 488-

ENGLISH.

MALAYU.

Trumpeter.......

Drum...........

Drummer........

Fort............

isampart.........

(Moat; trench,.,.

Mine............

Miner...........

Siege............

Scaling..........

Scaling-ladders....
Relief; succour ..
Surrender..,.,...
Combat..........

meniop-nafiri.....

tabuh ...........

memtikul-tâbuh..,

kdta, orkûta____

timbok.......

parit.........

lûrung tânah...

menggäli.....

kepung ......

panjâtan......

sigai.........

tûlung ; bantu ....

srah, or serah____

krûmun........
tûkang nialûmpret.

tâbuh; teteg.....

tûkang-nabuh ....

kûta ............

béteng.........

lâren; batarâwi

song ; gûwa....

bantu; srâya

pa-srah......

biok ........

wong pang\'eduk

ngepung.......

panchâtan.....

rambâtan......

tûlung ........

srah..........

krûbut ........

kita

{nganiup- quot;î
taléum-prit J

tâbuh ..........

anâbuh ..........

kûta............

benteng..........

kamilir..........

parigi...........

ang\'âli ..........

kepong ..........

sengkidan........

sigen............

tólong ; bantu.,..

hasrah .. .......

dihûrup..........

kóta............

témbok..........

ligi-lian ; léki ....

hang\'âli..........

kepong ..........

tólong; bantu....
ha-srah..........
se-niópi-talómprit

tambur-râja......

se-nâbu-tambur ..

kóta............

pâgar-âlas........

lalâren..........

{lórong-e- 7
dâlam-tâna J

kâle-kâle........

ekâpong..........

ongga............

eting............

banto ...........

pasârali..........

króbut ..........

ngûpin-prétit .

gbug.........

pang-gbug......

kóta............

témbok........

blung-bang ....

{lûrung-di-
bâtan-tânah

pang\'óko ......

kiter..........

lang\'âten ......

jan............

bantu; tûlung..

srah..........

kembul........

kûta

ngâli

gâpong

châka

tûlong

niâghah

gaghûmut

Mind...........

Understanding....
Knowledge.......

Ingenuity........

Memory.........

Forgetfiilness ...

Thought ......

Consideration ..

Belief.........

Doubt

Ignorance ........

Stupidity; folly ..

Ability..........

Character........

Choice..........

Desire
hâti, orâti; chita
âkal; bûdl......

pang\'etâwan.....

bijaksâna-an.....

ing\'at..........

lûpa...........

kira...........

pikiran .........

perchâya .......

alâhu-âlam ; sangka

Mistake..........jsilap............

Care...... . fchinta; pikir;1

t mashghul .. J

Consent.......... kabûlan

kûrang-pang\'etâwan

{bebâlan ; kû- T
rang bûdi .. ƒ
ârifan, or ârepan..
kalâkuan; perâng\'ai
pilian, orpilihan..

kahéndak-âti.....

hâti, or âti
âkal; bûdi

pang\'a-weruh ....

wichaksâna......

eling............

lâli..............

kira ; dûga.......

pikir; ang\'en-ang\'en
Tperchaya; I
\\ ngandel; pitâya ƒ
gusti-sing\'a-werûhi

lûput............

fngung-ngun; \\
\\ prehâtin ... ƒ
rkûrang-pang\'a-\\

\\ weruh.....ƒ

dedel; gebleg

awâsan waspâdan .

kalakûan........

pilian............

kareping-âti......

trima-, kabûlan ..

mânah; gâlih....

{paniérsa ; \\
pangwikan. ƒ

ing\'et ; emut____

sûpe; lipian,.....

kinten ..........

nâlar............

pitâdos 2».....

Of the Mind, and its Operations, Virtues, Vices, ^c.

(pang\'éran- quot;)
kang-vvikâni ƒ
lepat............

{kirang-pang\'a
wikan .....

waspahósan......

{kajeng-ing-mâ-\\
nah; panyiptaj
hâti, or âti.....

âkal ; bûdi.....

kânia-héukan ...

bijak-sâna.......

ing\'at..........

pohok .........

kintan .........

pikir...........

parchâya .......

fhongyang-
\\ng\'ania-hókéunjquot;

ang\'en-ang\'en

kûrang-kania-hô-an
kûrang-bûdi....

kalakû-an........

pilian............

kârap-âti ........

katréma ........

hâti ............

ngâkal ; bûdi ....

pang\'âbruh......

bangkit..........

héng\'at..........

lópa............

kéra-kéra ........

péker............

prâchedja; ngandal

katutûpan,

kórang pang\'abruh

bódo; kûrang-bûdi
............

kalakûan........

pélian ..........

karâpna-âti......

tarémaii ..gt;....,
âte..............

âkal ; bûdi ......

ta-o ............

pentâran ; bangkit

eug\'a............

lópa............

kéra-kéra ........

péker............

parchâya ........

tarka ; sangka____

hélap.........

gageton ........

kórang-ta-o......

lóla ............

kapintâran ......

kalakówan ......

peléan ..........

kanda-âte........

taréma ; ngâku....
\\
hâti ............

dâya; bûdi......

kawai-ûhan ......

ririh............

hing\'at ; mcling ..
hangsap ; lâli .. ..

kira ............

kacâhang ........

onggûgu..........

sangguh ; kâdin ..

pélih............

rawósang......

ku-wang-wikan
blog..........

panawang,
p.abâtan.,.
pilian ...

kârap............

hâti

âkal ; bûdi
kaghûhan

ing\'okh
lûpa

kigha-kigha
pikiakh

peghachâya

alâhu-âlam

simpang

tigham

kôghang-âwas

bâbol

âlim

kalâku-wan
pilih

kahânda

kâbul

niak

............1

-ocr page 489-

kumbi..

{panûjon ; quot;1
chondóng\'an J
kûrang-panûju ....

ku-wat ; rosa.....

ku-rang-rosa.....

fpegat- ^ quot;1 r pegat-
lt; pang\'ârep-

(_ ârep......

lâra. ..........

prih...........

sûsah..........

dûka-chita......

quot;1 Tsenâng\'an ;
sûka ;
bung\'â-han

ârep-ârep ........

wedi............

syéun............

nia-ah ..........

mantak; karâiia..

béung\'is......

timburû-an ____

ngûpat ........

iman..........

bâlas..........

bang\'is........

tambûru-wan ..
jâjal..........

sókar;bandu;dûka

bâchi..........

srik ; dûria ....

eman.....

karona ...
beng\'is ...
timburûan

sayang ........

medâlam......

gemas.........

chamburûan_____

mesâdu........

ngûwil ; bendu .

banchi ........

pâwek........

eman...........

wel as ; piwelâsan,
beng\'is; kreng...
bûta-repan......

bûta-jeng\'an.
ngarabosi...

lapsu ;

ireng\'en ; V
nûring-mûringj

Tab

Anger

dûka.

sóker.

\\ merka
benchi .
damdam

kâsih ;

Enmity.
Malice .

geting......

satru-mânah.

géuléuh,

Love.

padâlam; kâsih .

barâhi .........

di-barâhi.......

senâban.........

pamitrâhan.....

satrówan.......

kemlâhan........

jâlian........\'...

kéna melali......

kéna-jâi;.........

mela-budi........

jâii-bôdi.........

bâlas-bûdi........

rigat............

ka-sropan........

nisar............

bârai............

se-éka-bârai......

dûsan ...........

kabâchigan.......

satro............

kabâcbi-an.......

kajûba-an........

niat-bâchik......

birâhi; membirâbi

di-birâhi.........

jemu-an ; lu-wakan

mahebâtan ......

satru-an .........

keba-ikan........

jahâtan..........

niâtan-baik ......

Lover.....

Beloved____

Aversion ...
Friendship ,
Enmity...,
Goodness ..
Badness. ..

barâhi ..
hi-barâhi

bighakh

di-bigbakh

jalujókaa

béuséun .

sasâhenan........

kasahenan ....
awónan........

hâsib-hâsih-an..,
ha-sasâtron ....,
ka-betchikan ...
jubâhan........

sedja-betchik ...

sedja-jûba.......

betchik-bûdi.....

jûba-bûdi.......

balâsan-bûdi.....

palachitra.......

ha-mumûli .....

kahâdi-an........

goréng\'an........

niâtan-hâdi ......

kabâtian
jahâlan

niâtan-bâti

niâtan-jâhal
bâti -bûdi
jâbal-bûdi
balâsan-bûdi
ki-ânat

Good will.

Ill will.......... niâtan-jâhat.

Good nature...... baik-bûdi...

m nature........jâhat-bûdi.,

Gratitude......../ balâsan-bûdi

Ingratitude.......

Honour; respect,.

niâtan-goreng

niat-jûba ....,
bâchik-bûdi ..

jûba-bûdi____

bâlas-bâchik..,

kiânat .......

hurmat

piapsu ;
lt;sr _
(. mûring
seng\'it; benchi

{satru-âti
demdeman

{terisna; kâsih;~l
deman .... J

kasengsem.......

di-sengsémi......

bosen wâdeh....
babetchikan ......

sasâtron .........

kabetchikan......

alânan...........

{ang\'en-ang\'en-l
betchik .... ƒ
ang\'èn-ang\'en-âla..
betchik-bûdi....

âla-bûdi.........

..........ir^éir^\'JJHquot;^^

Denial.......... jsuDgkàlan ...

katujûan.....

■h

IbicMra..........

nganglis.........

katûju.......

kórang-nóju...

[blchâgha

mûgokh

tinujûan

kóghang tinu-jûan
ku-wat

kóghang ku-wat

bla-pang\'a ghap

buhâban
peghos; peghih
sûsah
sûkokh

hanja

hâghap

ghâbak

tumâdan

pâdih

bûghas

pâsa-sâgha

ngûpokh

mâghap

niû-wuh

\'châra.

pakara ..........

mâtan-matânen ,,

ka-demânin......

ku-wang-demânin

ku-wat..........

ku-wang-ku-wat..

pegat-hârap......

munkir

hentéuk-ngâku...,

kâga-léu-an......

kûrang-kâga-léu-an

ku-wat..........

kûrang-ku-wat....

pegat-kârap......

niâri, ornyéuri
péurih ...,,...

sûsah..........

sûkar..........

Approval.....

Disapproval.. .
Power; faculty
Weakness.....

ktii-ang-katûju ...,

ku-wat..........

kûrang-ku-wat____

kówat ..........

kdrang-kówat ....

ka-pegâhan-kârap

gring ; lâra

ku-wat ; kóko ....
kórang-ku-wat..

takuning-ârap ..

pûtus-hârap

Disappointment

•âjeng- V

ï......J

pang
ajeng

sakit...........

pedih...........

sûsah...........

dlika-chita ; sûkar

Tsenâng\'an
lt; kasûka-an îgt; ^
(. santtisa
.... J L
hârap ....

tâkut.....

sâyang....
kesian ; blas-kesian
beng\'is ; cheng\'i..

cliemburu-an.....

dpat ; mâkan-dârah

ƒ gûsar ; mârah ;

Pain ..
Smart
Grief..
Misery

sâkit; grah

sâkit

pidi ......

sdsah......

dûka-chipta

soka; réna

ârap-ârap ..
tâkot......

sâki....
pâdi ...
sosa ...
sósa âti.

sâket....
ngang\'ah
hing\'uh..
dûka....

sungkâwa.

}

Happiness.

âtéuh.

soka

ârap ,
tâko .

sûka ,

Hope............

Fear..........

Pity ..........

Kindness......

Inhumanity ....

Jealousy.......

Backbiting.....

hârap ,
tâkut.

ajeng-ajeng----

wedos; âjerih____

ówel..........

mâles-kabeichikan
kia-nat; pâla-cbidra^
ngajeni

khiânat.
hûrmat,,

hûrmat,

hûrmat; ngahósi..

- ■ f

-ocr page 490-

JAVAN.

Ucka krdma.

MADURESE.

Madira.

i O
lt;*

MALAYU,

ENGLISH.

Jdwa.

BALI.

LAMPUNG.

Sénda.

Disrespect; scoru.,

Honesty ----

Dishonesty ..
Selfishness ..
Generosity

Niggardliness

Covetousness

Extravagance

Contentment..

Patience ...,

Impatience;
harshness of
temper

Truth ...

Falsehood.

Fraud; deceit____

A lie............

Dissimulation ....
Hypocrisy.
Perfidy; treason ..

Tyranny .......

Pride............

Humility........

Envy...........

Merit...........

Purity ..........

Impurity ........

Modesty ........

Impudence ......

Confidence

Distrust

1 Credit; trust ..

Untegrity ......

\\ Courage.........
lädak ; angkuh.. ..

temen; bener ....

kürang bener .....
ora-open; oraperd Ali
ber; mArah-äti\' ..
ƒ kümed; chetil
\\ medit .... j
sräkah; murka.....

{blanja-chÄma-
chüma .... j
enak äti; lega-äti..
säreh; säbar ....

{brang\'äsan; quot;1
kókot-bisu J

beneran..........

goroh............

ƒ ngapfisi;
(_ jelómprong

góroh..........

ati-bengkong ..,
dora-chära ....
duräka; kräman

käni-häya........

kunüngsun ......

ngäsor-äwak......

deréngki; panästen
pantesan; wenang

resikan..........

regédan; najisan..
isin; wirang......

rendähan-diri

dengki ..........

liarüsan..........

süchiau ........

chemäran; kotóran
mälu ; supan......

mfika-päpan ......

Tchungkak;

Champa,
(_ bungkak
iman ; kehenäran

kuräng\'an-iman ..
häti-kriug........

mürah häti ......

kikiran..........

loba; g\'lüjo; haloba

{chümarchüma- quot;1

belanja____J

sedap -häti........

säbar-tähan

3S of V

prang-prüsan ____

betülan..
dusta-an

}

(ipu; däya ....

bühung........

häti-bengkok ..

jumäwa........

duräka........

änia-nia-an ....
chüngkak; sombung

perchäya; setia ..
kamp;rang-perehäya ..

ngandel; perchäya

kürang-ngandel ..

ngandel; percbäya
beneran..........

perchäya
benärau..........

SHtia............

kirang satia......

kikid............

etcha-inänah.

leséran
düra .,

küma-wäwa......

andap-bädan......

epeh

stichinan ........

cheméran........

lingsem..........

......... ..\\ueneran..........Uevésan.......... banäran.........

\\btan\\-an \\)eikaaa \\kende\\ gt;^■ani____...........Uudéung\'an ......

pitädus.......*...

kiraiig-pitädos ....

pitädus..........

levésan\'

ka-banäran ......

körang-ka-banäran

mtirah-äti........

koritan..........

ena-äti..........

säber-äti........

bendäran .
güru-wan.

güru............

äti-bilo..........

duräka.....

kenia-jähan ,
kentos.....

belänja-chüma.

sédap-äti
tuläten ..

banäran ......

bohong\'an.....

ngälöut-jokäun.

bohong .......

äti-bengkok ..,

küma-yua.....

cbadu-hérang .

änia-yan .....

hyéuh-äying...

bandap-äwak .

andap-äsor

benang ........

sotchian ......

nedjesan ......

lumälu........

mua-kandel ..,,

percbäja ......

kürang percbäja

dangki..........

wenäng\'an.......

seträ-an ........

udo-wan ........

era..............

hangl

ko ,

{pang\'istu; quot;)
ka-beiiäran ƒ
tona-pang\'istu ....

äti-kreng........

müda ätina......

cliérih ..........

lóba ............

beung\'eut-päpan ..
parchäya; ngädil..
vorang-ngädil ,, ^.

ngandil...
bendäran .
y\\)ang\'a\\an ,

angko...........

bandar, or b^nar..

kfirang bandar....

tega............

mAra-ate ........

bibike ..........

angkara..........

{choma-choma- quot;)

balauja____j

niaman-ke ......

sabar,...........

{raja; ate-s6so-quot;1
pagalian .
.. j

bandar ..........

palsu............

tepo............

letchek..........

ate bilo..........

käni-äja .......

sergap .........

{ngäsor äkan- quot;quot;
bädan;nbsp;\'

ngandap-
ngakan-bädan^

dangki .........

pätot; pantas ...
sAchian .. .....

kotor-gäda ......

mälo-mälo ......

ftä-kamälo-

\\ maló-an
parchäya

korang per chäya.,

percbäya ........

bandäran ........

bang\'alan.......

dägag; jädig .

kahändal

ku-wang-kahändal

dädi-äti..........

däna............

damit....... ....

loba............

fkäduk-käduk- \\
\\ balänja .... j

Ii ang............

darma ..........

ngimuh.

banähan .........

keplian..........

häpus...........

mähuk..........

äti-bengkot......

persangga........

häni-yä-yan......

jädig............

ngasóran- äwak.,..

dangki ..........

latäri............

sAchian..........

kotóran..........

ngidälam .....,..,

mua-póng\'a......

parchäya; pang\'ügu
ku-wang-pang\'Agu

pang\'Agu ........

banähan ........

wanen..........

päng\'ah; ghüngkab
iman

küghang-iman

slmah-häti

slut

häwa

fchüma-chfima-
\\ blänja

pampam-bäti

säbokh.

benakh
bAhong

büdi

bAhong

häti-bingko

jumäwa

dughäka

kina-nia

ngawäka

ngagliäba-kälan

dangki

wajipan

sAchian

kótokh

liam

{pAda-bähan;
pAda-bäling

{pcgha-cbäya;
sahäti

{kAgliang pegha-
cbäya
pegba-chäya
banägban
bäni

-ocr page 491-

......penSIcutjJerih; ^edi......jajerih...........jngamp;Uur ....

......isedang, samarâta fsedjig\'an., Wnbsp;/ . .. ,

I pada ; dadragJ ■\'•• ............méujeuh,...

Prodigality

Cai\'e; circum-
spection .....

Folly..........

Diligence ......

Negligence .. ...

Partiality......

Impartiality ...,

Abstinence.....

Gluttony ......

A religious fast ,
Chastity ......

Lust..........

Incivility

Civility.........

Flattery........

Praise ........

bóros............

ati-dti...........

edan ; baring...,.

tebri; sergep ____

selider; wia ; léna
ƒ pilih-k^isih; 1
1 ilon-ilónen ƒ

lürus...........

gemi; nastiti ....
murka srakah ....

puasa; tapa......

temen; tlihu.....

hawa; napsu ....

klirang-isin......

isin.............

büjuk; itchuk.,..
alem; puji ......

sühur; órak......

atos-atos ; ])ra-yitna

edânan ..,..
gatéulan ,.,
wia .......

kedânan ..
rajîng\'an

dang\'ânan........

lulûsan .......

gâmi.........

kaliwâra......

puâsa........

blâka...,.....

hâwa ; napso..
kûrang-ka-éra .

éra...........

ngabobódok .,.
m

bendâran ....
jimâtan......

pw-âsa........

hâwa ; napsu..
kórang lomâlu
lomâlu .......

bûjok........

pûji..........

satia; yakti......

kirang ; lingsem ..

wirang; lingsem,.

imur ; sâmur ....

gunggung ........

Twentar; kun- X
\\ châra; su-sraj

gâwok; ebat.....

bui\'dsan..........

kejagâ-an........

gila-an......;...

rajénan..........

lepa ; lalai.......

/seWab-ma- quot;l
1 niabla; ilûnij

lurfisan..........

jimâtan; mudû-an
pa-mujû-an ; halûba

puâsa ; tapa......

setia-wan........

hâwa; napsu ....

klîrang sûpan.....

sûpan; âdap......

btijok...........

Pûji ............

Fame..........

Shame........

Wonder.......

Surprise; start .

Scorn .........

Fault......... .

Crime.........

Forgiveness ...,
Dispute........

Acquaintance

Tumult........

bija..........

isin ; éra.....

hiran.........

kâgit.........

pahido........

sâlah.........

dosa........ .

hampûra......

bantâhan.....

wirang..........

edab ; eram......

kâget............

îna; champah....

salah............

dûsa; durâka ....

apûra ...........

besur ; dûgal.....

kua-wûhan ......

to

lomâlu........

meng\'âhan.....

takerjat.......

sâlah..........

dûsah .........

ngapûra........

ka-babûhan ....

hâru-hôro......

{chochóhan ;
dûsa-niôcho
pang\'ichóhan . ..
ngichoh; mâling

âpûnten..........

ku-wanûan ;
l mitra-kâruh

}

kâwa-wôhani...
hûru-hâra......

pâma-ling\'an ...

mâling.........

rampok........

ruhâra; dter.....

dûsa-pâti........

pemâ ling\'an......

mâling..........

bégal............

Murder........

Theft.........

Thief..........

Robbery.......

}

dursila..........

pandung; dusta .,
brându..........

w^erta ; brita . ..,,

malu............

hiran............

tekédjot ; kâgit..,
hina ; champa .. ..

sâlah............

dûsa............

ampon..........

bantâhan........

kenâlan........

hâru-hâra........

buntihan ........

penchûrian ......

penchûri; mâling
sânnm.........

(peniâmun ;
niemâling

Bobber ,

pembégal,.

pambrându

pambigal

Pirate..........

Piracy .........

Whore.........

Whoredom......

Rape............

bâjag............

pembâjag........

sundel ; lunte ....
sundelan......

paksânan;pajiadan

bâjag...........

pâba-jâgau......

clâyang.........

dayâng\'an.......

réungkâhan ,,,,

lenjih...........

lenjian..........

sundal..........

paniundâlan......

Jamun ; quot;j
iiemâling- J.
ijâlan
.... J

L dijâlan

rumpak..........

perumpâkan......

sundal..........

Isundâlan........

Igagàhan .........

! Cowardice.
j Moderation

takok ...
sedâng\'aa .
ta-rapâsan.

jchaberan; taku-aa /châbar

sêdang ..........

gdruh ...........

kajagâhan........

budûhan .........

jâmat; pâsan ....
hangsap ; paréreng

malâbuh; labûhan

polosan..........

pritpit...........

bûdag ...........

brâta ; matâpa....

hubayâhan .......

hâwa............

ku-wang-smu ....

smu........

bélong-bélong____

pûji ............

horta............

hidâlam..........

gahokan .........

tekjut..........

nista...........

sâlah...........

dosa...........

sinampûra......

mahiang\'an.....

panawâng\'an....

hâru-hâra.......

dosa-mâtian.....

1 dûsa-chôcho

ngicho..........

óreng-ngicho.....

bigal............

pamaling\'an

mâling

ghampok

paghampok

bajau
pambajau

pamaling\'an......

pamâling........

bâhak .........

ôreng-bigâlan.

bâjak ; lânun ...

bajâkan........

sondâl ........

pasundâlan .,,,
prokta.........

pambâhak.

rampak..........

parampâkan......

sundal .........

sundâlan ........

gagâhan . ........

\'châbakh
sâdong; gSgoh
bóghos

pâda............

biar-biur ........

ngâti-âti ........

gilâ-an......;. ..

talâli n..........

sambarâna.......

ngimpóai........

jarba............

prempan.........

mâlak...........

pu-wâsa ; tapa . ..

lawâng\'an
nganggok
leng\'ot

ghulósan

tâlap

pu-wâsa ; tâpa

hâba ; napsu......

kûrang-dâpur .....

dâpur...........

âpos-aposi........

âlam.......

hâwa; napsu
kûghang-bâchakh
bâchakh
bûjok

ngéding..........

mâlo............

héran...........

takarjot

ena.............

sâla.............

dûrâka ..........

apóra............

dalûndung........

pang\'a-taówan ...

balisâdan ........

rchochóan ;

waghâta

lion
bigban
takanjat
ena; hâmun
âlah
dûsa
ampûgha
bau tâhan

ku-winóng\'an

}

-ocr page 492-

a

X
lt;

J AVAN.
Bdsa hrdma.

MADURESE.

MALAYU.

ENGLISH.

LAMPUNG.

BALI.

Jdwa.

Sunda.

Madûra.

Sumenap.

A prostitute,

Pimp.......

Perjury.....

Bribe . _____

Bribeiy.....

Bribed.....

Briber

Drunlcenness.....

Quarrel..........

Beating.........

Abusive language..
Game; gaming....

Gamester........

Cock-fighting.....

Amok, or run-
ning a muck
bidu-wan......

{pinang-mMa; 1
surûlian.... ƒ
sumpâhan-dusta ..

su wap..........

su-wâpan........

{meng\'ambil-su-1

wâpan ____J

Ç membri-su- quot;J
lt; wap; meniû- gt;

L wap ......J

mabûkan........

bekalâhi.........

plikul............

mâki-makian.....

jûdi.............

berjûdi ,• main-jûdi
sabûng\'an........

âmuk

tùyul............

jumblang........

supâta-goroh ....

sorok; besel.....

sorokan.........

amek-sorokan

âweh-sorok

mendem-âke......

tukâraii ; kereng\'an

gebug; pâîa......

pisuh pisûhan ....

botöhan.........

babötoh..........

âddnan ..........

âmuk.

jaruman

rurûba .
rurtiban.

mendat-rurtiba ...

suka-rurtiba......

murok-âken......

gitlk ; pûkul.....

abénan
panglâyar.....

sompah-bôhong

rurûba ........

rurûba-an......

mendémi........

tûkar............

pokol-pokolau ....
miso-misôhan ....

sabûng\'an,
âmuk.....

mabokan......

pâsia..........

méupéuh; gitik

bobdto ..........

haboto..........

pang\'a-dû-wan....

âmuk...........
jajarûman.

sompa-lichik

bia.........

biâ-an .....

ngâla-bia........

ebri-bia..........

mâbu............

atdkar.........

pdkol; pantong ..

âpisd-an ........

tatâro-an ........

main-tatâro-an____

sâbung..........

ngâ-mok ........

pandayang

chéti............

sâsat-mâhuk
tombok....
tombdkan...

rmang\'âmbil-
\\ tombdkan.

mabâhang tombok

kalang\'âhan......

majaljal.........

pantag-pantâgan ..
misuh-misûhan....

böto............

babdto ..........

hâdu............

hâmuk

chumlang

sûdok
suddkan

ngakok-suddkan

mang\'âni-suddkan

mabdkan

ghigu

balûan

pisoh-pisd-an
gûghau
bagûghau
sabdng\'an

âmuk

Of Justice, Legal Terms, ^c.

ra ; pasiban

âd

hak ; benar

Judge ..........

Register.........

Pleader ..........

{âdat; un dang-quot;)
undang ....J
/kazi, or kaji;T
1 pang\'dlu . .. ƒ

jeru-tidis........

jeru-bekata ....

Complainant.
Defendant ..

:-tu-wa ;
beran-

Arbitrator.

Executioner......

Complaint......

{panggûgat ; 1
mendâvva .. ƒ
di-g(igat ;di-dâwa,.

rtu-wa-tu
drang-
(. tara..

petânda-,.........

dâwa, or da-âvva.

Trial........

Examination

betchâra ........

priksa -, tània ...

frümah betchâ-
ra ; pasil
betcliara

adil

cha--)

ban- V

Court of Justice

Justice; right .
A person\'s right

Law ......____

ƒ pajâksan ; ^ quot;1
\\ uraah-bichâraƒ

jedjeg; âdil.
tühu ; bener.

ûkum.........

kâli ; pang\'ûlu.

jûru-tûlis.....

paliwâra ____

di-gûgat.........

kami-tu-wa......

jâga-Mla.
dakwa..,

pâJu ; prakâra....
priksa...........

perdâtan

yaktos ; leser

chârik ; jûru-serat

aniareg ,
kâsreg .

kami-sepuh ..
prang-tandang ,

fpâben; pra- quot;J
lt; data ; bichân- Jgt;

L t en........J
rdmah-bichâra____

bali-band ung
adil ........

pang\'ûlu; kâli____

pariksa.

âdil ...........

pang\'ûlu ........

jûru-tdiis........

jûru pang\'ûcha....

panggûga ........

e-!

tdba-tdba

bichâra.
pariksa.

pasiban ; pakartan

bandar ; adil ....
hak ; bandar ....

hdkom..........

pang\'dlu ........

karta............

jtiru-pang\'dcha ..

se-anggflgat......

se-(;g6gat......

dreng-sisiban

pa-jinâman
da-âba ....

bicbâra.
pariksa.

pa-melânchan ....

kerta.
pâtut.

pasu -waran

jaksa...........

jûru-sûrat........

jûru-mapâta.....

niandâlih........

balai

bânakh

jûghu-tûlis
jûghu-châwah

didâlih..........

sebâtan

keliang..........

panggarjak ......

dâlih............

da-âwa
bicbâgba
pegbiksa,

prakâra.
preksa .

-ocr page 493-

iVitness......... igaksi............/saksi; saind .,/................ jsaKsi

sumpah.........jsuputa ..........jsumpah .........

sumpab.
bukti____

supata ,...
tanda-yakti

tanda-niàta

langljâlan........

abûlan ; akû-an..
hukûman........

munkir ; kumbi ..
ngâku ; belâka....
ûkûman..........

téuk-ngâku
ngâku ....
bûkom ....

tanda-yakti

(tanda-yaktos ; 1
chinabûkti.. ƒ

ngangken . .......

ananma
hókom .

Decree ; sentence..

Punishment......

Prison ..........

hûkum-fitua.
siksa.......

fikum-perantâsan.
siksa...........

hókom-pitua......

seksa., ..........

kunjâra..........

óreng-kata-rlingku

siksa.,.
panjâra.

fpenjara; ge- 1
\\ dung-gelap ƒ

orang-trûngku ....

rantai or ranti ....

rantai-kangkang .,

rantai-tâng\'an----

chamti ; pemùkul

besi-penidla......

putûng\'an ; di-kerat

denda ..........

bâlas .. ........

bang\'ûnan . .....

tepung-bûmi.quot;?...

sumpah-menyélam

kunjâra; pelâran..
Twong-trung-
lt; kon ; wong-

lâran......

rante...........

rante-chengkang ,

rante-tâng\'an ..
chameti ........

wesi-sunduk.....

ketók..........

denda ..........

wâles..........

diat ...........

diat-btimi.......

supâta-silem.....

Prisoner.

ranti...........

ranti-bukûgang____

ranti-léung-ngéun
chamti ; petchut..

rantai .. ..
rantai-sóko

rantai-tânang ,..
chamti .........

potóng\'an,
danda ...
mâlas ...
diat .....

potóng\'an.
denda .. .
bâlas.....

sompah-silam
Tsompah-
^ ranggéu-
(_ séunéu

gûru ..
pegat..,
pegâhan

ipah- 1
anggéu- J.
éunéu ..,, J

sumpab-ûji-âpi,...

supâta-dadar- geni.

gûru............

hetcherai ; pegat..

ajâran...........

sûrat titah.......

tanggfing\'an......

tanggûng\'an-hâlir..

tanggfing\'an-bârang
ftanggûng\'an \\
\\ kalakdan .. j

âpus............

janji............

bia-betcbâra......

bâgian-pusâka ....

gûru............

pegat............

wurlikan ; ajâran..
lâyang-pachelâtu ..

tanggdng\'an......

tanggûng\'an-âna ..

tanggûng\' an-bârang

tanggung-pólah. ,.

bûbar-perkâra ....
semâyan ; janji...
pasâksi ; pasâhid..

dumdûman-pusâka
lâyang-wekâsan...
wekâsan.........

guru

wulâijg\'an.......

srat pang\'ândika ..

tatanggelan......

tanggelan-wonten .

âjar-ajâran ...
sórat-paréntah.
tanggûng\'an...

tanggfmg\'an-bârang
ƒ tanggûng\'an- 1
\\ kalakûan .. ƒ

tanggelan-bârang..

tatanggelan-tingkah

bu-wak-perkâwis,.
semadüsan. ......

jangji...........

panâksi..........

jaugji ..........

bia-bichâra ......

duhûman; pusâka

sorat-bekâsan ....

ba-bekâsan ......

pasakîtan .. ..
tiang-sakitan

Fetters; chains ..
Feet-irons........

Hand-fetters......

Scourge..........

Impaling stake....

Amputation......

Fine............

Retaliation ......

The price of blood

Expiation of thequot;)
ground......ƒ

Ordeal by water ..

Ordeal by fire____

Religious superior .

Divorce..........

Admonition......

Summons........

Security; bail....
Personal security.,

Full security......

Security for conduct

Compromise ...
Agreement ....

Court fee ......

Oath

Reason ; argument

Denial ..........

Confession.......

Decision.........

Division of patri-

mony.......J

Will; testament..

sûrat-pesânan ....
pesânan..........

sûrat-talâtah
talatâhan ..,,

wellng\'an

Legacy

f saksi........... ^ j saksi.

sompàta; sopâta.. [chor-, sâsat.

tanda-ónggu......

manglis..........

tarima..........

hókom..........

hókom-popo-tósan

seksa............

balâkbak........

hânak-mâbui

hanti............

ghantai

ghantai-kangkang
ghantai-chûlu

frantae-kôlang- quot;)
1 kâling ....ƒ
rantae-tânang ....

chamti..........

bâsi-sojin.. ......

kâtok ..........

danda ..........

bâlas............

bâsi-paniûsok
palókan

bâlas
bâng\'un

sompâta-uiâlam .,
sompâta-laboi-âpai

sumpan-sâlam

ôreng-babândan

rantae

blanggu.

hanti-lima........

chaméti..........

besi paniûluh....

panugâlan........

danda; dósa ----

wâlas ..........

ketâng\'un ........

{tâpong-tâ-war- \\

bûmi......ƒ

sâsat-manyélam ..

gûghu

pâsiang

tâwai

ki-âji............

âtalak ..........

ajâran ..........

sórat-printa......

nanggung........

nanggung-bâda....

nanggung-bârang..

nanggung-gâbat ..

tanggoDg

gûru............

mâcheri..........

hajâran..........

sûrat-pang\'ândika
gûgu-wang ......

gûgu-wang-âda....

fgûgu-wang-pa 1
1 ng\'ânggo ..Jj
gûgu-wang\'âbat

empas ..........

janji .. ..........

bia-bichâra ......

du-uman-pobâka .,
sôrat-bekâsan ....

{bâgian-pusâka ;
sanimbang

sûghat-lôbot
lohótan

pasânan.

janji

janji............

bia-pakara ......

dûman-pusâka.,..

sûrat-bâsan......

basânan ........

[saks!
^sumpab

tandah-niâta

mûgok
ngâku
bûkom

china-yâkti ......

talâsten-wenten ..

ngâku ; niak......

pasu-wâran......

{pasu-wâran- \\
pitûwah ,. ƒ
siksa............

krângkeng .......

seksa

-ocr page 494-

MALAYU.

ENGLISH.

memésan ........

di-pesan.........

pembrian........

sûrat-pemblian,...

{sûrat-sâlen, orquot;)
salénan ....J
chap............

bâgian ; untok____

berbâgian;berûntok
sûrat-mang\'ângsur
niemékas .......

Legator.,...

Legatee.....

Deed of gift.
Deed of sale,

Copy..
Seal ..

Share

Coheir ; sharer . ,
Instalment; bill.

di-wekas........

pawéweb ........

layang-tukónan. ..

lâyang-salinan ,,..

chap............

ƒ dumdiiman ; 1
\\ bubûhan
... ƒ
ka-dumdûman ....
lâyang-panichil....

wa-weling........

ka-weling........

papâring.........

srat-tumbâsan ....

chap ....
du-uman

chap..........

duhûraan......

âduhtiman.....

babâgian ......

sfirat-ongsul....

srat-turûnan.

bâgian ..........

kabâgian ........

srat-panichil......

manalâtah......

di-talâtah......

pâpa-ring\'an....
sûrat-paméulian

sûrat-sâlin......

mamâkas......

ébakas........

sorat-pamâli...,

apasan ........

si-epâsan
sôrat-ebâgi ......

sorat-pamâli......

sorat-sâlin.......

chap............

du-uman........

bâda-du-uman....
sórat-pijiran......
mabâsan........

di-bâsan ........

sûrat-pahicha .. ..
sûrat-panum basan

sûrat-sâlen.....

chap ..
duman

madûman........

sûrat-pang\'ântung

malóhot
di-16hot

sûghat-pang\'âni
sûghat-pamblian

sûghat-bâlen

chap

bâgian

wat-bâgian
sûghat-mûsokh

Of Go\'vernment, ^c.

Emperor ........

King ; prince.....

Empress.........

Queen ..........

Prince ..........

Princess.........

Heir apparent ....
Prime minister . ..
Commander-in- quot;)
chief........ƒ

Governor; chief..

Minister.........

Chief-justiciary . ..
Paymaster-general

Lord ; master____ tuanku; tuan____

peng\'ulu-kampung

utflsan ..........

bendahari........

jeru-ttilis........

peng\'iilu-bitchara,,
fmem^gang- quot;)
\\ hasil-negri..
ƒ

ganti-kerja.......

6peti; basil, or ufeti

sewa............

icb4kal..........

sultan ; maharâja,
râja.............

permai-sûri ...

binirâja ; râtu.,

pûtra..........

pûtri..........

râja-mûda......

mangku-bûmi ,,

laksemâna.....

pang\'éran; hamp;im,

mantri..........

raja bitchara.....

bendahara........

Chief of a village ..

Ambassador......

Steward.........

Secretary\'s writer..
President........

Collector ........

Deputy..........

Tax; excise......

Rent............

Custom on imports

(susuhunan ; quot;)
sultan ; râtu ƒ
rbupâti ; -)
\\ pa-neinbâhanJ

râtu; prâmi-su-wâri

râden-ayu........

ptitra............

pûtli............

pang\'éran-dipâti ..
pâtih; râdendipâti

prabu-ânem......

man tri.......

kapâla-bicbâra,

senapâti

pang\'iilu; kâli____

wedâna-gedong . ..

gusti ; bendâra,,..

utûsan ; gandek ,
charik .........

kongkonan ...
jûru-tolis.....

lûrah-kampung . ..

kongkonan .......

lûrah-gedong.....

jûru-ttilis........

jûru-tûlis

upeti..
cMki.

séwa.......

cbûki.......

bûlu-peti-upéti....

séwa............

cMke, ; cbûchuk...

Inaharâja

sultan; râtu....
râtu..........

parâmi suâri...

»

pûtra..........

pûtri..........

râtu-ânum.....

mangku-bûmi ..

satria ...........

susuhûnen; sultan
panambâhan......

rato............

râto............

pûtra............

pûtri............

pang\'iran-âdipâti..
râto-mangku-bûmi

senapâti.........

pang\'iilu.........

najâka..........

jaksa............

gédung ..........

{gûsti; sam-
pian-dâlam
lora-kampung .,.

konkónan.......

jâru-kunchi.....

jâru-tûlis; charik

gâdong .

wâkii..........

pâla-wîja.......

séwa or siba.. .
c\\tôk.i i poçon ..

}

(râtu-hâguiig ; quot;)
diwa-âgung J

diwa-râtu........

ƒ prâini-su-wâri; quot;1
\\ râtu-âgung. ƒ

râtu; gûsti......

pûtra............

putri............

râtu-hânom......

m angko-bûmi ____

bâwa-laksmâna . ..

ménak........

pabâkal..........

pâla-karta........

pâtih............

pembâkak........

klianbanjar......

butûsan..........

prakânggo........

jûru-tûlis........

nanggâkin-parkâra

sadâhan .........

mâsuk -sûkan ...

hûpeti ........

sewa............

àuAùkan .....

sultan
ghâja
ghâtu

ghâdin-bâkas
g!iâtu-bai bai
ghâja-mûda
mangku-bûmi

pang\'é-gban

tu-wan

pang\'ûlu-pâkon
utosan

jiighu-tûlis

-ocr page 495-

Travelier

Indweller........

Kingdom ........

Inhabited country.,.
Waste country....

Country; city ....

Capital..........

City ............

Inclosure ; town ..

Village..........

Quarter; square..
Street___________

Lane.

Harbour .......

Stage; resting place

Journey..........

Limit; boundary,.

The court......

Palace...........

Honorary title.,..

Throne ..........

Diadem..........

Canopy..........

Royal umbrella..,,
sâma-âsal,or sa-âsal
berbängsa; bersânak
ra-âyat, or ra-iat..

ISettlement of 1 j.nbsp;. /

/ revenue......J-panji-bempeti .... j sewaya-bdhi-peti..

Rent free ..,. o,.. jtidak-berdpeti .... jora-bdlu-peti.....

Increase....

Deficiency........

Chief; head man ..
People..........

Great and small ..

Of the same race..
A man of family ,.

Peasant..........

Native..........

Foreigner........

orang-negri......

orang-âsing......

^orang-

ôrang-herûmah
râja-an.......

tânah-ber-isi ..

{tânah-ampa ; \\
tânah-kûsongjquot;

{negri ; tânah ;\'!
da-irah .... J

{benûa ;nbsp;1

kampong raja J

negri............

kampong........

dûson ...........

rantau ..........

lûrong...........

simpang-jâlan ....

bandar ; labûhan..

perhentian.......

perjalânan.......

hinggah ; prenggan

medjelis.........

maligai..........

gelar............

sangka-sâna; takhta
makûta..........

lang\'it-lang\'it ....

pâyoi)g-krâja-an
wong-ngumbâra .

Jebi/j............

kûrang .. ......

panggawa ; datok..
merika; orang____

Jpî

hina-dina ,

îrang- ^ quot;j
perjalânan; gt;
peng\'anibâra
J

wong-û mah-ûmah
wa-vcéngkon.....

lemah-ha-isi......

{lemah-kótong ;
su-wuiig ... J

nagâra ; tânah____

kedâton..........

nagâra ..........

kampung ; nagâra

désa............

banjar-dâwa......

lûrung ; gili......

nyimpang-dâlan ..

palabiihan........

pârerénan........

lalakónan........

wang\'en ; wâtes ..

{pa-gelâran ;
lemah-du-war

prâba-yaksa; maligi

jujûlok .......

sing\'aksâna;ddmper

makûta..........

{lulû-wur ; quot;)
lang\'it-lang\'itj
pâyuiig-krâjan.,,.

lu-wih ........

kûrang........

wedâna-wedâjta
wong-wong ____

r sarupaning-
lt; wong ;
(, nesta-utama
pâda-âsal ......

a-bângsa.......

râyat..........

wong-nagâra . .,
wong-niancha .,

}

semados-bûlu-petî

langkung .......

kiraug ..........

tiang tiang ...

sawerni-ning-tiaiig

sarai-âsal ........

/..........

léuwih.....

kûrang .....

a-wângsa........

rahâyat.....

tiang-nagâri

tiang-lalâna......

tiang-gria........

tanéuh ha-isi..
tanéuh-kósong,

nagâra.......

dâlam........

siti-sû weng..,
nagâri ; bumi

pura........

nagar i........

pakûwon

dûsun ........

banjar-panjaug.

wilâyat.,
lulûrong

palabûhan,.
pa-oréunan
pa-jalânan.

makûta........

lûlu-wur
pâyong-krâja-an

pelabétan ,

lalainpâhan
wangkid...

setiiiggil,

kedâton.,
papârab,,

songsong-kaprâbon
jjangji-a-upeti

tada-upiti.....

lebi..........

kórang ,.....,

pâda-hâsal. ..,

abângsa.......

bâla.........

oreng-nagâra . ,
órengbanian,.,

orengjalânan ,

óreng âbengko ,

tana-ha-isi.......

tdna-kótong......

nagara ..........

karaton; kampung

nagamp;ra ........

kampung ......

disa ..........

lorong

bander; palabûhan
pâham-bûwan ....

pa-jalânan.......

henggan .........

maligi ....
jûlok......

makóta........

lalâng\'it.......

pâyong-karâton,
lâbi............

kórang .........

ponggâba .......

sa-robâna-ôreng .
sa-roba-âsal......

bâla ..........

ôreng-nagâra .....
óreng laen-nagâra .

ôreng-âjalânan____

ôreng-bangkû-an ..
pâpa-rentâ-an____

tâna-bâda-ési.....

{tâna-nganggur; \\
bandung ... J

nagâra ; bûmi ....
kampong-râja; kóta

nagara ..
kampung

lórong ..........

simpang\'an-jâlan..

mu-wâra;palâbu-an
pa-ambuan ..
pa-jalânan....
bâtas........

kadâton ,

maliki ....
jujûlok ....
seng\'a-sâna
makóta....

lalâng\'it......

pâyung-âgung

/ fjauji-bada- 1 /. ., , .
/ l pâla-wija .. /m\'-i^^abûpeti....

tâda-pâla-wija----jtuâra-mahûpeti .,.

lâbih............

kûrang, or ku-wang

panggâwa......

jalma..........

gâgo-âsal
babângsa
ghâyat

jalma-nagâgha
jalma-sûmang

jalma-ngumbâgha

jalma-blâmban

tânéuh-wat-esi
tânéuh-bangk ang

nagâgha

nistâka-nista-an ..

pâda-hâsal.......

mabângsa........

kahûla..........

hânak-nagâra ....
hânak-pandôkan ..

hânak-pajalânan ..

hânak-mahûmah ..
ƒ kagóng\'an ; I
\\ sawangkon ƒ
tânah-ma-isi......

kârang-sûhung____

nagâra ; tânah____

jero ; pûri........

pâken
umbol

nagara
banjar
dûsun.
banjur
rûrung

ghûlong

fsimpang-ghang-
l gliang
bandar; labûhan
pataghó-aa

rûrung-ma-changga

bandar ; labûhan ..
pâri-rénan........

pa-jalânan......../lapâhan

wâtas

lang\'an; wâtas

banching\'ah......

maligi ; pemrâman

âdok

korsi-râja.
maWta...

lalûho

laJûhur..........

pâyong-kagong\'an .

liu

kûghang
dâtok

-ocr page 496-

ENGLISH.

MALAYU.

ka-naikan raja....

usóng\'ari ........

paréntah ........

undang-undang..,

aûrat titah........

âdat............

tegûhan........

ptiji-pujîan.......

pangkat ; mertâbat

ka-muliâ-an......

ka-muliâ-an......

lindûng\'an ......

kamûlian........

Confederacy.....

Captivity.......

Reformation ....

Petition........

Dismission......

Promotion......

Manumission ...,
Coronation ......

Current coin......

taulânan; banfû-an

tawânan.........

sertûkan;membaiki

sûrat-per-mintâ-an

petchat ; châbot ,.

tambâhan ; tinggian

merdikâ-an......

riantikan; diri-

sûrat-panûhun,.

pochot..........

tambâhan........

paréman ........

janâng\'an........

wanglâku........

wanggélok ......

jûru-sâlin-bâsa____

sôrat-paraintâhan..

petchat..........

imbûhan; tinggian
mardikâhan......

lindûng\'an.

rpang\'aling\'an ;
lt; pangam
i pung\'an . ..
fsing tûlung;
\\ sing tandangj

boyong\'an........

ambang\'un

lâyang-penjâluk ...

pdchot; chabut .,

vi\'u-vtrûhan.......

merdika

di-junjung.......

tunggâng\'an-râja..

{tunggâng\'an- 1
gotóng\'an .. j\'

paréntah ........

ûwar-ûwar.......

lâyang-paréntah ,.

âdat............

teguh ; kûkuh....

âlem-aleman ; 1
pûji pujlan. J\'

pangkat..........

kamûlia-an......

State conveyance ..

Roya/palanquin ..

Authority......

Statute ........

Order.........

Regulation .....
Confirmation ,..

titian-prabu......

pelangki.........

dawuh ..........

undang-undang...
srat-davt\'uh ......

titina-râja........

palânki..........

paréntah ........

ûwar-ûwar ......

titih-na-râtu......

jûli ............

parénta ........

undang-undang ..,
sórat-parénta ...,

âdat ............

kokówan.......

âdat .......

kâka! ; âwit.

santûsa ..........

gunggûng\'an......

singgian.........

Respect; homage..

Rank,...........

Liberality; mag- \\
nificence.....ƒ

Shelter; protection

pûji-puji-an ......

ƒ du-wit payu ;

pisi-lâku

Counterfeit

Translator .
Translation

pisi-lânchong ....
jûru-saiînan-bâsa..

\\ kan ; naikan
wang-Iâku

vi\'aug-lanchung....

jeru-sâlinbâsa ....
tafsir; salénan____

Of Religion, ^c.

agâma ........

Religion...
Revelation

agama.
f sabda-divfa ;
wa-wâng\'en
diwa
iman ; teman
suârga
narâka..........

sangsâïa-iiarâka

{keturûnan ; \\
sabda-diwa. J

iman ; perchâya ..
sûrga, or sórga....
nurâka, or narâka
Tsangsâra nu-
lt; tâka ; siksa gt;

V, nuraka .,.. j

i

r keturûnan; quot;j
lt; pang\'u châna- gt;
i diba .
.....J

Faith...
Heaven,
Hell ..,

eman............

suârga ..........

narâka..........

pakïbûna-naïaka ..
\\

Hell tormeuts ,..

agama

kâti-tian.........

pikólan.. ........

parénta..........

undang-undang ...
sórat-parénta ..,.

âdat............

tâgu............

{tarâsul; anta-quot;)
wichâna .. J

pangkat

kâlu-wian........

hilidan ..........

indûng\'an

kalâbian .,.
pang\'ûngsian

bantû-wan .

boyóng\'an........

angrâju..........

{sórat-pamenta-1
an ; srat panedâ ƒ
pâchat ..........

buydng\'an

{bubûhan ;
ghanggâlan
mâgha-dikâ-an

baléui

katinggian .....

mardika........

jenang\'âkan.....

6bang-ûdi.......

dbang-tiron......

jûru-ganti-bâsa ..,
ganti-bâsa........

sâhing ..........

pachûndang ......

jenâng\'ang ......

sûrat-pânu-nâsan..

petchat..........

mahû wuh ......

mardikâ-an......

hadâgang ,..,....

harta pâyu ......

harta-ldyang......

jûru-salinang-bâsa
salinang bâsa ....

agama ..........

ƒ sa-smita diwa;T
\\ wangsit-diwaj

agama

iman..
suârga
narâka

suaghâga
nagbâka

sangsara-Tiaraka ..Isangs\'ara-nar\'aka .. 1 siksa-nagliâka

{katurûnan ; quot;)
sabda diwa.. ƒ

gûgu............

sórga............

narâka..........

plinggîhan râtu.,.

sârad; jampâna .

préntah..........

pâsu-âran........

sûrat-pang\'an dîka

hâdat............

kûkuh ..........

pûji-pûjian ......

peghéntah
undang-undang

adat
lagdhan

-ocr page 497-

\'Day of judgment.

\'Blessedness.....

An incarnation..,.

Holy man........

Teacher..........

Hermit..........

Law............

fma-aripat ; ^
lt; pang\'etawan; gt;
i or marifât .. J

}

{makripat ;
pang\'â-weruh

fraeniatâ-an ;
\\ penerâng\'an

Admonition .

Admonisher.
Worship ....
Fast.......

khotbah; niatâken

meniâta.......

sembâhiang .. .,
puâsa..........

Sacrifice,

kurban ; semlian,

resikan .........

bâniu-wtilu ..,.,
sûnat...........

Purification ,
Ablution ...
Circumcision

Divine knowledge.

}

meniata . ..
sembâyang ,
puâsa......

sembllan; korban

sûchian .........

âyer-sembâyang .

sûnat..........

fpergi-jârah ;
\\ pergi -tâwaf

}

Pilgrimage ..
Forsaking the
world ,..,

Temple.......

Cell .........

Rosary.......

Censer.......

lûng\'a-ji-arah
tapa........

pesigit.......

pertâpan .....

tasbih .......

padûpan ......

{pa-kubûran ;
pajarâtan .

kûbur; jârat .

pendéman.....

ûles .........

Burial-ground ..,.

Tomb ..........

Burial ..........

Shroud ..........

Corpse

tapa...........

mesidjid .......

pertapa-an ......

tasbih ..........

pa-dupa-an ......

pa-kub1iran......

kûbur ..........

ketanäman ......

kâfan orkâpan....

mâyit or mâyat,.,.

mâyit ; bangke,.

timbâng\'an;bobôtan
terâju; dâchin..,.

Weight.

I

Balance,

gabah...........

saga............

biting...........

talen ; tali.....

uku ..........

jampal........

sûku-kundri....,

kundri..........

mâniam ; mas .,,
jainpal.,........

timbang..,...,
fnurkha;
lt; dâching ;
L timbâng\'an
pâdi ..........

A grain..........

A rutty..........

Half coonderin....

Coonderin........

Mas ............

A rupee weight...

jkiamat .
Ika-senang\'an . ...

betara...........

âulia............

göru............

betâpa, or bertâpa
âdat ; sariat......

kïAmafnbsp;. lkîâinat ...... . . ..

ka-niamânan ,....

bitâra ..........

bâli-âlah ........

gûru............

atâpa............

âdat............

maripat.

ma-ing\'a-ing\'a ...

se-macha.......

sambâyang......

powâsa; siam ...

sambâlian.......

adat

ma-ripat

aniâta-âkan

aniâta ....
sembâjang..
powâsa ,...

sambâyang ,,.,.
puâsa ; sâhum..,

pragatan .

suchénan ,
tóya wûlu.

sûchian.

sûchian.........

âing-bûlu.......

sónat...........

intâra-ka-mâkam.

tâpa ...........

masigit.........

pâta-pâ-an .....

tasbi ...........

pâdu-pâ-an .....

pâma-kâman,,.,.

mâkam; astâna .

e-bândam.......

bundu .........

mâyit .........

sûnat...........

léumpang-sijârah.

tâpa...........

masijit ....,...,

pâta-pâ-an......

tasbih ..........

padûpan ........

pa-kubûran.....

kûbur ..........

ru-wâng\'an .....

{késa jiârah ; quot;)
késa ng\'ûjung J
tapi ............

masjid..........

panépen .........

}{

petchânden ; ^

sambelian ; korban

sochian ........

âing-bûlu........

ƒ hentar-k aj ârat ; \\
\\ hentar-tâwafj

tâpa..........

masigit........

pâta-pâhan ....

tasbi ..........

pâdu-pâ-an ....

Ikiàmat ..nbsp;j...... . W

ka-resepaa.......ka-seneng\'an .

batâra.........../............

wali-yûlah,..,

guru............

mâra-tâpa........

âdat ; saring\'at....

jkiamat ,...: .

ka-senS,ng\'an...

batara .........

wali-tilah; Sulia,

ki-4ji..........

tapa...........

adat ...........

batâra ......

wa-li-ûlah....
gûru........

ma-ng\'unteki,

pâku-bûran ,.,,

setâna
chandi

kâpa............

fwangke; lâyon;quot;)
\\ kunârpa____j

ketanâman
kâpan
.. r.

mâyit ...,

tembang
dâchin ..
pâdi .,,.

mâyit

Of Weights and Measures.

wawerâtan....... I timbang ; bóbot ..

témbang ......

dâchin ; tembâng\'an
pâdi..........

jampal

tali

ûpal

flmg or lihng.....,

\' ka-liang\'an ......

^batâra ..........

kesidan..........

gûru............

matâpa..........

hâbat ; préntah ..

{menâwang ; \\
penâwang.. j

ma-madâsang ....

msmâdas........

bakti ; sambah-yang
brâta ........

rsarablian ;
lt; korban
t gorókan

sûchian.....

yih-bakti ...
sûnat ; tras .

lu-was-tâwab

tâpa

masigit
pâta-pâ-an
masbi
pâdu-pâ-an

pâku-boghan

kûbokh

masigit ; jerondiwa

pâta-pâhan ......

tasbih ; ganitri.. ..
pasâpan,.........

pabûngkos
pâtian

pasman,

sman.......

kâta-nâman
kakûyang ..

kiâmat
ka-snâyan

wâli-âlah

gûghu

batâpa

âdat-segbi-at
maghipat

nga-pandai-an

nga-pandai

sumbâhiang

pu-âsa

kaghûban

sûchian

wai-sumbâhiang
sûnat

ian; T
ban ; V
)kan ...
J

bangki ....

timbang
timbâng\'an
pâghi

timbang

fpa-nimbâug\'an;quot;»
\\ dâchin ,.,,ƒ

pâdi

peghâpat-kundâghi
kundâghi

O
X

tang\'ah-ghial

sûku .
hatâli

jampal

-ocr page 498-

javan.

Bdsa krdma.

madure se.

Madéra.

malayu.

ENGLISH.

ball

lampung.

Jdwa.

Sénda.

Taal............

Catty............

Pecool ..........

Bahar...........

Measure.........

An inch .

Four inches......

Measure of capacity
The fathoming ofl
depth.......y

A hand..........

Span of the fore-quot;)
linger and thumb
ƒ

A span..........

Foot............

Cubit............

Fathom..........

büngkal; ta-el.

käti..........

pikul.........

bahara.......

uküran .......

jari..........

ampat-jari ....
sukatan........

dugä-an.

genggam.......

jengkal-kÄdok .,

jengkal........

tapak; käki____

besta..........

depa..........

tail.............

kati ............

pikul............

bara............

ukfiran ..........

niamp;ri; dim ......

pitang niari .... ,.
ta-keran .........

jujügan........

péuhréup ......

jéungkal-tunjuk

jéungkal.......

jéujéuh........

siku..........

déupa.........

dudüga ,

asta
depa ,

fjajagan; \\
\\ duga-an.,..j

chu,

chengkang.

kilan......

petcliak....

seta.......

depa......
käti ............

tähil .
käti .
pikul,

tail.......

kati ......

pikul......

bara......

okoran ....

grigi ......

empa-niari.

okfiran........

rämeuh........

0pat-räm6uh....
takäran........

pikul............

bära............

oküran ..........

ompol...........

ampa-ompol......

kola............

düga

moste

changkang ,

kilan.....

petchak...
asta ..,..
däpa.....

tähel...........

käti ...........

pikul...........

sikütau.

pätang-jäghi.....

takäham; sikütan

dugähan .........

asta

gemal ....,

changkang

langkat...

täpak.....

hasta......

däpa.....

bungkal
käti
pikul
bägha
ukoghan
jäghi
pa-jäghi
takäghan

dugä-an

bäkon

jangkal

ghäkang

Singing..
Singer. ..

Musician

Unison

Discord..........

Tune............

Tenor...........

Treble..........

Bass............

Musical instrument

String...........

Gong

Sticcado .....

Musical trough____

Drum...........

Double drum.....

Kettle drum,

\\TTOmpet........

...........

nianyi; pantun

{biduan; tfikangquot;)
nianyi.....j

f tfikang-main-
quot;^bönyi-bünyi-an^

{sama-lagu; quot;)
sama-rata., J

janggal..........

l%u.............

isuara-sedang.....

suara-kenchang,..

suara-lembut.....

büuyi-bünyi-an____

tali-kawat........

gong, orgung ....

keuong ..........

gambang........

tabcl, or tabub____

gendaiig.........

frebana;

i terbang ; ^
rambana •.. J
naftri, or iiapiri .,
WngsV .........

tembang.........

tükang-tembang ..

ni-äga...........

päda-räta........

suära-däweg....
suära-kencheng.
suära-tamban...

gangsa ........

kromong......

kital; kStelku....
lagu; gending\'an..

aba-sedeng.......

aba-kencheng____

aba-ririh; aba-alon
gamlan; tita-btihan

kawat...........

gong .. ..........

kenong ; bonang ,.

gambang........

tetag............

ni-agi,

sämi-rädin.....

kendang.........

terbang.

Iselumpret.
...

ngävvi, or ngäwian
tükang-rang\'äwang

ƒ tfikang-olin-
\\ uni-unian

päda-lägu........

käku............

lägu............

sowära-sedang....
sowära-kencbang..
sowära-älos......

kenong; kalénung
gambaug ........

suära-älus........

täta-bühan.......

täli-käwat........

gö-ong.........

kenoiig..........

Of Musical Terms, Instrummts, ^c.

ngijong..........

tükang kijong____

ngijong.......

tók ang kijong .

niäga.........

saróba; päda

ta-saróba.....

lägu.........

suära sädang.. .
suära-tärik ...
suära-betchik .
säro-sar0-an...

täli-käba.....

gung.........

kenong .......

gagämbang....
gandang-räja ..
gandang ......

lägu

gambang ........

gendang ,
terbang.

tarbang.

aóWng ..........

kandang
terbang.

,\\8Ó\\\\

kidung..........

{juru-kidung; quot;)
jüru-hüruk j

{tükang-pläli-
mfmi-müni-an J

päda-tambang____

ja-ngal..........

tambang.........

suära-sädang.....

suära-keniang .,..

suära-hälus......

münyi-münyi-an ..

täli-käwat........

gong ..........

kenong ..........

gambang; tingklik

bedug ...........

kendang .........

ädi ädi

lägu

bünyi-sädang

btinyi-kiuchong

bünyi-älos

bünyi-bdnyi-an

täli-käwa

täla

kenong

gambang

gädok

gindang

rebäna.......... tagbäbang; ghäda

prétit.........

sóVing...........\\sangVadu; stiling..\\

-ocr page 499-

\'Hautboynbsp;jai-duai, orserdni .-hmui

U ■ fketchfipi ■, \\
...........^kecbapi ......... ^ chel6mpung f\\ ■

Guitar qiiiil......\'k6ku-besi........

rebab ; biolab ,...
gûsok ; gesik.,...

Viol........

Fiddlestick ...

kûku-wesi........

rebab............

J gesrek,.,.

katchêtpi.........

kûku béusi..,...,
râbab.

kósok ...........

harónitt,
\'kachapi..

koko-besi
rebab....
gósok ...

râbat.
gûsok.

jsrónj...........

kachapi..........

kûku-bâsi........

-bab............

gósoK,,,ésik......

Iseghûn

ghâbab
gûsokh

Play
Ball

Bat

10

Paper kite .......

Dice............

Chess. ..........

Chess board......

Set of chess men.,

King ............

Queen..........

Castle...........

Knight ..........

Bishop ..........

Pawn...........

Check...........

Checkmate ......

mam..........

buah-raga.. ... ^
j\'peniambut- \\
buah-raga.. J
Ifiyang-layang ...

dadu............

chatur........

päpan-chätur .,
buah-chätur,..,

räja ----------

mentri, or pfitri
prau; tair......

kfida..........

gäjah..........

bidak.........

sah......... ..

mat ...........

dolan.

kesûkan,

layâng\'an ....

dadu........

châtur.......

pâpan-châtur .
isi-châtur ...,
i-âtu ........

mantri......

prau........

jâran........

gâjah........

bidak........

sali.........

mat\'........

Of Games,

ólin or ûlin...... main

lajâng\'an ...

dâdu.......

châtor .....

pâpan-châtor.

lalayâng\'an.......

dâdu............

châtur..........

sah

râtu .. ..,
mantri •..
prau ; tir,

jâran.....

gadja.....

bidak.,...

sah......

mat .....

mam.

jangjâng\'an......

dâdu............

châtor ...,,......

sérap-châtor......

biji-cbâtor.......

râto ............

mantri..........

châpang..........

jâran............

gâja ............

bidag............

sab.............

amat............
malâli,

lâyang-lâyang ....

dâdu............

châtur ..........

pâpan-châtur.....

buah-châtur......

râja.............

mantri..........

tear ............

kûda............

gâjah............

bidak............

sah.............

mat ............

fe\'\'ghau

latlâjang

dadu

Of a School, Terms of Learning, Art, Science, ^c.

School

College........

Education; in-
struction ...
Teacher.,.....

School-boy ...

Student.

A learned man,..

I3ook...........

Book-cover; \\
binding......J

Leaf..........

Page..........

Margin........

Line

{maderasa or
bandesah
ajâran ..........

gûru............

(ànak mûrib or \\
mûrid ,
... ƒ
f menchâri elmuquot;l
lt; or talâbul- gt;

L elim.....,J

pandita..........

kitab ; gelûng\'an ,.

jilit ............

keping ........

bidang ; lâjur .,
tepi; pinggir .,

(bâris; mastar;\\,
gâris; sâter j

langar .......

pamurûkan ...

wurûkan.....

gûru .........

santri ; mûrid ,

alûru-ngilmu..

pandita......

kitab; pâkem

jilit ; sâmak,.,

kebet.........

kâcha........

pinggir.......

larik; bâris,,.

sûro ; sanggar ....

pamulâug\'an......

wulâng\'an........

ang\'apâdos-ngilmi

tâjiig,

{pamulâng\'an, 1
or mulâng\'anj
gûru............

hânak-niûrit......

pandita.......

kitab........

jilet ..........

lember........

lâjur ..........

pingkir; tapi .lt;

bâris..........

niâng\'a-elmu.,..

pandita........

kitab..........

jilit...........

langgar.

ajaran.....

gûru......

ânak-santri

achâri ngilmu

lambar ,.......

sisi

baris; jajâran

langgar.

pang\'ajaran ....

kiaji..........

santri.........

entar-ngaji.......

pandita........

b^al-kitab

ja-i........

séba-lambar.
sa-lâmbar.
pinggir

bâris.......
pâma-râjan......

hajâhan..........

gûru............

piânak-mûrit.....

mang\'âlih-wikan,,

pandita..........

chakâpau,.......

langgakh

ta-wai-an

gûghu

mûghib

ngâpok âlimu

pandita
kitab

jilet .,,,.,,..,..

lambakh

lâjokh

ping-giakh

bâghis

lainpir..........

bidang; lâjur
tapi ; bibih ......

derikan ;

-ocr page 500-

JAVAN.

Bdsa hrdma.

MADURESE.

yt

MALAYU.

ENGLISH.

LAMPUNG.

BALL

Jdwa.

Sénda,

Word.......

Sentence.....

Member of a
sentence...

A period ........

Chapter..........

Section..........

Conclusion.......

Finis............

Benediction; in \\
God\'s name,, ƒ

Author..........

Composition......

Rough draft......

Text............

Commentary.....

Abridgment......

Moral writing ....

History..........

Dictionary; 1
Vocabulary... J
Prose . ..........

Verse ...........

Poet..........

Hemistich . ....

}

Distich .......

Rhyme..........

Tale............

Comparison,

patah.
arti..

kelimah..........

tütor............

fasalj or pasal....

bab.............

perabisan........

tämat . ..........

bismilah.........

Riddle......

Heroic verse; Sayer
Epigram; Pantuso
Rindu-,
amatoryquot;)
verse........ƒ

Himlaw; elegiac,.
Code of law ......

Numerical figures..

.............Ikalam..........

mib, 0Ï ctóof a veulchatok-kamp;Van

imbau,
sa-riat
angka ,

meng\'arang ...

karang\'an.....

bakal............

asal; naskha ..»,
tafsir, or tapsir...
simpulan ........

kitab-ajäran......

cherita ; sejarah..
ƒ kitab-basa; quot;)

t ghaliat____/

hikäyat..........

sa-ir, or sha-ir....
meng\'arang sa-ir ..
sa-perpat-sa-ir....

{sa-pasang; quot;)
sa-perangkatj

sayak ...........

cherita, or chitra,.
fandi-andi; T
lt; ■ upäma ; gt;
(, laksäna,,,, J

betchära-bälik____

sa-ir, or sha-ir....
panton ..........

Rindu...........

ketchap.,
ungkara,

kelimah .

sapada ,,

vfusänan

bab.............

wekasan.........

tämat; kätam.,,.

bismilah.........

ƒ a-ng\'äpus ; 1
\\ ngerumpäka ƒ

a-ng\'änggit.......

anggitan . ..

bade

sejärah

bakal,
äsal..

tapsir...........

ringkes..........

kitab-papali......

kanda; bäbad ...,

kitab-basa........

päsang

primbon ,

guritan; repen,.
a-ng\'änggit; rarépen
satäng\'ah-ukära ..

räkit............

peruäkanti; trijsan
charita ..........

upämi ; onde.

upama ..........

wichära-bälik ....

guritan..........

pantun; üra-iira..
i-epen ; kidung ...

saring\'at.........

augka...........

Ikalara...........

\\if{ich,uWa\\attv....

pók
arti,

kalimah

pupülih......

päsal........

bab.........

tämat......

bismiläh ...,

bismilah........

äng\'anggit,...

anggit-angitan
bäkal........

tapsir ,

tolis-ajäran ..
sajärah.......

tolls -bäsa.....

hikäyat,,..,.,

sa-ir
a-ng\'

ngarika,
rikä-an ,

tungküsan.

sära-sila ..
kitab-bäsa.

guritan........

nga-rika guritan

sa-ir ..

charita ..........

opäma; undi-undi
bichära bälik.....

pasang.........

trosan-sa-ir ....,
kanda; charita .,

opäma.........

panglipur

saring\'at,
angka. ..

pantun

sari-at..........

angka...........

,kalam...........

MuTQg\'éw-VaXan ..

kalimah

päsal......

bab.......

pamarihan.
tämat.,...

ketchap.
ukära ..

andag ...........

päda............

päsal............

bab.............

büdi-büdi........

tämat ...........

{äwigna-mas- \\
ttina-masidam ƒ

nganggit ,

karäng\'an.

bäkal.....

äsal .....

tapsir . ...
ringkisan .
niti-sastra.
säla-sila ..

kitab-bäsa......

{chära-sorat;
chära pépil

t ambang ......

nganggit-sa-ir ..
satäng\'ah-ukära

chaiéta...

andi-andi .

ocha-bälig.
tambang ..
papäntun .

lulüng\'it. .

kälam...........\\kalam ,. quot;\'

VdVatn ....

säri-at
ongka .

peta .
harti,

ttitur.....

sorohan,..
bab .......

pa-niüdan.
sühud ....

ngäghang

bismilah

ma-ng\'ärang......

karäng\'an........

bäkal............

häsal............

tapsir...........

päbun-tilan......

chakäpan-plajähan
pesuäran ........

chakäpan-bäsa....

sähikh

ngäghang-sähikh

sa-ng\'ir..........

mang\'ärang-sang\'ir

chaghita
upaiïia

päsang ..........

säyak............

sätua............

pätoh

pang\'o-k6-an
tämat

büka............

sähit-\'i
piiton

peta bälik
sang\'ir ..
pantun .,

hisang...

kälam........... 1 kälam

c\\vamp;,tok-k.amp;lam .... \\ imchok-kalam

sedih....
pre»^\'^quot;quot; ■
iianka ....

-ocr page 501-

[Style for wiitrng •

Slate pencil ......

Ink.............

Red ink..........

Paper . ..........

Palm leaf for wri-1
ting......... J

Writing case;
inkstand.....

Alphabet......

Letter.........

Point.........

Accent
Vowel

Guttural ......

Labial ........

Mute-letter ....
Moveable letter .
Double letter ...
Conjunct letter .

Asterisk.......

Language......

Word . ........

Compound word

Noun .
Adjective
Pronoun.

Verb ,

Particle.

Tense ....

Past tense.

Present...
Future ...,

Art...,
Science,

l belâban kâlam
kâlam-besi .......

kâlam bâtu ......

dâwat ; mangsi.,,.

dâwat-mirah......

kertas...........

daun-Mntar

rkûtak-dâwat; \\
t peti-tûlis .. J

{âlipba, or quot;)
âlifba; âlifbâtaƒ
hûrup, or hûruf. .,
ndkta ...........

m- -)
,tah gt;

i... J

;nda- quot;1

tanda suâra......

bâris j zirjâber.. •.

hûrup-di-rengkong
hûrup-di-bibir ....

liûrup-mâti......

hûrup-bebâris ....
hûi\'up-ber-sabdu ..

hûrup-lekas......

tanda-keMar......

bâsa, or bahâsa...

pâtah............

fpâtab-besém-

lt;nbsp;bat ; pâtah
I, bersûson
pâtah-nâma......

ƒ pâtah-sepérti ; \\
\\ pâtah sifat..
j
pâtah-meng\'ândong

pâtah-kalâ- quot;1

lt;nbsp;kuan; pâtah- gt;
l. masder ..., J
fhûrup-menda-

lt;nbsp;tângkan
L ma-âna
kûtika

kûtika-lampau....

kûtika-bâlir.....

kûtika-belom.....

(pandian, or
pandai-an
elmu,.,.,,..

ism..r.v.,......iP^fti\'à\'i\'^\'^^^Jjslgar

•kâlam
f kàlam-wesi ; \\
\\ ladingpeDÏurat ;,
kâlam-wâtu ......

mangsi ........

mangsi -abang ....
kertas; delûang .,

mangsi-âbrit..

rontal ; l(5ntar...

krdpak ..........

fkotak-mangsi; \\
t peti-tûlis... j
fhâna-charâka; \\

\\ âlipbe.....J

sastra ,

aksâra ,.
chetchak,

netu.

{tanda-arkat ;
tanda suâra
jâbarjir; sandâng\'an

aksâra-inggorokan
aksâra-ing-lambe.,

aksâra-mâti......

aksâra-i-rab......

aksâra-tasjid......

aksâra-ganchang ..

châwang.........

bâsa; wichâra....
ketchap..........

wirâhos

ketchap-sûsyn ..,

ketchap-nâma ...
ketchap-kâya ....
ketchap-améngku.

ketchap-k alâkuan.

wanchi ; nalika . ..

wanchi-kelângkung

wanchi-sâweg ., ..
wanchi-dereng....

{aksâra-nekak- 1
âken makna J

wayah ; kâla......

wâyah-liwat......

vvâyah-lâgi.......

wâyah-dûrung ....

limpad ; endag...,

ngelmu ..........

Tiàlam-hS.mi....

kâlam-bâtu.....

mangsi.........

mangsi-béuréum .
kartas .........

da-on-lontar......

kotak-mangsi ....

âlibe; charâka..,,

aksâra; ûrup ,..,
naktu; chatchak.,

tanda-suâra ......

bâris ; érab......

aksâra-tikorok....
aksâra-ti-bivvir..,.
aksâra-mâti......

aksâra bâris......

aksâra-tas-jld ....

aksâra-gâsik......

châwang ........

bâsa ............

pok ............

pdk-sûsun....

pok-âran ....
pok-jiga ....
pok-ngândung

pdk-kalâku-an,

euker............

euker-ka-liwat,..,

euker-âya........

euker-tâchan..,...

bisâ-an..........

elmu............
kâlam bési

kâ/am bâtu.....

mangsi .........

mangsi mira.....

dalûbang .......

kâra-kâra .......

{âliba; hâna-
charâka.... j
aksâra ..........

nakto............

ta-teng\'er-suâra ..

jâber............

aksâra-e-grong\'au
aksâra-e-bibir ..,.
aksâra-mâti......

aksâra-tasjid......

aksâra-kebat.....

tanda kalûar.______

mâsa; nalika ....

{mâsa-kalibat ; 1
nalika kalîbat ƒ

nalîka-kâlir......

jbdalah-kAlam .... Ibéla kâlamnbsp;jbâia kâlam ;...,.lblah.kâlam ...... j blah-kâlam

miam-hSwi....../iâJam bési ......Liol panôlis......kâlam-bâsinbsp;/__

nalika-bâi un......

ngelmu,
jpiol panôlis

sâbag-bâto .,
mangsi ,..,.,
mangsi mira.,
dalûbang .. .,

kâra kâra........

i panolisan ....

âna-charâka ,

aksâra ..........

chakchak; nakto..
tanda-suâra......

Tpang\'ânggui
1 aksâra jérapJ

aksâra-kâlat......

aksâra-dâkai......

aksâra-mâti......

aksâra jâber......

aksâra tasjid......

aksâra ganchang ..

chabâng\'an ......

bâsa............

ketchap..........

focha-linmâlini;quot;)
\\ ocha-sdson ƒ

ocha-niâma......

ocha-naroba

ocha kalâkuan ....

bâja-kaliwâtan....

bâja-bandar......

bâja-bâlun........

gintâran

elmu.,,,,,,,..

\'kâlam-bâsi

kâ!am-bâtu
mangsi ....

kéncha ..........

kartas

kagâng\'a
aksâgha

don tai

kdtak dâwat......

hâna-charâka ....

sastra; haksâra .,
châchak..........

ûlan-bitan

bâsa
pâtoh

tanda-suâra......

bâris

sastra-di-gagrokan

sastra-di-bibir ____

sastra-mâti......

sastra-mabâris____

sastra-mateng\'ânen

sastra-chépat ____

chiri-cbâbang ....

bâsa............

peta............

pâtoh-gâlakh

gûtika
gûtika-lâpas

gûtika-mâko

pandai-aa

elmu

peta-sûsun ......

peta-lâdan ......

peta-bûka........

peta-magântong ,,

peta-lâbat........

{sastra-nbsp;quot;)

nakâying-hartij

dâwang..........

dâwang-hVaf ....

dâwang-châwis____

vang-dering....

\'kâdu-wigan ......

tâhu ............

dâwat

dâwat-sûluh
kaghâtas; dalûwang

-ocr page 502-

r.
lt;

MADURESE.

Madûra.

LAMPUNG.

MALAYU.

BALI.

ENGLISH.

Jdwa.

Grammar,...

Art of poetry.

Music.......

Medicine ....
Physiognomy.
Divination. ..
Arithmetic...
Mensuration..

Astronomy.......

Astrology........

Ethics; politeness

Existence........

Nonentity........

Thing; substance
Manner..

Energy ; power .,

Cause...........

Action ..........

Union ; junction,.

Division

Similarity........

Dissimilarity.....

Form............

Breadth . ........

Length ..........

Quality..........

Necessity ......

elmu-sarif-alnahu .

elmu-sa-ir . ......

elrau-nianyi......

elmu-ddlcon......

elmu-pirasad .....
elmu-kûtilia,. .#..

elmu-angka......

elmu-ukuran......

{falkia, or \\
palkia ; falak j

pancha-lima......

{elmu-adap ; 1
tâta-kerma ƒ

ka-âda-an,......

ka-tida-an ,
bârang ....

{pekâkas, or 1
perkâkas .. ƒ

kuâsa-an........

sâbab ; kerna ....

kalâkuan ........

perhhapûnan.....

bâgian ..........

sa-pertian; sarûpa

berlainan........

rûpa ............

luâsan ; libâran ..

panjâng\'an.......

pri..............

pâtot.,..........

{ngelmu-saraf ; \\
nahwu .... J
ngelmu-guritan. ,.

{ngelmu-nbsp;1

tatembâng\'an ƒ
ngelmù-dedûkun ..
ngelmu-firâsat....
ngelmu-petâng\'an..
ngelmu-angka ....
ngelmu-uklÂran....

ngelmu-falkiah,...

fpancha-Iima ;
^ ngelniu-nlijum ƒ

ngelmu-tâta-krâma

kahânan.

ka-orânan........

bârang..........

pekâkas..........

kasâkten
sâwab ..,

kuâsa...........

sâbab ; krâna ,.,.
kalâkuan ........

pa-kumpûlan.....

bâgian .

sarûpi,.
sanésan.

wiar ; wîra
panjang.....

{dumdûman ; 1
bublihan... j

sarûpa ..........

sedjénan ........

wang\'un.........

jembar ; amba....

dâwa............

tingkah ; pólah.. ..
pâtut; perlu......
elmu-sârap-nahu.
elmu-guritan . ,.,

elmu dudûkun ..,
elmu-wirâsat.,.,
elmu-euker ,,..,
elmu-hângka ...
elmu-ukûran . ,,,

palâkia; undi ...

pancha-lima......

elmu-îâta-kârma..

{kalâng kâpan ; 1
kamâhian.. ƒ
ka-entéu-an ......

banda ...........

kabâsa-an..,..

sâbab.........

kalâkuan.....

pa-komp61an .,

duhûman ,,..,

pâla-kâra .,.,,...

kasâktian........

karâna ; sâbab ....

kumpûlan........

du-uman; bâgian

perbidâhan.,.
róba ...;,,.,

lebâsan......

lanchâng\'an , ■

tingkah......

pâtot; pantes

la-inan ..........

i-ûpa............

sâmenah ........

panjâng\'an.......

tingkah..........

pâtut ...........
elmu-tasrip......

ngelmu-sâraf ..

ngelmu-sa-ir...

ngehnu-ngijong

ngelmu-dlikun .
ngelmu-pîrâsat.
ngelmu-nalika .
ngelmu-angka .

ngelmu tâta-krâma
kabâda-an........

elmu-tambang ,...
felmu-kijong- \\
\\ kijóng\'an .. ƒ

elmu-dûkon______

elmu-pirâsat.,...,
elmu-pitâng\'an....

elmu-angka ......

elmu-ukóran . ...,

elmu-fâlak .

elmu-pangîpin ....

elmu-tâta-kârma..

{ka-âda-an, or 1
ka-bâda-an. jquot;

ka-tâda-an.......

bârang..........

parkâra.........

kabâsa.........

sâbab ; karna ....

kslâku-an........

kumpólan.......

du-uman ; bâgian,

sapârti..........

banian.........

róba; rópa.....

luâran .........

lanjâng\'an........

pâtot............
tâhu-sârap-nâhu

tâhu-sang\'ir ....

tâhu-makîdong.,

tâhu-balian .,.,
tâhu-wirâsa ....
tâhu-kâtika ....
tâhu-hangka....
tâhu-sikut......

lemu-dûkon

pancha-lima

kawâtan

kâma-wâtan
pulâwa

pakâgha

kuâsa-an
sâbab
kalâkuan
pohlmpon

bâgian

sapa-ghatian

ba-la-en-la-en

gbûpa

wâtak-kuâriga.

jatmika.

tâta-j^

{pradnian; tâta-
krâma

kâha-dâhan......

katuâra-an.......

grâbad..........

parkâra..........

kuasâhan ........

bâban ; krâna ....

pabitan..........

pa-tambûnan.....

dûman..........

tadjong

pâtot

bukâhan .........

malin an.........

goba, or ngoba..,.

linggâhan........

dawânan ........

prih............

pâtot............

Of Time and its Divisions.

waktu ; kutlka....
kedjap ; sabanter,.

nâpas...........

ndbat; jam......

nûbat.......... • Ibeàug...........

^lâïi, or âri.......mina ............Wwten

Time........

Moment.....

Minute......

Hour........

Three hours,,
Day.............

kâla; wâyah

kedep ......

ambékan ....
sang\'at ; jam.

nalika

nâpas.

waktu ; euker ....

kechéup .........

nâpas............

bâja; waktu,
kedja..,,...

nâpas.......

jam........

bakto ,

nâpas .

bedug ...
âri......

jam.............

làïi ; àVna ,

-po-cV, OYçôhik
mâsan .........., waktu

kijap............ kâjap

hangkihan........ nâpas

pâna-likan ....
teténg\'ar ....
dina ............ ghâni

-ocr page 503-

I Week..........

Mouth..........

Year............

Revolution.......

Night...........

Noon.

Morning ........

Evening..........

Date............

The first of the \\
month ......J

The second......

The third........

The fifteenth day..

The sixteenth day,
The seventeenth .,
The eighteenth...,
The thirtieth day.

jjuma-at,........

bûlan...........

tâîion, or taun ....

kuliling\'an.......

malam..........

teng\'ali-hari,

pagi ............

sori ; petang......

riwasa, or diwâsa..

muharam........

safar, or sapar...

râbiul-âwal.....

râbiul-âkhir.....

jumâdil âwal ....
jumâdil âkhir ...
râjab, or rejab ...
sa-abawn, or sâban
ramlan, or ramdlan
suai, or s âwal...

dulka-idah.......

dulka-hadj.......

sa-hâri bûlan.....

dua-hâri-bûlan ...

l

tiga-hâri-bûlan... •
nima-blas-hâri- l
lt; bûlan; per- gt;
(_ nâma......J

ƒ anamblas-hâri-\\

\\ bûlan......j

f tujûh-blas-hâri-quot;!
1 bûlan......J

{dulâpan-blas- 1
hâri-bûlan.. J

{tiga-pûiuh- \\
hâri-bûlan.. J
/éïof

sasi .........

warsa........

windu.......I

dalu ; latri ..,

teng\'ah-dinten ,

enjing .
sonten

}

teng\'ah-dina

isnk ...........

sore............

angka-ning-warsa

sunten ; mukharam

sûra..........

sâpar..........

râbiul-âwal .,,,

râbiul-âkhir......

jumâdil-âwal.....

jumâdil-âkhir ....

râjab............

ruah ; sâban......

pâsa ; ramlan ,...

sâwal............

dulka-idah.......

dulkijah; besar ..

ftanggal-ping- quot;)
\\ kalih....../

tanggal-ping tiga ..

sasi-purnama.....

tanggal-pisan.....

tanggal-ping-pindo

tanggal-ping-telu.,

rtanggal-ping \\
\\ lima las,... ƒ

ftanggal-ping \\
\\ nem-blas .. ƒ

tanggal-ping-pitülas

}{

__ -pmg-
tigang dasa

ƒ tanggal-ping- quot;)
wolûlas .... j

Ç tanggal-ping-
\\ telung-pûluh
bûlaii.
tâhun

jjmnû-ab; ahad.
wûlati.........

taim ,.
pendak
weng\'i
sa-bedug ;

péuting......

tang\'a-po-ek..

yesuk or esuk
sóri ........

The Names of tJie Months.

muhâram

râbiul-lâwal......

râbiul-lâkir ......

jumâdil lâwal ....
jumâdil-lâkir ....

râjab............

sa-aban..........

ramlan..........

sâwal............

dulka idah ......

râya-âgong ......

tanggal-pisan ....

tanggal-dua......

tanggal-tilu ....•.,

purnama ........

ƒ tanggal-genap-1
\\ welas... .,.ƒ

tanggal-tûju-welas

r tanggal- \\
\\ dalâpan-welas J

tanggal-tihi-pûluh

muhâram ........

sâpar............

râbiul-âwal......

râbitd-âkir ......

jumâdil-âwal ....

jumâdil-âkir......

redjab ..........

sâban......... •..

ramlan..........

sâwal.......... ■ •

dulka-idah .....

dulkijah .......

du-âri........

télu-âri.......

Ijuinâ-at.
l bûlan....

bdlan........

ta-un........

ka-lilîng\'an ..
mâlam ......

bâduk ; âban

ta-on.

mâlam..........

teng\'a-âng\'i......

lâgu ----....

mâlam-mâlam
kâle ........

aiâlam mâlam

muhâram........

sâpar............

râbiul-âwal......

râbiul-lâher......

jamâdil âwal......

jamâdil-lâher ....

âjab...........

sâban............

ramban..........

sâwal...........

dûka-ida .......

dulhedja .......

lima-belas-âri .

purnama

panglong-sakâli ,.
panglong-dukâli ..

pangtong-tâlo-kâli

ƒ tâlong polo-ârel
t bûlan......ƒ

nambelas âri....
péto-belas-âri . •.
bûlu belas-âri ...
télu pûlu-âri...,.

tanggal-pisan ...

tanggal-dukâli...
tanggal-tâlo-kâli .

t\'sukra.,..........

lïia-bidahaTi

jjumâhat

bûlaii

tâhon

tang\'ai..........

mâlam

teng\'ah ghâni

pâgi ; mahâyu
fîâbi

di wasa

muhâgham

sâpar

rabihul-hawal ....

râbiul-âwal

rabi hulhabir ____

râbiul-âkhir

jumadil hawal____

jumâdil-âwal

jumadii-hahir ....

jumâdil-âkhir

râjab

sâban

ramlan

sâwal

dulka-idah

dulhaji..........

dulka-hadj ah

sari bülan........

tanggal-pisan

tanggal-pindo ----

tanggal-pingdua

tangga;-ping-telo ..

tanggal-tâîu

r tanggal- quot;1

J limalas; gt;

• tauggal-lima-blas

[_ purnama .. J

tanggal-namblas

panglong-pindo ..

Itanggal-pitu-blas

pauglong pingfelo..

tangal wâlu-blas

tilam.

tâluug-pûluh

Days of the Week.

âhad..........

snin, or senâyan ..

selâsa...........

rebu, or reba-a,...

ra-dite ..
soma....
hanggâra
bûda....

âhad
snen
selâsa
rebu

âhad ..
sânin.,
salâsa
râbu .

âhad .,
snin ..
selâsa
rebo .,

âhad ..
snin ..
selâsa
rebu ,,

âhad ; dite ....
senin ; soma....
selâsa; anggâra
rebu; bûda,,,.

Sunday ,,..
Monday....
Tuesday ...
Wednesday

O

X

M
lt;

-ocr page 504-

O

JAVAN.

Bdsa krdma.

MADURESE

Madûra.

MALAYU.

LAMPUNG.

ball

ENGLISH.

Sunda.

Jdwa.

wâras-pâti........

sukra............

sâuischâra........

kmis ; raspamp;ti..
juniuah ; sukra
saptu ; tumpak..

kamis ..
jumâ-at.
saptu...

kemis ..
juma at.
saptu...

khemis.
juma-at
saptu...

komis .
juma-at
sapto...

kemis

jumâ-at

saptu

Thursday.
Friday . • •
Saturday .

Of Numbers.

One ..........

Two..........

Three.........

Four ..........

Five..........

Six...........

Seven .........

Eight..........

Nine..........

Ten..........

Eleven ........

Twelve........

Thirteen.....

Fourteen .....

Fifteen.......

Sixteen.......

Seventeen......

Eighteen......

Nineteen......

Twenty........

Thirty........

Forty..........

Fifty..........

Sixty..........

Seventy........

Eighty ........

Ninety........

A huudred . ...
Two huudred ...
Three hundred..
Four hundred ..
Five hundred .
A thousand ..,
Ten thousand .
A hundred thousand
A quarter........

satu, or aa ...

dua.........

tiga.........

ampat.......

lima........

an am...........

tûjuh............

dulâpan..........

samhilan........

pûluh, or sapûluh..
sa-blas, or sehlas,.

dua-hlas.........

tiga-hlas.........

ampat-hlas.......

lima-hlas........

anam-blas........

tûjuh-hlas........

dulâpan-blas......

sambilan-blas ....

dua-pûluh........

tiga-pûluh........

ampat-pliluh......

lima-pö-luh ......

anam-pûluh ......

tójuh-puluh......

dulâpan-pûluh ....
sambilan-pûhih . ..
ratos, or sa~râtos..

dua-râtos........

tiga-râtos........

ampat-râtos......

lima-râtos........

vibu, or sa-ribu ..,

sapûlah-ribu......

laksa, or sa-laksa..
suku, or sa-sûku ..
\\

setûnggal ; eka....

kâlih ; dui.......

tiga ; tri ........

sekâwan ; châtur..
gangsal ; paneha..

sad.............

sapta............

asta ............

nâwa............

dâsa............

kâlih-welas......

tiga-welas........

kâwan-welas^....
gangsal-welas ....

sepûluh....
sa-welas ..

rólas ......

telu-las....
patblas ....
limâ-las....
nemblas . ..
pitu-las....
wolu-las ..
sang\'â-las..
ig pûluh

hiji.............

dua.............

tilu.............

opat............

lima............

genap ...........

ttijuh............

dalapan..........

selapan ..........

sapuluh..........

sa-welas.........

dua-welas........

tilu-welas........

ópat-welas.......

lima-welas.......

genap-welas......

tfijuh-wenas.....,
dalipan^welas ...,
selapan-welas ..,,

dua-pliluh........

tilu-ptiluh........

ópat-pöluh.......

sékat............

sa-wida..........

ttijuh-pixluh......

dalapan-pliluh .. ,
sel^pan-ptjluh ...

sa-ratus ........

dua-ratus.......

tilu-ratus .......

ópat-ratus.......

lima-ratus.......

ribu...........

sa-püluh ribu ...

laksa...........

s(\\k.u...........

S1J1-............

lóro .........

telu .........

pâpat.........

lima.........

nénem, or nam

[litu.........

wolu.........

kalih-dâsa ,

telung-pûluh......

tigang-dâsa......

pâtang-pûluh.....

kâwan-dâsa......

sa-widak........

pitung-pûluh.....

wôlung-pûlâh ....

wôlung-dâsa.....

sa-ng\'ang-pûluh ..

sâng\'ang-dâsa _....

sâtus ............

................

kâlih-âtus.....

telung\'âtus ......

tigang-âtus ...

patang\'âtus......

kâwan-âtus ......

liman g\'âtûs......

gangsal-âtus......

sab

dua............

tilu.............

papah ...........

lalima ..........

namnam ........

papito..........

babalu.........

sasang\'ah........

sapfdu .........

sa-belas.........

du-belas........

tilu-belas.......

pa-belas........

lima-belas.......

nambelas.......

pi to-belas.......

bólu-belas.......

sang\'a-belas.....

dupülu.........

tilu-ptïla .......

pa-pülu.........

sékat...........

sa-bidag ........

pétong plilu.....

bólu-ptila.......

sang\'a-pülu.....

satos...........

■ du-ramp;tos ........

itilu-r4tos.......

pa-ratos........

lima-ratos.......

Isibu...........

isalaksa.........

I sakóti .........

1 sa-slt;xku..........\\aa-s6ko

sétong
dua ...

talo ..

sasang\'a . ........

sa-pólo ..........

sa-bâlas..........

dua-bâlas ........

tâlo-bâlas........

ampa-bâlas ......

léma-bâlas.......

anam-bâlas ......

péto-bâlas........

bâlu-bâlas........

sang\'a-bâlas......

dua-pólo ........

talo-pölo........

pa-pólo..........

sa-ékat..........

sa .........

dua........

tâlu, or télo
hampat....,
lima.......

ampa........

léma........

anam............j hanam

péto........

bâlu........

pétong-pólo......

bâlong-pôlo ....

sang\'a-pólo......

sa-ratos..........

dua-râtos........

tâlo-râtos........j tâlung\'âtus ......

ampa-râtos ......! sâmas...........

léma-râtos.......j limang\'âtus......

sa-ibu .......... siu..............

sa-laksa.........salâksa..........

sa-keti ..........t ha-keti.........

k - - - . ......M

pitu ............

kütus............

siaj.............

dasa ............

solas ............

rólas............

télo-las ..........

pat-blas.........

lima-las.........

nam-blas........

pitu-las..........

pla-kütus........

sang\'a-las........

duang-dasa......

talung-dasa......

pamp;taug-dSsa ......

sékat............

namdamp;sa .. ^... ..

pitong-dasa......

hi\'ilüng-dasa......

sang\'a-dasa ......

satus............

satak, or dua-atus

sai

ghua

tâlu

pa

lima

nom

pitu

wâlu

siwa

pûluh

sa-blas

ghua-blas

tâlu-blas

pa-blas

lima-blas

nam-blas

pitu-blas

wâlu-blas

siwa-blas

ghuang\'a-pûluh

talûng\'a pûluh

pa-ng\'a pûluh

sâwi

sa-wida

pitông\'a-pûluh

walûng\'a-pûluh

siwâng\'a-pûluh

sa-ghâtos

ghua-ghâtos

tâlu-ghâtos

pa-ghâtos

hima-ghâtos

sapâku

Isapûluh-pâku
llaksa
1 sasûku

-ocr page 505-

/A half

Thi-ee quarters,..,
One and a quarter

Two and three \\

quarters......ƒ

One and a half.. ..
Two and a half....
Addition .... ,...

chabot; banton

as;^nbsp;1

lakâjang V
âjang .... J

ƒ semata mata;
semua-mua

bagian ........

sa-unyin-unyin
bâgian

Sum total,

Dividing ..
Subtraction
Remainder

The whole

A part ....

Question ,

Answer....

Disputation

Token
ground of
ment

Condition; state..

Change of place ..

Collection; heap,.

Wringing ........

Delay .........*

Meeting..........

petakónan; ijab .. pitakénau
sahur; jawab
padon-madóni

peghûlian
jâwab

âlas mang\'âlas
tanda kaniata-an

n, sign ; quot;1
undof argu- gt;

nt........J

tanda yakti

tingkah; pólah ..

ówah............

kumpul; klumpuk
pres
semâya
tetémon
fchedakan
^ sanding
(. parekan

âdohan ..........

mingséran

tetâpan

tangkéban
sûmuk ; sûmub
kemândang
âmoh ; bedel
lûmut
werta ; kâbar ....
gon-ngóbong bâta,,
bâtang

prih......

hobâhan ,.
kumpul..

póros .....

tanggâhan .
matâmu-an

ûbah

kumpul

pióhan

batûngga-an

ba-pasu-an

ba-jawóhan

pertania-an......

juab or jâwab ....
usul meng\'ûsul..

tanda keniatâ-an ,,

pri ; hal..........

ubâ-an or ubâhan

kumpul..........

perâsan..........

tanggûhan........

temtî-an ........

jau..
güli

fambu; taptap;!

1 nang......ƒ

tangkap..........

hawa or haba ....

ngarómong ......

pópok ..........

lolómut
barta..
kanang\'an óberbata
bubatang; bangki

Rest............

Joining; adhesion
Exhalation ......

Echo............

Mouldiness

Slime...........

News... ........

Brick kiln........

Carcase.,,,....,,

nóng\'os; bandag.

tâkap .........

hius...........

machâng\'ung ,..

Jâtiih...........

lömut .........

horta............

tetâpan

tangkópan
hâwa

alûmut
kâbakh

o
X

bangbai

Nearness........berdekâtan

Distance
Motion..

berjaûhan........

gerâ-an..........

tetâpan ..........

tangkópan........

ÛWdp,. ..........

bedéng\'ung ......

lapti-an ..........

liimut ..........

khâber..........

tampat-bâkar-bâta
bangkai,,.,..,,.,

/tang\'ah,.........

tâlung-sûku......

hâki-teng\'ah-sliku

dua-tâlnng-sûku ..

tang\'ah dua......

tang\'ah-tâlu......

tambûnan........

{kumpûlan- quot;J
pawilang\'an
j

dum............

ngerdngrong......

tinggâlan........

f pepas
■.r m;
(. kâjang
dûman

jsa-teüg\'ah

tâlu-sûku
saî-sasûku

ghua-tâlu-sûku

téng\'ah-ghua

téng\'ah-tâlu

tiga-sûku ........telmg-aûku....../tigangseka

siji-sa-sùkn...... satönggal-sa-seka..

satu-sa-sûku.....

dua-tiga-sûku ,..

teng\'ah-dna.....

teng\'ah-tiga.....

jumlâhan.......

himpûnan-bilang\'s

lóro telung-sûku ,.

kâro-teng\'ah
ka-telu-teng\'ah....
jumlah ; sipir

gung-gung,

richik, or di-richik
chóplok

-ocr page 506-

JAVAN.
Bâsa hrdma.

madurese.
Madéra.

O
X

MALAYU.

ENGLISH.

ball

lampung.

Jàwa.

Sûnda.

Tooth\'bi-asli-----

Leaven.........

Powder; dust...
Tick...........

Monthly course...
Pith of a tree ----

Quiver

Company ........

Stuff; budget____

Ebony ..........

Eig.............

Woodpecker......

Weevil...... ....

Sea weed.........

Snipe...........

Lignum aloes ,..,
Dried bonneta ..,,
Morning ; twilight
Shark...........

}

Sole-fish ........

A species of lizard

Teak............

A species of oak ..

Galingal.........

Cocoa-nut milk ...
Poison (for food,quot;)

amp;c.)........I

Poison (for wea-
pons) ..,,

Sound.,,.,
râdat-nbsp;1

lt;nbsp;perâmpuan ; gt;
(. dâtang bûlau
J

fgâli-kâyu ; 1

lt;nbsp;âti-kâyu ; J»
L pûlur......J

sâruug-ânak pânah

{ikan-seblah ;
ikaii-lidali ,

râchun

bisa .
bûnyi.

kâwan..........

tiingkat.........

kâyu-ârang ...,,

kâyu-âra ........

belâtok..........

bfibok...........

buiig\'a-kârang ....

kedidi ...........

kalâmbak........

ikan-kâyu........

dini-hâri ........

idjuk............

tûkek...........

jâti, or kâyu-jâti..

jâti-negri........

lang-kuas...... .

santan ..........
pasûsur-untu ...

sûgi ; bunder-gigi

râgi ...........

serbok.........

kerpâti.........

âdat-

perâmpuan ,
dâtang bûlau

râgi ..........

âjur ..........

châtak ; ketipes

sûker; gârap-sâri..

pûlur.

endong

rewang; panta.. ..

teken...........

kâyu-âreng.......

waring\'in........

pelâtuk..........

bûbuk ...........

kembang-kârang

mânuk-trinil.....

kaleinbak........

iwak-kâyu; toiigkol
ig\'un-raina;pâjar
duk.............

iwak-ilat ilatan ...

tekek............

jâti.............

jâti-welânda......

lahos............

sauten ...........

ûpas ; râchun.....

maudi...........

uni .............
pasiisur-wâja ....

gârap-saiitun ; khel

tangkûlak........

rénchang........

panjeneng\'an ...

kâjeng-âreng.....

mandira.........

kalâmbak.

kalâmbak......

jûko-chaliâlaiig.,
pâra-siang......

j an-an

jûko-Iajila.......

tekek............

jâti.............

jâti........

jâti-walânda.
lâja........

ûlam-kâjeng.. ! ..
bang\'uu-rainten ..

jâtos........

jâtos welândi.

lâhos............

pâti ............

râchon ..........

chipâti.....

barûwang...

mandi,
monyi

ûni.

dâru-b(5si ....

mandas......

ûng\'el .......

sûsur...
râgi ...
géuléuh.
péutî..\'.

ragi ..
serbuk

béuléun ; pamâlian

hâti-kâhi........

tangkólak.

bâtur........

hitéuk ......

kâhi-ârang ..
kâhi-chring\'in

ehalâdi......

téukéuk.....

tóngkat........

kâju ârang......

kâj u âra.......

palâtok........

kcmbangkârang.

sarbok ; lâsa,

âti kâju ; gâli-kâju

kantong-pâna ....

ambal...........

tongkat..........

kâju- ârang.......

baring\'in........

balâtuk ..........

bûbu ; kâpang____

kambang-kârang ..
gâsing...........

para-siang.
mundung .

tóki; tóko.
jâti.......

la-

pâti..,
râchun

garingging.
monyi....

sûji

râgi...,
srâbuk ,
klimpit

ba-bulânan

hampûïokh

ka-dua
tungkokh
kâyu âghang
kâyu-beghing\'in
pelâtokh ,
bûbokh

kambang-kâghang

kalâm bak h

mahâyu-hâyu
Mu

iwa-kablah

kóki
jâti

lâwas
pâti

ghâchon

bisa
bûnyl

ha-batluh ; champur

hantang-kâyu ....

}

{sâhung-piânak-
pânah .

timpal ..........

tungkat..........

kâyu-hârang......

kâyu-bahing\'in....

blâtuk ..........

bûbuk ...........

bûng\'an-kâhang...
tiling-tiling .... ..

balâmbak........

bekâyii..........

daslemah........

kâkia............

betâmpak........

tûki ............

jâti.......;.....

jâti-nagâra.......

hisen............

santan ..........

chetik

maudi
mûnyi

Adjectives,

Many
Few
Great.
Little .

bàniak ..........

sedikit, or sikit ..

besar............

kechi, or kechil.,

âkeh ..
satitik
gede ..
cbilik .

^Some............

kâtah...........

sakedik..........

âgeng; agung,...
alit.............

ria ; lóba.....

sahéutik......

gedih.........

léiitik........

bâniah .. ........

didih............

kénih............
bânia............

liu...........

hakikit.......

gedih.........

cbénik ...... .

Isaàaài-Aadian

sakóiii ..........

\\asu\\g asiug

kcnv...........

-ocr page 507-

Earthy..........

Watery..........

Fiery,...........

Aiiy ............

Eatable..........

JDrinkable........

Broad ..........

Long............

Short...........

Hot.............

Cold ............

Warm; lukewarm

Coldish..........

Wet............

Dry.............

Fresh (as a plant)

Withered........

Fresh (as meat) ..

Stale............

Fresh (as water).,

Salt............

Brackish........

Sweet...........

Milky-tasted;
fattish ....

Acid............

Bitter ...........

Raw; unripe.,,,.

Bitterish ____....

Sharptasted; spky
Pleasant-tasted ..,
Water-tasted..,,

Unripe.........

Ripe ...........

Rotten ripe .....

Rammish.......

Stinking........

Fishy-scented ...
Fresh-smelling 1
(as a leaf).... ƒ

Scented like dried 1
fish.........J

Stale; flat scent-quot;1
ed; as spoiled gt;i
victuals,,,,.. Jf

ber-tânah........

ber-âyer .........

ber-âpi ..........

ber-ângquot;in........

btîlih di-mâkan ...
bûlih-di-minum ..

liber............

panjang..........

pen dik or pan dak

panas ...........

sedjok...........

âng\'at or hângat ..

ig\'in..........

bâsah............

kring.. ..........

idop; segar ......

lâyu.............

segar............

bâsi ............

tâwar............

mâsin...........

pâyau ...........

mânis...........

lemak .........

mâsam ,.,,...,
pa-it, orpahit....

kelat............

pedar............

pedas............

sedap............

twar. ..........

meatah or mantah
masak; mâtang...,

l\'ânuiii........

hâmis...........

bûsok...........

I Bo th.. - • .......jkedua, or kâdua.

I\'rwo-fold........ fganda-dua.......

hânyir, or âtyir ,.
ma-ung

hâpak,

bamber.

jkh-o.....-.....

tikelôro..........

a-lemah ; ctbûmi..

a-bâniu ..........

a-géni ..........

a-ang\'in.........

kena-di-pang\'an ..
kena-di-ombe ....
amba; jembar....

dâwa............

chendak .........

pânas ...........

âtis.............

âng\'at...........

âdem............

teles ............

âking; gâring ....

seger ; urip......

âlum ; lâyu......

ânyar ; seger.....

wâyu ; wâdang....

tâwa............

âsin ............

anta............

legi.............

hâséum..........

Pa-it............

kâsat,...........

ketchut.

lâdah............

sâdap............

tâwar...........

âtah, or antah,.,.

âsak............

dâlu ............

hâpéuk..........

gûrih.

asem.

Pa-ït.......

sepet.......

teng\'ik.....

pedes,......

sedap.......

sepa tâwa...
mentah.....

mâteng.....

dâlu; tânak.
âpek .......

Lkel-kmh......

a-toya
alâtu..

kéng\'iug-katéda .
kéng\'ing-kaunj uk.

wiar...........

panjang.........

rûbak ........

panjang.......

pondok .......

pânas.........

tiris .........

hânéut.......

ti-is .........

bâséuh .......

tûhûr.........

hirup.........

pérang.......

sâgar .........

bâri .........

tâwar........

pangsit.......

anta.........

hâmis ; mânis ,

bâchin ,... ■

sâbal,

cha-werang

amis

preng\'us; peng\'ur.

seiveb.

/kâdua

a-btSmi..........

a-aing...........

a-hâpoi..........

a-hâng\'in........

benang\'âkan......

benang\'inum.....

lébar............

lanchang .........

pandak ..........

pânas............

chélap ..........

âng\'a............

chia...........

bâsah...........

kéring .........

segar............

tâbar.
âsin .

lima

chilok,
pa-et..
pâkak.

pcdas..
séda ,,
bâbar..
mâtah.
mâsak

amis ,

âpak,

. jkàda-dua

lêpat-dua.........

pa-ijCrnii ; bâda-fâna

bâda-a-ijig.......

bâda-âpoi

bâda-ang\'in......

pâtot-ekâkan.....

pâtot-ng\'inum ....

lébar............

lanjang..........

panda...........

pânas...........

châlap ..........

âng\'a............

châlap-bâng\'at....

bâsa............

kâring..........

sâgar............

élop ............

sâgar............

bârui............

tâbar ...........

âsin ............

Jkâghua
I tiêgan
batânoh
ba-ûwai
ba-âpoi
ba-âng\'in

/kâdua....... ,

\'nikal-ngâjang .

ma-tânah......

ma-hyih.......

ma-hâpi.......

ma hâng\'in ....

wenang-tiBJiiah..
wenang-ng\'inani

lumbàng.......

dâwa..........

bâwak ........

pânas.........

nian..........

hang\'at........

ding\'in........

belus..........

hetuh .........

segar; hidup...

lâyu ..........

segar..........

bâgha

tadjong

bunta

pânas

ngison

handop

bâsoh
ngâng\'u

lâyu

sâgar

bâyu

niah-niah
hâsin
pâyau
mis

tâboh

peghos
pâhi
kâlat

pâsil ...
tâbah...
pâkah~..
danglak.
mânis ..

mûluk .

anta ; niamniam ..
mânis...........

masam .........

pâhit...........

sâpat...........

pihing ........ ■

lâlah..........

jâhan..........

tâbah..........

mâtah..........

lâbang.........

gâha...........

ngas...........

beng\'u..........

handih ..........

lâla

sâdap

niah-niah

mâtah

màsa

kâlau

hu-ong

bûsokh

hânil

mâhong.

hâpak,

hâpakh

O

gt;i
X

peng\'it

lâma ,

chilo ...
pa-et...
pâka .,.
ârang\'it.
pâdis...
niâman.
tâbar...
mâtah .
mâsak
dâla .,

bûso ,.
antam.

âpak

-ocr page 508-

ENGLISH,

Urine scented ....

Onion scented----

Noisome scented..

Light............

Dark.............

Bright ..........

Obscure .........

Glittering........

Transparent......

Dazzling ........

Clear; transparent
Opaque; dark....

Lgt;appkd; piebaid

Faded in colour ..

Tawny ........

Of a slightly
mixed colour

Duck head green ..

Purple-pink ......

Sea green ........

Light red........

Reddish lake......

Reddish brown.. ..
Streaked; striped

Spotted....

Mottled..,.

Pale............

Silent ..........

Quiet............

Noisy...........

Making noise ....

Shrill,...........

Loud............

Slender
Strong .......

Soft .........

Hoarse.......

FnU sounding
•Resounding ...

MALAYU.

hanching ......

baring ........

bang\'er........

trangj chera^ ••
gelap ; kpi\'am ..

chahia........

sliraœ ........

gilang-gumilang

trarig-tros......

silau..........

jerénili ........

kruh ..........

}

sounding

belang or blang

pdder............

pirang ..........

kirau............

kepala-itik ......

biji-ramia........

ayer-la-ut........

kesdmbft ........

pinang-masak ....

kawi ............

belang; cliürak....

{berpänau; \\
berbintang,. J

berselang-selang ..

püchat ..........

diam............

sfinyi............

riuh ............

ing\'er............

niäring ; mersik ..

kenchang........

lembot..........

keras or kras ....
hfilus; sarak -Jemot

pärau ........

geruh or gmh .
deng\'vmg .....

■V

Jdwa.

pesmg ..........

peng\'ar ; seng\'ak..
bâdeg ; blarung\'an
pâdang; terang .,
peteng ; dedet ,,..

châhia..........

sûrem ; rerap ....

gumilang........

pâdang-terns,.....
silo ; blereng .,..

bening ..........

bûtek ..........

Çpelâtigka ;
J pontaug
(_ lói\'cng

âtigka ; T
)ontaug ; gt;

ói\'cng .... J

abrit-nem.

besem ........

jambon; âbangnom

idjem-sepuh......

idjo-tua...........

sâwo-mâteng.....

biru............

jmgga -----

kûning-tua ,

dâdu.......

bâtik ; lûrik,

silih-asih......

kéndel ........

sûnia; su-weng

resah.

érek

tûtul; cheplókan.
sclang-seling.....

pfichat.......

meneng.......

sepi; su-wung,

guméder .....

rüsuh.........

sóra .........

kencheng .....

ririh.........

atos.........

empuk.......

é\'iek.........

JAVAN.

Bdsa hrdma.

limut.....

wemng ,

agoï; garoh..
Ivemandang ..

\\

Sûnda.

angsor .
péung\'a.

cha-ang......

po-ck........

cha-hia......

sûréum......

gumilang ....
cha-ang-târus

siléuh ......

biran........

kiruh........

bâlang

hijo-kolot,

biru............

jambon ; kaslimba
kóning-kólot......

batik.

tûtol ............

fpatûmpang- quot;)
tumpang .. ƒ

pûchat..........

chit-ching........

réhek ..........

nga-gâdar........

ganding..........

ngengkring ......

kanchang ........

kandor..........

bâdas............

léuléus..........

péuyéuh ........

ngalaper ........

\\\\aïvdamp;,ïu.........

M A D U RE S E.
Madûra.nbsp;Sumenap.

lasing

bänger

bâng\'ar...
târang ..,
pâtang ..,
châhya ...
sûram ...
sómar ...
téra-târos,

sólap.....

bâning ..
bûtak-----

Jingga

henang
sóbung ,

niâring ..,
kenchang

kéras ; âkas.
hâpes.......

jmgga

póling-müjur ...

toltol; réti-réti .

samp;la-saia .......

masom ; póti-ólai.

nang ...........

sóbu...........

róso ...........

ing\'ar; gigir.....

tani ...........

kanchang .......

lambut.........

bang\'at.........

alos ...........

parat...........

gar\'atiJam.......

agarómoxig ..

petang
chadja
sórop,.

BALI.

man\'gsit.. ..
peng\'ah,...
bang\'as....
gâlang ....
petang ....
châhia ....
sûram .,..
ngalénchok
galângtros..

hûlap......

hening----

pûtak .....

kûgheng

tumpang-tindih

pticha
ngahâms
tâiokh
ghioh

hing\'okh

blang.

fgâdang- \\
\\ mâdun-buah ƒ

nâsak-sâbo .. ,. ..

biru............

kârah ...........

kranta ..........

tâng\'i............

póleng .........

matûltul ........

kanchang

kâghas
âlos

pâghau; bâghau
ighinggot
\\ kamândang

pesléngkat.

ketchut------

mandap......

sühung......

masri-yóntan

hing\'ah......

niaring......

keniang.....

lambut......

sang\'at .. ^ ,.

zialus........

srat .......

.Isarag.....

.Uheng\'ung ,

O
XI
!gt;lt;
gt;lt;!

LAMPUNG.

hanching

bâiig\'okh

klom
châhia
ghédam ;

teghang-
silau
ghilan
ghtibokh

blang ; kûgheng

-ocr page 509-

Hard...........

Soft ............

Rough..........

Slippery; smooth
Suppie; flexible ..

Stiff............

Tough..........

Crumbling; brittle
Smooth; calm....

Still; calm......

Thick...........

Thin-set; few...,

Thick-set........

Close-set ........

Slanting.........

Thwart; I
breadthwise,. J
Thwart; length-quot;)
wise ........ƒ

Proportionable....

Straight.........

Crooked ... ......

Sharp............

Blunt............

Liquid; thin.....

Thin............

Fine............

Coarse ..........

Rotten; incon- \\

sistence......ƒ

Rotten ...........

Swollen..........

Tame...........

Wild............

Old (as cloaths) ..

New.........

Old .........

Young .......

Ugly.........

Beautiful

Fairj as weather..
Clean .........

Dirty.
Deaf.

I kras; kuat

lembot........

kesat..........

linchin ........

lembik........

teger ..........

liât...........

rapuh .........

tenang ........

teduh..........

tebal..........

jârang; cheroi..
lebat

krap..........

chtiram; sing\'it

lintang........

bdjur.

sikap........

Itiros; betul..

bingkok......

tajam . .. ....

tumpul......

chayer ......

nipis ........

halos, or alus ,
kasar.........

biirok ; büsok ,

lapuk; pamp;hoi .
kembang ....

liar...........

lama ; tûha ....
bâru, orbahâru ,
tûha, or tua.....

mûda..........

bûrok..........

ilok; bâgus-sakâli

kemârau.........

sûchi ; bersi......

chemer; kótor...,

tûlî ; pekak......
srd; hang\'et ..

alus ..........

kasap .........

^lus ..........

lemes ; lembek .

teger..........

alot; wtiled....
getas ; reniah ..
neng ; anteng ..
teduh ; sidum ..

kandel........

S,rang..........

deres ; didi; bi-yet

kerep..........

pereng; miring.

malang........

mambeng,

leser; leres
lung\'id .. ..,

kâsar............

lungsed..........

mûjur .

menggep ........

bener............

béngkong ........

landep ..........

ketul ; tempak....

chéwer..........

tipis .j ..........

alus ............

wadag; agal......

lûwas . ...........

larai; lama

sepuh ; sepah ..

nim ..........

âwon..........

sûchi............

chemer..........

tûli.............

âmoh ; bedel.....

ba-dedeg ........

chumbu ; jenak ...

jârah............

kawak ; lâwas....
âniar ; tigas....

tua.............

nom ............

âla..............

riangsing; âyuH

L bâgus......ƒ

katiga ; terang,...
bersih ; resik.....

{jember; regedjl
kótor......ƒ

bûdeg; jampeng..

sang\'et.

tebel,

téii-as ..........

si-yéup..........

kâsat............

lénchin..........

Irtmbik ; bi-ek ....

téugéur..........

liât ............

râpuh...........

hening..........

tâduh ..........

kandal..........

chârang..........

léubéut..........

jungkrang.
mâlang ...

ngûjur

tangkap......

banar ; lûrus
bengkok ....

sókot........

min tul ......

âlus .
bâdag.

rang\'at..........

mudâgdag........

lindok ..........

ling\'as ..........

héubol; lâwas....

âniar............

kólot.... .......

ngóra ..........

géulis ..........

halódok..........

setra; sûchi......

géuléuh..........

tórik,...,,.,..,.

iiâgal,,
lembut

letchin ..........

lemas ; lembik....

hanteng..
châdu ..
kandal ..
rangrang

kérap.

mâlang .
mûjur .

lóros ..
bilut..
tâjam..
tómpol

tépis...........

âlus ...........

kâsar...........

jûbak.

tótot,

lambak.....

bûru or bâru.

tówah.....

ngûdah .....

jûbak.......

bâgus......

katiga
Sotchi

kedah

teng\'il

kàdas

kâsap ....

hâlus.....

belik.....

kékang ...

huat.....

reniah ...
ngilak .
teduh,...
tebal....
lang\'ah ...

lâbat.....

kerap....
nepang ..

ngandang .
ngalûjuh .

mâbang,

mójur .

pantas .
lûros ...
bingko .
tâjam...
tómpol .

nipis

âlos

sâhal

bûgha

tjpis...........

hâlus...........

kâsar...........

tangkap.
lûsub...
bengkot.
tâjap ...
puntui .
pâsa............ henchih.

tepis ............

âlos ............

kâsar............

bâhuk

lâtuh......

kembang .
tûtut; buh
reng\'as

magag
ghinokh
kâsit

lâwas............ sâka

hâniar
tua ..
ngûda
jelik ..

muakh
tûha

jâhal
hâlau

kâma-ghau
kâchah

kema

tûlokh

jegig; bâgus.

kesat.
sûchi.

torn

pua ............

bâga............

tótot ............

kâsit...........-

âbet...........

bûru...........

tua ...........

ngoda ..........

jûba...........

fbâgus;batchik;quot;)

t. sâhi ......S

târang........

\'kaghas

lâmoh

kâsap

lânat

limbekh

jâgokh

nganli

ghâpoh

tânong

indom

kâdol

jâghang

lombut....

râka......

léchen ....
lamas .. ..
kâras ; tiar
kóko......

ua-ong
kandal

rangraiig ........

lâba ; dâras ......

kârap............

lâbi-andar........

ghisokh

tâkap; ginching
mâlang

bûjokh

sikap

tâbong

bingko

tâjam

kûdol

brisi ; sûchi....

fi
X

kûmal
bóng\'ol,

châmar; gâda..,.
teng\'al ..........

-ocr page 510-

ENGLISH,

Blind.
Lame,.

Bald............

Squinting........

Short-sighted; quot;gt;

purblind.....J

Dumb...........

Stammering......

Cramp-footed or 1
handed......Jquot;

Dismembered -.,.,
Flat-nosed, ......

gépeng;pényit;quot;)
kempes.... }

bâng\'ir..........

lemu............

Henchir ; lang-T
^ sing; nge- i
(_ rangkek . ,. J
gajih ; gemulc ....

kûru............

mang\'ap ; meng\'a.
fkûkuh; âwet;l
\\ pengkub .., J

{lóbok ; lógro;!

lódag......ƒ

linu ............

jimpe...........

prungsang ,..

{

lemak; gemuk...,

kûrus-kring......

teng\'ânga........

kedjab; tcguh,.,.

kera

kekah ...........

Sharp-nosed.
Corpulent...

Slender

Fat............

Lean...........

Gaping ..........

Strong ..........

lungger..........

{mâmer ;

seng\'al ; ngilu ƒ
lemah; letih......

balisah.......

lamper........

chape

salad ; pageblug ..

ûrip ............

mâti ; módar.....

plengkung........

lóvvung..........

kûreb...........

lûmah...........

mérot ; ménchong

rengka..........

ngembes.........

yi-yid; àjîd......

jevo ............

hidop, or idup.,.,
mäti; meninggal..

lengkung........

bengkung ........

tirap............

telentang........

irot, or yerot.....

retak; merka .,.,

leng\'as..........

lendir . ..........

dalam...........

gesang ..........

pedjah ; séda.....

méncheug........

renteng..........

lebet.,

Weak...........

Feeble, as from a \\
hurt......... ƒ

Faint; feeble ....
Restless (from T
sickness) .... ƒ
Infectious;
spreading .... j

Living .........

Dead...........

Concave.........

Convex ..........

Prone...........

Supine.........

Amy,..........

Cracked ........

[Damp...........

Slimy...........

Deep ............

J AVA N,

MALAYU,

Jdwa.

bûta

pichek ; nonor,...
fdengkol ; pin-1
lt; chang ; lum- gt;

l puh ......J

blitak ; gunduL.,.

kéra; kéder......

lâmur; nânar..*,.

bisu............

wûta.

timpang; enchot.,

{bûtak;gundul;\'î

sûlah......ƒ

jûiing.........

kâbor..........

bisu ..........

silir

chingkok ; châpik..

kûdung..........

pinyit; kempih .,

manchong; tinggi
gemuk..........

lempai ; kûriis,,.,

chéko; dengkol
buntung .......

Sûnda.

pitchak.

déngkik.

bûtak . .
sumbiar,
lâmur ..
piréuh .

lema

/ngerângkung; \\
1 linjang,,,./

kengkong.
buntung .,

manchung,
lintuh .,.

kûruh ...........

paléum; gâji_____

kûruh-âking......

chalâng\'ap........

tâgap............

léunggar.........

linu ..........

lempcr ........

sâmar-râsa.....

baga-blug ........

hirop............

pa-ih orpahek ....

palangkong ......

klawong.........

nangkub.........

nankarak........

beng\'(gt;uh........

rang\'at..........

mi-is............

kuktimur........

jesoli............

bûta ...,

tépang

kondrok . gt;
lenglang,,

kâbur,

bisok,,
gâga ..

lempo...........

kóros........... lt;

lompo......

kéring ,,,,,

koko............

lorga..........

ngódih ..........

mâti............

térap,,,
gentang.

dâlam...........

bûta ,.
tépang
gundul

kechar ..........

kâbur ; lâmur . .,
bui..............

gâga............

dingkol..........

kótong..........

kalpis...........

munchong ; lanjeng
lampo.........

lama...........

bang\'at-kóros ...
ang\'âng\'a........

tâgu; kóko ......

lorga ......

ngâris-ng\'is

lendi......

pósang ..,.

sasâlat ....

ódi,.............

mâti..........

malângkong; komo

malâko.........

térap...........

gantang..........

pérot............

tânar............

âbu.............

lental...........

dàlam..........

sengseng; kóros .

brag ..,,........

niûluk ..........

togrik...........

nióng\'al.........

sitang...........

linggah .........

ngilu............

hówon..........

hûyang .........

grûbug ..........

hidup..........

mâti...........

lekung , ........

ling\'ab......

nungkâ yak ,.
bonjo........

kabkab..........

dàlam ....,.,...

MADURESE,
Madéra.

BALL

bûta ...
témpang,
leng\'ar .,

jireng ,

lâmur.

kólok ,
keto ,.

songkok ........

chopong.........

pesik............

tâjap............

mókoh..........

LAMPUNG.

bûta

timpang

gimdol; sûlah

jûiing

ghâbon

bisu
gâghap

inchot

pûtu

pinyit ; kaghâpes

gemo
ghâyang

tâboh

gbâyang niâng\'u
tika

tâgoh

ngilu
lâsu

beghingsang; ûsah

hûghi

mâti

kuaiig

bûlat

longkap

tunggâga

kichot

O
X

ilt;
y.

ghang\'at

lâmut
gViâlom

\\

-ocr page 511-

r

Ijevo-bang\'et,
godog.......

goreng ..........

b^kar; panggang..

tarang ...........

benem .........

nieh...........

adoh...........

teng\'en.........

kiwa...........

genep...........

ganjil...........

pad a; srüpa.....

pada-ddwur .....

p^ a-gede........

p^a-dawa .......

ƒ luih ; türah ; \\

I punjul.....ƒ

kórang ..........

clitikup ; chumpu..

óra-chükup.......

kótong ; kósong ..

kebak ...........

larang...........

mürah .........

lega; jembar.....

rüpek............

awet............

tétep............

óbah ; üsik......

langgeng ; kékel.,

ówah; gingsir----

sdwe............

{

Quick

terih ; gasik.....

gentul; lókéun. .,
mûniul.........

inggat......

geleman.....

lemos.......

dâras.......

lamba-lamba.

niggal. .
dang\'an.

Active ........

Indolent.......

Violent; strong ,

Ancient; old ...

Customary.....

Difficult.........

mâlas ;, segan____

deras or dras ....

{lâma-lâma ; quot;gt;
dahûlu-kâla ƒ

biâsa............

sûkar; sûsah; pâyah

/ganchang; laju;\\
\\ dâras....../

hóbol ; lâwas ,,,

lâmi ......

tâte ; nâte
ewad

tûtur ; tûman ,
sûkar.........

tûman
ketil

tao..
sâ^a

gelis ; kebat ;
ganchang

taberi ; sergap,...

{kesed;sungkan;l

ing\'an.....J

santer ; banter..,.

lâwas............

tau..............

ang\'el;iwuh,.

! Shallow..........I tehnr ; chetik

.Mirai,

jdâkai .......

bang\'at-dâlam ..
kâla; kólop____

gûring ; sang\'ar .

ûbar.........

(\'ero-

\'dekin..
hajâro
lablab .

góreng

Ikâkah

tûbiakh

pâja

Unfathomable
Boiled .......

tubir............

rebos............

(goring ; t6mis;quot;l
rendang----J

baker ; panggang..

salai ...____.....

bembam ,.,.,,,..

dekat; hampir....

jauh............

kanan ...........

kiri.............

ganap ...........

lebet-sang\'et.

kûlup.

Fried,.

kûring.
tóno ..

sang-grai.......

béuléum .......

unum ..........

bûbui...........

mehmeh _______

ja-uh........ ,.

katûhu .........

kencha.........

jangkap; langkap

gangsal.........

sârua...........

sârua-jangkong...

sârua-gedih.....

sârua-panjang ...

léuih...........

Roasted..........

Grilled..........

Stewed ..........

Near............

Far off; distant ...

Right............

Left.............

Even............

Odd............

Like; alike......

Equal in height....

Equal in size......

Equal in length....

panggang
dadang ..
t ambus ,,
pahak , .

joh......

teng\'an ..
kiwa .,..

panggang
silih
ban am
pftsokh
ja-oh
kanan
kighi
ganap
gasal
gagah

gagah ghanggal

gagah-balakh

gagah-tajong

liu

bendam.......

pârak....-----

jau...........

kâng\'an......

kâcher ......

bandam.....

pava; râpak,

jau........

kâuan .....

kiri........

tebih.

jangkep.

ganap ......

gâsal .......

pâda; srûpa.
pâda-tega .,.
pâda-gedih ..
pâda-dâwa . .

ganap........

gâsal........

pâda-rûpa. .. ,
pâda-tenggi ...
pâda-râj a .... ,
pâda-lanchang .

lébi..........

gâsal........

saróba .......

saróba-tinggi. .
saróba-l\'âj a...,
saróba-lanjang,

lâbi..........

sania; serûpa ..
sâma-tinggi ....
sâma besar .....
sâma-panjang.,.
ƒ lebih ; terlâlu
\\ âmat ; sâng\'at ƒ

kûrang ..........

chûkop ; lengkap..
ta-chtikop ; kûrang
kûsong ; arapa.. ..

penuh ..........

mâhal ; lârang____

mûrah ..........

luas ; lâpang......

sempit..........

teguh; tegap----

tetâp............

begrak ; begûyang..

kekal............

berûbah..........

lam\\)at ; palâliau.,
fsigra-, lekas ; 1
lt; cbepi^t ; V
t bang\'at .... J

sami ........

sami-inggil ..
sâini-âgeng ,..
sâmi-panjang .

iangkuHg ....

More ; much ,

lebih

kórang ..........

râtang ; chókop ...

ta-râtang ........

kótong..........

pâsa; âbag......

lârang ...........

móda............

îâpang ...........

chópi............

kóko ............

tâtap............

agûli............

langgang.........

ta-langgang.......

leri-âbit.........

lâkas ; ganchang,.

ja-urju ..........

tódus............

Less; wanting....

Complete........

Incomplete.......

Empty...........

Full ............

Dear............

Cheap...........

Wide............

Narrow..........

Stout............

Firm . ...........

Unsteady.........

Lasting.........

Fading.........

Slow...........

kdrang .........

langkap.........

héuntok-Iangkap .

kósong.........

penah ..........

larang ..........

niürah .........

lega ...........

rtipak...........

h^iwetj or awet..,

tatap..........

óbah...........

langgang ........

ówah...........

lilah ...........

kónang .........

chûkop ; lengkap.

ta-chókop.......

kótong.........

hebah ..........

lârang..........

móda...........

jembar.........

rópek...........

tego........ .. .

tetap ...........

agûllng.........

langgeng------- .

ahóbah .........

lembut .........

kirang ......

chekap......

bóten-chekap.

kuang...........

genap............

tûsing-genap......

sûhung...... .,..

hebak...........

mâhal ; lârang____

mûdah ..........

lâpang...........

saksak ..........

kûkah ...........

hautag .........

hóbah ..........

kekal.... ........

huah............

sui, orswi........

gelis............

hurâti...........

mâyus ..........

söluk............

lâwas............

kûghang

sangkokh ; gânokh
ma-gânokh
bangkang
lâtap
ghâlang
mûghah
kundakh
pâli
tâgoh
tâtap
bagagba

avvis .,
mirah .

f baghûbah
bâni

gâlokh

nganggokh

sungkan

dâghos

bâni-bânî

pandai
sûkokh

ewah..
dâng\'u

-ocr page 512-

ENGLISH.

Easy ,
First,
Last .

Spreading.,

Gliding...
Giddy....
Sprained ..,
Foreign.,.,
Naked.,...
Cloathed ..
Hungry...,
Thirsty...,
Famished ..

Good......

Bad.......

Fit........

Unfit.

Useful; current ..

Useless..........

Necessary........

Unnecessary......

Foz\'mer..........

Present..........

Future ...,.,,,..

Repealed ........

Friendly; con- quot;)
formable .... J
Hostile; contrary..

Stupid; clownish..
Rude; filthy in quot;1

speech......J

Wise............

Foohsh..........

Acute ..........

Blockhead........

Mad; crazy......

Sound-minded....

Brave............

Cowardly........

MALAYU.

mûdah ; gampang

{pertama ; quot;Î
mûla-mûla.. j
akher; ka-sudahan

{

ber-miîsuh ;
ber-satru

rampak....,.....

laju ............

peningj pusing ..
tegaliat..,. ....

asing; jauh......

talânjang ........

pâkai............

lâpar............

ha-us............

lâparJ dahga

ba-ik............

jâhat............

pâtot ; hâros......

tiâda-pâtot......

begûna or bergûna

sia-sia ..........

pâtot............

ta-pâtot; tidak ferlu

dahûlu..........

meng\'âdap; kini..

kemédian........

ber-tilang-ûlang ..

ber-sahbat ......

gâmam; ganggu
châbul ........

ber-âkal ........

bodok or bûdu .,..

bijaksâna........

behal............

gila ............

wâras............

berâni orbrâni....
penâkot,.........

grembei.... J
manjur; lâju ..,,
ngelu ; mûmet,...

géngsot..........

seje.............

wûda............

nganggo..........

ngelih ..........

ngdroDg ; ngelak ..

kaliran..........

betchik..........

lâyak; pâtut; pantes

ora-pâtut; sâru .,

âgûna ..........

sia-sia ..........

wâjib............

ora-wâjib........

ding\'in ; bi-yen....

sa-iki............

tûli; nûli..,.____

bolak-bâlik ......

sanâkan ........

}

satron ; mungsuan
ƒ mergag ;
\\ gamam;ering
loniot ....

âkal .......

bodo.......

wi-chaksâna.

gebleg .....

edan.......

wâras .....

wâni.......

jerih ; wedi.

pûyeng

sanes............

lûkar............

ngangge; ngâgera..
lûwi; lâpa ...

sähe .
âwon.

rurai-yen........

sapûniki ........

nunten ..........

wangsal-wangsul..

mûda.

mensâhan.

bûdi
blilu ;

bâring ..........

sâras ............

pûrun; sûra......

wedos ..........

JAVAN.

Sûnda,

babârik,

purwa ; âwal ....

{sa-ang-géusna ;

âkir ......J

gamplak.........

tûlui............

riut ............

tidekos..........

séjin............

tarânjang........

anggok ..........

pdnia; pâlai......

dabga ...........

halâb-hab........

hâdi or hâdek ....

goring...........

wenang..........

hentok-wenang. ..

hagûna..........

sia-sia..........

pâtut . ..........

hentok-pâtut .....

tihéula..........

nga-hâréup......

sanggéusan ......

pûlang-anting ....

babrâya-an ....

ba-mûngsuh ....

hamham ......

panganggûran ____

âya-âkal.........

bödok ...........

binangkit........

bâlat............

bûrung ..........

châger ..........

wâni............

béurâng\'an ......
bibitan..........

bekâsan..........

lâju..
ngelu

lâpar............

arjang..........

lâpar-arjang......

betchik..........

jûba............

pâtot............

tah-pâtot........

agûna...........

sia-sia..........

pâtot............

tah-pâtot........

dâlu............

mârek..........

bâli-bâli.........

âmungsuh; asâtru

châbul

abûdi............

bûdu............

bangkit..........

b(5dok ..........

gila.............

bâras...........

bangal..........

tâko............

gampang

âhir

rampa...........

lâju.............

ngâlo; palâng\'an..

tâpa-licho........

palâ-en..........

âbangkang .......

nganggui ........

lâpar............

lompor..........

batchik ..........

chûba ...........

pâtot ; pantes ....

ta-pâtot..........

bâda-gûna........

sia-sia..........

pâtot...........

ta-pâtot .........

dimen ; lamba....

satdnto..........

lanbilan.........

abâli-balian ......

âka-batchigan ..
amûso........

tanggong .......

chölo; ta-banar .

bâda-âkal.......

bûdu...........

pinter..........

tâbal...........

gila............

bâras..........

bâng\'al.........

Uâko..........

BALI.

gampang ,
panjûmun.
paniûhud .
rampâyak.

manjur........

peng\'ang; lâng\'u..
kedjingklok ......

len..............

melâlung........

nganggo .........

lâyah ; seduk ....

hâwus ..........

kasrab..........

mâlak; betchik.,,

jelik; kâhon.....

pâtut; benah ____

rtûsingbenah ; \\
tûsing pâtut J

magûna..........

tanpa-gûna ......

pâtut ...........

tu -âra-pâtut......

mâlu; dûmun.,..

jâni.............

ddrian ..........

mabâlik-bâlik ....

ma-pamitra......

mamûsuh; ma-satiu
jâjah............

bâbol

lawâng\'an

munyai

bâni

Ighâbai

risap,..

madäya,
belog...
ririh . „.
bäbal...
büyuh ..
hantag ,
wänin .
igetap..

O
X
X

lt;3

LAMPUNG.

mûdah

mûla

âhir

ganchang
pûdokh

siang

bistung

pâkai

bâtoh

mâhu

bâti

jâhal

pâtot

ma-pâtot

hagûna

sia-sia

pâtot

ma-pâtot

paiji

wâla-wighi
bapâng\'an
bamûsoh
gâmam

takâbur ; kibiakh

bah âkal
gunjokh

-ocr page 513-

jaiad............jsdka.

\'Sad ............ /sdsah j

..........({iTs\'r:;.\':;}

Patient......

saber; tahan.,
chamburü-an

gundah ......

beng\'is......

buas; nakal..

kebal........

kekal..
sûchi,.
pûlas..
durâka

Longing (as iu
absence)

dendam........quot;

gâwal-râsa .....

gópuh .........

hina...........

mûlia...........

jâhil............

jimat............

jenâka ..........

lemu............

lâlai ; lepa.......

mâlas ; segan ...,

perlenti..........

râjin............

bisai ; pantas ,,..
ƒ inak or yenak

( senang

indah...........

leniap .........

meha or m4ha ..,

meha-mülian ....

medjelis........

niata...........

sembüni ........

tumbuk.........

leng\'oh.........

sabil..........

Jealous..........

Suspicious.......

Passionate.......

Savage; fierce....
Encbanted; \\
weapon proof..
ƒ
Everlasting ...
Pure; innocent
Dissembling...
Perfidious ....

Slow of intellect..

Hasty; rash......

Mean............

Noble; grand ....

Ignorant ........

Temperate ......

Sportive; wanton
Nauseating
Careless; negligent

Slothful..........

Dissolute........

Diligent ........

Neatj handsome..
Pleasant (tothequot;(
senses) .

Admirable
Evanescent
Grand ...

setia ..
sedaag

Majestic ........

Magnificent......

Manifest; public..
Secret; concealed..

Humble......

Weary ......

Deadly......

Faifhfol ....
Moderate....,
\'sâka; tusta
\'sûsah ; sedih......f tikbra ;

dûka.

{dùka ; kurda ; 1
bendu .,,,ƒ

pundung ..

sâber......

timburû-an
kuater ....

sâbar......

temburû-an

bûta-jeng\'an......

kuatos ; sandia.,..

beng\'is..........

nâkal............

beng\'is

gâkang
weduk

seréng\'en; napsu..

sabar; drana ....

böta-repan ......

kuatir ; melang ,.

kreng............

beier; grSpet ,,,.

kedótan..........

teguh...........

langgeng .......

sûehi...........

pâles...........

tâtap ,.

barsi; sótchi.....

pûlas............

durâka..........

setra ...........

pûril...........

bâha...........

Sotchi

durâka
kérong

séunéuk

óneng

kar-ong.

bâbagpikir

gûpuh.....

nista ......

mûlia......

gûpuh; ka-sesa

gûpo .
hina .
mulja,
jâhil .

gûpo............

ena.............

mûlia............

letchek..........

olâten ..,...,,,..

locho...........

bûsan; tóbu......

lópa; lâlen; sópen

tódus............

deréugki
nastiti ,,
chdchud.
wadeh ..
wia ....

léuhéung
bósan . ..
wéya ,..

tûbuk
lópa .

lemos.

raûmul

ginding..........

/atol .........

leng\'us ,
gelâman,

teting\'il.,
galâman
âdu ....

dâng\'an..
sembâda

etcha.

awet ; kékel....
resik; bersih ..
pûUr; puntir ..
durâka; kraman

kang\'en....,,,.

bebel-pikir ....
gûgup; kesûsu,...
nista ; ina ......

mlilia...........

jâhil...........

wiki ; surti .....
Idchu ; semrana .

bosen...........

léna ...........

{sunkan; kesedquot;)

ingan......J

besus............

sergep; taberi....
pantes ..........

enak............

ugenah .......

âheiig...........

âhiang; musna...
gedih ; mâha......

niâha-mûlia......

pancha-likan.....

iiiâta............

iiiumput.........

cûtu ............

niâman.

niâman...
enda-enda

pelag............

murcha..........

mâha ; âgung ....

mâha-raûlia......

indah .........

elatig..........

lebih...........

niâha-mulja.....

kâtu-jûhan .....

iâta...........

ngerem.........

notoh..........

raja ............

mûlia-râja........

kâtu-jûdan ......

iiiâta ; tamto ....

erap ............

tóto............

mâti-mâtian......

yaktos ...... ..,

sing\'idan ; silûman

geiitang..........

cliâpe............

blâka............

méujéuh ........

satia; tûhu......

dâweg ..........

satcha j bânar...,
sâdang ..,,

satcha
sedang

endah; aheng ....
musna ; leniap,,.,
gede............

gede-bang\'at,.....

pa-samü-au; pakian

nidta ........

umpétan ,.., -

tütu.......

jempor ; jimpe.

{sabil; satru- I
ka-buyüten ƒ
temen ......

sedeng

/âtoh .
sdsah.

jbung\'ah,......... jsû

sâsah ; sedih......I tik

jsûka
sûsah.

sóker.

/sûktt...........

dûka ; bendu .,..

kesâng\'an........

darma ..........

cbamburûan......

hing\'uh..........

jeng\'is ..........

gâlak............

teguh............

kûkuh ..........

telah............

plisar............

tanpa-narima ..,,

hisang ..........

sadrâna..........

bonchuh ........

nista ...........

luih ............

gem as ..........

medâlam........

bâhu............

nak ............

lâli; hangsap ....

mâyus ..........

lelit ............

hurâti ..........

pantas ..........

henak ..........

hendah ..........

musna ..........

hâgung ..........

{hutâma; luih;quot;)
hâgung .,.. ƒ

petandâkan ......

pedas............

mangkab........

tebuk ..........

fsdka...........

S(5sa ; dûka......

sókar; bandu .,..

sâber............

tamburû-an____

sósah..........

bâng\'is..........

gâlak; kârang .

tâgo..........

Isâuai
sûsah

mâghah
sâbar
pâsa-sgha
kua-tekh

gâlakh
kâbal

süchi
piot

tigham

gûgop

bûghon

mûlia

ja-il or jâhil

lâju

sungkan
pâgha-linti

sûghap
ban-gi

iâniap

niata

simpon

nûtu

ngâng\'okk

kenial ..........

O

X
X

X

lt;

Isûrengrâua

tindih .,,.
sedang ,,,,

sadang

-ocr page 514-

ENGLISH.

Terrjliecl

Just ......... . . .

Learned—
AWe; versed. .....
Pious.............

True .

False........ t...

■Arixious; dubious

Profuse; prodigal .
Content; satisfied

Povcerful........

Rich ............

Poor ..a.........

Proud...........

Boastful.........

Greedy; covetous .

Satiated.........

Melancholy......

Irritated; fierce ,.

Interrupted ______

Born............

Discreet.........

Rusty...........

Anxious.........

Ashamed........

Glorified; honoured
Proclaimed ......

Following........

Associated.......

Drawn .,.....,..
Chosen; selected..
Loving; enamoured

Loved ; beloved ..

MALAYU.

tefcedjot....... ..

adil..............

alim............

arif, or amp;rip....,..
bakti............

ƒ betul; benar; )
1 sungguh ... ƒ
bahung; dtista....\'

bener.

}

bimbang.........

btirus or boros . ..

kabul ...........

kuasa; sakti.....

kaya............

meskin,; p^pa ....
chungkak,; bongkak

kachak........

}

kikir............

keniaug..........

mürung..........

pedis............

rampos-mülot

branak; bersalin..

bêrbüdi..........

berk^rat ........

beichinta........

bermdlu . ........

\' bermülia ........

di-chanang .......

berturot.........

berteman ..........

ter-unus ........

terpilih..........

berkaisih ...... ;,

di-kasih; terkasih

jgorph.........

fselémpang;
\\ sumélang ,,

bóros..........

ika-trima; kabul
kuSsa.........

sugib..........

meskin.........

angkuh; dir..,,.

ƒ kaduk; umbag;
( melóto...\\
kdmed; chetil..

wareg,..........

ngendérek......

perih..........

ƒ lauchang-
chang-kem.

auak-anak.......

berbüdi; ^kal ...

tainen .........

sedih.v.... ...,,

a-isin...........

anuilia .........

di bendeni......

amilu..........

batur ; réwang...

ka-unus.........

ka-pilih.........

ngasihi.........

dikasihi.........

Jdwa.

kamp;get...........

Mil, or ngamp;dil ...
alim; werub,....
awas ; Srif .....
bakti

JAVAN,

wikan...

leres...........

dora; léniok____

hambur.

kuSsa .....

béu-ngar ,,

^miskin .,,,
1

ibungkak ,,

hangkanan.

kórit......

séubéuh , .,

I

;péurih ..,,

kaya......

pamp;pa......

regu......

ümuk.....

kikid........

tu-wuk ....
ngeudüruk

niaru-krami
apa-pütra ,.,

ajüru..........

abüdi..........

aya-tihiang ....

ha-era ,,
ba-mijlia
tang\'ara;ówar-

jnftrut........ ..

abamp;tur........

ainatak .... ..,.
amilih ........

tirijanen.........

tikbra...........

alingsem ,..,,...

Sunda.

k%it.......

aiiil .......

ilim ....,.,
waspada,,,,
bakti,,,,..,

banar..,
bohong,

dipun-champüri .,
atümut; andérek..
rénchang; kancha

ów

atrisna; naristiani
dipun-trisnani____

ta-kerjat ,,,,,...

adil.............

ngaüm ..........

ngarip ..........

bakti.,.,,,......

bander; hunggu .,

güru............

kabul....
kabasa ..
sógi ...,
meskin,,
bungkak

keniang.,

barbudi...
tahénan.,,

mê,lo-malo .
a-raülja.,.
e-bendi,,.
atórot....

ahónus ,,,
hepilih ..,

takirjat.......

adil...........

alim.........

^rip .. .,,. ,,,

bakti.........

onggu; bandar,
letchik.......

ati-tanggung.....

taras ...........

kabul; tarima ,,,

kab4sa........ .

sógi ...........

meskin........ .

angko ..........

bichara-ta-adapor

bibiki..........

kiuiiang...... .,,

madat , .........

padi .,,..,...,.

lanchang ...... .

ara-na-an ,. ,
bada-bfidi,,.
tata-enan ,,,
bada-nesar,.
malo-malo , .
bada-mtilia .

ebandi .....

atótor ......

abarang.....

e-unus.....

e-pili.......

seni-sar.....

se-ekani-samp;ri.

takÊijut..........

p^a-marta.......

wikan..........

weruh ..........

bakti,.,.,,,.____

benah ...........

makuk.........

selang..........

kóbos..........

ögiring.........

kuasa. .........

sügih...........

tiwas...........

bongkak ________

büdi...........

pritpit ..........

batak; warag____

ngliyuk..........

ngéng\'ah........

chelamcham

manak..........

m^sa-tankramp;hos,,,

mapata..........

nga-ng\'an........

ma-ijgi-daiam____

mahii-tania ., ,,..

di-kenong........

ma-hiriüg........

masahiiig........

mang\'elus.

maniilab ........

membaliang......

{kababang;
membahang j
bakti

teman-teman
btihiing
bimbang
btighos

kuasa
batin
masakat
bisi-hüghi

basi-singkokh

sint

bS,tong; ladju
niüng\'ot; miamoh
lala

natawa

ngana
simah
betólikh

beliam

chanang
ntitokh
baka-dua
ghadu-chabot

ghyu-pilih

bakani
di-kani

O
X
X

X
lt;

Be; is .;.....;„

I Was; have bee» ..

.............. .

süda, or sudah,... 1 wis

wónten......

satnpun......

Of Verbs.

%a. ............

héimggéus........
bada............l h^da ,

bada
hela

ila; ampoi\\.......Uöba

fiwat
gbadu

-ocr page 515-

j Become—......

Will; can........

Can; be able.....

Will; want, wish

Wish ; will; desire

Shall..........

Let; suffer ....

Done ; fmisbed . ..

May ; can......

To move; \\
change; place J

To take; take np..

To bring ........

To strew; scatter

To blow ........

To spread........

To copulate

To dash.........

To swim ........

To dive..........

To lift up; raise..
To rise up .......

To melt; dissolve

To smelt........

To burn.........

To kindle........

To consume......

To lead...,......

To hit ..........

To nod; slumber..

To float.........

To press close ....
To braid ; plait ..

To spin..........

To arrange ......

To coil; roll over.
To awake; wake..

To sleep.........

To lie...........

To sit.....\'......

To lie (to rest 7
one\'s self}.,f

\'jédi; menjadi

bülih........

larat ........

mau; hendak

(bendak or ber-
kahandak
nanti........

biar .........

abis or habis . ,
dapat; bulih .

alih or beralih

ambil............

bawak or bawa ...
ambur; tabur ....

ambus ; tiop.....

bentang ; amper ..

setübuh.

banting ; -Jiempas .

brenang..........

selam...........

angkat ..........

bangkit; bang\'un .

aachur ..........

lebur............

bakar............

pasang; chüchuh..

ang\'us ..........

tuntun ..........

antok . ..........

meng\'antok......

aniut; timbul ....

apit ............

aniam...........

antih........,,..

atur............

belit; lilit.......

bang\'un ; jaga....

tidur; lina ......

rebah; tidur; bking
düduk.........

baring

jdamp;di; sida,........

kena............

kelar; kuawa ....
arep ............

karep............

mengko..........

chikmen ; karape..

entek..........

ólih ..........

ngalih...........

amek ; jdpuk ....

gawa............

tawur; sebar.....

damu............

gelar ............

C charem; quot;j
^ saresmi; gt;
{_ sachumbatia J

banting........

ugelang\'i......

silem..........

junjung........

tang\'i........

lüluh.........

lebur.........

dbong ........

sftled; pamp;sang .
geseng; gosong

tuntun .......

bijig; jeglug . .

ngantuk......

kéli; kéntir......

chepit...........

ünam............

antih.,..........

tata ............

mület; lilit......

melék; tang\'i....

töru .. .........

rübuh ...........

linggih; j agong. ,.

turon; leson.

jdédos; sios

kéng\'ing.

ku^wi .....

^jeng; kersa.

mangke.........

fkajeng ipun ; 1
\\ kersa-nipun J

telas ; andes.....

angsal; antuk ....

pindah..........

mendet.
bekta..,

tiup

wanting

sldlup .
angkat .
wung\'u.

basmi; ttinu

kaaiut......

wüng\'u..........

tilem; sare; nindra

rebah............

lenggah, pinarak..

saréan

jjadi ,
keuna.

h%ang ....

arek or rek

héungki....

kajéun ....

blak......

méunang .,

ng^a..
kiba ..
tabur..
ambus

ngalangui
nyilam ..
angkat ..

lebur...
ngóber ,
pivsang ,
galsang,
tenton .

kaniut
apit ..

hetamp;ta

jaga .
tédung

tójuk...

ngala.,
mawa.
awur.,

ampar

ngiwik

ngója............

séuléum.........

angkat........ ..

htidang..........

hanchur.........

labur............

béuléum.........

niting\'ut; sundut.

tütung ..........

tuntun..........

dagor............

nundütan........

palit............

kadampit........

^niam...........

ngantih..........

ngS,tur; nata.....

niéulit ..........

niaring ..........

he-es............

ngadong.........

chalik; diuk.....

l\'damp;di
óli...

henda.

mengken
dinagi...

tada .. ..

nemu....

ali......

jdamp;di .
üli....
kftlar..
anda ..

nanti,.
tinggal

man .,
üH....

ah.

kala .
giba .
tabur.
sarop.
babar.

ngancho; jima____

banting.......

lang\'oi......

nyilam.......

ongkat; tamp;ting .

\'an; i
ren,,,, J

lamp;sa...
labur.,
tónoi..
lólong.
tonton

e-gamp;dugkakan ....

ngantok . ........

e-amp;niot ..........

japi ............

anggi............

nganti............

amp;tur ............

óbat............

mala............

ngMem..........

róbu; tédung ....

tóju; alünggu.,..

rdung
tedüng\'
sasaren

Idédi; dados ..

\'pólih........

kiwah; kepap .
niak ; kayun...

bano
kaya
hela

dSchokh

tinda; alih

aku
bamp;tokh

km-ap . .
benden ,

hónia.
bakat.

kisid .

sa-bu
kamp;chat

pantas; banting

lang\'oi

selam

nchang; iwa
minj a
hajokh
labo

panggang
suah; sikah
ttitong
tuntim
hantokh
kadógokh
tihaniut
chapit
nganian
ningkiakh
tanjakh
lilih
niah
padom
dülikh
m-^jong

dudtdikh

h ambil.....

haba; bakta.

sambah.....

hdpin......

kebStang

chumbaua.

pantigang........

machabur.........

nyilam..........

tingting........ ..

bang\'un..........

niag............

lebor............

bóbor......... .

pasang .........

pühun .........

dandan .........

makatug .......

mang\'óndap .....

haniut .........

hapit............

hülat............

ngantih..........

dérik............

pligah ..........

jjüdi
mangsa
kuat
hagu

bang\'un; ngedüsin
madam; pdlas....
ngabah; mMam . .
negak ...........

O

ngabah

-ocr page 516-

To rince; wash

To split.........

To move ......

To whisper ....
To put ; place ..
To place, put in

To cast out____

To make; do ..

To finish ......

To read........

To part ; share
To tuïn ; return

To pay__________

To get ; liave ..

To lose........

To find ; hit on
To meet ......

To love_____

To heave ; weigh up

To giv«,
To mix,

To search,

To tear,

To shine ; glitter..
To part from ; sever
To nip ; pinch.,

To cut..........

To cutoff...______

To copie ........

Togo ...........

To walk ........

To run..........

To leap..........

To row..........

To tie ..........

To live..........

To die..........

dig..........

o dip
basuh

helah or Mah _____

gerak ; hegerak ,.

bisik............

taruh.... ........

bûbuh ..........

buang; champak..

huat ............

abis ............

bâcha............

bâgi ; untok......

bâlik..............

bâyar............

berûlih ; dâpat____

hilang ..........

jumpa
bctému or berlerau

birâhi

1

châhia.......

pisah; pegat...
jiwit; chetot ,
kret; tetek ...
pedot; tâtas...

meréne........

Idng\'a .......

melâku.......

lumâyu........

lumpat........

adâyung ......

taléni ; banda .,

ârip ..........

mâti.........

duduk-, kéduk.

bun^gker

bri; âpugrâha ....
cliampur; gâwul,.

châri............

rkûyak; chârik; 7
sówek;sóbek; gt;

t róbek......J

châhia ..........

•dieraî ; pegat ....

cbiibit ; getu ____

krat; pótong ----

pltos............

dâtang; mâri ....

pergi or pgi......

jâlan, or bejâlan ..

lâri..............

lumpat..........

bedâyung ........

ikat or yikat......

hidop or ïAop ....
mâti; maniuggal..
gâli ; kórok......
dekek

wâsuh ; kumbah .
sigar..
óbah ;

bisik........

dókok ; séleh
sok or esok ..
buang .. ....

gâwe........

en tek........

wâcha .......

dura........

jwâlik; bâlik

nia-ur ......

óiih ........

îlang........

nemu.......

temu........

osfk

bérag........

r ungkrah-

ungkrah ;
(. ungkad .
. .. J
wéweh ....
âwor ; amoï; chârub
ƒ gólek; ngupâya; \\
\\ luru ......J

suik ; bedah .....

bûchai ......

dâmel ......

telas; nandes
wâbos ......

bâyar ..........

angsal; an tuk...,
itchal

manggih ........

panggih..........

{birahijbrangta;!
kesmâran .. J

pâring; sûka

ngupâdos; ûclial..
sebit ............

rampung ........

meriki ..........

késah ; mentar....
melâmpah; tindak
lumâjar ; melâjeiig

tangsûli........

gesang ........

pedjah ; sédâ ; sûrud

téundéun......

óri............

pichéun.......

ji-yéun........

biak; auggus

bâeha ........

du-um........

bâlik..........

mâyar; mârai ..

méunang......

léung\'it........

manggih; niniu
katimu ........

bérag.

béri ...
pabâhur.

nymg.,
sówik

châya....
pisah....
nyiwit ,.
téuktéuk ,
péugat ..
kedi-yéuk ,
léumpang .
mâpa ....
lumpat ..,
lunchat.,,

tâlian............

biréup or hirup____

mâti ; pa-ih ......

ingâU.......

MAD

Madûra.

bâsu ............

belah............

gûli ............

târo

buang ...
gâbai....

âbik .....

bâcha ....
dûhum ...

bâlik.....

nia-or ...

hóli .....

elang.....

temu.....

a-temu...

brâhi.

bungkar

brik ..,.
chambur

nlâbit

chadja

pegat........

datâng......

entar........

jâlan........

bûru........

lonchak......

madjung ....
pekot; banda

ódih........

mâti........

ngâli........

\\

URE SE.

Sumenap.

bâso............

bâla ............

a-gûli...........

kóto-kóto........

târo ............

póbu............

buang ..........

gâbai............

mari; lâda ......

bâcha ...........

du-um ..........

bâlik............

sa-ûri...........

ûli..............

elang............

nâmo............

etâmo ..........

bûngkar ; ókal.,..

bârl ....
champor

sâre ..,.

sâbit

châhia......

sókar........

tóbi ........

tógal........

pótos........

kâna; dâtang

entar........

a-jâlan......

bûru........

a-lóncha ....
a-bâla ......

BALT.

bâsah............

blah............

hóbah; mahóbah..

mâni; benjang____

kedjang.........

pâjang ..........

kûtang; hentûng\'ang, intokh ; champa

sani
bla

bâcha .
âgi; bâgi
bâli

ngâwan

lâbon

ngahâlu

batâmu

bighakh

bungkakh

kâni

champokh
sâpokh

châghikh

châhia
pisah

pitet; pitol
pâlokh
pâgat
ghâtong
mit
lâpah
tâgakh
luncha
badâyong
ikokh
hûghi
mâti
kâU

ganja............ birâhi

gâhi
tâlas .
bâcha
dum .

bâyah ..,,
membâhan
hilang ..,
ketâpuk...,
matâmu ,.

bongkar

bâhang ..
champur

hâlih....

huik

châhia ..........

bias ............

himpak.... ......

tûgal............

pegat............

teka ; mâhi......

luas ; lûng\'a......

jâlan............

malâhib ; malâyu..

mâl)ar ..........

madâyung.......

tegul............

hidup ..........

mâti.............

kókoYx .........

O

LAMPUNG.

bâsoh
blah

pekh
bûboh

-ocr page 517-

jTo itch..........

\' To drop; faIlua-1
timely
......ƒ

To rub..........

To slack (as the 1

tide ........j

To proiuise ________

To infect; seize...
To coax ; (flatter ..
To kill.........

To hunt.

To stir about.....

To flea..........

To castrate ......

To speak ; say____

To reap ; cut grain
To rap ; tap......

To shut; close.,..

To dip ..........

To pull up........

To tear with thequot;)
paw; scratch j

To skim.........

To shave........

To kiss..........

To complete; fulfil

To crow.........

To threaten......

To murmur; mutter

To embrace......

To hear..........

To follow.......

To tread on.....

To stutter.

To laugh.......

To bark ; snarl ,
To howl

To hang
To yawn
To knead

/gati........

gûgar ; lûruh

hening or ning.

j^nji .........

jangkit.......

bûjok,........

bûnuh........

{harabat; kejar; \\

bûru......J

kachau ..........

kûpas ; kelûpas ...
kâsi ; kambiri ....

kâta,.,........ .,.

tuai ; ketam .. .,
ketok, or kâtok

ƒtûtop ; kâtop;quot;
\\ tûdung
.... j

chebur; chelop....
châbot; banton .,

châkar ; gâru ....

cbidok ..........

chûkor ,, ... .. ...

chiom . ..........

chûkop ; genap.,..

kûkok ..........

gertak ; ûgut.......

ûng\'ut ; chomil..

{dâkap ; pelok

kâkap......ƒ

deng\'ar ..........

ikot; tûrot......

pijak ; jijak ; injak

fgelak; tetawa,quot;»
1 or tertâwa.. J
sâlak.............

merâung

gantong..........

nguap, oimang\'ii.ap

Toho:?..........îgûchuh; tinju,,,.

I giling.

Igatelnbsp;t.

Idgrog ; runtuh,...

gosok . ..........

ning............

janji ; semayan

ketulâran......

âpus ; bûjnk.. ....
ni-âya ; maténi....

rûdag; bûru;

\\ ûber......j

ûlet ..........

onchek ........

kebiri.........

chelâtu ........

derep; ngeni
tóktok; dógdog

ineb ..........

chelub; jegur...,
/bûbut; bedûl;\\
\\ -dûdut ..... ƒ

châkar ; gârut....

cbidok; chibok,,

chûkur..........

am bung..........

chûkup ..........

kelûruk..........

dak ; gertak......

ngómel ; ngómiang

rangkul ; nyikep ..

ngerûng\'u ; deng\'ar

milu............

idak; i-tchak; jedjak
gâgap..........

gumûyu........

jûgug.,...,......

ƒ ba-ong; jûgng;quot;)
ngâlup ....J
gantung.
angob .........

jótos ; bîti ; jâgur,.

lâtêal.

rentah

kósok

semadósan,

medjâhi..........

bûjeng; bûjung

pesian .
kaMri..
lémik..,
dibuat .
gâdor...

pendéut.

kabinchih........

wichânten ;iigan dika
mûgut ........

tótop ; wâdung.

chebur .......

hódol. .......

châkar .......

chédok.......

chókor.......

cheom .......

chókop ; gena .

tûtnp.

jâbut.

châbut.....

kówet .....

paras,.,
âras...
chekap ,

chûkur......

chium ......

langkap......

kongko-ngok

gartak .......

jgàtil

róro ..,
kósok .,
heneng ,
jangji.

jangji.

bûjuk.....

ka-nihâyan

bórok.....

bûjug.

ngómel......

mengkul ; angol

mireng; miarsa
tûmut ; derék ..

ngadéng\'i
melu....

tiniak ...
gârap....,

ngeding.....

nórot; tórot.
idak ; jidjak.

géla.......

gonggong

gantung.

gantong.

•yéus
tanjok

giling.......

gûcho ; biti,

gemûjeng ........

/gâtai...........

ronto ; kalâbuan.
gûsok ; kósot ...
âdat ; enang.....

janji.
yâli-e.

pâti-e..........

bâdag..........

utchak.........

kópas ; kombi..,
kobiri..........

ngócha.........

ânyi ...........

toktok ; gûtok,.,

entap ; kûdung,..

châbur.........

châbut ; kódang .

châkar

chaduk; chao ,

chókor.......

chium.......

gS,na ; chókop ,

kóko róno.....

gartak........

chómil.......

gâlo ...

ngiding.
nórok ,.
ganja,,.
gâga ...

a-gâla .........

agâ-ung..
ngalólon

gantong.......

ûwai.........

3es ; óchak ,
gûcho

f gâtai...........

hûlung; Jâhun....

gósok ; gisok......

bening..........

janji.......

ngelâbin....

bâpus ......

mâtiang . ...

tûtug ; bûru.

hâduk ..........

pelut............

kabéri ..........

peta............

niânyi ; ngampung

getok............

ƒ tûtup ; tekap ; quot;1

) sâhab......ƒ

châbur ; châlab ,.

châbot

gasgas .......

châdok.......

gundol .......

diman .......

chûkop ; genap.
kûku-i-ûyuk ...

petâkut.......

chdmil.......

töghu

aie, or yile
gâghap

lâlang; nga-kâka

bâso

ngâyong

gantong

huap

ghios

gelot.......

ding\'ah.....

tûrot; milu,

jakjak......

keta.......

kedek ..........

rkongko/jg; 1
\\ rigoiigkong.. j
ngulan ..........

gantung.....

huah.......

hûlig.......

jâgur......

jgatal

gûgOi ghûghuh

âsakh

hâning

janji
mâle
bûjokh
pâti

bâdakh ; bûghu

diokh

kûle

kabighi

châwa

ngagétas

tuktuk

kâbokh

châbokh

ambokh

kâghau

châghokh

chûkokh

umbau

gânokh

ngaghâyot

ghaghâbai

maghibokh

tâkop

-ocr page 518-

n

X

JAVA N.
Bdsa krdma.

MADURESE
Madûra.

MALAYU.

ENGLISH.

BALL

LAMPUNG.

Sûnda.

Jdwa.

To swallow (as 1

foorf)........ƒ

To sivallow (as \\

water).......ƒ

To tremble (as
with tear); to
shiver with cold

To roll.

To bore..........

To pull-----------

To feel ; touch ....

To gape..........

To fall ..........

To trample on ;

stamp.......J

To dry..........

To wet..........

To carve........

To suck.... ......

To stride........

To straddle

To scrape____

To grind .. ..
To plaister ..
To wash over
To pass away

To arrive ....

To attack.......

To fold.........

To flutter (in air).

To crown

To command......

To sigh..........

To lean ; incline..
Togo up (as a river
To go down.....

To ascend........

iTo desceivd .....

I

telan or tlan____

tegok..........

gemeter; gligih

golik; gtiling ..

gérek..........

hélak ; târek ..
jâhat; seutuh ..
râha ; gâgau....
jâtuh ; tiba .,

uik ..........

jemur
bâsah
iris ..

isap ...
iangkah.

kangkang.

kikis ..........

kisar..........

lâbur; lépnk.. ..
lûmah ; sâpu....
lâlu ; lampau ; 11 wat

m ;

sampai..........

langgar; tempuh..

l\'ipat............

melâyang........

Tmakutâkan ;
lt; kenâkaii
(. makûta
sûruh ; titah......

menf^\'éiuli ......

miring ; séng\'it ..

mûi\\ik ..........

hilir or ilir ; tûrun

naik............

tûruti............

leg ; ûlu ; untàl

chelguk.

rderdeg;nbsp;quot;j

guméter ; gt;
dródog
.... J
f gemlinding ;
\\ gemMnduug ƒ

unflheg..........

séreg ; lârak ; géred
ngemek ; gâi\'ap
gagâpi; gógoh ..
tiba ..........

ngiles ; angik

pe or ape
teles ....

ins ; rajâng ; sisir
chetchep ; chûchup
Iangkah..........

Tmentang; quot;j
^ mergâgah ; i
merkângkang
J

krik..........

inter ... .......

lépa..........

sepuhtros; dus
liwat..........

tûtug; teka.

terjang; serang

lempit ........

lâyang ........

makutâni........

kóngkon ......

menggah ......

miriiig........

mûdik ........

milir........

nunggang; munggah

tumûrun ; mMuu..

gepok ..........

dâwah ; dâwuh ..

sésep.

langkung........

{dateng;râwuh; 1
dumûgi.... J

ûtUS; kéngkeu....

nungsimg

{nitih; numpak;1
minggah
.. J
tumédak .......
nga-dikdik

tigûling...,

lârik ......

gûsur .....

ngarâgap ..
ngarârnpak
ba-grag ....

ngirik ...,

bâséuh ..
kéuréut..
ngenyéut
lengkah..

keséuhan

lâbur____

sipu-trus
hiling ..

napi

narajang
filéiip ..
rigaliang

makutâkéun......

piwârang ......

héuma-déung\'ar

dengdik........

kagîrang ......

hilir ..........

tumpak..........

tûrun............
ngontal.

galûniok

geder

lâbu

jemor
basa ..
kerah .
hésah
langka

kangkang.

ketis,

dâtang

tampe ..,
anglâjang ,

makûta.

miring; séng\'it ..

mûdik ..........

milir...........

na-ik...........

tóron............
gelkang.
chelgak.

ngetor

gûlik.........

hûrak .......

kâdang; pâhid.

jâmak .......

hûsud .......

hûiung.......

enjit

kâghang; pâwai

bâson

highes

hisap

châpaiig

kangkang

kikis
kisokh

jamu....

bâsa____

osegi....
chopchop
lengka ..

liingsak.

jemuh ..,

blus .....

his......

hisap . ...
lauïkah..

ningkang

krik ....

kisar ____

huap ....
pülas ...
1antas ..

kangkang; nékang

ka-es............

ingsar ..........

lâbur............

sampo-târos......

lâbat............

liu

sampai

tampoh

lâpet

ngalâyang

tempuh..
tam pi h ..
ngelâyak

tekad.

nâpa ............

gampor ; bûdus . ..

lâpit............

ngâbar ..........

makûta.

pniâba. ..,
miring ..,
ka-ólo ...
ka-ung\'or.

hang\'os-bâlakh
ginching
mungga
doh

makûta.

tundin; konkon

niangsegan ....
seng; miring ..

kluan..........

ngalódu.
châliog .

belot

tâgag

{gumâtokh ;
gagóghan

ughêling

ngitik

gûlo ...

taróban.
yerit.. .
dûlit ...
râga ...
gâgar...

taghikhy sâsa
jâwat
ngâkap
tihûmba

katébin........

mânik
tiihun.

nai..

tÓTon,

.............\\

-ocr page 519-

To slacken .
To show ,. .
To iinsbeath.
To loose ....
To bind.....

To carry as on )
the shoulders f

To stroke; rub____

Tocauik ........

To quench.......

To wear ; dress ..

To beat; bang____

To turn the head..

To climb........

To refrain from ..

To renounce......

To faint..........

n in. 1

It ....)

To break; snap

To break

To carry on the back
To finger a iiiusi- \\
cal instrument |
To blow an in.

sirument
To b\'ow a wind
■ instrument; to

blow____....

To trim the lucks.
To lead by the\'hand
To pull; pluck....
To unlade.......

To lade.. .......

To varnish .... ,■.
To lean tipon....
To skrtn ; ladle oiit

To bale out.....

To kick forwai\'d .
To kick backward

ûlur..........

tunjuk........

ûnus ; târik ; cliâbot
ungkaiquot;, órak ....
ikat; âniam......

usung,

ûrot..........

pâkal..........

pâdani ..........

pâkai............

pâlu ............

pâling...........

panjat ..........

pantang..........

tûbat ; serik ; jeroli
pangsan..........

pâtah........

petchah.....,
pi kul........

petik ; gamit.

gisik; gosok .

tiop ; ambus.

Ping\'it , inbsp;.

pimpiil...... .. ..

.Pûng\'ut,; kûtip . ..
punggah; bungkar

simigt;an .. ........

direng\'^as- •.,-,. ....

satidar..........

chidok; Wdu ....

timba...........

sipak..,.........

teii\'dang,..........
tapéni ..........

7\'o stay ; stop .... kiail ti ........... . jantini ..........jantdsi

To winno w ; fan.. j tampi.

To.fasten tog-ettier pbung\'; sambung..

To try; assay____ flji..............

To try J attempt.. chtiba

ƒ sambung ; 1
t tepung .... j
dâdar; léler......

{châchak; jâjal;!

cbuba.....ƒ

ûlur ; ólor.......

tûdiug; lûdidi____

ûnus ; târik......

ûdar ; uchul......

taléni ..........

gotong

ûrut............

tangsel ; jedjeL...

si rep ; paténi ____

anggo...........

pâla ; gebug....

nólih ; méng\'o____

manchad ; mének..

sirik............

kâpok ; kâwus____

kaléng\'er........

{tugel; pfitung ; j
choklek.... ƒ

{bedah ; pet- \\
chah ; suwikj

pikul..........

gosok ; gesrek

sebttl ; damóni...,

pahes, or pa-es...

ganding\'an______ ^

jupuk............

üsung.........

simpen ; ra wat. ..

dasari...........

sénde............

séndok ; süru ....

küras; tawu . .....

jedjak ..........

sépak..........
tumbuh...... ....

ûgi..............

cbóba...........

hulur............

tunjnk .........

târik............

ûder ............

bangkat..........

ûsung . ,.

hórot....
jedjal----

nganggui

agem; angge ..
gitik..........

panjat ..
tóbat..,.,

chegah ; _ pantang.

tóbat...........

kalémper; kantu.

gotong ...........

ürut............

paséuk..........

paréum..........

paki; onggu......

péupéuh .........

ngalius..........

ta-ek ...........

pantrang........

kapok; tóbat ....
kalaiig\'ar........

pamp;téuh..........

pótong ,

rembat,

pikul

gûsok.

tiûp............

kanten ________ ,.

pendet ..........

tiop ...........

j embok.

sumânder ..,.,
cliélt;lok ; sûdu .

timba.......

nyipa.......

laiitaran.

péupéus.,
nanggung,
tûkup____

kósok

tiup ; lâmas.

hias ............

réurintétan......

pûlung..........

unjal............

ampih...........

di-anchur........

niarândi .........

chentong; séndok

penâwu..........

jbémgkek or angke (mingkin .
sisi...........

sambct....,

ûji.........

cbobi.......

tâbung
dâdar
chûba ,

tedah.

tódu .,
htiaus ,

lûkar; ûwal.
tangsûli.....

. riyipak ..\'........

dûpak ..,.,
péngkal..........

najong

/nanti,.,,
tanipi .,

tâbung ..

dâdar .,

chóba, ..

chûba

ûlokh

jâja

chabot

tangtang

yeko

ûsong

âyit; ûghot

pâkal

pâdam

pâkai

pâ!u

ghilong

châk-

pantâiig

tûbat

kelâug\'okh
pâtoh

pâchoh

tunggang

ghinggokh

gisikh

ûlor............

tódo............

ûnus............

cbütcbóli ; bûngka

gosong

hûrut..,,,,,
pâkal.... .,.

pâdam .....

banggo.....

pantag .....

tólih.......

pongkod . ,,,

pantang.....

kâpok ......

pa-petâng\'an .

hélung.....

usung.......

ûrot .......

pâkal......

pâti-e .......

anggui; âgan
pókol; gâpou
tóli. .,.,.,

nai:.......

pantang....

tóbat .....

kalâng\'ar .,

pótong; tógal

tegan . ,
tetékap,

gésik,.

bâla ......;.,

pikul.........

dâdal........

sâbu

bûpi

pâghas
tâwit
pûtil

bungkakh
gbâwat

sasmi.,
dandan
dûduk
gabgah .
sepal.,.

■■léleg.

niunggâyakh
sûdu ; chibokh
timba
sépakh
ghâboh

cbéduk; sidu

timba.......

sépak,. ..,.,,
laujak ......

tópi; sârop

kanti-kanti .....

péle...........

pó\'Jgga.........

târo..........

pólas..........

niandar.......

cbâlok ; cbâdôk

temba..........

sipak ; kâchar .,,

jpânah
tapi
; nia

jintokh

indai

. oganti

. Itâpin.,.

himbuh
hûgi .,,

tegârang,

bûlur , ,.
tûjuh . .,
kedaiig .
lus ....
badbad .

-ocr page 520-

JAVAN.

Bdsa krama.

MADURESE.

Madûra.nbsp;Sumenap.

MALAYU.

ENGLISH,

LAMPUNG.

BALT.

Jdwa.

Sûnda.

To grub
the,
a hog)
To grumble......

To press down....
To slap; tostrikel
with the palm jquot;

To yell; scream ..

To shout........

To take; to seize..

To catch ....____

To ward ........

To strike........

To smite (as withquot;)
a sword) .... ƒ
To stamp with
the foot......Jquot;

To hammer ;
strike on .... ƒ

To return........

To turn round____

To whirl ........

To twist; ring..,.

To squeeze ......

To knead........

To moisten

To lay table......

To entertain......

To proclaim....;.

To err; stray ....

To salute ; re- quot;I
verence......j

To stay; dwell....

To forbear ......

To forbid; hinder
To be patient ....

To receive........

To do ..........

To stop ; bend...,

To leak..........

,To write ........
sun^ur... ......

ubj rout in !
grouiid (as gt;

•g) ......J

sûng\'ul.........

tekah .........

tampar.........

tempip ; pekik...

sûrak ..........

pegang.........

tangkap.........

tangkis ortiugkis.
pûkul...........

tetak ; pârang .,.
trâjang.........

tempa ; titik.....

ƒ pdlang ; quot;1
j^kumbâbi; balik ƒ

pûsing ..........

ligat or pûsingliget
pùlas ; pûter......

prah; pras ......

ramas ..........

rendam..........

hidang ..........

s am bot..........

sûruh............

sesat............

sembah........

(dûdok ; diam ; 1
tinggal .... J
tâhan ; tanggung.

lârang; tegah ____

sâber ...........

trima; samhut .,

bust............

tundok .........

tiris ...........

tûlis; sûrat
\\

duögkir -.gûsir

uman-uman,

pidih.......

tâbok.......

giak; alok ....

sûrak..........

chekel ........

chandak ......

tangkis........

gebug; pâla....

panchas; prang

dûpak; jedjak....

ƒ di-pandi ;
\\ pâlon; di-pâlu/

mûlih

mûniar ..........

medad..........

puntir ..........

pub; peras......

wenyid..........

kum............

sâjen............

nampâni; tanggâpi
kóngkon ........

sémbah

ana

betah ; tâdah ....
chegah; lârang .,

sâreh ; sâbar......

tampa ..........

gâwe. i..........

tumûngkul ......

bôchor ; bôrotj....
tiUs............
tampiling,
petak....

chepeng.
gitik .. .

man tak.

pûlir,

pûles.
ngum.

nampéni .....

ûtus ; kéngken.

nganjâli; wotsâri

wonten..........

tâhan ...........

âwis ............

derâna..........

tampi ..........

dâmel ..........

tûruh............

serator srat,.,..,

{ngichîmih ; quot;gt;
chalébang .. j

téukéun,
châbok .

ngahâwok........

sûrak............

niâkal...........

niârok...........

tangkis..........

gétik; péupéuh....

tarâjang.......

tâpa .........

pûlang ; bâlik

muntir......

ngûlang.......

béuntai.......

péuréus.......

raméus.......

kéu-aéum .....

sisihan.......

tampan.......

piwârang ....,
sâsab.........

sambah,

diuk............

tâhan............

kabûyut..........

sâbar............

tampa...........

nyi-yéun.........

tungkul..........

irik ; iris........

tûlis ............

namper,

sórak...
negok ..
tegok...
tangkis.
pókol...

terâjang.

bâli..........

posang

pó\'as ... ■
pérah....
hepdchal
bendam..
sasâjin...
sambut ..
sóro .,..
sâsak...,

sémbah.

tûjuk............

betah............

lârang ...........

lâbar............

taréma..........

gâbai............

téris
niotsot

chómil

tampar; tâpok.

gâtak.........

sórak.........

tâgu .........

pega.........

tangkis......

pókol...\',.....

tâtak.........

trâjang......

bâli ; móli.....

posang; pedal,
bang\'at-medal .
bûlas ; tróban .

pâras.........

râmas........

bânam .......

tólis............\\tó\\is ............\\tûUs

saksak .
sambah.

nang ; lónggu ....

sambut ; tâhan....
lârang; chegah.,..

sâbar ...........

taréma..........

gâbai............

nundu ..........

bûchor ; tórok.,.,

lumbih ,

ngemólmol.
tâkan......

tampéling.

dampat.
sûrak..,

gisi...........

hâjuk..........

tangkis........

pantag ........

taktak ........

trâjang ........

tiktik..........

mûlih; mantuk

méniang , .,,

j eng\'at.....

pûter.......

pras .......

hûlat.......

hâmam.....

dabdab .....

jâmak ; sambut

tundin.....

paling......

bôchor..........Ibóchokh

tûlis

niumbah

negak; nóng\'os....

tahan ...........

lamp;rang ; rit ......

derma ..........

trima; tampi ....

benahang ........

nguntul..........

liungkokh

ghibakh

tâkan

tampa

mâkikh
sûghakh
pâgong
tâkop

bâtu
tâtakh

taghâjang

tâpa

mûlang ; mûlok
édokh

lâgat ; kenong
mûlas
pâchel
pâjil
latlokh
pâlam-bâghan
sambat
kâyun

tajâjau; tadâja
sambah

mangkokh

tâhan ; tâdos

hâlang

sâbar

tampa

sâni

sunggokh

-ocr page 521-

tang\'is; nang\'is ..

rebos............

tânak ; niâsak....

léleh............

Ifidah.. ..........

{mendidih or
medidih

arti ............

salah............

tûju ............

miinpi ..........

mintak ; pûhun ,,

niata............

janji ...........

ûbah...........

mungkir; sangkal

ûsik ...........

pedih or pedis ., .

panggil..........

pilih........... ..

puji ............

pûra-pûra ........

puas............

peréksa..........

rampas..........

ranchong ........

petchah..........

pâtah............

put OS..........

reban ; ranting
raiitap .......

To tie up

sindir; ajuk......

senium..........

main............

jûdi ............

sanggul; kóndik ..

salin

Tquot;© change........

To blow the nose
To mock ; jeer....

To smile........

iTo watch ; over -1 i

see..........fj turns»..........

To grieve; weep ..

To boil gently; stew

To cook victuals •.

To trickle down ..

To spit.........

To boil J as w ate»

To understand ...
To err ; transgress

To aim at........

To dream........

To ask..........

To appear........

To bargain ......

To break bargain,.
To deny ........

To excite........

idih or \'I
rfidih____ƒ

To smart ,
To call ,..
To choose.

To compliment., ,.

To pretend; feign

To assuage......

To examine......

To rob ; plunder..

To pave..........

To break (as any\\
tiling brittle) . J
To break (as a \\

stick)........I

To snap (as a rope\'

To prune........

To snatch ; pull .,

To play ; sport
To game......

ai\'ak......

irine

To follow ; attend

Itiwggu..........

naug\'is ..........

ngalamberib..
chiduh; luah

ngagtilak.....

téugéus......

lüput.......

tonjok......

ngimpi......

ménta ......

yakti........

jangji.......

ówah.......

mungkir ...,

chäpah ,
ngalkal.

lûdah.

madidih

ngalkal; ngolbak,.

arti ............

salah............

patang..........

mimpi ..........

minta; nkla ...,

tania............

janji............

lerba; sesep; öba
mungkir ........

ngarti .,
sâlah....

hójog----

ngipi----

mapâmit
pâdas....

janji----

nguah ..
tilas ....

âretos ........

lepat ..........

angkah ........

niupéna........

neda; nûwun ..

yaktos........

semadósan ____

ewah ; gingsir ..

sälah,
nûju .

jâlok............

niäta............

jangji............

ûbah............

mungkir ; sangkal

älo-älo

gulgul ..,

ngângah .
kahûhin
pilih .. ,. ,

pûji

leng\'it ..,

puas-----

tâkon,...
rampas ..,
ranchung .

sibak . ..

gogóda ,

péurih
sahur..
pilih ..,

pâghih
ûghau
pilih

pâdi ........

kâtoi ; dekäni
péle ........

pedi......

kâto......

péle......

póji ; âlam

âpe-âpe....

timbâli ; atûri,. ..

fanggunggung; quot;)
\\ lembâna.... ƒ

al am ,

gôdog .
tânak ..
deléwer,
idu____

ûmob.

areti ............

luput; salah......

sipat; tfyu ; fu-ah

ngimpi..........

jaluk............

niamp;ta; yakti......

janji; sémayan ..

ówah............

mungkir

ƒ ülah-ulah ; \\
\\ aru-biru.... J

perih or prih....

undang ; séng\'i

pilih..........

ngalem........

poji .......

kanta-kanta.
puas.......

pfigha-pfigha
puas

paghiksa; palong

pampas

patchas

petchoh

patoh

pagat
tfituh
panjot

pdlos

haul en

bimbos

sindiakh

misam

güghau

api-api ,.
puas ..,.
pariksa ..
rampas ..
lenchéup

paréksa ......

rampas.......

kärat ; tätik,..

bâla.........

pariksa ...,
rampas .. .,
ranchong ..

âpi-âpi .......

bósen ., .....

pariksa.......

jârah; rampas,
ngâret ,,,,...

pótong; tógal

pótos ......

korsap......

tâja ........

hélung

pinggéus

péugat .,

samplak

tóngtak

pótung

pegat .....

tócor......

hampegang
^pûsung;

sâlin............

ma-ngi-i)gis......

petchah.

}

fpûtung;
\\ chóklek ; tûgel
pedot ....

tûtuh......

/

tunggu-, tanggu

hiwang

pâja

panjin

léleh

létop

maghûngga

ghâti

sâlah

tinu

nipi

kilu

niâta

janji

óbah

mungkiakh

tégui............

näng\'is..........

käla............

täna............

péle ............

cbópa ..........

tüi.gga

tOquot;U

tunggu .....

cbéurik......

kûlup........

tengga..........

mûhun ; karûna ..

tâng\'is ........

gûduk.........

täna..........

ngéling ...
lablab ...
jâkan....
malélih.. .
pâhas.....

sendal ...-.

ûsung ; T
prûchut; gt;
jempong. .,
J

gälong

ûkel

gelong

gelung

sâlin ....
a-ûsang
semon ,.
misom ..
main....
tâta-rôan

ngiring ..

sälin

sälin

séndir; sasémon.

mésem.........

mâhin .........

jûdi ...........

sindir .........

méséum .......

ûlin ....\'.......

bótoh .........

arak; iring-iring.

keniam.
melali .
bótoh...

kasûkan

n

igt;lt;

beg ;J

ngäghakh

hiring ; härak....

gelung

salin ,.,
sisi ., .
sesémon
mésam .
dólan..
bótoh...

{ârak ; gerbeg ;
ngiring

m

-ocr page 522-

wm

O

X-

JAVAN.
Bdsa krdma.

MADURESE
Madûra.

ENGLISH.

MALAYU.

BALL

LAMPUNG.

Jdwa.

Sûnda.

ru-wed....
kaplére; kelór
sógok . .....
seleh ; dókok

minggat.....

deleng .....

}

To perceive

kating\'al

To stick to......

To quit ; leave..
To stifle _______

léngket.
tiwal..

karâkat.
lé upas..
ong\'ap .

bantur .

rnpar; lonter; quot;1
baling .....ƒ
jilat........

{kûniah ; mâ- T
mah ; pepak J
mâkan ; sentap.

niinum........

masok ........

mâti ..........

baiki..........

maniâbrang____

châri..........

To tlirow ,
To lick ..,
To chew .

gütuk

kótap .

létak.........

keniuh

méuwéung

mâmah; mâpah ..

ngâkan..........

nginum..........

To eat ......

To drink____

To enter ....

To die .....

To mend ____

To cross (as a river)

To search......

To but with the \\
horns .......j

To come before ...

To bite..........

To creep ........

To snore........

To snarl; growl ..
To spear (from 1

beneath) ____j

To vomit........

To dance........

To sing..........

To measure ......

To weigh ........

neda ; dâhar ,.

ngunjuk.........

malébet; manjing
pedjah; séda; sûnid

niâtu.........

inum.........

âsup.........

pa-eh or pâhih,

bâng\'un.......

méuntas......

ne-yang...... ,

kadâlara........

mâti............

dandâni..........

a-niâbrang .......

châri............

nâchab ..........

nguchali; ngupâdos

gundang .......

tandok

ngagâdil.

meng\'âdap......

gîgit...........

menjâler; melâta
meng\'éruh . .....
meng\'érang.....

ródok; râdak ...

hang\'âréup

ngigil......

ngarâyap ..

kérik......

ngarâgan .,

niólok ....

mâdap .
ngîkik ..
arâmbat.
ngirok ..

g\'git ............

muntah.....

menari.....

niânyi .....

ûkor; sfikat.
timbang ...

nuntak..........

baksa n gibing ....

ûtah____

ngigal...
nambang
jujtîkan..
timbang

ngóta____

tandang.,
ngijung..
fikur ...,
témbang

ah; -J

fong\' .. J

To push from; shove

To stop ; halt..

To tuck up ____

^ros\\.vuab\\B ....

tfflak.

jórog;
jongkongl
mampir ; kampir
chaugking......

jengkang

jongklókéun...

tólak............

sindang...
ngajénjing.
lilàjong,..

nyiper ....
nyengcheng
lUaJûéivVoT: .,

sinsing ; jinjing

kâton

kerâket
ûchul..
plepak ; selepa

balang; niamb

diJat........

mâmah ; gilut

mang\'ân.....

ngumbe; nginum, .

malebu......

mâti........

bâng\'mi......

niâbrang ; nâbrang
goléki ; ngupâya ..

niâwat; bâbuk....

ngâdep ..........

niokot ; bâkot....
garémet; mei\'âmbat
ngórok
garûruh greng -greng

sógok.........

mûtah ........

jógid..........

nembang ......

Jajâgi..........

timbang; bobot
l^chengkah ;

ktisot............

lunchur..........

lantak ..........

letak............

lari; minggat____

lihat; téng\'ok....

Tnampak or
lt; tampak ;

L ka-lihatan

lekat__________

lepas ....-.....

lemas..........

To entangle......

To launch........

To drive (as a nail)

To set down......

To flee..........

To see.; look.....

kûsut......

tiso-lédat ...

erik .......

gólir.......

minggat....,
nga-déuléuh ,

kajéu-oéun .

salingka ,

keplised.........

lantak...........

dékek ...........

mirûda; lólos....
ning\'âli; dûîu....

btiru ....
téng\'al ..

saléngka
ngalósot.
tumbu ..
gâgar....
bûru ....
âbas ....

nang\'â

châka.......

lâpas; lóchot
tasârna ......

slempar.

silap.....

pakpak ...

ngâmah...
nginam ..,
mâsuk ..,
mâti .....
melâhang ,
niâbrang ,
hâlih.....

nga-ngal

mâng\'an

nginum

kûghokh

mâti

bat(iiik-e

niambrang

sâpakh

tungkah

mâghokh
kâghoh

kótap .......

jilat ........

kechap^ kayel.

ngâkan ; da-ar.

nginum.......

aiâbu.........

mâti ; bangka ,
pabâtchi .......

niâbrang .....

henggot..

mârak ..
gutgut ..
nyelâsah.
ngerok ..
ngerâgah

hanchuk.

mari.........

niódok

ngâdap ......

kike ; salbak .
ngalârbat ...,

ngârok ......

derham......

ngtitah.....

ngigal.......

kidung......

sikut; hükur
timbang ....

mütah
man%hi
nianyi
tikar; üko
timbang

j angka

singgah

chingching

hantokh

ngóta; nguop ....

tandak..........

ngijung..........

ûkur ; kóld......

kûsok

kâsakh

lantakh

tetakh

tâgakh

lia

kalia-an

lâkok

lûchokh

gâla-gâpan

hâyakh

bàla

sutsut..,
srod ....
sagsag ..
kedjang..
malâhib,.
hiling\'in .

henot.

dekat....
ngelih...
bekbekan

témbang ........

tûlu

nyingga.
tambi .

tólad; jrmgka ,...

singgah....
cbingcbing
latâaAung........ys-etSmjuu .

-ocr page 523-

To shove

To ebb.......

To strain......

To pull........

To cleave......

To chop (as wood)
To spring forth ; \\
issue........ƒ

To stab ; pierce ..
To spring ; rise quot;1
above........ƒ

To blossom ; sprout

To shoot up......

To lie over.......

To help...........

M

To stuff in a hole..

To pour out......

To besiege. .,.,..

To ravish........

To go to ruin ____

To pine affer.....

To spoil.........

To destroy.......

To address; name

To hide..........

To lay up........

Tosprinkle......

To continue ; quot;)
stay ........ƒ

To mimic........

To accusé ; charge

To ransom ......

To dirorce.......

To betroth

To sharpen; whet

To whistle.......

To swear; vow
To increase; |

multiply.....J

To mark.....

To ask..........

To know........

To value; prize
To cheapen......

sûrong

sûrot.......

tàpis.......

târik; hélak.

blah .......

tebang .....

terbit..
tikam .
timbul

tûnas,.........

tumbuh........

tiudan ........

tûlong.........

fjûlok; gelétik;!

l gétik......ƒ

tuang............

kepung..........

gâgah ...........

rûbuh ...,..,...,

rindu............

rûsak............

benâsa ..........

sebot............

sembûni.........

simpan..........

siram ; perchik ...

tinggal..........

jâjat ; tiru.......

tûduh ...........

tebus............

cherai...........

tûnang .,

âsah ...
siul....
sumpah

tambah

tanda,..

tânia.........

tâhu, or tau...
harga, orrega.
tâwar........

. isûnmg..........

jang\'ok; sop; pâridjsûrud.

sâring.......

chéneng......

sigar........

tegor........

medal.
gócho .

metu..........

sûduk .........

timbul ; jebul .

sirung...........

jâdi; malântung.

tindih...........

bantu ...........

tûwuh

bantu ,

ngelik-kétik.....

chichian.........

kâpung..........

rongkah .........

rungkat..........

séunéuh; kang\'en

rûsak............

léuléuhûran......

sâbùt............

niumput.........

adrang
rebah..
óneng.
risak,.

sing\'idan; silûman
râwat...........

sembâhan.
kâri .....

semi ..
tûkul..
tindih.
tûlung

elik-elik ; étik étik

sok.............

kepung ; ideri____

paksa ; serang....
rungkad; sói;ifibuh

kang\'en..........

rûsak..........

lebur..........

sebut; ûchap ..
umpetan ......

simpan........

siram; kepiur.,

kâri ..........

kantun,

niru ....
tûduh ..,
tâbus . ..
pegâtan .

bebéuréu

tedah.

âniul.........

sumpah.......

wewah; imbet.

ngah-yéut.
sumpah..,

tambah...

tanda.....

tânia............

niâhok..........

rega ............

tâwar...........

taken ; dângu ..
uning\'a; pirsa..
régi ; âhos ...,,
âwis..........

nirok-âke ; tiru ..

tûduh...........

tebus...........

pisah; pegat.....

pâchang..........

âsah............

singsot..........

supâta ..........

wu-wuh ; imbuh ..

ƒ tanda; teng\'er;quot;)

\'[_ china....../

tâkon...........

weruh; idep.....

rega ; âji........

âniang..........
\'sôrong........../ ................ hôroug..........Isûghong

Isdrang ..

órot.....

sâring ....
keniang...
béulah ...
tâbang ...

méuléutik.

téu-wéuk .

jâbul,.,

géndeng.

hondor..........Isongsot..........Jhad.............(lang\'okb

sâring........... sâhip ; sâring ....

erit ; târik....... kedang

bâla ; séba.......blah

pâdang ; râbas____

kâluar ..
chóchoh .
témbul .,

tumbu

tólong.
kilik ..

kitikh

tongkop

gâpang

bidi

ghûboh

tigham

cbâdang

binâsa

sâbot

simpon; sâgokh

kâkos

ghatcha

kepong ,

róbu........

krong .......

rósak........

lebar........

sâbot........

ngiram......

târo ........

séram; hono

kâri ; tinggal .

tódu ...
témbus ,

tónang.......

hesa .........

seol .........

sompa ; supâta.

embu.........

gelan

sâng\'ik
suir

powâta\'..........

himbuh .........

chiri; tanda......

tâken ; tâkon ....

tâhu............

hâji.............

tâbah.

tanda

ûlik
pandai
ghâga
tâwakh

tanda.

niâta .........

tau..........

âji...........

«

tarbi; kâluar

pâgam

ngambang

tumbu
tumbu

tompangtindi
tólong

galichak

tóta; sélin
kâpong

kuâdi ..........

róbu; bûngkar....

kârong..........

rósok

rôsak-sakâli......

sâbot
érap
târo

samsam ; kfipâsi,.

ténggal

néro-néro........

bûjuk
tâbos
tâlak
fba-bakâlan;
quot;t pa-pachâng\'en ƒ

gangae..........

siol.............

sómpa ; sopâta....

póhoi...........

tanda; totóra ....

tânia............

tau.............

âji..............

tâwar or tâbar .,,,

târik
sésih

-ocr page 524-

madurese.

Madûra.

javan.

Bûsa krdma.

LAMPUNG.

malayu.

ball

ENGLISH.

Sûnda.

Jdiva.

To aim

To empty ........

To draw ,up ;. as \\

water........ƒ

To follow; imitate

To sink..........

To warn ........

To fall as a tree ..
To scorch........

To point out .,.:
To ackuowledge ..
To teach; inform
To excite; pro-\\
voke by shame j

To defeat........

To annul; abolish

To pardon........

To object; dispute
To retaliate ......

To permit; sutfer

To number......

To buy..........

To sell..........

To marry........

To collect; gather

To be quiet......

To succeed; sup-\\
ply the place ofj
To deserve ____

To desire; wish ,.

To despise ......

To remember ....

To long for......

To spy..........

To be acquainted \\
with........J

To think ........

To consider......

To fight; oppose..

To shelter........

timbak ; bedil ..
timba..........

chidulc

tiirot; ikut ....
teng^lani ..,...,

tegur; sapa.....

tumbang ........

tunu; layur.....

tunjuk.........

aku ormeng\'aku .
ajar ...........

ajuk..........

alali; ktilah ....

apiis...........

ampun.........

bantah .........

balas...........

biar ...........

bilang; itung ...

bli.............

jual ...........

kawin; nikah ,..

kumpul........

diam..........

ganti..........

haros ; liiyak ; patut

hendak; mau ....

hina............

hing\'at or ing\'at ..

iflg\'iu or hing\'in ..

intai ............

kenal...........

rasa ; kira ; ägak
piUir; kira .,.,..
lawau ..........

Vmduug.

\\
ambedil.........

nguras ,.........

chiduk ; chibuk .

mélu ; nûnut ...

kelem .........

niâpa; ngaru-ârui

riibuh .........

gârang.......-,..

tûduh ..........

ngâku ..........

wtiruk ..........

Ul;nbsp;-)

ggal ; i
ipel
.... J

mdyok ..........

kalab ..........

buak ; lebar......

apura............

bantah ; jawal....

wales.......... ..

chikmen; karape..
wilang ; itung ....

tiikunbsp;......

dól.............

kawin ; ningkah ..
r kumpul ;
lt; tungL
kempel

meneng

genti.....

riayak ; pantas;
\\ patut.

ârép............

nista ; ina ......

iling............

{kaping\'in ; \\
kemetcher., J

mtip............

wawuh..........

rasa ..........

kira..........

tanding ; lâwan
J aVing-àling ;

ânenjâta.

dérek.

niarûwe.
rebab...

tedah....
ngangken
wtilang ..

mâda ...

kâwon ..

apûnten.

kersa-nipnn ,...,,
wichal ; état7g ....

tûmbas..........

wade............

krama ..........

kembul ; nung\'gil..

kéndel ..........

gentos ..........

wenang .........

âjeng ; arsa ; ayuu

ing\'at

wânah

kinten
nimbak.

nyibuk

niusu!
kâlam

ânéuh
pérang
tunjuk
ngâku
pegah.,

wisûna

elih ........

gapiah ......

bamplira ....

bâng\'or..........

mâlas..........

kâjéun.........

bilang .........

méuli...........

jual ...........

kâwin .........

kumpul^,,.. .

chitching ...

ganti.......

vvenang.....

da-ek ; ârek,

nista .......

ing\'at.......

nio-ong; ngintip.
wâwoh .........

tâyéub ; sâda ..
tanding; lâwan ,

paçinding ......

bâdil.,
timba

châduk ; châlo..

nóro..........

tasélam ; kâlam

séngko
âjar .,

kâlah.

apûra ...........

banta; pâdu......

bâlas............

karâpna..........

bilang ; etong ....

meli............

jual ............

kâbin............

róbu ,
lólop .
tódui.
ngako
âjar .

kala..........

di-elang-akan ..

apüra..........

maksa .......

balas.........

tinggal.......

etong or yetong.

mali..........

jual .........

kawin; nika....

kompul.

henang ,

ganti ..,

benang ,

karap .,
hina ..,

nginti
tao .,

kumpol..........

nang............

ganti............

pâtot............

anda............

ena or ina........

eng\'a; eleng; emot

lebur............

intip ; ong\'ang,,

ngâning ; tau ....

rasa ..
kéra ..

kéra............

mósub ..........1 lâwan or lâban ....

...............\\ngâ,\\\\ng..........
tembak.
timba .

témba
cbéduk

noro .,

kelam

chédok ,

niûsul ..........

kelam ..........

sâpa ; sochap ....

bah ............

dâdang ..........

tûjuh............

hâku............

hâjar............

bij al............

kâlah............

sirna............

ham pûra ........

tungkas..........

wâlas............

depang ..........

pétik ; hitung .,..

hli..............

hâdap..........;

deng\'en..........

kumpul.
mendep.

ganti...........

wenang.........

niak ...........

nista ...........

hing\'at .........

deman .........

hinti ...........

nâwang.........

ngtnang
gbâsa

bâta ............Ikigba

llâwan ..........llâvsan

\\h\\Vid............\\bualin

timbak
timba

châghu

nûtokh

ghandam

kumâna

tumpang

lâyokh

tûju

âku

âjakh

hangjokh

kâlah
himpos
ampûgha
bantah
bâlas
kâya
bilang
bili
jual
kâwin

kumpul

ghâma

bâlin

hâghos

hâga
bûghon

kapéng\'in
sin al

-ocr page 525-

■jTo forget........jlApa.......

\'To curse; reproach maki; nista.
To
curse; execrate
To be unlucky, as\\
at play ...,..ƒ

To mourn; lament
lópa............

jpóhok..
aiarékan

/Mpa .
laiso ..
sompa

. jsdpe; lêpmn.

(IhU____

misuh
supata ,

chilska

sumpah; kutuki..

{malang; che- quot;)
laka ; bala.. ƒ

rStap.,..........

sumpah..
chitraka.

nang\'is

sasambat

peso............

l\'lüpa
misoh
tatada

malang
batoi

Ihangsab.
misuh ,.
samp;sat....

po-ata; sompa....

chalaka.....

sa-sambatan.

r....}

chelaka..
rné,ng\'is-
lt; ngócha
I. ngócha

-We.............

Your humble ser-
vant ........

Thou..........

Ye; you

He .............

They............

Self

I myself.........

Thou thyself......

He himself......

We ourselves .. ..

Ye yourselves ....

They themselves ,.

Who ............

Which..........

What............

That; that which,.

This.........

That.. ........

That there; yonder
A certain person;quot;)
such a .one ... J

All..............

Every .

Any...........

Some,...........

TMtu; ingsun quot;J
gt; lt;? manira;ing-gt;

J t wang-------J

mami

aku. .. ....

kowe; sira

dewéke......

dewéke pada.

pribadi.....

akudewek .
kowe dewek

déwéke,.....

mami-dewek
kowe-dewek

patik ; hamba-tnan
/hang ; angkau;quot;)
kau ; mil.. ƒ

rtuan ; mik a;
■lt; tuan hamba
(_ kamu......

iya ; dia ; palik-itu

{dia orang; diaquot;}
apa ; dia nia j

{diri ; sendiri; quot;)
kendiri .... J
diriku; sendiriku..
dirimu; sendirimu

dirinia; sendirinia\'

{kami-.sendiri; quot;)
kita-sendiri ƒ

sapa .,,..
sing\'éndi
apa . , ...
sing ...,

iki......

iku.____

ika......

kamu-sendiri

dia-orang-sendiri..

si^a; sapa ........

yang mana.......

apa.............

yang; nan.......

ini..............

itu..............

inun; nun.......

sianu; anu
kabeh .....

sa-kelian; se-
gala; tiap tiap; V
sagmap.....
J

sekabeh..........

sapa-sapa........

{seb4i\'ang-ba- quot;)
rang; apa-apa J

anu; sianu ,

semua; kesémua ..
l^sa-kelian;

s%a-sapa ; sasa
sebarang-barang

faku; bita;
lt; senda; hamba;

i s4ya______

kami; kita .

Of Pronouns and Pronominals.

kfila; iilun,; nara ..

a-ing; küla .\'.....

kami............

kaüla^ küriug....
sia; sil4hing.....

abdi-dMam; kaüla
andika; sampéyan

sampiaa .,

manih ..,
manihna .

pi^nibak-ipuu ....

{kianibak-ipun- 1
saini......j

dika

hia...........

hia-óreng ....

abak.........

diri-^ing .
diri-sia..,

abak-angkok . ,
dibih-dika.... ,

diri-na .,.
diri-orang.
diri-dika .

kula-kiambak ....
sampiyan-kiambak
ƒ piambak-ipun;quot;)
\\ kiambak-ipun ƒ

dibikna.......

angkok-dibik . ,
dika-dibik . ...
iya-óreng-dibik.

{jengan-dika-
piambak..

sSha.......

anu; mana .

na-on......

4nu........

iyéuk.......

eta or beta ,
etu.........

apa.....

sibani. ,.
teak ..,,
nikok . ..

si; tu.......

kabih........

sari^na.......

saha-saha.....

sabang-barang ,

sianu..
kabi ..,.

sapa ..
sikéma

smten.......

kangpdndi____

napa; punapa

kang........

niki; puniki..
niku; puniku
nika; punika

pun; punanu

singko; eson

hékoh ......

büla; kabiila,
andika ......

sedaya......

sadaja-niü

sapa-sapa
sabara-bara

sedaya

sinten sinten
punapa-punapa
séngko ; büla ....

kaüla; abedi-dalam

{bana; dika; quot;1
sampian ... J

ria; rua.........

óreng-ria........

dibi ............

badan-dibi.......

bana-dibi........

dibina...........

sapa............

sikéma ..........

apa.............

si ..............

aria; niko; panika
niko............

anu; si anu......

kabi ............

sapa-s^pa........

sabarang-barang ,,

hSku,

hira ..........

tiang; titiang; kaüla
jeio ..........

hiba

hia..............

nika-hlpun ......

SlJI

séna
südi

da-a; sida-a
saunyin

dibi; padihi......

hawaki..........

hawak-bani......

padidi-yamp;nia......

hira-padidi .,.,..

hiba-padidi ......

hia-deng\'an-padidi

héniod .. .......

haninchin.......

hapa...........

hani ............

heni; niki.......

nika............

honto...........

heyamp;nu; Lanu., ..

ku; nia

sikamghua

siktodua

niku

küti-ünyin
iya

ghompokh

nunggalan

dighiku
dighimu

dighini

{sikümgbua-
tunggalan
küti-tunggalan

{ghumpokh-
tunggalan

sapa
sipa
api
sai

sami............

sapa-sapa
asing-asing

X

K

saniian

nyen-nyen.
singsingja.

-ocr page 526-

MADU
Madûra.

RESE.

Sumenap.

J AVAN,

Bdsa krdma.

LAMPUNG.

BALI.

layu.

Sunda.

mal

Jâwa,

english.

Botb (applied tol

things)......J

Other...........

This same,... ....
That same

How many ......

So many; as many

To..............

Of.............

From...........

For............

By.............

With...........

Along with .....

Above; over.....

Under; beneath

On............

In ............

Within.........

Out

Without ......

Between .......

Among.........

Near ...........

Far.............

Around.........

Behind ,

Before

Opposite to ....,
Beside ; hard by,
Touching; dose
Through; from
side to side .
All along.....

In presence of;
[ tefore ,,...
VBe^otid,. ,,..

kâro............

séje; béneh......

ikiûga; iki-lah .,

iku-ûga..........

pira
sakéhe

ka; peda; kepâda

di.............

dâri ............

àkan............

dâng\'an..........

serta; sâma......

serta-dâng\'an----

âtas; di-âtas ....
bâwah; di-bâwah..

di..............

dâlam........ gt; * •

di-dâlani ........

luar

di-luar .... ......

chelah; teng\'ah ..

antâra ..........

dekat ; ampir ..,.

jâwoh or jauh----

keliling or kuliling

{belâkang; di- \\
belâkang .. J

âdap ; adâpen..,.

mâring ; mârang

ing or hing ......

seka............

âke ............

lan..............

serta.............

serta-lan ........

du-wur ; ingdii-wur
ngisor; ing\'isor

iug...........-

jero .........

ing-jero

jâba .........

ing jâba.......

sel an or slan.,,

antâra .......

meh; chedak ,

âdoh.........

mûbeng.......

bdri ; wûri ,.,

ngârep

tentang ; tang ....

ârah............

to|sisi..............

, . fsa-mdte; sa- \\
... sepanjang........U daw\'ane:....J

di-müka; di-aOiap,. Ug\'àre^........ ..

... .\\VausV^ah -, \\ami?au.. UamgUaVv -,,.

kedua-

la-in..........

inilah ; ini-jûga...,
itûlah; itu-jûga

berâpa..........

sekian; sebâniak..

kâlian.......

sânes.,
puniki-ûgi,...
puniku-ûgi .

pinten ......

sekâtah-ipun

dâteng

sangking ........

âken ............

kelâyan..........

serta-kelâyan ....
inggil; inginggih.
andap ; ing\'ândap

lebet...........

ing-lebet .......

jawi ............

ing jâwi..........

antâwis..........

châket; chelak....

tebih............

mider ..........

wingking ; wuntat

nujóni .......

ârah............

ngiring\'an.....

rngâjeng; T
J ngâyun; gt;
ngersa .,..J

angkah ........

trus ............

ing\'Jijeng ,

kadua.

k^dua ........

layin.........

iyéuk tih .....

eta-tih.......

sa-braha ,,,,
sakyéuk

Of Particles.

ka..............

di..............

ti ..............

ku; kéun.......

jéung............

serta ............

réujéung ........

Ifihur; di-lühur ..
handap; di-handap

di..............

jero ............

di-jero..........

luar ............

diluar ..........

séla; tang\'ah ...

antara .........

meh-meh.......

jauh...........

kuliling.........

tittikang .......

bûda,

âdak

hâréup..........

pa-hénta ; hénta .,

Isa-urûtan .
1 di-Taâréup ,

ârah-benârna .

ârah.........

sisi . .........

târos ........

salânehang ..

e-àdak ......

, \\augka .....

bâni ....
tiaklah .,
néko-lah
brempa..
sabaria..

kapada........

dina .........

dâri .........

hing or ing ...
kalaban ......

sarta ; bârang .
bârang-kalâban
âtas ; e-âtas...
baba; e-bâba ,

dina.........

dâlam .......

e-dâlam.......

lûbar,

e-lûbar .
téng\'a .
antâra .
pârak...

jau.....

mider ,

dâdua ,

laen ............

âria-kia..........

barâmpa ........

sabâria; sa-panika

ka; ing.........

ai or é .........

dari ...........

kalaban.........

serta ; abarang...
serta; kalaban...

atas; e-§,tas.....

bamp;ba; e-baba ...

ai or é .........

dalam .........

e-d^lani.........

luar

e-luar .......

tang\'a .......

antâra; tang\'a.
rópak ; pâra...

jau...........

lengleng .....

bûdi.........

âda

dâpa-dâpan .....

dóri ...........

pinggir.........

târos; lantas ...

salâftjang ......

e-àda........ . ■

iangkav -, Ubat
kâlih......

hélin.......

hénila .....

h^tóla .....

hakûda ....,
hakéni .....

kâghua

laen
siji-jûga
sena-juga
pigha

sâng\'a-ghâji

ka; takin ; ring ..

di ; disâpa

di..............

di

hdli ............

anja

bakal . ..........

hanâkan

takin ...........

kelâwan

b^lrang; sarang ..

saghâta

bcirang-takin......

saghâta; kalâwan

................

âtas-di-âtas

bS,tin-di-batin ....

bah; dibah

di..............

di

jumahan; jero....

16m

di-jumahan......

di-16m

fpamp;u ; jaba ; \\

luah

\\ wamp;ng\'an .. J

di-wcing\'an ......

di-luah

s£la ............

hâlokh ; tang\'ah

hantiira..........

—^

pahak; tampak ..

pâsu

juh; dub........

ja-o

mahila; mider,,..

e-doghi

dori; pungkur....

hùghi

pahap; harap ....

hâghokh

tâbong

chenan ..........

ha

sisi ........... •

gâliakh

tâglios; lâju

. sapanjang..—

. Isatâjong

. di-àïaç or di-âhap Idihâghokh
. .\\Iangkah..........\\GTwçang -, lanchakb\'

-ocr page 527-

jhânlh; dj-hânJIi .. jkdblah ; di-kahlah j
sa-brang.......

Iseblah; di-seblah /sR-sisih ; iiigaisih

jTowards

................/

péuntas.

sa-hrang

sâbrang.

gantos

Instead of; in 1

place of......ƒ

Against..........

Here............

There...........

Yonder..........

Where ..........

endi-endi

Everywhere ......

Before; formerly..
After............

nûli ..
sawise

Till; mitil

sasampun-nipun

sapuniki.........

dinten ; puniki . ..
enjing...........

sa-iki.......... ■

dina iki..........

esuk or isuk......

wing\'i .........

emben .........

emben-dawa......

Now............

To-day..........

To-morrow......

Yesterday........

Two days hence .
Three days hence.

Four days hence .

Two days ago . .

Daily...........

mana-inana......

dahfilu; perbakamp;la

kemedian; kelak..

pelah; setélah;quot;!
/ sa hinggah ; gt;

l hinggah----J

sekarang; kini..,.

hari-ini..........

isuk or isok......

kelamarin; kemarin

lüsa ..........

tülat ..........

fkâwan-denten-quot;
\\ ni pun

lenten-^

pâtang-dinâne

tungging .....

kemârin-dahûlu
ƒ sahâri-hâri ;

wing\'ine
sa-dina-clina ;
saben-dina

sa-dinten-dinten

\\ tiap tiap liâri jquot;

Tsenanti-
^ selâma
{_ lamânia
belum
f bermûla ;
lt; mûla-mlila
{_ saber
tâdi

iânti-âsa ; quot;j
lelâma- gt;
amânia....
J

lûla; \' 1
ûla-mlila ; gt;
iber mûla
J

lumintu.
dùrung .

déreng

wiwit,

mau or mahu.
kapan; kala..

wau

Always; ever ...

Not yet.........

At first; primarily
Already ; just now

When?..........

kalâne
tau . ..

sedéla

na-lika-nipun
nâte; tâte....

{sabéntar; sat;\\
sa kédjap .. ƒ

When; then.....

Ever; at any time..

Immediately...,,.

sekédap..........

menâwi..........

âwis-âwis..,...,.

fkâdaug
^ kâda
L barâ

Sometimes -

ang; -j
g- f

Seldom..........

jâraHgjârang.....

sa kédjap

kâdang; 1 fmenâwa;néke-l
barângkâli
J l orne-i..../

(quot;ârang-ârang; ^

kâdang-
I, kâdang
ganti............

gant!............

lâwau...........

iiigkéne ; kéne.. ..
kono ; ingkóno ...
kâna ; ingkâna....
endi............

lawan...........

sini; di-sini......

situ ; di-situ ....
sâna ; di-sâna ...
mâna...........

ingriki ; riki . ..
ngriku; ingriku
ngrika; ingrika ...
pundi...........

pundi-pundi......

frurayin ; kâr- \\
L yin ; karuhun ƒ
nunten..........

lâwan...........

dyéuk ; di-dyéuk..

eta ; di-tia......

itu ; di-ditu......

mâna............

mâna-mâna......

tihéula..........

a-yeuna.....

po-ek-e-yéuk

isuk........

kamâren, ... -

pagétu ......

pagétu âmat..

kamâren barétu
sâban-po-ek ..,.

ta-chan.
mîmiti .
tâdi ...

tatkâla

sa-kétidéung......

sûgaa............

chârang-chârang
ganti............

laban, or lawan. ..
dina; di-dina....

dia; di-dia......

disa; e disa......

kema; dima......

{kema-kema; 1
dima-diina.. J
lamba.........

sahinggah.

samângkin......

âri-tia..........

lâgu ...........

berihj............

du-mâlam.......

galégu-telu-âri.. ■.

galégu-pa-âri.....

sa-niti-yoso
belun......

bibitan ....

kedian ..
si-ampun

satia ; satónto....

âri-niko..........

lagfma ........

amba-âri......

sâdu-mâlan ...
tâlo-âri-lâgi......

ampa-âri-lâgi.....

kâdu-mâlam-âna ..

{sa-âri âri ; sâ-1
ban-âri .... j

sa-tómo-tómo ....

bâlon ; gita-ng\'âken

{bûru-bûru ; \\
móla-móla . J

gâla, or kâla......

bila

tatkâla.......

parna........

sa-kadja......

kâdang-kâdang
rang-rang.....

bila.

tatkâla..........

pernah ..........

sa-kedjak ........

tarkâdang ; menâbi
rangrang-rangrang

ganti.........

mûso.........

dina ; hi-dina .
disa; hi-disa.

nâpi ........

nâpi-nâpi ....

dâlu ........

saka-budina..

lâwan...........

dini............

ditu ............

drika...........

jâha............

jâha-jâha........

mâlu............

dorian..........

sampûning ; wâtas

nianan..........

dina-jâni........

mâni............

hibi ............

puan...........

teluii...........

pâtang-dina .
hi-tlun ..,..
sa-dina-dina.

sâhi-sâhi ,...

tonden.....

paniûmun • • •
bâhu ; bûsan.

pidan.

duk .....

parna.....

hâbos bos,
kâla-kâla .

lâng\'ah-lâng\'ah....

bâlin

lâwan
jah; di-jah
San ; di-san
dûdi; di-dûdi
dipa

dipa- ipa

paiji

bâno-bâno

smangsa

ganta

ghâni-siji

jâmoh

nambi

sâwai

talûno

pâno

kâghua

nunggdl-ghâni

sasâba
mâkong
mûla-mûla
jiiio

kâpan

tatkâla

pandai ; pa-ghina
saghâbokh

kâdang-kâdang

jâghang-jâghang

-ocr page 528-

JAVAN.

Bdsa krama.

MADUBESE.

LAMPUNG.

BALL

MALAYU.

ENGLISH.

Sûnda.

Madûra.

Sumenap,

Jdiva.

In days of yore.
So long as.....

Lately
Once..

Day and niglit ....
All night long ...

All day long .. .

Unawares......

Yes ............

Verily ; indeed.. ..

No; not........

By no means......

Certainly not ., ..

Certainly........

No ; do not.......

Do not by any means

The more that ....

Chiefly..........

More ; more still..
Very............

At length........

[n the meantime;!
while........j

As; like ........

Alike; quite \\
similar to .... J

In like manner as.,

dâri selâma-nia

(selâma; selâgi;!
selâma-lâgi ƒ

bâru-pun........

sa-kâli or sekâli ..

siang-mâlam......

sa-malâman......

{sa-harian ; sa-1
siâng\'an.... ƒ

^ti ba-
ya or iya

fbâhiia; sa- 1
ggûh-nia ƒ

\\ satuhu

bóten............

déde............

déde-pisan........

s ampun..........

sampmi-pisan ....

smâng kin ; mindak

miwab ; tu-win ..

raâlih ...........

sâng\'et..........

wusânan ........

na-lika-puuiku,. ■.

kâdos.............

sâmi-rûpi........

niûwah..........

mâning ; mâneh ,.
bâng\'et..........

âkire;we kasâne..

tatkâla-iku ......

kâya sa-perti ....

pada-rûpa........

sapólah..........

sekadar.........

\\ sunggûh
idak ; tiâda ; tâdak

bûkan .........

bûkan-sa-kâli-kâli
ƒ pasti ;nescbâyaquot;t
\\ semâja .... ƒ

jâng\'an ..........

fhBbâyajâng\'an;!
yâng\'au-sa-kâli J

{mangkin ; sa- 1
mângkin .. ƒ

{tambahan ; \\
estimiwa .. ƒ

lâgi ............

ƒ terlâiu ; âmat
sang\'at .... j

t

râkbirnia; per-l
1 âbisan-nia.. ƒ

As great as ...... setâra ; sakklcr ..

at manner;\') , . , ,
^nbsp;\' gt; Ibagimana : netapa Içn-ye

In what
how

1 As ; according to.. Ibagai; diinekian ■ .^mangkana
\\ In ttiis manner.... Ibegini

pripun
mangkâten

ƒ tatkâla-itu; quot;1
\\sâinan-târa-itu j

sa-perti ; laksâna..
sâma-sâma ; serûpa
sa-perti ; sebagai..

{sangking-
selâmi nipun^
selami-nipun ...

âniar-tigi .......

seka-selawâse ....

selawâse ........

âniar-ûga ...... ..

sa-pisan ........

{rina-weng\'i ; \\
awan-beng\'i ƒ

sa-wéng\'i........

sa-dina..........

{rillten dâlu 1
siang-dâlu.. ƒ
sa-dâlu..........

sa-dinten

iba-tiba ; l
kûiiiang- gt;
kûniang
----J

tanpa-krâna......

ûjug-ûjug........

ia or iya ........

sa-teméiie........

óra; tan.......

dûdu...........

dûdu-pisan .....

pasti...........

âja.............

âja-pisan .......

sâya ; mundak ...

ƒ sayâktos ipiin

dâri-âbitna ......

âbit.............

bûru............

sa-kâli ; sétong ,.

siang-mâlam......

sa^mâlam........

sa-âri .........

sa-an.....

eva

tâda......

beni......

beni sakâli

henjah ....

bâni......

bâni-sakâli

pasti............

ladja; âja........

ladja-sa-kâli-kâli..

mângkin-satônto ..

embu............

pasti....
hanjah .,
hubâdja,,

sisi-naryeun,
enia or nia .

ya; anggi ; ingki..

hentéuk or téuk ..

séjin............

séjén-pisan ......

pasti............

ûlah ; montong .,

ûlah-pisan-pisan ..

déu-i............

âkirna ..........

tatkâla-deta .....

jiga ; sapârti......

sârua............

...........

ka-libat ; sâng\'at

maréna.........

tatkâla-nika.....

sapârti.........

saróba..........

sa-tingkah........ sa-tiugkab ......

sakâdar..........

kuniâba.

........ .nbsp;..............................................................nbsp;1nbsp;Vnbsp;Ïnbsp;_ ^nbsp;,,,

inengkéne........Wnskâlcn ......^kâïV-c-^énk......UaXiaya..........\\lalma........................^enjoKti-siji

hembuan........

póli ............

langkong; bang\'at

bekasna..........

tatkala-niku ....

mara; kadi......

pada-hiida........

saróba ..........

sakéra-kerana .. ..
mara-apa........
hûiing mâklo

tihéu-héubul......

dâri-sa-lambâknia.
salambâknia......

bûru............

sa-kâli..........

sa-kâli..........

bém-ang péuting ..
sa-pétiting\'an.....

{sa-po-ekna; sa-\\
béurâng\'an J

siang iiiâlam......

sa-inâlam........

semâklo .. .

bahûnam........

ha-pisan ........

petang-lemah ....

sa-petang........

1

rsa-dina; sa-
^ lamab-sa-
{_ lâmah .,..

r hing\'at-hing\'at; quot;J
lantas lantas; gt;
teka-teka
.. J
hia..............

tui..............

tu-ara .. ..,

dóng.......

dông-pasâja

pasti......

heda......

heda-pasâja

smingkin ..

\\ kahórian

dâwag; duk......

bûka ; mirib ....
pâda ; sâmi-sâmi..
kâya ............

sakâdar..........Ibetak...........

f betéma kâdi- quot;Xnbsp;........Is^^\'^P^

\\ punapa----j \\ ^nbsp;^ ^

mara............\\ki ; IvSki

muah.
bu-in
talâlu.

ƒ pâniu-hûdan ; quot;)
\' órian .. j

kanja-sakâne

selâgi

ampai
pisan

dâwah di-bing\'i
sabing\'i-jâpat

kâbian-sâlekh

tampa-haghâna
eya

\\sâma-kian

ma
laen

laen-sa\'kâli-kâli
pasti
dang

dang-sa-kâli
niangkin

miwah
lu-ot
bâng\'ot
pâgha-duâni

tatkâla-sâna

sa-paghâti; injokh

;âguh ghfipa

sa-kintel
ƒ sàng\'a-gbâna ;
\\ sakâdakb

-ocr page 529-

■11\'

Except; only;

otherwise ...
Nevertheless.. .

But ..........

Though........

If............

Possibly ......

Again ........

Also..........

Too ..........

Besides........

Or; either ....

And ..........

Then; but then;quot;!
just then; to gt;

then........J

So that; finally;quot;)

until that____j

As well as; at thequot;)
same time as.. ƒ
There; then .,..

Still then........

Eh! how then! how!
For; in order that

Perhaps; perchance

Furthermore ..

Further.......

To wit.......

Unless; except

Rather ; it is bet-
ter that

; it is bet-quot;)
lat......ƒ

Ho! halloo! ____

Oh! alast ......

Ah! what a pity!,.

Away ! off !......

Please God .....

By God..........

Curse it ........

Thm; in that
manner.....

Just as if.....

begitu ..........

(sa-diah;selaku; quot;)
penaka .... ƒ
malénkan; hânia..

{malénkan.; sa-quot;)
sukânia .... ƒ

tatâpi ........

lâmun ; wâlau....
jika ; kâlu ; jikâlu
masâkan ; ta-kan..
pûlak; kenibâli ..

jûga; jua........

pun ...... .....

lâgi ; lâgi-pun ....

atâua............

dan ............

mâka ; ârekian... i

hat-ta ..........

serâya; samiil; serta

lab...

tah .
kah .
sepâya
l^gerâng

âng\'an ;
iirania ; gt;
lerangkâli.. j

kira

berangkâli
sa-bermûla ......

shaherian ........

ketâhwi
ketchuâli

âng\'or; lebihbaik

hi ; wâhl......

{âduh; adûhi; quot;)

âyuh......J

hai ; sâyang......

{niah; enchot;!
anjak ..., J

insha-âlah ......

fdâmi-âlah;
( dâmi-râsul
kûtuk-âlah ..

jmengkàna......

salâku ........

âmung........

âyo ; niakârap..

tâpi ..........

lâmun ........

yén ..........

dâilak ; mangsa

bâlik..........

ûga...........

iya; pan......

niânih-pan ....

utâwa ........

Ian, ............

mangka,,

yâta; hâta

sâria ......

tah........

supâya ......

kirâne ..«»..

sekâwit.. ,. ,,
mengkâna . ..
ka-weruhi »,
ka-iâba

ang\'ur; luih-betchik

hé.,.,..

6

o; eman
Wng\'a-ha
insa-âlah

demi-âlah

{kenâ-be
ning-âlah

fkenâ-bendu- ^

^mengkamp;ien ......

sa- tindak; salâmpah

aming; âmeng..

sumângga; su-wâwi

nâng\'ing; hang\'ing
kalâmun ........

Il

lâmun

bâhi.......

dâli-dâli-ûgi
atâwa ____

jeung.,,
mangka.

wangsul ........

ûgi..............

pan inggih ......

pan nialih........

^kari-tu

salâku ..,
ngan ,..,,
sumângga.

utâwi ..,..,....
kalâyan..........

âtu
teh.

supaya

sarwi.

supâdos......

kinten-nipun
mila-mila..,.

sa-wiwit

rng- jgt;

ka-wikâni
kedjâwi..
TaMbung;
lt; langkung-
( sâhe
^saba-rantu ......

{sa-ulih; salâku; T
panâka .... ƒ

ba-gitu

chôma .....

mandar; mé

tatâpi .. ..,
lâmun .....

hang\'ing ........

mâsa...
poli ,,.
kia,....
pon ..,
lâgi-poli.
atâwa .
kalâban,

mâka.

sa-hinggah

la.....

ba-âna ,

ria.....

darâpun.

âng\'or

ung or aung
âdu ; bûbu

bâlat-âlah,

lâmun
jika ,

poli
kia,,.

atamp;ba.
Ian. ..

supâdja..

sakâbit..
semâlina
kâna-lihi

anggur
M ....

insa-âlah ....
demi-âlah...,
bendûna-âlah

ami-an ; manâbi,

ma-mulâna ,,,.,,
âmi ; atâba .. ..
katâwi ; ka-ûning\',

smgga.....

mandar ; insa-âlah

/ enjokh-séna

balikan ; nélah....

hâna-hâna

sipaia-hâna

tatâpi

lâmun

menâwa; menâwi,.

kantu

mâsa

lu-wut ; mdnih

jûga

man............

pon

bu-in; bu-inman,.

lâgi-pon

hatâwa w...,....

atâwa

kelawan

mangka

do

kodo

sapâya

hâlokh

aapârwa........ • • •

sa-barmûla

semâlih; shahedan

katâwang........

kafâng\'okh

âng\'okh; bâcha

â

âduh

, hé..............

ai

lâpah

paichen-batâra....

insa-âlah

, kena-padârua ....

dâmi-âlah

kûtokh-âlah

-ocr page 530-

MADURESE

Madira.

JAVAN.
J8dsa hrdma.

LAMPUNG.

BALT.

lt;

MALAYU.

Sinda.

ENGLISH,

Jdwa.

gddong-salembar
järit-sa-lirang ..
kulämbi-siji ....
kelasa-salémbar
prang-medäni-
salembar
rambut säler

läwi-säler...

A letter.

niäriam-siji
scnäpan-siji
düin-siji....

woh-siji....

A cannon .
A musket,
A needle

läyang-siji.

meriam sa-pïichok
senäpang sa-püchok
järüm sa-püchok .

buah-sa-biji ....\'.
mangkok-sa-biji .

A fruit

tu-wung-siji.

A cup,

piriug-siji..
kendil-siji .

ku-wäfi-siji

bendog-siji
lintang-siji.
heras-sälas.
mimis-siji..

A platter ..,
A pot......

A curry-pan

An egg.....

A star ......

A rice grain ,

A bullet_____

All eye,.....

Aboil .....

A sword ,.,
A dagger ..,

All arrow ..,

mäta-siji.....

wMun-siji . ..,
pedang-sawüah
keris-saw\'ilah..

piiiggan-sa-biji...
pcriuk-sa-biji ...

beläng\'a-sa-biji..

telor-sa-biji......

bintang-sa-biji....

beras-sa-biji......

peldru-sa-biji ....

mäta-sa-biji......

bisul-sa-blji......

pedaiig-sa-bilah .,.
kris-sa-bilah......

pänab-siji.

änak-pänah-sa-bilah
changkul-sa-hilah

jAboc........... changkul-sa-hilah. pachul-siji...

■ A knWe......____pisau-sa-bilab____peso-siji...

|A pair of seissars., guuting-sa-bilah .. guntiiig-siji

! A tooth.......... gigi-sa-bilah...... untu-siji ..

IA hatchet........ I beliung-sa-bilah .. wadung-siji

;A wooden dart____Ue\\igi-sa-bilah----Isa-ligi-siji.

\\h. paddie........\\ peng\'ayu\\v-aa-Vi\\a\\i Iwilah-siji,

oat ... .......\\ da^uvig-sa-\\)Ual\\ .. \\ da\'juug-siji

daun-salili.
kain-sahli
baju-sahli.
tiker-sahli

A leaf.........

A piece of clotli

A coat ........

Amat ........

t}

permedani-sahli .,

rambut-sahli.....

benang-sahli......

sürat-sa-püchok .

A carpet
A iiair ..
A thread

Idioms.

däun-sa-lämbar ..
samping-sa-käbar.

bäj u-sa-hij i......

sämak sa-héuli..

prang-widäni-sa-hi j i

bu-uk-sa-lämbar ..

bänang-sa-lämbar.

siirat-sétong.

mariam-sétong..
senapang-sétong
järum-s6tong. ..

buah-sétong ....

märiam-sa-hiji ..

bädil-sa-hiji.....

järum-sa-hiji____

buah-sa-siki....

chachängkir-sa-hij i

pinggan-sa-hiji . .
pendil-sa-hiji....

kuäli-sa-hiji.....

andung-sa-hiji ...
béntang-sa-hiji..,
bias-sa-siki ...
mimis-sa-hiji ..
pänon-sa-hiji ,
bisul-sa-hiji.,.
pädang-sa-hiji
kris-sa-hiji......

bua-sétong ...
p\'hachängkir ^

sétong; tó-
(_ bong sétong
péring-sétong ..
pólo-sétong ....

kala-sétong ,...

tóbung-sétong

piring-sétong .
pólok-sétong .

chiti-sétong ..

tälor-sétong ....
bintang-sétong..
bäras-sa-bigi,...
mimis-sétong ..
mata-sétong....
büdun-sétong.,.
pedang-sétong ..
kris-sétong ____

panijL-sétong ....

landok-sétong ..
péso-sétong ....
gónteng-sétong..

gigi-sétong.....

batidung-sétong
siligi-aétong .. .
iVtda-sétoug ,. .
d\'ajuïig-sétoïig

télor-sétong.....

bintang-sétong...
béras sa-bigi.....
mimis sétong...
mita-sétong....
büdun-sétong...
pedang-sétoug ..
kris-sétong ....

panah-sétong...

landuk-sétong ..

piol-sétong.....

gunting-sétong..

gigi-sétong.....

bädimg-s6tong .,
säligi-s6toug ,
bélah-sétong .
däjuug-saong

läbai sa-üra .

sürat- sa-hiji,

serat-sa-tfinggal .

märiara-satünggal.
senäpan-satünggal.
järum-sattinggal ..

woh-satünggal....

tu-wung-satünggal

piring-satünggal ..
kendil-satünggal ..

kuangsul-satHnggal

tigan-satdnggal....
trenggäaa-satdnggal

fiwos-sälas.......

mimis-satünggal ..
ma-ripat-satänggal
untar-satönggal...

du-wuug-sa-wilah.

jempäring-satünggal

pächul-satünggal..
märisan-satünggal.

wäja-satünggal

pänah-sa-hiji.....

pächul-sa-hiji ....

péso-sa-hiji......

gunting-sa-hiji....
huntu-sa-hiji. ...,
bäliung-sa-hiji ..
garänggang-sa-hi j i
wä\\ah-sa-lüji ...
d%ung-aa-\\üji ...

daun-salämber...
samper-salämber.
kalämbi-s0tong . .
tikar-salämber..,

gambes-salämber,

obu-salämber ...,

daun-salämber....
sampcr-salämber..
kalämbi-s0tong....
tikar-salämber . ..

{prang inadäni
salämber .. j\'
obu-salämber .....

sinjang-sa-lirang ..
rasükan-settinggil..

{réma-sèler, or \\
salämba ...
ƒ
benaug säler ..

iäbai-sa-ora____

r sórat sétong\'-
/ sórat- gt;
L sämigi ....J
märiam-setong....
senäpan-setong.,..
järum-setong.....

dóna-ha-bidang .
kambäna-ha-bidang
bäju-ha-bidang..,,
téka-ha-bidang....

{parma-däni-ha-1
bidang .... j\'

bo-uk-ha-katih....
bänang-ha-käiih ..

s4rat-ha-lambar ..

mariam-ha-katih..
sinäpang-ha-kätih
jähum-ha-kätih ..

1

manglvokh-sai

cbumbong-sai
ghäyoh-sai

bläng\'a-sai

tälui-sai

bintang-sai

bias-säng\'a-liji

pónglo-sai

mäta-sai

basónoh-sai

pädang-sai

käghis-sai

pächol-sai
läding-sai
gunting-sai
e-pun-nfinggal
käpa-sai
. 1 sö.ligi-aai
.Ipang\'äniuh-sai
. .\\däjung-sal

buah-ha-bäsik ...
chäwan-na-bäsik ..

pinggan-na-bäsik ..
päyuk-ha-bäsik . ..
Tpanglablaban- \\
\\ ba-basik .. ƒ

täluh-ha-bäsik____

bintang-ha-bäsik ..
bähas-ha-bäsik..,.
mimis-sa-bäsik..,.
mäta-ha-bäsik ....
btisul-la-bäsik ....
pädang ha-kätih ,.
kris-ha-kätih.....

{piänak-pänah- \\
ha-kätih ...
ƒ
tambah-ha-kätih..
tiuk-ha-kätih ....
guucing-ha-kätih..
^gigi-ha-kätih ....
ibliung-ha-kätih ..
jSeligi lia-katib .. .
itóltAi-ha-katib... .
dayuugAva-kätih .

böiong-salämbakh
sinjang-salämbakh
käwai-salämbakh
äpai-salämbakh
fpaghäma-däni-
\\ salämbakh
buah-salämbakh

lütan-salämbakh

sÄghat-salämbakh

mäghiam-sai
sanäpang-sai
säghakh-sai
buah buahan-
sabtüat

-ocr page 531-

\'péhat-^-hilah,

Stick
.........ƒ

A mast........

A candle......

A leaf of paper

A single plank ..
A slab of stone

A net ........

A rope........

A band-net ....

What is the ratequot;j
of interest at gt;
present ? .... )

Is it ten per cent ?

Do not prevaricate
At present their!
remains nothing gt;
at all........
J

kâyu sabâtang ....

tiang-sabâtang....

dian-sabâtang ....

kertas-saképing ..

pâpan-saképing ..
bâta saképing ....

pûkat-sarâwan . ..

tâli-sarâvpan .....

{jâla-sarâwan quot;1
or sakâki .. ƒ

fberâpa-bûng\'â- 1
\\ mas-sekârangj

}

We are dying ofl
laughing .... }

jâng\'an-pûter bâlik

{sekârang
siîdah-tiada

fkitaorang-mâti\'\'
I ter tâwa or
kâmi mâti
ter tâwa
gelak gelak

/a chisseî
A cros fi
I beam

Ia plank

jtâtah-siji......../................ jtàtah-sa-hiji....../

..nbsp;/nbsp;/nbsp;I

kâhi-saléunjéur

liliu siji..........

fkertas-salém- \\
\\ barorsakebetj

pâpan-siji........

bâta-sarimbag ....

kerâkad-siji......

tâli-siji or saler ..

jâia-siji..........

pâpan-sa-tûnggal..

tangsul-sa-tûnggal
jambet-sa-ttinggal

fpinten-sekar- \\
\\wang sapûniki ƒ

Tpira kembang- quot;l
wang-sa-iki ƒ

kâjeng-sa-Ionjor ..

kâyu-salonjor ....
tiang-salónjor____

lilin-sa-hiji ......

kartas-salâmbar ..

pâpati-sa-hiji.....

bâta-sa-hiji......

jâring-sarâheban ..

tâli-sa-hiji........

râmat-sa-râheban,.

{sabrâha-ânak \\
mas-âyéuna ƒ

{sarâtus mâyar-1
sapûlu .... J

{serâtus mâkan quot;I ƒ sâtus-kembang
sapûluh ... J sa-pûluh .
. J

âja-muter-bâlik ..

sa-iki wis ora-âna

satus sekar-sadâsa
sampun mûter bâlik

(ilah-réya-âkal____

quot;J Ç éuna- quot;j
gt; lt; géustéuk- gt;

fsapûniki
/ sampun-bóten

aya.

orang-pa-ih- quot;1
seséuri -an .. j

{. wonten .... J

fdewek pâda quot;1 ƒpiambak sâmi
(mâti gemûyu
ƒ lt; P\'^djah gemû
L jong......_
pâhah-sétODg ,.

lanti-sétong.....

kadju-sétong ...

tiang-sétong.....

dâmar-sétong ...

dahtbang-sa-kâber

pâpan-salâmber .
bâta-sarémbak ,...

{berampa-ânah-\\
na mas sâtia ƒ

{sâtus-ngâkan- \\
saptilu .... J

âdja-pûter-bâlik ..
sâtia-la-tâda......

}

{sengko óreng
mâti-hagéla
lanti-salomber....

kâju-salunjur

{tiang or cha
ga-sétong

bâta-sarémbak .,,.
jâring-satinting ..
tamper-sétong ....
jâla-sétong ......

{berâmpa-budti-quot;)
na-ûbang sâtia J

sâtos sapólo......

lâja-lechéki ......

sâtia-la-tâda......

{seugko mâti quot;)
mâti gala .. J
kâyu sabântang____

. jpa-a-sêtong ...... jpahat ha-kâtih,... ƒ tâtah-sai

1. A.nbsp;________/-fîi— t..nbsp;I

tiang-ha-kâtih ....

lilin ha-kâtih......

kertas ha-kâping ..

pâpan-ha-kâping ..
bâta ha-kâping ....

jâring-ha-wûntas ..

tâli ha-wûntas ....

panchas ha-wûntas

{hakûda putran-quot;)
pichisi-jâni,. J

sâtus-bâya-ha-dâsa

héda-bikas-bikas ..

jâni-sûba-tu-âra ..

hira deng\'an- quot;J
mingkal gt;
mingkalkedik J

kâyu-sâng\'a-bâtang
âghi-sai

dâma-sai

{kaghâtas-
salâmbakh
bâha-kablah

{pâyang-sâng\'a-
mâhian
tâli-sâng\'a-uldghan

jâla-sai

{sapigha-kumbang-
ni-ghi al-ganta

{saghâtos ngâku-
pûluh

{dangsiwah; dang
hâda

gâlar liA-kâtih .... gâghih-sai

ganta ma-Iâgi

senâmon bâlang

lar panah abang ke- lar jamparingabrit,
na getih.nbsp;king\'iug rah.

wong wadon iki Ie- tiang istri puniki,
gSnta, atawa ana leganta utawi
laki-ne.nbsp;wonten laki ni-

pun.

ana iya laki-ne, wonten inggih laki
wong lanang iki nipun, tiang jaler
laki-ne.nbsp;püniki-laki nipun.

apa-Sbang abang- punapa ïibrit abrit
iki.nbsp;puniki.

bülu piianak panS,hi
barak, kena getih.

hanaki luhni ba-
jangki, ngelahsó-
mah.

hada-hia ngelah só-
mab, hanaki mu-
ani hani-lah, so-
mah-ha.

hapa barak barak-
ni,

kris oifini nialake-
tik; kena getik.

hada-lah hanak
rauan i-ha-dihi ,luh
da-dua, pianak
patpat.

bûlu ânak pânah
mirah kena dârah.

The feather of the
arrov? viras red
with blood.

Is this woman mar-
ried or unmarried?

perâmpuan ini bu-
jângkah, atâwa â-
da lâkinia.

âdaiyaberlâki, lâki
lâki ini-lah, lâki
nia.

She is married, and
this man is her
husband.

What is all this
redness here ?

His kris lies cover-
ed with his blood.

apa mirah mirahan
ini.

kris nia ter letak,
dang\'an dS,rah da-
r^han-nia.

adalahlakllamp;,ki sa-
orang, peramp;mpuan
dua finak ampat.

kri-se geinlétak, düwung ipun gem-
lan getih-geti-he. I létak, kalamp;yan rah-
rah-ipun.

There is one mau,
two women, and
four children.

wonten jâler sa-
ttinggal; istri kâ-
lih la-re sakawan.

ana lanang siji
wadon-lóro ; bó-
chah papat.

-ocr page 532-

madurese.

j avan.

a-

ENGLISH.

malayu.

BALL

lampung.

Jdwa.

Sunda.

Madura.

Sumenap.

Is that man not
come.\'Where does
hehVe.\' Don\'t you
know the place?
Will you accom-
pany me ?

What is that man\'s
name ? What is
he doing? Whence
is become? What
does he say ? Why
is he angry? What
is his fault? and
what is the cause
of his acting so ?

VVhat are we think-
ing about here,
and how have we
arranged matters
here, and what is
to be the conse-
quence of such re-
gulations? It is
probable things
will not succeed
to our wish. What
sort of attention
do the great men
here pay to mat-
ters ? \'^I\'here is no
appearance that
they will be well
disposed to favour
us. Very well
then, let me try
and ask them.
That which you
wish, take ir,come
away to my house,
don\'t bevexed, I
will give it you.
What aveyou pon-
dering in your
mind ? Tell it me
for I am pleased
with your talk.

orang itu tiada-kah
dS,tang, di-manamp;-
kah dtiduk nia,
ktimu tiada kah
tau tampat-nia,
inau-kah datang
bersama dang\'an
saya.
orang itu apatah
nama nia, apatah
dia buat itu, dari
manatah datang
nia, apatah kata-
nia, apatah dima-
rahnia, apamp;tah sa-
lahnia, apatah sa-
bab nia, di-per-
buat di makian.

kita-inj apaialï bet-
chara-nia, ba-gi-
maiia-lah ka-du
dtikan kita - ini,
apalah sudahnia
maka dimakian
prentabnia, tiada-
lah rupania men-
dapat sepérti ka-
héndak, apalab
ing\'atan-nia orang
besar ini, tiada-
lah rupania mena-
ruh ka-sihan, baik
lab aku niinta ka-
pada nia.

yang angkau hen-
dak itu ambila,
marila kertmah
aku, jang\'anla
sfjsah hâti - ang-
kau, aku-la mem-
bri-nia, apa ing\'-
âtan didâlam hâti
angkau,katâlaka-
pâdaamp;ku, akûpiiii
suk.âla quot;katâïau -
Uu.

wong ika ora-ana
tekamp;si, ing\'^ndi-
si,lungg(ihe,k6we
dra amp;na weruh
gone, ar^psi teka-
bamp;reng Ian amp;ku.

wong iku apata na-
mane, apata de-
wéke sing di-
gawe-iku, seka-
endi-ta, tekane,
apata chelamp;tu-ne,
apata sing di-nap-
sone, apata salahe
apata sab4b-be di-
gawe meng kana.

dewek iki apalah
wicbèra-ne, kepri-
yé lah kal ung gü-
ban dewek iki, a-
palah ka-wekasa-
ne mangka meng-
kéne parénta-he,
oralah memper a-
nému k%a pa ka-
repan, apalah ka-
jling\'4ne wong
gede iki, oralah
memper amelasi,
betchiklah aku ja-
luk mtu-ang de-
weke.

sing kowe karepi
iku ampekenlab,
a-yolah mârang n-
mâhku, âja sûsah
âtimu, âku lah
méneb âke, âpa
ka-iling\'âmu ing
jero âti, chelâtu-
w61ah mârang
âku, âVui pan ka-
dûga chelâtu-mu
tiang punika boten
wonten dateng,
ing pundi lenggah-
ipun, sampian bó-
ten-wonteu persa
gen-ipun, ajeng-
dateng sareng ka-
lman küla.
tiang puniku puua-
pa-ta namin-ipun,
punapa-ta piam-
bak ipun kang di-
pun démel puni-
ku, sangking p«n-
dita, dateng-ipun,
punfipa-ta wi-
chanten-ipun, pu-
napa-ta kang di-
pun napsóne, pu-
iiapa-ta s4lah-
ipun, punapa ta
sS,bab-ipun, dipun
damel mengkaten.
kiambak niki puna-
pa wicharan-ipun,
kepripuH ka-lèug-
gahan kiambak
niki, punamp;pa ka-
wusanan - ipun,
mangka mengka-
ten paréutah -
ipun, bóten mirib
amanggih kadi
déne, pa-kajéng\'-
an, punapa ka-
ing\'etap ipun
tiang ageng puui-
ki, bóten niirih
angwelasi, salie
küla nanuwun da-
teng piambak -
ipun.

kang sampian ker-
sani puniku sam-
pian pundut, su-
wâwl dâtenggeria
kûla, sampuu sû-
sah mânah sampi-
an, kûla ngâtur
âkan, pun âpa ka-
ing\'étan sampian
ing lebet mânah,
wichântena dâ-
teng kû.\\a kûla pan
■kaMigV -wiciiaiaten
hânak punika tan-
wéntenki rao, di-
jaha-sito ngos ni-
âni, liiba tusingki
nâwang tóng\'os
niâni ha - niâki
teka bârang tekin
tiang.
hanâki hanto ha-
pâja hadânia, ha-
pâja hia gâhi
hanto, dina han-
chinja teka niâni
hapâjapetaniâ-ni,
hapâja welûng\'a,
hapâja sâlah niâ-
ni, hapâja karâna
niani, digâhi kéni.

hawâki-ni hapâlah
rawâsa-ni sa-pu-
nâpi ka-tegâkan
nirâni, hapâlah
ka-pupûtan niâni,
râris kéni paréu-
tah niâni, tu-âra-
lah rûpa niâni,
bâkat bûka karâ-
pi,hapâlah hing\'at
niâni hanâki ge-
dihni, tu-arâlah
niâni hia meng\'â-
jang madâlam,
malâhlah hirâ
ngedih taken niâ-

ni-karapangjaro ni-
ka, hambilah mar-
gi man tuk, haja-
lali hing\'uh jaro
liati hiba, hiralah
mabahang niani,
hapa hing\'atang
di jaro hati hiba,
mapeta-lah taken
hira, hira-nan-su-
i kaVah petan jaróni
\\ Ivanto.

-ocr page 533-

/■// that book is good
bring it, if you
phase you may
bring it; if you
get
a different one
then likewise
bring it. If it be
ordered, search
shall be made, and
if got, it shall be
given. If it can-
not be met with,
what resource is
there ? If there is
any resource, far-
ther Search shall
be made.

\'kitab itu jilzâla baik
bawak màri-ia, ji- ^
kala sûka bûlib
bâwak, jikàla
bii-
lih lain lainpun
bâwak .iâga,jikâla
sûruh bûlih châri
bri jikâia dâpat,
jikâla tiâda dâpat
âpa âkal, jikâla
âda âkal châri
jûga.

jldtab ika yen bet-
chik gawanen ma-
réne-ta, yen ólih
lia pan gawanen
öga, yen ólihakon
Ifiru tak weh äke,
ven óra ólih apa-
akal, yen äna-äkal
Idru ftga.

jkitab punikii yen
salie j eng\'an dik a
beta meriki,
yen
angsal saues pan
dikabeta-ûgi, yen
angsal âken ngu-
pâdos kûla sûka
âken, yen bóten
angsal punâpa-
âkal, yen wonten
âkal ngupâdos ûgi.

/chakâpan hanto lâ-
\' nmn melah haba-
mahi lah, lamun
sûka bâkat hâba,
lâmun bâkat leu-
len man habâja,
lâmun tondin bâ-
kat tâlih bâhang,
lâmun bâkat lâ-
mun tuâra bâkat,
kenken bâhang lâ-
mun bâkat kenken
bâhang nalibja.

These things I have
in great quantity;
there is in a cer-
tain house a son of
mine, with whom
I have deposited
these effects.

The busiziess which
is over, do uot
meddle with it any
more, for it is fi-
nished.

The egg is quick-
ened, if one eat it,
he will be sick.

book Iwiil give it,
but
I also want it
myself.

I will read that
book if you will
bring it.

I am able to lift up
this trunk, if you
can, lift it.

You aregoing there,
stay for
me, for I
am waiting for a
companion.

bârang bârang itu
kapâda akûpun
âda bâniak, âda
kapâda swâtu rfi-
mah, âda sa-órang
anâku kapâda dia
adâ ku târub arta
itu.

[f you wish for this kitab ini jikâmau
book Iwiil ûiveît.
Vll\'illt, oSira Kvi tr,

pa-kerjâ-au yang
sûdali itu, jang\'an
lâgi di-balikan,
kernasûdahhâbis.

telor ini sûdah jâdi
ânak, jika di mâ-
kan jâdi peniâkit.

bûlih sâya bri, ta-
tapi sâya-pun mau
târuh.

kitab itu kâla bûlih
bâwak mari-lah,
bûlih sâya bâcha.

peti ini sâya-punlâ-
rat aiigkat, jika
lârat angkat lab.

ber jâlan itu nanti
sâya, kârna sâya
lâgi menânti kâ-
wan.

barang bârang iku
akûpan âna âkeh,
âua ing sahiji û--
mah, âna siji anâ-
ku mârang de-
weke, gonku dó-
kok bârang iku.

pegawean sing wis
iku âja diwâiik
âke mâning, krâna
wis entek.

endog iki wis dâdi
ânak, yen di pâng\'
an dâdi lalâra.

kitab iki yen kówe
ârep iyâtak weh
âke, tatâpi âku
isih ârep simpan.

kitab iku yen ólih
gawânen meréne-
ta, ólih âku mâ-
cha.

peti iki âku pan ke-
lar junjung, yen
kelar junjûng\'en
ta.

iumâku ngantia
âku, krâna âku lâ-
gi ngenténi bâtur.

barang barang pu-
niku kula pan
wonten katah,
wonten ing sa-
tónggal griya,
wonten satdnggal
anakkula, damp;teng
piambak ipun, gen
küla dékek, ba-
rang puniku.

pa-damelan kang
sampun puniku,
sampmi dipun wS,-
lik inalih, kranten
sampun telas.

tigan puniki sam-
pun dados amp;nak,
yen dipun teda,
dados sasakit.

kitab puniki yen
sampian kersa,
inggih ktila atur
aken, nang\'ing
köla maksih ajeng
simpan.

kitab puniku yen
angsal, dika beta
mariki ta, angsal
küla mahos.

peti, puniki kula-
pan ku-wS,wi jun-
jung, yenku-wawi
sampian angkat.

lumampah ngantos
anaküla, kramp;nten
küla siweg ngan-
tósi rénchang.

prabûti hanto, tâ-
ken hawâki man
hâda liu, bâda tâ-
ken habûngkul-lu-
mâhi, hâda ha-
diri piânak ha-
wâki, tâken nia
hâda hanâki ngâ-
jang h arta hanto.

i-ni sûbud
hanto, hâda buin
bâli-kâng\'a, ka-
râna subâban lia.

talûhi hâni sûba
dâdi piânak, lâ-
mun ngâmah dâdi
paniâkit.

chakâpan hâni lâ-
mun niak, dâdos
tiang bâhang,
uâng\'ing tiang
man pâchang ngâ-
jang.

chakâpan hanto, lâ-
mun bâkat hâba
mâhi lah, dâdos
tiang bâcha.

peti ni hâni, tiang
niândang ning-
ting, lâmun niân-
dang ting tinglah.

majâlan hanto han-
ti tiang, karâna
tiang œang\'ânti
rówang.

-ocr page 534-

JAVAN.
Bdsa krdma.

MADURESE
Madûra.

MALAYU.

ENGLISH.

LAMPUNG.

BALI.

Jdwa.

Sénda.

I read that book,
and get my food,
and rest in this
place.

What does he want?
where does he
want to go ? he
wants to return
home.

This shoe is very
handsome, but it
wants its fellow,
if its companion
can be got I shall
take the pair.

There the people
are wlio formed
that book; they
are all very skilful,
and their work-
manship is very
fine. If you vfish
it done, go carry
paper to one of
the workmen, he
will have it done
for you according
to your pleasure.

If that book be
finislied by that
person, return this
book here, to the
person who made
it, for his work-
manship is much
better than before,
and that person is
very skilful in the
forming of books,
because he is iu
possession of the
materials of for-
mation.

kitab itu sayapun
dapat bâcha tam-
pat ini sâya dâpat
mâkan, dan dâpat
tidor.

âpa yang hendak
itu, dan kemâna
hendak pergi, hen-
dak pûlang kerû-
mah.

kaus ini terlalulah
iluk nia, tatâpi
pasang nia tiâda,
dâtang kaus ini
pûnia âdik, âku
hendak pâsaug.

âda lah drang yang
ber bi\'atâkan ker-
jakitabitu,semuâ
nia pandi pandi
belâka, iluk iluk
buatan nia, jikâ-
lu kâmu hendak
aiembuat nia, bâ-
wak pergilah ker-
tas kapâda drang
yang membuat nia
itu, bûlih di-buat
bri kapâda kâmu,
saperti kahéndak.

kitab itu jikâlu sû-
dah ter buati ûlih
merika itu, âkan
kitab yang dibuati
nia-ini, bri lah-
kem bah kapâda
drang yang mem-
buati-nia, .sapâya
diperbuati nia lâgi
baik baik, ter la-
bih daripâda da-
hûlu, karna drang
itu ter îâhi jiandi
berbuati.kitab,sâ-
bab âda pekâkas
âkan pembuati
kitab ilvu akûpan
kena mâcha, gon-
iki âku dlih
mang\'an, lan dlih
tûru.

ârep âpa, lan ârep
lûng\'a \' mârang
endi, ârep mûlih
mârang ûmah.

kâsut iki angluihi
betchike, tatâpi
dra âna pasâng\'e ;
prenek-na kâsut
iki tunggâîe, âku
ârep sing pâsang.

wong sing anggâ-
wek âke kitab iku,
sakabehe limpad
limpad, betchik
betchik gawian-
âne,yenkdwe ârep
gâwe anggawâha
kertp.s ta, mârang
wong sing agâwe
iku, dlih di gâwe,
di web, âke mâ-
rang kdwi, kâya
sakârep mu.

kitab iki yen wis
kagâwe déning
wong iku, kitab
sing digâwe iki
wénehnâta mâ-
neh, mârang wong
sing agâwe iku,
supâya digawea
mâning betchik
betchik, angluihi
seka-sing ding\'in,
krâna wong iku
angluihi lim-pad
agâwe kitab, sa ■
wab âna pranti-ne
agâwe.

kitab puniku kulâ
pan kéng\'ing mâ-
bos, gen-niki kû-
la angsal neda,
kelâyan angsal
tilem.

kersa punâpa, ke-
lâyan âjeng késah
dâteng pundi,
âjeng manutk dâ-
teng gria.

kâsut niki anglang-
kûng\'i sahene,
nâng\'ing bóten,
wonten pâsang-
ipun, prikek âken
tunggil ipun, kûla
âjengkangpâsang.

tiang kang andâmel
âke kitab puniku,
sadâya nipun lim-
pad limpad, sähe
sähe damélan i-
pun, yen sampian
âjeng dâmel am-
bek tâha kertas
dâteng tiang kang
adâmel puniku,
angsal dipun dâ-
mel, a-niukânidâ-
teng sampian, kâ-
dos sa-kersa sam-
pian.

kitab puniki yen
sampun kadâmel
déning tiang puni-
ka, kitab kang di
pun dâinel puniku
ka-sukâkna niâ-
lih, dâteng tiang
kang adâmel pu-
niku, supâdos di-
pun dâraela mâ-
ïih, sähe anglang
kûng\'i sangking
kang rumiyin,
kranten tiang pu-
niku anglang-
kung\'ihmpadada-
mel kitab, sâwab
wonten prantos
iVTOW adâmel.

chakâpan hanto
tiang man bâkat
mabâcha, tdng\'os
dini tiang bâkat
ngâmah, tâkin ba-
kat nâdom.

hâpa hârap hanto,
mâlih kajâha kâ-
rap niâni luas, kâ-
2\'3p mûlih ka-ju-
mâha.

hadâlah hanâki
manggahi-nang
chakâpan hanto,
makâjang duang
duangpasâja, mâ-
lah mâlah pagâhin
niâni, lâmun hiba
hâniak magâhi,
hâba luas kartâ-
si, taken hanâki
nanggâhi hanto,
dâdi di-gâhi bâ-
hang tâken hiba
bûka hiddpi.

chakapân hanto lâ-
mun sûhud gahina
bâhang hanâki-to,
ni-chakapâii i ga-
hina béni, bâhang
lahlipâtang, tâken
hanâki manggâhi,
hapâng\'a gahina,
buin melah nie-
lah, hâpang luih
takéni mâlu, ka-
râna hanâki-to,
panchi duag\'âni
manggâhini cha-
kâpan, karâna
hâda pakâkas niâ-
ni, pagâhen-niâni.

-ocr page 535-

row he will get a
beating from we.
The business which
you wish to be
doing, doit; and
tJie business that
you have been
doing, go on with
it; and tiierefore
do you that are the
doers of it bring
all your imple-
ments for the per-
formance of it.

The conversation
is over to day;
enough.

kerja yang hendak
kâmu berbuatkan
itu, per buatkan
lab, kerja yang
sûdah dibuat kan
itu, biar lah ter
buatkan, âkankâ-
muyang mem-bu-
atkan itu, bawâk-
lah segâla pekâkas
pembuat kan ker-
ja ini.

di-abiskanbetchâra
kapâda bâri ini,
sûdah lah.

l\'fân h^ L tnbsp;d/pü- dir.BikiâkadieHik Ullnten puniki kdla,

^ong, bisuk wong dlpua gitik tiang,
body, buttomor-j orang ,tu, nanti j iku, ka-gitik dé- blnjing tiang pu f

gâwe sing ârep
kowe gâwe iku,
gâwenenta, déne
gâwe sing lâgi di
gâwe iku, karépe
digâwe, sing pâda
niambut gâwe iku,
ang gawaha pa-
rantine a-gâwe.

dipûkul ûlih saya. / ning ftka.

di-entik âke pra-
kâra, ing dina iki,
wista.

niku, ka-gitik dé-
ning kûla.
dâmel kang âjeng
dika dâmel niku,
dika dâmel, den-
ten damel kang
saweg di damel
niku, kajeng\'e di
dâmel, kang sami
niambut dâmel
niku, ambektaha
prantóse a-dâmel.

dipun telas âken
prakâwis, ingdin-
ten puniki, sam-
pun.

\'diaa-n! jâni tiang
di pantag kânak,
bênjanghanakito, I
pâchang pantag
tiang.

gâhl-iiang hâniak
hiba gâhi - nang
hanto, gâhi-nang
lah, gâhi-nang sing
sûba hanto, da-
pânglah gâhi-
nang, hibâni gâhi-
nang hanto, ha-
bâlah salwiring
pakâkas pagâhi-
niâni, gâhi-hâni.

suhûdang ngaraus
tâken dinânijâni,
subâhla.

Memorandum. The above Comparative Vocabulary was formed In the following manner—Cooies of the VnrnK„i • A/r ,
arranged by the late Dr. Levden were circulatP^ innbsp;. . r tnbsp;manner.—t^opies ot the Vocabulary, m the Malayan character,

o
gt;—«

-ocr page 536-

APPENDIX E. No. I. continued.

Extract frrni the Dasa Nama.*

appendix 1, Madia ning mangsa.. from ordinary thought comes
E.nbsp;knowledge of timè or sea-

.nbsp;son.

No. I. J.b. Mângsa.......... season, time.

continued. j.b. Kâla .... .......time.

k. D6k..............the same.

h. Tak-kâla.......... the same.

h. Panjenang\'an......the time as applied to the

reign of a sovereign or go-
vernor, a dynasty, a rule.

j.b. Jâman,...........the same.

k, Titika, or kûtika .. the same.
b. Daweg, or dâwak .. present time.

j. Lagi.............. future time.

j.b. Waktu .......... time.

j,b. Usum ............ the season of any thing, as

the paddy season or fruit
season, season for breed of
cattle.

j.b. Mangsa rendang.... season or time of rain,
j. Ka-telu (3)......commencement of the rain.

(4nbsp;)......rains.

(5nbsp;)...... ditto.

(6nbsp;)...... ditto, rivers full.

(7nbsp;)......heavy rains,

(8nbsp;)......rains commence falling olF.

Ka-sâng\'a (9)......rains nearly over.

Mangsa trang...... dry or clear seasons.

S. Kâsa-dâsa(10} ..... commencement of dry sea-
son,

j,b. Dasta............ autumnal, or season of the

falling of the leaves.

ji. Sada ............season of heavy dews,

).b. Kâsa ...........clear, dry, and cloudless sea-
son.

j, Kâro............. t^® season in which trees

commence to throw out
their leaves and flowers.

j. Ka-pat
j. Ka-lima
Ka-nam
j.b. Ka-pitu
j.b. Ka-wólu

2.

both.

Mangsa rendang 1 the rainy season comes from
ing ardi......
Jnbsp;mountains.

h. PawSka..........mountains from virhich wind

comes.

k. Giri..............stupendous abrupt moun-
tains, which create awe on
looking on them.

I Pnrw4ta .........original mountains, the first

K. ruiwflv .nbsp;or primitive mountains.

k.

.. mountain.

k.

Mandâla.........

,. the base or foot of a moun-
tain.

h.

Liwâwan, or

j- distant mountains.

h.

.. stupendous mountains.

j-

. mountains or hills.

J-

.. low ranges of hills.

j.h.

the acclivity of a hill.

J-

, the same.

j.h.

the space between two hills

above the valleys.

h.

the valley or bottom of the

space between two hills.

J-

the steep part of a hill which
cannot be ascended.

J-

Héring or iring ..

• • the same.

Ardi akâtah séla,.

• ■ the hills have many stones.

1):

• • stones, large stones.

Ka-rikil . .......

small stones, pebbles.

.. small fine stones, gravel.

j-

.. stones.

h.

.. a kind of hard black stone.

jM.

.. a sort of stone neither hard
or soft.

k.

. • the same.

j-

.. lime stone.

J.b.

.. a kind of stone.

,. a particular kind of stone

rather harder than redjeng.

k.

.. a sort of stone which when
taken from the quarry is
soft and easily cut, but
afterwards becomes hard
on exposure to air.

.. hills are shaded.

h.

Kûkut ..........

.. shade, dark.

j.h.

Sidung or sidum ,

.. the same.

b.

.. the same.

j-

Lalâmuk..

,. cloud.

k.

.. the same.

j.b.

Ampak ampak ...

mist or clouds which rist

from the earth or hills.

j.b.

.. haze.

h.

.. the blue sky, sky.

k.

,. clouds in general.

j. is intended to shew that the word is used in the common or Javan dialect.

..........that it is used in the Bdsa or Bdsa Krdma, the polite language,

ji..........that it belongs to the Kdwi language; where two initials occur it is used in

-ocr page 537-

j.b. M%a............ ihe same.

j^b. Menduiig..........dark lowering rainy clouds.

5 Mandung m^wi quot;1 dark clouds with distant light-

klahan........ƒ ning.

J.b. Kilat ............lightning.

J.b. Tatit ............the same, at some distance.-

k. jaia-damp;ra..........the same.

k. Endra............the same.

k. Unjala............lightning at sea.

j.k. D^det............a flash of lightning.

k. Hera.............the same.

k. Klahan............distant lightning.

J.b. Chal^ret.......... I\'glitning neither very close

or distant.

k Marchu..........lightning which makes a

whizzing noise.

J.k. Andaru ..........the same.

J. Lilida............lightning seen at sea, distant

from land.

6.nbsp;Kilat pareng Ianquot;) lightning which is accom-

gurnita ......ƒ panied by thunder.

A. Gurnita..........thunder.

J.b. Gelap............a thunder-bolt, or thunder

that has struck any thing.

k, Guntur ..........thunder.

J.b. Bledek or baledeg ..thunder.

j.b. Gluduk or galMug.. distant rumbling thunder.

k Genter ..........thunder resounding in the

hills.

k. P^ter............the same.

Gdrub or giiru .... long continued grumbling
thunder.

J.b. Pageldug or paga-\\

leduk........J ^ of ashes or stones

thrown out of the crater
of a volcano,quot; when stones
battle with stones and
earth with earth.quot;

7.nbsp;Gallidug awor jawah distant thunder is with rain.
b. Jawah............rain.

k: Ttiba or tfiban .... the same.

i, Liris ............ moderate rain.

k. Warsa ..........the same.

J.b. Sinem^n.......... showers of light rain.

J. Garimis ....------dropping or dripping rain.

j. Udan............rain.

jawah warih......rain water.

k. WS,rih............running water.

k. Tirta ............drinking water.

k. Gangga .........clean and transparent water,

the highest prized and
praised of all waters.

b. Toya ............water in general.

k. Rami ............rainwater.-

k. Danu............dew water.

k. Nadi ............salt water.

5.

JM.
I.
k.

J\'
J-

J.b.

J-
I.

9.

J.b.
b.

10.

J.b.
J.h.

J-

J.h.
j\'

J-
J.h.

11.

J-

J.b.

X 2

Baniu......

Baniu benawi

•nbsp;water in general.

•nbsp;from water, rivers.

Benawi ..........a large river.

Beng\'awanthe same.

L^pen .. ........ middle sized river.

Benamp;wa ..........a large river.

Kali.............. middle sized river.

Kekalen.......... small river, rivulet.

Susfinglon or \\ _____

suslng\'on.....jquot; the same.

Wang\'an..........watercourse for rice fields,

Lalarik .......... watercourse for kampungs,

Samp;mi mili ........^jtj] running, moving (as ap-
plied to water).

..............running (water).

...........leaves, amp;c, carried by the

course of water.
Mintar...........the same.

............to fall or descend (as a river),

Nuhsung..........to ascend (a river).

Mili-ing sagaran ... running into lakes.

Pawitran..........laijg.

Batrawi...........the same,

Sagaran.......

pond.

the same.

.........the name of any building on

a lake.

BalAmbang........a small sheet of water,

Talaga............ small lakes on mountains,

having their origin in ex-
tinguished volcanos.

Sumberan......... springs,

Tuk..............wherewaterissues with force,

like a fountain from a
spring.

Ba-blik,,.j..,.,.. where the spring is not first
to be seen, but where after
clearing away the earth
water is found.

Rawi ............a large swamp or inland sea

of fresh wat«r,

Rawa,............ thesame,

Lu-weng..........small deep places containing

water.

SAmur ........... a well,

Bak-dMos ladu .... fi\'om fulness comes flood or
overflowing.

Bena.............flood, rising of the waters,

overflowing from the sea.

Ladu............. flood occasioned by the fall-
ing down of a part
of a
hill.

Raniir .........flood, overflowing of rivers,

muddy water.

Latri .......... - thesame,

Lijjg\'at ..........a flood, overflowing of the

rivers, muddy and mixed
with earth.

APPENDIX

E.

nZquot;!.

continued.

-ocr page 538-

J, A\'gung ........... the rising of the river, rising

of the water of a river.
j, Ambek or amheg ,. water overflowing from being
stopped by a dam.

j. Babânjiran........the daily rise of a river.

12,nbsp;Ing sawang\'an .... of the mouth or discharge of

rivers.

J, Miânten ..........the mouth, debouchure of a

river.

Jt, Tâsik ............the same.

j.b. Sawâng\'an........the same.

j, Muara or muhâra .. the same.

13,nbsp;Miânten sagânten .. from the river\'s mouth to the

sea.

A. Sûchi............the sea.

h, Jalâdri............the same (when it is mixed

with river water near the
shore.)

b. Samûdra..........the same.

Sindu............the sea (where it is fathom-
less).

V. Segânten.......... the same.

h. Jala-nidi..........the same,

j. Sagara ...........the same,

j.b. Wédang..........the same.

j.b. Laûtan ..........the same.

14.

âjero

j.b. Teleng...........fathomless deep, the depth

of the sea.
j. Ajero or hâjero .... deep in general.

6. Lebet............the same.

h. Situ..............the same.

j.h. Kedung ..........the depth of a river,

15.nbsp;Ajero kâtah mina ;. in the deep there are many

large fish.

k. Mina ..........

k. Jâhan or ijâhan ,,

li. Barûna ........

k. Pangkat ........

h. Mangkâra......

j.b. Urang.........

j.b. ..............

j, Dâwu.........

large fish (in general),
middle sized fish,
the large fish of the sea.
small fish of the sea.
• craw fish, lobsters.

■nbsp;prawns.
. shrimps.

■nbsp;the same,

b. ................fish in general.

j. Iwak or hiwak ... • the same.
16. Ulam klemaii...... ftsh to alligators or crocodiles.

b. Klemaii ,,.,,..... alligator or crocodile.

j. Bäyanbsp;the same.

5. Bajml ............a short thick species of the

alligator.

j.b. Bachókok ........young alligators half grown.

j.b. Teténg\'el or téng\'el young alligators just hatched.

17 Kalayan salira......with guanas,

j. Miawaknbsp;a guamp;ia.

h.

j.b.

18

nVI-

continued.

j.b.
j.b.

j.b.

19

li.

k.
k.

k.
j.h.

the sea is very deep.

21

Salira............the same.

Kamp;wnk..........-the same.

Miwah karfima .... with turtles or tortoises.

Padawang ........a large kind of turtle (found

in rawahs.

Kardma..........the same (ditto)

katul.............a very small sort of turtle.

Bdlus............turtle in general.

Pasiran ..........turtle, large sort (found in the

sea).

Penii, ............turtle, found in the sea.

Kukdra or kdra-kdra turtle, either found in the
sea,
or m fresh water.

Utawi sawer......or snakes.

.................a serpent, a snake (large

size).

Budangga ........applied to a large kind of

snake.

Tapsamp;ka..........the same.

Manda-lika........a large species of serpent or

snake said to be a great
enemy to man.

Arda-Iika .........the same.

Naga.............the same.

Penagan orpaniigan tame snakes, snakes kept for
amusement (common for-
merly, but not since the
introduction of Mahomet-
anism).

Gini.,............the female of a large sort of

snake.

Dawamp;la...........amiddlesizedspeciesofsnake.

Sawar............snakes in general.

Ula.............. the same.

Tapsaka sami quot;f serpents seem as if floating
ngambang.....ƒ on water.

Kumambang ...... to float on the water, to be

borne on the water.

Kambang.........the same.

Timbul ...........the same.

Machdng\'ul........the same.

Munchul..........to come out of any thing, as

the sea, the earth, the
river, a wood,

Jebul ............ the same.nbsp;\'

Jebol.............the same.

Lembak..........to swim.nbsp;»

Lang\'i............to swim.

Hinggak........... to tread water, to swim with-
out using the hands, so as
to stand upright with the
head out above water.

Lembak-ldmbak . ,. whatever floats or is ^om©

on the water.
Dining
alun .,,,,. with waves.
Alun ............waves.

j.b.

b.
j-

J-

J-

J-

j-1\'
j-b
j-b

J.b

22.

-ocr page 539-

confused waves, short and
mixed sea.

regular waves.

disturbed, agitated waves.

water agitated in any small
vessel.

k. Gainbira .

J-

j.b.

Oinbak ..........

Kochak..........

Kachik ..........

Ombaknia gumûruh

J-
J.Ö.

whence the noise or roaring
of the waves.

j.b.

23.

b.

noise of waves.

k.

j-

Kâma-rûsuk......

noise of wind.

j-

Kâraa-rûwuk ......

noise of water entering a pas-
sage or narrow opening.

k.
j.b.

3-

Umeruh or umruh,.

the same.

k.

3\'

Umrek ...........

the same.

j.b.

j.b.

noise of waves beating on a

j.b.

rock, or on the sea shore.

whence of the sea shore.

23,

h

j.b.

Gegisik ..........

the sea shore.

k.

the same.

Rt

A

j.b.

a bank or shoal,

ft,

3 b.

j.b.
7

j.b.

Gîsik............

the sea shore.

b.

Pasir............

sand of the sea shore.

3-

Wedi............

Wedi lau kisma ....

the same,
sand with earth.

k.

k.

earth.

j-

b.

Lumpur..........

mud.

24.

j.b.

Embel...........

soft mud without bottom.

j.b.
j.b.

j.b.

Balidu............

the same.

j.b.

swamp, swampy land.

b.

earth, land.

j-

j.b.

Bûmi ............

the earth.

k.

h.

the same.

k.

h.

Buntâla..........

land near the hills, rich
earth, earth washed down
from the hills.

b.
k.

j-

land, the earth.

k.

the world, the earth, inclu-
ding every thing.

b.

j.b.

the same,

j-
T

b.

the same,

j.b.

k.

Mârcha-pâda......

the same (in the language of
the Gods).

i.

. the world, the earth (in the

j-

language of the Gods).

j-

Lemah ..........

land, earth.

U

Bûmi akâtah tûtu-1
wûhan.......J

. the earth has many things
which grow from it.

k.

b.

Tu-wuh..........

to grow up out of the earth,

25.

to rise out of the earth.

Ä.

k

J-

Chûkul...........

■ the same.

j.b.

Sol or or sûlur......

to throw out leaves.

Semi.............

the same.

j\'

k.

Sûmbi............

the same.

k.

J,

Tu-wuh apra-dâpa..

all young leaves grow.

b.

Pradâpa..........

young leaves.

j.b.

........the same,

.......tbe same.

.......tl\'® large leaves of the palm

kind (as distinguished from
the leaves of other trees).

Angkup or hangkop .the sheath or film which en-
velopes the leaves before
they burst out,

Apâtra............leaves on which characters

can be written,

Kintâka..........leaves of a medicinal quality.

Godong..........leaves in general,

Ron..............the same,

Kaliang..........dry or withered leaves which

fall.

Kalaras or klaras .. dry leaves which still adhere
to the tree,

Godong ahoyot .... from leaves to roots.

Wilata...........root of trees or plants.

Mimang..........bulbous roots,

Hoyot or dyot......roots.

Lâjer............the tap root.

Maudira..........the falling branches which

take root round a tree (as
in the banyan tree).

Panggang.........the same.

Wilata ahu-wit.... whence roots, trees, or
plants.

............a tree, a plant.

Wi-witan.........trees or plants.

Kakayon.......... a large full-grown tree.

Wareksa or wreksa „ a large tree.

Târu.............the same.

Gûrda,...........the same.

^^yang..........a tree which is a land-mark,

or marks the boundary.

I\'aya.............large trees in general.

Kajeng............ trees whether living or dead,

timber.

Kâyquot; ............the same.

Anggas...........the same.

Çhanggal.......... a large dead tree, not de-
prived of its branches or
felled.

Tunggak..........the stump of a tree which has

heen felled (usually several
feet above the ground).

Bogor............ the root and stump of a tree

cut close to the ground.

Kakâyon sâmi âskar trees with flowers.

Kusûma..........sweet scented flowers,

Puspita ........,. buds of flowers.

Sari..............the dust, amp;c. within the p£-

tals of a flower.

Asâna............flowers in general

Sekar............the same.

Kudup............buds of flowers,

Sinom
Lung. -
Pûpus

nôti.

continued.

clxv

-ocr page 540-

j.b, Lâyon or lalâyon

gathered flowers, flowers
when used in dress, amp;c.
j, Kembaiig .........flowers in general.

26.nbsp;Kembang kang karuk flowers become young fruit.
J\'b. Karuk............fruit, fruit when first formed.

J.b. Pentil............fruit when formed so as to

shew its true shape and
Pendul.........\'j kind, but not ripe.

Pentol..........gt;the same.

j.b. Pentel..........J

j. Karuk dados hu-woh young fruit becomes full-
formed fruit.

j.b. Hu-woh or woh,... fruit of trees.

k. Pâla ............thesame.

k, Wija............the same (all kinds of fruit,

including potatoes, amp;c.)
j.l, Wowohan ..,,,.,. the same.

27.nbsp;Sekar tinub ......flowers (may be) blighted by

insects.

J.l. Tinub ............blight, destruction of plants

by insects.

J. Ngarûbung........the same.

j. Angûmpreng......the same.

j.b, Ngebiok.......... the same.

j.b. Ngetub ..........the same.

28.nbsp;Déning jarâhan.... by bees.
k, Bramâra..........bees.

k, Jarâhan..........the same.

k. Gâna .....young bees which have not
quitted the hive.

j.l. Tâwon ..........bees.

j.b. Gung..................a large kind of bee.

29.nbsp;Utawi lâler........ or by flies.

k. Bawani .......... flies in general.

A;, Wilis............ large green fly.

j,lgt;. Lâler............flies in general.

j, Pitek............large flies met with in the

woods.

30.nbsp;Miwah Semut..... or by ants.

J, Garâmang........ants in general.

k, Blâkiti ...... i • ants in a great number toge«

ther.

J.b.

J-

h.

b.

J-
b.

J.h.
J.b.
J.b.
J.b.

31,

No. I.

continued.

32,

33.

J-

b.

j.b.

b.
J-

34.

h.
J.à.
J,b,
J.b-

35.

h,

k,

J.b.
J-

Semut.. ......•lt;

Utâwi.lemud,.

Lemud..........

Jingklong.......

Sâmi nesep..,.,.

Nesep .........

NÛSU ,,..,,,.,,

Nisep..........

Ngâkep ........

Ngâbab ........

Ngepuh........

Meres..........

Meres ing mâben

Pastika.........

Mâdu..........

Madûra ........

Mâben.........

Koching..........

Awah minângsa 1
déning bubûron ƒ

Bûbu-jeng\'an......

Bubûron ..........

Sâto..............

Sing\'a-sing\'a.... 1
Héwan or kéwan gt;
Sukûpat........)

Sembâwa
Sing\'a-i
Héwan
Sukûpat
Miwah héwen ...,

Paksi ............

Paksa ............

}

Sangkûni or sakûni

Karénda -
Kukila,.

Chuméndol,
Mânuk ....

ants in general,
or by musquitoes, knats,
knats in general,
a large kind of knat.
or by suction,
to suck,

the same,

to inhale (smoke),
the same.

to suck dry and still suck,
the same.

whence sucking honey,
preparedhouey, boiled honey

the same.

dry «r dried honey.

fruit is eaten by animals.

animals, in general,
the same.

wild beasts, of the lai^e

class,
the same.

animals in general.

by birds,

birds in general.

thesame.

a flock or flight of birds large
in one place and devouring
fruit, amp;c.

a flight of birds in the air.
birds capable of being taught

to speak,
birds in the nest before they

are able to fly.
birds in general

-ocr page 541-

APPENDIXE. No. II.

Comparative Vocabulary of the Sanscrit, Kawi, and PXli.

ENGLISH.

One..........

Two..........

Three ........

Four..........

Five.........

Six ..........

Seven ........

Bight ........

Nine..........

Ten..........

Man (Viomo) ...

Man (vir)......

Woman ......

Father........

Mother........

Head..........

Eye ..........

Nose..........

Hair..........

Teeth ........

Belly..........

Hand ........

Foot..........

Blood ........

Day ..........

Night ........

Sleep..........

Dead..........

White ........

Black ........

Bad..........

Fire..........

Water........

Stone ........

Hog..........

Bird..........

Egg ..........

Fish..........

Sun ..........

Moon ........

Stars..........

God ..........

Eating........

SANSCRIT.

eka ....................

dui.....................

tri......................

châtur..................

pancha ..................

shash or shat ............

sapta....................

aslita....................

nâva....................

dâsa....................

raanûshya or manûsha ....

jâna, purûsha.......... ..

stri, varângâna ..........

pita or pitri ..............

mâtaormâtri............

mastâka ................

nétra, akshi, châksu ....■•

nâsa, ghrâna ............

késa.....................

danta ..................

garhha, udâra............

hasta....................

pâda....................

lohita, sonita, rudhira, amp;c..

dina, divâsa, amp;c..........

râtri....................

nidra....................

prêta, parâta, mrita......

sita ....................

kâla ....................

dushkrïta.............. • •

agni....................

jala, âpa, amp;c.............

sila ....................

varâha, sukâra ..........

paksha..................

anda,..... ..............

min, massya ............

sûrya, prahhâkara, âditya..
Chandra, sitângsu

târa....................

iswâra (Lord), déva(aGod)
hhojanam.,,.,...........

KAWI.

eka ...................

dui ...................

tri......................

châtor ..................

pancha ..................

sat ....................

sapta....................

asta ....................

nâwa....................

dâsa....................

manûsa,.................

jâna, purûsia ............

istii, waranggâna ........

pita ...................

mata....................

mastâka ................

sotia....................

grâna...................

késa....................

dânti....................

asta....................

pâda....................

rah, ludira..............

dina, inéra ....,....,,..,

râtri, kûlam..............

nindra ..................

parâtra..................

séta ....................

kâla, krisna..............

dûsta....................

agni, brama, geni ........

jalânidi..................

séla .....................

■âhas, sukâra.......... ,,

paksi....................

endog...........,....,,,

mina, matsia ,...,,,.....

sûria, prabang-kâra, raditia

Chandra ; sitângsu........

târa ....................

déwa (a god).............

bója....................

APPENDIX

E.

PALI.

ek-ka.

do,

tri,

chatwa.

pancha.

cho.

sap.

at-tha.

no-wa.

thotsa.

manut.

burûtsa.

bida.
manda,
két.
nét.

késa.
thanta^
ûthon.
hat-tha.
bât.
lóhit.

râtri.
iiitsa.
muai.

ak-khi.

khongkha,

sinla.

sûkon.

paksi.

min.

ria, âthit.

pera-chan.
dara.

pra, pra-chao.
swoi, chhaii.

-ocr page 542-

APPENDIX E. No. III.

VocABULAKY of Kawi Words, With the Meaning attached to them hy the

Panambahan of Sumenap.

ENGLISH.

God ....................sang yang-j^at-ker^na, saug-

yang-suksma, yang-widi,
murbeiigbuana, yang-t%a,
sang-yang-wisesa, saiig-
yang-j%at, raya, satig-
yang-mSLiOn, yang\'ing-ja-
gat, murba wi-s6sa, hong.

Make, do; or work......ang\'d6, and^, ay^sa, kirtia,

pan^ron, amang\'un.

The work: what is made quot;I . , , . . • .
or done ............J amang\'un, mamer, iniket.

Pen....................tanaser.

Paper .............. .. •

A vessel; pot; receiver...

Heaven.................

Situation, place, office.

Sky

Light.

gagâna, diu, barâka, anta-
riksa, ambartâla, marûto-
am, mârutpâla, marga-
wutma, nasûnia, sambâra,
biuma, aksa.

layang.

praba, kümut-deü-jin, tesa,
téja, maya.

Sun ................... • baskai-a, raditia, pra taiigga-

pati, aramp;na, hari, karSba,
tala, sübandagni, angka,
naku, kanüman, asüman,
diankara, d^ta-p^ti, niw^-
sa, sfiria, sasra-sftman.

Moon ...................cliÉmdra, sadat a, sasangka,

idupati, sfima, sasalan-cha-
na, nisiika, sitangsu, sita-
rasmi, sasi, rati,
bas^nta,
induDg.

The^sixteenth day of thej

APPENDIX

E.
N^II.

KAWI.

delânctiang.
tapéla, pranjj, gâta,
sûra lâya, indra-kila, sûra-
lóka snréndra, kayâng\'an.

sing\'ug\'angsâna, papalâng-
kan, patma-sâna.

World.................. rat, bnâna, marcha - pâda,

jamânda, yatri.

Place....................patmânda, kahânan, sâua,

lâya, astâna, lóka, panâpa.

Hell....................tambra-gomûka, yamâni,

tambra-mûka, yâma, pâpa-

ENGLISH.

Names of the months.

, titi-masa, püspita-warsi, ku-
süma-wichitra,
puspa-dar-
sina, darma kupüma, auta
warsi, rahüwaudani, war-
san dani, cbakra kulamp;na,
sandamp;ya krama, dirga mo-
riang, renji sari, rasmiu-
dran déni.

Neither east nor west......sunia darsari.

Day....................mahira.

Sunday..................riti or dite.

Monday ................SÓma.

Tuesday ................ ang\'gamp;ra.

Wednesday..............budha.

Thursday................rasp^ti,

Friday..................sukra.

Saturday................sanischara.

Star....................tranggana, üyut, turasa, tin-

dra, tichu, tarang, mang-
garang.

Clouds

Rain.

Dark..
Water

Cold.
Hot .
Fire ,

Sea.

Wind

■ marûta, sâmi-râna, prâban-
châna, anila, bâyu, ^iisus,
indria, pancha, warâyang,
sabda-gâti, anila, ganda-
wasta, nâsa-mira, sarsa,
prâli wawâlar, siiidung.

. widi-yûta, sadâli, dawâta,
ambûsun, ambâka, samî-
ta, gâna, toyâda, pâyu-
wâha, trangga, ambu-mor-
cha, ima-ima, jâla-dâra,
jalâda, iniangkamûra,inia-
lâya.

. warsa, jâwah, truh, trah,

riris, wresti.
. anda, taméra, âwuk.

, ertâli, isni, walâhar, rânti,
wulûsan, wâii, âpa, jâla,
riéra, pâya, aniba, ambâ
nia, tirta, angga, urtâli.
. mertia, sâtis, âtis.
usna, tiksna, landap.
bagni, agni, pawâka, anâla,
dahâna, tri-sirah, âpoi, sé-
ki, brahma, ûti, kâya, wa-
hânda, gtina.

tâsik, ernâwa, jalâdi, jalâdri,
jâla-nidi, sindu, sûchi,
wau-dâdi, âdl, samûdra,
warna, toya.

KAWL

-ocr page 543-

ENGLISH.nbsp;KÂWI.

Wave (of the sea)........ alun, ampuan, hangga, us-

ning-krangsa.

Fish....................niatsia, mina, suhûnbras,

ûlam.

Turtle..................kurma.

Guana..................vs^iangga.

Frog....................wiyung.

Ground.................. bûmi, aksiti, prâtiwi, wasûn-

dâri, patâla, médi, dâra,
bud\'da, koh, buntâla.

Hill ; mountain ..........ika, achâla, ardi, parwâta,

giri, biksûka, imâwan, in-
dra-kila, wûkir, wâna.

Forest..................âlas.

Beast; animal............pâsu, sanda, bûron.

Tiger . .................. sing\'a, seradûla, v?agra, pâsuquot;

pâti, wrikrindita, marga-
pâti, rimong, séma, as-
wâlas.

Elephant................kunjâra, matangga, dirâda,

dâni, hân or hen, dipângga,
sutâpa, ganjâka, kâri, héba
or éba, asti, samâja, liman,
yut-ta, anjâna, mangâla,
hamâta, héla-wan, morti,
broja-mûka.

Horss .................. wâji, adrâbà, pra-galba, tu-

râugga, as\'wa, wahâna, kâ-
pal, kûda.

Man, mankind ......... • pûman, uâra, jâna, jéna, yut,

janma, depâda, nâcha, nta-
nûsia.

Man (vir)................ manâwu, manûja, jantu, lû-

ka, jâlu, purûsa, wiron,
kâkung, pria.

^TeioT\'!\'\':quot;!^quot;!!!:^!!quot;} j^j^^a, satr,«.

Young..................tarûna, wâJa^ timor.

Handsome man ...... • • • • htu.

Well conducted man ...... sujâna.

Bad conducted man........kujana.

Woman ................. wârang\'gâna,wâdu-jâna,mar-

mâdu, mantâsa.

Maiden... ;..............kânia, sâri-kia, diah.

Husband and wife ........ agrawa, apatni, akrâma, a-

sômah.

Head....................mûrda, tikta-makning, mas-
tâka, ûta-mang\'ga, tendas.

Hair (of the head)........ késua, réma.

Hair (of the body)........ roma.

Eyebrow................dru.

Hair of the eyebrow ......séka.

Eye ................... chaksu, netra, drasta, lo-

chana.

Opened eye .............. drâsti, charâna.

Look at; sec ............ drastâti, oksâwa, âni-nimal,

pânon, aksi.

ENGLISH.

Nose...........................

Cheeknbsp;pipi-

Mouth..................tûtuk.

Tooth ..................danti, untu, wâja.

Tongue..................jihua.

Neck....................griwa.

Ear .................... taling\'an, karna, karni, dra-

wâna.

Hear ; to hear............ s\'rawâna, karâng\'ng\'ua.

Shoulder.................bûja, sikâra, pâksa.

^and...................lung âyan, gûjar, kâra.

Breast (chest)............pranâja, kawâcha.

^\'■^ast ..................istâda, pambâyun, pâyu-dâra.

Waist ..................mâdia.

Hip ....................piu.

Backside (posteriors)......bóyok.

Thigh ..................éru.

Finger ..................wâra-sâna.

Waist ..................prâsta.

Nail (of the fingers or toes) nâka.

Belly.................... garba, udâra.

Hand...................anta.

Penis ..................masta, ling\'ga-oadi.

Pudend. femina.......... giurâtna, giuramp;sia.

Fundament.............. lat or let, pâyu.

Foot....................padûka, jeng, pal.

Blood................... rah, ludira.

Flesh.................... mangsa.

Body.................... sarira, ang\'ga, pràdâna, ûmi.

Form. ............ .....warna, murti.

Good behaviour, good ap-quot;) , .
pearance .
...........ƒ quot;^n.

Face ....................wâktra, wadâna, chitra, ga-

tra, mûka.

Fat.....................pûsti.

Food, victuals............ bógaorbója, pista, ara.

.....................biijâna, bûkti, Jiûnas.

To feed, give to eat........ jumâwah,bôja-krâma,pasâji.

Behaviour in the presence .. sûpa-sita.
Unwilling, dislike ........ ila-gâkan.

Improper . i............... pjgita. v - :

^^^.....................musika, chindil.

...................... sera-gala, sona, chamra, bâ-

song.

Hog....................warâha, sukâra, wijung.

Frog............. ........ wi-yuug, sâhu.

Maggot or tuke ...........k\'rimi-nbsp;^

(The tekoh or tuka of the Y
Malays) .......-...•.ƒ

Green or dark lizards.. .... krâta-Iâsa, patra-kelâsa. ma-

kadi.

KAWI.

N^O.\'

dxix

APPENDIX.

-ocr page 544-

ENGLISH.

ENGLISH.

KAWI.

KAWI.

Small field lizard.........^ra.

Bull or cow .............gö, düti, j4wi.

Deer.................... samsam, sfimra, dega.

Small species of deer......aréna.

Snjjje .................. s^rpa, bujaga, taksaka, tan-

ta-stira, bujang\'gama, asi-
wesa, wisa-dara, kudaka,
sosada, pina, karku-t4ka,
chaksu-srawa, oraga, guda-
pat, p^ni, sari-sr4pa, dui-
jaha, kandali, wile-sS,ya,
dui-séna, kri-mibat, lukamp;n-
da.

Bird....................k^gang.

Griffln ...................getayu,minantia,gagang-pa,ti.

Peacock.................manidra, wayu-ninda.

Paddy bird, stork ........krenda, kulika.

Dove....................drümas.

Wild birds or wild fowl,! changligi, biiiglang, chtita,
birds of the forest ....ƒ bara-du5.ja.

.......................kokila.

........... .. sale-mfika.

Minor
Bee ..

Wariug\'en tree ...... •• •• «ialî grâha, mandira, hûrda

or gurda, sri mang\'ânti, sar-
pa puspa.

Flowers................. puspita, kusûma, sari, mûri,

puspa.

Fruit....................pâla.

Wood .................. tâhen, sûyak, wrâksa, karnu.

Lotus, water lily.......... kumûda, sâra-sija.

Wise man, holy..........resi.

Man, instructor ..........

Prince

Princess

ïia-mûni, mûni-wâra, dui-
ja-wâra, duija, bujâng\'ga,
brahmâna, sanggia.

prâbu, nâta, katoog, nâra-
dipa, narindra, sang\'a-hu-
lun,nariswâra,warti,nâra-
ria, nâra-pâti, sribu-pâti,
sri mâha-râja.
nerpa-garini, patni, nerpa
duita,nâra-pang\'gâna, sang
sóri.

garbini, ng\'idam.
asûnu.

With child ..........

Born, brought forth . •

Child (male) putri (female) sûta, tenâya, atmâja, prâja-
pra-sûti.

Princess ................P«1quot;\'

Servant................ •• charâkà, mânoh, yodha, iiâ-

NoTIii.

ra, dâsih, patik, ûlun.

Kelatioa, relative.

wandu, gotra, warga, bangsa.

Byot, people............. wat-dia, yod\'da.

Wariikeinstruments; arms bana, s\'reng\'ga, astra, sara.
Bow and arrow ..........

kamüka, bûsu, h\'ru, chàpa,
sstra dibia, sambar-taka.

To cry..................amfihun, rajama.

Laugh ..................agirang-girang, amblik.

Glad, delighted..........awija-wija, kawi-garan.

Conduct, proceeding ...... reh, samb^ga, gati..

Because................. d6ni, betfinya.

Near, nigh..............tambis.

Sad ....................s6ka, priaten, sdngkawa, F®\'-

pancha.

Sick, pain ..............wi6ga, letu.

Weak .................. rSpuh.

Medicine................marta, usMa.

To recover health ........ purna, basfiki, rahkja..

So ; so as................drSka.

To receive ..............santfisa.

Beginning................ pfiiwa, itua.

To assume, imitate another kayogi sw^ra.

Glad....................tflsta sredia.

Tame................... mardawa.

Bed place, sleeping room .. jinem - ftrum, pa-pr^maBij
jung\'ut.

Bed of a couch or bed place tilam.

Pillow..................karang-l51u, kahus-mfcda.

Gauze curtain as musquetors samir.

Silk .................... lungsir.

Sleep.......... .... ..... .. sflpta, kfile, marta, anindra,.

amp;ka-rfila.

Night _________..... ......kfilam, ramp;tri.

Day light ................ah, mayira.

Sit down................tistamp;ti, asina^

To speak politely, withquot;

geutjeness ...........ƒnbsp;hamhanu

Think ..................opia, riring\'a.

Strong, hard, forcibly .... kral, granâka.

Is, to be, was............. asti, wûya, mayana^

Is not, not to be, amp;c.......aspi, nir.

Fall.................... pata.

Fall down................watâiiti.

To make fall.............patanti.

Falling..................patéta.

Anger, angry............kûpa, kréda, grandâka.

Know................... drûda.

i, me ..................pinûna, kâmi.

Ditto (as a servant)........ûlun.

r^JSfij y-âna, mahasim,
to bless him, a blessing. J ha-sun.

To pay the compliment of \\ , ^ ,
salamat.....f........j-amara-trâna.

Wearing apparel..........busâna.

To wear (cloths)........... angrâsuk^

-ocr page 545-

ENGLISH.nbsp;KAWI.

Crown.,................ kariti, tâju.

Sarong of the Malays.....kanan, pata, wikpraka.

A large cloth outside of thequot;^

Sarong, in full dress, I ^ya^tra.
and by the Bali people i
hanging out on each side. J

Waistcoat, jacket ........kûruk, kawâcha.

Knot of the hair..........wulang\'an, gegrân, kâli.

Armlet..................ûiuk, darûpa, wiwéru.

Ditto worn higher........ang\'gâda, kîyuh, bau-iaksa.

Anklets.................nupûra.

Bing for the toes.........kriwéi.

To comply, accede ........sâsa-dâna.

Continued health.........pra-mada.

Steady, firm, calm ........ nitiasa, pâtah.

Go, to go................ wisata, mûngsir.

Quick, soon..............wawang.

Still, calm, steady ........wiru-chana, pagah.

Heart (mind)............ambek, chita, redâya.

Gall....................tikta.

Heart (of the body)........tul.

Quick .................. kalalu, tumulu, sigra.

Like, like unto ..........tulia.

Evident, obvious, plain.... biakta.
Nothing to do, no use .... wiarta or wiarti.

Not in earnest, not doing 1

one\'s utmost..........ƒ

Lazy, indifferent, dislike, \\

backward............J

In earnest, determined .... tâbri.

Truly, right..............sâtia, wâhua.

A story, tale, relation .... biâsa.
Glass, transparent, porcelain wangsa-patra.

Wish, want............ . mahâyun.

Pray....................raang\'ng\'ar chana, ng\'astùti.

Praise with prayer........wahiwas tûti.

To wash the face with two\\ ,
hands ..............j-tekas.

To wash the mouth........mâcha-mâna.

Done, was, past..........atari.

That....................ângka.

Holy, pure..............ner-mala.

Thou, you..............kita, rak\'rian, ta.

Champ de Mars..........samara, âyun, p\'iâgan, râna,

pab\'râtan.

Great war................prang\'at-bûta.

Great noise in war (trumpet) gumita.

Warlike music............sangka-sangka.

Gong....................biri.

ï»quot;™ ..................merdangga, chûring, kâwe-

tur, gûbar.

y

clxxi

appendix.

ENGLISH.

KAWI.

NoTTii.

-ocr page 546-

ENGLISH,

KAWI.

ENGLISH.

KAWI,

True, correct, right ...... santa, s4du.

East ....................purwa.

North ..................utara.

West....................panchima.

South ..................daksina.

Centre, middle,...........biatamp;ra.

Corner..................agirna.

One....................ikaoreka.

Two....................dui.

Three ..................tri.

Four....................chatur.

........................pancha.

Six.....................sad.

Seven ...............,,.sapta.

Eight....................asta.

Nine.................... nawa.

Ten ....................dasa.

Twenty .........................

ijTiii-ty...............................

Hundred................ sa-biteng.

One hundred and sixty-six,. sa-gana.

One thousand ............. sa-nambang, sa-srl,

10,000 ................. • l^lJsa.

100,000 .................k^ti.

1,000,000,...............yfita.

10,000,000 ..............bara.

100,000,000 .............sB^meng.

Keckoniiig , ...............sang\'kia.

Account ................saka.

Mark, sign .............. chih-na, lanchana,

gro relate, say, speak of,... kS,bia-tita, k^wa-sita, wak-
tan.

To tell, inform ..........ginita, ginfipita.

Like, same as........- • - • istamp;ni.

Like unto, as...............

Ditto as......... • • • samp;ne-pane.

What................... •

Gift, present ............k^eta wiria, nugraha.

Hypocrite................ mudita, upaksa.

Request to assist,..,,..... aminang, sinwa, sahamp;ya.

Suitable.........................saks^pa.

Wish, want,.............. praba.

Know ..................d\'ana.

Single ..................ista.

But ...................

(Is) not single ............rancha.

(Is) not true,.............mandita.

What ..................ang\'asen.

Make handsome..........binuntdlu.

foTTii.

Complete................^ewâsa.

Now....................

To welcome..............sinantia.

The, which.............. ânung.

Knowledge ..............inâwuh.

Foolish..................pung\'gung, mida.

With....................ng\'uniweh, moang, sarwia.

With, along.,.,,.........sfima-wona.

The beginning of it........mimit-tiâni.

To presei-ve, protect ......pâri-mita,

Musical instruments.......sÛba mang\'gala, wûwu,

yâsa.

Interfere, intermeddle ____tulcha.

To separate..............paschat.

Belonging................pâri-grâha, pancha-ita.

Chain.................- • pusara.

To swear ................ prastia.

Palace ..................dâtu-lâya, kadâton, keiiya-

pûri.

Forth . ................ ., pûra, râjia.

Plain in front of a chiefs\'!
dwelling............. J

The elevated spot on which \\ ^^ang\'untur.
a chief is seated ...... j °

Hall..................... saba, panangkilan, pahman,

paglaran.

To come out, or out ..,.,, mimba, mijil.

At before, in present......tinaijgkil.

City ....................prâja.

To spoil..................brasta»

To lose.................. lâre.

If ......................yap6an.

Wise or skilled........... widada, wichaksâna, pragnia.

To write................kâtik, sastra, wâla, féka,

pralâmpit, kâras, wûlet.

Praising.................ang-gung-gung.

Asking..................ang\'astâwa.

Broad ...................mandâla.

To-morrow...............helem,

The, an.................sandi, puâra.

To pay respect, veneration,quot;) ,
(to the dead or deity),, ƒ

No, not ................tan or datan.

Garden...................béji, ng\'udiana, lalâng\'ivau»

Playing or jesting..,,,.., ,, masiwah siwah.

Dry ....................suska, ragas.

Green ..................sayama.

Yellow..................pita. .

Bed........,........... gunjung, rakta.

Black...........,,..,,.. krisna.

White .................. seta.

-ocr page 547-

ENGLISH.

ENGLISH.

KAWI.

KAWI.

Tallow..................mera-wâla.

Dust....................basma, lebu

Love ...................» kasrepen

Pity ....................kama-nusan.

Angry .................. kroda, kabâng\'an, grandâka.

Bold or brave............krora.

Reading................. gumang saL

To fly ...............;.. antar, mesat, mûluk.

Mentioning.............. sumawak.

Poor....................babâhaa, kdri, triisti, du-

wara, wi-wara, gopdra,
drawila.

A house ................ grâha, wisma.

Cave....................gâtra, giya.

Penance.................brâta, minta-râga, anepi, sa-

niâdi, yoga.

Quiet or silent............mûna, léhap.

Light.....................déyan, dipa, sûlu.

Sign or mark ............ehihna, lanchana.

Forget.................. bûlut, nachâra, lûlia.

Make it clean............lineng\'is.

Same.................... maka-tirang.

Border..................tira, tepi.

Remained.............,,. wiwar-gita, chûrna, âpu

Betel leaf................ sedah, seroh, parnoh.

Rice....................tandu.

âna.

Boiled rice

Mat................. •.. sayana.

Onion..................âla-sûna.

Arrack..................sâjeng, mâdia.

Oil ....................éla or héla.

Fat, grease..............krénta.

Milk ..........................

Marlil ..................gâti.

Carriage, chariot..........gUing\'an, gutâka, siandâna.

Seat of a carriage ........riring\'gini.

Palkij ..................dampa.

Umbrella................châtra.

Point or top of the umbrella du-wâja, kétu.

Narrow pennant or stream-T ,,
ing flag..............j-laiayu.

Flag....................tunggul, sampai.

Bad word................mukârna-sûla.

Manner or action..........réh, kerti, sambéga, ûlah,

gâti.

Way, road ..............sopâna, âwan, mârga, bahna,

Belong to.....

Washing cloth.

Lightning.....

Named.......

Demon......

An evil spirit

tila.

Lightning.

Thunder

tadâti, âchi-ramba, ûra-dâti,
sâwia-diwa, chachâla, ba,
lâla, tâtik or tâtit.

. amangku.
plantan, pm-isia.
glap, girna, gâra-gâda.
bunis-tikâne, biksikâne, pâ-
néng\'rane, wâwang\'ngine.

, pasétran, pâma-sâran......

. mûha.

. matsika, merehika.
. sirsa.
. dûkut.
. nâdi.

. séla, réjing.
ngâyap, swâka, anângfeil.
kûla.
séna.
wiba.

parâmpâra.
, krupâna.
, ming\'gut.
, dûran.

, bang\'âwan, kâli, Kisi, pur-
wâga.

rasâksa.

asûra, danâwa, kalâna, ditia,
yâksa.

triyak.

râja-dâni.

tikta.

lawâna.

, amla.

katûka.

kayâsa.

madûra, lindri.

mânu-hâra.

ûnur.

tisâma.

sodâma.

dûsta, taskâra.

palâng\'kan.

witâna.
wichâga.

winichâga.

garji ta, umbâwah.
séga, anjâmur-dipa.
sâsa-gâaïa.

sâga, gudâsa.
asta-kamâl).

NoTTii.

Burial ground............

Covetous or glotan ........

An insect................

Point.. ..................

Grass -.................

Pond, tank............ ..

Stone ..................

Before, in the presence of..

Men of condition.........

(Name of a chief) ........

To mix..................

As many as, as much as....

Stingy..................

Earthquake..............

False....................

River................... •

Worm ..................

Halting or resting place ....

Bitter .......... .......

Salt (taste) ..............

Sour....................

Hot (to the taste, as a chilly)
Pungent (as a betel nut) . ..

Sweet ..................

Sweet in taste and smell....

High land................

High, elevated............

Firefly..................

Thief...................

(A small shed or buildingi.

of quiet) ............J

Porch in front of a house ..

Place of assembly ........

To assemble together, to\\
bring together........ƒ

To flinch, to feel alarm,quot;)

surprise ............ƒ

Glad or cheerful..........

Of one mind ............

Dream..................

Ring for the thumb

-ocr page 548-

ENGLISH.nbsp;KAWI.

Ear-ring.................karna-bir^na.

Chain or rings for the neck.. kanta-birana.

One standing for eight.....kasta-g6na, kasta-baga.

One, for ten .............kadasa-gfina.

Eat and sleep with a woman raja-tamp;ma.
Fond, liking to a woman .. kasmaran.

- very......................bi\'anta.

. so as not to eat......kingking.

- to folly ............rimang.

- to madness.........tnrida.

-with desire to follow, ■) asmka.

with attachment ƒ

Monkey..................wanara, Idtung, krah, wre,

palwaga, cholika.

Leech...................wardu.

The breath of life.........sang-yang-perna.

(One of the ages of the world) kertika.

Belly....................tahtilan.

(One of the ages of the world) ring-tr^ta.

APPENDIX

E.
NoTTii.

ENGLISH.nbsp;KAWI.

To drop, sink............s\'ni.

(One of the ages of the world) duapara.

Flesh....................mangsa.

Marrow................. s\'nayu.

Blood...................rudîra.

Place....................ka-hanane.

Secure..................s\'titi.

(The present age of the world) kali.

Evident..................niâta.

Ten million..............sâtu-sîwu.

That....................po-aya, nikanang.

Remainder............... sésa.

Dissolve.................dakda gesang.

Though.......... ........yedin.

Less....................ina.

Too rich ................ danés-wâra.

Poor....................tâni, inârta.

Only, but................jûga.

One or single ............sajûga.

-ocr page 549-

APPENDIX E. No. IV.

Specimen of the Mystical Meaning, attached to the Letters of the
Alphabet, ^c. according to the Interpretation of the
Panambahan of
Sumenap.

LETTERS
of the
ALPHABET, amp;c.

appendix
E.

N^y.

MEANING ATTACHED

in

JAVAN.

m

ENGLISH.

it is or it was.
the test of.
woman,
that,
when.

thou or thee.

alike or as a.

man.

remove.

certainly.

low.

wish (to).nbsp;.

request.

do not want, or do not wish,

love, or to love.

cannot help.

bad or badness.

thee or thou.

it was, there was, or were a.
a nobleman.

named Aji sâka, or his name was Aji s£ika.

was mentioned in the writing, or among the letters.

on the island of Jâwa, or in the city of Jâwa (hi).

became a gre^t writer.

in the world or of this world.

who know, or whose eyes are open.

what.

to tie or make fast,
leaf of the Pandan.
which is made,
by the people,
it became,
branches,
because,
it is pointing,
his knowledge or art.

âh................

anâne ............

etcha-nâna........

wâdon............

iku .............

tatkâla............

sira ..............

kâya..............

wong..............

lanji.............

pasti..............

âsor..............

kârep ... ........

panedâne..........

Ha.......

Na.......

Cha......

Ra........

Ka.......

Da.......

Ta........

Sa........

Wa or va ..,

La.........

Pa.........

Dha.......

Ja.........

Ya.........

Nia......

Ma .......

Ga........

Ba........

Ta.........

Nga......

Ha-na ....,
Cha-ra ....
Ka-da-ta ..
Sa-v?a-Ia ..,
Pa-da-ja ..,
Ya-nia-ma ,

Ga-ba .....

Ta-nga.....

Hang......

Nang Chang.
Rang kang ,
Dang tang ..

Wang .....

Lang.......

Pang.......

Pang.......

Sang.......

Dangjang...

tanârep............

asmâra............

kâduk ............

âla...............

sira ..............

wonten............

satria ............

arâne Aji sâka......

wuskdchap jero tûlis
sâking nûsa jâwa....

dâdl-bujângga......

ing buâna..........

kang kedep........

âpa ..............

tinâlinan..........

godong\'i Paudan ....

kangginûha........

dening wong........

dadîne............

âpang ............

mulâne............

tudûhe ...........

kabângkit âne......

-ocr page 550-

letters
of the
alphabet, amp;c.

MEANING ATTACHED

m

english.

in

javan,

No.

gusti...........----

bâgus .............

ing alap............

mangke............

kaliyan,....... .. 77

arum............. •

kambang ..........

sinéleh or sinâlah ...
rambut...,

kalawan...........

tûlis pratânda......

iki................

âji-sâka............

kang apâsian.......

wûrulî............

mâring râtu........

pâda hestû-kena ....
niâta..............

ûlih kagûng\'an......

âng\'ing............

âna...............

ka-ting\'al..........

lâmun.............

lâra-brânta ........

dadâlan............

sang\'at ............

bârang ............

kang wenang.......

pang\'dchap ........

ing\'at...........,.

suâra..............

jeng\'er ............

bâniu . .... .. ....

mânah............

ewuh..............

bodo..............

gâwok ..........

seng\'it............

sira..............

ang\'ûndang ........

ing teng\'ah marga ...

pegel.............

ang\'ulâti ..........

ingsun............

kanching..........

kalâmbi...........

lu-wih............

Yang,.,,
Yang...,
Niang ..
Mang .,.
Mftng. ..
Gang....
Bang....
Tang....

Hi-ni,...
Chi-ri. ..

Ki......

Di-ti....

Si......

Wi-li____

Pi-di-ji..
Yi-nyi ..
Mi-gi ..,
Bi-ti-ngi
Hing....
Ning..,.
Ching.,.
Ring...,
King.. -,

Ding----

Ting ....
Sing ....
Wing . .,
Ling ...,
Ping ,.,,
Ding..,,
Jing ,..,
Ying..,,
Nying..,
Ming,..,
Ging...,

Bing----

Ting ..,
Nging..
Hu ....
Nu. ...
Chu ,,.

Ru.....

Ku.....

Du.....

Tu.....

Sa......

God or the Lord,
handsome or beautiful,
taken up.

by and by, afterwards.

with or with the;

sweet scent,
flowers,
to lay upon,
the hair,
with or by.

the mark or sign of writing,

this.

aji saka,

who have given.

to teach or give instruction.

to the ramp;tu or king.

every one might agree to it=

clear, quite plain.

to have property,

but.

is, was, were,
appear,
if or if it.
the pains of love,
in the way.
very much,
any thing,
suitable; proper,
word or words,
remember.

sound or voice, noise,
see or look at,
water,

the mind or heart,
don\'t know what to do.
foolish or stupid,
astonished or surprised,
hate or dislike,
you or thou, thee,
to call or bawl out.
on the way or at road,
quite tired,
seeking for,
me.

buttons,

garment or jacket,
more or much more.

-ocr page 551-

LETTERS
of the
ALPHABET, amp;c.

MEANING ATTACHED

in

JAVAN.

in

ENGLISH.

NZiv.

ewuh.............

lost, confused.

sang\'et............

very much.

stisah............

troublesome or tedious.

srûne...........

crying, or the sound of crying.

iman or eman......

pity.

beauty.

thou or you.

tan-ârep ..........

do not wish.

meneng............

be quiet or silent.

the earth or ground.

behold or look at.

ngupâya ..........

seeking.

semhah............

to make obeisance.

langgeng ..........

eternal or for ever.

samp;nget ............

very.

mâdep............

to give up the mind to any thing.

asmâra............

thoughtful.

panehûti ..........

the offering.

landep ............

sharp.

his gift or present.

mâlih ............

more.

lukta ............

always.

desire, or his desire.

the same as, or equal to.

a boat or vessel.

pâyung ............

an umbrella.

thou or you.

ang\'éprih..........

wishes.

âgung ............

great or large.

music.

sound or voice.

thou or you.

Wu...
Lu.. ..
Pu..,.
Du....
Ju....
Yu...,
Niu ..
Mu ..
Gu....
Bu....

Tu____

Ngu .,
Hung ,
Nung .
Chung
Rung..
Kung..
Dung .
Tung..
Sung,.
Wung.
Lung..
Pung .
Dung.,
Jung..
Yung..
Niung
Mung
Gung .
Bung..
Tung .
Ngung

-ocr page 552-

( clxxviii )

APPENDIX F.

APPENDIX

F.

Celebes.

Mountains.

lUvers.

Name,

Divisions ofthe
island.

ACCOUNT OF CELEBES.

Celebes is an island of which hitherto the public has had but very scanty accounts.
The part of it best known to Europeans is
MaMsar, situated nearly at the southern-
most extremity of the western side : it was here the first European settlement on the
island was established. On the south part of Celebes there are not any ascertamed
volcanos, but some are said to exist in the northern division. Some of the mountains
are very high. The Bontain mountain, called by the natives
Ldmpo Baton (big
belly), is the highest on the south part of the island, and being seen at the distance of
one hundred and twenty miles, must be about eight thousand five hundred feet above
the level of the sea.

The largest river on the southern limb is that called Chinrdna, which formerly consti-
tuted the boundary line between the kingdoms of
Boni and JLuwu. It rises on the
north side of the Bontain mountain, and runs northward as far as
Mario, whence
inclining towards the north-east it passes through part of doping, and then turning to
the
east^enters Wdju, after having received a navigable stream from the Laut-Samp;la, or
Fresh-water Lake. After passing through
Waju it follows a south-east course, and
falls inso the bay of
Boni, a few miles below the town of Chinrdna. This river is navi-
gable for boats as far as
Mdrio, and admits of the passage of prahus of five or six
koi/ans as far as the Fresh-water Lake. Along the whole of the coast, at no great
distance from each other, smaller streams fall into the sea, some of them being so
considerable as to admit of a navigation of five or six miles, and many of them at their
mouths affording shelter to trading
prdhus. Among the most considerable are Barobo,
LinjS,
and Kdjang, to the east; Dunidng, Umbang, HaliUngkong, Pome, and
Jenepbnto, on the south; di^A Chikoang, Tape Jdra, Sandra boni, Gua, Tela, Mdros,
Bendng\'tt, Langkdra,
and Pontidna, on the west.

It has not been ascertained by whom, or at what particular time, the name of
Celebes was
conferred on this island. It is generally attributed to the Portuguese,
and certainly is of foreign origin : none of the natives, except those who have inter-
course with Europeans, recognise either the whole island or any part of it under this
appellation ; even among those who make use of the word, it is applied to
Sumbdwa,
an island about two hundred and fifty miles to the south-west of it, as well as to what
we call Celebes.

In the south-western limb of the island there are two principal languages, called by

Europeans the Makasar and Biigis, aird by the natives MengUsa or Mengkasdra,

and Wdgi or Ugi. The former, or some dialect of it, is spoken in all the districts

extending from Bdlu kumba to Segere. The petty states included in this compass are

Bdlu humha, Bontain, Tarabdya, Gica, Mdros, and Segere. The Bugis is much more

general

-ocr page 553-

appendix.

general beyond and over the whole tract extending from B6m to Zuwu, comprehend-
ing the four great states of
Luwu, Bbni, Waju, and Soping, besides their numerous
dependencies.

In Mandhar and its vicinity is spoken the Mdndhar language. The centre and body
of the island to the northward is distinguished by being inhabited by the
Turajas or
Harafuras, who speak a more simple dialect, and are considered the aborigines of
the island; and on the north-east corner of the island at
Manadu and Gunung Ulu,
the inhabitants are distinguished bj some peculiarities.

The following observations must be understood as principally referring to the south-
western limb, the
part of the island which fell under the influence of MaMsar.

It is impossible to ascertain, with any degree of precision, either the origin of the Inhabitants and
inhabitants or their present numbers. From the most correct accounts that could be
obtained, it would appear that the southern limb contains a population of about half a
million; but from the quantity of land now lying waste, which bears the appearance
of having been once cultivated, from the number of decayed and half-choaked water-
cuts,
evidently once used for the purpose of irrigation, and the multitude of spots
where ranges of cocoa-nut trees mark out the sites of villages and cottages no longer in
existence, we may infer that the number of inhabitants has greatly declined. At pre-
sent there seem to be no serious checks to population, except the wars and the lawless
violence of the people, and what often occasions, and always aggravates them, slavery
and the slave trade. The people seem to procure a sufficient subsistence without much
exertion. The climate is salubrious, and there is abundance of water. Marriages are
early. In the history of the island the years of famine are particularly noticed. The
women are held in more esteem than could be expected from the state of civilization in
general, and undergo none of those severe hardships, privations, or labours, that
restrict fecundity in other
parts nf tlip. world. Polygamy prevails, the number of wives
being limited only by the means of the husband to purchase or support them. It is
more difficult to procure a wife than a husband; a female slave bears a higher price
in the market
than a male; and the compensation fixed for the murder of a man is only
thirty dollars, while that required for the life of a woman is forty.

It cannot be known with certainty, whence the aboriginal inhabitants of Celebes
emigrated to this island. The countenances of the natives, particularly of the women,
more nearly resemble the Tartar features than any other. There are no early or
generally received traditions concerning the time when the island was first peopled, or
the adventures of the first race. Each state, however, has its traditionary tales, most
of which relate to remote antiquity, or to a condition of society very diflFerent from that
which at present exists. In the
Bug is states, the earliest stories refer to a period sub-
sequent to the
Gdigas of Sawera Gdding, and in the MaMsar states to the Rupatna
of Ma Besiang, which will be mentioned hereafter. The Galigas contain an account
of the peopling
o^ Luwu or lAwat from heaven.

The first of the two following accounts was given by the Bugis ambassador; the
o^her is an extract.

z 2nbsp;« In

clxxlx

Celebes.

-ocr page 554-

quot; In the first place, there was a supernatural being of the female sex, who being
married to
Taja Rasupa, a person sprung from under the earth, had issue a boy
quot; and a girl^ who were named
Ladiwati and Chuli-puji.

quot; Chuli-puji married T^asikati, and by her had a son, called Leptau, who had two
quot; or three other names besides,
vh. Matan-tika, Malati-saprang, and Pulu Datu
Pamusu.

^^ Pamusu\'s place of residence was in the country of Teku, afterwards known by
the name of
Boni. At this time Pamusu and all his children dying, the country
\'\' of the
Bugis was left without a raja, and remained so for about seven generations ;

at the end of which period a raja springing up among the Bugis themselves,
quot; government was again introduced into the country.

quot; On one occasion there came a storm of thunder and lightning, so violent as to
rend the earth and cause it to rock like a boat tossed by the waves of the sea. On
quot; the thunder and lightning abating and the earth ceasing to be longer agitated,
quot; there was observed in the middle of a plain, dressed in white, one of human shape,
quot; vvfho was generally supposed to be a supernatural being, and to whom many people
quot; went up in a
body, saying to it, \' remain then here and fly not about from place to
quot; \' place.\' To them the being replied, \' what you say is well; but you cannot take me
quot; \' for your raja, as I am myself but a slave. If, however, you are really desirous
quot; \' of having a raja, there is ray master at your service.\' The
Boni people then
quot; observed to the being, \' how can we make a raja of him, whom having never seen,
quot; \' we cannot tell what he is like ?\' \' If,\' answered the being, \' you do really desire
\' it, he shall be shewn to you.\' They said, \' we do earnestly wish it, and request
quot; ^ thou wilt be so kind as to carry us where we
may see him of whom thou speakest.\'

quot; When these people of Honi, together with the being who led them, had reached
quot; the open plain called Matajam, there ramp on a vinlpnt storm, accompanied with
quot; thunder and lightning, which rent and shook the earth. There arose, at the
same
quot; time, a thick fog, which totally obscured every thing.

quot; As soon as the storm was over and the earth no longer continiied to be rent and
quot; shaken by the thunder and lightning, the clearness which immediately succeeded
quot; discovered to the view, seated on a stone, four supernatural beings, of whom three
quot; were separately employed in holding the umbrella, fan, and siri-box of the other,
quot; who was dressed in yellow. The being dressed in yellow then said to him in white,
quot; \' what would\'st thou ?\' The being in white replied, \' I have conducted hither those
« \' people of
Boni whom you now see before you ;\' and then said to the Boni people,
« f behold my master, of whom I spoke to you.\' Those people then went up to the
supernatural being in yellow and thus addressed him : \' We, the slaves of jour
quot; \' mightiness, have come to present ourselves before you, to solicit that you will
\' favour and oblige us, by remaining among us as our raja, and that you will not
« « continue to wander about from place to place.\'

« The being complied with the wishes of the people of Boni and settling at Matajam
« had issue five children, of whom the first was a son and the four succeeding ones

« daughters.

Celebes,

-ocr page 555-

^^ daughters. One of the daughters was married to a man of Palaka. The son was APPENDIX
married to a Boni woman.nbsp;—^

quot; After being- forty years in Boni, the supernatural being disappeared, and was
quot; succeeded by the son, who in point of size and height had not his equal in
Boni,
quot; neither could any one be compared to him for strength or valour, or for the adula-
quot; tion which was paid him. He was the firbt who introduced the manufacture of
krises,
quot; which he could model out of pieces of iron, by means of his fingers alone.quot;

quot; Bitara Gûru was the eldest son of Déwata Pitutu by Dêwi PaUng\'i, and inha-
bited the
seventh heaven. Déwata Pitutu had a brother, called Guru Réslang, who
^^ held the rule ofthe region under the earth.
Déwata Pitutu had nine children in all.

quot; When Bitara Guru was sent down upon earth bj his father, Déwata Pitutu, he was
quot; provided with the following articles, viz.
Telatingpêba, Siri aiaJca, Telarasa, Warn-
quot; pung, Wanu, Chachu-hana.

quot; From these, which were scattered about, every thing living and dead, in the
quot; animal, vegetable, and mineral kingdoms, which are to be found in the country of
quot; Lawat, originated. Preparatory to this, Déwata Pitutu having compounded a medi-
quot; cine, of which the juice of chewed betel was an ingredient, rubbed
Bitara Guru all
over with it, which immediately occasioned him to swoon.
Déwata Pitutu then put
quot; his son Into a hollow bambu, and having rolled this up in a piece of cloth, and
« caused the gates of the sky to be opened, he hurling sent down his son to earth,
quot; amidst a tremendous storm of thunder, lightning, wind and rain, which arose on that
quot; occasion. Having reached about halfway between the earth and sky,
Bitara Gûru
quot; (dreadfully alarmed at the situation he was in) threw abroad all the articles which
quot; had been given to him, agreeably to the instructions of his sire. After his arrival
quot; on the earth,
Bitara Guru remained for three days and three nights shut up in the
quot; bambu, without food or drink. By his exertions, however, the bambu at last
quot; burst, when getting out, he wandered through the woods till he came to the side
of a river, where he met with a king of the godo drcaaed in jellow. One night
quot; there arose a violent
storm of thunder, lightning, wind and rain. On its clearing
quot; up there was seen a fine country, with a superb palace and fort, and houses, amp;c.
quot; amp;c. of the most beautiful structure.
In this beautiful country Bitara Guru sat him-
quot; self down as sovereign, with a
complete establishment, and gave it the name of
« Lawat:\'

No account can be procured of any intercourse having subsisted between this island
and Western India or China, prior to the introduction of Mahometanism. No inscrip-
tions or other monuments, indicating the former prevalence ofthe Hi du worship over
Celebes, have as yet been found. Their not having been found, however, is no proof
that they do not exist, for the wars that have lately prevailed hav prevented Euro-
peans from exploring in search of such objects in that part of the country where they
are most likely to present themselv es. The best informed natives call themselves-
descendants of Hindus, and the names of their divinities,
Batara Guru, Baruna,

Celebes.

-ocr page 556-

amp;c. seem to indicate either a common origin or a former intercourse. It is also
remarkable/ that some of the inhabitants of Lûwu and the neighbouring state ot
Bontain are said to dress in the same manner as the Hindus of Western India and
that Hindu temples are reported to exist in some parts of this state. JSratoaand »
have, however, never been heard of; and thougknbsp;are often mentioned, their

attributes are equally unknown.

The intercourse of these islanders with the natives of Java seems to have Deen
ancient and frequent. The earliest
records of the Bûgis and Mahâsar states denote
not only an early communication with Java, but render it highly probable that a
colony from Java settled in the south-west limb of Celebes. In no other way
can we
account for the transfer of the names of places from the former to the latter island,
such as those of
Majapâhit, Grésik, Japan, and some others. In the genealogy, too,
ofthe sovereigns of
Luwu, one ofthe first of their Dêwa princes is said to have been

married to a princess ofnbsp;on Java.

Though some of the Bûgis states have a good deal of trade, they principally
depend upon themselves for subsistence. The mode of husbandry is of course very
rude, and feudal institutions stand in the way of their improvement ; but private
property in the soil is established, and lands are held in free tenure or by rent-hold.
The amount of the rent, in the latter case, is generally one-third of the produce paid
in gt;ind; the cultivator is entitled to one-third, and the
owner of the butfaloes or
bullocks which assist is entitled to the remaining third. Labourers employed to
reap are paid a sixth of what they collect. No class is excluded from a proprietary
right in the soil, and the proprietor can dispose of his land by sale whenever he
0I1U.S6S

The people of Celebes are active and enterprizing traders : the character of a
merchant is held in esteem, and the sovereign princes reckon it no disgrace to enter
into commercial speculations. Unfortunately, however, they are actuated by the
narrow spirit of the trader, to the prejudice of the liberal policy of the monarch,
and make their power subservient tc, their love of gain, by establishing in their own
favour
monopolies against their subjr^^ts. Monopolies are common in every state on
the island, but most of them are only of a temporary nature. The sovereign of
LÛWU monopolizes the trade in brass ; the Raja of Sôping that of siri (betel leaf),
which yields him three hundred dollars a month ; and the Raja of
Sedendreng that
of salt and opium.

So strong is the spirit of commercial enterprise among the inhabitants of this
island, that they frequently borrow sums for the purchase of commodities on which
they expect profit, and stake their psrsonal liberty, and that of their families, on the
success of an adventure.
In their trading voyages each person in the prâhu has his
own share of the cargo, and conducts business on his own account : each person
likewise carries his own provisions ; the latter practice, especially, is never
departed
from. The owner of the vessel agrees to undertake the voyage with a number of
people, great or small, in proportion to its size, and apportions the vessel among them

Celebes.

Agriculture.

Trade.

-ocr page 557-

in the following manner. The two jûru mûdis, or steersmen, receive one pétùh (or appendix
division) before the sanketan and the whole space abaft of it ; the owner is entitled ^
to two
pétahs in the broadest part of the boat ; and the two jûru bâtus to the whole Celebes,
space between the masts ; the remaining pétahs are divided among the crew, from
whom the owner, or
nakoda, receives a freight of one-tenth or one twentieth of the
price of all the commodities they sell, according as they are bulky or small, in
proportion to their value. The jûru mûdis and jûru bâtus only pay one-half of the
proportion of freight paid by the rest of the crew. Sometimes the owner supplies the
crew with an advance of money for an adventure, and receives at its termination not
only
repayment of his loan, but a third of the profits of the speculation.

The principal articles of trade are cotton, which is imported from the surrounding
islands and
re-exported after being manufactured into cloths, known by the name of
Bugis cloths, which are in great demand throughout the Archipelago, and in general
of a more delicate texture than those manufactured in J ava ; bird\'s-nests,
tripang
(sea slug), shark\'s fins, tortoise-shell, agar âgar, hides, and other articles calculated
for the Chinese market, are collected in considerable quantities and furnish return
cargoes for the annual Chinese junks which visit Celebes. Gold is obtained on Celebes,
but in much smaller quantities than on Borneo or Sumatra.

Although the Bûgîs, in general, are considered as great traders, the foreign
commerce seems to be almost exclusively confined to the people of
TVâju. These
people are settled in considerable numbers in all the trading ports, from Acheen
to Manilla, and it is they who form the crew of almost all the
Bugis prâhus that
navigate the Eastern Seas.

Several Bugis prâhus from Makasar annually visit the northern coast of New
Holland and the Gulph of Carpentaria in search of
tripang, and sometimes a small
party is left to collect the
tripang in readiness for the arrival of the prâhus in the
following year.

The Buo\'is, indeed, is the great maritime and commercial state of the Archipelago.
The caro-oes of their vessels, particularly in opium, gold, and cloths, often amount
to fifty or sixty thousand dollars each, and the people who navigate and are concerned
in them are acknowledged to be fair and honourable traders.

The natives of the southern limb of Celebes are of a light active form of body, characterof
generally well made, and rather below the middle stature. They are said to be Natives,
revengeful ; but during the period of the British government at Makâsar, few, if any
examples occurred to support such an assertion. Certain it is, that in no single
instance, was the death of those who fell in a recent war between the two parties of
the
Makâsar nation, avenged by their relations, although the persons by whose hands
they had fallen were perfectly well known.

They attach themselves to their chiefs principally for their own convenience, but in
some cases they have evinced a devoted fidelity. They often change their chief, but
scarcely any thing can induce them to betray the chief they have left. In no instance
has the
prahu of a Dutchman or Chinese been carried off when navigated by Makâsar

or

-ocr page 558-

APPENDIX or ^lig-is people. Agreements once entered into are invariably observed, and a Bugh
is never known to swerve from his bargain. quot; That natural politeness, which charac-
Ceiebes. terises the various nations distinguished by wearing what is termed the Malayan kris,
is no where more forcibly exhibited than among the inhabitants of Celebes, Their
minor associations are held together by all the attachment and warmth which distin-
guished the clans of North Britain:—the same bold spirit of independence and enter-
prise distinguishes the lower orders, whilst the pride of ancestry and the romance of
chivalry are the delight of the higher classes. Attached to the chase as an amuse-
ment, rather than as the means of subsistence, the harvest is no sooner reaped, than
each feudal lord, with his associates and followers, devotes himself to its pursuits.
The population being equally at the command of the feudal lord, whether in time of
peace or war, agricultural pursuits, beyond a bare subsistence, are but little attended
to,quot; On the other hand, they are throughout notorious thieves, and scarcely consider
murder as a crime. Instances of cold-blooded barbarous murders frequently occurred
within two miles of the European fort, previously to the arrival of the British and
the
abolition of the slave trade. The unfortunate people who had been kidnapped
and brought down to
Makasar for sale, were often murdered to prevent discovery
where a ready sale was not found.

Many of their customs are also extremely savage. The head of an enemy of
rank is invariably severed from the dead body, and instances have more than once
occurred of the heart being cut out and eaten by the conquerors. They are fond of
the blood and raw flesh of animals.
Ldwar dara, which is the liver and heart of a
deer, cut into slices and mixed raw with the warm blood, is esteemed their favourite
dish.

Government, The present foi\'m of government in all the states, except Wdju, appears to be
legal,
fettered by a powerful aristocracy who elect the monarch: in Luwu, particu-
larly, the sovereign possesses a title, with more pomp and state attached to it than any
other on the island, but with scarcely a shadow of authority. In
Sed6ndreng he is the
most depotic, which has enabled him to become the richest and best armed prince in
the island. A species of feudal system prevails throughout, but it does not extend to
property in the soil. Each individual of a state considers himself the liege subject
of some petty chieftain, who is himself equally bound to a more powerful one, and so
on, by a regular chain, to the sovereigns of
Goa, (Makasar), Boni, Lawu, Soping,
Sedendring,
or Tanete, Or to the aristocracy of TVdju.

In each sovereignty there are two classes of nobility, called Paseajang\'\'an and
Palele. The Paseajdngan are the barons of the state, and may be considered in
every respect as subjects, being obliged to obey all orders they receive from the sove-
reign, whereas the
Palele are independent petty chieftains (who have probably again
under them both
Paseajang\'an and Palele), who have attached themselves to a parti-
cular sovereign, but are only obliged to do fixed feudal services, such as to
assist
with their followers in case of war, to attend the public feasts given by the sovereign,

and to assist in building and repairing the palace of state. In Soping each Pa^^^^ i®

obliged

-ocr page 559-

obliged to furnish and keep up at all times one effective soldier, called mo for the appendix
immediate protection of the sovereign.nbsp;\'nbsp;F.

When the sovereign wishes to give orders to his Pelélê, he summons him to his
presence
hy a messenger who bears a bila-bila ; the Ula-bila is a leaf of the lôntar
with a number of knots on it, specifying the number of days at the expiration of
which the vassal is required to attend. The
Pelélé receives it seated in the midst of
his bead people, with his right hand on the handle of his Am, and as soon as he has
got it rises, draws his
hris, and swears on it to be faithful to his sovereign. To neglect
this summons is a breach of allegiance.

The provinces under European authority are purely feudal ; the Dutch, as sove-
reign, considering themselves as sole proprietor of the soil, and the regents, or feudal
lords, being at all times liable to immediate removal and dispossession, should they
neglect to perform the feudal service required, of whatever nature it may be.

I\'he sovereign is chosen from the royal stock by a certain number of counsellors,
who also possess the right of subsequently removing him; and such is their influence,
that the sovereign can neither go to war or adopt any public measure, except in
concert with them. They have the charge of the public treasure, and also appoint the
prime minister. The prince cannot himself take the personal command of the army ;
but the usage of the country admits of a temporary resignation of office for this pur-
pose, in which case a
regent succeeds provisionally to the rank of chiel^ and carries on
the affairs of government in concert with the majority of the council. Women and
minors may be elected to any office of the state ; and when this takes place, an addi-
tional officer, having a title which literally means a support or prop, is appointed to
assist.

In Boni the prince is elected by the Orang-pitu, or seven hereditaiy counsellors. In
Gûa {Makâsm) the prince is chosen by ten counsellors, of whom the first minister,
termed
Bechâra Bûta, is one; this last officer is himself appointed by the council of
nine, termed the nine standards of the country, but in the exercise of his office pos-
sesses very extraordinary powers : it is said he can remove the sovereign himself, and
call upon the electors to make another choice. The inferior chiefs, or
Krains, who
administer the dependent provinces, are appointed by the government, and not elected
by a council, although in the exercise of their office their power is in like manner
limited; the number of the council varying in different states. When the prince in
council has decided upon war, the assembled chiefs, after sprinkling their
banners
with blood, proceed to take a solemn oath, by dipping their krises into a vessel of
water, and afterwards dancing around the blood-stained banner, with frantic gesture
and a strange and savage contortion of the body and limbs, so as to give the extended
kris a tremulous motion, each severally imprecating the vengeance of the deity against
his person, if he violates his vow to exterminate the enemy, to conquer or die.

The proportion of the crop which falls fo the share of the landlord has already Revenue,
been stated. In some districts a sixth, and in others a tenth, belongs to the sove-
reign ; but in general the landlord, the capitalist, and the cultivator, may be con-

^ ^nbsp;sidered

-ocr page 560-

APPENDIX,

sidered to share between them the whole produce of the land. The monopolies whicb
the chiefs assume to themselves have also been
noticed. Besides these there are a few
imposts in bazars, which with some other pecuniary emoluments accrue to the chiefs,
but they are, for the most part, rather to meet their personal expenses than to
defray those of the state, and consequently hardly deserve the name of public revenue.

The arms formerly used for olfence by the inhabitants of Celebes were the sumpit, or
tube through which the poisoned dart is blown, the
kris, spear, kléwang (cutlass),
hâdi, vcaàpârang : to them may now be added muskets, musketoons, and small cannon.
Those for defence were chain armour
(baju rânti) and two kinds of shields, the one
long the other round, made of very tough light wood, and bound together very
strongly by pieces of split rattan.1

The Mahometan religion is professed in all those parts of Celebes which have any
pretensions to civilization, and the
Koran, of course, is the standard of law and wor-
ship, as far as it is known. According to the records of
Makasar, the Mahometan
religion was introduced there about the year 1603, by
Khateh Tungal Datu Bandang,
a native of Menânghahau on Sumatra. Nearly all the inhabitants of the south-west
limb are Mahometans, but of the centre and the other limbs of the island only a very
small portion have been converted. There are Mahometan
schools in all parts of the
south-west limb, but the Arabic language is only learnt by those designed for the
priesthood. They do not consider themselves as belonging either to the sect of Omar
or Ali, but as followers of the law of the prophet, without regard to either. Circum-
cision is performed on both sexes ; on the males at ten or twelve years of age, on the
females at six or seven.

It has been related, hat the change of religion on Celebes happened just after the
arrival
of the Portuguese, who are said to have offered Christianity at the same time
that the Malayus offered Mahometanism. The king
of Makasar is said to have been
doubtful which of these systems he should adopt, till he consulted the wisest men
his dominions, who advised him to embrace the religion of the
Koran in preference to
that
of the gospel, stating as an argument in its favour, that it had arrived first, and
that God would never permit error
to arrive before truth. But this does not appear
on the records of
Makasar.

The public feasts formerly held, sometimes for weeks together, appear to have been
for political rather than religious purposes : at present the Mahometan fasts and feasts
are observed. Formerly the dead were generally buried, but in some instances burnt.
There is still to be seen in
Lamuru a burial place belonging to the royal family,
containing jars or urns with the ashes of their ancestors, which are held sacred, indeed
almost worshipped, at the present day. The
Bugis name for the places of burial
used before they were converted to Islamism is
Patûnan, or the place of burning. It
is not known that any tribes of the
Turâjas burn their dead at present : they are said to
deposit them in excavated rocks on the sides of hills, and to be so anxious to be buried
among their relations, that if a man of rank dies in a distant part of the country, the

clxxxiv

appendix
F.

Instruments of
war.

Reli^on,

body

1nbsp; See plate of Jayan warlike instruments, in whicli the long shield represented is that of the Raja of Boni,

-ocr page 561-

APPENDIX.

body is salted to preserve it, and in that state carried bacît to his own residence. Very appendix
little is known of these people by the inhabitants of the south-western limb, but they
are universally considered as the first inhabitants of the island. They are a very fine —\'
race of people : the women particularly so. It is said they will not suffer stran-
gers or Mahometans to reside among them, and that
the custom of procuring a certain
number of human heads previous to marriage is as prevalent among them as with
the Dâyas of Borneo, and the Harafuras of the Eastern Archipelago in general.

Each state has its own system of laws, but they nearly concur in the following prin- i-^w* and insti-
ciples. Each sovereign generally possesses the right of putting to death any of his
subjects, except the members of his own family. Should any one of these commit a
crime and escape into another territory, he cannot be touched, but if taken in his own
country he must be brought before the
hechara, who alone are capable of passing sen-
tence on him.

Each petty state has its hecMra, composed of the principal people, both Paseajâng\'an
and Palêlê. All disputes between its followers are decided by it : it also judges and
passes sentence in cases of thefl, murder, and adultery, and decides all causes respecting
the legal right to property; but an appeal may be made to the court or
bechâra of the
principal state, the members of which are called the
Kapâla Bechâra. The decisio^i of
anyhechâra is subject to the approval of the sovereign, where he is not himself a^party
interested : indeed he may, in general, supersede the authority of this court
by
deciding promptly, but it behoves him to attend strictly to the adat Masa, or ancient
custom^ of the state, in his decision, for the
hechâra has the power to remove the
sovereign and elect a new one. The same persons at all times decide on the fact and
the law.

It is difficult to ascertain which of the dialects spoken on Celebes has most claim to Languages and
antiquity.
I have already stated, that the Makâsar and Bugis are considered as the
two principal languages of that part of the island known to Europeans. The MaMsar
the Bugis, waà Mandharese, which may be considered as dialects of the same language\'
use the same character with some trifling variations.* The
Turâjas or Harafûras of
Celebes have a fourth language, probably the most original, but it is not known
whether
they are at all acquainted with writing.

Each nation considers its own the most ancient character. The Makâsar alphabet
less complete than the Bugis, which consists of twenty-two letters, varied by six
vocalic sounds. The form of the character is peculiar, aud more nearly resembles
that of the Bâtas on Sumatra than any other we know of. It is difficult to decide
whether the
Bugis or Makâsar language is the most ancient. Many words hare the
same meaning in both, and many others differ so little as to be evidently of the same
origin ; but the
Bugis has often six or seven synonimes, whereas the Makasar has

2 a ânbsp;never

* See plate of the Ugi or Bûgîs alphabet.

t See Comparative Vocabulary annexed, including the dialects of the souili-west limb of Celebes, and some of the
islands in its vicinity, on which Bûgis settlements have been formed.

clxxxvii

-ocr page 562-

APPENDIX,nbsp;two,^ and seldom more than one. Some of the Bugis words bear

F. strong evidence of Hindu origin, as soda from sonOy gold; pardma from brahma,
\'nbsp;fire; which is not at all the case with the Makasar.

La Galiga, the reputed son oiSawira Gdding, is considered the author of the history
of
Sawira Gdding, which is a kind of heroic poem, and is read in a chaunting voice,
with a pause at the end of every fifth syllable. The measure consists of a dactyl fol-
lowed by a trochee, as Sawira Gad ing to
Malampoa, (Sawira Gdding the great). He
is the only author whose name is commonly known ; and all books, even the most
modern, which are written in the same manner, are called after him
Galtga, although,
properly speaking, the term should only be applied to the history of the heroes who are
supposed to have lived previous to the seven generations of anarchy which subsisted
at
Boni. Sultana Zaenah Zakeyat Udiu, the seventeenth sovereign of Boni subse-
quent to the anarchy, is said to have written an historical poem, containing the ex-
ploits of all the sovereigns of
Boni, from the reign of Mdta Se Sdmpo, the menuron of
Matajam, down to her own time; but it is not to be procured on the western side of
Celebes. It appears, however, that every Bugis family of high rank possesses a very
authentic history of that period, collected from the records of the court of
Boni.

The author of the Rupdma is not known, nor indeed is the name of any Makdsar
author known. The Rupdma is considered by the BUgis, as well as the Makdsars, to
be of equal antiquity with the
Sawira Gdding. Copies of both these works have been
obtained.

In the account given by Dr. Leyden, in his valuable paper on the Hindo-Chinese
nations,* upwards of fifty literary compusitions in the
language of this country are enu-
merated, most of which serve either to celebrate the deeds of their national heroes, or
are of
an amatory character. Besides these they possess codes of laws, or rather customs,
said to be of considerable antiquity. The
Koran has been translated into the Bugis
language. The use of rhyme is much less frequent than among the Malay us; and it
has been observed by Dr. Leyden, that quot; the melody of the verse depends on the
quot; rhythm, and the measure of some of the historical poems has in this respect consi-
quot; derable similarity to some of the specimens of Sanscrit verse.quot; The
Bugis songs
are very numerous, and in high estimation throughout the Archipelago.

They have no books on science, philosophy, or astronomy. The only stars they are
acquainted with, are Jupiter (called
Peldi), the Pleiades (called Worong Porong), Si-
rius and Orion
(Jdng^anJang^an, or the Fowl), the Great Bear {JongaJong\'aya), Navis
(Beliknipon), and Autares (Lambdro). They navigate their prdhus by these stars,
some of which must always be in sight, if the weather be clear.

The ilfaMsars use the Mahometan names for the months. Thenbsp;divide their

year of three hundred and sixty-five days into twelve months, beginning on our six-
teenth of May. Whether this division of the year has taken place since the
arrival
of Europeans or not, is uncertain; but it is more than probable it has. as with all this

correctness,

• Asiatic Researches.

mM

-ocr page 563-

// rj Anbsp;X. w ju^^w ^

ka..nbsp;n^ct.njla,. Jia.. la. md. inpa.. tn. dcL. na., ra-cv. chv.rU(v. ncJia.. r. la..nbsp;sa-. Tia-, a..

\' / / / •

. .......................\'f/\'t\'/W \\..................................-........ ....................................

//.............

.....

..................... .....

t^..,. .....aJ-

/

e/^\'i^ey

........

.......................................................................................oui.........

fjco......

! 1-

.......... y«^

rißa . pet. Ico. Tticv. Ia., da,, na . dm. j.

Ia, . -wa .

. jci. nta.. ya. r

qa..

H; t

i

i

^ X

T

a\'-

cKha..

pha■ na .

sa,. ra.

la.

thih.

ia..

la..

JCl. JlCL ■

da.

wa .

ma .

tOt

cfl

f

U

Î)

(f

A

t

O^)

cha,.

clh a..

ï^ka-, TtcL..

nqa. rha..

iha.

ha.

Iduv.

la..

7, Cl..

jjo. . da .

ß-

ga.

•.y

ma,.

J-s vaine Sc.

-ocr page 564- -ocr page 565-

correctness, it does not appear thej have any era ; at least since the introduction of appendix
Mahometanism, the Hegira seems to be used. The Bugis names of the months and
the number of days they contain, are as follow,nbsp;\'

........................... days.

Mangalompae.........»... .31

Nayae....................30

Palagunae ................30

Besakai ..................30

Jetai ................... .30

Some division of time into months and years must have taken place at a much
earlier date ; as some of the earliest of the present line of kings, and the len-th of
their reigns, are particularly mentioned.nbsp;^

I have before stated that slavery is practised on the island, and that the states not Slavery and
only supply slaves for domestic consumption (if I may use that phrase), but for export
and commercial traffic. There are examples of whole villages becoming slaves, and
there is scarcely a state or family of rank on the island that has not its assortment of
these degraded beings, many of whom are reduced to this condition by the most cruel
and insidious means.

Of the thousands exported annually from Makâsar, the greatest portion consisted of
persons who had been kidnapped by people acting under the authority of the European
residents, or the princes of the country.

The sale of their subjects constituted one chief source of the revenue of the Rajahs •
and the factors at the different Dutch residencies traded in slaves. It is reported of
one factor that he exported nine hundred in a year. The payment or contribution to
be made to the Dutch, was either measured in gold, silver, or slaves. In a treaty made
between the people of
Gua and Admiral Speelman, we find that they promised to pay
so much of the precious metals, or one thousand slaves. Those slaves that were ob-
tained by law or descent, were called
Dingen ; those kidnapped, Paras.

The respective prices for slaves at Makasar were as follow.

For a grown lad, legitimately obtained ..........gQ dollars.

For a young woman, ditto......................40

For a grown lad, kidnapped ......................

,20

For a young woman, ditto

It appears from the report of a commission appointed to inquire into the abuses of
the slave trade in Celebes, addressed to the council of policy, and dated
Makdsar the
21st September 1799, that the Dutch government of Batavia, from the year 1699 (the
period of the first Dutch settlement at
Makdsar), had sent repeated orders for the pra-
vention of abuses in the slave trade in Celebes ; with what effect, the following extract
from the same report will shew.

« The abuses which have successively crept in, and the intrigues which are now
« practiced to obtain slaves, are so manifold and perplexing, that it would be very
quot; difficult for us to enumerate or to trace them. In attempting such a detail with all

quot; the

Sarovsanâ..................go days,

Padrowânae ..............go

Sujewi....................so

Pachekae..................gj

Posée....................gl

Mangaseran ..............32

slave trade.

-ocr page 566-

quot; the precision and attention possible, we should still ignorantly omit some things,
« and depict others in too faint and indulgent a light, the grounds of our information
« being often superficial and precarious; for it is to be remembered, that the enormi-
quot; ties which are committed in this trade conceal themselves in the dark, and it is only
quot; by accident that some traces of them can occasionally be discerned. For these rea-
quot; sons,gt; the undersigned request that they may be excused for confining
themselves to
quot; the most common and notorious abuses, which being faithfully recorded, may still
quot; afford sufiicient evidence of the dreadful and detestable crimes which spring from
quot; avarice, and of the frightful shapes in which she perpetually displays herself, insti-
quot; gating and exciting the vengeful and blood-thirsty passions of the natives, and
\'\' creating a fertile source of trouble and mischief

quot; The making of a slave transport, if properly viewed, consists in nothing more than
quot; this. A person, calling himself an interpreter, repairs, at the desire of one who
quot; says that he has bought a slave, to the Secretary\'s Office, and accompanied by any
quot; native, who provided with a note from the purchaser gives himself out as seller.
quot; For three rupees a certificate of sale, in the usual form, is immediately made out;

three rupees are also paid to the notary, two rupees put into the hands of the inter-
quot; prefer, the whole transaction is concluded, and the purchaser has thus become
« the lawful owner of a free-born man, who very often is stolen with his (the pur-
« chaser\'s) concurrence and co-operation. He does not, however, trouble himself
quot; about that,
because the stolen victim is already concealed where nobody can find him.
quot; The transaction also very seldom becomes public, because never were found more
quot; faithful receivers than the slave-traders. It is a maxim with them, never, as they
quot; call it, to betray their prison ; a phrase which we shall presently have the honour
« more
fully to explain. But what will be thought of the value of those public instru-
« ments, to which the name of Slave Transports is attached, when at times it is found
quot; that both purchaser and seller are fictitious, and that they are united in one league
quot; with the interpreter. By such means it is obvious, that the right of property upon
quot; a stolen man may be acquired with as much ease as if he were pinioned before the
quot; door or within the yard of the pretended purchaser, and with no greater cost than
quot; the small sum of one rupee, or something more, according to circumstances, which
quot; must be put into the hands of him who gave himself out for the seller. To find a person
quot; for this purpose does not require a long search, for it is a very easy trade to pursue,
quot; and there are numbers of the most profligate of the natives continually roving about
quot; who do nothing else, and maintain themselves exclusively upon such small profits;
quot; even the slaves of the inhabitants being bribed, suffer themselves for a small fee to
quot; be thus employed. The victim himself, who is stolen and sold, is never examined,
nor do the Dutch or native interpreters at all concern themselves about the matter;
« they are not much afraid of the risk of their responsibility; so that, at any time,
« it were possible to prepare beforehand as many transports as might be required.

« Let us further represent to ourselves this, our town of Makdsar, filled with
quot; prisons, the one more dismal than the other, which are stuffed up with hundreds of

« wretches.

-ocr page 567-

« wretches, the victims of avarice and tyranny, who, chained in fetters, look forward appendix
quot; with despair towards their future destiny, and taken awaj from their wives, their
quot; children, their parents, their friends and comforts, languish in slavery, helpless
quot; and miserable ! We may picture to ourselves the condition of one (and how often
do such instances occur) who perhaps saw his aged father lose his life by his side, in
« attempting to rescue the pride and comfort of his declining years, whilst the survivor,
« incapable of further resistance, is torn from him, robbed irrecoverably of what is
« most precious to every human being, and carried away, in a condition more dread-
quot; ful than death itself, a condition of despair and uncertainty, in which that moment
quot; only shall produce
a change, when he is resigned for a trifle to the arbitrary will
« of a master, who has paid the stipulated price, and acquired the right of placing him
quot; amongst the number of his domestic animals, treating him at times no better than
quot; he would do those creatures.

quot; If we would lift up another corner of the curtain, a scene no less afflicting pre-
quot; sents itself. Here we discover wives lamenting the loss of their husbands, children
quot; missing their parents, parents missing their children, who, with hearts filled with
quot; rage and revenge, run frantic through the streets and before our doors, to do all
quot; that the filial love of children for their parents, the tenderness of parents for their
offspring can inspire, in order, if possible, to discover where their dearest pledges
quot; are concealed. Often, very
often, is all their labour and trouble in vain, being
quot; obliged to return back hopeless and comfortless to their afflicted friends and rela-
quot; tions. Sometimes, indeed, the profoundest secrecy is not proof against their inde-
quot; fatigable scrutiny, and if they do by any chance learn where a father, mother, a son
« or daughter, a husband or a wife, is kept in concealment, hope revives within their
« bosoms, and absorbed in the prospect of becoming their deliverers and saviours,
quot; every sacrifice is considered trifling, by means of which they can regain possession of
quot; the objects of their anxious care. But, alas! these unhappy people have not as yet
quot; reached the end of their sufferings ; an obdurate purchaser, deaf to all the pleadings
quot; of distress, will be prepared coolly to make his advantage of it, and proportionably
quot; to enhance the ransom of his victim, till by extorting an exorbitant price, he may
quot; plunge the unhappy relative from a moderate property into indigence, or, which is
quot; still worse, burden him Avith debts, which sooner or later will reduce himself, and
quot; perhaps his whole family, to slavery !

quot; It must not be thought, that when these wretched people have thus carried their
quot; point, and when, to furnish the sum demanded, they have sold their houses and
quot; goods, or even pawned themselves,* that, after
the payment of the ransom agreed
« on, the matter is finished. No ! the trader will not deliver up the pretended slave
until he departs for Batavia : and if we ask, why? it is, that his prison may not be
quot; betrayed ; that is to say, that it may not become generally known throughout the
quot; country, what numbers of stolen people he keeps
shut up within his prison, and that
quot; the cry
of vengeance against many execrable acts that are concealed in the dark, may

quot; not

* Meaning their services for a stipulated period or for iife.

-ocr page 568-

« not everywhere be heard, by which many villains would become notorious. A son
« is therefore only exhibited to the afflicted father : he sees hira in a pitiful condition
« linked with fetters, and it is frequently at such a moment that the ransom is agreed
quot; on.
.The grief wherewith a father\'s heart is pierced at such a sight, the rapid succes-
quot; sion of
his emotions from grief and despair to hope and longing, when contrasted
quot; with the deliberate calmness with which a
covetous purchaser knows how to take
quot; advantage of the poor man\'s distress; the inditference,
the obstinacy, with which
« he persists in his bloody demand of each
rix-dollar, each stiver, nay almost of each
quot; penny; in a word, every thing that can have any relation to such a striking spec-
« tacle, can
be more easily conceived than described, and we have said enough to
quot; exhibit the abomination of proceedings, which cannot fail to have a most per-
quot; nicious influence upon society.

quot; But it may be said, the laws and regulations speak in favour of the oppressed.
quot; We have shown above, in
what manner government have endeavoured, from time to
quot; time, to provide against such abuses, and to this we beg leave to refer ; but where
avarice is
predominant, laws, reason, rights, humanity, all that is sacred, are too
quot; often compelled to
yield. Besides, various obstacles conspire, which time and local
quot; circumstances have engendered, so that in spite of
the most salutary statutes (which
« are indeed so far nominally in force) the evil cannot be effectually checked ; and
quot; experience has taught us, that the most rigorous orders which government could
quot; devise, would be insufficient to make a due provision against the increase of these
abuses.

quot; Those, whose fate we have now hastily drawn, are not always stolen by foreign
quot; nations at distant places. No : about and near the houses of our own inhabitants, in
quot; our kampongs, within our own town, it very often happens. A numerous gang of
quot; villains, known by the name of bondsmen (verpandeling\'), with a number of whom
every slave-trader is careful to provide himself according to his means, are most
quot; useful instruments in procuring slaves in the easiest and cheapest way; and being
quot; instructed in all the arts of villainy, and eager for prey, they rove about in gangs
quot; during the night and at unseasonable hours, and if successful in overpowering some
quot; one, they carry the victim to their employer or to any purchaser, and it is very
quot; seldom that
anything more is heard of it, than that such a one has lost his slave,
quot; or that such a native is missing. The stolen man, woman, or child, is already
quot; chained and shut up within the prison of some
slave-trader, which is never visited.
quot; The slaves for foreign markets are always carried on board at night; and if a
quot; stolen person were either free-born, or the slave of an inhabitant, he dares not
quot; make himself known as long as he is in his ravisher\'s hands, for in that case they
quot; would kill him immediately, even were it before the door of the person who wanted
quot; to buy him, whilst the robbers would have no difficulty in getting out of the way,
quot; and beyond the reach of justice.

quot; Those who are trained to this business, whether bondsmen or slaves (for even
amongst this latter class of people thieves of men are often found), are very fertile

m

-ocr page 569-

in all kinds of intrigued to accomplish their ends; for except casual victims, who appendix
sometimes fall by accident into their clutches, a considerable time will often elapse
before they succeed in securing the object they have marked out for their prey,
quot; because the devoted creature is frequently on his guard; and as it cannot be done
quot; openly without great precaution, for he would certainly sacrifice his own or their
quot; lives to preserve his liberty ; they therefore lie in wait for him a long time, endea-
quot; vouring by indirect means to make acquaintance with him, in order to gain his
confidence, and then, we will not say always, to conduct or allure him into the
house of the slave-trader, or otherwise, as is sometimes the case, to lead
quot; him to a remote
spot, or at least to some distance from his house, when he imme-
quot; diately finds himself attacked by two or three of these ruffians, who have long
quot; previously agreed with his pretended friends, and before he has time to put himself
quot; into a posture of defence, or to take hold of his Am, it is already wrested from him,
quot; and his hands are tied behind his back. To cry for help would be immediately fatal
quot; to him, he is therefore compelled to be quiet, and to suffer himself to be sold as a
slave by the ruffians who had previously arranged where to carry him.

Why such violations are so seldom made public, and thieves of men are so rarely
detected, many sufficient reasons may be assigned. For instance : the profound
secrecy of the prisons; the clandestine manner in which slaves for traffic are carried
quot; onboard in the dark of the night ; the sinister manner in which the purchase is
transacted and confirmed; the facility with which the villains are able to escape,
when after some time the theft becomes notorious; the difficulty of making satisfac-
quot; tory inquiry about a crime, of which but a few of the perpetrators and their accom-
quot; plices are generally within the reach of justice, whilst the stolen person is still
more
« rarely present, so that it generally happens, in such a case, that the most guilty
quot; get offquot;; the still greater uncommonness of offenders of this sort being caught in
quot; the very act, so as to fall at once into the hands of justice; and finally, the secret
quot; protection which some native petty princes, living upon plunder, afford to their
quot; subjects. Ail these, and many other circumstances, combine to facilitate the
quot; practice of kidnapping, which thus goes on almost undisturbed and generally
quot; unpunished !

quot; A rich citizen, who has a sufficient number of emissaries called bondsmen, carries
quot; on his trade much more easily than a poor one does. The latter is often obliged
quot; to go himself
to the Kampong Bugis or elsewhere,/to take a view of the stolen
« victim and to carry him home; whilst the former quietly smokes his pipe, being
quot; sure that his thieves will, in every corner, find out for him sufficient game, without
quot; his exerting himself otherwise than indirectly. The thief, the seller, the inter-
quot; preter, are all active in his service, because they are all paid by him. In some cases
the purchaser unites himself with the seller, on purpose to deceive the interpreter;
« whilst in other cases the interpreter agrees with the thief and pretended seller, to
quot; put the stolen person into the hands of the purchaser! What precautions,
what
scrutiny can then avail, when we reflect, that the profound secrecy of the prisons,

2 bnbsp;« and

-ocr page 570-

APPENDIX « and the strict precautions in carrying the slaves on board, are equalled only by the
« licentiousness with which the transports are fabricated.

quot; A distinction ought, however, to be made between such illegal and criminal
quot; practices, and a more moderate trade in slaves, many of whom it is true are stolen,
quot; but not in our vicinity, nor in the districts of the Company. The remainder are
quot; generally such as, according to the separate laws and customs of the native nations
quot; of Celebes, have in some way or other
forfeited their liberty, either in war, or for
« some misdemeanour, ^r on account of debts. These are likewise higher in price, so
quot; that the trader cannot have so much gain upon them ; they may also appear at
« broad day-light, an interpreter may with security answer for them. Such slaves
quot; can be brought on board very quietly in the day time ; the frequency of murder,
quot; as in other cases, is not much to be dreaded, and our town has considerably less
quot; danger to apprehend from these than from the class
before-mentioned.quot;

The report concludes by recommending specific measures, and expressing an opinion,
that « it would not be inexpedient, if, but for one year, the exportation of slaves from
quot; hence were suspended.quot;

In the following year, the residents received instructions from the high regency, in
which several of their predecessors were accused of having « assumed a despotic sway
quot; over the natives, plundered those over whom they had been placed to protect them,
« and of having even dared, with the assistance of the native chiefs,
whom they have
« found means to debauch,
to put the natives in irons, and to sell them as slaves. \'

Mr. Chassé, when governor of Makasar, much to his honour, attempted to put a stop
to manstealing in the neighbourhood of his residency. He did not, however, succeed
to any extent. When the
British arrived, it appeared that numbers of plunderers were
roaming
about for the supply of the slave market, which was still open , so that the
inhabitants of the villages adjacent to
Makasar, never dared to approach, except in
parlies of at least five or six armed men. An equal caution prevailed throughout the

country.nbsp;r • •

To enforce the British abolition laws, there was formed at Batavia, in the beginning

of the year 1816, a society called the Java Benevolent Institution, and in the course of

the year this society published an account of its proceedings, containing, among other

interesting matter, « Rp-marks upon Makasar, amp;c. compiled from the information of

LieuteLnt Owen Ph^ips, assistant resident there.quot; This paper concludes as

follows.

« The laws recognized between the Dutch Company and the states of Boni and
«« Gûa may be considered a fair criterion of their general spirit and tendency.
« They were agreed to in an early period
of the Dutch establishment, when Mmiral
« Speelman
colluded a treaty with those states, and they have not since undergone
« any material alterations. The penalties therein prescribed were required to be
« paid in money or property of any description, at the arbitrary rates fixed by the
quot; same laws, and which appear on the whole to be extremely favourable to the wdi-

« vidual; debtors or convicted felons, in default of payment, becoming bondsmen.

quot; But

-ocr page 571-

But the temptation to corruption afforded by an open market and an increased appendix
demand for slaves for traffic, introduced a practice of condemning, first to bondage,
and then fabricating for three dollars a certificate of slavery ; a practice which,
although not recognized in the laws subsisting between the European and native
powers, was yet generally known to prevail, and if not formally sanctioned was
openly tolerated under the former system.

« Whilst these laws are administered in the native states by their councils or he-
cMras,
the administration of justice in the Company\'s territories was vested in the
Regent, under the superintendance of the
Drost, but who has usurped the power
of actually deciding, particularly in cases where he is interested in the condemna-
tions, from the right which the judge enjoys, of a moiety of the property arising
from the sale of persons condemned to slavery, or in the appropriation of a certain
number of them to his own use ! The abuses arising out of these unlawful usurpa-
tions appear to have attained a great height in 1799, when the commission was
appointed to inquire into them ; but (as in the case of restraints which had from
time to time been imposed by law) that inquiry did little more than recognize the
right of control over the actors and participators in such abuses ; a right which
could readily and profitably be compromised by men who, from habit, were actuated
by little determined abhorrence of such crimes, and no steady resolution to eradicate
them. To this cause alone must be attributed the difficulties stated by the commis-
sion to be opposed to the due execution of the laws, and to the suppression of the
enormities that were generally practised; and although partial reforms were effected}
according to the disposition and principles of the persons who presided successively
in
MaMsar, the enormous gains to be derived from the toleration of corruption was
a powerful obstacle to its removal : and it may be said of the abuses and enormities
detailed by the commission in 1799, that although perpetuated with more or less
aggravation, as the controuling authority was more or less conscientious and vigi-
lant, no radical removal of them took place, nor were the suggestions of that com-
mission carried into effect, except partially within the town of
MaMsar.
quot; On the establishment of the British government, the practice and mode of kid-
napping within the town\' of
Mahâsar had in some degree been restricted and
ameliorated ; but this did not extend to the country. Some limitations had there-
fore been imposed on the connivance and direct participation of the public functiona-
ries ; but bondsmen were still generally employed as man-stealers, and the practice
of concealing in secret prisons, of assassinations to prevent detection, and of midnight
embarkations, were but little contronled or inquired into, as may be sufficiently
inferred from the laxity ofthe public tribunals, and the rare instances of any infrac-
tions of these laws being punished by them.

« The introduction ofthe prohibitory laws by the establishment ofthe British govern-
ment, naturally operated to cause a sudden and complete sdspension of the open
traffic; and although individuals are still clandestinely carried from
MaMsar, the
number is so small, that the utmost vigilance has hitherto been unable to convict the

2 b 2nbsp;quot; perpetrators,

-ocr page 572-

« perpetrators, especially as the numerous gang of bondsmen and raan-stealers?
u though compelled at present to resort to other avocations, are yet at the callofcor-
quot; rupt employers, and live in the hope that occasion may again offer of freely returm^
quot; to their pursuits, without apprehension of any consequences. This truth will te
« more generallv appreciated, if we explain the course through which these people
« are led to engage in the desperate trade of kidnapping. The bondsmen, who are
« thus employed by slave-traders, are generally dissolute adventurers from the native
« states, who repair to
MaMsar, perhaps, with a little property which they lose by
gambling; their next resource is to borrow from someone of the numerous Dutch
« or Chinese speculators (slave-traders) a sum of money, and which is only to be had
quot; at the exorbitant interest of fifty per cent, or, as expressed in the local terms,
quot; \' one wmg per month on the Spanish dollar.\' A debt thus dissolutely contracted
quot; is not likely to be retrieved by patient industry. But were such a disposition to
quot; prevail, the opportunity is scarcely afforded, and the obligation is generally allowed
« to accumulate until the debtor is about to pay the price in his captivity. To retrieve
« himself from this dire alternative, he has recourse to the trade of kidnapping,
and
the ready employment he meets with, added to the sudden gains which he hopes to
acquire, stimulate him to repair his fortunes in this irregular and desperate pursuit.
« Such are the bondsmen who are the active agents of
slave-traders in MaMsar ;
« and while the abolition has had the twofold elFect of diminishing their numbers and
of checking their depredations, it must be obvious that this salutary reform can
« only endure whilst the spirit which produced it is fostered. The commission in 1799
forcibly depicted the utter incompetency of the most rigid prohibitions, in restricting
the
barbarities which then prevailed : but there is yet a stronger fact, which bears
« equally upon the traffic, on whatever footing it might be re-admitted ; it is, that
e« the resources arising from what were considered legal condemnations to slavery,
« would be totally inadequate to supply the market under any probable limitations.

quot;As the demand increased, the more frequent condemnations on frivolous pretences

quot; would naturally ensue, if indeed such a practice in any degree could be considered

quot; legal; but the temptations to open violence arising from the numerous accessaries,

« and the direct or indirect participation of public functionaries, added to the com-

quot; parative cheapness of stolen men, are such strong inducements to revive ancient

quot; abuses,, under an actual demand, that no hope could be entertained of controuling

them. On the other hand, the maintenauce of the abolition laws, as they have

quot; hitherto tended to correct in a remarkable degree the monstrous practices which

« obtained, must, in their ultimate operation, effectually reform, not only the habits

« and dispositions of the inhabitants of Makasar, but check those frequent condemna-

quot; tions which in the native states may be chiefly imputed to the advantages that were

« generally made of them. To illustrate, in a familiar instance, the effect of thîs

« amelioration brought about by the silent operation of the prohibitory laws ; on

«« thie first arrival of the English, the inhabitants of the adjacent villages did not

f« dare to come to Makasar in parties of les.s than five or six men well armed. This

quot; was

-ocr page 573-

« was equally the case throughout the country, as there was an open sale for almost APPENDIX

f any number of people that could be stolen. The case, however, is now entirely _1

quot; altered, at least within the influence of the British authority. Men, women, and
quot; children, are now to be seen moving singly about the country in all directions,
quot; without fear and without arms. Formerly a man going on a hunting party, or a
« peasant to till his ground, went armed as if going to war; at the present day
quot; numbers of people may be seen in the paddy fields without a spear amongst them.
quot; I may add, that these effects are not confined to the Company\'s provinces, but
quot; are felt nearly throughout the states of
Gua, Telu, and Turdta, where there can
quot; be no
doubt that a few years would be sufficient to realize, under the present system,
\'\' a great increase to population, and the more important introduction of commerce
and civilization.

quot; The principal pirate settlements are Kali and Tuli Tuli, situated on the
« north-west coast. The depredations of these hordes are generally carried on be-
« tween Java and the Straits of Saleyer; their haunts are the islands near Seleyer,
also
Gunung Api, and the isles at the entrance of the Bay of Sembdwa, and in
general the small isles included between the coasts of Java to the west, Borneo to
« the north, and Celebes to the east.quot;

-ocr page 574-

APPENDIX F. continued.

A Comparative Vocabulary ofthe Bugis, Makasar, Mandhae, Bijton, SIsak, BfMA, SembIwa, Temboiia, and End^

Languages.

tembÓra.

EÎ^DE.

sembawa.

BIMA.

sasak.

BUTON.

mandhar.-

makasar,

BUGIS.

ENGLISH.

sa.

zua.

télu.

wûtu.

lima.

limâsa.

limâzua.

ruabûtu.

trâsa.

sabûlu.

bulûzua.

sâtu............

dua............

tiga............

am pat..........

limEl?:..........

ânam..........

tûju ...........

delâpan ......\'..

sambélan

sapûlu .........

dua-pûlu.......

sang\'âtus.......

tau...........

lâki-lâki.......

perâmpuan.....

bâpa..........

mâma.........

ûUi...........

mâta .........

ing\'a .........

seena .......

kâlae ......,

nih .........

kude-in ...,,

kutélin .....

bâta-in .....

kûmba.......

koného .....

lâli.........

saróne.......

sisaróne ....

simâri......

doh........

sia-in......

óna-yit ....
homóri ,...

yelai ......

kokóre.....

saing\'óre,...
saing kóme..

sâbua} icha ....

lua............

tólu............

dpat............

lima............

îtti ............

pidu............

wâru ..........

chéwi..........

sampûlu........

duampûlu ......

sa-râtus \'........

dho,...........

dho-móne-móne..

dho-siwe........

âma............

ina............

tûta............

mâda..........

ilu...........

sâtu.......

dua,,......

telu........

mpat......

lima ......

nâm.......

pitu........

bâiu.......

siwa ......

sapûlu.,....
dua-pûlu,,,.

sâtus......

kelépe......

mâma......

nina ......

âma........

îna........

ótah ......

mâta......

irung......

misa ........

dua..........

tetalu ..........

âpeh ........

lima ..........

ânam..........

tûju............

wâlu ..........

amésa..........

sapûlu..........

dua-pûlu........

sang\'âtus ......

tau.............

châcho ........

bahini,.........

kâma..........

indo ..........

ûl ............

mâta.........

ing\'a.........

sédi............

dua............

télu............

mpa...........

lima ..........

nam ..........

pitu............

harua..........

haséra......... •

sapûlu..........

diia-pûlu........

sa-râtus ........

tâwu..........

lioro-âni,.......

makónrai ......

amhéhna.......

indona .........

ûlu............

mâta ..........

ing\'a ..........

sédre..........

rua............

tâlu............

ampaf..........

lima...........

ânam..........

tûju............

delâpan........

samhilan........

sampûlu........

rua-pûlu........

sahilâng\'an......

tau............

borâni..........

bahlni..........

mângge........

anrong.........

ulûna .........,

matâna.........

ing\'a ..........

One ........

Two ........

Three........

Four ..........

Five...........

Six............

Seven ..........

Eight..........

Nine ..........

Ten............

Twenty........

Hundred.......

Man (homo),...

Man (vir)......

Woman........

Father.........

Mother.........

Head..........

dua........

tâlu........

mpat......

lima.......

ânam......

pitu........

ârua ......

asâra ......

sapûlu......

rompûlu....
sibilâng\'an..

tau........

tau........

makûnrai
bâpa ......

ma........

ûlu........

mâta ......

ing\'a.....

dau.

ûli-dau.

âna-dau.

ma.

web.

ûlu.

âna-mâta.
niju.

Nose

-ocr page 575-

Mlu...»........

sóntong ........

sumóre ........

taintu..........

maimpo ........

kiro............

köngkong ......

tadung .........

kidjnm ........

silam ..........

si-yang ........

naido..........

samav..........

gonóre.........

maing\'aing......

naino.........

gónong .......

ilah .........

kiwu .........

kilalngkong ....

andik.........

karâyi..........

ingkong ........

mang\'ong ......

kingkong........

morihoh........

hok-hok........

m^kan..........

fii.

nihi.

tûka.

lima.

wâhi.

râha.

giah.

kómbe.

mène.

mata.

bâra.

lâka.

glo.

bâne-

âpi.

wai.

tâna.

bâtu.

hâhe.

peti.

telor.

ikan.

réza.

wûlan.

dâla.

ga-hémbu.

regob.

ka-a.

-ocr page 576-

APPENDIX F. continued.

A compabative vocabulary of the Gunung Talu, Menadu, Ternati, Sang\'ir, Sirang or Ceram, and Saparua

Languages.

SIRANG or CERAM.

SAPARUA.

SANG\'IR.

TERNATI.

MENADU.

GUNUNG TALU.

ENGLISH.

One..................

Two..................

Three...............

Fournbsp;........

Five.................

Six.................

Seven...............

Eight...............

Nine ................

Ten.................

Twenty .............

Hundred.............

Thousand ...........

Man (liomo) .........

Man (vir) ...........

Woman.............

Father...............

Mother .............

Head ...............

Eyes................

Nose ...............

limhoto .......

bulang\'o.....

bone.........

ampat.......

lima..........

anam........

tliju,.........

delapan......

sambilan......

saplilu........

dua-plilu......

mai-tamp;tu......

notifu........

mantisia.....

satfilai\'.......

tamp;bua .......

bapa .......

namp;na .......

lung-gdng\'o...

mata .......

uling\'o,.,....

esah....
bua....
télu ....
épat ..,
lima....
ânam ..

walu.................

sioh..................

mapdlu .............

rfia-naplilu...........

ma-hatus.............

ma-ribu.............

tó...................

to-ama,..............

wewone.............

ama................ ,

ina ..................

filu..................

warén................

hirung...............
romo-didi .......

ra-ang\'i ......... •

râha.............

róma-tóha.......

râra,... »........

tómdi...........

tof-kang\'i .......

siyu.............

yagi-inói.........

yâgi-romdidi.....

ratu-mói.........

ribü-mói........

manûsia........

nónau .\'.........

fohékeh ........

bâba...........

yâya...........

dopólo..........

tâko............

idung ..........
darûa................

rimoi................! sembua

tâtelu................

épa ..................

lima..................

nóng ................

pi tu..................

walu ................

sioh..................

mapuru..............

duampûlu ...........

marâsu .............

sarib«...............

tau-mâta.............

esé.................

babini...............

bâpa.................

tekùra.....
dua .......

tólu.......

pat.......

lim.......

önan .....

fitûra .....
delapânte .
sambilânte .
putûsa..,..
dua-plt;ilu ..
ûtun......

rihûne-----

kâwu ....
manuâya .
mapuinâra
niba-bâra..
ninésan ..
ulûnte....
matâra ..
idónte....

isâhi.

rua.

óru.

ha-an.

rima.

nóho.

Mtu.

wâru.

siwab.

ûbu-tûhi.

ûhurua.

hutûngno.

rihûno.

tûma-tâwu,

manâwau.

pipinâwu.

amâni.

inâni.

urûni.

ma-âni.

irini.

nina................

mata
îrung

-ocr page 577-

Hair...v,.............

Teeth................

Belly ................

Hand ................

Foot.................

Blood ................

Day (light)............

Night ................

Sleep ................

Dead ................

White................

Black...............

Good ................

Bad..................

Fire,.................

Water...,,,..........

Earth................

Stone................

Hog..................

Bird..................

Egg..................

Fish................ .

Sun..................

Moon................

Stars ,..............

God,,quot;................

Sitnbsp;............

Eat................ .

wdhuk...

wahang .
po-ot ...
leng\'an ..
hahe. ..,

raha.....

ndoh ..,
weng\'i..,
madakal,
mamp;ti . ,.,

kfilo.....

riram ...
léhos ,,,
Icwo....,
amp;pi ....,
rano . .,.
tana ....
watu ..,
wawi ...
kókff ...
i,telu ...
póngkor ,
ndoh ..,
lelébon ,
tóto-tian,
walian .,
rumdma .
kijman,,.

woho ....

dang\'éta ..
mhong\'a ,,
otoho ,. ..
oh-âto....

dûhu ____

dulûho....

hoi......

méte-lóho
mâti.....

tam.....

baik ....
tra-baik .,

tólu......

telóho....
bûta......

O

boi......

bûrung . ..
putitor ,..

tóla......

mûtu-hâri
ulano .,,.
óli-pópo ..
mâlai-kâti
ulóho ....
móng\'a ..

rambut ..............

gigi • .................

ho-ot ................

tang\'an ..............

kaki..................

d^ra..................

modiri................

wang\'i-lóbi............

hótu..................

sóni..................

ubüan ................

irang ................

laha .................

èsi ..................

dkut ................

aki..................

kaha ................

marih.............. .

sóho................

nâmot..,..,..........mânuk-darodo

nabdro................telor.........

neâ-ot................kena

mâta-hâri ............ ^ éloh........

bûlan ................bûlan........

ûna-biutan ............Lutûing ......

Ata ....
ïsi ....

tiang ,.
takiar ..
bisi ,. ..
dâra ...
éloh , .,
bâsa,...
metiki..
nâti,...
mawîra
mitung.,
mâpia ..
darâki,.
pûtung..
âke ....
utâna ,,
bâtu____

tuan-âlah............. jmâwu-âlah...,

tégó.
óhot.

kâyan ..
kùmang

uhóra............

gigira ,.,,.......

pümra...........

tanS,nte ..............

kakira................

damp;rah................

pagira................

mahónte..............

akifet................

mati; hSbis ..........

putiia................

meténa ..............

pada-lóko ............

manche-ére naga-rata,,.,

apira ................

èyira ................

bümite ..............

batdra................

bolra ................

burüngte,,............

telórte................

jan..................

mamp;ta-h^ri ............

butónte...............

beritangte ............

alah ,,...............

matóran....... .......

kamana ,,,.......gt;..gt;

ihûwon.

nióni.

tehûni.

limani,

ahini,

lalâni,

kai,

lamâsai.

imutâra.

imâta.

ipûti.

iméte,

imai.

biâbia,

hahûlo.

waélo.

umélo,

hâtuo.

hâhuo,

mânuo.

terûri.

iyâno.

ria-ma-âno.

hulâno.

humârio.

âlah,

ituo,

iyâni.

-ocr page 578-

APPENDIX G.

Numerals according to the Chandra Sangkala.

ONE.

APPENDIX Rûpa.......................form, shape, appearance, face of any thing.

G. Chandra ..........moon at the 15th day, moon.

— sâsi............ •. new moon, month of the year.

Nahi or nebe ......the navel, completion of the mouth.

Bûmi ............the earth or piece of land,

Bûda..............ancient ; original.

Rón or Godong ,,,. leaf of a tree.

Médi..,...........abstraction, devotion.

Eku ..............tail of any thing. .

Dâra..............large stars, planets.

Jalma or Janma .... mankind.nbsp;.

Eka .............. one.

Wak..............thebody.

Sûta..............child.

Siti ...,.,........black earth, earth.

Awaiii...... - courageous, hair of the body.

Wûlan ............the moon at the 14th day, full mooîi.

Yâta... i.......... then, forthwith, thereupon.

Tung\'gàJ..........one.

TWO.

Nitra ............the eye lids, the eye.

Chaksu,...........^ne inner corner of the eye.

Nayâna............sight.

Sikâra ............the palm of the hand.

Btjja..............the upper part of the arm near the shoulder.

Pâksa ............the jaw-bone.

Drésti or desti......the eye-brow.

Hâma ............the outer corner of the eyes.

Lochâna ..........the lips,

Charâna ..........the side of the cheek bone.

Kerna ............ theears.

Kerni ............tbe inner part of the ear.

Anâmba .......... the act of closing the hands jn obeisance.

Taling\'an,...,..... the lobe of the car, the ear.

Mata..............the eye, the pupil of the eye.

Tang\'an ..........the hands, the arms.

...................the feet, or soles of the feet.

Lâr ........................wings.

Dûi ..............two,

L6ro.............. two.

THREE.

Bahning .......... fire (of a fiu-nace).

Pawamp;ka........... fire (from a volcano).

Siking ............ fire (struck from a flint).

Guna..............fire (from friction of wood).

-ocr page 579-

Daliâna«..........the fire which pervades every thing that has life, extensive fire, tre that has never been cxtin- APPENDIX

gnisbed.nbsp;(J.

Tri-ningrâna ....... fire (of the worlc-room).nbsp;___

Uta ..............a leech.

Buja-îâna..........alligator or crocodile.

Hûti .............. worm of the earth.

Jata..^,..........flame of fire.

Wéda.............fire or heat confined in a vessel, as in a cooking vessel.

.............the fire which giveth warmth to the heart, the fire of passion, the fire which giveth warmth

to passion.

Cftii .......i.....-fire (to a match).

U^awa............fire.

Kéa ..............great fire.

Lena........ ,... fire or flame of a lamp.

Puylka............fire and ashes, mixed.

Tiga..............three.

Uning\'a........... a torch.

FOUR.

Wédang........... hot water.

Segara ............the sea.

Kerti.............. well water.

Sûchi.............water after it is naed^

Jaladri............water from a lake, or where fresh wafer mixes with the sea.

Hâdi..............mountain water, rare or pure water.

Warna ............colour.

Wéh..............water which descends from a mountain.

Samûdra..........gea water.

Jaladi ............tank or pond water.

Ernawa...........spring water.

Toyâdl............dew water.

Wahana...........flood or quantity of water.

Waudâdi..........juice from trees, as toddy, amp;c.

Sindu.nbsp;milk.

Wari.............. cocoa nut-water, water.

Dik ..............glutinous sap taken from trees, as the Indian rubber, amp;e.

Tasik.............sweat, applied to the sea on the coast.

Bânyu............ water.

Chatur............four.

Pâpat.............four.

FIVE.

Bûta.............. a rasaksa or hobgoblin, also a lion.

Pandawa.......... the five sons of Pandu.

Tâta..............breath issuing from the nostrils.

Gâti..................dittonbsp;mouth.

Wisaya............ air produced as in bellows, amp;c.

Indri..............air which refreshes or revives.

............the air created by the passing of a missile weapon, or by the wielding of a sword.

....... • ......the same, created near the point or edge of the weapon,

Marûta,.,.,.......air which conveys scents of any kind.

Pawâna............strong wind.

Bâna..,...........hurricane, violent wind.

Margâna ..........favorable wind in one\'s course,

Sâmi-jrâna,,,, ♦ t » «, i the wind that checks perspiration.

2 c S

-ocr page 580-

APPENDIX Warâyang..........^le point or edge of the wind which strikes any thing.

G.nbsp;Panclia............ five.

- Bâyu .............wind that circulates in the human hody.

Wisikan ..........whispering wind.

Gûling\'an..........air circulating in a room.

Lima_____.......... five.

SIX.

Manesa............season, the seasons, prey of a wild beast.

SadrL .........thesixtastes, (sweet, sour, salt, bitter, pungent or aromatic, hot, aspepper^

Winâya;g..........to range, following in order, (which is done according to the six notions of things).

Gâna..............silk worm, bee.nbsp;_nbsp;j

Ret-tu............the feeling or taste of any thing not pleasant, as pain in the leg, mixed good and bad.

Ang\'gas ..........the trunk of a tree standing after its branches and leaves are decayed and faUcn.

Sàyag ............an inclining tree,

Karng\'a...........the sense of hearing.

Sanda ............clear, light.

Sandi ............plan, project, scheme, completed.

Bûdia ............disposition, inclination, ability.

Ka-nénam . .... —. six.

Räsa..............taste.

seven.

Ardi..............mountains near the sea, mountains.

Parwâta .......... several mountains together,

Turangga..........a steed, horse.

Qij.}.............. mountain or great hill.

Réksi orresi........a pandita, or holy or learned man.

Aksa,............. buffaloe.

Baksu ............bull or cow.

Mandâla ..........» mountain which is rent or split.

jjjj^j^ ..........a mountain which shews its shape, amp;c. clearly.

Hemâwan quot;.nbsp;- the summit of a mountain.

Gûra...........cow, great noise.

Sapta ............seven.

Pandita...........a holy man.

Géngsiâra..........the buzzing noise of flying insects.

Yamûni .......... the sound of a lover courting his mistress.

Kûda..............horse,

............. an instructor.

Pitu....................

eight.

Nâga......777r.... serpent.

Panagan ..........the dwelling of a snake, the skin which a snake has shed.

Sarira............guana.

Bâsu....................

Tânult; ............. camelion.

Mûrti ............lizard.

Kunjâra ..........pl^^e of confinement, prison.

Gâjah............elephant.

Dipângga..........an elephant folly caparisoned,

Samadia..........an elephant prepared for being mounted.

Hasta ............ elephant.

Mang\'gâla .......an elephant with his tusks grown»

-ocr page 581-

APPENDIX.

Dirâda............an enraged or savage elephant.

Hesti ........... • female elephant,

Matang\'ga ........a large elephant.

Bramana.......... a pandita from Sahraag or opposite coast.

..................a tame elephant

Kâla..............time.

Was, âwas........a scorpion.

Ula ..............® snake.

NINE.

Budra ............a muddy hole.

Trûstra............the hollow of a tube, a hollow in any thing.

Trûsti............t^«

jyjûjja ............ the face, the mouth.

Qapûra...........the gate or doorway of a palace.

Wiwâra .......a doorway, the opening of a case.

Diâra ............the gateway of a fort.

Drûna......,,.,,, doorway into a holy place, or place of misfortune,

Yûtu..............the eye of a needle, or the like.

Gâtra ............a small hole or cell in the earth made by insects.

Gua..............a cave.

Wadâna ..........the front of a door.

Léng..............all kinds of holes or hollow places.

Lawang ..........doors of every description.

Song............a long passage underground.

Babâhan..........the hole made for the entrance of a thief,

Nâwa ............nine.

CYPHER.

Bûma ........... • decayed grass, dried grass, hay.

S^jiya ............solitude, quiet.

Qgg^jjjj...........endless space, as between the earth and the sky, indefinite space.

Ng\'ambâra ........flight.

Widik widik ......that which is seen or heard but not known, as thunder.

Malétik .......... to fly off, drop off, any thing small which is knocked off from what is greater.

Sirna.............gone, vanished.

...........that of which one has an idea but cannot see clearly, as the sky,

............the air, atmosphere.

Malayewa ..,,,... to ran off.

Windu............the period of revolving, a cycle^

Sakâta............a carriage.

ccv

Hang..............gone, lost, past,

EXAMPLE.

marûta, sadrâsa, ardi, nâga, lawang, lang\'it.
air, taste, hill, snake, doors, sky.
5nbsp;6 7nbsp;8nbsp;9 »

bânyu,
water,
4

netra,
eyes,
2

Bûma,
Earth,
1

gni,

fire,

3

-ocr page 582-

APPENDIX H.

TRANSLATION OF THE MANEK MÂYA.

CHAPTER I.

Befoee the heavens and earth were created, there existed Sangyang Wistsa (the
all-powerful). This deity remaining in the centre of the universe, inwardly and earn-
estly desired of the Almighty Ruler to grant a wish that he had. A dreadful conflict
of the elements ensued, in the midst of which he heard a repetition of sounds, like the
rapid striking of a bell. On looking up he saw a ball suspended over him, and on his
laying hold of it, it separated into three parts : one part became the heavens and earth,
another
became the sun and moon, and the third was man, or mâneh màya.

All having made obeisance to the Sang yang Wisésa, he addressed himself to Mânek
maya
and said, quot; Hereafter thou shalt be called Sang yang Guru-, and placing entire
« confidence in thee, I give up the earth and all that is attached to it, to be used and
« disposed of according to thy will and pleasure.quot; Having spoken thus,
Sang yang
Wisésa
vanished.

The earth being in great distress, unfixed and liable to be driven to and fro by
every gust of wind, anxiously petitioned of
Sang yang Wisésa that its situation and
condition in the universe might be fixed. The sun, moon, and sky, deeply affected
with the distress in which the earth was, all came to lend their assistance : a violent
hurricane at the same time arose, and by their united influence the earth became still
and fixed, the contending waters then receiving their saltness and disposition to tur-
bulency. The continual presence of the sun and moon occasioned perpetual day.
Sang yang Guru, empowered by the deity, then directed that those two luminaries
should show themselves alternately, relieving each other by turns ; the sun dispens-
ing light and heat during the day, and at the close thereof entering into the bosom of
fire ; the moon continuing to light the earth by night, for fifteen days in a month, and
descending in due season into the bosom of the waters.

At the request of Sang yang Guru, the deity granted that he should have nine male
and five female children born unto him, without the assistance of a mother.

One of the sons, called Mahadéwa, being furnished with one of the daughters, called
Mahadéwi, as a wife, was sent to preside in the east. He was moreover provided
with a fort and palace of silver, a sea of cocoa-nut milk, and a white
pâri bird. His
letters were
ha, na, cha, ra, and ka, (the five first letters ofthe Javan alphabet), and
his day,
légi (which signifies svpeet).

The second son. Sang yang Sâmbu, was sent to preside in the south : the daughter

allotted to him for a consort was Sangyâna. His kraton was of copper; his bird was

a bhramâna

appendix

H.

-ocr page 583-

^bhramâna kite; his sea was of blood; his letters were da, ta, sa, wa, atidfe; his
day
pdhing.

The third son, Sang ^ang Kamajaya (the most beautiful), was sent to preside in the
west : the daughter allotted to him for a wife was
Dewi Râteh (which signifies the
most beautiful female). His
krâton was of gold ; his sea was of honey ; his bird was
a
kapadong, or yellow minor ; his letters were pa, da, ja, y a, and nia ; his day-
was pon.

The fourth son, Sangyang Wisnu, was sent to preside in the north : the daughter
allotted to him for a wife was
Sri. His day was wâgé ; his krâton was of iron ; his
sea was indigo ; his bird was a
gâga, or crow ; his letters were ma, ga, ha, ta, and nga.

The fifth son, Sangyang Bâyu, was appointed to preside over the centre ofthe
earth : the daughter allotted for his wife was
Dewi Sûmi. His krâton was of bell-
metal ; his day was
kliwon ; his letters were ga, lang, nia, ma, ma, la, pa, ya, and
a ; his sea was of hot water ; his bird was a gogek.

The four remaining sons were appointed to preside in the north-east, north-west,
south-west, and south-east quarters, respectively.

The god of the north-east was Sangyang Pretanjala, and the letter attached to him
was named
Vya.

The god of the south-east was Sangyang Kwêra, and the letter attached to him was
named
narasunya.

The god of the south-west was Sangyang Mahayakti, and the letter attached to him
was named
gandéa.

The god of the north-west was Sangyang Sêwa, and the letter attached to him was
named
norwiti.

These arrangements being made, Sang yang Guru went under the earth to put
things to rights there. The earth consisted of seven regions, one under the other,
like so many folds. In the first region he appointed the goddess
Déwi Pratiwi to
preside I in the second region, a god named
Sang yang Kusika ; in the third region,
a god named
Sangyang Gâng^ga-, in the fourth region, a god named Sangyang Sin-
dula
; in the fifth, Sangyang Dasampâlan ; in the sixth, a god named Sangyang Ma,
nihara;
in the seventh region, a god wàmeà. Sang yang Anta Boga, and who was
head over all the others.

Then Sangyang Gwr« returning from under the earth, and observing that it was
depressed towards the west and elevated towards the east, summoned all the deities
to a consultation respecting what might be the cause of this inclination. The deity of
the west said, that it was in consequence of a large mountain that was towai\'ds the
west, and whose weight bore down the earth in that quarter.
Sang yang Guru then
directed that the mountain should be removed from the west and
placed in the east,
so as to preserve the earth in due balance. All the
deities were accordingly forthwith
dispatched to effect the same.

Sangyang Guru, at the same time, got Sangyang Wisésa to create him a Vulcan

or Empu, whose name was Ramâdi.

Of this Vulcan, his mouth served to supply fire,

his

-ocr page 584-

APPENDIX his right and left hands served respectively to hold and beat his work, while his knee
answered the purpose of an anvil.

CHAPTER II.

Besides Sang yang Guru, Sang yang TVisésa created another degree of mankind, vis.
Sang yang Derma Jaka,
who having humbled himself before Wisêsa, petitioned him
to bestow on him a son, which was granted, and his son\'s name was
Châtur
Kanaka.

Châtur Kanaka having previously done penance, petitioned Wisêsa to grant him a
son, which he did, and his son\'s name was
Sang yang Kanekapûtra. This Kanekapûfra,
who was superior in abilities to all the other created beings, being grown up, was
sent by his father to do penance in the ocean, who gave him at the same time a precious

stone, called rélna dumtla, fraught with the wonderful power of rendering its possessor
insensible to hunger, cold, thirst, amp;c. and which completely fortified him against the
effects of water, fire, amp;c.
Chatur Kanaka also instructed his son to remain quiet
and silent during his penance.

CHAPTER in.

The deities who were sent to remove the heavy mountain which weighed down the
west end of the earth, were so fatigued with the labour it cost them that they were all
very thirsty. In looking out for wherewithal to quench their thirst, they discovered
issuing from the side of the mountain a clear stream, of which they all drank and died
shortly after, the water being impregnated with poison.

Sang yang Guru himself having come to the mountain, and being also very thirsty
drank from the poisonous stream : perceiving however, in time, that the water was
not good, he immediately vomited it, and so saved his life. The only
bad effects of it
was a blackness which remained about his throat, and from which he received the appel-
lation of
Mia Kânta. The water was called châla Mta, which signifies the most
potent poison.

On a further search. Sang yang Guru discovered another stream issuing from the
summit of the mountain, and of which the water was of an aromatic and
excellent
quality. The name of this water was Kamandâlu, and was so called from its having
the property of bringing the dead to life.

Instructed by Wisésa, Sang yang Gûru drank of the life-giving water, and at the
same time carried with him some of it, in order to give it to those deities who had died
in consequence of their having drunk of the death-giving stream. On the water being
applied to their lips they all immediately revived.

What remained of the mountain on removing it from the west to the east formed the
hill called
Tempaha (at Chiringin, in Bantam).

In the course of the conveyance of the mountain towards the east, a piece of it dropt

off, and became the large mountain in Bantam, called Gunung Kârang. Other pieces

falling off became the mountains Hala Hulu, near Pajajâran, Gunung G éde, e

mountain

-ocr page 585-

APPENDIX.

mountain called Chemâi (wliich is in Chéribon), and the Gûnung Agung, (which is in
Tegâl).

The fragments which continued to fall all the way along, on either side of the
large mountain, during its conveyance from the west to the east, formed the two
ran\'ges of hills stretching along the south and north coasts, and known by the name
of
Gunung Kêndang.

Two krge pieces fell off and formed the Brothers, called Sindóro and Sindârî, or
Sumbing. The deities employed in transporting the mountain stopped to rest them-
selves in that part of the country afterwards known by the name of
Kedu ; and the
perspiration
which then ran off their bodies was the cause of that country being so
well supplied with water.

These deities seeing Ramädi above in the clouds, at his ease compared with them
who were working so hard, asked how he came to be .there so much at his ease ? He
replied, that he was ordered by
Sang yang Gûru to remain there and work for the
gods. High words, and at last a battle, ensued, in which all the deities were de-
feated. So great was the power of
Ramâdi, whose mouth sent forth flame, and whose
breath was fatal to those exposed to its baneful influence.

Sang yang Guru interposed his authority, and having appeased the combatants,
the deities returned to the work of carrying the mountain. More pieces of the moun-
tain
dropped, and formed the mountains Merâpi and Merbâbu, into which the vol-
canic fire they have ever since contained was then breathed from the nostrils of the

fiery Vulcan Ramâdi.

Ramâdi then asked Wisêsa to give him a son, which was granted, and his son\'s name

was Brdma Kadâli. Brama Kadâli resembled his father in every respect, and was
equally powerful and formidable.

Other pieces of the mountain dropt, and formed the mountains Lâwu, Wilis^
Antang,
and Klüt, besides a number of small hills. What remained of the mountain
when it had reached the east, was set down and formed the
Gûnung Semiru (which
is in the country now called
Proboling\'go), the height of which reached the

sky.

Having removed the mountain from the west to the east end of the island, the seve-
ral deities presented themselves before
Sang yang Guru, who then ordered them to
take «ya-grained wood, earth, and stones, for the purpose of making him a heaven of
the most transcendant beauty, it being his intention to vie with the Almighty himself;
and in order that he might be on an equality with the Almighty, he gave orders for the
construction of a
Mix mârchu Mnda, which should resemble the âras of the most divine 5
and like unto the
Surga Purdos he made the Surga Loka. To resemble the Yamâm
he formed a Mwah ; corresponding to the Wailul, or hell of perishing cold, he made
Endut Blagdâba, or the place of filth ; similar to the bridge Seratal mastaMm he
snade the bridge
Ogalâgil. He at the same time made himself as many jawâtas as
the Almighty himself had malaiket (or male angels), alsa 100,001 widadâris (or fe»

S d

CCIX

-ocr page 586-

APPENDIX.

male angels), the odd one being Batâri Râleh. Sang yang Guru further provided
himself with a consort, whose name was
Batâri XJma.

• All this having been accomplished, the Jawâtas and Widadâris assembled under the
bali marchu kûndo, and began tb drink of the térta komandâlu, or invigorating beverage,

which soon made them quite happy.

While they were still quaffing, Rémhu Chûlung, one of the Rasâksa (who are the
dregs of creation) having observed them,
descended from above and joined the party.
When one of the
Jazoâlas, called Chandra, perceived this, he made a motion to Wisnu
to apprize him of it. Before therefore the beverage, which the rasâksa had applied to
his lips, had time to descend into his stomach,
Wisnu shot an arrow into his throat
and stopped its passage. The head only of the
Rasâksa (being all that experienced
the effects of its immortalizing quality) re-ascended, and became the devourer of the
sun and ro.oon (observable at eclipses); the whole of the
rest of the body perished.
Hence originates the great noise and clamour which is always made on an eclipse of
the sun or moon, the object of those who make it being to drive away the animal
which on those occasions
attacks the luminaries, and thereby produces what are termed
eclipses. * * * ^ * ^ *

(The scene which follows is too indelicate to be inserted.)

Sang yang Gûru immediately dispatched all the deities to destroy it, and to prevent

its growing into any thing gross or unnatural.

The deities accordingly went forth and commenced their attack, darting all
their missile weapons at it. Instead, however, of suffering from the effects of their
weapons, it only increased in size, and forthwith began to assume a shape, of which
the weapons called
châkra deksâna formed the head, those called lampang mang\'gala
formed the two shoulders, and those called gâda the rest of the body. The former
being now complete and of a very terrific appearance, all the deities were greatly
afraid and ran away from
Sang yang Kâla, the name of the monster, as it continued
to pursue them. The deities fled to
Sang yang Guru for protection and assistance?
informing him of what had happened, and telling him, at the same time, that the
Sang yang Kâla was advancing in order to inquire and find out who was his father.

The Rasâksa immediately made his appearance, having eyes like the blazing sun,
liair
long, lank, and clotted with filth and dirt, his body covered all over with hair like
a wild beast, and large tusks sticking out of his jaws.

Thus disfigured, he stood before Sang yang Guru and asked him who he was ? The
latter
replied, that he, was a powerful being and the ruler of many deities. quot; If that
be the case,quot; said
Sang yang Kâla, then must thou be able to tell me who my
« father was.quot;
Guru then said, « I know thy father, and will inform thee who and
quot; where he is, provided you comply with what I shall require of thee.quot;

Sam yang Kâia assented, and then inquired what it was that Guru wished him
to do.quot;quot; quot; That,quot; said
Guru, quot; I will point out to you, and if you fail to do it, I will
quot; instantly devour you. You must, in the first place, however, make
obeisance t^

ccx

-ocr page 587-

« me.quot; While the Rasâksa was in the act of prostrating himself before Guru, the APPENDIX
latter plucked two hairs from his head : upon which the former opening wide his mouth, 2L
Guru thrust his hand into it, and wrenched out his tusks and the poison which was
at their roots. The poison he deposited in a small vessel, and of the tusks he formed
two weapons, called
linipung and neng\'\'gâla, so heavy that it required seven hundred

men to lift one of them.

* # * » « ^

Sang yang Guru then confirmed to the Rasaksa the name of Sangyang Kâla: after
which, becoming greatly enraged with his consort, he seized and held her by the toe,
upon which she began to bellow, and was immediately transformed into a female
monster, receiving the name of
Durga. He then gave her to Sang yang Kola for
a consort, and allotted them for a place of residence the island called
Nusa Kamhângan,
where they continued to remain very happily.

Sang yang Guru then ordered the deities, Brama and Wtsnu, to go and destroy
the forty children of
Rémhu Chûlung, the devourer of the sun and moon. They
accordingly destroyed all the children except one, named Putût Jantâka, whose severe
penance alone saved him.

After this Guru saw in his sleep an appearance like a rainbow, and which seemed
to be portentous of some great event.
Sang yang Tchnban being sent by Guru to make
inquiries respecting the nature and meaning of this sign, which from its being in the
water he termed
suba sita, Tâmban went under the water, and saw there a devotee,
who notwithstanding his situation was quite unwet from the water, and undergoing
the penance of remaining perfectly still and quiet.

Guru being informed of this, and feeling jealous of what the devotee might gain by his
penance, became very desirous of causing him to break his vow : he accordingly sent a
number of
Dewatas and Widadâris to tempt the hermit. On their reaching the spot
where the latter was, they were not asked to sit down, and were completely disre-
o-arded by the hermit.
Brâma, who was one of those sent, then observed to the
hermit, that such haughty and neglectful conduct was highly unbecoming, and that if
it proceeded from ignorance, on his part, of the rank of the persons sent to him, he
begged to inform him that they were the messengers of the Great Deity, and ought to
be attended to.

These words making no kind of impression on the hermit, who continued obdurately
silent, the deity.
Sang yang Sêwa, then advanced, and addressing himself to the
hermit, spoke thus ; quot; Holy hermit, be not offended with what
Brama has just said
« to thee. I come not to disturb or annoy you, but merely to apply to you for the
quot; means of curing the sickness of
Batâri Uma, who has been taken very ill.quot; Neither
this, nor any other ofthe devices which the rest ofthe deities successively had recourse
to, succeeded in making the hermit break his silence. The deities, however, being
determined to do ail in their power to make the hermit break his vow of uninterrupted
silence.
Sang yang Sâmbu took a vessel of water and emptied it upon him, while
others, at the same time, began to belabour him with sticks. Notwithstanding all this,

g d 2nbsp;the

-ocr page 588-

the hermit persevered unshaken in his resolution of maintaining a dead silence. Seeing
this
Sang yang Bâyu came up and began to batter his head with stones, which instead of
doing any injury to that usually tender part, were only broken themselves into many
pieces.
Brmna had then reçourse to fire, which he heaped about the hermit, so that he
was for a considerable time entirely concealed from the view, by the vast flames there-
of, and supposed to be completely destroyed. When the fire had done burning, how-
ever, the hermit was observed to continue in the same situation as before, uninjured by
the destructive element, and, like gold, only the more pure and beautiful.

Astonished and exasperated at all this, the deities then began to assail the hermit
with all their various weapons, viz. 1.
chakra, 2. Unta, 3. hardadâlî, 4. neng\'gâîa, 5. pa^
râtu,
6. ItmpKng, l.pasopâti, and S.trisûla. The body of the hermit proved invulner-
able. The deities then, quite confounded and ashamed of their failure, returned to
Guru, and informed him of all that had been done.

Sang yang Gûru then went himself to the .hermit, and asked him what it was he
wished to obtain by his penance, telling him at the same time, that if be was desirous
of having beautiful and accomplished virgins, he had plenty at his service. Receiving
no reply,
Sang yang Guru then said to him, quot; I know what the object of this penance
quot; is, and I should possess very limited power if I did not know every wish of thy
liLvt Thou art ambitious of supplanting me in the power and rule which I hold
« in heaven; but thou deceivest thyself. Wert thou to do penance for one thou-
« sand years, while I should continue to enjoy
myself in a series of uninterrupted
« pleasures, thou wouldst never be able to come near to me in power or glory ; for after
quot; Téja or Châya (which signifies light or brightness), Bûmi (the earth), and Lângif
« (the sky), I stand the next eldest work of creation ; and the power superior to these
quot; just
mentioned is Sâng yang Wisésa, who is the oldest and greatest of all.quot; Upon
this the hermit could contain himself no longer, but bursting into laughter, said,
quot; Thou art wrong, and what thou hast said of
Sang yang Wisésa, is true of the AI-
quot; mighty himself only, whose displeasure thou hast consequently incurred by what thou
quot; hast just stated. Know that I am
Sang yang Kanekapûtra ; and to prove to thee that
quot; I know better than to believe what thou hast said of
Sang yang Wisêsa, I would
quot; only ask thee who could have been the cause of those sounds which were heard by
quot; Wisêsa before the heavens and earth were. Without doubt they were occasioned by
quot; a power older and greater than him.quot;

On this Guru was silenced, and had not a word to say. He then entieated Kaneka-
pûtra
to tell him who this eldest and most powerful being was, proposing, at the same
tiiùe, that he should go with him, and become joint ruler over the deities in lieaven.
« These sounds,quot; answered Sang yang Kanekapûtra,^^ were the voice of the Almighty,
signifying his will that there should be created things of an opposite nature to each
« oAer, as male and female, above and below, father and mother, beautiful and ugly,
amp;c. amp;c.—every thing created having its opposite, except thee and me, who are one
and the same.quot;

Sang ^ong

appendix.
H.

-ocr page 589-

Smg yang Kanekapûtra and Sang yang Guru then ascended to heaven, and seated appendix.
themselves on the
Bali mârchu kûnda. After they hadreraained there for some time. Sang ^
yang Giiru
perceiving a case belonging to Sang yang Kanekapûtra, to remain constantly
shut, inquired of him the cause thereof, and was told by him that it contained the most
precious
of all precious stones, which had the wonderful power of making the possessor
of it feel neither hunger, cold, nor thirst, amp;c. and which fortified him against the effects
of water, fire, amp;c.

When Sang yang Gûru heard this, he requested to have the stone ; but Kaneka-
pûtra
told him it was of so subtile a nature, that it would pass through the hands of
innumerable people, and would never remain with any one but him destined to be the
possessor of it.
Sang yang Gûru asked Kanekapûtra to part with the stone, and
give all the other deities an opportunity of getting it, provided it should not remain
with him.
Kanekapûtra then threw up the precious stone, and Guru caught hold of it.
It not only passed through his hands, but also through the hands of all the deities who
successively caught and
attempted to retain it. The precious stone then falling down
upon the first region of the earth, where presides the deity
Pratiwi, dropped suc-
cessively through all the others, without the presiding deities
Bagâwan Kusika, Sang
yang Gâng\'ga, Sindûla, Drampolan,
and Manik Kôga, being able to retain hold of it,
till coming to the last region,
Anta Bogo, the presiding deity, who was in shape like a
dragon,
opened his mouth and swallowed it.

Sang yang Guru then asked Sang yang Kanekapûtra what he fehould do to become
possessed of the precious stone ?
Kanekapûtra replied, he must go and search for it as
far as even the
seventh region of the earth. Sang yang Guru approved of this, but at
the
same time wished that Kanekapûtra should go himself, accompanied by all the
deities.
Kanekapûtra accordingly set off, and on his arrival at the different regions,was
successively told by the presiding deities, that the rttna dumtla had slipt through
their hands, and had passed down into the seventh and lowest region. When he came
there he and all the deities who accompanied him, were kindly received by
Anta Bogo.
Kanekapûtra then told Anta Bogo that Gûru was desirous of having the precious
stone, and would be greatly obliged by his giving it up to him.
Anta Bogo declined
compliance, and immediately his body became extended so as to encircle the whole of
his region. It is further reported that he had ninety nostrils.
Kanekapûtra perceiving
that
Anta Bogo was making a display of the power he possessed, gave orders for all the
deities
to enter his body by his various nostrils, and to make search for the vessel called

chûpu mânek astagîna, in which the rétna dumila was deposited.

** ******

Wisésa seeing what had taken place, reprimanded the parties concerned, for their
folly and mistake, and at the same time ordered that they should all forthwith depart
out of the body of
Anla Bogo. He next desired that the body of Anta Bbgo should be
carried away by the deities, in the same manner in which they had formerly carried
the mountain. On their way with it to
Sang yang Guru, the body decreased gradually
in size, till it vanished entirely.

Kamkapûira

-ocr page 590-

Kanekapûtra was highly incensed against Ania Bôgo for his provoking conduct, and
was just going to complain of it to
Sang yang Gûru, when to his surprise he perceived

AntaBôgo himself under the seat of Sang yang Gûru.

Sang yang Gûru seeing Kanekapûtra\'s displeasure increase, he requested he woui
not be otFended with
Ajita Bôgo, as his conduct was merely intended for a little merri-
ment.
Sang yang Guru then desired Anta Bôgo to deliver up the chupu manek astagtna,

which he accordingly did.nbsp;„

Sang yang Guru not being able himself to open the chûpu, handed it over to Kane-
kapûtra ;
but neither he nor any ofthe otber deities, who successiA\'ely attempted to open
it, could succeed.
Anta Bôgo was then applied to : but he said, that so long as he had
had the
chupu, it opened and shut of itself, without his knowing how.nbsp;quot;P

chûpu, Sang yang Guru then threw it down with great violence ; upon which it nroKe
in pieces, and vanished from the sight. The
chupu and the dumila which it con-
tained then became, the former a
Bâli simarakâta, the latter a virgin, to whom Sang
yang
Guru gave the name of Tcsna^Wâti, and who continued to remain in the Bah M-
rakâta
till she grew up. Sang yang Guru afterwards taking a fancy to this virgin,
wished to make her his wife. She
consented, on condition of his giving her such proot
as she required of his divinity and power, and that was by his
supplying her with three
things, viz. 1. a suit of elegant apparel, which would last her for ever without being in

the least tarnished; g. a meal which would cause her never to feel hunger niore; 3. a
musical instrument callednbsp;of the most melodious sound. Ail these
Sangyang

Guru promised to get for her on her agreeing to prove faithful to him.

In furtherance of his intentions, he ordered the deity Chitra lâga to go to ISma
Kambângan
and call Sangyang Kâla. When Sangyang Kâla came, Sangyang Guru
desired him to bring his son, called Kâla Gamârang, in order that he might dispatch him
in search of the three things required by the virgin,
Tesna Wâti.

To induce Kâla Gamârang to exert himself in procuring them, Sang yang Guru
told him, that if he should be successfulhe would be rewarded by the privilege o
coming to heaven whenever he chose, without molestation from the other deities.

Kâla Gamârang then took leave, bellowing and making agreat noise, so as to alarm
and bring out all the deities, whom, as they stood in his way,
he insulted and disgraced
by striking some and spitting in the faces of and treading upon others. Highly indignant
at such base treatment, the deities, one and all, pronounced a curse upon him, that he
should never be allowed again to defile heaven with his presence, and that he should be

transformed into a wild beast.

Kâla Gamârang then proceeded to a place called Tâman Banjaran Sân, where tie
^aw
Dêzoi Sri (the wife of Wisnu) bathing in the azure main (or Segâra Nila).
Enamoured by the enchanting display of the naked beauties of that lovely female, his
whole soul was fired with such an irresistible desire, and so rivetted and attracted wa3
le, that he unconsciously
rushed forward to^vards her, when she, greatly terrified an
leaving all her clothes behind, ran off with all speed to her husband
Gamârang pursued the lovely fugitive till she reached the abode of ber hu

-ocr page 591-

jTisnu, and being informed on inquiry of biro that she was his wife, Kâïa Gamârang
demanded her of hira. Wtsnu consented to let him have her, provided she herself
would consent. The question being put to her she refused to go
to Kâla Gamârang, who
then said that her not liking to come to him was all a pretence, and nothing more than
one of those tricks which the female sex are constantly in the habit of practising. On
Kâla Gamârang^s attempting to carry her away by force, Wism whispered her to run off
to
Mendang Kamûlan, and enter and take refuge in the body of the king s wife, called
Dérma NastUi. Wisnu at the same time disappeared. Kâla Gamarang followed and
continued to pursue her over hill and dale and
through jungle and fore^, till becoming
tired and
exhausted she was on the point of being overtaken, when Wtsnu, causin^ his
weapon to be
changed into the root end of a rattan, it got entangled abouUhe legs M
Kâla Gamârang, and threw hira down. Notwithstanding that, however, Kala (rama-
rang still attempted to pursue her, when she, aware of the advantage she then had over
him, cursed him, and pronounced him to be a hog, which he immediately became.
Kâla then attempted to stand upright, but he could not. Resolved however not to
desist from the
attempt to obtain the object of his desire, he said withm himself, that
he would follow and pursue her into whatever recess she might betake herself. Coming

to a river, he saw the image of what he now was.

When Sri reached Méndang Kamulan she entered the body of Dérma Nastitrs wife,
who was most beautiful.
Wisnu at the same time went into the body of the king him-
self and
assuming the title ofnbsp;mang ngukuhan, became the first king of Java,

Sang yang Guru heïng informed ofthe fate of his messenger, Kâla Gamârang, sent
asain to the virgin, Trésna\'Wâti, to entreat her to become his. This however she
positively refused,quot; on any other terras than those she had already made known to him.
Upon this,
Sang yang Guru began to embrace her. The resistance she made, joined
to the rough and violent manner in which he proceeded, caused her to expire in his
arms. He then sent for
Kanekapûtra to carry her body to Méndang Kamulan, and
there bury
it in the wood, called Kéntring Kendayâna, which he ordered to be previously

put in order for its reception.

The body being buried there, from its head sprung up a cocoa-nut tree, * *
From the hands grew up plantain trees, from the teeth^Indian corn, from other parts^

pari, amp;c. amp;c. The pari was guarded bynbsp;*

and over these three was placed a head called Raden Jâka.

Sangyang Pretanjala, the deity of the north-east, anxious to know where mstm
was, ascended into the air, and having looked down and seen some fine nee growing,

he immediately descended in the shape of a bird, and began to devour it. Râden Jâka
perceiving this, threw a stone at the bird and frightened it away.

Kâla Gamârang (the hog) having ascertained where S.. was
wood
Ké?dring Krndoyâna, and began to eat of what grew there. When nisnu saw
, JU-nbsp;p . ^ Jnbsp;into that of pointed bambu

this, he changed his weapon from the root end of a bam ou Hiiu ^ ^^ ^

stakes, which being trod upon by the hog caused blood to issue.

Ihe;

-ocr page 592-

Thè birds which came to eat the pari, and which were frightened away by those
who guarded it, flew up into a tree, which from the retreat it afforded to the birds
received the name of
Arén (Lirênan signifying a place of refuge). Jiaden Jaka Pûring
then ordered the protectors of the pari to make a flight of steps up the tree and to
lop off the branches. In doing this, the juice which issued from the tree being tasted
was found to be sweet and capable of making sugar, which was then first
discovered.

Some of the juice of the tree being carried and presented to Wisnu, was ordered by
him to be taken to
Sang yang Gûru by Kanekapûtra.

On Kanekapûtra\'s opening the hollow bambu in which it was contained, previously
to presenting it to
Sang yang Guru, the fermented liquor flew up into his face, and
caused him, when he tasted it, to put out and smack his lips with pleasure and satis-
faction.
Sang yang Gûru then ridiculed him for his simplicity, and pronouncing in
ironical terms his opinion thereof, the words were irrevocable, and
Kanekapûtra then
had his lips turned up, his hinder parts pointed and projected, a gruff voice and a pot-
belly,

***** ^^ *

Of the children of Pûtut Jantâka, the first was in form like a white rat and about
the size of a dog, and was named
Tikus Jenânda : he had an innumerable host of
followers. The second was in shape like a hog, and was named
Demâlung: he also
had thousands of followers. The third was in shape like
Kutila, and had likewise
many followers. The fourth was like a buffalo, and was called
Maisa Dânu. The
fifth and sixth were
Kâla Sering\'gi and KâlaMûsti, and resembled the male and female
hânténg, or wild bull and cow. The next was Ujang, and was in shape like a kidang,
or small deer. The next, Kîrandê, was like a stag. The next, were like sea and
land tortoises.

All were greatly distressed for want of food, and annoy«d their parent by constant
craving for it. The father then told them to go to
Méndang Kamulan, where they
would find all sorts of produce ; enjoining them, however, to take nothing without
first asking for it. The children, one and all, immediately answered in an assenting
voice, and forthwith repaired to
Mendang Kamûlan, where they arrived in the middle
of the night, and being very hungry began to help themselves to what they saw before
them, without leave or ceremony. The persons who guarded the
pari {jûru sâwah)
heard the noise they made, and were at a loss to know what it was . At last one of them
came out with a torch in one hand and a large knife in the other. When the son that
was like a hog saw him, he ran towards him to attack him, and received a cut in the
head, which as he was invulnerable did
him no harm. When the jûru sâwah found
that he could not cut ,the hog, he immediately assembled all his fellows, who com-
menced
an attack upon the hog, and whose numerous torches made the night as light
as the day. Unable, however, to hurt him, they went withnbsp;Jaka Pûring to report

^o Prâbu Méndang Kamûlan what had happened. The king then gave orders for
jpjl his people to go
with whatever the weapons they could muster, and use their utmost

^ ^nbsp;endeavours

-ocr page 593-

endeavours to kill the animals which had got amongst and were destroying the various
plants. With the king at their head, all the people who could be assembled went
forth to destroy the noxious animals. When the latter saw the host approaching, they
made a vigorous charge and dispersed the enemy, who were unable to make any
impression on their invulnerable bodies, but received themselves many wounds in
various parts of the body. The king then recollecting something prophetic of the
event, instantly retreated with all his people, pursued by the victorious animals to a
considerable distance.

The king then dispatched his younger brother, the Jûru Sawah Râden Jâka Paring,
to his old friend at Méndang Agung, who was called Andong Dadâpan, and also to
Ké Géde Pengûkir, who was along with the tbrmer, to solicit their assistanee in extir-
pating the wild animals, which had, as they must well know, overcome the king and
all his people.

Andong Dadâpan and Ké Gedé Pengûkir were found sitting. Another, named
Râden Sêngkan, then came up, as also Râden Jâka Pwrmg himself, who kissed the feet
of
the two first-mentioned, having his own feet kissed in turn by Râden Sêngkan.

Râden Jâka Paring then began to inform them of all that had taken place ; but
Andong Dadâpan told him there was no occasion to proceed, as from his divine power
he was perfectly acquainted with the circumstances.

Andang Dadâpan and Ké Gadé PengûJcir signified to their respective sons, that
they wished them to call their warriors, whose names were
Wâyu yang and
Chândra Mawa. The first, who belonged to Andang Dudâpan, was black, short,
stout,
round-shouldered, pot-bellied, with a short neck, large ears whence exuded a
waxy substance, red eyes, a projecting forehead, a snub nose, with long hair hanging
over his forehead. Thesecond, who belonged to Ké Gadé Pengûkir, was short, of an
aukward appearance, having a long neck and a small head.

When those two extraordinary persons made their appecirauce, tjieir masters placed
them
under the orders of Jâka Puring, and at the same time furnished him with a
short spear and a stick, instructing him, when he unsheathed the former to keep it
always pointed towards the ground.
Râden Turûnan and Sêngkan, which were the
names of the sons of the two warriors, also presented
Jâka Puring with a bambu cane,
with which they instructed him to beat violently, when he should be in need of their
assistance, promising that they would immediately be with him.

Jâka Pûring then returned to the king of Méndang Kemûlan and presented
to him the two warriors, amp;c. The king then ordered all his people to prepare for
an attack upon the wild beasts, which was not attended with any better success than

before.

The two warriors, who had remained behind drinking, the one cocoa-nut water, and
the other rice water, being perceived by the queen
(^Déwi Derma NastiVi), were repri-
manded by her for skulking, while all the others were engaged in fight, and were
accordingly recommended by her, in the event oftheir not choosing to bestir themselves,
to return whence they came.

2 enbsp;Ashamed

-ocr page 594-

APPENDIX.

Ashamed of themselves, the two warriors began to weep, and having entreated her
forgiveness, they repaired with the rapidity of lightning to the
scene of action. When
they reached it,
JVdt/u yang had himself washed with rice water, and the dirt
which was scraped off his body was formed into a
black dog, with a streak of white
extending from the tip of his nose along the ridge of his back, to the extreme point
of his tail. This dog was called
BUang Wayungyang. Chandra Mawa having had his
body cleaned with
cocoa-nut water, the dirt which was got off it became a white cat,
with a corresponding black streak from the tip of its nose to the end of its tail.

This wonderful dog and cat were then directed to go and attack these destructive
animals. Commencing with the hog, the dog, after having dispatched him and all
the more fierce and strong animals, killed the monkeys, and others which he could not
follow up the trees they ascended, by the powerful sound of his voice alone ; while the
cat busied herself in putting an end to the rats, and such other animals as she was
peculiarly calculated to destroy.

Kalamukti and Kdla Sereng\'\'gi, distressed and enraged on account of the death of
their brothers (the noxious animals), who had thus been exterminated, petitioned their
father,
Putut Jantdka, to permit them to go and revenge themselves on the authors of
such a dire calamity. This being granted, these powerful personages, whose bones
were as hard as iron, their skin like copper, sinews like wire, hair like needles, eyes
like balls of fire, feet like steel, amp;c. went forth, and in the strength of their rage
made a road for themselves, by tearing up trees by the roots, and removing every
other obstacle which stood in their way.

The two Kdlas attacked them with such fury, that the warriors flew up into the
and then darting down caught up and carried off the almost dead dog and cat,

air.

which they then put down again in a place of safety at some distance, where they
washed their bodies with cocoa-nut and rice water, and rubbed them with bambu
leaves. In shaking themselves to dry their skins, a number of hairs fell out of both
dog and cat, and became respectively so many more animals of the same species.

All of the dogs and cats thus produced commenced an attack upon the Kolas, but
without being able to make any impression on them. Compared to them, they were
only like so many ants by the side of the mountain
Merdpi.

Rdden Jdka Paring perceiving that the dogs and cats were no match for the Kdlas,
immediately began to beat with the hdmbu which was given him to use in times of dis-
tress.
Rdden Séngkan and Turûnan forthwith made their appearance. Being armed
each with a rattan, seven cubits in length, and of a most exquisite polish, they beat
the
Kdlas till they were nearly dead. Wayu yang and Chandra Mawa then secured
the two
Kdlas with ropes and tied them to a tree.

On recovering from the miserable state into which they had been beaten, the two
Kdlas began to lament this unhappy fate. Their father, Pûîut Jantdka, hearing their
cries, determined to attack the enemy himself. Proceeding with
Ujong Randi, he
found on his way a large square stone, measuring ten fathoms : throwing this stone

high

-ocr page 595-

high up in the air, and placing himself under it, so as to receive it upon his head, the appendix
stone, instead of breaking his head, was itself broken into several pieces

At this mighty deed he became transformed into a large and frightful monster In quot;quot;quot;
this new shape he attacked the enemy, who being dreadfully alarmed at his horrid ap-
pearance, betook themselves for protection to their master the king.

Raden Jâka Pûring then coming out and pointing his unsheathed spear towards the
ground, it immediately sent forth a large snake, in size like a tall tree, and whose
poisonous breath was like the smoke of a crater. This snake was a species of the
sâwah kind.

On Pûtut Jentâka\'s reaching the royal presence, he found that the king no longer
appeared in his former and assumed character, bnt had returned to that of himself,
viz.
Wisnu. Jentâka was so much confounded and alarmed at this unexpected and
wonderful event, that he was greatly terrified, and ran away to hide himself among
the scarecrows in the rice fields. The king pursued him for a short distance and
then returned with all his people. On their way back one of the jwrn
sâwahs, called
Kiai Tueh, began to boast of Jentâka having run away from him, and the ludicrous
manner in which he spoke of
Jentâka occasioned great merriment among the
party. While holding forth in his own praise, and in disparagement
oï Jentâka, he hap-
pened to come against the scarecrow where
Jentâka was, upon which Jentâka imme-
diately shewing himself, put on such a horrible look as quite petrified
Kiai Tûeh, and
made him drop apparently dead with fear. The king being informed of this then\'came
up, when
Kiai Tûeh seeing the king, and being no longer afraid of Jentâka, got up,
and walked off. This circumstance occasioned all the people to laugh very heartily. \'

On the king\'s approaching Jentâka, the latter addressed him thus : « I beg your
« pardon for what has happened. I have no wish or intention to be your enemy : on
quot; the contrary, I am ready to become your humble slave, and to do whatever you
quot; command me.quot; The king accepted his proffered friendship and services, and told
Jentâka that he would dispose of him as follows, viz. that he should reside under
lûmbungs (or granaries), and live upon such quantities of rice as should exceed
that which the owner calculated upon having. That he, and all his family and pos-
terity, shouldalsoinhabitthetroughsin which rice is beaten
out, and the fireplaces of

kitchens, also the front courts of houses, of the highways, and dunghills, amp;c.

The king then commanded that all persons, after beating out rice, or after washing
it in the river, or after boiling it, should leave a small quantity, as food for
Jentâka
and his family.

The snake of the sâwah species, above spoken of, having gone over all the cultivated
grounds which had been destroyed by the wild and noxious animals, and caused them
all to be restored to their former state, extended itself along the ridges of the rice
fields and died. The king hearing this was greatly distressed, and on approaching to
the place where the snake had expired, instead of its dead body he beheld a beautiful
virgin, elegantly dressed out in maiden attire. The king was struck with her appear-
ance, and going up to her spoke thus : « Lovely damsel, my only lifé^ behold thy

^^^nbsp;quot;brother.

-ocr page 596-

quot; brother, who comes to carry you to the palace he has prepared for you, and in which
quot; he will be ever happy to guard and protect you ; when there thou shalt reign sovereign
quot; mistress.quot;

The virgin, who was called theXweA Endah (or the most beautiful damsel), replied
that she felt much honoured by his handsome compliments and kind intentions, and that
she would be most happy and willing to meet his wishes ; but as a proof of the sincerity
of his protestations of love and affection, she required of him that he should come
every morning and evening to the rice fields, and that on his having done so she
would consent to be his wife. Having spoken to this effect, the lovely virgin disap-
peared. The king was at first inconsolable for the loss of her, but recovering himself,
he returned to his palace with all his retinne.

The country became very rich and productive, living and provisions of all kinds
being very cheap and the people all good and happy.

-ocr page 597-

APPENDIX I

Translation o/a« Inscription in the ancient Javan, or Kawi Character,
on a Stone found near
Surabaya, and sent from thence to Bengal, to the
Right Honourable the
Earl of Minto.*

(Date) 506. Verily know all the world, that the Panditas wrote on this object of APPENDIX
veneration describing the greatness of the
Râtu, and that the whole is inserted on a

stone prepared for the purpose.

When first this large stone was considered a place of worship, people were accus-
tomed to swear by it : it was held in great respect, and considered a repeller of im-
purity. To this is
added,with truth and sincerity of heart, a relation of the perfection of
the
monarchy, the provinces of which are flourishing. His empire is renowned for
the excellence of its laws, and his knowledge most evident and undoubted : the
Râtu\'s
name Sri Wijaya, and place of residence Lorkoro. Certainly he is firm who gives
stability to virtue. His
Pepâti is named Brâta WhmAra, celebrated in the world : whose
advice is constantly had recourse to by the
Râtu, and necessary to him like the berel of
the ring to the stone,
because he assists him in the conduct of aftairs and is quickly
heard bv the
Déwas. When at war he can increase the arms an hundred-fold to annoy
the foe And that
Pâti is admired by the women; but this does not withdraw him
from
attention to the country, and the Râtu confldes in the conduct of the Pâti, and
the
Râtu gave orders to make images. No other than archas were made, fifty in
number, all erect ; and they are deified, being placed to that end in order, on con-
secrated ground.nbsp;^ ^ ,, * « ^

The Râtu is not sparing of his own property, and continues seeking the comfort of
his chiefs. He arranges all kinds of pictures agreeable to their respective stations in
the apartment of his queen. It is related of that
kadâton, that figures of rhinoceroses
are carved on the walls, which are railed with iron and barred across ; its floor most
clean and shining, a stream of water running along the foot of the wall, with a flood-
gate to open or shut exactly where it should be ; aiid the chief of the watchmen distri-
butes the guard to their respective posts.

\'Jffnbsp;^nbsp;^nbsp;#nbsp;tJI

Be watchful of such knowledge as is real. The virtue of good men is like gold
which is hoarded up; apparently they
possess nothing, butin reality what they deve-
lop

* quot; I am very grateful for the great stone from the interior of your island, which you tell me, in your letter of
quot; the 5th May, was put on board the Matilda. The Matilda is not yet arrived, so that I have not received Colonel
« xMackenzie\'s
accotmt of this curiosity, which in weight, at least, seems to rival the base of Peter the Great\'s
quot; statue
at Petersburgh. I shall be very much tempted to mount this Javan rock upon our Miuto Craigs, that it
may tell eastern tales of us, long after our heads are under smoother stones.quot;

Letter from the late Earl of Minto, 23«! June 1813.

-ocr page 598-

appendix ]op is sharpened by addition : they are spoken of throughout their career as blameless
until their death, their ashes are then adorned
and embellished, as well as held in
veneration, and the virtues these possess are very great and without fail. If difficulty
should arise, do you ask assistance with a heart pure and undefiled; and if you have
any urgent petition to make, do it with submission. Clothe yourself entirely clean,
throw off what is not so, and what you have to bring forward let it be with propriety.
When it is known to the deity what your wishes are, they will be quickly complied
with openly to your satisfaction, and made to correspond with the devotion manifested.
And the knowledge of what is requisite in sincere supplication is this : to punish your
self; to divest yourself of hearing; to reject evil-doing of all kinds ; to have your eye
fixed on one ; to seek the road to the bestower of benefits ; to desire without delay,
and not to trifle. Yea, the formed stone which is reverenced, is to be considered only
a veil between you and the real divinity. Continue to supplicate for whatever are your
desires that they nmy be known : when the blood will have stopped three times your
object will be gained ; verily, it will be added to, there will be no obstacle to its full
completion. By one saying your solicitation is directly expressed and correctness of
life is obtained. And what you say is like the sun and moon ; in proportion as reve-
rence is paid to the deity, men know that their supplication will be listened to, and the
Batara become familiar and much attached. Your existence will be as bright as the
sun and its splendour, which is evident, truly beautiful. When you die you will be
guarded and aggrandized, and not without companions. Such wdll be his lot who
seeks the good of the country, for he furthers the happiness of the people.

Do you observe this course until you excel in it. Make figures of stone like human
beings, which may be supplicated; persons who reject them will suffer sickness and
ruin until their death, which will be most bitter : on that account it is necessary to
entreat and pray for the favour of the
Demas. Stones situated in places of worship are
ornamented with many articles of state; they are feared by those who wish to ask for-
giveness, and cannot be destroyed.

It is related, that only persons who are steadfast in the acquirement of letters, cause
such as the following to be made (here follow fifteen cabalistic characters, which are
totally unintelligible) : those will certainly serve the purpose of your forefathers, who
have been the medium of existence ; they are the veil which separates you from that
which is exalted, and also written on the stone. Give credit to them in a moderate
degree.

*nbsp;*nbsp;*nbsp;-Sg.nbsp;Vrnbsp;»

First, let all pray to and seek the favour of the deity in this and the next world, and
each require an interpreter who will obtain his pardon : but he must reject fickleness
to arrive at a discriminating heart. Speak with reverence to your parents, their exis-
tence is replaced by those who are named after them. In the place of worship, when
the ornament of good works is shewn, it is mentioned in the same manner as delight,
as established gratification. It is difficult to cause advantage to the workings of the

heart;

-ocr page 599-

heart; your faith, which you received from Sang yang Sudriya a.n(S. Sang yang Taya appendix
is acknowledged by the extent of your ability, and is different from other feelings.

^icnbsp;^jfnbsp;*nbsp;iS-nbsp;\'tirnbsp;*

Different are the rewards of those who come to heaven; happiness is bestowed on
them ; delightful their state ; verily they have arrived in the land of silver. Whatever
your reward at your death may be fixed at, when obtained it cannot be lost: all is
settled, the whole is distributed, as well as the certainty of death. Truly you are
directed to a place which is exalted, pointed out by
Dewas, who preside at death and
become your guide; because the dead are mixed in a land which is wide and level, are
given occupations and quickly go, each flying to the first place until they arrive at the
seventh. Verily they at length come to the extremity with those who accompany:
there are
none among them who have been terrified: the existence of the body is dis-
solved and lost. There are none acquainted with books who are terrified.

Translation of another Inscription in the ancient Javan, or Kawi Charac-
ter, on a Stone found in the interior of the District of
Surabaya.

ON THE FACE OF THE STONE.

The year of this inscription being made on a solid stone was 467, in the season
Katlga. It was made by a Pandita skilful and who performed wonders ; to relate,
explain, and make known the greatness and excellence of the
Râtu (prince), in
order that your actions too may speedily become clear and manifest ; yes, that will be
your
kadâton. That Sri Râja, ever surrounded by majesty and his family, observes
a correctness of conduct grateful to the pure
Déwas, and hy isianiris exalted by the
Râtu Brâma Wijâya, celebrated in the unirerse for his eminence, whose empire is
firm and not to be shaken. Such is the
Râtw, yes, he who caused to be inscribed on
a stone all these his actions, observant to the utmost of the forms of worship, mode-
rate in his complaints of distress, whose appeals are correct and most true and
without guile, and have enabled the slave to associate with the Divinity, without
there being a difference between them. He is my father, who is implored and who
caused my existence : do not trifle ; there is no one greater than he. What remains
to you to solicit, mention it with humility.; yes, that too is what mankind must
observe. Do you watch and observe the duties of mankind and you will certainly
profit; reject entirely, sayings which are improper and untrue, and avoid theft,
robbery, anger, boasting of prowess and false promises, for they are despicable and
their effect like the atmosphere, giving
heavy rain which overflows, to the accomplish-
ment of wishes, improving the cuhivation, making all fresh and equally bright and
sparkling ; but the wind of which is presently strong and cuts off the buds.
If you ever
wish to fortify your soul, go to the summit of a mountain, which is the place for earnest
supplication in silence, awaken your firm and sincere heart, let
there not be any dregs

of

-ocr page 600-

of your nature ; but let the soul assume non-existence and pray. Be aware of the
disorders of the demon of bad actions, who inimically annoys and misleads ; undoubt-
edly, if you conduct yourself with firmness, you will approach to perfection and
seclusion will truly be there, fjet there not be a mixture of
discontent of mind.
Cast away the veil however delicate it may be ; truly it is better conversing with letters
which have been written ; what they convey to you will be most painful to the body,
but your hopes will be accomplished. Do not give place to the evil thoughts which
have occupied the minds of men and are most vexatious ; fortify yourself so that
you recede not ; remember well the three established powers of mankind. Commune
with the wise in words which are seen proceeding from the mouth; truly faith
is
different from what is heard of your corrupt body which is the ornament of human
life. Let the actions of superior men who seek stability be examples to you like the
hrangrang the indication which you make cannot be disapproved, those persons
certainly limy be accounted nem- to the wishes of the country. Sometimes clear,
sometimes obscure, yes, such indeed let your situation be, so that the train
of your
actions
may become most direct and manifest, as by day the sun lights all places, so
their benefit be not thrown away, and you
may cast off care and sorrow. Truly
the departure of life is most uncertain. Human nature, when it will
not receive
advice, is like a stony plain without grass, animals will not approach, all remain at
a distance from it. I will teach you : pay attention and fail not to receive instruc-
tion, so that you approach most nearly; but first purify your heart which pays
reverence, not reverence which is heard by the ear. Yes, that is indeed true devotion
which I have taught you, and without which there is no purity, for a perfect heart is
derived from the Deity. Words proceeding from the mouth are vain to the utmost,
their effect not to be depended on. The devotion of a pure heart is like moon-
shine, not hot but cool
and delightful ; the beauties you see in which the stars
are scattered over as though in
attendance on the moon, adding to the grandeur of
the scene; And also a person becoming a
Râtu commands his subjects and distin-
guishes good people from bad, for the limits of this country are all under his
orders. The
Râtu selects from his subjects such as are eligible to be his associates,
and they are four, who become the pillars of the state and cause its happiness and
welfare ; he thereby shews a pattern for future
Râtus. Further, too, as you have been
given life, do not reject the precepts of the
Sâstra which have been diffused through
the world by the virtuous, but weigh them in your mind, for that is the duty of a
slave ; bad and good are from your Lord. So the wisdom of man is extended like
the firmament,
immeasurable even by the bird garûda, which knows how to fly in the
heavens,
though he should arrive at the extremity of space; such is human wisdom.
Do not be surprized at people\'s conversation though it correspond not with the
dictates of the
Sastra; yes, that is most injurious to morals. Even should one become
iiRâtu, if he knows not this he certainly will not succeed, he will
not arrive at the
bei«-ht of his wishes; because the action of a vicious heart is different from the indi-

natton of a pure one, which is in attendance on its Lord. And a living man should

know

-ocr page 601-

know the advantages of these places, which are, the earth, the sky, and the space APPENDIX
between ; for to-morrow, when dead, your body and soul will be there ; before it
knows the road it will change its habitation into a living being; there if you find enjoy-
ment you may search for a place, because you have discernment from the heart. But
a man who is so while he lives, effects it by abstinence and moderation in eating and
drinking. Yes, in the time of
Râtu Dérma Wangsa, when he began to benefit the
country, that
Râtu, it is related in history of former times, would not depart from
his word and all his subjects were devoted to hira. And when the
Râtu sat in his
kadâton, his conversation with his wives was very sweet, as well as his playfulness
with them. His wives were therefore mach attached to hira, and by the
Râtu\'\'s wisdom
being so great, he was sought after by women, and was very watchful in his attentions
to them : of that there is no doubt, and thus too the wisdom of the
Pandita is like
that of the bird
garuda, in obtaining food without trouble from the very great
power and sagacity which it possesses ; the same arises frqm the
Pandita. Yes, the
reason of letters having been formed by the point of a knife is that you should
recollect the way which is correct, and that is no other than reverence to the
Batâra ; yea, devoting yourself to the Batàra is the height of human excellence.
While a man lives, he should day and night ask pardon from the
Batâra. For what
was first written in letters, and they are a ca,use of eminence to him, was by the
Pan-
dita Pangéran Aji Snka,-
yes, he who has left his mark to the Râtus of Java, for those
Râtus made places of worship, named Sangga Pamalungan, and placed in them draw-
ings of their forefathers : but
when they prayed they petitioned the Batâra only for their
existence, that when they died they should inhabit their places, quickly changing their
bodies, because their former bodies had returned to the pristine state, that is to say,
earth, water, fire, air. So
says the Sàûra.

ON THE LEFT SIDE.

And the powers of letters, which are forty-seven, keep those in your mind, so that
they be within you all of them. 1 will establish them in such a manner that they can
be bro\'ught forth by your three fingers ; those who are skilful may make good letters.
Do not neglect the application of letters, give each its proper place, for those letters
are most useful in the transactions of the people of this world during their continuance
in it. Thus the use of letters to the nations of the world is to open the hearts of igno-
rant men, and to put in mind persons who forget ; for
I give directions to men who
can write, in order that the whole of the knowledge
I have in my breast may be
known : and this
I have taught you, because that knowledge is the essence of the body
and illuminates it. And you who have wives and children to look after, do not make
light of it, for
a woman, if she truly do her duty to her husband, is invaluable : she
is a printer of cloths,
a spinner, weaver, sempstress, and embroiderer ; a woman such
as this do you cherish, for it will be creditable to you. If
a married couple love each
other, whatever they wish they can effect, that
is the way by which you can attain your
wishes. So too a woman towards her husband, even to death; yes she follows to the

2 fnbsp;fasétran

-ocr page 602-

pasétran (place of depositing tlie corpse) or the place of self-sacrifice ; this is taught in
letters which have been written on tablets ; truly those writing-s are like histories
which explain every kind of science. But the fate of man cannot be learned or
known by letters ; such as a person\'s being able to acquire profit, knowledge, poverty or
distress : of these there is no certainty. However, do not you reject the sayings of
letters. It is your evil inclinations that destroy your bodies ; for he who first made
war, his magic was very great, because he could throw off the passions of mankind,
me Arjuna, whose power in war and in mounting his chariot was celebrated, for he
was guarded by all the
Devoas ; yes, he could become a tapa (a devotee, released from
the wants, amp;c. incident to mankind) and pray fervently.
Arjuna, when he became a
tapa, annulled his body, his heart did not stray from his duty to the Dewas :
were therefore complied with until his death ; yes, Arjuna was indeed favoured by his
Demas. And on any one of your forefathers dying and ascending to heaven, do you
immediately make a picture to personify that forefather ; and do you adorn and provide
it with all sorts of eatables, and respect it as your forefather who has descended to you,
and will administer to all your wants : such will be the case with a person who pays
respect to his forefathers. At night burn incense and many lamps : truly
Sang
vangJagat (the omnipotent) and Sangyang Suria (the sun) will be favorable to
you; for
Sangyang Suria is the enlightener ofthe world, and every day gives
light to darkness. A man who has arrived at the half of his term of life conceives well
the separation of his soul from its covering ; your existence is like that of the moon,
that is to say, from the new to the full, and from that to its extreme wane on the
twenty-ninth day of its age. When the moon is thus lost from the east, it will then
certainly appear in the west and recommence the first day of its age. While you live
ask
from those who know the setting of the soul ; a person who knows that is certainly
discovered by his actions. But it is best losing that covering by four causes, water,
fire, air, earth ; if it is lost by means of those four the body will certainly quickly be
removed, in the same manner as gold which is purified, verily, its colour will become
like that which is old. Thus the
Pandita makes preparations for prayer. The best mode
of praying is by familiarizing ourselves with seclusion, which is by excessively torturing
the body ; but if you should have been much reduced, your soul will not arrive at those
three places.
Should a man become a Râtu, his soul is one selected by the Dewas which
has been introduced into a covering, and that covering is not a covering which has no
been favoured by the
Dewm, truly a covering which has been elevated by the Dewas,
for its good fortune has been very great. The descending of that good fortune from
heaven is not like clouds dropping rain, which if it fall does so equally on all vegeta-
tions. Look at mankind ;
if you contemplate its state when living, its existence is no
more than that of a herb which shoots up on the face of the earth. Concerning your
soul, it is like dew, which hangs on the points of grass : such is its state.

ON THE BACK OF THE STONE.

It is further related of the three particulars of his state, which it is requisite should

be the ornament of a man, as well as of a man becoming a Râtu, Those three things

are

-ocr page 603-

are a handsome woman, arms, and a house; the first, because a woman is the dis-
peller of grief from a heart which is sad; the second because arms are the shield
of life: the third, because a house is medicine to a fatigued body. Let not a man
be at a distance from the
above-mentioned, for they are the ornament of a living man.
This stone is the means of facilitating the access to the
Dewasofyonv supplications, for
human nature is feeble and very faulty towards the Supreme. And moreover, if you
have formed any wish in the world, then ask assistance from that stone, and adorn
that stone with all kinds of perfumes and eatables which are most grateful. If you do
so, certainly the
Baidra will be ashamed not to grant you whatever you desire, because,
the life and death of man are the same ; but his body to appearance is worthless when
deserted by the soul and remains of no further use in the earth : it is better, therefore,
that it
should be lost, so that it return to its original. It is different when the soul is
there during life. If you wish to seek for food there are many modes to adopt, so that
you gain a subsistence, such as becoming a blacksmith. There are some who are
goldsmiths; others who draw figures of different kinds; some practice cookery; those
who understand no trade, gamble ; some thieve ; some plunder. Yes, such as these
are influenced by the passions, which are violent in their action and make the facuUies
morbid. Of the things forbidden by the
Sdstra, the first is deceit; the second, pride;
the third, hypocrisy : cast these away from you. If you are a good man, do not make
a habit of mixing with the bad ; for those bad persons have been marked by the
Dewas,
because they cannot do good. You do well in associating with learned people, who
have followed the sayings of the
Sdstra/ make those your inseparable companions and
attach
yourself to them. But do you not despise the poor and the timorous, and do
not be ashamed before the bold and the rich; do not very much elevate yourself, better
you be humble amongst men: curb your passions, for your passions are an enemy
within you. So, too, it is with pleasure and pain ; they are like the
may ang flower
without fruit, truly as yet uncertain. It is the same with a living person who has not
yet
arrived at the end of life, he will be very much misled by his riches : there are
poor who become rich. Like the state of a fool who is unconscious of his real situa-
tion, that fool suffers pain from himself, because his actions are of-his own dictating.
In his own mind he asks, Who is there like me ? I have a
gada (a warlike instru-
ment), who dares cope with me? Such a person is like a mountain which thinks,
« I am large ! I am high!quot; Afterwards it is trodden under foot and defiled by all
kinds of
animals, but is unconscious ; so too says the fool, but no one cares for him.
As to the sign by which to know such a fool, you have it from his harsh speaking and
obstinate heart; he is without politeness and has confidence only in his own powers.
And that fool, if he become great, uses an umbrella on a moonlight night : surely,
one who does so, has no shame, no sense; a white
ant seeking its food does not act
in that manner.
Let the wise man observe the conduct of the white ant, its caution in
searching for food; even a large tree, an embrace in size, becomes consumed. So
can men do who are united, whose wishes are similar, for there is no performance of
living men so well executed as by unanimity. All great actions are owing to the

• g f 2nbsp;union

appendix
I.

-ocr page 604-

APPENDIX.

union of many men, not to violence ; for if your conduct be true and sincere, your
heart, in whatever your wishes may be, will be enlightened by the Supreme. And
besides, if in like manner you pray to and adore the
Dewas, certainly the Batara
and all the Detêiûts will bestow favours on you. Such as I have mentioned are the
precepts held out by virtuous men of former times : different from the subject of
animals being brought up by men.

In case a man in the service of a Râtu be at length advanced to dignity
by that
Râtu, and is given a village, if he fail to weigh how much he should
with propriety be in attendance on that
Râtu, and this arise from being engaged
in his own pleasures, he must certainly lose his situation. It is the same with
a man being a
Râtu who is not provided with scales, and investigates matters too
superficially to benefit his subjects ; he is, in truth, like a pond without water, which
of course is entirely void offish: account him one who has received favour. And
again, do you evermore obey the commands of the
Panditas, and do not deceive your
guru (spiritual guide), or you will surely go to hell eternally. Better you obey your
guru : your excellence will descend to your sons and grandsons, who will profit by
your goodness. Oh ! living man, do not fancy your life permanent, although you are
great, little, rich, or poor. When you have arrived at the end of life
your body will
be corrupt, it cannot be otherwise: yes, all are earth. When alive, people
gather together wherewithal to bury their body, so that it mix not with the earth, and
that is only by paying reverence to
the Batâra. All that live in the world are not like
mankind, who have been given wisdom and excellence
by the Batâra. Although the
râtu (king) lion is said to be the chief of animals, yet he is held captive by man : the same
with the
garuda, the king of birds, which resides in the air, it is likewise subject to
the
commands of man. It is different with the sun, the moon, the earth, the sea, the
air, the firmament, the stars; they certainly are not under the orders of man, but they
are subject to be accounted good or evil in their course ; like clouds which discharge
rain, and that in the rainy season are delightful to the husbandman. But be it known
to the cultivator, that he who superintends the implements of tillage is the son of a
Dezsata, named Sang yang Kalamerta ; he is very good, for he protects all the culti-
vation in the country. It is that
Sang yang Kalamerta who, froni the first, has caused
terror to all such subjects as do not obey the commands of
Batâra Guru : because that
Sang yang Kalamerta has been empowered by Batâra Guru to destroy first all vicious
persons; secondly, evil speakers ; and thirdly, liars. These three vices do you reject;
and you will do well in asking forgiveness from the
Batâra, so that you avoid the fury
of the
Sang yang Kalamerta.

ON THE RIGHT SIDE.

And such is the case with merchants, who understand circulating money, and can

calculate on the return it makes for five times ; such as the profits of money laid out,

and how much that will amount to which has been laid out, and how much the loss on

that money will be, and how much the profit thereon, so that by that means they may

be

CCXXVlll

-ocr page 605-

be satisfied during life. Concerning those men who seek wealth : before they com- appendix
raence gaining all persons laugh at them ; but when they profit, those who before ^
laughed approach and ask their favour. Persons who profit are compared by
Panditas
to flowers after a shower of rain, in appearance very beautiful, but in existence not
permanent. And let not a living man discontinue supplicating his
Déwa, so that the
favours bestowed on hira by the
Dêwa may not leave hira during life : but whether that
living man be a poor man or a
Râtu, let every one seek to acquire what is permanent,
that by so doing there may be no other knowledge than that which is perceived within
the heart. A great man and rich man who is wise, must comraence with the road to
knowledge which is undeviating. Concerning real knowledge, with all its excellen-
cies and utilities, it is respected by the virtuous : that real knowledge is certainly sent
by the
Dêwa to favoured men. And do you not indulge your passions, as is forbidden
by the
Sastra; better had you preserve your heart pure, for that pure heart will for
ever be your companion. And do you not associate and communicate with bad men,
but
remove to a distance from them. It is best, as much as possible, to curb pleasure
and ill-timed laughter ; putting a check to them is far removed from a bad heart : the
fault of a person fond of ill-timed laughter is that he suffers pain. It is unfortunate
that man forgets such information as is worthy of being remembered, and recollects
such as is not worth remembering. In like manner, you eat food which should not be
eaten, and do not eat that which is wholesome. A person acting thus is void of sense
and similar to a porter ; although the viands are very agreeable to you, if you load
yourself
with them immoderately, the weight you carry will certainly distress your
body. Moreover, if you meet with any thing of such estimation as to be worth imi-
tating, do you immediately write it down, so that you thereby acquire a good name,
and men may look up to you, and to the end that the
Râtu may have confidence in
you, because that
Râtu can act well and ill ; but let the Râtu not neglect the com-
mencement, middle, and end, for there is nothing in the world of greater excellence
than
mankind ; different from the existence of a Rasaksa, vihose actions cannot be
spoken of: like those of a fish in the sea, which no one knows except the Omnipotent,

who alone is acquainted with the truth thereof.

Translation of another Javan Insckiption of the same description.

Truly the reckoning of the year when this was composed was 1216, named Milir,
written on a tablet the fifth of the moon on its wane, the mind tallying with the sea-
son, precisely in the
Wulun Manda Knng\'an. It is a description of the kraton and its
arrangements, put into writing in the country of
Mauspati., of which the chief is ex-
alted, merciful, wise, and discerning ; at this period, the greatest in the world, and
adapted to the situation he fills and its duties; on that account, women say they are
fond of him : powerful, skilful, a sovereign whose commands to his subjects are un-
disputed,
unequalled in politeness, guarded by genii, and having a large army, all-
skilful
in their profession when at war : the arrangements of his troops superior,
and they and their arms excellent; his army, too,
celebrated. At that time those

troops

-ocr page 606-

APPENDIX troops guarded extremely well his country, and the orders issued by his relations
I\' were correct. That
Râtu never punished his children : he was good, and did not

inflict punishment on them.

It is related ofthe Sri Maharaja that he intended going to the high mountains:
leaving his country and
arriving at the declivity, the boundary of Kedung Peluh, his

army soon met the enemy, and engaged. So it is related in history.

* * * * *

That army of the Sri Jaya being established, the Ratû formerly considered bene-
ficial to the country, giving firmness to the country
oî Kediri. What the Sn Jaya says
is certain ; all the people are glad ; a large and faithful army is established there.

Be cautious but firm; the Sri Maharaja cannot injure the descendants of Proamp;w/
great their wisdom, impatient their sway, extensive their power. Young men
fearless and bold ; the army followed, and were taken by the enemy, because the
Sri Nara Nata so intended. Sri Kerta Najura, when he died, died like a Buda
man. Formerly, Sri Jaya Katong came from Gegelang, and entered like a man
in desperation ; sent to
Kerta Niaka requesting assistance of foreigners, and desired
them to advance in front.
Sri Kerto Najara went into that country, and assembled
the arms of the
Sri Jaya Katong, with the son-in-law and brother-in-law of
Ng\'uda Raja and the Sri Nara Nata. Of Sri Nara Najura and Ng\'uda Raja they were
seated in the center, their brightness shining in the halting place ; their symmetry
like
Sura Denawa, majestic as well as awfully powerful, and their hearts at rest.
Such was the truth. They w^ere prevented by the magic of fire ; supremely powerful
the
Sri Maharaja: the enemy\'s army was destroyed by fire. The Yewang Derma
advanced and assisted in the labours oï t\\iG Râtu. ^erto .Ta^a was beaten and fled,
his power destroyed, afterwards the whole army fled and met the army of the
insurgents. A
Mantri rallied the good army, that the Mantri might be able to fight;
the battle was commenced in
Sela Sringing. The Sri Maharaja coming to his ground
was firm at the foot of the mountains, and he came to
Yewang Derma to request
food for his people and chiefs : he got as much as he wished with an open heart. Thus
may that array continue until the end of time, until death, in the fulfilment of their
wishes.

-ocr page 607-

APPENDIX K.

ACCOUNT OF BALL

To the East of Java lies the Island of Bâli. This interesting spot exhibits the
same mineralogical structure as Java, and probably at one period composed a part of
the same island; Possessing the same climate and a similar soil, having mountains of
a proportionate height and streams equally fitted for the purposes of irrigation, it
enjoys the same degree of fertility ; but having an iron-bound coast, without harbours
or good anchorage, it has been in a great measure shut out from external commerce,
particularly with traders in
large vessels.

Like Madûra, it seems naturally situated for being a tributary to Java. But the
most striking f^aturet; in thp rhnraptAr anri institutions of its inhabitants are owing to
that long independence on the greater island and its fortunes, which has preserved to
them many traces of their original condition, many of their distinctive laws and
religious rites.

The natives of Bâli, although of the same original stock with the Javans, exhibit
several striking differences, not only in their manners and the degrees of civilization
they have attained, but in their features and bodily appearance. They are above the
middle size of Asiatics, and exceed, both in stature and muscular power, either the
Javan or the
Malâyu. Though professing a religion which in western India moulds
the character of the Hindu into the most tame and implicit subserviency to rule and
authority, and though living under the rod of despotism which they have put into the
hands of their chiefs, they still possess much of the original boldness and
self-willed
hardihood of the savage state.

Their general indifference to the oppression which they endure, their good humour
and apparent satisfaction, together with their superior animation and energy, give to
their countenances, naturally fairer
and more expressive than those of the Javans, a
higher
cast of spirit, independence, and manliness, than belongs to any of their
neighbours. They are active and enterprising, and free from that listlessness and
indolence which are observable in the inhabitants of Java. To a stranger their
manners appear abrupt, unceremonious, coarse and repulsive ; but upon further
acquaintance this becomes less perceptible, and their undisguised frankness commands
reciprocal confidence and respect. Their women, in particular, who are here on a
perfect equality with the men, and not required to perform many of the severe and
degrading labours imposed upon them in Java, are frank and unreserved. In their
-domestic relations their manners are amicable, respectful, and decorous. The female
character, indeed, seems to have acquired among them more relative dignity and

esteem

APPENDIX
K.

Inhabitants
and their cha-
racter.

-ocr page 608-

APPENDIX esteem than it could have been expected to have attained where polygamy has been
long established.

The conduct of parents to their children is mild and gentle, and it is requited by
unreserved docility and obedience. To their chiefs they shew a respectful deference :
among themselves they stand on a footing of equality, and feeling no dependence pay
little homage. The abject servitude of Asia has not proceeded further with them than
necessary obedience to indispensible authority. Their prince is sacred in their eyes^
and meets with unreserved obedience ; but their minds are not broken down by nume-
rous demands on their submission, nor are their
manners polished by the habit of being
frequently with superiors. An European or a native, therefore, who has been accus-
tomed to the polite and elegant manners of the Javans, or with the
general courtesy of
the Malayus, is struck with the unceremonious, rude, and uncivilized habits of the
people of
Bali.

In the arts they are considerably behind the Javans, though they seem capable of
advancing rapidly. They are happily not subjected to a frame of government so
calculated
to repress their energies, or to waste their resources. They are now a
rising people. Neither
degraderl liy aespoHHm nor pnarvntfifl by habits of indolence
or luxury, they perhaps promise fairer for a progress in civilization and good govern-
ment than any of their neighbours.

They are strangers to the vices of drunkenness, libertinism, and conjugal infidelity :
their predominant passions are gaming and cock fighting. In these amusements, when
at peace with the neighbouring states, all the vehemence and energy of their character
and spirit is called forth and exhausted. Their energy, their modes of life, and their
love of independence, render them formidable to the weaker states in their neigh-
bourhood, and
secure them against all attacks from any native power in the Indian
Archipelago. What they now are it is probable that the
.Javans once were, in
national independence, as well as in religious and political institutions.

Divisions of The island of Bali appears to be divided at present into seven different states, each

thelsland. . ,nbsp;,nbsp;^ , ,nbsp;^

independent of the other, and subject to its own chief.

Population. The population of there states is estimated to amount in all to above eight hundred
thousand souls. This estimate is formed from the numbers of males whose teeth have
been filed, which in the different states stood in round numbers as follows :

Klongkong................30,000

Karang Asem.............50,000

Badung..................20,000

Bliling ..................30,000

Tahanan................40,000

Mengui..................20,000

Giangar.................. 1.^,000

Taman Bali..............10,600

215,000

As

-ocr page 609-

As the operation of filing the teeth immediately precedes puberty, this list of course
excludes all males who have not arrived at that period, as well as all females whatever.
From the early age at which marriages are contracted, those who have undero-one the
operation may for the most part be considered as having entered into family connections *
and a calculation of four to a family will give the same result. This great population
has doubtless increased since the abolition of the slave trade.

Of this heptarchy, Klàngkong is admitted to be the most ancient sovereignty. Its
.princes are said to have originally emigrated from Java, and a period is recorded when
the whole island of
Bali acknowledged their authority. Even still they retain evi-
dences of their former dignity, and traces of their former influence.
Amono- the reo-alia
are still preserved a
kris, and other articles, that belonged to Majapâhit, and the other
pnnces of the island recognize them as the stock from whence they sprung, though
they limit their fealty to general respect, and
jealously maintain their own inde-
pendence.

Bâli is generally supposed to hav« been originally peopled from different parts of
Celebes. The first person who is said to have established the religion and government
which
Süll exist, was Déwa Agung Kâtut, son of Râtu Browyâya oî Majapâhit in
Java. The cause of his quitting Java is related by the Balians as follows.

quot; The father of Browijâya was informed by his head Bramâna, that it was written In
« a sacred book that after the expiration of forty days the title of
Hâja of Majapâhit
quot; should be extinct : to which the Raja gave such implicit credit, that at the expiration
quot; of that time he caused himself to be burnt alive. His son, not daring to disobey the
« sentence of the book, renaoved to
Bâli with a number of followers, and established
quot; his authority at
Klàngkong, taking the title of supreme sovereign, which title still
« continues hereditary in the Rajas of
Klongkong^

The inhabitants of Bali, like those of Java, are principally employed in agriculture. Agriculture.
The fertility of the island may be mferred from the number of people maintained on so
limited a spot. Rice is the chief produce of the soil, and of course the chief article of
subsistence.

From the mountainous nature of the country, advantage cannot so easily be taken of
the periodical rains for the purpose of the rice irrigation, but the lands are irrigated by
an abundant supply of water from streams and rivers. In some places, as in
Kârang
Asem,
two crops of rice are obtained in one year; but over the greatest part of the
island only one. In the dry season the
sâwahs yield a crop of maize. The natives
reckon from fifty to sixty fold of increase in the rice cultivation no extraordinary pro-
duce. The women are not employed, as in Java, to plant the
pâri : their assistance in
the field is only reqmred to reap it. The implements of husbandry are of the same
simple construction as those on Java, and nearly similar in form.

Bullocks of the Bânteng, or wild breed, and of very fine quality, are almost invaria-
bly used in husbandry. The price of a pair of oxen of this kind, fit for the plough, is

2 gnbsp;generally

• In the estimate is probably included the population of those districts on the island of Sasak or Lombok which
are subject to the chiefs of
Bâli.nbsp;\'

Whence
peopled.

-ocr page 610-

APPENDIX generally about six Spanish dollars, and seldom exceeds eight. The ordinary price of
K\' -a pikul (1331 pounds English) of rice, is about three-fourths of a Spanish dollar.

The tenure by which land is held differs widely from that which exists at present in
the native provinces of Java. The sovereign is not here considered the universal
landlord; on the contrary, the soil is almost invariably considered as the private pro-
perty of the subject, in whatever manner it is cultivated or divided. It may be sold,
let pledged, devised, or otherwise disposed of, at the option of the proprietor, and
wiiout any reference to the will of the superior. The divisions of this property are
generally very minute, and the mode of measurement not very defined, and there
are instances of great irregularity, even in the application of the same mode of

measurement.nbsp;, i -j

The measure of land is expressed by the quantity of seed required to sow it, and said
to be so many
tdnas. Some proprietors possess fifty tanas, while others hold not more
than one or two. The private estate of the elder Raja of
BliUng did not exceed a few
hundred
tanas, nor did that of the youngpr miirh surpass it.

But though the prince is not considered as actual proprietor of the land of his
dominions he receives a certain share of the produce in the way of tax. This tax is
either paid in a small Chinese coin, cMMpeng, or in kind, at the rate of about five

tanas of produce for every tana of seed sown.nbsp;, v • i

Though in the lower districts the food of the people is universally rice, m the higher
and more mountainous parts they subsist principally on sweet potatoes and Indian corn.
The principal animal food that they use is swine flesh, which is found in great abun-
dance. The price of a grown hog seldom exceeds a dollar, and scarcely ever amounts

to a dollar and a half.

The habitations of the Balians differ from those of the Javans, in being generally

constructed of mud walls and surrounded by walls of baked or unbaked bricks; in
consequence of which, and the peculiar formation of the entrances, and door ways, the
principal towns are said to resemble the Hindu towns on the continent of India.

The arts are little practised. Though the island produces cotton ofthe most excellent
quality and in great abundance, the natives have not generally learned the art of painting
or printing the cloth which they manufacture from it. The women here, as on Java,
are the manufacturers of all the cloth used by their husbands or families. Their
principal manufacture is in
krises and warlike instruments ; they make fire-arms, and
ornament the barrels,1 but purchase European locks.

Property in
land.

Habitations.

The principal exports are rice, birds\'-nests, coarse cloths, cotton-yarn, salted eggs,
dinding, gdmbir, and oil the principal imports are opium (which the inhabitants
are unfortunately much addicted
to), k%u p^et, betel-nut, ivory, gold, and silver.
The Balians dislike a
sea-faring life, and hold the profession of a merchant in disre-
pute. Their fairs and markets are few and little frequented. The trade that
was at
Le time carried on with the greatest success was the traflic in slaves. The
usual pnc
of a male slave was from ten to thirty dollars, of a female from fifty to one hundre
This disgraceful traffic, it may be hoped, will soon be entirely
annihdated.

Slave Trade,

* For

a representation of a matelilock manufactured on Bali, see plate of Javan weapons.

-ocr page 611-

APPENDIX.

existed in its full vigour, all prisoners taken in war, all who attempted to evade the
laws by emigration, all insolvent debtors, and a certain class of thieves, were subjected
to the sad condition of slavery. These laws still subsist, and are enforced, as formerly,
for the purpose of procuring the home supply ; but the diminution of the foreign
demand must limit exceedingly their exercise, and in a short time ameliorate the state
of the
unhappy Individuals who had suffered by them.\'quot;^quot;

But the most interesting character of the Balians arises out of the frame of their Government,
government, the code of their laws, and the system of their religion. I have, in one
part of this work, particularly described, and in others repeatedly alluded to, the
traces of Hinduism on Java; and if these traces had not been decided and manifest in
themselves, their interpretation would have been rendered manifest by what occurs in
Bâli.

In Bali not more than one in two hundred, if so many, are Mahometans, and the
great body of the people profess the creed and observe the institutions of a religion
which has become extinct in the rest of the Archipelago. On Java we find Hinduism
only amid the ruins of temples, images, and inscriptions ; on
Bali, in the laws, ideaâ,
and worship of the people. On Java this singular and interesting system of religion

2g2nbsp;is

*nbsp;Having repeatedly had occasion, in the course of this work, to advert to the slave trade, and the sources
whence the supplies of
slaves were obtained, it may not be uninteresting to introduce to the reader a native of
Papua, or New Guinea,« stolen from his country in the course of this trafSc. The lad represented in the annexed
plate came
into my service at Bâli under very peculiar circumstances, and has accompanied me to England. Since
his arrival he has excited some curiosity, as being the first individual of the woolly haired race of Eastern Asia
who has been brought to this country. It is known, that on the Malayan Peninsula, in Luconia, Borneo, and
most of the larger islands of the Eastern Seas, there are occasionally found in the mountainous tracts a scattered
race of blacks entirely distinct from the rest of the population. Some bave conceived them to be the aborigines of
these countries ; others considering them as of the African race, adduce them in proof of an early and extensive
intercourse between Africa and these islands. I shall content myself with observing, that they appear at the
present day to form the bulk of the population of Papua or New Guinea. The
following remarks upon the indivi-
dual now
in England, whom we sometimes call Papua, and sometimes (more to his satisfaction) Dick, were obli-
gingly communicatcd to me by Sir Everard Home, Bart,

quot; The Papuan differs from the African negro in the following particulars. His skin is of a lighter colour, the
quot; woolly hair grows in small tufts and each hair bas a spiral twist. The forehead rises higher, and the hind head
quot; is not so much cut off. The nose projects more from the face. The upper lip is longer and more prominent. The
quot; lower lip projects forward from the lower jaw to such an extent that the cliin forms no part of the face, the
\'\' lower part of which is formed by the mouth. The buttocks are so much lower than in the negro as to form a
quot; striking mark of distinction, but the calf of the leg is as high as in the negro.quot;

ccxxxv

appendix
K.

-ocr page 612-

APPENDIX is classed, among the antiquities of the island. Here it is a living source of action, and
a universal rule of conduct. The present state of
Bâli may be considered, therefore,
as a kind of commentary on the ancient condition of the natives of Java. Hinduism
has here severed society into casts ;
it has introduced its divinities ; it ,has extended its
ceremonies into most of the transactions of life ; it has enjoined or recommended some
of its severest sacrifices, such as the burning of a widow on the
funeral pile of her
husband : but yet the individual retains all the native manliness of his character and
all the fire of the savage state.

By this system the Balians are divided into four casts: 1. T^he Bramâna, 2. Rusi
or Satrin, 3. Wisia, and 4. Sudra. The princes of the island are generally,
but not always, of the
Bramâna cast : the present Raja of Bliling is of the
second class. The government is despotic, there being no check on the will of the
chief nor any sharer of his power.* He is assisted in his internal administration by a
bead
Parhâkal,- and in the general affairs of his government, the management of foreign
correspondence, and the superintendence of his foreign relations, by an officer called
Râden Tumûng^gung.

The system of village government is established here as on Java. The constitution
of each village is the same. The head, or chief, is termed
Parhâkal, and the assistant
Kalian Témpek : these officers are invariably selected from among the people of the
village which they are appointed to govern. The office of
Parbàhal is considered here-
ditary, if the successor is competent; and on a vacancy occurring, the
Parhâkal recom-
mends the successor of a
Kalian Témpek.

Under the head Parhâkal, who is termed Parhâkal Râja, are several inferior Parhâ-
kals,
as assistants to that officer in conveying his orders to the heads of villages ; and
under the
Râden Tumûng^gung is placed a similar establishment, consisting of about
a hundred persons, with the rank and title of
Kalian Témpek.

Many of the Parhâkals of villages in Bliling have the title of Gûdi, which descends
in their families, and which serves to distinguish them as nobles. These probably
originated in their conduct in war. The command of the military is at present vested
in a chief of the
Bramâna cast, styled Râja Bângen Senapâti; Bângen being the
district which contains the principal Braminical establishment. He seems to re-
ceive honours and respect next to the Rajah himself.

The heads of kampongs in which foreigners reside are termed Pang\'gâwa ; and in
speaking collectively of the heads of villages, the Raja uses the term
Papang\'gâwa.

The administration of justice is generally conducted by a court, composed of one
Jhksa and two assistants : in addition to whom, in the determination of any cause of
importance, several
Bramanas are called in. Their decisions are guided by written
laws. The civil code is called
Degâma, the criminal code Agâma. Before these
courts three or four witnesses are required to substantiate any criminal charge. Their
witnesses are examined on oath, and people of any cast are competent to take
such

oath and to be so examined. The form of administering the oath requires of t e

person

GoTernment,

Administration

of justice.

-ocr page 613-

ySmdm.nbsp;fy Ti^atJc .Ta?-htfynbsp;Street yJj.\'j.

-ocr page 614-
-ocr page 615-

person who takes it to hold a bason of water in his hand, and after repeating, quot; may appendix
« I and my whole generation perish, if what 1 allege is not true,quot; to drink the water.

The form of procedure requires the prosecutor or plaintiff to be heard first on oath :
his witnesses are next examined, then the prisoner or defendant and his witnesses,
after which the court decides on a general view of the whole of the evidence submitted
to its consideration. No torture is employed to procure evidence : mutilation is un-
known. The usual punishments are death, confinement, and servitude. The laws,
in some instances, are severe, in others lenient. In the execution of the punishment
awarded by the court there is this peculiarity, that the aggrieved party or his friends,
are appointed to inflict it ; for though the judge steps in between the prosecutor and
person whom he pursues, so as to restrain the indiscriminate animosity of the one and
to determine the criminality of the other, the Balians have not advanced so far in the
refinement of criminal justice, as to consider criminal offences in the nature of offences
perpetrated against the state, and punishable by its officers.

Theft and robbery are punished with death inflicted by a kris : murder and treason
are punished in some cases by breaking the limbs of the convict with a hatchet, and
leaving him to linger some days in agony till death ensues. Adultery is punished with
death in the man and perpetual servitude to the prince in the woman. This severity
restrains the crime ; but in the small state
of Bliling there occur sometimes several
trials
for it during the year.

The Raja must confirm every criminal sentence before it is executed, and every civil
decision that involves the servitude of the party. Confiscation of the culprit\'s property
follows capital punishment only, the amount of which is divided between the prince
and judges. In other cases there is no confiscation.

The laws of Bâli differ from those of Java with respect to marriages and divorces. iMarriages and
In the former island, divorces are permitted under no circumstances whatever; in the
latter,
almost every caprice is sulficient to procure one. In Bâli the husband gene-
rally buys his wife by paying a sum of money to her parents : thirty dollars is the
common price. If unable to pay this sum, he becomes, as in the patriarchal times of
scripture, the servant of the party to whom he thus becomes indebted, and resides
along with his wife in the house of his father-in-law. His services are received in
diminution of the dowry ; and if he acts so as to please the family of his wife, the
exaction of it is either in part or in whole remitted.

Without entering into any theory concerning the history of the religious system of Religion,
Bâli, or any detailed comparison of it with systems in India, the following notices
may be thought interesting.

The inhabitants, as before stated, are divided into casts, named Bramâna, Sâtria,
Wisia,
and Sudra. The Bi quot;amanas are of two descriptions, Bramâna Séwa and Bra-
mâna Bûda.
The former are most respected, and refrain from eating all animal food,
except that of ducks, goats, and buffaloes : hogs\' flesh and that of the cow are forbid-
den. The
Bramâna Bûda eat indiscriminately of animal food.

The Bramâna Séwa are said not to perform worship in the temples : this is left to
the lowest orders, generally the
Sûdras. The worship of the lower orders, as per-
formed

-ocr page 616-

APPENDIX.

formed in the temples, cannot be called Hindu. In these temples, which are verj
numerous, mud %ures are placed, representing- the tutelar deities of each particular
country.

The Bramanas of all descriptions are held in great respect, and never condescend to
pay compliments to any person whatever. The respect in which they are relatively
held, seems to be in proportion to the age of the person, and his supposed learning
and accomplishments. A
Bramana may eat from the hands of another of a similar
age, but not from those of a junior.

The Bramana are said not to worship idols, nor do they perform public worship in the
temples, but in their private houses only.

A Bramana may marry a woman of an inferior order, but the offspring of such a mar-
riage is called
Bujdnga, which forms a distinct class.

There is in Bali a class of outcasts, called Chandalas, who are not permitted to reside
in villages ; are generally potters, dyers, dealers in leather, distillers, and retailers of
ardent spirits. The dancing women are of the
Wisia and Sudra casts.

A Bramana cannot be in any servile occuprtion. He cannot sit on the ground, nor
perform obeisance to any other class.

The religion o^ Bali has been considered as of two descriptions, that of jswcza and that
oi Brdma. The Budhists are said to have come first to the country. Of the Bramanas
of Sevoa nine generations are said to have passed over since their arrival. The
name of the principal
Bramdna of the cast of Siwa, who first settled on Bdli, is said to
have been
Wdtu Rdhu : he came from Telingdna, and on his way is said to have touched
at
Majapdhit.

The Rajas of Bdli are generally of the Satria cast; but this does not always hold.

From information obtained at Ruling, it would appear that the greater part of the
population of
Bdli follow the worship of Sewa. The Budhists are said to be rare, and
the names of three districts only could be stated, where the Budhist religion is supposed
to prevail.

The sacrifice of the widow on the funeral pile of her husband is frequent. All classes
may perform this sacrifice, but it is most common with the
Satria. Force is said never
to be had recourse to on these occasions. The number of women who sacrifice them-
selves is extraordinary :—the father of the present Raja of
Bliling was followed by no
less than seventy-four women. The dead body is usually preserved in these cases for
many months, and even for a year. The corpse is preserved by daily fumigations with
benzoin, amp;c.

The bodies of the dead are burnt, except in the case of children before they have shed
their teeth, and of all persons dying of the small pox : as in the latter case the body
cannot be preserved, and it is usual, even with the lower orders, to keep the body for
two months. Among some, however, it is said to be usual to throw the dead bodies into
the sea.

The flesh of the cow is eaten by all except the Bramdnas who have led a life of auste-
rity : these refrain from eating even rice, and live wholly upon roots and fruit.

The

CCXXXVlll

-ocr page 617-

The Budhists are said to be so little scrupulous in their diet, as fo eat not only the APPENDIX
flesh of the cow, but even that of dogs and all other animals. Milk is never used as an
article of food.nbsp;gt;

These particulars respecting the religious observances of the Balians were obligingly
communicated to me by Mr. Craufurd, who visited the island in 1814. In the following
year I visited
BliUng myself; but my stay was too short to obtain any very detailed
information on this interesting particular, further than a collection of their different
manuscripts, which have been brought to this country, and already adverted to under
the head of Javan literature.

On inquiring into the rank of their deities, they replied at once :

The first is Balara Guru,

The second Batâra Brâma, emblematical of fire.

The third Batâra Wisnu, emblematical of water.

The fourth Batara Séwa, emblematical of air.

Besides these they have several other deities, not however termed Batâra, as :

J^éwa Géde Segâra, the deity of the cjoq.

Uéwa Géde Ddlam, emblematical of death.

Dema Géde. Eâli Agung, the deity in whose temple (which is near the Ttada-
ton
of the Raja), the common people on particular days pay worship.

Dewa Géde Gûnung Agung, a deity still more generally worshipped, and to
whom all the Rajas and people of
Bâli pay adoration.

The deity Mahadéwa is known and mentioned in the religious books, but is not an
object of worship.

Batâra Gûru is considered as the highest object of worship below the divinity, Sang
yang Tûng\'gal
(the Lord who is one).

I shall close this account of the religion of Bâli with the following literal transla-
tion
of an account of the Hindu religion, furnished to me by an intelligent Maho-
metan, a native of the island,

quot; The religion of Bûdh, as it exists on Bdli, is divided into SaMlan and NisMlan.
quot; The first regards all worldly concerns, such as the orders of the prince, the laws
quot; of the land, amp;c., including the common affairs and transactions of life; the second
quot; comprehends all the duties and ceremonies of religion, the conducting of which is
quot; in the hands of the
Maperwita, or learned Brahmins called Padénda.

quot; The different kinds of worship attached to this division of the religion, are those

of Batâra Permisti Gûru, Batara Narâda, Batara Sangyang Tûng\'gal, and all his
quot; descendants; of all of whom images are made, some of gold, some of silver, some
quot; of bell-metal, and some in iron ; and to whom are dedicated temples and places for
quot; the reception of their images, on
Gunung Agung, Gûnung Bâtu, Gûnung Batur-
quot; hahu,
and Gûnung Predung ; but it is Gûnung Agung that is the famous place for
quot; them ; and those figures are the objects of worship to all the princes of
Bâli.

When

(c

-ocr page 618-

APPENDIX.

« When there happens to be a mahântan, which signifies a festival on some grand
quot; occasion, all the Rajas, with their families, descendants, and subjects, repair to
« Gunung Agung and invoke all the deities, the Maperwita Bramâna being sum-
quot; moned to attend and conduct the ceremonies.

quot; On occasions of less importance, those images only of the deities which are behind
quot; their houses are worshipped, a
Maperwila Bramâm being called to attend and
quot; officiate.

quot; At the Pemhâkaran, or place where the bodies of the princes are burned, there
quot; are also figures of the different deities, in places made for their reception.

quot; Marriages {mabandângan) are sanctified by their being borne witness to by the
quot; Maperwita Bramânas, as Well as all the deities who are invoked on the occasion.

« On the new moon, and on the eighth and twenty-third of the month, all the deities
quot; are worshipped, eveiy one joining in the ceremonies. Should any of the Rajas
« attend on those days, he of the greatest rank and power orders the attend-
« ance of the
Maperwita Bramânas. Great offerings being made to the deities, thou-
quot; sands of people are afterwards fed with their consecrated fragments. On these

occasions the Mnpemntanbsp;called Padénda, administers to the people holy

water, which they both drink and perform ablutions wun.

« On the day of the new year, the deities are worshipped, ablutions performed, and
« offerings made. Cloths and money, amp;c. are offered twice a year, the
Bramana
quot; Padénda
attending and invoking the deities.

« On the day tâmpak kUwon, the Bramâna Padénda performs prayers, using holy

« water.

« When it is tâmpak wâyang, which means the new year wâyangs, offerings are
« made and placed at all the outer doors, but no worshipping takes place.

« At the annual festivals of tâmpuk kândang there are offerings made on account of

quot; all the different animals.

« There is also the fast of Nyualâtu, which lasts a day and a night, during which
« time food and sleep must be abstained from. This fast must be held on the first or
« tbe fifteenth of the month.quot;

ccxl

-ocr page 619-

APPENDIX L.

Proclamation, declaring the Principles of the Intended Change of

System.

The Right Honourable Lord Minto, previous to his departure from Java, having APPENDIX
adverted to the general system of the administration and of the internal management
established under the former Government of this Island, was pleased to suggest and
recommend such improvements, as upon correct information,
and an adequate know-
ledge of the state of society amongst the native inhabitants, might be deemed conducive
to the advancement of individual happiness and of public prosperity.

With a view to promote so desirable an event, the Honourable the Lieutenant
Governor in Council
nominated a Committee, of which Lieutenant Colonel Colin
Mackenzie was
President, who with the zeal, talent, and industrious research which
characterize that officer, obtained, with the aid of the members of the Committee,
authentic statistical accounts of this island; while the fund of valuable information,
thus acquired, has been increased from other respectable channels of communica-
tion.

The Honourable the Lieutenant Governor in Council has, therefore, after the most
mature consideration, deemed it advisable to establish an improved
system of political
economy throughout this island, with the intention of ameliorating the condition of all
its inhabitants, by affording that protection to individual industry, which will insure to
every class of society the equitable and undisturbed enjoyment of the fruits of labour;
and while it is confidently expected that private happiness and public prosperity will be
advanced under this change of system, such alterations and amendments will be here-
after adopted, as experience may suggest, or the improving habits and manners of the
body of the people may seem to require.

The following principles form the basis of the new arrangements, and are made
public for general information.

1. The undue influence and authority of the native chiefs have been restricted: but
government will avail themselves of their services in the important department of the
native police, which will be arranged upon fixed principles, atlapted to the habits

2 hnbsp;and

L.

-ocr page 620-

APPENDIX and original institutions of the people, A competent provision in lands and in money
has been allotted to such chiefs, and it therefore naturally becomes both their duty
and their interest, to encourage industry and to protect the inhabitants.

S. The government lands will be let generally to the heads of villages, who will be
held responsible for the proper management of such portions of the country as may be
placed under their superintendence and authority. They will re-let these lands to
the cultivators, under certain restrictions, at such a rate as shall not be found oppres-
sive ; and all tenants under government will be protected in their just rights, so
long as they shall continue to perform their
cori\'espondent engagements faithfully ;
for it is intended to promote extensive industry and consequent improvement, by givmg
the people an interest in the soil, and by instituting amongst them an acknowledged
claim to the possession of the lands, that they may be thus induced to labour for their
own profit and advantage.

3.nbsp;The system of vassalage and forced deliveries has been abolished generally
throughout the island : but in the Batavian and Preangen Regencies such a modi-
fication
of the former arrangements has been carried into execution, as it was
found practicable, under
existing circumstances, to introduce ; and provisionally
the Blandong system will be continued to a certain extent in the central Forest
Districts.

4.nbsp;To encourage the cultivation of so important an article of export as coffee
may become, when the trade of Europe and America may be thrown open to free
competition, government have stipulated to receive any surplus quantity of that com-
modity from the cultivators, at a reasonable and fixed rate, when a higher price for it

cannot be obtained in the market.

5.nbsp;To extend free trade and commerce, and to promote a spirit of enterprise and
speculation amongst the inhabitants, the Bhoom farms have been abolished, the duties
upon the principal articles of export have been taken off, and it is intended to modify
and amend the custom-house regulations before the 1st January next. The toll-gates
and transport duties of the interior have been diminished as much
as possible, and in
the gradual progression of improvement they will be finally abolished.

6.nbsp;Every facility will be afforded towards obtaining teak timber for the construction
of small craft, and of such additional tonnage as, upon the improved system, will be
undoubtedly required.

7.nbsp;Government have taken upon themselves the exclusive management of the
salt department. It appears, that the inhabitants in most parts of the island paid a
very irregular and exorbitant price for this necessary article of
consumption ; while
the system adopted by the farmers was radically vicious, and equally oppressive and
vexatious to the people, as it was detrimental to
the immediate interests of govern-
ment;

Such an improved system for the supply of salt will be immediately adopted, as may

appear advisable; and in this and every other arrangement, the government propose

the

-ocr page 621-

the advancement of the interests and the happiness of the people at large, and the pro-
motion of the public prosperity of this colony.nbsp;\'

Given at Batavia, this 15th day of October^ 1813.

By me, the Lieutenant Governor of the
Island of Java and its Dependencies,
T. S. RAFFLES. \'

By order of the Honourable the
Lieutenant Governor in Council,

C. Assey,

Secretary to Government,

Council Chamber,
Oct. 15, 181S.

2 h S

-ocr page 622-

( ccxliv )

APPENDIX L. No. IL

REVENUE INSTRUCTIONS.

The Honourable the Lieutenant Governor in Council having taken into mature

__ consideration the state of the Land Revenue of this Island, and being impressed with

No. Ii, the necessity of establishing one uniform, equitable, and adequate system for its assess-
ment and realization, has been pleased to direct that the following instructions be
sent to the Residents, Collectors, and other officers, to whom are consigned the charge
of the several provinces under his authority.

1. It is the object of government to separate, in a great measure, the revenue
from the judicial branches of
the internal administration, it being deemed that a more
lucid and simple arrangement of the public business will be
formed thereby ; and that
the relieving the residents from a part of their at present too extensive and complicated
duties, will ensure so much easier and better execution of the remainder, as fully to
counterbalance any additional expense that may be incurred by the adoption of the
measure.

2.nbsp;For this purpose it has been resolved, that collectors shall be appointed imme-
diately to the various districts, whose office shall consist in the sole and entire superin.
tendance ofthe land
revenue, and to whom therefore shall be made over by the residents
the complete charge of that department, with all such papers, documents, amp;c. as are
in any way connected with it.

3.nbsp;In some instances, however, from strong local, political, or other reasons, it is
considered advisable, that several branches of the public duty remain still vested for
a time in the resident alone. As this necessity shall cease, care will be taken, by the
introduction of separate collectors, to attain uniformity. But, in the mean time, it is
particularly enjoined to such residents as are continued in this double capacity of
revenue and judicial superintendants, to take due care that these several branches be
not blended in the execution, but that each part of their duty be discharged according
to the department to which it belongs, and that their several proceedings be recorded in
their proper departments only, distinct from all others.

4.nbsp;A similar line of conduct will be observed in the maintenance of the establish-
ments necessary for carrying on the business of these several departments ; these
establishments being kept as much apart, and as much confined to their distinct
details, when tl^e duties of collector and judge and magistrate are exercised by
the same person, as when there are different
officers appointed for the superintendance
of each.

5. Those

appendix

L.

-ocr page 623-

5.nbsp;Those residents, therefore, to whom will still be entrusted the collection of the
land revenue, will consider the following instructions to collectors as addressed to
themselves in that capacity. Each collector shall forward to government a list of such
establishment (with the salaries to each individual that he would recommend) as he
deems adequate to carrying on the business in his head office, where the general
papers, accounts, amp;c. will be prepared, and which will be conducted under his own
immediate inspection.

6.nbsp;This establishment may consist of one native assistant and such number of
writers (Javans and English) opasses, and other servants, as may be necessary.
This native assistant ought to be a man of rank, respectability, and information, that
hemay be at oncecomjjetent, by his knowledge of the manners, characters, and habits
of the native inhabitants, to assist the collector in advising measures best suited to
each occasion, and by the estimation in which he is held by the people, to lend a
considerable aid in carrying those measures duly into execution.

7.nbsp;His salary may amount to from one to two hundred rupees per month, or a
quantity of land equal to such sum may be allowed hira rent free.

8.nbsp;It may be advisable to employ for this situation some of the Bopatis, Patehs, or
Tumunggungs, who have been, but are not now, in the actual service of government.
This, as
salaries or pensions are, in many instances, already allowed in the manner of
sinecures, may prove a considerable saving to government; and, at the same time, the
having a duty annexed to their present receipts, which will carry with it a considerable
degree of authority and consequence, may be more pleasing to many, than the idle
enjoyment of a sum of money, for which they must feel that they are at present making
no adequate return.

9.nbsp;For the outer establishments, those necessary for carrying on the details in
each village or division, it is not intended to create any new officers ; those at present
entertained, and who have as yet very well executed the double duties of police and
revenue, being deemed the most competent and best fitted for continuing to manage
the business of these several departments.

10.nbsp;It is not the additional expense which would arise from the appointing a new
description of revenue officers, that is alone considered in this arrangement. The for-
mation of a distinct revenue establishment throughout the interior is, on many other
accounts, deemed an innovation that would be attended with considerable trouble, that
would prove less pleasing to the inhabitants themselves,
and that would not be nearly
so adequate to the management of the collections, as the collection of the combined
establishment at present existing.

11.nbsp;The head inhabitant of a Javan village has, from immemorial usage, been
considered to have vested in
him the general superintendance of the affairs relating to
that village, whether in attending to the police, settling thé minor disputes that occur
within its limits, or of collecting its revenues,
or more often its services. For this
purpose, his office
has been elective, and the powers he exercises entrusted to him by
his fellow inhabitants,

n. A

appendix

L.
.~quot;lI.

-ocr page 624-

appendix.

Ig. A writer, priest, and other subordinate officers and servants, completed its regu-
lar establishment. From harassing wars, long oppression, feudal tyranny, and Euro-
pean innovation, it is true that, in many parts of the country, scarcely a vestige remains
of that species of constitution ; but it is universally acknowledged that such was once
its pure form throughout the island, and such is it still existing in many places.

13.nbsp;This simple mode of village administration Government cannot but admire and
entirely approve of; and deeming it at once the best suited to the genius of the people,
and as promising to be the most conducive to the interest of the ruling power, they
have resolved that such system shall be acknowledged and encouraged, by every
means in their power, throughout the provinces under their authority.nbsp;_

14.nbsp;The head inhabitant therefore (whether recognized under the name of Petingi,
Bukul, Lura, Kuwu, Mandor, or otherwise, according to the custom of the country)
shall have entrusted to him the management of the revenue concerns of his vdlage; a
duty which his personal influence, and minutely intimate acquaintance with the situa-
tions and concerns of the several inhabitants of it, will render him better than any
other qualified to discharge. He shall furnish such accounts and statements as he may
from time to time be required to do; and
shall obey such orders as he may receive
directly from the collector or his assistant, or from the officer of
the division in which

his village is situated.nbsp;. ^^

15.nbsp;These officers of division shall likewise be continued in the double capacity ol
superintending both the judicial and the revenue proceedings within the limits oftheir
official range. This practice, indeed, is consonant with the immemorial customs of the
country, and deemed most
calculated to render benefit in the conduct of either depart»

quot;quot; 16 By the judicial regulation lately enacted, the officer of division has been empow-
ered to settle such minor disputes as may be considered as belonging to the revenue
branch, such as the determining contested boundaries, trespass, irregularity m the dis-

positions for irrigation, amp;c. and by extending this -^hority so as to empower
take regular cognizance of all transactions
respecting revenue collections, ^»d to inspect
whenever he pleases the several village accounts. It is deemed that his office will be-
come one of very great utility; serving, in future, by its records to ref^r to
on every
occasion, when it may be wished to ascertain the precise nature of any permanent pro

perty or local usage within the division.nbsp;heads of

17. To them, therefore, shall be considered in every way subordinate the heads oj

villages ; and it is trusted that they will prove a most useful check on them.

18 The officer of division shall furnish to the collector all such papers as may oe
required, and shall diligently execute any orders that they may receive, either trom him

or from his native assistant.nbsp;.

19. Respecting the salaries for these inferior servants of government, they have

already beL in most instances fixed; certain allotments of land, rent free, or sums of
money monthly, being given to them.nbsp;^^^

ccxbi

ntii.

-ocr page 625-

20.nbsp;The money salaries of those servants who are connected with the resident shall
be continued to be paid by him as they are at present.

21.nbsp;The allotments of land shall fall under the collector\'s superintendance, and he
shall set down among- the charges of collection, sums of money equal to what would be
the monied rent of those lands were they not free. For this purpose, they shall be
assessed, and regularly entered among the other lands in the general lease of the vil-
lage : but the collection of this assessed rent shall not be actually made ; it shall only
appear in the accounts, as that it had been realized, and paid to the several officers.

22.nbsp;For the other officers attached to the collector, namely, those in his head office,
some it is concluded will be paid by portions of land being made over to them, others
by monthly sums of money. The accounts of the former will be settled as already
mentioned The salaries of the latter will be drawn for by bills on the resident, who
will continue to be the sole treasurer of the district.

23.nbsp;The collector will accordingly forward to him the several sums of money he may
receive in his
collprtiona^, wK»onov©r- th©y amount tO five hundred rupees.

24.nbsp;It is trusted that the placing the heads of villages and officers of divisions, in
some measure, under two authorities, to whom they must separately report, will not be
attended with any eventual evil or confusion. When these arrangements become well
matured, and the exact limits of their several duties clearly defined, the subordinate
officers will not find any difficulty in their execution. For the attainment of this de-
sirable end, however, much must depend upon the conduct of the resident and col-
lector. They are placed in these districts, not as persons who are to serve in any way
as checks upon each other, but who are required to act together for the general good;
mutually to assist each other to the extent of their power, and by preserving between
themselves a good understanding, to carry on better their respective duties.

25.nbsp;Should, in any case, a disagreement of opinion arise on any subject between
them, a
reference will be immediately made to the Honourable the Lieutenant Gover-
nor, who will without delay pass on it his decision,

26.nbsp;It need hardly be observed, that the collectors will possess no magisterial autho-
rity whatsoever : application will be regularly made by him to the resident, as judge
and magistrate, whenever it becomes necessary to call on that officer for aid in either
capacity, whether to punish the misconduct of servants, or to realize by civil suit any
part of the dues of government. The process to be ob.served, in either case, will be
precisely similar to what is prescribed wdiere the two parties in the suit are private
individuals : government by no means wishing to enjoy themselves any better security
of right, than that which they would ensure to the meanest of their subjects, nor to
possess a greater facility of redress than is provided by their regulations to be offered to
any individual, who shall consider himself as aggrieved.

27.nbsp;As the first step towards the introduction of an adequate system of internal ad,
ministration, it becomes positively necessary that government should be furnished with
the fullest and completest view of the actual resources of the country.

28. The

N^II.

-ocr page 626-

28.nbsp;The minutest details must be collected, arranged, and considered, before any
system can be properly reduced to practice, or any assessment can be justly made.

29.nbsp;But when once this body of information is obtained, the business of the revenue
settlement will become comparatively light, and will be able to be proceeded with on
the clearest and most equitable principles. It will serve too, on all future occasions,
as a complete collection of the most valuable data to which to refer back for any pur-
pose, or on which to ground any measures that may, in future, be deemed adviseable.
The obtaining this, government are fully aware, must be a work the most laborious :
but placing the fullest reliance on the zeal, industry, and talents of those officers
through whom they expect to derive such information, they look forward with confi-
dence to its accomplsihment in a manner as complete, and in a period as short as are
possible, where inquiries are to be made at once so minute and so extensive.

SO. It must be considered too, that however heavy, at first, this compilation may
prove, it will ultimately most materially save both the time and trouble of the collectors.
Daily
occurrences will constantly require that information which it is now desired
should
be at once obtained; and by possessing such a standard for conducting the bu-
siness, a simple
reference to it will very often be sufficient, when otherwise there would
arise a necessity for instituting inquiries of the same
nature, numberless and trouble-
some, on every new, however trivial, occasion. Every collector, in short, who is
anxious to perform well the duties entrusted to him, must wish to be in possession of
such a mass of information as is now proposed to be collected.

31.nbsp;The best mode to be adopted will be as follows :

The collector, attended by his native assistant, and such servants as are necessary,
must himself proceed to the chief station in each division, where he will cause to be
assembled the head inhabitants of
the several villages contained in it. To these he
must
clearly explain the nature of the information desired ; and through their means
it is expected that it will be obtained without difficulty.

32.nbsp;Whenever it may be necessary, the collector will visit the village itself, and on
the spot cause such inquiries to be made as are requisite.

33.nbsp;The officers of survey, lately attached to the residents, will accompany the col-
lectors through this tour, and give such professional aid as may be desired.

34.nbsp;They will make one general survey of the whole collectorship, forming there-
from a map, on an uniform scale of one English inch to an English mile : in this the
limits of each village and of each division will be accurately defined, and the direc-
tion and situation of forests, rivers, roads, mountains, amp;c, will also be correctly deli-
neated.

35.nbsp;By this general plan, the collector will know exactly the amount of land to be
accounted for by each village; and the several lesser suras, as they will be thus
brought together, will serve to prove the truth of the aggregate statement.

36.nbsp;These surveyors will further take any such lesser surveys or measurements as
they may be directed to do by the collectors.

37. The

nTii.

-ocr page 627-

37. The papers to be furnished by each village are three ; forms for which are the appendix
enclosures, marked A, B, and C. Some observations are necessary in explanation of _

these.

38.nbsp;From the detailed papers of cultivators, and householders not cultivators,
will be framed the general account of the village. The reason for separating the
inhabitants into these two classes is obvious. It is wished that the exact resources of
the country may be seen at one view, to know what part of the population are actually
employed in the cultivation of the soil, and to learn in what way the remainder are
disposed of
It is also considered but just, that to equalize in some measure the pay-
ments from all ranks of people^, a tenement tax (or more properly a small rent for the
ground on which their houses stand) should be levied from those who contribute
nothing to the land rents.

39.nbsp;But as the extension of this through all the petty villages might be deemed
vexatious, and as, in reality, in those very small communities the payment by any party
is virtually a payment by the whole of the inhabitants, it is resolved that such tax shall
not be levied there. But there is no reason for including in this indulgence the inhabi-
tants of towns ; these, as in some places already ordered, should by means of such tax
contribute their just share of the payments to government.

40.nbsp;The assessment and collection of this shall form part of the collector\'s duty.
The principle on which it must proceed will be to divide the houses into three classes,
according to their size and the general circumstances of their owners,

41.nbsp;These will be assessed according to the class, at three, two. Or one Java rupee
per annum; and where, in any instance,
from the indigence of the householder, even
this small payment could become a hardship, the collector shall not include him at ali
in the assessment. This measure will secure a considerable revenue to government,
and by experience in some districts,
already, it is known that it will not be con-
sidered as vexatious or unjust by the inhabitants : they will deem it no hardship to
pay so small a sura annually, to be secured in the unmolested posession of the ground
and enclosure in which their houses stand : more especially now that they are
freed from all forced deliveries and services, without adequate payment either to
government or to the native chiefs, and are left at liberty to enjoy the fruit of their
labour.

42.nbsp;The paper C. requires few observations : it explains itself. Every householder
shall have a number given to him ; for in registering names alone, very great confusion
may arise, not only by the same being possessed by numerous individuals, but by the
singular practice which frequently occurs among the Javans, of persons, from the
most capricious motives, assuming new appellations. The number being once fixed
or each, there will be no difficulty in always identifying them,

43.nbsp;In the paper B., for the same reason above given, a number will be added to
each individual cultivator\'s name; that is, to each
who will, in the detailed system to
fee carried into effect, become an actual renter of land from government.

2 inbsp;44. With

No. II.

-ocr page 628-

44.nbsp;With respect to the quantity of land, of produce, or of money, as it is most
desirable that there should be one uniform standard for the whole island, to which
every other measurement, weight, or currency may be reduced, a circular letter has
been written, dated 11th February 1814, on the subject of currency, weights, and mea-
sures, and the collectors will be in future strictly guided by that, keeping their accounts
only in the terms therein authorized.

45.nbsp;In estimating the produce, the average of several former years will be the
surest criterion. All sawah lands wiil be considered solely as to what quantity of paddy
they might produce. Where other species of cultivation occurs, it
shall nevertheless
be estimated only with reference to this standard, or what might have been the value of

the crop had the land been sown with rice.

46.nbsp;In similar manner, the tegal lands (under which description are comprehended
all lands not subject to irrigation) shall be ©Btimated, in their produce, at what would
be the quantity of maize from them were that the
sole crop.

47.nbsp;These two kinds of cultivation are the most usual throughout the island for
thèse descriptions
of land, and it will be easy to form an assessment where these two
are only considered. The profit or loss, in
substituting- other crops, must be the sole
concern
of the individual cultivators.

48.nbsp;In the value of the produce, the prices for both the paddy and the maize must
be taken as they exist in the cheapest season of the year, and actually procurable on
the spot.

49.nbsp;By assuming other rates than these, as for instance, the prices the articles may
bear in periods of the year when a greater scarcity prevails, or at what they would sell
tvere they disposed of in large towns, a false estimate will be taken ; and depending
on such
contingencies, a failure in the realization of the assessed revenues might
frequently occur.

50.nbsp;In the remarks that may be made opposite to each cultivator, if necessary,
any circumstance may be entered that may be deemed by the collector deserving of
mention but principally will fall under this column the statement of such reasons as
entitle the individual to a remission of rent, such as the being an officer of government,
a pensioner, amp;c. The general account A. will throw into one view the whole resources

and actual state of the village.

51.nbsp;Each of these villages must have a number given to it by the officer ot

division.

52.nbsp;On the principles of complete survey, even the smallest quantity of land must
be accounted for ; and the general division into such as are or are not in use, naturally
suggests itself. These are again subdivided into other classes. The quot; cultivated land quot;
wiUbe formed by bringing together the totals of the paper B.; quot; free land quot; will include
generally all such as are at present enjoyed by the village inhabitant, free of assess-
ment, as the area of the village itselt; with its gardens, commons, amp;c. The « coffee
quot; grounds quot; still remaining in the possession of government will be next entered; but

I^II.

-ocr page 629-

APPENDIX.

it will be the duty of the collectors to let these out, where they can, like other lands, to appendix.
be converted to whatever purpose the tenants may please.nbsp;L.

53.nbsp;The extent of thequot; teak forestsquot; must likewise be given; and to this will No. II.
follow what are termed quot; government lands,quot; that is, generally, whatever is held by

them for their own or the public benefit, exclusive of the two foregoing classes. Jn
the quot; general remarksquot; it will be necessary to advert to the particular nature of this
entry, specifying what lands have formed it.

54.nbsp;Of quot; lands not in use,quot; the most important part is that which specifies what
are capable of being cultivated. The several qualities of these cannot in every instance
be quite correctly defined ; but as far as practicable, it is desirous to arrange them in
the manner pointed out, that is, into the two general descriptions of
Sawah and
Tegal. Next will follow lands decidedly « unfit;quot;-and finally, what are termed
quot; jungle lands these are such as do not produce teak. In the « general remarks,quot;
It will be necessary to take notice of this latter class, specifying, as far as possible, to
what kind of land they belong, whether by
clearing thej might be susceptible of culti-
vation, or are naturally unfit for it. The remaining heads in the paper need no
observation : they
explain themselves, and will be at once filled up from the account
B. and C.

65. Each officer of division shall, from these village accounts, frame one general
one of the district under his authority. The form is shewn in the paper D. The
only additional information to be furnished by him in it, is the quantity of lands lying
waste and uninhabited, which have not been portioned out into villages ; and in th
quot; general remarksquot; subjoined, it will be necessary to advert to these, pointing out
their nature, and the reasons for their being in such desert state.

56.nbsp;Each division shall be regularly numbered.

57.nbsp;The account marked E. is intended to give to government one general view of
the whole colJectorship ; at once shewing into how many divisions it is portioned out
and in each of those how many villages there are, the general population under its
several descriptions, the total amount of land, what quantity of it is cultivated, how
much is capable of being so, the estimated value of the entire produce, the riches of
its inhabitants, which are chiefly comprised in the number of buffaloes and horses
possessed by them, amp;c. amp;c. And attached to these any such observations may be made
as may suggest themselves to the collectors.

58.nbsp;The collection of papers thus framed, will, it is deemed, put government fully
in possession of all the information they require.

59.nbsp;On the first attempt by the British power to introduce an amended system of
land revenue through this island, from our paucity of information
on the subject, and
the extreme caution with which it was necessary to proceed, it was thought requisite
to have recourse to an intermediate class of persons between the actual sovereign
and the cultivator of the soil, or to let out the whole lands of each village to its
principal inhabitant.

60. But

ccli-

-ocr page 630-

60.nbsp;But by this mere grant of lease, it was not by any means understood that any
acknowledgment was made of proprietary right to the soil existing in those heads of
villages. It was simply a step, arising from the necessity of the occasion, from the
impracticability of at once entering upon a more detailed plan, and which at the
moment of its adoption was meant to be considered as temporary, to be no longer
adhered to, if, on the acquisition of further knowledge, a more particular system o

management should be deemed advisable.

61.nbsp;The nature of landed tenure throughout the island is now thoroughly under-
stood. Generally speaking, no proprietary right in the soil is vested in any between
the actual cultivator and the sovereign; the intermediate classes, who may at any
time have enjoyed the revenues of villages or districts, being deemed
merely the exe-
cutive officers of government, who received those revenues only from the gift ot tlieir
lord, and who depended on his will alone for their tenure. Of this actual proprietary
right, there can be no doubt that it originally vested solely in the sovereign ; but it is
equally certain, that the
first clearer« ofthe land entitled themselves, as th«»^ Jquot;^^
reward, to «uoh a real property in the ground they thus in a manner created, that
whilst a due tribute of a
certain share of its produce for the benefit of being well
governed was paid to the sovereign power, that in return was
equally bound not to
^rurbthemor their heirs in its possession. The disposal of
this governmei^ share
was, therefore, all that
could justly depend on the will ofthe ruling authority, and
consequently the numerous gifts of lands made at various periods by the several sove-
reigns, have in no way affected the right ofthe actual cultivator :-all that any
oovernment could alienate was merely its own revenue or share of the produce, ihis
Object has come under full discussion ; and the above result, as regarding this island,

has been quite satisfactorily established.nbsp;inbsp;,, ^f

62.nbsp;The continuance, therefore, of the village system becomes only a matter of

consideration, on the grounds of whether it is more beneficial than any other to go-
vernment, or most likely to be conducive to the general prosperity and welfare ol

mass of the population.nbsp;.nbsp;.

63.nbsp;No doubt, however, remains on the mind of government on this question

The agency of the immediate renters is considered as quite unnecessary to be adopted
in futiL. \'it is deemed, that such a plan of settlement will leave the interest of the
bulk of the people entirely at the mercy of a set of numerous petty chiefs, who how-
ever well they may have hitherto conducted themselves, would certainly, in such case
possess an
ability of injury and oppression, against which the ruling power would
have left itself no adequate means of prevention or redress, and which cannot there-
fore be permitted, consistently with the principles of good government.

collecto,. a„d enjoyer of it. own revenues. On every v,e„, .ndeed, ^
the
tians-Mi, (or as it is ter,„ed in Western Ind.n, where .t .s understood^to have

appendix

L.
N^r.

-ocr page 631-

advantageously introduced, the ryot-war settlement) is considered as that vehich will L.
at once prove most satisfactory to the people, and most beneficial to the go-
%\'ernment.

65.nbsp;In the period that has elapsed since the first settlement, a sufficient knowledge
has been obtained, by the most scrutinous investigation into the whole minutia; of the
revenue affairs of the country, to render government now fully competent to carry
into execution that more detailed plan, which it was always in their contemplation to
introduce, as early as might be practicable.

66.nbsp;The several collectors will therefore take suitable measures for carrying into
effect the desired change, as soon as this may, from local or other circumstances, be
possible.

67.nbsp;Of course, the expiration of the former leases must, in [every instance, be
awaited ; but the several preliminary steps may be proceeded in without further delay.
On no account must such leases be renewed.

68.nbsp;As the term of the greater part of them will be closed by the ensuing puam,
and as the business of the assessment and survey, as above ordered, may with great
advantage be carried on together, the principles on which that settlement will proceed
will be briefly laid down here. Much however must be necessarily left to the discre-
tion and judgment of the officers to whom its conduct will be entrusted, and on whose
zeal, industry, and ability, this government fully relies.

69.nbsp;As a general rule for the guidance of the collector, he shall continue in posses-
sion all such persons as he finds actually holding and cultivating land, and shall receive
them as the renters
frdni government in the new settlement. Even though such culti-
vators shall not be able to adduce proofs of any real property in the land, yet long
occupancy, improving culture, and general good conduct while in its possession, are
deemed to be claims of no
weak nature, and certainlj constitute a right, in equity and
sound policy, of being considered preferably to any others, who have no such claims;
and this right government is determined to respect.

70.nbsp;It must, however, be clearly understood, that no positive rights of any nature
will be infringed by this settlement. Every claim to property in land must be freely
heard, and fully inquired into, by the collectors ; and it is necessary, in doubtful cases,
to submit the claim for the decision of the Honourable the Lieutenant Governor.

71.nbsp;There have been, it is known, in many parts of the country, grants from the so-
vereign of lands in perpetuity, which are regularly inheritable, and relative to which
the original documents still exist. Of these some have been made for religious pur-
poses, others as rewards or provision for relatives or the higher nobility. These alie-
nations, as far as it was justly in the power of the sovereign to make them, will cer-
tainly not be set aside. Equity and good faith forbid it; but they equally enjoin, that
the extent of these alienations be
clearly defined, and that the rights of others be not
compromised by them. The government share, ,where granted away, will not be
claimed, for this affects the government alone. But there are certain other rights, those
of the cultivators, which cannot be admitted to have been in the slightest degree

affected

-ocr page 632-

APPENDIX affected by such grants; and in the enjoyment of them, therefore, they must be duly
protected bj the government. Such proprietors of revenue, as they may be termed,
No. II. shall in short be allowed to act, with regard to the cultivators, only as government
themselves act toward theirs; that is, receiving a fixed share of the produce : but
whilst that is duly delivered, neither exacting more, nor removing any individual from
his land.

72.nbsp;On these subjects it will become the duty of the collector to be particularly
careful and circumspect; to hear all claims, but to admit none lightly, giving to each
the fullest investigation prior to acknowledging their validity.

73.nbsp;When the collector shall have thoroughly acquainted himself with the actual
state and resources of e^h village, he shall proceed, as quickly as he can, to the assess-
ment of the land revenue, to be realized, not from the village generally, but from each
individual cultivator inhabiting it.

74.nbsp;The head of the village shall be considered as the officer of government to be
employed in the collection of the revenue; for which a certain portion of land shall
be allowed
to him. In consideration of this, and possessing, as he will, due powers
for its realization, he shall be considered as responsible for its whole amount. By
this means, every advantage of the general village settlement will be obtained, with-
out any of its evils.

75.nbsp;It must be observed, that all allotments of land, whether as pensions or salaries,
are to be made only provisionally; and in such grants the government share will be
all that is to be affected by them.

76 One lease shall be made for the whole village, according to the form laid down
in the enclosure F.

77.nbsp;This will give to each individual a full knowledge of his rights, and of what
are
the only dues to be expected from him by government. No extortion or injus-
tice can then exist, without being liable to instant detection and punishment. To
attain still further this end, it is ordered,
that a copy of this lease be lodged with
the officer of division, and another be kept for public inspection in the village
office.

78.nbsp;The head of the village shall also give to each renter an extract account, accord-

onbsp;o

ing to the form in enclosure G.

79.nbsp;By this the renter will know exactly the state of his affairs, and the ejcami-
nation of these lesser papers will at once discover any fraud on the part of the village
officer ; for he must, on each receipt of money or kind, mark it in their accounts.

80.nbsp;The officer of division, will, in like manner, acknowledge on the back of the
general lease the several sums received by him frOm the head of any village. The
receipt of kind collections will, in the same way, be acknowledged at the collector\'s
office, when they are delivered in.

81.nbsp;The manner of assessing the government share will proceed, as far as practi-
cable, as follows :

82. As

-ocr page 633-

82.\'nbsp;As the inferior descriptions of land require greater labour in their cultivation, appendix
and as the actual quantity of produce left from each for the use of the renter, is

wished to be nearly the same, a different rate in assessing must be observed for each. No. IL

83.nbsp;The following is considered as the fairest scale for fixing the government share
from each species of land, and ought to be referred to, as much as possible, as the
general standard:

For Sawah Lands.

1st sort, one-half of the estimated produce.

2d,____two-fifths of........ditto

Sd, ____one-third of........ditto. ,

For Tegal Lands.

1st sort, two-fifths of the estimated produce.

2d, .... one-third of..........ditto.

Sd, .... one-fourth of ........ditto.

84.nbsp;It must be expected, that less than this will be levied in many places for some
time to
come. Various reasons will induce a low rental being established at first, as
the energies of many impoverished and long oppressed districts are to be brought forth
by every
encouragement that government can give; but when cultivation has reached
what may be considered as its state of perfection, and the settlement is completely
matured, the above must form the general rates of assessment.

85.nbsp;Government think it necessary also explicitly to declare, that they will be satis-
fied when the land revenue shall be productive to them in these proportions, deter-
mining, at no future time, to raise that scale; that the inhabitants, being thus exactly
acquainted with what will form the utmost demand on them, and resting in full confi-
dence that government will not exact any thing further, may, in that security, enjoy
their
possessions in undisturbed happiness, and apply their utmost industry to the
improvement of their lands, assured that, while they conduct themselves well, that
land will never be taken from them, and that the more productive they may be able
to render it, the more beneficial will it be to themselves.

86.nbsp;The head of the village will deliver his money collections to the officer of divi-
sion, in such instances as maybe directed by the collector; but all payments in kind
must be made actually into the collector\'s office at the head station, the expenses of
bringing it falling entirely on the renters. This is done chiefly with a view to discou-
rage such species of payments, government wishing to receive, as far as practicable,
their revenues in money alone. In ordering this, regard has also been had to former
custom, the contingent under the Dutch administration having always been thus deli-
vered in.

87.nbsp;The option of kind payment is still left to the renter on many accounts ; in con-
sideration, partly, of the present scarcity of specie throughout the country, partly as
being agreeable to their ancient usages, which will always be paid the greatest atten-
tion to; but chiefly, as by leaving this double mode of payment open, the assessment,

both

-ocr page 634-

both in this and future settlements, will be able to be proceeded with on the justest
and best principles. Enhancement or remissions will be equitably regulated by it;
and, in
short, by keeping the actual produce always in view, the shares of the govern-
ment
and of the cultivator must always preserve their due relation towards each other-

88.nbsp;Pari or rice, however, are the only two articles to be received. Maize is con-
sidered, in estimating the produce of the tegal lands, to produce the justest assess-
ment; but this must be invariably commuted for a money rent on fair principles, l o
sawah landholders
only will the option o^pari or rice deliveries be given.. As cu-
tivators, in most cases, hold some of each description of land, this distmction will

not be felt as a hardship.

89.nbsp;To guard against any failure in the estimated^revenues, the value of the pro-
duce will be calculated at the sum which it
commonly sells for in the village itseltj
immediately after the gathering in ofthe harvest; and the
money commutation will
proceed on this principle. The renters, therefore, will obviously be
encouraged to
pay money preferable to kind; but should they
nevertheless give in the latter, the
head of
the village xuuat, if he can, turn it into specie, so that the estimated value be
obtained. Should, in
spite of these precautions, aiij quantity of pari or rice arrive
at the head station, the collector will deposit it in the
store-hou«e«, report in what
manner he is of opinion it can be most advantageously disposed of. Generally speaking
government wish to derive no extra profit from this branch
of their revenues, and will
approve of immediate sale, in every instance where the assessed price can be obtained.

90.nbsp;As arrears are to be as much guarded against as possible, remissions of rent
must sometimes be made. The mode of regulating these will be as follows. When
such calamity of season or other cause, occurs, as may be supposed to entitle the cul-
tivator to indulgent consideration in some deduction of rent, a report must be made
by the head of the village before gathering the harvest, and the collector will then order
the officer of division, or send some trusty servant from his own office, to survey the crop,
and
inquire into the causes of its falling short ofthe estimate. Such orders will after-
wards be issued, whether remitting any part or the whole of the dues of government, or
enforcing their strict collection, as may be deemed necessary. Whenever a real, una-
voidable suffering has been sustained, a remission of rent must be granted, govern,
ment deeming it far preferable to conciliate their subjects by every reasonable favour,
and even to submit to a slight loss, than to disaffect them by the continual harrassing
which the strict exaction of heavy arrears must occasion. Nor will, indeed, any real
gain accrue from being thus always
unrelenting ; for, in most cases, the liquidation
of the debts they may have incurred will only be effected by the safe of buffaloes,
horses, and other
property, on the possession of which must entirely depend the good
performance of their future engagements; so that, in fine, by resorting to this mea-
sure, the debt may be discharged, but very frequently the cultivator will be lost.

91 As the first settlement, according to this amended system, cannot be expected
to attain as accurate an assessment as is desirable, it is not deemed advisable that the
leases to be granted should exceed the period of one year.nbsp;^^^^

n^TI.

-ocr page 635-

APPENDIX.

cclvii

(Signed)

\'Jk

92. From the nature of the foregoing instructions, the collectors cannot fail to
observe the importance and extent of the obligations imposed on them by the office
intrusted to their charge. It is not enough that the government lay down the prin-
ciples of a benevolent system intended to introduce the practical freedom which has
been bestowed on all the nations subject to the honourable Company\'s dominions ; it is
with them that the application of these principles is entrusted, and to their temper,
assiduity, judgment, and integrity, that the people have to look for the enjoyment of
the blessings which it is intended to bestow upon them. They have, in short, the
national character, as well as their own personal reputation, to support; and while
the Lieutenant Governor in Council feels it unnecessary to rouse that spirit of public
virtue in which it is the pride of a Briton to excel, or to advert to the shame that
must follow a neglect of these important duties, he deems it proper to remark, that
his most vigilant attention will be given to the progress of the great work which has
been commenced, and that it will always afford him the highest gratification to bring
to public notice, and reward the examples of industry, honour, and integrity, which
he confidently expects to meet with.

T. S. RAFFLES.

Buitenzorg, Feb. 11, 1814.

-ocr page 636-

APPENDIX M

Memorandum re^pec/m^ Weights, Measures, ^c.

The weights and measures not only differ, both nominally and
several districts of Java, but are often subject to such varieties,
even withm the sam
district, that the greatest confusion in accounts,
endless pecuUtions, a ^^
inevitable. The native denominations and divisions are blended wi^th the ^h ne^ ana
European, and even the latter have been made to vary so much, that it is dime
refer them to one common standard. The uncertainty of the native measures nas,
however, been considerably removed, by the reference co„«t.ntiy had by the Chinese
toThe wdght of the article, instead of the bulk, which is the usual measure of the

quot;^The measure of weight which may be considered as the most general standard
throughout the country, is the Chinese
kati, equal to about 1| lb ornbsp;20 ounces

avoirdupois; 100make a pfe? of 125 lbs. Dutch, or 133i English, cO pkuls or
3,000
katis, being 3,750 lbs. Dutch. The Dutch standard koyan, howe^r is only
3 400 lbs , and in general is considered equal to a last, or two tons ; but this weight,
Z Which Ihe rude produce of the country is generally calculated, is subject to innu-
merable varieties. In
order to cover the wastage, it was the rule of th^ government
that there should be one rate for the receipt of goods and another for their deinerj .
This varied according as the article was perishable or otherwise or to the degree ot
peculation established by usage. This applied to all measures and weights by ^
goods were received and issued at the government stores, and the rates were different
In different districts. A ^o^«« among private individuals at Batavia is S-nerally con^
sidered as27p^./., equal to 253nbsp;or
2,700 katis; at

but by the natives generally as 30 pikuls. Thenbsp;however, by

tingent was formerly delivered to government, atnbsp;was no less than 4,250 lbs.

^pti or rice in the husk, is generally calculated by thenbsp;and in some districts

which can bethu. held is termed saage,n, wh.ch ^herefore n-valeM to a hand
Three of these make .tochong, a qnanfty which can be clasped between

APPENDIX.

M.

-ocr page 637-

hands. The sheaf is then bound. Afterwards, when the grain and straw are dry, two
of these
pochongs are bound together in one larger bundle, which is termed gedeng.
Four gedengs make one hawon, and five gedengs one sang\'ga : three hawon make one
wuwa, and two wuwa one amat ; the gedeng is sometimes four, five, and even some-
times nine
hatis.

In the Semarang districts alone, the amat varied from gOO to 600 hatis in weight. In
the western and
Sunda districts pen is measured by the chain, of which there are the
common and the mountain
chain, the one being equal to 4,000 lbs. Dutch, the other
about 1,000
Jtaiis. The hati, however, is the usual measure.

Land measure is by the natives regulated in general by the hawat, a measure of
length, formed of the staff stick of the
payong, or umbrella, which the Bopâti, or
native
chief of a province, receives on his investiture. The length of this stick, when
drawn from the umbrella, is termed a
changkal, and is from nine to twelve feet. The
principal divisions of land are into the
bahu and jung. Four of the former make a
jung\\ but these not only differ in size according to the length oî changkal, but the
situation of, the land and the nature of the soil;
jungs of rich land, and in the
vicinity of the principal towns, being much smaller than the poor lands situated at a
distance. The endless varieties of these measurements it
would be tedious to detail.
One
jung in the Semarang disti\'icts is equal to three others, to five, to six, seven,
and even so many as ten, in other parts. From this perplexing inequality of mea-
surement arose formerly, in many instances, the comparative disproportion of the
cultivator\'s contributions to the state, as each
jung of every size was assessed with
the payment of
a fixed contingent. In many instances the jung was rather to be con-
sidered the measure, not so much of the land as of its produce.

The advantage of reducing these vague and uncertain measures to some fixed stan-
dard, had
in some degree attracted the attention of the Dutch government, during the
administration of Marshal Daendels, who directed that the lands in several districts
should be measured according to an average jung oîiv/o thousand square rods or chang-
kals
of twelve feet Dutch. This measurement being generally known as the govern-
ment jMwg\', although it had only been very partially introduced in one or two districts,
was made the standard in the recent agricultural survey
of the country ; and although it
was not deemed advisable to introduce at the moment an entire change in the local
usages of each district, the public officers were directed to refer to it on all occasions,
and in the statistical and other returns, the local measurement of the place has
accord-
ingly been invariably reduced to this standard. The government jungoi two thousand
square changeais of twelve feet English, is equal to 6tVt English acres ; and the govern,
ment
amat, by which the produce is weighed, being fixed at two thousand katîs, is
equal to two
pikuls, or 266| lbs. English.

In reducing the coins circulating in Java into English money, in the course of this
work, the Spanish dollar has been considered as equal to five shillings English, and
the
rupee to half a crown. In the local currency of Java, ten copper doits make one
wang (a small silver coin), and twelve wangs one rupee.

-ocr page 638-

The following Table shews the current value of the different Coins circulating in
Java :

doits........................make.... 1 stiver.

10 doits or 2 stivers and a half ............ 1 dubbeltje.

30 ditto or 7 stivers and a half..............1 schelling.

60 ditto or 15 stivers ....................Haifa Batavian, Surat, or Arcot rupee.

63 ditto or 15 stivers and threequarters......Half a sicca rupee.

120 ditto or 30 stivers .................... 1 Batavian, Surat, or Arcot rupee

126 ditto or 31 stivers and a half............ 1 sicca rupee.

132 ditto or 33 ditto ...................... Haifa Spanish dollar.

160 ditto or 40 ditto ......................Haifa ducatoon.

192 ditto or 48 ditto ......................1 rix dollar.

240 ditto or 60 ditto ......................1 American or Austrian dollar.

264 ditto or 66 ditto ......................1 Spanish dollar.

312 ditto or 78 ditto ......................1 old ducatoon.

320 ditto or 80 ditto...................... 1 new ducatoon.

528 ditto or 132 ditto, equal to 2| rix dollars .. 1 gold ducat.
960 ditto or 24,0
ditto, equal to 5 rix dollars.. .. Half a gold rupee.

1920 ditto or 480 ditto....................... ^„pee.

10 Spanish dollars........................ 1 American gold eagle.

16 ditto ditto............................ 1 doubloon.

N. B. The Java gold rupee is equal to sixteen Java silver rupees: the gold ducat fluctuates
in value, but circulates in general for six silver rupees.

THE END,

ERRATA.
VOL. I.

Page 7, line 11, for quot; fifty thousandquot; read quot; forty-five thousand.quot;nbsp;, ,

In Table No. 2 which faces page 62, for an error in the amount of the population of Japara, see corrected Table

inserted in Vol. II, page 271.
Page 463, line 623 of the poem, for quot;susceptiblequot; read quot;perceptible,quot;

VOL. II.

Page 29, note* line 2, after quot; bodo quot; insert quot; as it is now pronounced, but which is most probably a corruption
\' of

Printed by Cox and Baylis,
Great Qufen Street, I^incola\'s Inn Fields.

-ocr page 639-

Leadenhall Street, May 1817.
THE FOLLOWING WORKS ARE PREPARING FOR PUBLICATION.

AN ACCOUNT

OF THE

ANTIQUITIES OF JAVA,

ILLUSTRATED BY

Draxvings of the ■principal Architectural and Sculptural Remains, as surveyed hy Capt. R.
Bakes, of ihe Bengal Military Establishment, in the Years 1815 and 1816 ;

By T.S. raffles, Esq. F.R.S. and A.S. amp;c. amp;c.

The Plates for this Work, which will be executed principally by Mr. W. Daniell, are in a state of forwardness.

THE HISTORY

OP THE

BRITISH ADMINISTRATION IN JAVA,

BY CHARLES ASSEY, ESQ.

Late Secretary to the British Government in Java, and Private Secretaru
to the Lieutenant Governor,

This Work will be comprised in One Volume quarto.

Under the Patronage of the Hon. East India Company, thefoUomng Works, compiled principally
during the Period oftTie British Administration of Jam.

the

NATURAL HISTORY OF JAVA.

By THOMAS HORSFIELD, M.D.

including,

BESIDES THE FLORA JAVANA, A DETAILED ACCOUNT OF THE ZOOLOGY AND MINERALOGY
OF THAT INTERESTING ISLAND. WITH PLATES.

IL

AN ACCOUNT

of the

ISLAND OF BANCA, IN THE EAST INDIES.

containing

The Natural History of that Island, the Particulars of its Tin Mines, the Manner in which,
they are worked, amp;c. With Statistical Tables of their Produce, the Population of the
Island, and other interesting Particulars.

By THOMAS HORSFIELD, M.D.

-ocr page 640-

mmmt

•\'.,\'■\' . kkt. »«. - l .

-ocr page 641-

WORKS

published

BY BLACK, PARBURY, AND ALLEN,

Booksellers to the Honourable East-India Compan?/.

MUHAMMEDANISM.

An Histoiyof Muhammedanism : comprising tlie Life and
Character of the Arabian Prophet, and Succinct Accounts
ot the Empires founded by the Muhammedan Arms. An
Inquiry into the Theological, Moral, aud Juridical \'Codes
of the Muselmaiis, and tlie Literature aud Sciences of the
Saracens and Turks; with a View ot the Present Extent
and Influence of the Muhammedan Htligion. By CHARLES
MILLS, Esq. One Volume Octavo, 12s. boards.

CEYLON.

A View of the Agricultural, Commercial, and Financial In-
terests of Ceylon, with an Appendix, containing some of
the Principal Laws and Usages of the Caudiaus. Also,
Table of Imports and Exports, Port Regulations, state-
ments of Public Revenue and Expenditure, amp;c. amp;o. amp;c.
By ANTHONY BEBTOLACCI, Esq. late Comptroller-
General of Customs, and Acting Auditor-General of Civil
Accounts in that Colony ; with a Map of the Island, com-
piled at Columbo, from the latest Surveys, by Captain
SCHNEIDER, Ceylon Engineer. In- one large volume,
8vo. 18s. boards.

HINDOO MYTHOLOGY.

A View of the History, Literature, and Religion of the Hin-
doos, including a minute Description of the
ir Manners and
Customs, and Translations from their principal Works ;
by the
Rev. W. WARD, one of the Baptist Missionaries at
Serampoi-e, Bengal; third edition, carefully abridged and
greatly improved. In 2 vols. 8vo. 18s, boards.

HINDUSTANI DICTIONARY.

A Dictionary Hindustani and English, by JOHN SHAKE
SPEAR, Esq. Professor of Oriental Languages at the East-
India Company\'s Military Seminary, amp;c. amp;c In one
Large Volume 4to., price ^5. 15s. 6d. boards ;_also may
be had, by the same Author, anbsp;\'

. GRAMMAR OF THE HINDUSTANI LANGUAGE.
One volume 4to. £1. Is. boards.

SKETCHES OF INDIA;

Or, Observations descriptive of the Scenery, amp;c. in Bengal •
written in India in the Years 1811, 12, 13, L4 ; together
with Notes on the Cape of Good Hope and St. Helena,
written at those Places in February, March, and April,
1815. 8vo. 7s. boards.

AFRICA.

Travels in South Africa ; undertaken at the Request of the
Missionary Society. By JOHN CAMPBELL, Minister of
Kingsland Chapel. 3d Edition, 8vo. corrected, 10s.6d, boards^
Ditto. Royal 8vo. I8s. boards.

ASIATIC JOURNAL.

The Asiatic Journal and Monthly Register for British India
and its Dependencies ; containing Original Communica-
tions, Memoirs, History, Antiquities, and Poetry, Re-
view of Publications, Debates at the East-India House,,
Proceedings at the Colleges, Military and Commercial In-
telligence, Appointments, Promotions, Resignations,
Births, Deaths, and Marriages, Shipping Intelligence,
Lists of Passengers and Ship-letter Mails, Lists of Com-
pany\'s Shipping, Notices of Sales, J.ondon Markets,
Prices Current, Variations of India Exchanges, Company\'s
Securities, amp;c. amp;c.

The above work, from its commencement in January 1816,
to the conclusion of that year, maybe had bound in 2 vols.
8vo. price £1. 15s. and the succeeding: numbers, as pub-
lished monthly, 2s. 6d. each.

FEVER IN INDIA.

Medical, Geographical, and Agricultural Report of a Com-
mittee appointed by the Madras Government to inquire
into the Causes of the Epidemic Fever, which prevailed in
the Provinces of Coimbatore, Madura, Dindio-ul and
Tinnivelly, during the years 1809, 1810, and isil of
which Dr. W. Ainslie was President, Mr. A. Smith second
Member, aud Dr. M. Christy third Member. With a
coloured Map of the Provinces where the Fever pi-evailed.

8vo. 6s. 6d. boards.

quot; This IS a most valuable little volume. It is almnst i nsr
feet model of vr,e.i,cal topograpby.quot;-£.ii„. Af.^f a^d krSi
Jmirnal, Jan. 1817.nbsp;aur^icai,

quot; We liave much satisfaction in directing tiie attention of the
profession to this little volume, as one of the must perfect speci-
mens of medical lopograp-hy with whichwc; are acqHainted, and
as sucii recommend it earnestly to »ht perusal of practitioners.
To the younger branches of the profession, whose destiny may
lead them to seek for reputation and fortune in orimtal climes,
it is absolutely indispensible; both as throwing much light on
the causes producing fever in tropical climates, and p;gt;inting out
a successful mode of treating
it.quot;—London Medical Repository,

STATE OF INDIA.

Considerations onthe present Political State of India, em-
bracing Observations on the Character of the Natives, on
the Civil and Criminal Courts, the Administration of Jus-
tice, tbe State of the
Land Tetiures, the Conditions of the-
Peasantry, and theinternal Police of our Eastern Dominions
Intended chiefly as a Manual of Instruction in their Duties
for the Younger Servants of the Company. By ALEX
ANDER FRAZER TYTLER, late Assistant Judge in the
Tvyenty-four Pergunnahs, Bengal Establishment. Second
edition, 2 vols. 8vo. 18s.. boards..

INFANTICIDE.

Account of the Abolition of Female Infanticide in Guzerat„
with Considerations ou the Question of
Promoting the
Gospel m India. By the Bev. JOHN CORMACK, A. M.
Minister of Stow. 8vo. 10s, 6d. boards.

-ocr page 642-

palibothra.

Inquiry concerning the Site of ancient Palibothra, in Two
Parts. Containing a Journal kept during the Survey of
the River Chundun, conjectured to be the Erannoboas of
the Greeks, from the Town of Champanugur, near Bhagul-
poor, to its Sources in the Vicinity of Deoghur, including
an Account
of the present State of the JungleCerry, with a
Map, Views, and Sections, 1814-15. By William Franck-
lin, Lieut. Colonel in the Service of the Hon. East-India
Company, regulating Officer of Zillahs Bhagulpoor and
Tir-
hoot, and Author of a Tour in Persia, and the History of
Shah Aulum, amp;c. amp;c. 1 vol. 4to,
£2. 5s. boards.

education.

Symbolic Illustrations of the History of England^ with a
Narrative of the Principal Events. By MARY ANNE
RUNDALL, of Bath, Author of the Grammar of Sacred
History.

Designed more particularhj for the use of Young Persons,
and illustrated hy nearly
300 emblematic Engravings.

«• With a series of Ingenious Symbols, this Lady has succeeded
in representing aU the grtac Transactions of our Country, from
the
Conquest, which threw a momentary shade over her glories,
to the memorahle deeds that fiu.!d up the measure ot iier renown

\'\'quot;quot;i^.\'the\'pfesllifwort, Miss Randall has rendered an essen-
tial service to the Risingnbsp;^^^^

quot; Originality, utility, and elegancc, are qua ities not always
found combined in modern publications; but they evidently
belong to the present Work. The History of England, from
the earliest times, is here set forth in a series of nearly SOO
Symbols, or Emblematical Representations ; each descriptive of
some epocha, or important transaction or event, which isihe

subiectof a chapter in the adjoining letter-press.

quot; Of the utility of such a Work, particularly to that class of
readers for whose benefit it is designed, there can scarcely be a
dmibt i nor will ii; admit of much question, with those who
examine this performance, lhat the leading facts of ancient
times, so exhibited to the eyes, and by means of these fastened
on the memoiie? of Young Persons, are less liable to be after-
wards confused or erased than if conveyed in
words.—We re.
commend this Work to the Patronage of the Public, but in par-
ticular to those who, like our Fair Author, are concerned m the
EOUCATION OFnbsp;Magazine, February 1816.

spanish grammar.

Grammar of the Spanish, Portuguese, and Italian Langa-
ges ; intended to facilitate the acquiring of these Sister
Tougues, by exhibiting in a Synoptical Form the Agree-
ments and Differences in their Grammatical Construction.
By RICHARD WOODHOUSE, in 1 vol. 8vo.
7s. bound.

maritime geography.

Dedicated by permission to the Right Honourable Lord Mel-
ville, Maritime Geography and Statistics ; or a Descrip-
tion of the Ocean and its Coasts, Maritime Commerce,
Navigation, amp;c. amp;c. amp;c. By the late Capt. TUCKEY,
R.N.\'
Four large volumes, 8vo. 21.16s. boards.

This H^ork, compiled on an original Plan, is equally calcu-.
latedfor the General Header, for the Sea Officer, for ttie
Use of Academies, and as a Universal Naval Gazetteer.

tropical climates.

The Iiifluence of Tropical Climates, more especially the Cli-
mate of ludia, on European Constitutions ; the principal
Effects and Diseases thereby induced ; their Prevention or
Bemoval; and the Means of preserving Health in Hot Cli-
piates, rendered obvious to Europeans in every Capacity.
An Essay, by JAMES JOHNSON, Esq. Surgeon in the
Koyal Navy. 8
to. Hs. boards.

voyage to india.

Journal of a Voyage in the Years 1811 and 1812, to Madras
and China, returning by the Cape of Good Hope and St.
Helena. By JAMES WATHEN, in the Honourable Com-
pany\'s Ship the Hope, Capt. James Pendergrass. Illus-
trated with Twenty-four beautiful coloured Plates of
Scenes at Madras, Pulo-Penang, Malacca, Macoa, Can-
ton, St. Helena, amp;c. amp;c. Engraved from Drawings by
the Author. 4to. 31. 3s. boards.

history of bengal,

From the First Mahometan Invasion until the Virtual Con-
quest of that Country by the English, A.D. 1757. By
CHARLES STEWART, Esq., late Major on the Bengal
Establishment, Professor of Oriental Languages in the
Hon. East-India Company\'s College, Herts. amp;c. amp;c. 4to.
Price 31. 3s. boards.

This work will he found particularly interesting to Persons
proceeding to Bengal, as also to those who wish for infor-
mation respecting that country previous to its falling tnto
the hands of the English.

tracts on india;

Historical and Statistical; with Journals of several Tours
\' through various parts of the Peninsula; also an Account
of Sumatra; in a Series of Letters. By BENJAMIN
HEYNE, M.D. F.L.S. Member of the Asiatic Society of
Calcutta, and the Learned Societies of Bombay, Berlin,
amp;c. and Surgeon and Naturalist on the Establishment of
Fort St. George. Illustrated by Maps and other Plates.
4to. 21. 2s. boards.

east-india trade.

A Compendium of the Laws and Regulations concerning the
Trade with the East-Indies, the Duties of Customs and
Excise on Goods imported from thence, the Drawbacks
allowed on their Exportation; and the Duties payable on
British and Foreign Merchandize exported to the East-
Indies and China. With a concise Histoncal Account ot
the principal Articles of Import from those Parts, lo
which
are subjoined. Schedules of Rates charged by the
East-India Company for the Management of Go^s mi^-
ported by Private Merchants, of Dock Duties amp;c
Bv THOMAS THORNTON, East-India Oflice, Custom
House. Second Edition, corrected to the present Period.
8vo. 7s.

oriental commerce 5

Containing a geographical Description of the principal Places
in the East Indies, China, and Japan, with their Pro-
duce, Manufactures, and Trade, includmg the Coastaig
or Country Trade from Port to Port; also the Bjse a
Progress of the Trade of the various ^S-i^\'-opean ^^
with the Eastern World, particularly that of tne
East-India Company, from the
Discovery otnbsp;5

Service. 2 vols. Royal 4to. 61. os.

Works published hy Black, Barbm^, and Allen.

-ocr page 643-

; ^

rfiteMi

■.■ii-.-ü?-

-ocr page 644-

■«îN

I\' \'

\\ • \'

V

\' - ^^

I

- ■ r k

i

i

ï\'liiiniiar\'ii

m

.m

MaÜHMHdl

Ê^m

-ocr page 645-

rnbsp;■ I

\'quot;in

.\'S

-ocr page 646-

irniimti^

-ocr page 647-

s

\'t

, !

s ,

■ w

i

vrquot;:

- s

■ j

1

£

-ocr page 648-

........■■Ill Inbsp;II

•\'^rmf^-m-

■ I